Sei sulla pagina 1di 1457

Service

Manual
WorkCentre
5222
5225 / 5230

Tabloid
Black-and-white
Multifunction Printer
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Printed in the United States of America.

Service Documentation XEROX and all Xerox product names mentioned in this publication are trademarks of
XEROX CORPORATION. Other company trademarks are also acknowledged.
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 Service Documentation
PANTONE is a registered trademark of Pantone, Inc.
705P01212 Hardcopy 701P48348
Changes are periodically made to this document. Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typo-
Launch Version graphic errors will be corrected in subsequent editions.

February, 2008 WARNING


This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy, and if not
***Xerox Private Data***
installed and used in accordance with the instructions documentation, may cause inter-
ference to radio communications. It has been tested and found to comply with the limits
All service documentation is supplied to Xerox external customers for informational purposes
for a Class A computing device pursuant to subpart B of part 15 of FCC rules, which are
only. Xerox service documentation is intended for use by certified, product-trained service per-
designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference when operated in
sonnel only. Xerox does not warrant or represent that it will notify or provide to such customer
a commercial environment. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is likely to
any future change to this documentation. Customer performed service of equipment, or mod-
cause interference in which case the user, at his own expense, will be required to cor-
ules, components, or parts of such equipment may affect whether Xerox is responsible to fix
rect the interference.
machine defects under the warranty offered by Xerox with respect to such equipment. You
should consult the applicable warranty for its terms regarding customer or third-party provided
service.

If the customer services such equipment, modules, components or parts thereof, the customer
releases Xerox from any and all liability for the customer actions, and the customer agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold xerox harmless from any third party claims which arise directly or
indirectly for such service.

While Xerox has tried to make the documentation accurate, Xerox will have no liability arising
out of any inaccuracies or omissions. Changes are periodically made to this document.
Changes, technical inaccuracies, and typographical errors will be corrected in subsequent edi-
tions.

Prepared by:

Xerox Corporation

Global Knowledge and Language Services

800 Phillips Road, Bldg. 0218-01A

Webster, New York 14580-9791

USA

2008 by Xerox Corporation. All rights reserved.

Copyright protection claimed includes all forms and matters of copyrightable material and infor-
mation now allowed by statutory judicial law or hereinafter granted, including without limitation,
material generated from the software programs which are displayed on the screen such as
icons, screen displays, looks, etc.

Preliminary Working Document 0/0/00 Section Name


No Product Name Assigned ?-1
Introduction
About this Manual ........................................................................................................... iii
Organization.................................................................................................................... iii
How to Use this Documentation...................................................................................... iv
Symbology and Nomenclature ........................................................................................ v
Translated Warnings ....................................................................................................... viii

Launch Version February, 2008 Introduction


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 i
About this Manual Organization
This Service Manual is part of the multinational documentation system for WorkCentre 5225 / This Service Manual is divided into eight sections. The titles of the sections and a description
5230. The Service Documentation is used in order to diagnose machine malfunctions, adjust of the information contained in each section are contained in the following paragraphs:
components and has information which is used to maintain the product in superior operating
condition. It is the controlling publication for a service call. Information on its use is found in the Section 1: Service Call Procedures
Introduction of the Service Documentation. This section contains procedures that determine what actions are to be taken during a service
call on the machine and in what sequence they are to be completed. This is the entry level for
This manual contains information that applies to USSG (XC) and ESG (XE) copiers. all service calls.

Service Manual Revision Section 2: Status Indicator RAPs


The Service Manual will be updated as the machine changes or as problem areas are identi-
This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting the Fault Code and non-Fault
fied.
Code related faults (with the exception of image quality problems).

Section 3: Image Quality


This section contains the diagnostic aids for troubleshooting any image quality problems, as
well as image quality specifications and image defect samples.

Section 4: Repairs/Adjustments
This section contains all the Adjustments and Repair procedures.

Repairs
Repairs include procedures for removal and replacement of parts which have the following
special conditions:
When there is a personnel or machine safety issue.
When removal or replacement cannot be determined from the exploded view of the
Parts List.
When there is a cleaning or a lubricating activity associated with the procedure.
When the part requires an adjustment after replacement.
When a special tool is required for removal or replacement.
Use the repair procedures for the correct order of removal and replacement, for warnings, cau-
tions, and notes.

Adjustments
Adjustments include procedures for adjusting the parts that must be within specification for the
correct operation of the system.

Use the adjustment procedures for the correct sequence of operation for specifications, warn-
ings, cautions and notes.

Section 5: Parts Lists


This section contains the Copier/Printer Parts List.

Section 6: General Procedures/Information


This section contains General Procedures, Diagnostic Programs, and Copier/Printer Informa-
tion.

Launch Version February, 2008 Introduction


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 iii
Section 7: Wiring Data How to Use this Documentation
This section contains drawings, lists of plug/jack locations, and diagrams of the power distribu- The Service Call Procedures in Section 1 describe the sequence of activities used during the
tion wire networks in the machine. This section also contains the Block Schematic Diagrams. service call. The call must be entered using these procedures.

Section 8: Options and Accessories Use of the Circuit Diagrams


This section contains installation information for option and accessory. All wirenets are shown on the Circuit Diagrams (CDs). Power distribution wirenets are shown
in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Manual. The power distribution wirenets on the CDs
will end at the terminal board for the power being distributed. Find the wirenet for that power
and locate the terminal board on the wirenet. Use the wirenet to troubleshoot any power distri-
bution wiring not shown on the CD.

Use of the Block Schematic Diagrams


Block Schematic Diagrams (BSDs) are included in Section 7 (Wiring Data) of the Service Man-
ual. The BSDs show the functional relationship of the electrical circuitry to any mechanical, or
non-mechanical, inputs or outputs throughout the machine. Inputs and outputs such as motor
drive, mechanical linkages, operator actions, and air flow are shown. The BSDs will provide an
overall view of how the entire subsystem works.

It should be noted that the BSDs no longer contain an Input Power Block referring to Chain 1. It
will be necessary to refer to the Wirenets in order to trace a wire back to its source.

Introduction February, 2008 Launch Version


iv WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Symbology and Nomenclature CAUTION
The use of controls or adjustments other than those specified in the Laser Safety Training Pro-
The following reference symbols are used throughout the documentation.
gram may result in an exposure to dangerous laser radiation.
Warnings, Cautions, and Notes For additional information, review the Laser Safety Training program.

Warnings, Cautions, and Notes will be found throughout the Service Documentation. The
An arrow points to the location to install, to gain access to, or to release an object.
words WARNING or CAUTION may be listed on an illustration when the specific component
associated with the potential hazard is pointed out; however, the message of the WARNING or
CAUTION is always located in the text. Their definitions are as follows:

WARNING
A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condi-
tion, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
CAUTION Figure 2 Customer Access Label
A Caution is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condition, or
statement, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the equipment. This symbol indicates that a surface can be hot. Use caution when reaching in the machine to
avoid touching the hot surfaces.
NOTE: A Note is used whenever it is necessary to highlight an operating or maintenance pro-
cedure, practice, condition, or statement.

Machine Safety Icons


The following safety icons are displayed on the machine:

WARNING
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser Figure 3 Heated Surface Label
beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the
invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service pro- Danger label indicates where electrical currents exist when the machine is closed and operat-
cedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative ing. Use caution when reaching in the machine.
must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the
machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do
not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized.
The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by
itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation
and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is
warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam.
WARNING Figure 4 Shock Hazard Label
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could
result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye. These symbols indicate components that may be damaged by Electrostatic Discharge (ESD).

Figure 1 Laser Hazard Symbol

Laser Hazard Statement


Figure 5 ESD warning Label
DANGER INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION WHEN OPEN. AVOID DIRECT EXPOSURE TO
BEAM.

Launch Version February, 2008 Introduction


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 v
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) Field Service Kit The ESD Field Service Kit should be used whenever Printed Wiring Boards or ESD sensitive
components are being handled. This includes activities like replacing or reseating of circuit
The purpose of the ESD Protection Program is to preserve the inherent reliability and quality of
boards or connectors. The kit should also be used in order to prevent additional damage when
electronic components that are handled by the Field Service Personnel. This program is being
circuit boards are returned for repair.
implemented now as a direct result of advances in microcircuitry technology, as well as a new
acknowledgment of the magnitude of the ESD problem in the electronics industry today.
The instructions for using the ESD Field Service Kit can be found in ESD Field Service Kit
Usage in the General Procedures section of the Service Documentation.
This program will reduce Field Service costs that are charged to PWB failures. Ninety percent
of all PWB failures that are ESD related do not occur immediately. Using the ESD Field Service
Kit will eliminate these delayed failures and intermittent problems caused by ESD. This will Illustration Symbols
improve product reliability and reduce callbacks. Figure 6 shows symbols and conventions that are commonly used in illustrations.

Figure 6 Illustration Symbols

Introduction February, 2008 Launch Version


vi WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Signal Nomenclature DC Voltage Measurements in RAPs
Refer to Figure 7 for an example of Signal Nomenclature used in Circuit Diagrams and BSDs. The RAPs have been designed so that when it is required to use the DMM to measure a DC
voltage, the first test point listed is the location for the red (+) meter lead and the second test
point is the location for the black meter lead. For example, the following statement may be
found in a RAP:

There is +5 VDC from TP7 to TP68.

In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP7 and the black meter lead on TP68.

Another example of a statement found in a RAP might be:

There is -15 VDC from TP21 to TP33.

In this example, the red meter lead would be placed on TP21 and the black meter lead would
be placed on TP33.

If a second test point is not given, it is assumed that the black meter lead may be attached to
the copier frame.

Figure 7 Signal Nomenclature

Voltage Measurement and Specifications


Measurements of DC voltage must be made with reference to the specified DC Common,
unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure. All measurements of AC volt-
age should be made with respect to the adjacent return or ACN wire.

Table 1 Voltage Measurement and Specifications


VOLTAGE SPECIFICATION
INPUT POWER 220 V 198 VAC TO 242 VAC
INPUT POWER 100 V 90 VAC TO 135 VAC
INPUT POWER 120 V 90 VAC TO 135 VAC
+5 VDC +4.75 VDC TO +5.25 VDC
+24 VDC +23.37 VDC TO +27.06 VDC

Logic Voltage Levels


Measurements of logic levels must be made with reference to the specified DC Common,
unless some other point is referenced in a diagnostic procedure.

Table 2 Logic Levels


VOLTAGE H/L SPECIFICATIONS
+5 VDC H= +3.00 TO +5.25 VDC
L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC
+24 VDC H= +23.37 TO +27.06 VDC
L= 0.0 TO 0.8 VDC

Launch Version February, 2008 Introduction


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 vii
Translated Warnings

Introduction February, 2008 Launch Version


viii WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Introduction nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Symbology and Nomenclature Paper Transportation
WARNING REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly

A Warning is used whenever an operating or maintenance procedure, a practice, condi-


tion, or statement, if not strictly observed, could result in personal injury.
WARNING
DANGER: Une note DANGER est utilise chaque fois qu'une procdure de mainte- To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
nance ou qu'une manipulation prsente un risque de blessure si elle n'a pas t stricte- power applied to the machine.
ment observe. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
WARNING
REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll
This machine contains an invisible laser. There is no visual indication that the laser
beam is present. During servicing, the machine is a Class 3B product because of the
invisible laser. the laser beam could cause eye damage if looked at directly. Service pro-
WARNING
cedures must be followed exactly as written without change. The service representative To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
must observe the established local laser safety precautions when servicing the power applied to the machine.
machine. Do not place tools with a reflective surface in the area of the ROS opening. Do DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
not look in the area of the ROS window if the power is On and the laser is energized. nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
DANGER: L'quipement contient un faisceau laser invisible et aucune indication visible REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit
signale la prsence du faisceau laser. De ce fait le produit est class 3B pour tout ce qui
concerne la maintenance. L'exposition directe des yeux au faisceau laser peut entraner WARNING
des lsions visuelles. Les procdures de maintenance doivent tre ralises sans
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
aucun changement comme indiqu dans la documentation. Le reprsentant Xerox lors
power applied to the machine.
d'interventions sur l'quipement doit respecter les consignes de scurit locales con-
cernant les faisceaux laser. Ne pas placer d'objet rflchissant dans la zone du ROS DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
quand il est ouvert. Ne pas regarder dans la zone du ROS lorsque la machine est sous
tension et que le laser est en fonctionnement. REP 2.5.1 Take Away Roll
The following symbol and statement appear on a label in the machine. The symbol by
itself, or the symbol and the statement may also appear in the service documentation WARNING
and in the training program. When this symbol appears, the service representative is To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
warned that conditions exist that could result in exposure to the laser beam. power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Les symboles et instructions suivants sont indiqus sur des tiquettes dans DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
la machine et sont identifis dans la documentation technique et dans le manuel de for- nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
mation. Quand ces symboles s'affichent le reprsentant Xerox est prvenu des risques REP 2.6.2 Left Hand (L/H) Upper Cover Unit
encourus concernant une exposition au rayon laser.
WARNING WARNING
Do not try to bypass any laser interlocks for any reason. Permanent eye damage could To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
result if the laser is accidentally directed into your eye. power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Ne pas essayer de shunter les contacts laser pour quelques raisons que ce DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
soit. Si le faisceau laser est dirig accidentellement vers les yeux il peut en rsulter des nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
lsions oculaires permanentes. ROS
4 Repairs and Adjustments REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit
Drives
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
WARNING power applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
power applied to the machine. nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- Xerographics/Development

Launch Version February, 2008 Introduction


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 ix
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
WARNING power applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
power applied to the machine. nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- Electrical Components
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB
REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge
WARNING
WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine.
power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB
REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor
WARNING
WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine.
power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
Covers
Fuser
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit
WARNING
WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power applied to the machine.
power applied to the machine. DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover
Exit
REP 6.1.1 Exit 2 +OCT 2 WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
WARNING power applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
power applied to the machine. nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- IIT
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion
MPT
REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
WARNING power applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
power applied to the machine. nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- REP 11.1.2 Control Panel
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad WARNING

Introduction February, 2008 Launch Version


x WorkCentre 5225, 5230
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- WARNING
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
WARNING nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical Tray Module -2T
power applied to the machine. REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 12.2 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 12.4 2 Tray Module PWB
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. Tray Module -TT
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
WARNING power applied to the machine.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
power applied to the machine. nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte- REP 13.1.2 Tray 2 Assembly (2TTM)
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.

Launch Version February, 2008 Introduction


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 xi
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 13.4.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM) To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 13.8.1 Twin Tray Module PWB To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
DADF To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
REP 15.1.1 DADF Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
WARNING nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

Introduction February, 2008 Launch Version


xii WorkCentre 5225, 5230
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 16.1.2 Finisher Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 16.2.2 Front Cover
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 15.4.2 Top Cover To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 16.2.2 Rear Cover
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine. REP 16.2.23 Eject Roll Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche. WARNING
Finisher To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
WARNING nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

Launch Version February, 2008 Introduction


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 xiii
WARNING DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
DANGER: Afin d'eviter des blessures ou des chocs electriques, ne pas effectuer mainte-
nance ou reglage avec le cordon d'alimentation branche.
IIT
ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate carriage Position Adjustment

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

Introduction February, 2008 Launch Version


xiv WorkCentre 5225, 5230
1 Service Call Procedures
Service Call Procedures.................................................................................................. 1-3
Initial Actions ................................................................................................................... 1-3
Call Flow ......................................................................................................................... 1-4
Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI)........................................................................... 1-6
Cleaning Procedures....................................................................................................... 1-7
Final Actions.................................................................................................................... 1-7

Launch Version February, 2008 Service Call Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 1-1
Service Call Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version
1-2 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Service Call Procedures Initial Actions
Service Strategy Purpose
The service strategy for the WorkCentre 5225/5230 is to perform any High Frequency Service The purpose of the Initial Action section of the Service Call Procedures is to determine the rea-
Item (HFSI) actions before attempting to repair any problems. Some problems will be corrected son for the service call and to identify and organize the actions which must be performed.
by this strategy without the need to diagnose them. The Repair Analysis Procedures (RAPs)
will be used for any remaining problems. Procedure
1. Gather the information about the service call and the condition of the copier/printer.
Problems that occur in the Basic Printer mode will be repaired before problems that occur
a. Question the operator(s). Ask about the location of most recent paper jams. Ask
when using the accessories.
about the image quality and the copier/printer performance in general, including any
unusual sounds or other indications.
Image Quality problems should be repaired after all other problems are repaired.
b. After informing the customer, disconnect the machine from the customers network.
Service Call Procedures c. Check that the power cords are in good condition, correctly plugged in the power
The Service Call Procedures are a guide for performing any service on this machine. The source, and free from any defects that would be a safety hazard. Repair or replace
the power cords as required. Check that the circuit breakers are not tripped.
procedures are designed to be used with the Service Manual. Perform each step in order.
d. Inspect any rejected copies. Inquire as to, or otherwise determine, the paper quality
Initial Actions and weight, the specified paper for optimum Image Quality, 24# Xerox Color Expres-
sions (NASG) or ColorTech+90gsm (ESG). Look for any damage to the copies, oil
The Initial Actions gather information about the condition of the machine and the problem that
marks, image quality defects, or other indications of a problem.
caused the service call.
e. Record the billing meter readings.
Call Flow f. Access Diagnostic Routines.
Call Flow summarizes the sequence of the Service Call Procedures. i. Enter UI Diagnostics (Entering UI Diagnostics in UI Diagnostic Mode).
ii. Access Diagnostic Routines (Accessing Diagnostic Routines in UI Diagnostic
Detailed Maintenance Activities Mode).
Detailed Maintenance Activities section provides the information needed to perform the High
NOTE: If a fault code is displayed while performing a diagnostics procedure, go to
Frequency Service Item (HFSI) actions.
that fault code RAP and repair the fault. Return to Diagnostics and continue with the
dC procedure that you were performing.
Cleaning Procedures
The Cleaning Procedures list what needs to be cleaned at each service call. g. Print the HFSI Report and determine what HFSI action is required based on the cus-
tomer output volume. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance Activities section for the
Final Actions detailed HFSI information. Record any items that require action.
The Final Actions will test the copier/printer and return it to the customer. Administrative activi- h. Display and record the information in the Jam Counter, Fault Counter, and Shutdown
ties are also performed in the Final Actions. History. Classify this information into categories:
Information that is related to the problem that caused the service call.
Information that is related to secondary problems.
Information that does not require action, such as a single occurrence of a prob-
lem.
i. Check the Service Log for any recent activities that are related to the problem that
caused the service call or any secondary problem.
2. Perform any required HFSI activities identified above. Refer to the Detailed Maintenance
Activities section.
3. Exit diagnostics. Try to duplicate the problem by running the same jobs that the customer
was running.
4. Check the Image Quality in the Basic Copier Mode. Select the tray that is loaded with 11 x
17 or A3 paper, if unable to complete tray selection, go to Call Flow.
Set the copier/printer to the following setup:
Output Color - Auto

Launch Version February, 2008 Service Call Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 1-3 Service Call Procedures, Initial Actions
Original Type - Photo and Text Halftone Call Flow
R/E - Auto
This procedure should be performed at every service call.
Lighter/Darker - Auto Contrast
Sharpness - Normal
Initial Actions
Preset Color Balance - Normal
Ask the operator about the problem. If the problem appears to be related to operator error, or
Color Shift - Normal
an attempt to perform a job outside of the machine specifications, assist the customer in learn-
Color Saturation - Normal ing the correct procedure.
Copy Position - No Shift
Variable Color Balance - Normal Procedure
Run four copies of the Color Test Pattern. Ask the operator about the problem.
Check the Image Quality. If the customer has identified any Image Quality Defects or If the problem is identified by a fault code (including Paper/Document Jams), refer to Sec-
problems, go to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP. tion 2 for the procedure and then proceed with servicing.
5. Go to Call Flow. If the problem is noise or smell, select a mode (1 Sided/2Sided, Finisher etc.), find the
cause of the problem and proceed with servicing.
The operator operated the machine correctly.
Y N
Explain to the operator how to operate the machine correctly.

The UI display is normal.


Y N
Go to RAP OF 4 Dark/Blank Display. Refer to BSDs (CH2.1-CH2.4).

The problem occurs only in Print mode.


Y N
The problem occurs only in Copy mode.
Y N
The problem occurs only in Fax mode.
Y N
Refer to Table 1 Other Faults and identify the problem and follow the corrective
action.

The problem occurs only in certain modes such as Broadcast transmission.


Y N
Perform a transmission test with the call center or station. The problem reoc-
curs.
Y N
Ask the customer for permission to establish communications with
the remote machine that is causing the problem. Perform a Send
transmission test with the remote machine. Transmission was nor-
mal.
Y N
Print the protocol trace to identify whether it is the remote machine or
the machine that is causing the problem.
If the problem lies in the machine:
Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Section 2 and then proceed
with servicing.
If the problem appears to lie in the remote machine:
Ask the customer to check the status of the remote machine.

A B C D E
Service Call Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version
Initial Actions, Call Flow 1-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B C D E
There is a problem with Receive transmission test. Perform Receive trans- Table 1 Other Faults
mission tests with other stations within the company. Check that there is Problem Corrective Action
no problem with the machine and then ask the customer to check the sta-
tus of the remote machine. ADF inoperative after PWB Reload Software ADJ 9.3.1.
replacement.
Analyze the protocol trace, refer to Section 2 and then proceed with servicing. Can not make copies when Enter UI Diagnostic Mode. Select Copy on screen.
Auditron is enabled. Machine will operate without auditron restriction.
Check the machine settings and if necessary, ask the customer for permission to test Loud snapping noise is heard. Enter Component Control [042-003] and press the Start
the machine in the mode in which the problem occurs. button. If noise is present there is binding in toner drive
Analyze the protocol trace when the problem reoccurs, for FAX problems go to GP 2 system. Repair as required (PL 4.2)
FAX Diagnostics, or go to Section 2 to proceed with servicing.
Sets are not offset in Center Tray. Perform Center Tray Offsetting.
E-mail icon not visible in display on Perform E-Mail Icon.
There is an image quality problem.
email enabled machine.
Y N
If there is an alignment problem, obtain separate Platen/DADF output samples, refer Customer wishes to distinguish Perform FAX Output Separation.
to Section 4 Adjustments and then proceed with servicing. FAX output from prints or copies.

Refer to Section 3 IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing.

There is a problem with the network.


Y N
There is a problem with the USB connection.
Y N
There is an image quality problem.
Y N
The problem lies in a certain Client PC.
Y N
There is a problem with a certain application or programming language A.
Obtain the latest information on restrictions and technical information. Pro-
ceed accordingly.

Check the settings of that particular Client PC and if necessary ask the user to
reinstall the printer driver.

Refer to IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP and then proceed with servicing.
If the problem persists, ask the user to reinstall the printer driver.

Check the machine settings and if necessary ask the user to reinstall the printer driver.

If the problem continues, replace the network cable. If the problem persists, replace the USB
cable. Check the machine settings and discuss the problem with the customer's network
administrator.

Table 1 Other Faults


Problem Corrective Action
Duplexing is not available as a Ensure the Duplex electrical connector is secure (PL
selection on the display. 10.1)
Copies jam in the Finisher when Verify condition of paper. If good, check that part
the output tray is near maximum 655N128 can be used to support tray.
capacity.

Launch Version February, 2008 Service Call Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 1-5 Call Flow
Detailed Maintenance Activities (HFSI) Table 1 High Frequency Service Items

Procedure Thres-
Counter Name hold Service Action to be performed
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
955-808 Duplex Feed Counter 912K Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (Entering UI Diagnostics in UI Diagnostic Mode).
Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll.
b. Access Diagnostic Routines (Accessing Diagnostic Routines in UI Diagnostic
955-810 Platen Interlock 260K Replace the Platen Interlock Switch.
Mode).
Counter
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
955-829 Inverter Solenoid On 500K Replace the Inverter Solenoid.
3. Refer to Table 1 and enter a counter number for any High Frequency Service Item (HFSI)
Counter
counters to be checked. Use the customer's output volume numbers to help determine
which HFSI components should be serviced. Consider components near threshold as
candidates for service.
4. Refer to Cleaning Procedures for detailed cleaning instructions.

Table 1 High Frequency Service Items


Thres-
Counter Name hold Service Action to be performed
954-800 Tray 1 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger
Roll.
954-801 Tray 2 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger
Roll.
954-802 Tray 3 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger
Roll.
954-803 MSI Feed counter 50K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad.
954-804 HCF Feed/Retard/ 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad and
(7232/42) Nudger Nudger Roll
954-824 IBT Belt counter 480K Replace the IBT Assembly.
954-825 IBT Cleaner counter 100K Replace the IBT Cleaner.
954-826 2nd BTR Counter 150K Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.
954-830 K Developer Counter 420K Replace the K Developer.
954-831 Y Developer Counter 420K Replace the Y Developer.
954-832 M Developer Counter 420K Replace the M Developer.
954-833 C Developer Counter 420K Replace the C Developer.
954-837 Xero Drum Counter 10M Replace the Xero Drum Assembly.
954-842 Fuser Counter 10M Replace the Fuser Assembly.
954-850 Deodorant Filter 5M Replace the Deodorant Filter.
956-802 Lamp Scan Counter 6000K Replace the Exposure Lamp.
956-803 Exposure Lamp Time 7200K Replace the Exposure Lamp.
Counter
956-804 Exposure Lamp On 6000K Replace the Exposure Lamp.
Counter
955-806 CVT Feed Counter 200K Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed
Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll.
955-807 Simplex Feed Counter 912K Replace the Document Nudger Roll, Feed
Roll, Retard Roll, Registration Roll.

Service Call Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Detailed Maintenance Activities 1-6 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Cleaning Procedures Final Actions
Purpose Purpose
To provide cleaning procedures to be performed at every service call. To provide a guide for procedures to be done at the end of every service call.

Procedure Procedure
CAUTION 1. Ensure that the exterior of the copier/printer and the adjacent area are clean. Use a dry
Do not use any solvents unless directed to do so by the Service Manual. cloth or a cloth moistened with water to clean the copier/printer. Do not use solvents.
2. Check the supply of consumables. Ensure that an adequate supply of consumables is
available according to local operating procedures.
General Cleaning 3. Complete the Service Log.
4. Perform the following steps to make a copy of the Demonstration Original for the cus-
Use a dry lint free cloth or a lint free cloth moistened with water for all cleaning unless directed tomer:
otherwise by the Service Manual. Wipe with a dry lint free cloth if a moistened cloth is used.
a. Load Tray 1 with 8.5 x 11 inch (A4) or 11 x 17 inch paper.

1. Feed Components (Rolls and Pads) b. Place the Color Test Pattern on the glass with the short edge of the test pattern reg-
istered to the left edge of the glass. Select Tray 1 and make a single copy.
Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.
c. Print out the Machine Settings (Configuration Report). Store this report with the ser-
2. Toner Dispense Units
vice log in the Inner Cover.
Vacuum the Toner Dispense units.
d. Ask the customer to verify the Print and Scan functions.
3. Jam Sensors
e. Present the copies to the customer.
Clean the sensors with a dry cotton swab.
5. Reconnect the machine to the customer network. Verify the function.
4. Scanner 6. Issue copy credits as needed.
a. Switch off the power and allow the Exposure Lamp to cool off. 7. Discuss the service call with the customer to ensure that the customer understands what
b. Using the optical Cleaning Cloth, clean the front and rear of the Document Glass,
has been done and is satisfied with the results of the service call.
Document Cover, White Reference Strip, Reflector, and Mirror.
c. Clean the Exposure Lamp with a clean cloth and Film Remover.
d. Clean the Lens with Lens and Mirror Cleaner and lint free cloth.
5. DADF
Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the rolls with a clean cloth and Film
Remover as required.
6. Document Glass and Constant Velocity Transport Glass
Follow the General Cleaning procedure above.
7. ROS Window
Remove and reinstall the ROS CLeaning Wand.
8. IBT Belt
Check the Transfer Belt System and wipe with a dry lint free cloth. If the surface is exces-
sively dirty, replace the IBT Belt (PL 6.2)

NOTE: Do not rub the IBT CLeaning Blade. If it is necessary to clean the blade, use a soft
brush or dry swab to remove any contamination. Rubbing the blade will remove the pro-
tective coating.

9. Finisher
Check the paper path for debris or damage. Clean the Finisher with a dry lint free cloth.

Launch Version February, 2008 Service Call Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 1-7 Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions
Service Call Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version
Cleaning Procedures, Final Actions 1-8 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
2 Status Indicator RAPs
002 HDD 003-931 400 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 2-38
002-500 UI Error RAP ..................................................................................................... 2-15 003-932 600 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 2-38
002-770 Job Template Processing - HD Full RAP .......................................................... 2-15 003-933 300 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 2-39
003-934 400 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 2-39
003 IPS-ESS Communication 003-935 600 DPI Scan RAP............................................................................................ 2-40
003-318 IIT Soft Failure RAP .......................................................................................... 2-17 003-940 Memory RAP..................................................................................................... 2-40
003-319 IIT Video Driver Detection Failure RAP ............................................................ 2-17 003-942 Document size Auto Detect Failure RAP .......................................................... 2-41
003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP ......................................................... 2-18 003-944 Image repeat count Failure RAP....................................................................... 2-41
003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP ......................................................... 2-18 003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS) RAP ..................................................... 2-42
003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP ......................................................... 2-19 003-947 Return Documents counts error RAP................................................................ 2-42
003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP ......................................................... 2-19 003-948 Return Documents mismatch RAP ................................................................... 2-43
003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP ......................................................... 2-20 003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP ....................................................................... 2-43
003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP ......................................................... 2-20 003-955 Documents size exchange error RAP ............................................................... 2-44
003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP ......................................................... 2-21 003-956 Documents size unknown error RAP ................................................................ 2-44
003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP ......................................................... 2-21 003-963 No APS object Tray RAP .................................................................................. 2-45
003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP ......................................................... 2-22 003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IIT Detect) RAP ............................................................... 2-45
003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP ....................................................... 2-22 003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IIT) RAP .................................................................. 2-46
003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP ....................................................... 2-23 003-967 DADF APS No Destination RAP ....................................................................... 2-46
003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 12 RAP ....................................................... 2-23 003-968 Punch Position Error RAP................................................................................. 2-47
003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 13 RAP ....................................................... 2-24 003-969 Punch Size Error RAP....................................................................................... 2-47
003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP ....................................................... 2-24 003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow RAP...................................................................... 2-48
003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 15 RAP ....................................................... 2-25 003-971 Prevention Code Detect RAP............................................................................ 2-48
003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP ....................................................... 2-25 003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow RAP............................................................ 2-49
003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 17 RAP ....................................................... 2-26 003-973 Every direction difference RAP ......................................................................... 2-49
003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 18 RAP ....................................................... 2-26 003-974 Next Original Specification RAP........................................................................ 2-50
003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 19 RAP ....................................................... 2-27 003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) RAP........................................................... 2-50
003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 20 RAP ....................................................... 2-27 003-977 Document Mismatch (Multiple Scan) RAP ........................................................ 2-51
003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP ....................................................... 2-28 003-978 Color Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) RAP ................................................ 2-51
003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP ....................................................... 2-28 003-980 Staple position error RAP.................................................................................. 2-52
003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP ....................................................... 2-29 003-981 Staple size error RAP........................................................................................ 2-52
003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP ....................................................... 2-29 003-982 IIT HDD Access Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-53
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back RAP ........................................... 2-30
003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs RAP.................................................................. 2-30 005 DADF
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan) RAP ........................................................... 2-31 005-121 CVT Feed Sensor On JAM RAP ....................................................................... 2-55
003-752 Cannot scan over 600DPI RAP ........................................................................ 2-31 005-122 CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP.......................................... 2-56
003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI RAP ........................................................................ 2-32 005-123 CVT Simplex/Side1 Registration JAM RAP ...................................................... 2-57
003-754 S2X Recovery RAP........................................................................................... 2-32 005-125 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP ............................................................ 2-58
003-755 S2X Command Error RAP ................................................................................ 2-33 005-131 CVT Invert On JAM RAP................................................................................... 2-59
003-756 Blank Originals RAP ......................................................................................... 2-33 005-132 CVT Invert On JAM 2 RAP................................................................................ 2-60
003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI RAP ........................................................................ 2-34 005-134 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM (Inverter) RAP....................................................... 2-61
003-760 Scan Settings Error RAP .................................................................................. 2-34 005-135 CVT Side2 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP ....................................................... 2-62
003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size RAP ......................................................................... 2-35 005-136 CVT Side2 Registration On JAM RAP .............................................................. 2-63
003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found RAP .................................................................... 2-35 005-139 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM RAP ...................................................................... 2-64
003-764 Image Overlay RAP .......................................................................................... 2-36 005-145 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP................................................ 2-65
003-780 FAX Scan Compression Error RAP .................................................................. 2-36 005-146 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP ..................................................... 2-66
003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP ........................................................................................ 2-37 005-147 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP ......................................... 2-67
003-930 300 DPI Scan RAP ........................................................................................... 2-37 005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Mix-size RAP ............................................................... 2-68
005-196 CVT Size Mismatch JAM (No Mix) RAP ........................................................... 2-69

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-1
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM RAP ...................................................................... 2-70 012-280 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................................ 2-110
005-198 Too Short Size JAM RAP.................................................................................. 2-71 012-283 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail ................................................. 2-111
005-199 Too Long Size JAM RAP .................................................................................. 2-72 012-284 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail................................................ 2-112
005-275 DADF ROM Download Error ............................................................................. 2-73 012-291 (A-Finisher) Stapler Fail .................................................................................... 2-113
005-275 DADF Error ....................................................................................................... 2-73 012-301 (A-Finisher) Top Cover Interlock OPEN............................................................ 2-114
005-280 DADF EPROM Failure RAP.............................................................................. 2-74 012-302 (A-Finisher) Front Cover Interlock OPEN.......................................................... 2-115
005-284 DADF Auto Paper Selection Sensor Logic Failure RAP ................................... 2-74 012-903 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor....................................... 2-115
005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Failure RAP.................................................................... 2-75 012-935 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Ent Sensor....................................................... 2-116
005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Failure RAP ............................................................... 2-76
005-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open (running) RAP............................................ 2-78 012 SB-Finisher
005-306 Tray Interlock Open RAP .................................................................................. 2-78 012-111 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Off JAM A RAP ................................................. 2-117
005-309 CVT L/H Interlock Open RAP ........................................................................... 2-79 012-112 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM A RAP ................................................. 2-118
005-500 Downloader Failure RAP .................................................................................. 2-79 012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP.................................................. 2-119
005-906 CVT Feed Sensor Static JAM RAP................................................................... 2-80 012-131 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM B RAP ................................................. 2-120
005-907 CVT Pre-Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP ................................................. 2-81 012-132 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP..................................................... 2-121
005-908 CVT Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP........................................................ 2-82 012-151 Compile Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP ................................................................... 2-122
005-909 DADF Lead Sensor Static Jam ......................................................................... 2-82 012-152 Compile Exit Sensor On JAM RAP ................................................................... 2-123
005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................... 2-83 012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP ............................................................................. 2-124
005-911 DADF Exit 1 Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ 2-83 012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP ................................................................................. 2-125
005-912 DADF Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam ........................................................................ 2-84 012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP .............................................................. 2-126
005-913 CVT Invert Sensor Static JAM RAP .................................................................. 2-84 012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Failure RAP .............................................................. 2-127
005-914 DADF APS1, 2, 3, Sensor Static Jam ............................................................... 2-85 012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP ................................................... 2-128
005-915 CVT APS No1 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 2-85 012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ................................................... 2-129
005-916 CVT APS No2 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 2-86 012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP.................................................... 2-130
005-917 CVT APS No3 Sensor Static JAM RAP ............................................................ 2-87 012-231 Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail......................................................................... 2-131
005-918 CVT Invert Sensor Static Jam RAP .................................................................. 2-87 012-243 Booklet Folder Home Sensor ON Fail............................................................... 2-132
005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Failure RAP ........................................................................ 2-88 012-249 Booklet Front Stapler Fail.................................................................................. 2-133
005-940 DADF No Original Failure RAP ......................................................................... 2-88 012-259 Eject Home Sensor ON Failure RAP ................................................................ 2-133
005-941 DADF Not Enough Documents Failure RAP..................................................... 2-89 012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP ..................................................... 2-134
005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF RAP ....................................................................... 2-89 012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP................................................................................. 2-135
012-265 Booklet Folder Home Sensor OFF Fail ............................................................. 2-136
010 Fuser 012-268 Booklet Rear Stapler Fail .................................................................................. 2-137
010-313 Control (Center) Thermistor Failure RAP.......................................................... 2-91 012-269 Booklet Sub-CPU Communications Fail ........................................................... 2-137
010-314 Rear Thermistor Failure RAP............................................................................ 2-92 012-282 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP...................................................... 2-138
010-318 Hot-Sagging Recovery Failure RAP ................................................................. 2-93 012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP ........................................................ 2-139
010-320 Heat Roll Over Temperature Failure RAP ........................................................ 2-94 012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP ........................................................ 2-140
010-327 Fuser On Time Failure RAP.............................................................................. 2-95 012-291 Stapler Failure RAP .......................................................................................... 2-141
010-398 Fuser Lock Failure RAP.................................................................................... 2-96 012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP................................................................ 2-142
010-420 Fuser Near end of life RAP ............................................................................... 2-96 012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP................................................................ 2-143
010-421 Fuser end of life RAP........................................................................................ 2-97 012-300 Eject Cover Open.............................................................................................. 2-144
012-302 Finisher Front Cover Open RAP ....................................................................... 2-145
012 A-Finisher 012-303 Finisher H-Transport Cover Open RAP ............................................................ 2-146
012-132 (A-Finisher) Ent Sensor ON Jam ...................................................................... 2-99 012-334 Download Mode Failure RAP............................................................................ 2-146
012-151 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF Jam .................................................... 2-100 012-500 Download Failure RAP...................................................................................... 2-147
012-152 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor ON Jam ...................................................... 2-101 012-700 Punch Dust Nearly Full RAP ............................................................................. 2-147
012-161 (A-Finisher) Set Eject Jam ................................................................................ 2-102 012-901 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM RAP................................... 2-148
012-211 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Fail ........................................................................... 2-103 012-903 Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor RAP .................................................. 2-149
012-221 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ............................................ 2-105 012-905 Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM RAP ........................................................... 2-150
012-223 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail .......................................... 2-106 012-923 H-Transport Entrance SNR static JAM B RAP.................................................. 2-151
012-224 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail ........................................... 2-107 012-935 Paper at Xport Entrance Sensor ....................................................................... 2-151
012-259 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor ON Fail .......................................................... 2-108 012-949 Punch Waste Bin Missing RAP ......................................................................... 2-152
012-263 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail ............................................. 2-109

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


2-2 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
013 SB-Booklet 016-348 ESS PageMemory Failure-2 RAP ..................................................................... 2-178
013-210 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR ON Fail RAP ................................................ 2-153 016-350 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-1 RAP ....................................................................... 2-178
013-211 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR OFF Fail RAP .............................................. 2-153 016-351 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-2 RAP ....................................................................... 2-179
013-212 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR ON Fail RAP ............................................. 2-154 016-360 ESS UI Failure-1 RAP....................................................................................... 2-179
013-213 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR OFF Fail RAP ........................................... 2-154 016-362 ESS UI Failure-2 RAP....................................................................................... 2-180
013-220 Booklet Fold Detect Fail RAP ........................................................................... 2-155 016-363 ESS LyraCard Failure RAP............................................................................... 2-180
013-306 Booklet Safety SW Open RAP.......................................................................... 2-155 016-364 ESS USB2.0 Host Failure RAP......................................................................... 2-181
013-307 Booklet Cover Open RAP ................................................................................. 2-156 016-365 ESS USB2.0 Device Failure RAP ..................................................................... 2-181
016-366 ESS HDD Failure-1 RAP................................................................................... 2-182
016 FAX Service 016-367 ESS HDD Failure-2 RAP................................................................................... 2-182
016-210 Software Option (HDD Error) RAP.................................................................... 2-157 016-368 ESS Torino Failure RAP ................................................................................... 2-183
016-211 Software Option (System Memory Low) RAP................................................... 2-157 016-369 ESS S2X PWB Failure RAP.............................................................................. 2-183
016-212 Software Option (Page Memory Low) RAP ...................................................... 2-158 016-400 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP ................................................................... 2-184
016-213 Software Option (Printer PWB) RAP................................................................. 2-158 016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP.............................................................. 2-184
016-214 Serial Number Mismatch RAP .......................................................................... 2-159 016-402 802.1x Authentication Failure by Timing Out RAP............................................ 2-185
016-215 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 2-159 016-403 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP.......................................................................... 2-185
016-216 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 2-160 016-404 802.1x Inside Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-186
016-217 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 2-160 016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP ..................................................................... 2-186
016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD RAP ...................................................................... 2-161 016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP .......................................................................... 2-187
016-219 Software Option RAP........................................................................................ 2-161 016-454 DNS Dynamic Update RAP............................................................................... 2-187
016-220 S2X Unrecoverable Error RAP ......................................................................... 2-162 016-455 SMTP Server Time-out RAP ............................................................................. 2-188
016-221 S2X Communication Error RAP........................................................................ 2-162 016-456 SMTP time asynchronous RAP......................................................................... 2-188
016-222 S2X self-diag error RAP.................................................................................... 2-163 016-500 DIMM RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-189
016-223 S2X SDRAM Error RAP .................................................................................... 2-163 016-501 S2X RAP ........................................................................................................... 2-189
016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error RAP ................................................................................... 2-164 016-502 ROM Write RAP ................................................................................................ 2-190
016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error RAP ...................................................................... 2-164 016-503 SMTP Redirector RAP ...................................................................................... 2-190
016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error RAP ......................................................................... 2-165 016-504 Redirector POP Server RAP ............................................................................. 2-191
016-227 S2X DDR Error RAP ......................................................................................... 2-165 016-505 Redirector POP Authentication RAP................................................................. 2-191
016-228 S2X Image Processing Error RAP .................................................................... 2-166 016-513 XPS Error RAP.................................................................................................. 2-192
016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail RAP ........................................................................ 2-166 016-514 XPS Error RAP.................................................................................................. 2-192
016-310 ssmm Job Log Full RAP ................................................................................... 2-167 016-515 XPS Short of Memory RAP ............................................................................... 2-193
016-311 Scanner Install RAP.......................................................................................... 2-167 016-516 XPS PrintTicket Description Error RAP............................................................. 2-193
016-315 IIT Interface RAP .............................................................................................. 2-168 016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP .................................................... 2-194
016-316 Page Memory Not Detected RAP ..................................................................... 2-168 016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit RAP....................................................................... 2-194
016-317 Page Memory Error- Standard RAP ................................................................. 2-169 016-522 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-195
016-318 Page Memory Error- Option RAP ..................................................................... 2-169 016-523 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-195
016-321 Fax Module Error RAP...................................................................................... 2-170 016-524 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-196
016-322 JBA Account Full RAP ...................................................................................... 2-170 016-525 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-196
016-323 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP ..................................................................... 2-171 016-526 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-197
016-324 B Formatter Fatal Error RAP............................................................................. 2-171 016-527 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-197
016-330 ESS SystemMemory Fail-1 RAP ...................................................................... 2-172 016-533 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-198
016-332 ESS SystemMemory Fail-3 RAP ...................................................................... 2-172 016-534 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-198
016-335 ESS ProgramROM Fail-1 RAP ......................................................................... 2-173 016-539 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-199
016-336 ESS ProgramROM Fail-2 RAP ......................................................................... 2-173 016-574 Host Name Error RAP....................................................................................... 2-199
016-337 ESS ProgramROM Fail-3 RAP ......................................................................... 2-174 016-575 DNS Server Error in FTP RAP .......................................................................... 2-200
016-338 ESS FontROM Fail-1 RAP................................................................................ 2-174 016-576 Server Connection Error in FTP RAP ............................................................... 2-200
016-339 ESS FontROM Fail-2 RAP................................................................................ 2-175 016-577 FTP Service RAP .............................................................................................. 2-201
016-340 ESS FontROM Fail-3 RAP................................................................................ 2-175 016-578 Login/Password Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-201
016-341 ESS FontROM Fail-4 RAP................................................................................ 2-176 016-579 Scanning Picture Error RAP.............................................................................. 2-202
016-342 ESS RTC Failure RAP ...................................................................................... 2-176 016-580 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ................................................................... 2-202
016-345 ESS NV-Memory Failure RAP .......................................................................... 2-177 016-581 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP...................................................................... 2-203
016-347 ESS PageMemory Failure RAP ........................................................................ 2-177 016-582 File Creation Failure RAP ................................................................................. 2-203

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-3
016-583 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP .................................................................... 2-204 016-738 PS Booklet Output Size Illegal RAP.................................................................. 2-230
016-584 Folder Creation Failure RAP ............................................................................. 2-204 016-739 Document and Output Mismatch RAP .............................................................. 2-230
016-585 File Delete Failure RAP .................................................................................... 2-205 016-740 Output Tray Incorrect RAP................................................................................ 2-231
016-586 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP ....................................................................... 2-205 016-741 Cannot Shift to Download Mode Failure RAP ................................................... 2-231
016-587 Folder Delete Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-206 016-742 Download Data ProductID Error RAP ............................................................... 2-232
016-588 Data Write-in Failure RAP................................................................................. 2-206 016-743 Download Data Model Mismatch RAP .............................................................. 2-232
016-589 Data Read Failure RAP .................................................................................... 2-207 016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP.............................................................. 2-233
016-590 Data Reading Failure RAP................................................................................ 2-207 016-745 XPJL Soft Failure RAP...................................................................................... 2-233
016-591 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP ....................................................................... 2-208 016-746 Unsupported PDF File RAP .............................................................................. 2-234
016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP ........................................................... 2-208 016-747 Insufficient Memory ........................................................................................... 2-234
016-593 Internal Scan Error RAP ................................................................................... 2-209 016-748 HDD Full RAP ................................................................................................... 2-235
016-594 TYPE Command Failure RAP........................................................................... 2-209 016-749 Post Script Font RAP ........................................................................................ 2-235
016-595 Port Command Failure RAP ............................................................................. 2-210 016-750 Print Job RAP.................................................................................................... 2-236
016-596 CDUP Command Failure RAP.......................................................................... 2-210 016-751 PDF RAP........................................................................................................... 2-236
016-597 Same Name File Exists RAP ............................................................................ 2-211 016-752 PDF Memory Limit RAP .................................................................................... 2-237
016-600 Key Operator Authentication Locked RAP ........................................................ 2-211 016-753 PDF Password Mismatch RAP ......................................................................... 2-237
016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP ........................................................................... 2-212 016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP ................................................................................. 2-238
016-700 Password is Under Minimum RAP .................................................................... 2-212 016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service RAP ........................................................................ 2-238
016-701 ART EX Memory Expended RAP ..................................................................... 2-213 016-757 Auditron - Invalid User RAP .............................................................................. 2-239
016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP.................................................................................... 2-213 016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function RAP .................................................................... 2-239
016-703 E-mail To Invalid Box RAP................................................................................ 2-214 016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit RAP .......................................................................... 2-240
016-704 Mailbox Full RAP .............................................................................................. 2-214 016-760 PostScript Decompose RAP ............................................................................. 2-240
016-705 Secure Print RAP .............................................................................................. 2-215 016-761 FIFO Empty RAP .............................................................................................. 2-241
016-706 Maximum Users Exceeded RAP....................................................................... 2-215 016-762 Print Language RAP ......................................................................................... 2-241
016-707 Sample Print RAP ............................................................................................. 2-216 016-763 POP Server is not found RAP ........................................................................... 2-242
016-708 HDD Full Annotation/Watermark RAP .............................................................. 2-216 016-764 SMTP Server Connection RAP ......................................................................... 2-242
016-709 ART EX Command RAP ................................................................................... 2-217 016-765 SMTP Server HDD Full RAP............................................................................. 2-243
016-710 Delayed Print RAP ............................................................................................ 2-217 016-766 SMTP Server File System RAP ........................................................................ 2-243
016-711 E-mail Transmission Size Limit RAP ................................................................ 2-218 016-767 Invalid E-mail Address RAP .............................................................................. 2-244
016-712 Panther Capacity (I-Formatted) RAP ................................................................ 2-218 016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP............................................................................. 2-244
016-713 Security Box Password RAP............................................................................. 2-219 016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP .............................................................. 2-245
016-714 Security Box Enable RAP ................................................................................. 2-219 016-770 FAX Function Cancelled RAP ........................................................................... 2-245
016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP .................................................................................. 2-220 016-771 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-246
016-717 Fax/iFax Send RAP .......................................................................................... 2-220 016-772 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-246
016-718 PCL6 Memory RAP........................................................................................... 2-221 016-773 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-247
016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP.................................................................................. 2-221 016-774 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-247
016-720 PCL Command RAP ......................................................................................... 2-222 016-775 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-248
016-722 Staple Position RAP.......................................................................................... 2-222 016-776 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-248
016-723 Punch Position Error RAP................................................................................. 2-223 016-777 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-249
016-724 Staple Position RAP.......................................................................................... 2-223 016-778 JBIG Parameter RAP ........................................................................................ 2-249
016-725 B-Formatter Image RAP ................................................................................... 2-224 016-779 Scanned Image Conversion Error RAP ............................................................ 2-250
016-727 Printer Request ................................................................................................. 2-224 016-780 Attached Document TIFF RAP.......................................................................... 2-250
016-728 TIFF Data Unsupported RAP............................................................................ 2-225 016-781 Scan Server Connect Error RAP....................................................................... 2-251
016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP ......................................................................................... 2-225 016-782 Scan Server Login Error RAP ........................................................................... 2-252
016-730 ART Command Unsupported RAP ................................................................... 2-226 016-783 Invalid Server Path RAP ................................................................................... 2-253
016-731 TIFF Data Invalid RAP ...................................................................................... 2-226 016-784 Server Write Error RAP..................................................................................... 2-254
016-732 Form Not Registered RAP ................................................................................ 2-227 016-785 Server HD Full RAP .......................................................................................... 2-254
016-733 Destination Address RAP ................................................................................. 2-227 016-786 HD Full-Scan Write Error RAP .......................................................................... 2-255
016-734 Transmission Report RAP ................................................................................ 2-228 016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD RAP............................................................................... 2-255
016-735 Updating Job Template RAP ............................................................................ 2-228 016-788 Retrieve to Browser RAP .................................................................................. 2-256
016-736 Remote Directory Lock RAP ............................................................................. 2-229 016-789 HD Full - Job Memory RAP............................................................................... 2-256
016-737 Remote Directory Removal RAP ...................................................................... 2-229 016-791 File Retrieve RAP.............................................................................................. 2-257

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


2-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-792 Specified Job RAP ............................................................................................ 2-257 018-706 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-282
016-793 MF I/O HD Full RAP.......................................................................................... 2-258 018-707 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-283
016-799 PLW Print Instruction RAP................................................................................ 2-258 018-708 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-283
016-981 HDD access error RAP ..................................................................................... 2-259 018-710 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-284
016-982 HDD access error 2 RAP .................................................................................. 2-259 018-711 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-284
016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full RAP....................................................... 2-260 018-712 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-285
016-985 Data size overflow (Scan to E-mail) RAP ......................................................... 2-260 018-713 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-285
018-714 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-286
018 LDAP 018-716 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-286
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) RAP..................................................... 2-261 018-717 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-287
018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error (S_cert lost) RAP ........................................ 2-261 018-718 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-287
018-501 CA Server Connection Error RAP ..................................................................... 2-262 018-719 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-288
018-502 Login Failure in SMB RAP ................................................................................ 2-262 018-720 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-288
018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout RAP ................................................................ 2-263 018-721 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-289
018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch RAP ........................................................................... 2-263 018-732 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-289
018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error RAP .......................................................................... 2-264 018-733 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-290
018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-264 018-734 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-290
018-507 CA Credential Error RAP .................................................................................. 2-265 018-735 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-291
018-508 CA Server Fatal Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-265 018-736 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-291
018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP .................................................................... 2-266 018-748 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-292
018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP .................................................................... 2-266 018-749 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-292
018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS RAP ....................................................... 2-267 018-750 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-293
018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS RAP .......................................................... 2-267 018-751 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-293
018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS RAP ........................................................... 2-268 018-752 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-294
018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found RAP .................................................................... 2-268 018-753 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-294
018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP .............................................................. 2-269 018-754 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-295
018-515 BMLinkS Storage-Access-Error RAP................................................................ 2-269 018-764 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-295
018-516 BMLinkS unsupported-attribute RAP ................................................................ 2-270 018-765 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-296
018-517 BMLinkS Storage-Full RAP............................................................................... 2-270 018-766 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-296
018-518 BMLinkS Operation-Not-Available RAP ............................................................ 2-271 018-767 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-297
018-519 BMLinkS unknown-error RAP ........................................................................... 2-271 018-768 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-297
018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan RAP................................................................. 2-272 018-769 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-298
018-521 Request Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP............................................................ 2-272 018-770 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-298
018-522 Response receive failure in BMLinkS RAP....................................................... 2-273 018-771 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-299
018-523 Image Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP ............................................................... 2-273 018-780 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-299
018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP ................................................................. 2-274 018-781 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-300
018-525 HDD Full or HDD Access Error RAP ................................................................ 2-274 018-782 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-300
018-526 Rejected to be Refresh RAP ............................................................................. 2-275 018-783 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-301
018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP........................................................................... 2-275 018-784 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-301
018-528 Soap Request Error RAP.................................................................................. 2-276 018-785 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-302
018-529 Duplicate Scan Request RAP ........................................................................... 2-276 018-786 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-302
018-530 Authentication Error RAP.................................................................................. 2-277 018-787 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-303
018-531 Failed to Create a New Job RAP ...................................................................... 2-277 018-788 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-303
018-532 Too Many Jobs to Create a New Job RAP ....................................................... 2-278 018-789 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-304
018-543 Shared name error in SMB server RAP ............................................................ 2-278 018-790 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-304
018-547 Number restriction over of SMB scan users RAP ............................................. 2-279 018-791 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-305
018-596 LDAP Protocol Error 596 RAP .......................................................................... 2-279 018-792 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-305
018-701 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-280 018-793 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-306
018-702 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-280 018-794 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-306
018-703 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-281 018-795 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-307
018-704 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-281 018-796 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-307
018-705 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-282 018-797 LDAP RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-308

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-5
021 FAX 024-910 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-338
021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP ..................................................... 2-309 024-911 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-339
021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) RAP ...................................................... 2-309 024-912 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-340
021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable RAP ................................................................. 2-310 024-913 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-341
024-914 Tray 6 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-342
024 IOT-ESS Communication a-finisher 024-915 Tray 7 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-343
024-916 (A-Finisher) Mix Stack Full................................................................................ 2-311 024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP ........................................................................................... 2-344
024-917 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count ............................................. 2-312 024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP ........................................................ 2-345
024-928 (A-Finisher) Scratch Sheet Compile ................................................................. 2-314 024-919 Face UP Tray Close RAP ................................................................................. 2-346
024-930 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack ................................................................. 2-314 024-920 Face Down Tray 1 Paper Full RAP ................................................................... 2-346
024-976 (A-Finisher) Staple NG...................................................................................... 2-316 024-921 Face Up Tray 1 Paper Full ................................................................................ 2-347
024-977 (A-Finisher) Stapler Feed Ready Fail ............................................................... 2-317 024-922 Face Down Tray 2 Paper Full ........................................................................... 2-347
024-979 (A-Finisher) Stapler Near Empty ....................................................................... 2-317 024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set.................................................................................. 2-348
024-980 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack ................................................................. 2-318 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile ..................................................................................... 2-348
024-982 (A-Finisher) Stacker Lower Safety Warning...................................................... 2-319 024-930 Stacker Tray Full (Large Size Full).................................................................... 2-349
024-934 Paper kind Mismatch......................................................................................... 2-349
024 IOT-ESS Communication
024-939 OHP Kind Mismatch.......................................................................................... 2-350
024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP .......................................................... 2-321
024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 2-350
024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP .......................................................... 2-321
024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 2-351
024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP .......................................................... 2-322
024-948 Tray 3 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 2-351
024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP .......................................................... 2-322
024-949 Tray 4 Out Of Place RAP .................................................................................. 2-352
024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP .......................................................... 2-323
024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-352
024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP .......................................................... 2-323
024-951 Tray 2 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-353
024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP .......................................................... 2-324
024-952 Tray 3 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-353
024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP .......................................................... 2-324
024-953 Tray 4 Empty RAP ............................................................................................ 2-354
024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP .......................................................... 2-325
024-954 MPT Empty RAP ............................................................................................... 2-354
024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP ........................................................ 2-325
024-955 Tray 6 Empty..................................................................................................... 2-355
024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP ........................................................ 2-326
024-958 MPT Size Failure RAP ...................................................................................... 2-355
024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP ........................................................ 2-326
024-959 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-356
024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP ........................................................ 2-327
024-960 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-356
024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start RAP ............................................................................. 2-327
024-961 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-357
024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop RAP ............................................................................. 2-328
024-962 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP................................................................................ 2-357
024-364 DMA Transfer RAP ........................................................................................... 2-328
024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOT detect) RAP .............................................................. 2-358
024-367 Decompress Other Failure RAP ....................................................................... 2-329
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error RAP ................................................................. 2-359
024-368 PCI Error RAP................................................................................................... 2-329
024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) RAP .......................................... 2-359
024-370 Marker Code Detection Failure RAP................................................................. 2-330
024-968 Stapler / Punch Batting ..................................................................................... 2-360
024-371 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP ........................................................ 2-330
024-969 Different Width Mix Punch................................................................................. 2-360
024-372 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP ........................................................ 2-331
024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place .......................................................................................... 2-361
024-373 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP ........................................................ 2-331
024-972 Tray 6 Size Mismatch........................................................................................ 2-361
024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP ........................................................ 2-332
024-975 Copy Booklet Sheets Counts Over ................................................................... 2-362
024-600 Billing Master Counter RAP .............................................................................. 2-332
024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP.................................................................... 2-362
024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 RAP .......................................................................... 2-333
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP...................................................................... 2-363
024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 RAP .......................................................................... 2-333
024-978 Booklet Stapler Fault......................................................................................... 2-363
024-603 Software Key Master Counter RAP .................................................................. 2-334
024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP .................................................................................. 2-364
024-604 Software Key Backup Counter 1 RAP .............................................................. 2-334
024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP......................................................................... 2-364
024-605 Software Key Backup Counter 2 RAP .............................................................. 2-335
024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full ....................................................................................... 2-365
024-700 Shortage Memory Capacity, or no Hard Disk RAP ........................................... 2-335
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP .................................................................. 2-366
024-742 Output Paper for Booklet, Over Counts RAP .................................................... 2-336
024-985 MPT Feed Failure RAP ..................................................................................... 2-367
024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper RAP ..................................................................... 2-336
024-989 Booklet Low Staple ........................................................................................... 2-367
024-747 Print Instruction Failure RAP............................................................................. 2-337
024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over RAP ..................................................................... 2-337 024 IOT-ESS Communication sb-finisher
024-775 Output paper for Booklet, over counts 2 RAP................................................... 2-338 024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP ........................................................................................... 2-369

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


2-6 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP ........................................................ 2-370 027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009 RAP ......................................................................... 2-397
024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile RAP ............................................................................. 2-370 027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024 RAP ......................................................................... 2-397
024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP.................................................................... 2-371 027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025 RAP ......................................................................... 2-398
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP...................................................................... 2-371 027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026 RAP ......................................................................... 2-398
024-978 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler Fail......................................................................... 2-372 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not Started RAP..................................................................... 2-399
024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP .................................................................................. 2-373 027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032 RAP ......................................................................... 2-399
024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP......................................................................... 2-373 027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 RAP ......................................................................... 2-400
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP .................................................................. 2-374 027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 RAP ......................................................................... 2-400
024-984 Booklet Low Staple F ........................................................................................ 2-375 027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036 RAP ......................................................................... 2-401
024-989 Booklet Low Staple R........................................................................................ 2-376 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038 RAP ......................................................................... 2-401
027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044 RAP ......................................................................... 2-402
026 Address Book 027-585 SMB Protocol error 4-045 RAP ......................................................................... 2-402
026-700 LDAP Protocol Max Error RAP ......................................................................... 2-377 027-586 SMB Protocol error 4-046 RAP ......................................................................... 2-403
026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP................................................ 2-377 027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047 RAP ......................................................................... 2-403
027 MAIL 027-588 SMB Protocol error 4-048 RAP ......................................................................... 2-404
027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049 RAP ......................................................................... 2-404
027-400 Net Off Line RAP .............................................................................................. 2-379
027-442 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 2-379 027-590 SMB Protocol error 4-050 RAP ......................................................................... 2-405
027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051 RAP ......................................................................... 2-405
027-443 DNS Renewal Failure of Dynamic RAP ............................................................ 2-380
027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other codes RAP ............................................................ 2-406
027-444 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 2-380
027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP...................................................................................... 2-381 027-702 Certificate for Recipients, was not Found RAP ................................................. 2-406
027-703 Certificate for Recipients, has Expired RAP...................................................... 2-407
027-446 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 2-381
027-704 Certificate for Recipients, was Untrusted RAP.................................................. 2-407
027-447 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 2-382
027-705 Certificate for Recipients, was revoked RAP .................................................... 2-408
027-452 Duplicate IP Address RAP ................................................................................ 2-382
027-500 SMTP Server Mail I/O RAP............................................................................... 2-383 027-706 Certificate RAP.................................................................................................. 2-408
027-707 Certificate Expired RAP .................................................................................... 2-409
027-501 POP Server RAP .............................................................................................. 2-383
027-502 POP Authentication RAP .................................................................................. 2-384 027-708 Certificate Valid RAP......................................................................................... 2-409
027-503 POP server communication timeout RAP ......................................................... 2-384 027-709 Certificate Revoked RAP .................................................................................. 2-410
027-710 Invalid S/MIME Mail RAP .................................................................................. 2-410
027-504 Invalid Response Reception from SMTP Server RAP ...................................... 2-385
027-513 SMB Scan Client RAP ...................................................................................... 2-385 027-711 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP ............................................................................ 2-411
027-514 Host Name Solution Error RAP......................................................................... 2-386 027-712 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP ............................................................................ 2-411
027-713 S/MIME Mail Altered RAP ................................................................................. 2-412
027-515 DNS Server Error in SMB RAP ......................................................................... 2-386
027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP .............................................................. 2-387 027-714 S/MIME Mail Invalid RAP .................................................................................. 2-412
027-518 Login/Password Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-387 027-715 S/MIME Mail Certificate Registration RAP ........................................................ 2-413
027-716 Email Signature RAP ........................................................................................ 2-413
027-519 Scanning Picture Error RAP ............................................................................. 2-388
027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP ................................................................... 2-388 027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP.......................................................................... 2-414
027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP...................................................................... 2-389 027-737 Template Server Read RAP.............................................................................. 2-414
027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP ................................................................... 2-415
027-522 File Creation Failure RAP ................................................................................. 2-389
027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP .................................................................... 2-390 027-740 Template Server Login RAP ............................................................................. 2-415
027-524 Folder Creation Failure RAP ............................................................................. 2-390 027-741 Template Server Connect RAP......................................................................... 2-416
027-742 HDD File System RAP ...................................................................................... 2-416
027-525 File Delete Failure RAP .................................................................................... 2-391
027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP ....................................................................... 2-391 027-743 Template Server Install RAP............................................................................. 2-417
027-527 Folder Delete Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-392 027-744 Template Address RAP..................................................................................... 2-417
027-745 Template Address Server RAP ......................................................................... 2-418
027-528 Data Write-in Failure RAP................................................................................. 2-392
027-529 Data Read Failure RAP .................................................................................... 2-393 027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP............................................................................ 2-418
027-530 Data Reading Failure RAP................................................................................ 2-393 027-751 Job Template Analysis RAP.............................................................................. 2-419
027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP ............................................................. 2-419
027-531 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP ....................................................................... 2-394
027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP ........................................................... 2-394 027-753 Job Flow Service Disabled RAP ....................................................................... 2-420
027-533 Internal Scan Error RAP ................................................................................... 2-395 027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP............................................... 2-420
027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP ................................................................................... 2-421
027-543 Server Name Specification Error RAP .............................................................. 2-395
027-761 Web Print Time Out RAP .................................................................................. 2-421
027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 RAP ......................................................................... 2-396
027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP ...................................................................... 2-422
027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 RAP ......................................................................... 2-396
027-772 SMTP Server Error (HELO) RAP ...................................................................... 2-422

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-7
027-773 SMTP Server Communication Timeout RAP .................................................... 2-423 034-505 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-449
027-774 Address Inaccurate Character RAP .................................................................. 2-423 034-506 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-449
027-775 Too Many SMTP Address RAP ........................................................................ 2-424 034-507 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-450
027-776 SMTP Server Error (EHLO) RAP ...................................................................... 2-424 034-508 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-450
027-777 SMTP Server Un-Supports SMTP-AUTH RAP ................................................. 2-425 034-509 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-451
027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP ........................................................ 2-425 034-510 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-451
027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH RAP............................................................ 2-426 034-511 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-452
027-796 E-mail Not Printed RAP .................................................................................... 2-426 034-512 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-452
027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP ........................................................................ 2-427 034-513 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-453
034-514 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-453
033 FAX Control 034-515 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-454
033-363 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-429 034-519 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-454
033-710 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-429 034-520 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-455
033-712 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-430 034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP........................................................................................ 2-455
033-713 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-430 034-522 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-456
033-715 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-431 034-523 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-456
033-716 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-431 034-527 Dial Control Error RAP ...................................................................................... 2-457
033-717 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-432 034-528 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-457
033-718 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-432 034-529 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-458
033-719 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-433 034-530 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-458
033-721 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-433 034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection RAP..................................................... 2-459
033-722 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-434 034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang RAP ....................................................... 2-459
033-724 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-434 034-701 Software Reset RAP ......................................................................................... 2-460
033-725 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-435 034-789 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-460
033-726 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-435 034-790 Fax Communication Channel 0 RAP ................................................................ 2-461
033-727 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-436 034-791 Fax Communication Channel 1 RAP ................................................................ 2-461
033-728 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-436 034-792 Fax Communication Channel 2 RAP ................................................................ 2-462
033-731 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-437 034-793 Fax Communication Channel 3 RAP ................................................................ 2-462
033-733 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-437 034-794 Fax Communication Channel 4 RAP ................................................................ 2-463
033-734 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-438 034-795 Fax Communication Channel 5 RAP ................................................................ 2-463
033-735 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-438 034-796 Fax Communication Channel RAP ................................................................... 2-464
033-736 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-439 034-797 Communication Parameter Error RAP .............................................................. 2-464
033-737 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-439 034-798 Data Parameter Error RAP ............................................................................... 2-465
033-738 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-440 034-799 Auto Dial Without Dial Data RAP ...................................................................... 2-465
033-740 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-440
033-741 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-441 035 FAX Network
033-742 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-441 035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection RAP........................................................ 2-467
033-743 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-442 035-700 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-467
033-744 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-442 035-701 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-468
033-745 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-443 035-702 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-468
033-746 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-443 035-703 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-469
033-747 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-444 035-704 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-469
033-749 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-444 035-705 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-470
033-750 Fax Control RAP ............................................................................................... 2-445 035-706 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-470
033-751 Activity Report suspended RAP........................................................................ 2-445 035-707 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-471
033-755 Fax printing is canceled Fax RAP ..................................................................... 2-446 035-708 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-471
035-709 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-472
034 FAX Communication 035-710 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-472
034-211 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-447 035-711 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-473
034-212 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-447 035-712 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-473
034-500 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-448 035-713 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-474
034-501 Fax Communication RAP.................................................................................. 2-448 035-714 Fax Protocol RAP.............................................................................................. 2-474

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


2-8 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-715 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-475 042 Drives
035-716 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-475 042-323 Drum K Motor Drive Failure RAP ...................................................................... 2-501
035-717 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-476 042-325 Main Motor Failure RAP.................................................................................... 2-501
035-718 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-476
035-719 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-477 047 Communication
035-720 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-477 047-211 OCT 1 RAP ....................................................................................................... 2-503
035-721 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-478 047-212 OCT 2 RAP ....................................................................................................... 2-504
035-722 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-478 047-213 Different Finisher Detected RAP ....................................................................... 2-505
035-723 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-479 047-214 MCU Duplex Module RAP................................................................................. 2-505
035-724 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-479 047-215 MCU Exit Communication Error RAP................................................................ 2-506
035-725 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-480 047-216 MCU Finisher Communication RAP.................................................................. 2-506
035-726 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-480 047-217 MCU HCF Communication RAP ....................................................................... 2-507
035-727 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-481
061 ROS
035-728 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-481
061-315 Start Of Scan RAP ............................................................................................ 2-509
035-729 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-482
061-321 ROS Motor RAP................................................................................................ 2-509
035-730 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-482
061-333 ROS Fan Defect RAP ....................................................................................... 2-510
035-731 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-483
035-732 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-483 062 IIT
035-733 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-484 062-211 IIT/IPS PWB EEPROM RAP ............................................................................. 2-511
035-734 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-484 062-277 IIT/IPS PWB DADF PWB Communication RAP................................................ 2-511
035-735 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-485 062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP ............................................................................... 2-512
035-736 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-485 062-310 IIT/IPS PWB Controller Communication RAP ................................................... 2-512
035-737 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-486 062-311 IIT/IPS Software RAP........................................................................................ 2-513
035-738 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-486 062-345 IIT/IPS Subsystem RAP .................................................................................... 2-513
035-739 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-487 062-357 CCD Fan Failure RAP....................................................................................... 2-514
035-740 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-487 062-360 Carriage Position RAP ...................................................................................... 2-514
035-741 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-488 062-371 Lamp Illumination RAP...................................................................................... 2-515
035-742 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-488 062-380 Platen AGC CH1 RAP....................................................................................... 2-516
035-743 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-489 062-386 Platen AOC CH1 RAP....................................................................................... 2-516
035-744 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-489 062-389 Carriage Over Run RAP.................................................................................... 2-517
035-745 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-490 062-392 IIT/IPS PWB Memory Failure-1 RAP ................................................................ 2-517
035-746 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-490 062-393 IIT/IPS PWB RAM RAP..................................................................................... 2-518
035-747 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-491 062-500 IISS ROM RAP.................................................................................................. 2-518
035-748 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-491 062-790 Prohibited Document Detection RAP ................................................................ 2-519
035-749 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-492
035-750 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-492 071 Tray 1
035-751 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-493 071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ......................................................... 2-521
035-752 Fax Protocol RAP ............................................................................................. 2-493 071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-522
035-753 Fax Memory Full RAP ....................................................................................... 2-494 071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 2-523
035-754 File Management Memory Full RAP ................................................................. 2-494 071-940 Tray 1 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................ 2-523
035-755 File Add Page Error RAP .................................................................................. 2-495
035-756 Cannot Add Page RAP ..................................................................................... 2-495
072 Tray 2
035-757 No Receive Page RAP...................................................................................... 2-496 072-101 Tray 2 MisFeed JAM RAP................................................................................. 2-525
072-105 Tray 2 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ......................................................... 2-526
035-758 No Specified File or Page RAP ......................................................................... 2-496
035-759 No Specified Job RAP ...................................................................................... 2-497 072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-527
035-760 No Specified Job RAP ...................................................................................... 2-497 072-211 Tray 2 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 2-528
071-940 Tray 2 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................ 2-528
035-761 File Processing Error RAP ................................................................................ 2-498

041 NVM 073 Tray 3


041-340 MCU PWB Data RAP........................................................................................ 2-499 073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed JAM RAP.............................................................................. 2-529
073-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 3 Feed) RAP ...................................... 2-530
041-500 ........................................................................................................................... 2-499
073-105 Tray 3 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ......................................................... 2-531
041-501 ........................................................................................................................... 2-500

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-9
073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-532 081-799 Registered Destination RAP ............................................................................. 2-565
073-211 Tray 3 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 2-533
071-940 Tray 3 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................ 2-533 091 Drum
091-402 Drum Life Over RAP ......................................................................................... 2-567
074 Tray 4 091-441 Drum Life Near End of Life RAP ....................................................................... 2-567
074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed JAM RAP.............................................................................. 2-535 091-910 Waste Toner Bottle Position RAP ..................................................................... 2-568
074-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP ...................................... 2-536 091-911 Waste Toner Full RAP ...................................................................................... 2-568
074-103 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP ...................................... 2-537 091-912 Xerographics Drum Module Installation RAP.................................................... 2-569
074-105 Tray 4 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP......................................................... 2-538 091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP ....................................................................... 2-569
074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Failure RAP ................................................................................ 2-539 091-914 Xero CRUM Comm RAP................................................................................... 2-570
074-211 Tray 4 Broken RAP ........................................................................................... 2-540 091-915 Xero CRUM Data RAP...................................................................................... 2-570
071-940 Tray 4 Lift Up RAP ............................................................................................ 2-540 091-916 Xero CRUM Match RAP.................................................................................... 2-571

075 MPT 092 Process Control


075-135 MPT Registration Sensor On JAM RAP ........................................................... 2-541 092-661 Temperature Sensor RAP................................................................................. 2-573
092-662 Humidity Sensor RAP ....................................................................................... 2-573
077 Jam and Cover Open
077-101 Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP .................................................................... 2-543 093 Toner Supply
077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP ....................................................................... 2-544 093-400 Black Toner Near Empty ................................................................................... 2-575
077-104 Exit Sensor off (too short) JAM RAP................................................................. 2-545 093-406 Black Toner Pre-Near Empty ............................................................................ 2-575
077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On JAM RAP ....................................................................... 2-546 093-912 ........................................................................................................................... Black
077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON JAM Straight RAP ............................................................ 2-547 Toner Empty.................................................................................................................... 2-576
077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF JAM Straight RAP .......................................................... 2-548 093-924 Toner K Crum Communication Failure.............................................................. 2-576
077-114 Exit 2 Sensor Static JAM RAP .......................................................................... 2-548 093-925 Toner K Crum Data Broken Failure................................................................... 2-577
077-129 Registration Sensor On JAM (Duplex Feed/Stop Case) RAP .......................... 2-549 093-926 Toner K Crum Data Mismatch Failure............................................................... 2-577
077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On JAM RAP ..................................................................... 2-550
077-131 Duplex Wait Sensor On JAM RAP .................................................................... 2-551 094 BTR/IBT
077-211 Detected different Type Tray Module RAP ....................................................... 2-552 094-417 BTR Unit Pre Warning RAP .............................................................................. 2-579
077-300 IOT Front Cover Open RAP.............................................................................. 2-552 094-420 BTR Unit Warning RAP..................................................................................... 2-579
077-301 Left Hand Interlock Open RAP.......................................................................... 2-553 102 User Interface
077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP .......................................... 2-554
102-356 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 2-581
077-307 DUP Cover Open RAP...................................................................................... 2-554 102-380 UI Control RAP.................................................................................................. 2-581
077-308 Left Hand HIGH Interlock Open RAP................................................................ 2-555 102-381 UI Data Link RAP .............................................................................................. 2-582
077-309 Left Hand Low Interlock Open RAP .................................................................. 2-555
102-382 Application Layer Command RAP..................................................................... 2-582
077-310 Controller Failed to send image RAP................................................................ 2-556
077-329 Main Motor Stop Error RAP .............................................................................. 2-556 112 Punch
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full RAP................................................................................ 2-583
078 Controller
078-101 HCF to Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP ................................................................. 2-557 116 Printing Control
078-102 HCF to Registration Sensor Fault RAP............................................................. 2-557 116-210 MediaReader Fatal Error RAP .......................................................................... 2-585
078-104 HCF Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP ..................................................................... 2-558 116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail RAP ............................................................................ 2-585
078-210 HCF to Tray 1 Lift RAP ..................................................................................... 2-558 116-220 Downloader Initialize Fail RAP.......................................................................... 2-586
078-212 NVM Read/Write Failure RAP........................................................................... 2-559 116-310 ESS Font DIMM #2 RAP................................................................................... 2-586
078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock Open RAP ................................................................ 2-560 116-311 ESS Font DIMM #3 RAP................................................................................... 2-587
078-301 HCF Docking interlock Open RAP .................................................................... 2-560 116-312 HDD Encrypt Key RAP...................................................................................... 2-587
078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) RAP ........................ 2-561 116-313 HDD Encrypt Setup RAP .................................................................................. 2-588
078-900 HCF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam RAP ............................................................ 2-561 116-314 Ethernet Address RAP ...................................................................................... 2-588
078-940 HCF Paper Misfeed RAP .................................................................................. 2-562 116-315 ESS DDR DIMM #1 R/W Check RAP ............................................................... 2-589
078-941 HCF Paper Tray Size Mismatch RAP ............................................................... 2-562 116-316 ESS DDR DIMM #2 R/W Check RAP ............................................................... 2-589
078-945 TTM Tray 3 Lift RAP ......................................................................................... 2-563 116-317 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check RAP ...................................................................... 2-590
078-946 TTM Tray 4 Lift RAP ......................................................................................... 2-564 116-318 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check RAP ...................................................................... 2-590
116-319 Controller UI Configuration................................................................................ 2-591
081 Fax Destination 116-321 System Software RAP....................................................................................... 2-591

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


2-10 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail RAP .................................................................................... 2-592 116-382 ABL Initialize RAP ............................................................................................. 2-618
116-323 ESS NVRAM R/W Check RAP ......................................................................... 2-592 116-385 IDC Software RAP ............................................................................................ 2-618
116-324 System Controller RAP ..................................................................................... 2-593 116-388 MCC RAP.......................................................................................................... 2-619
116-325 ESS Fan RAP ................................................................................................... 2-593 116-389 RAM Install RAP ............................................................................................... 2-619
116-328 Controller Cache RAP....................................................................................... 2-594 116-390 ROM NVM Mismatch RAP ................................................................................ 2-620
116-329 Serial Software RAP ......................................................................................... 2-594 116-391 Country Code RAP............................................................................................ 2-620
116-330 HDD File System RAP ...................................................................................... 2-595 116-395 USB Software RAP ........................................................................................... 2-621
116-331 Invalid Log Information RAP ............................................................................. 2-595 116-399 Initialization RAP ............................................................................................... 2-621
116-332 ESS ROM RAP ................................................................................................. 2-596 116-701 Memory Duplex RAP......................................................................................... 2-622
116-333 LocalTalk Software RAP ................................................................................... 2-596 116-702 Substitute Font RAP.......................................................................................... 2-622
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail RAP ............................................................. 2-597 116-703 PostScript Language RAP ................................................................................ 2-623
116-335 HDD RAP .......................................................................................................... 2-597 116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow RAP....................................................................... 2-623
116-336 HDD Access RAP ............................................................................................. 2-598 116-713 HDD Job Full RAP ............................................................................................ 2-624
116-337 SNTP Software RAP ......................................................................................... 2-598 116-714 HP-GL/2 Command RAP .................................................................................. 2-624
116-338 JBA RAP ........................................................................................................... 2-599 116-720 PCL Memory RAP............................................................................................. 2-625
116-340 Memory RAP..................................................................................................... 2-599 116-738 Overlay Size Orientation RAP........................................................................... 2-625
116-341 ROM Version RAP ............................................................................................ 2-600 116-739 Form/Logo Capacity RAP ................................................................................. 2-626
116-342 Network Manager RAP ..................................................................................... 2-600 116-740 Arithmetic RAP.................................................................................................. 2-626
116-343 Main PWB IC RAP ............................................................................................ 2-601 116-741 Maximum Forms Data Register RAP ................................................................ 2-627
116-346 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 2-601 116-742 Max Logo Registered RAP................................................................................ 2-627
116-348 Redirector RAP ................................................................................................. 2-602 116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow RAP ......................................................................... 2-628
116-349 SIF RAP ............................................................................................................ 2-602 116-746 Selected Form RAP .......................................................................................... 2-628
116-350 AppleTalk Software RAP .................................................................................. 2-603 116-747 Invalid Page Margin RAP .................................................................................. 2-629
116-351 Ether Talk Software RAP .................................................................................. 2-603 116-748 Page Image Data RAP...................................................................................... 2-629
116-352 NetWare Software RAP .................................................................................... 2-604 116-749 PostScript Font RAP ......................................................................................... 2-630
116-353 HDD Mechanical RAP....................................................................................... 2-604 116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP........................................................................... 2-630
116-354 HDD Product RAP ............................................................................................ 2-605 116-752 Print Job Ticket Description Warning RAP........................................................ 2-631
116-355 Agent Software RAP ......................................................................................... 2-605 116-771 Invalid JBIG Parameter DL Fixed RAP ............................................................. 2-631
116-356 HDD Format RAP ............................................................................................. 2-606 116-772 Invalid JBIG Parameter D Fixed RAP ............................................................... 2-632
116-357 PostScript RAP ................................................................................................. 2-606 116-773 Invalid JBIG Parameter P Fixed RAP ............................................................... 2-632
116-358 Salutation Software RAP .................................................................................. 2-607 116-774 Invalid JBIG Parameter YD Fixed RAP............................................................. 2-633
116-360 SMB Software RAP........................................................................................... 2-607 116-775 Invalid JBIG Parameter L0 Fixed RAP.............................................................. 2-633
116-361 Spool HDD RAP................................................................................................ 2-608 116-776 Invalid JBIG Parameter MX Fixed RAP ............................................................ 2-634
116-362 SSDP Software RAP......................................................................................... 2-608 116-777 Invalid JBIG Parameter MY Fixed RAP ............................................................ 2-634
116-363 Print Service Software RAP .............................................................................. 2-609 116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLength Fixed RAP................................................................ 2-635
116-364 Timer RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-609 116-780 Attached Document RAP .................................................................................. 2-635
116-365 Spool RAP ........................................................................................................ 2-610 116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (A-Finisher)................................................................. 2-636
116-366 Software Report RAP........................................................................................ 2-610 116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (SB-Finisher) .............................................................. 2-636
116-367 Parallel Software RAP ...................................................................................... 2-611
116-368 Dump Print RAP................................................................................................ 2-611 121 FID-EP
116-370 XJCL RAP......................................................................................................... 2-612 121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP ................................................................... 2-637
116-371 PCL Decomposer Software RAP ...................................................................... 2-612 123 Controller-UI
116-372 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 2-613
123-207 Communication Manager Target RAP .............................................................. 2-639
116-373 Dynamic DNS Software RAP............................................................................ 2-613 123-209 Controller UI Communication RAP.................................................................... 2-639
116-374 Auto Switch RAP............................................................................................... 2-614 123-310 Send Queue RAP.............................................................................................. 2-640
116-375 Formatter RAP .................................................................................................. 2-614
123-311 Receive Queue RAP ......................................................................................... 2-640
116-376 Port 9100 Software RAP ................................................................................... 2-615 123-317 Receive Message Queue RAP ......................................................................... 2-641
116-377 Video DMA RAP ............................................................................................... 2-615 123-318 Receive Finish Queue RAP .............................................................................. 2-641
116-378 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 2-616
123-320 NVM Initialized for FCW Composition RAP ...................................................... 2-642
116-379 Controller Software RAP ................................................................................... 2-616
123-322 UI Target RAP................................................................................................... 2-642
116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 RAP ......................................................................... 2-617
123-323 UI Address RAP ................................................................................................ 2-643
116-381 ABL Initialize RAP............................................................................................. 2-617

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-11
123-325 Object Creation RAP......................................................................................... 2-643 124-315 Serial Number Mismatch RAP .......................................................................... 2-669
123-326 Memory Overflow RAP ..................................................................................... 2-644 124-316 Product Mode RAP ........................................................................................... 2-670
123-327 Button Overflow RAP ........................................................................................ 2-644 124-317 All Product Mode RAP ...................................................................................... 2-670
123-328 UI Internal Range RAP ..................................................................................... 2-645 124-318 Product Type Software Key RAP ...................................................................... 2-671
123-329 UI Coordinates RAP.......................................................................................... 2-645 124-319 All Product Types Software Key RAP ............................................................... 2-671
123-332 Interface Parameter RAP.................................................................................. 2-646 124-320 EPROM RAP..................................................................................................... 2-672
123-333 Interface Communication RAP.......................................................................... 2-646 124-321 Backup SRAM RAP .......................................................................................... 2-672
123-337 Frame Data RAP............................................................................................... 2-647 124-322 Software Key RAP ............................................................................................ 2-673
123-341 Event Queue RAP............................................................................................. 2-647 124-323 Software Key Registration RAP ........................................................................ 2-673
123-342 Event Queue RAP............................................................................................. 2-648 124-324 All Billings Mismatch RAP ................................................................................. 2-674
123-343 Invalid Class RAP ............................................................................................. 2-648 124-325 Billing Restoration RAP..................................................................................... 2-674
123-344 Invalid Type RAP .............................................................................................. 2-649 124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP ....................................................................... 2-675
123-345 Timer Queue Full RAP...................................................................................... 2-649 124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Failure RAP ................................................................ 2-675
123-346 Invalid Timer Number RAP ............................................................................... 2-650 124-333 ASIC RAP ......................................................................................................... 2-676
123-369 Interface Value RAP ......................................................................................... 2-650 124-334 Standard Font ROM RAP.................................................................................. 2-676
123-370 Interface Length RAP........................................................................................ 2-651 124-335 Font ROM RAP ................................................................................................. 2-677
123-371 Interface Parameter RAP.................................................................................. 2-651 124-337 ESS Standard RAM RAP .................................................................................. 2-677
123-372 Interface Sequence RAP .................................................................................. 2-652 124-338 Duplicate Font ROMs RAP ............................................................................... 2-678
123-373 Channel RAP .................................................................................................... 2-652 124-339 ROM DIMM Mismatch RAP .............................................................................. 2-678
123-374 User Job ID RAP............................................................................................... 2-653 124-340 CRUM Market RAP ........................................................................................... 2-679
123-375 Internal Resource RAP ..................................................................................... 2-653 124-341 CRUM Market MCU RAP.................................................................................. 2-679
123-376 Internal Memory RAP........................................................................................ 2-654 124-342 CRUM Market System 1 RAP ........................................................................... 2-680
123-377 UI Timer RAP .................................................................................................... 2-654 124-343 CRUM Market System 2 RAP ........................................................................... 2-680
123-378 Interface Format RAP ....................................................................................... 2-655 124-350 CRUM OEM RAP.............................................................................................. 2-681
123-379 Dispatch RAP.................................................................................................... 2-655 124-351 CRUM OEM MCU RAP..................................................................................... 2-681
123-380 Copy Interface RAP .......................................................................................... 2-656 124-352 CRUM OEM System 1 RAP.............................................................................. 2-682
123-381 Fax Interface RAP............................................................................................. 2-656 124-353 CRUM OEM System 2 RAP.............................................................................. 2-682
123-382 Scanner Interface RAP ..................................................................................... 2-657 124-360 CRUM Validation RAP ...................................................................................... 2-683
123-383 Report Interface RAP........................................................................................ 2-657 124-361 CRUM Validation MCU RAP ............................................................................. 2-683
123-384 Server Access RAP .......................................................................................... 2-658 124-362 CRUM Validation System 1 RAP ...................................................................... 2-684
123-385 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 2-658 124-363 CRUM validation System 2 RAP....................................................................... 2-684
123-386 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 2-659 124-372 IOT Controller Software RAP ............................................................................ 2-685
123-387 Service Object RAP .......................................................................................... 2-659 124-373 IOT Manager Software RAP ............................................................................. 2-685
123-388 Attribute RAP .................................................................................................... 2-660 124-374 IOT IM Device Driver Software RAP ................................................................. 2-686
123-389 UI Comparator RAP .......................................................................................... 2-660 124-380 CRUM Market (2) .............................................................................................. 2-686
123-390 Job Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 2-661 124-381 CRUM Market MCU (2)..................................................................................... 2-687
123-391 Job Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 2-661 124-382 CRUM Market System 1 (2) .............................................................................. 2-687
123-392 Auditron RAP .................................................................................................... 2-662 124-383 CRUM Market System 2 (2) .............................................................................. 2-688
123-394 File Access RAP ............................................................................................... 2-662 124-390 OEM Market (2)................................................................................................. 2-688
123-395 UI NVM RAP ..................................................................................................... 2-663 124-391 CRU OEM MCU (2)........................................................................................... 2-689
123-396 UI Software RAP............................................................................................... 2-663 124-392 CRU OEM System 1 (2).................................................................................... 2-689
123-397 UI Manager RAP............................................................................................... 2-664 124-393 CRU OEM System 2 (2).................................................................................... 2-690
123-398 Release Queue RAP......................................................................................... 2-664 124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP .......................................................................... 2-690
123-399 UI Internal RAP ................................................................................................. 2-665 124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray RAP..................................................................... 2-691
123-400 Internal Interface RAP....................................................................................... 2-665 124-705 Punching Cancelled RAP.................................................................................. 2-691
124-706 Folding Cancelled RAP ..................................................................................... 2-692
124 ROM-RAM 124-708 Output Tray Changed to Sub Tray RAP............................................................ 2-692
124-310 Product Designation RAP ................................................................................. 2-667 124-709 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP .......................................................................... 2-693
124-311 Product Serial Number RAP ............................................................................. 2-667 124-710 Output Tray Changed from MailBoxSorter RAP ............................................... 2-693
124-312 Machine Codes Mismatch RAP ........................................................................ 2-668
124-313 Serial Number RAP........................................................................................... 2-668 125 PWScont
124-314 IOT Speed RAP ................................................................................................ 2-669 125-311 PSW Unexpected Fail RAP............................................................................... 2-695

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


2-12 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
127 Software
127-310 ESR Task RAP ................................................................................................. 2-697
127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail RAP .................................................................................. 2-697
127-353 LPD Software RAP ........................................................................................... 2-698
127-396 Mail I/O Software RAP ...................................................................................... 2-698
127-398 IPP Software RAP............................................................................................. 2-699
127-399 JME Software RAP ........................................................................................... 2-699

133 Fax Control


133-210 Fax Parameter RAP .......................................................................................... 2-701
133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid RAP .................................................................... 2-701
133-212 Fax Read Error- No Data RAP.......................................................................... 2-702
133-213 Fax Read Error- Invalid Data RAP .................................................................... 2-702
133-214 Fax USB Initializing RAP .................................................................................. 2-703
133-215 Fax USB Device RAP ....................................................................................... 2-703
133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal RAP.................................................................................. 2-704
133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory RAP ................................................................. 2-704
133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory RAP............................................ 2-705
133-219 Fax Work Memory RAP .................................................................................... 2-705
133-220 Fax Control Task RAP ...................................................................................... 2-706
133-221 Fax Card Boot RAP .......................................................................................... 2-706
133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervalley RAP..................................................... 2-707
133-223 Fax Card Reset RAP ........................................................................................ 2-707
133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM RAP ............................................................... 2-708
133-226 Country Code RAP ........................................................................................... 2-708
133-280 Fax Option Slot 1 Board RAP ........................................................................... 2-709
133-281 Received unknown message RAP.................................................................... 2-709
133-282 Fax Card Download RAP.................................................................................. 2-710
133-283 Fax Report Mailbox RAP .................................................................................. 2-710
133-700 Staple/Punch Cancelled RAP ........................................................................... 2-711
133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP......................................................................................... 2-711

134 Fax Card


134-210 Fax Controller Parameter RAP ......................................................................... 2-713
134-211 FAX PWB RAP ................................................................................................. 2-713

202 Timer
202-399 Internal Timer RAP ........................................................................................... 2-715

Other Faults
OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP....................................................................... 2-717
OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP ........................................................................................... 2-717
OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP............................................................................................. 2-719
OF 4 Dark / Blank Display RAP ...................................................................................... 2-719

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-13
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
2-14 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
002-500 UI Error RAP 002-770 Job Template Processing - HD Full RAP
UI detection error while in CUI scan job start: Job aborted due to insufficient HDD capacity during Job Template processing.

1. IIT is occupied. Procedure


2. Fault is occurring. Ask customer to separate job into smaller parts. Helpful information may be found in User
3. Service is not CUI. Guide sections Overwrite Hard Disk or Mailbox.
4. The upper limit number of sheet for XSA
Procedure
Retry the same operation after the fault is cleared, or check limitation with XSA. If the problem
continues, call for Service.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-15 002-500, 002-770
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
002-500, 002-770 2-16 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-318 IIT Soft Failure RAP 003-319 IIT Video Driver Detection Failure RAP
The IIT software is faulty. A Compression Threshold overflow, DMA Transfer error, or Other compression system errors
were detected.
Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Procedure
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-17 003-318, 003-319
003-320 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP 003-321 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP
An abnormal parameter is set for the send function. The acknowledgement could not be received after 2 resend attempts.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-320, 003-321 2-18 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-322 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP 003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP
The Packet number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect. The Message Length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-19 003-322, 003-323
003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP 003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP
Message Length of the Packet is incorrect. A parity error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-324, 003-325 2-20 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP 003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP
Framing error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB. An overrun error was detected by hardware in the IIT/IPS PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-21 003-326, 003-327
003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP 003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP
Receive interruption was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB.) A transmission failure occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-328, 003-329 2-22 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP 003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 12 RAP
The Packet number of the received Message Packet is incorrect. The Message Length of the received Message Packet is incorrect.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-23 003-330, 003-331
003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 13 RAP 003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP
The Check Code of the received Message Packet is incorrect.) A parity error was detected by the UART.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-332, 003-333 2-24 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 15 RAP 003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP
A framing error was detected by the UART. An overrun error was detected by the UART.

Procedure Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-25 003-334, 003-335
003-336 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 17 RAP 003-337 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 18 RAP
After the header was recognized, it was detected that receiving was aborted. After restoring from Power Saver mode, there was no response to the Power On command
sent to the IIT/IPS PWB within the specified time.
Procedure
Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Procedure
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-336, 003-337 2-26 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-338 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 19 RAP 003-339 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 20 RAP
The driver detected an incorrect send parameter argument from the application. The establishment of PAR transmission failed.

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable.
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-27 003-338, 003-339
003-340 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP 003-341 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP
A PAR synchronization error during send occurred. A PAR transmission error during send occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable.
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-340, 003-341 2-28 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-342 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP 003-343 IISS-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP
The driver detected an incorrect receive parameter argument from the application. A PAR synchronization error during receive occurred.

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable. Disconnect and reconnect the IIT Cable.
Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the P/Js on ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-29 003-342, 003-343
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back RAP 003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs RAP
Different magnification, for surface and back. No sheets are stored in the setting conditions.

Procedure Procedure
Change settings so that magnification is the same for both sides of the same document. A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Booklet Creation.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-702, 003-750 2-30 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan) RAP 003-752 Cannot scan over 600DPI RAP
The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small). The selected resolution was too large for scanning mixed size originals using the document
feeder.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Procedure
Scan Size Defaults A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
Scan Size Resolution
Original Size Defaults Internet Fax Profile
Repeat Image Scan Resolution
Other Settings
Emulation Settings
Internet Fax Profile

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-31 003-751, 003-752
003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI RAP 003-754 S2X Recovery RAP
The selected resolution was too large for scanning mixed size originals using the document There is a recoverable S2X error.
feeder.
Initial Actions
Procedure Power Off/On
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
Resolution Procedure
Internet Fax Profile Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job if the error did not clear after the power off/on.
Scan Resolution

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-753, 003-754 2-32 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-755 S2X Command Error RAP 003-756 Blank Originals RAP
There is an S2X command error. No image data was scanned from the documents.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job if the error did not clear after the power off/on. Check if the document is comprised of blank sheets, or if the front and back of the documents
are correct. Repeat operation.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-33 003-755, 003-756
003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI RAP 003-760 Scan Settings Error RAP
Non-scannable 400dpi or more resolution detected after DADF Mix Duplex Mode Job is Invalid Scan Job Parameter.
accepted.
Procedure
Procedure Abort job, change parameters and repeat operations.
Change to 300dpi or less resolution for scan or change the job to that scannable with Non-
Mixed mode.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-757, 003-760 2-34 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size RAP 003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found RAP
When the Cover Content Tray or Separator + N set Tray is selected in Auto Paper Selection When Automatic Gradation Correction was executed, the patch for position detection on the
the paper size is different from that in the Cover Tray or the Transparency Tray. document was not available.

Procedure Procedure
The paper size in the tray selected by auto tray switching differs from the paper Reposition the Automatic Gradation Correction Chart.
size in the tray selected at the tray selection. Either change the paper size for
the tray, or change the paper type priority setting.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-35 003-761, 003-763
003-764 Image Overlay RAP 003-780 FAX Scan Compression Error RAP
There is an image overlay problem. Compression of scanned data was unsuccessful.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Ask customer to lower the resolution or reduction/enlargement ratio.
Or try to break down the size of the original.
Procedure
Ask customer to verify the job setup and rerun the job.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-764, 003-780 2-36 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-795 AMS Limit Error RAP 003-930 300 DPI Scan RAP
After auto document detection in Auto Reduce/Enlarge, the Reduce/Enlarge ratio did not fall Cannot scan over 300 DPI.
within the specified range (25%~400%).
Procedure
Procedure Scan at 300 dpi or lower.
Ask customer to set the document size manually or change reduction/enlargement ratio.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-37 003-795, 003-930
003-931 400 DPI Scan RAP 003-932 600 DPI Scan RAP
Cannot scan over 400 DPI. Cannot scan 600 DPI.

Procedure Procedure
Scan 400 dpi or lower. Scan at under 600 dpi.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-931, 003-932 2-38 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-933 300 DPI Scan RAP 003-934 400 DPI Scan RAP
Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI. Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI.

Procedure Procedure
Scan at 300 dpi or lower. Scan at 400 dpi or lower.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-39 003-933, 003-934
003-935 600 DPI Scan RAP 003-940 Memory RAP
Next Documents Cannot scan 600DPI. A scanner memory limit is reached.

Procedure Procedure
Scan at under 600 dpi. Power Off/On.

If the problem persists replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-935, 003-940 2-40 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-942 Document size Auto Detect Failure RAP 003-944 Image repeat count Failure RAP
The document size cannot be automatically detected. No complete images are output using Automatic Size.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to set the document size manually. A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to User Guide heading Paper Size Settings.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-41 003-942, 003-944
003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS) RAP 003-947 Return Documents counts error RAP
Paper size that does not support rotation was selected even though part of the image will be The number of documents returned by the user was less than the number of specified docu-
cut off if it is not rotated. ments.

Procedure Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Check the number of documents and repeat the operation.
Rotate 90 degrees
Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-946, 003-947 2-42 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-948 Return Documents mismatch RAP 003-952 Document Color Mismatch RAP
A document that is different (document size/orientation and Color mode in ACS) from the doc- There is a color mismatch among returned documents.
ument before document return was loaded.
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel the job, check job settings and rerun the job.
Check the document size and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-43 003-948, 003-952
003-955 Documents size exchange error RAP 003-956 Documents size unknown error RAP
When loading a document with Mixed Size Originals prohibited, a document of different size/ With Platen selected, the document size could not be identified. (APS, Auto Paper Selection
orientation from the initial document was detected. only)

Procedure Procedure
Check the document size/orientation and repeat the operation. Enter the document size or select a tray with the same paper size as the document.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-955, 003-956 2-44 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-963 No APS object Tray RAP 003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IIT Detect) RAP
There was no APS (Auto Paper Selection) compatible tray that could supply paper for printing There was no paper in the tray for APS (Auto Paper Selection).
without omitting part of the image.
Procedure
Procedure Add paper in the tray and repeat the operation.
Select a tray that supplies such paper and repeat the operation.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-45 003-963, 003-965
003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IIT) RAP 003-967 DADF APS No Destination RAP
There was no tray for APS (Auto Paper Selection). Document size with DADF 8.511SEF Document size input not included.
Mix Size is not selected.
Procedure Magnification is variable.
Change the parameter setting and repeat the operation. APS Copy job with the above is designated but the tray to be selected is not available.

Although A4SEF original is set, it is detected as 8.511SEF.

Procedure
1. Load tray with the paper of the size displayed on the Panel or select the tray in which the
paper requested is loaded.
2. If A4SEF document is detected as Letter document, cancel the job and then readjust
DADF document guide securely until they touches the edges of the documents. Re-run
the job.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-966, 003-967 2-46 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-968 Punch Position Error RAP 003-969 Punch Size Error RAP
Cannot punch for the selected paper size. Cannot punch at selected position. (APS/Tray selection common)

Procedure Procedure
To designate appropriate Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job. appropriate posi- To designate the proper Punch position or cancel Punch and restart the job.
tion and restart the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-47 003-968, 003-969
003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow RAP 003-971 Prevention Code Detect RAP
Document size exceeds scanning capacity. Prevention code detect with the right to cancel.

Procedure Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: This document cannot be copied; press Cancel / Continue button on panel.
Load the Documents
Document Feeder
Paper Supply
Original Size
Mixed Size Originals
Repeat Image
Internet Fax Profile
Scan Size
Emulation Settings
Original Size Defaults
2 Up On Receipt
Scan Size Defaults

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-970, 003-971 2-48 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow RAP 003-973 Every direction difference RAP
The number of scanned pages stored exceeded the maximum number set in the system data. Rotation is not available even though the orientation of the document and the image are differ-
ent and part of the image will be omitted if it is not rotated.
Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Procedure
Stored Documents A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
Covers Rotate 90 degrees
Priority Send/Delayed Start Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen
Internet Fax Profile
Store for Polling
Public Mailbox - Document List Screen
Mailbox Screen
Check Mailbox
Print
Job Status
Charge Print

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-49 003-972, 003-973
003-974 Next Original Specification RAP 003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) RAP
Scanning has been completed for all loaded documents. Document size exceeds scanning capacity.

Procedure Procedure
No action required. A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
Load the Documents
Document Feeder
Paper Supply
Original Size
Mixed Size Originals
Repeat Image
Internet Fax Profile
Scan Size
Emulation Settings
Original Size Defaults
2 Up On Receipt
Scan Size Defaults

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-974, 003-976 2-50 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-977 Document Mismatch (Multiple Scan) RAP 003-978 Color Document Miss Match (Multi Scan) RAP
The document size differs from the one set previously for the Bound Originals feature. Document Color Mismatch (a change of document in Multi Scan:

Procedure 1. A change of documents during scanning a Bound Document/As Book/Poster


A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
2. In multi-scan job on platen (book copying / AsBook / Poster), upon operations involving set-
Load the Documents
ting document again, size of document set later detected to be different from that of document
Document Feeder originally set. Document of different color from document set originally was set upon ACS.
Paper Supply
Original Size Procedure
Mixed Size Originals Reload the appropriate documents and run the job.
Repeat Image
Internet Fax Profile
Scan Size
Emulation Settings
Original Size Defaults
2 Up On Receipt
Scan Size Defaults

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-51 003-977 , 003-978
003-980 Staple position error RAP 003-981 Staple size error RAP
Stapling could not be done at the specified position. Stapling on Documents with different widths.

Procedure Procedure
A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Ensure customer selects stapling only when documents are the same width.
Staple Position
Copy Output
Copy Output Screen
Image Rotation-Rotation Direction Screen

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


003-980 , 003-981 2-52 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
003-982 IIT HDD Access Error RAP
BSD-ON:3.1/6.2

There is a problem with IIT accessing the Hard Drive.

Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the IIT/IPS PWB Harness.

Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform
GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization.

If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-53 003-982
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
003-982 2-54 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-121 CVT Feed Sensor On JAM RAP Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 15.3).
BSD-ON:5.4/5.5
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the first-out feed operation started (Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex mode, the DADF
Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.

Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.6) with
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.

Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 14).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-55 005-121
A B
005-122 CVT Simplex/Side1 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the Pre Feed operation started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Y N
Duplex or Simplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
time.
After the Pre Feed operation started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(CW)) in Duplex mode, the Pre-Registration Sensor did not turn On within the specified (PL 15.3).
time.
Initial Actions Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-122 2-56 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-123 CVT Simplex/Side1 Registration JAM RAP Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 15.3).
After pre-registration started (DADF Feed Motor On (CCW)), the Registration Sensor did not
turn On within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.

Check the wire between /J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between /J782 and J761 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-57 005-123
A B
005-125 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 15.3).
After the Pre Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the DADF Registration
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Initial Actions Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. rectly.
Procedure Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
paper. The display changes.
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
Y N
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
circuit.
rectly.
Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or Y N
a short circuit.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-125 2-58 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-131 CVT Invert On JAM RAP Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the Registration Sensor turned On during Invert operation, the Invert Sensor did not turn
On within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-59 005-131
A B
005-132 CVT Invert On JAM 2 RAP Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the Read Speed Control operation started (Registration Motor On (CCW)), the Invert Sen-
sor did not turn On within the specified time.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-132 2-60 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-134 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM (Inverter) RAP Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the Registration Sensor turned Off on inverting at Invert, the Invert Sensor did not turn Off
within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-61 005-134
A B
005-135 CVT Side2 Pre-Registration On JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the Invert operation started (Registration Motor On (CW)) at Invert, the DADF Pre Regis- Y N
tration Sensor did not turn On within the specified time.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Initial Actions Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
heard.
works.
Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
rectly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
rectly.
short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J781 andJ761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-135 2-62 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-136 CVT Side2 Registration On JAM RAP Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
(PL 15.3).
After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned On at Invert, the DADF Registration Sensor did
not turn On within the specified time. Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
heard.
Initial Actions Y N
Refer to BSD 5.4. Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Procedure rectly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
paper. The display changes.
Y N Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761 P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
rectly.
short circuit.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
a short circuit.
Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.

Check the wire between J764 andJ754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-63 005-136
A B
005-139 CVT Invert Sensor Off JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the Registration Sensor turned Off during the Read operation, the Invert Sensor did not Y N
turn Off within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Initial Actions Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
heard.
works.
Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
rectly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-211]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
The display changes.
Y N
Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
rectly.
short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-139 2-64 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-145 CVT Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P754-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P754-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
After the DADF Pre Registration Sensor turned Off at Invert, the Registration Sensor did not Y N
turn Off within the specified time. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Initial Actions Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5. (PL 15.3).

Open the DADF Top Cover and remove the paper. Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Procedure Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Execute Component Control[005-110]. Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with
Y N
paper. The display changes.
Y N Connect P/J765 and P/J755.
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor-
Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
rectly.
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Y N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761. circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
a short circuit.
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
1). Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-001]. The DADF Feed Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J764 and P/J754. P/J764 and P/J754 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J764 and P/J754.

Check the wire between J764 and J754 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
1). The wire between J764 and J754 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-65 005-145
A
005-146 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
1. After the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off in 1 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registration
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
2. After the DADF Registration Motor turned On in 2 Sided mode, the DADF Pre Registra- between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
tion Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Y N
Initial Actions Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6.
Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
works. heard.
Y N Y N
Install the Invert Gate correctly. Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
rectly.
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) Y N
with paper. The display changes. Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor- Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
rectly. 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
Y N short circuit.
Connect P/J781 and P/J761. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
a short circuit. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-146 2-66 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
005-147 CVT Pre Registration Sensor Off JAM (Invert) RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
After the DADF Registration Motor turned On at Invert, the DADF Pre Registration Sensor did
not turn Off within the specified time. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P755-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P755-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Initial Actions Y N
Refer to BSD 5.4/5.5/5.6. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Procedure Replace the DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9). If the problem persists, replace the
DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the installation and operation of the Invert Gate. The Invert Gate is installed and it
works.
Execute Component Control[005-072]. The Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7) can be
Y N
heard.
Install the Invert Gate correctly.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J766 and P/J756. P/J766 and P/J756 are connected cor-
Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
rectly.
with paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J766 and P/J756.
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N Check the wire between P756 and J766 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.6 Flag
Connect P/J781 and P/J761. 2). The wire between P756 and J766 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N Replace the Exit Nip Release Solenoid (PL 15.7). If the problem persists, replace the
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-026]. The DADF Registration Motor (PL 15.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J765 and P/J755. P/J765 and P/J755 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J765 and P/J755.

Check the wire between J765 and J755 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.5 Flag
2). The wire between J765 and J755 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-67 005-147
A B
005-194 Size Mismatch Jam on Mix-size RAP Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
In Mixed Size Originals, it was detected that the Fast Scan Direction size was different from the
a short circuit.
width of the document guide. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Check the document guide and repeat the operation. Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Front).
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Check the operation of the Tray Side Guide (Rear). Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Ensure customer refers to User Guide headings Document Feeder, Mixed Size Originals, and Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Margin Shift for correct operation.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.

Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-194 2-68 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-196 CVT Size Mismatch JAM (No Mix) RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
The second and subsequent documents are different size to the first document. Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.

Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.

Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-69 005-196
A B
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
A prohibited size combination was detected. Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor (PL 15.10).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.1. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-221]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J771 and P/J759. P/J771 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J771 and P/J759.

Check the wire between J771 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J771 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor (PL 15.10).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-222]. Actuate the DADF Tray Size 2 Sensor with paper. The
display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J772 and P/J759. P/J772 and P/J759 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J772 and P/J759.

Check the wire between J772 and J759 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.1 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J772 and J759 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P759-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.1 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-197 2-70 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
005-198 Too Short Size JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
The system detected a document with a length shorter than 115mm in the Slow Scan Direction. Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Procedure Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Y N
Use a paper size within the specification.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.

Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-71 005-198
005-199 Too Long Size JAM RAP Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
The system detected a document with the following length in the Slow Scan Direction: rectly.
Y N
Simplex mode: 672.4mm or longer
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.
Duplex mode: 480.1mm or longer
Initial Actions Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
Refer to BSD 5.4.
a short circuit.
Procedure Y N
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Use a paper size within the specification. Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Y N
Y N Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
paper. The display changes. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.

Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-199 2-72 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-275 DADF ROM Download Error 005-275 DADF Error
There is a download error in the DADF ROM PWB. There is a processing error in the DADF PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Switch off the power. Ensure the ROM is properly installed in the DADF PWB. Switch on the Switch off the power. Disconnect and reconnect the P/Js on the DADF PWB. Switch on the
power. power.

If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-73 005-275, 005-275
005-280 DADF EPROM Failure RAP 005-284 DADF Auto Paper Selection Sensor Logic Failure
The DADF-EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation. RAP
The combinations of outputs from the DADF APS 1 Sensor, DADF APS 2 Sensor and DADF
Initial Actions APS 3 Sensor are abnormal.
Refer to BSD 3.5.
Procedure Initial Actions
Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor- Refer to BSD 5.4.
rectly. Procedure
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-218]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The dis-
Connect the connectors. play changes.
Y N
Turn on the power again. [005-280] reoccurs.
Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected cor-
Y N rectly.
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Y N
Connect P/J777 and P/J761.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7).
Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-219]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The dis-
play changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J778 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-280, 005-284 2-74 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 005-285 DADF Nudger Lift Up Failure RAP
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
After the DADF Nudger Motor started reverse rotation, the DADF Nudger Sensor did not turn
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9). On within the specified time.
Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N Initial Actions
Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7). Refer to BSD 5.2.
Procedure
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-220]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The dis-
play changes. Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Y N
Execute Component Control[005-225]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The dis-
Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected cor-
rectly. play changes.
Y N
Y N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected cor-
Connect P/J779 and P/J785.
rectly.
Y N
Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.
11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
Y N
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
a short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11). Y N
Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7). Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.

Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-75 005-284, 005-285
A B
Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 005-286 DADF Feed Out Sensor Failure RAP
Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N During document transport, before the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned Off, the DADF Pre Reg-
istration Sensor turned Off.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF Initial Actions
PWB (PL 15.3). Refer to BSD 5.4.

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). Procedure


Execute Component Control[005-205]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9) with
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.

Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
13). Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control [005-206]. Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7)
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
005-285, 005-286 2-76 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
3). Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-77 005-286
005-305 CVT Feeder Cover Interlock Open (running) RAP 005-306 Tray Interlock Open RAP
The system detected that the DADF Interlock was opened while the DADF was running (RUN/ Tray Interlock Open during DADF operation detected.
SUSPEND).
Procedure
Initial Actions To ensure that the Tray is Closed. Check the connections between the Tray Interlock Sensor
Refer to BSD 1.3. and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Tray Interlock Sensor. If the problem persists, replace
Procedure the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Check opening/closing of the Feeder Cover. The Feeder Cover can be opened/closed.
Y N
Reinstall the Feeder Cover correctly.

Check installation of the DADF Interlock Switch. The DADF Interlock Switch is installed cor-
rectly.
Y N
Install the DADF Interlock Switch correctly.

Execute Component Control[005-212 DADF Interlock Switch]. Open and close the Feeder
Cover. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J753, F1 and F2. P/J753, F1 and F2 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J753, F1 and F2.

Check the wire between J753 and F1, and between J753 and F2 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wires between J753 and F1, and between
J753 and F2 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the conductivity of the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7) between J753-2 and J753-
1 (BSD 1.3 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J753-2 and J753-1 is connecting suc-
cessfully when the DADF Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when
the contact is opened.
Y N
Replace the DADF Interlock Switch (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-305, 005-306 2-78 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-309 CVT L/H Interlock Open RAP 005-500 Downloader Failure RAP
CVT L/H Interlock Open while running. Detected error while writing DADF-ROM. Cannot work normally because the contents of ROM
have been erased.
Procedure
Check the following: connector cables (connecting Interlock Switch and DADF-PWBA), or Procedure
DADF-PWBA. Power Off/On. If it fails while retrying, replace DADF-ROM and upgrade with DLD method
again. If the problem continues, reload the software.
For damage to the cover, repair or replace Feeder Cover as required
Connector between the Interlock Switch and the DADF PWB, repair or replace as
required
The Interlock Switch for alignment or damage, align or replace the L/H Interlock Switch as
required

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-79 005-309, 005-500
005-906 CVT Feed Sensor Static JAM RAP
Paper remains on the DADF Feed Out Sensor.

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-205 DADF Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Feed Out
Sensor (PL 15.9) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J769 and P/J758. P/J769 and P/J758 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J769 and P/J758.

Check the wire between J769 and J758 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
13/Flag 14). The wire between J769 and J758 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
14). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P758-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 13).
Actuate the DADF Feed Out Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Feed Out Sensor (PL 15.9).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-906 2-80 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-907 CVT Pre-Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP
Paper remains on the DADF Pre Registration Sensor.

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-206 DADF Pre Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Pre
Registration Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J781 and P/J761. P/J781 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J781 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J781 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J781 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
4). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Pre Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Pre Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-81 005-907
005-908 CVT Registration Sensor Static JAM RAP 005-909 DADF Lead Sensor Static Jam
Paper remains on the DADF Registration Sensor. Lead Reg Sensor On detected at the timing below:

Initial Actions 1. Power On


Refer to BSD 5.4.
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close
Remove the paper.
Procedure 3. Platen Interlock Close.
Execute Component Control[005-110 DADF Registration Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Registra-
tion Sensor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes. Procedure
Y N If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on
Check the connections of P/J782 and P/J761. P/J782 and P/J761 are connected cor- Lead Reg Sensor. Check the connections between the Lead Reg Sensor and the DADF PWB.
rectly. If OK, replace the Lead Reg Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).
Y N
Connect P/J782 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J782 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J782 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-15 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 1).
Actuate the DADF Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Registration Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-908, 005-909 2-82 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-910 DADF Out Sensor Static Jam 005-911 DADF Exit 1 Sensor Static Jam
Out Sensor On detected at the timing below: Exit1 Sensor On detected at the timing below:

1. Power On 1. Power On

2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close 2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close

3. Platen Interlock Close. 3. Platen Interlock Close.

Procedure Procedure
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on
Out Sensor. Check the connections between the Out Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, Exit1 Sensor. Check the connections between the Exit1 Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK,
replace the Out Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). replace the Exit1 Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-83 005-910, 005-911
005-912 DADF Exit 2 Sensor Static Jam 005-913 CVT Invert Sensor Static JAM RAP
Exit2 Sensor On detected at the timing below: Paper remains on the DADF Invert Sensor.

1. Power On Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 5.4.
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close
Remove the paper.
3. Platen Interlock Close. Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-211 DADF Invert Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Invert Sen-
Procedure sor (PL 15.7) with paper. The display changes.
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Y N
Exit2 Sensor. Check the connections between the Exit2 Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, Check the connections of P/J780 and P/J761. P/J780 and P/J761 are connected cor-
replace the Exit2 Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3). rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J780 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J780 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J780 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 5).
Actuate the DADF Invert Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Invert Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-912, 005-913 2-84 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-914 DADF APS1, 2, 3, Sensor Static Jam 005-915 CVT APS No1 Sensor Static JAM RAP
APS1, 2, 3, Sensor On detected at the timing below: Paper remains on the APS Sensor 1.

1. Power On Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 5.4.
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close
Remove the paper.
3. Platen Interlock Close. Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-218 DADF APS 1 Sensor]. Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor
Procedure with paper. The display changes.
If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on Y N
APS1, 2, 3, Sensor. Check the connections between the APS1, 2, 3, Sensor and the DADF Check the connections of P/J777 and P/J761. P/J777 and P/J761 are connected cor-
PWB. If OK, replace the APS1, 2, 3, Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB rectly.
(PL 15.3). Y N
Connect P/J777 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J777 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J777 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 7).
Actuate the DADF APS 1 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 1 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-85 005-914, 005-915
005-916 CVT APS No2 Sensor Static JAM RAP
Paper remains on the APS Sensor 2.

Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 5.4.
Remove the paper.
Procedure
Execute Component Control[005-219 DADF APS 2 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J778 and P/J761. P/J778 and P/J761 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J778 and P/J761.

Check the wire between J778 and J761 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
9/Flag 10). The wire between J778 and J761 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
10). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P761-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 9).
Actuate the DADF APS 2 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 2 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-916 2-86 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-917 CVT APS No3 Sensor Static JAM RAP 005-918 CVT Invert Sensor Static Jam RAP
Paper remains on the APS Sensor 3. CVT Invert Sensor On detected at the timing below:

Initial Actions 1. Power On


Refer to BSD 5.4.
2. Feeder Cover Interlock Close
Remove the paper.
Procedure 3. Platen Interlock Close.
Execute Component Control[005-220 DADF APS 3 Sensor]]. Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor
with paper. The display changes. Procedure
Y N If the problem occurs frequently, make sure that there is no obstacle blocking the light path on
Check the connections of P/J779 and P/J785. P/J779 and P/J785 are connected cor- CVT Invert Sensor. Check the connections between the CVT Invert Sensor and the DADF
rectly. PWB. If OK, replace the CVT Invert Sensor. If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB
Y N (PL 15.3).
Connect P/J779 and P/J785.

Check the wire between J779 and J785 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.4 Flag
11/Flag 12). The wire between J779 and J785 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag
12). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P785-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.4 Flag 11).
Actuate the DADF APS 3 Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF APS 3 Sensor (PL 15.7).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-87 005-917, 005-918
005-919 DADF Tray Lift Up Failure RAP 005-940 DADF No Original Failure RAP
The following detected: Removal of Documents detected.

With the document being set, Level Sensor does not turn On or Bottom Snr does not turn Off in Procedure
a specified time from start of Tray Lift Up.
Follow instructions on the UI Screen

Detected except for During Run, during Stop, or during Purge.

Procedure
Removal of set document cancels the fault. If it occurs frequently, check the Level Sensor, Tray
Motor, Tray Drive Assembly, area for binding, damage, and/or debris. Check the connections
between the Level Sensor and the DADF PWB. If OK, replace the Level Sensor. If the problem
persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-919, 005-940 2-88 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
005-941 DADF Not Enough Documents Failure RAP 005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF RAP
After all originals returned, shortage of documents detected. Due to too many document sheets, no documents could not be fed.

Procedure Initial Actions


Follow instructions on the UI Screen Reduce the number of sheets and repeat the operation.

Refer to BSD 5.2.

Procedure
Manually operate the Feed Head mechanism. The Feed Head mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.

Execute Component Control[005-225 DADF Nudger Sensor]. Actuate the DADF Nudger Sen-
sor with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J788 and P/J786. P/J788 and P/J786 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J788 and P/J786.

Check the wire between J788 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J788 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB P786-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2 Flag 3).
Actuate the DADF Nudger Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the DADF Nudger Sensor (PL 15.5).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Execute Component Control[005-090]. The DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J787 and P/J786. P/J787 and P/J786 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J787 and P/J786.

Check the wire between J787 and J786 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 5.2 Flag
5). The wire between J787 and J786 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-89 005-941, 005-942
A
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the DADF PWB (PL 15.3) P786-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 5.2
Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF Nudger Motor (PL 15.6). If the problem persists, replace the DADF
PWB (PL 15.3).

Replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


005-942 2-90 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
010-313 Control (Center) Thermistor Failure RAP
BSD-ON:10.1

The Control (Center) Thermistor has an open circuit.

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.

Check the resistance of the Center Thermistor between P600-5 and P600-6 (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-91 010-313
010-314 Rear Thermistor Failure RAP
BSD-ON:10.1

The Rear Thermistor has an open circuit.

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.

Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


010-314 2-92 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
010-318 Hot-Sagging Recovery Failure RAP
BSD-ON:4.1/10.1

The Rear Thermistor detected that the machine does not recover from Hot-Sagging in time.

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it.
Y N
Remove the paper.

Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.

Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.

Execute Component Control[071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard.
Y N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
2/Flag 3). The wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-93 010-318
010-320 Heat Roll Over Temperature Failure RAP
BSD-ON:10.1

The Control (Center) Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
The Rear Thermistor detected a temperature higher than the specified value.
Procedure
NOTE: When [010-320] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to
NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0.

Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD
10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The resistance is 3k Ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
Flag 3). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3). The
wire between J410 and J600 is conducting without a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between P/J401 and P/J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1
Flag 4). The wire between J401 and J523 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


010-320 2-94 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
010-327 Fuser On Time Failure RAP Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
BSD-ON:10.1
Check the resistance of the Rear Thermistor between J600-2 and J600-4 (BSD 10.1 Flag 2/
After the Main Lamp turned On during warm up, the Control Thermistor did not detect
Flag 3)). The resistance is 3k ohms or higher.
READY temperature within the specified time.
Y N
After the Main Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
specific temperature within the specified time.
After the Sub Lamp turned On during standby, the Control Thermistor did not detect a Check the wire between P/J410 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
specific temperature within the specified time. 2/Flag 3)). The wire between J410 and J600 conducts and is free of a short circuit.
After the empty rotation started, the Control Thermistor did not detect the empty rotation Y N
finishing temperature within the specified time. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
After the Main Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a
Check the wire between P/J607 and J600 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag
specific temperature within the specified time.
2/Flag 3)). The wire between J607 and J600 conducts and if free of a short circuit.
After the Sub Lamp turned On during printing, the Control Thermistor did not detect a spe-
Y N
cific temperature within the specified time.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Voltage Supply Check the wire between P/J401 and P/J523 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.1
Flag 4). The wire between J401 and J523 conducts and if free of a short circuit.
Indoor Temperature
Y N
Procedure Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
NOTE: When [010-327] occurs, NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=1. After repair, change it to
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). If the problem persists, replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1). If the
NVM[744-220 FuserOverTemp]=0.
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check for paper on the Fuser. The Fuser has no paper wrapped round it.
Y N
Remove the paper.

Check the installation of the Fuser Unit. The Fuser Unit is securely installed.
Y N
Install the Fuser Unit securely.

Remove the Fuser Unit. Check the conductivity of the contact points of the Thermostat. The
contact points are connected.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the resistance of the Main Lamp between J600-3 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Main Lamp is 100 ohms or lower.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the resistance of the Sub Lamp between J600-1 and J600-7 for an open circuit or a
short circuit (BSD 10.1 Flag 1). The resistance of the Sub Lamp is 100 ohms or lower.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Check the resistance of the Control (Center) Thermistor between J600-5 and J600-6 (BSD
10.1 Flag 2/Flag 3)). There is no open circuit in the Center STS and the resistance is 3k
ohms or higher.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-95 010-327
010-398 Fuser Lock Failure RAP 010-420 Fuser Near end of life RAP
BSD-ON:10.2 BSD-ON:10.3

The Fuser Fan failed. The Fuser is near end of life.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power Off/On
Clear away foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.
Procedure Procedure
Turn on the power. Turn on the power.
Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating.
Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating. Y N
Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Y N
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open or a short circuit
Check the wire between P/J214-13 and P/J408-2 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser
(BSD 10.2 Flag 1). The wire between J214-13 and J408-2 is conducting without an Fan conducts with less than a few ohms.
open circuit or a short circuit. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).
Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-3 (+) and CN102-2 (-)
(BSD 10. 2 Flag 2). The voltage is +24VDC. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4).
Y N The voltage is approx. 0VDC.
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Y N
Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open circuit or a short
Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2). circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire conducts with less than a few
ohms.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4). Y N
The voltage is approx. 0VDC. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Main Drive Assembly CN102-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).
10.2 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. 0VDC.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).

Check the wire between P/J214-14 and P/J408-1 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 10.2 Flag 4). The wire between J214-14 and J408-1 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


010-398, 010-420 2-96 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
010-421 Fuser end of life RAP
BSD-ON:10.2

The Fuser is near end of life.

Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Clear away foreign substances and dust accumulated at the exhaust.

Procedure
Turn on the power.
Visually check the rotation of the Fuser Fan. The Fuser Fan is rotating.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag
1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open or a short circuit
(BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between MCU PWB and the Fuser
Fan conducts with less than a few ohms.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J408-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 4).
The voltage is approx. 0VDC.
Y N
Check the wire between the MCU PWB and the Fuser Fan for an open circuit or a short
circuit (BSD 10.2 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire conducts with less than a few
ohms.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Fuser Fan (PL 4.2).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-97 010-421
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
010-421 2-98 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-132 (A-Finisher) Ent Sensor ON Jam Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-5 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Fin-
isher Entrance Sensor. The voltage changes.
BSD-ON:12.3 Y N
Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5).
Finisher Entrance Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after receiving the Sheet
Exit command (the sheet to be ejected has turned ON the IOT Exit Sensor 1).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check that the Finisher Entrance Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
objects and that the actuator is not broken. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Power Off/On.

Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec.
Y N
Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec.

Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem
that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Y N
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught.

Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport
path is in normal condition.
Y N
Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust.

Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly
connected to the IOT.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher properly.

Enter Component Control [012-140]. Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor. The display
changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The wires between
J8709 and J8729 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-99 012-132 (A-Finisher)
A
012-151 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor OFF Jam Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
BSD-ON:12.3
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Com-
The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn Off within a specified time after it has turned On.
pile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N
Initial Actions Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5).
Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that
the actuator is not binding. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Power Off/On. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter Component Control [012-095]. The Finisher Transport Motor rotates.


Procedure Y N
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec. Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8739. P/J8706 and P/J8739 are securely
Y N connected.
Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec. Y N
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8739 securely.
Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem
that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8736. The wire between J8706
Y N and J8736 are OK.
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport
path is in normal condition with no foreign object, deformed part and paper dust. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-5 (+) and GND (-), and between Fin-
Y N isher PWB J8706-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust. Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. The Transport Roll is in
normal condition, not worn and deteriorated and with no paper dust. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Y N continues, replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace
Remove the paper dust and replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll. the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed, broken part, and/or belt dam- Enter [012-013]. When the Sub Paddle Solenoid is turned On/Off, the Sub Paddle Shaft
age. The drive mechanism is free of defects. Assembly goes down/up.
Y N Y N
Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Check the Sub Paddle mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated gears.
The Sub Paddle mechanism is free from defects and gears are seating properly.
Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes. Y N
Y N Repair defeats to the Sub Paddle mechanism.
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely
connected. Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8734. P/J8705 and P/J8734 are securely
Y N connected.
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely. Y N
Connect P/J8705 and P/J8734 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The wire J8709 and
J8728 are OK. Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8734. The wires between
Y N J8705 and J8734 are OK.
Repair the open or short circuit. Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC. Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +24VDC.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-151 (A-Finisher) 2-100 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
B
Y N 012-152 (A-Finisher) Compiler Exit Sensor ON Jam
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the circuit is OK,
BSD-ON:12.3
replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

The Compile Exit Sensor does not turn On within a specified time after receiving the Sheet Exit
Enter [012-013], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8705-2 (+) and GND (-).
command (the paper to be ejected has turned On the IOT Exit Sensor 1).
The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Initial Actions
Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that
Replace the Sub Paddle Solenoid (PL 22.3). the actuator is not broken.
Power Off/On.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec.
Y N
Replace the paper with new paper that is ins spec.

Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem
that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Y N
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught.

Check the transport path for a foreign object, deformed part, and paper dust. The transport
path is in normal condition with no foreign object, deformed part and paper dust.
Y N
Repair the deformed part(s) and remove the foreign object(s) and paper dust.

Check the Transport Roll for wear, deterioration and paper dust. The Transport Roll is in
normal condition.
Y N
Remove the paper dust and replace the worn or deteriorated Transport Roll.

Check the drive mechanism to the Transport Roll for a deformed parts, broken parts, and/or
belt damage. The drive mechanism free from defects.
Y N
Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism.

Check that the Finisher is installed properly. The Finisher is properly installed and properly
connected to the IOT.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher properly.

Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The wires between J
8709 and J8728 are OK.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-101 012-151 (A-Finisher), 012-152 (A-Finisher)
A
Y N 012-161 (A-Finisher) Set Eject Jam
Repair the open or short circuit.
BSD-ON:12.3
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
In the Eject Motors ejecting operation, Eject Home Sensor ON was detected within a specified
approx. +5VDC.
time after the start of the reverse operation of the Eject Motor.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
(The Eject Motor should have ejected paper, but returned Home earlier than specified.)
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Com-
pile Exit Sensor. The voltage normally changes. Initial Actions
Y N Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign object.
Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5). Power Off/On.

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the specifications of paper. Paper is in spec.
Enter [012-095]. The Finisher Transport Motor rotates. Y N
Y N Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec.
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8739. P/J8706 and P/J8739 are securely
connected. Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem
Y N that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8739 securely. Y N
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8739. The wire between J8706
and J8739 are OK. Check the Eject mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt damage. The Eject
Y N mechanism free from defects.
Repair the open or short circuit. Y N
Repair the Eject mechanism.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-5 (+) and GND (-), and J8706-7 (+)
and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of
Y N paper. The display changes.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem connected.
continues, replace the Finisher Transport Motor (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace Y N
the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely.

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin- Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wires between
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). J8700 and J8725 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10).

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-152 (A-Finisher), 012-161 (A-Finisher) 2-102 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem 012-211 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Fail
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
BSD-ON:12.8
Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates.
Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started lifting up, the Stack Height Sensor
Y N
did not detect the lifting up of the Stacker Tray.
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely
connected. Within a specified time after the Stacker Tray started going down at initialization and dur-
Y N ing a job, the lower position of the tray (Full) could not be detected based on the changes
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely. in the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 and the Stacker Stack Sensor 2.
Initial Actions
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The wires between Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign
J8706 and J8741 are OK. object.
Y N
Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign
Repair the open or short circuit.
objects and that their actuators are not broken.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between Power Off/On.
J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Procedure
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit.
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly.
Check the Eject Motor drive mechanism for deformed parts, broken parts, and/or belt
Y N
damage The drive mechanism free from defects.
Repair the mechanism.
Y N
Repair defects or damage to the drive mechanism. Run DC330[012-267].
Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
of paper. The display changes.
(PL 22.7). Y N
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
connected.
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wire between J8708
and J8727 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet 7.2.36 A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8708-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-103 012-161 (A-Finisher), 012-211 (A-Finisher)
A B
Enter [012-278]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
display changes. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely connected.
connected. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between J8711 and P8736 are OK.
J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-1 (+) and GND (-).
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is The voltage changes.
approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Go to Wirenet 7.2.38 A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the prob-
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-5 (+) and (-). Block and unblock the Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8711-2 (+) and GND (-).
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open and short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Enter [012-279]. Block and unblock the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The
display changes. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Y N ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-2 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 by rotating the actuator. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-211 (A-Finisher) 2-104 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-221 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates.
Y N
BSD-ON:12.4 Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710 P/J8738A and
P/J8738B are securely connected.
During the moving of the Front Tamper, when the Front Tamper Home Sensor was Off, to the
Y N
home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor did not detected turning On within a specified
Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely.
time after the Front Tamper started moving.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The wires
Initial Actions between are OK.
Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and Y N
that the actuator is not broken. Repair the open or short circuit.
Power Off/ON.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between
J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Procedure Y N
Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
moving. The Front Tamper is defects and binding. tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Y N ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Repair the Front Tamper mechanism.

Run DC330[012-220].
Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The wires between
J8700 and J8724 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-105 012-221 (A-Finisher)
A B
012-223 (A-Finisher) Front Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
BSD-ON:12.4
Enter [012-020] and [012-023] alternately. The Front Tamper Motor rotates.
At the end of the operation to turn Off the Front Tamper Home Sensor that was On, the
Y N
Front Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off.
Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B. P/J8710, P/J8738A and
The Front Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Front Tamper Motor P/J8738B are securely connected.
stopped, but the Front Tamper Home Sensor was On. Y N
Initial Actions Connect P/J8710, P/J8738A and P/J8738B securely.
Check the Front Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B. The wire
that the actuator is not broken.
between J8710, P/J8738A and J8738B are OK.
Power Off/ON.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the Front Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-5 (+) and GND (-), and between
moving. The Front Tamper free from defects and binding. J8710-7 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Front Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and the gears seat properly. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
Y N isher PWB (PL 22.7).
Repair the Front Tamper drive mechanism.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Run DC330[012-220]. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter Component Control [012-220]. Move the Front Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Front Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8724. P/J8700 and P/J8724 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8724 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8724. The wires between
J8700 and J8724 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-6 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-5 (+) and GND (-). Move the Front
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Front Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.10).

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-223 (A-Finisher) 2-106 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-224 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor OFF Fail Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
BSD-ON:12.4
Enter [012-026] and [012-029] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor rotates.
At the end of the operation of trying to turn Off the Rear Tamper Home Sensor that was
Y N
On, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was not detected being Off.
Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B. P/J8710, P/J8737A and
The Rear Tamper Home Sensor should have turned Off and then the Rear Tamper Motor P/J8737B are securely connected.
stopped, but the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was On. Y N
Initial Actions Connect P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B securely.
Check the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B. The wire
that the actuator is not broken.
between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B are OK.
Power Off/ON.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Procedure
Check the Rear Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-1 (+) and GND (-), and between
moving. The Rear Tamper is free from defects and binding. J8710-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Rear Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no Repair the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
not-seated gears. PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the Rear Tamper drive mechanism. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display of changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The wires between
J8700 and J8726 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9).

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-107 012-224 (A-Finisher)
012-259 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor ON Fail Y N
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely
BSD-ON:12.6
connected.
Y N
In the Eject Motors initializing operation and ejecting operation, one of the following is met.
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely.

With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The wires between
Within a specified time after that, the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning On.
J8706 and J8741 are OK.
With the Eject Home Sensor Off, the Eject Motor started rotating in reverse direction. The Y N
Eject Home Sensor should have been detected turning On and then the Eject Motor Repair the open wire or short circuit.
stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not On.
Initial Actions Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between
J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object.
Y N
Power Off/ON. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mecha- Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
nism is free from defects and belt damage. (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the mechanism. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Run DC330[012-252].
Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor. The display
changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely.

Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wire between
J8700 and J8725 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Eject Home Sensor. The voltage changes
Y N
Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-259 (A-Finisher) 2-108 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-263 (A-Finisher) Rear Tamper Home Sensor ON Fail Enter [012-026] and [012-029] alternately. The Rear Tamper Motor rotates.
Y N
BSD-ON:12.4 Check the connections of P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B. P/J8710, P/J8737A and
P/J8737B are securely connected.
During the moving of the Rear Tamper from when the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was Off to
Y N
the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor was not detected turning On within a speci-
Connect P/J8710, P/J8737A and P/J8737B securely.
fied time after the Rear Tamper started moving.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B. The wires
Initial Actions between J8710, P/J8737A and J8737B are OK.
Check the Rear Tamper Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and Y N
that the actuator is not broken. Repair the open or short circuit.
Power Off/ON.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8710-1 (+) and GND (-), and between
J8710-3 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Procedure Y N
Check the Rear Tamper for any foreign object, deformation and binding that prevents it from Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
moving. The Rear Tamper is free from defects and binding. tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the deformation and remove the foreign object(s) and the binding. Replace the Rear Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Rear Tamper for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is free from defects and gears seat properly. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Y N ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Repair the Rear Tamper drive mechanism.

Enter Component Control [012-221]. Move the Rear Tamper by hand to block and unblock the
Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8726. P/J8700 and P/J8726 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8726 securely.

Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8700 and J8726. The wire between
J8700 and J8726 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-12 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-11 (+) and GND (-). Move the Rear
Tamper by hand to block and unblock the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 22.9).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-109 012-263 (A-Finisher)
A B
012-280 (A-Finisher) Eject Home Sensor OFF Fail Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8741. The wires between
J8706 and J8741 are OK.
BSD-ON:12.6 Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
In the Eject Motors initializing operation and ejecting operation, the Eject Motor had rotated
forward for a time corresponding to a specified qty of pulses since the Eject Home Sensor was
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-13 (+) and GND (-), and between
On, and then the motor stopped, but then the Eject Home Sensor was not detected turning Off.
J8706-15 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Initial Actions Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
Check the Eject Home Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign object. tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Power Off/ON.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check the Eject mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The mecha- Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
nism is free from defects and belt damage. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Repair the mechanism.

Enter Component Control [012-252]. Block and unblock the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of
paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8700 and P/J8725. P/J8700 and P/J8725 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8700 and P/J8725 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8700 and J8725. The wires between
J8700 and J8725 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8700-8 (+) and GND (-). Block and unblock
the Eject Home Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Home Sensor (PL 22.10).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter [012-054] and [012-056] alternately. The Eject Motor rotates.


Y N
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8741. P/J8706 and P/J8741 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8741 securely.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-280 (A-Finisher) 2-110 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-283 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor ON Fail Y N
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8740 securely.
BSD-ON:12.7
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8740. The wires between
In the initialize operations each at Power On, when Interlock closed and at the start of a job,
J8706 and J8740 are OK.
and in the Set Clamp Motors ejecting operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor was not
Y N
detected turning On within a specified time after the start of the Set Clamp Motor operation.
Repair the open or short circuit.

Initial Actions Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between
Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
that the actuator is not broken. Y N
Power Off/ON. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The PWB (PL 22.7).
mechanism is free from defects and belt damage.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Repair the Set Clamp mechanism. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock
the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/
J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and
J8723. The wires between J8707 and J8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are
OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set
Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter [012-017]. The Set Clamp Motor rotates.


Y N
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8740. P/J8706 and P/J8740 are securely
connected.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-111 012-283 (A-Finisher)
A
012-284 (A-Finisher) Set Clamp Home Sensor OFF Fail Y N
Connect P/J8706 and P/J8740 securely.
BSD-ON:12.7
Check for an open or short circuit between J8706 and J8740. The wires between
In the initialize operations each at Power On, when Interlock closed and at the start of a job,
J8706 andJ8740 are OK.
and in the Set Clamp Motors ejecting operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor was not
Y N
detected turning Off within a specified time after the start of the Set Clamp Motor operation.
Repair the open or short circuit.

Initial Actions Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8706-9 (+) and GND (-), and between
Check the Set Clamp Home Sensor is properly installed and has no foreign object and J8706-11 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage is approx. +24VDC.
that the actuator is not broken. Y N
Power Off/ON. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem con-
tinues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure Replace the Set Clamp Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem continues, replace the Finisher
Check the Set Clamp mechanism for a deformed or broken part and not-seated belts. The PWB (PL 22.7).
mechanism is free from defects and belt damage.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Repair the Set CLamp mechanism. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter Component Control [012-251]. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock
the Set Clamp Home Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723. P/J8707, P/
J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 are securely connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707, P/J8742B, P/J8742A and P/J8723 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8742B, and between J8742A and
J8723. The wires between J8707 andJ8742B and between J8742A and J8723 are
OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-9 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8707-8 (+) and GND (-). Rotate the Set
Clamp Shaft by hand to block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Set Clamp
Home Sensor. The voltage changes normally.
Y N
Replace the Set Clamp Home Sensor (PL 22.4).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter [012-017]. The Set Clamp Motor rotates.


Y N
Check the connections of P/J8706 and P/J8740. P/J8706 and P/J8740 are securely
connected.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-284 (A-Finisher) 2-112 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-291 (A-Finisher) Stapler Fail Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB P/J8701-5 (+) and GND (-). Enter [012-046]
and [012-047] alternately. The voltage changes.
BSD-ON:12.5 Y N
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).
Within a specified time after the Staple Motor started rotating in reverse direction, the Staple
Head Home Sensor was never detected turning On.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
include no foreign objects. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Power Off/ON.

Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The wires between
J8705 and J8735 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Measure the voltages between Finisher PWB
J8705-3, 4, 5, 6 (+) and GND (-). Each voltage changes.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7)

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).

Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The display changes.


Y N
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between
J8701 and J8731 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-4 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-113 012-291 (A-Finisher)
012-301 (A-Finisher) Top Cover Interlock OPEN Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit. If the problem contin-
BSD-ON:12.1 ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

The Top Cover Interlock Open was detected.


Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Initial Actions
Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed.
Check the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor and the Finisher Top Cover Interlock +24V
Switch are properly installed, not broken, and have no foreign objects
Power Off/ON.

Procedure
Check the following;
Top Cover installation
Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor for damage
Finisher Top Cover Interlock +24V Switch actuator for any damage
These parts are in normal condition.
Y N
Repair or replace any of the parts that has a defect.

Enter Component Control [012-300]. Open and close the Top Cover to block and unblock the
Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8730. P/J8701 and P/J8730 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8701 and P/J8730 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8730. The wires between
J8701 and J8730 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8701-2 (+) and GND (-). Open and close
the Top Cover to block and unblock the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor. The volt-
age changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor (PL 22.3).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
approx. +24VDC.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-301 (A-Finisher) 2-114 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-302 (A-Finisher) Front Cover Interlock OPEN 012-903 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Compiler Exit
BSD-ON:12.1 Sensor
BSD-ON:12.3
The Front Cover Interlock Open was detected.
At Power On, the Compile Exit Sensor detected paper.
Initial Actions While the Main Motor was operating at initialization at Power On, the Compile Exit Sensor
Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed. detected paper.
Check that the Finisher Front Interlock Switch is properly installed, not broken, and has no When the Cycle down operation at the end of a job was complete, the Compile Exit Sen-
foreign object. sor was On.
Power Off/ON. Initial Actions
Check the power supply voltage at the customer site for a drop.
Procedure Check the Compile Exit Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects and that
Check the following; the actuator is not binding.
Front Cover installation
Power Off/ON.
hinges for any damage
Finisher Top Cover Interlock Sensor for any damage Procedure
Thee above parts are OK.
Check for paper remaining on the Compile Exit Sensor and how it is installed. The sensor is
Y N
properly installed with no paper left there.
Repair or replace any of the parts that are defected.
Y N
Remove the remaining paper and reinstall the sensor properly.
Enter Component Control [012-302]. Open and close the Front Cover to turn On and Off the
Finisher Front Interlock Switch. The display changes. Run DC330[012-150].
Y N
Enter Component Control [012-150]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor. The display changes.
Connect the connections of P/J8702 and P/J8733. P/J8702 and P/J8733 are securely Y N
connected. Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8728. P/J8709 and P/J8728 are securely
Y N
connected.
Connect P/J8702 and P/J8733 securely. Y N
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8728.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8702 and J8733. The wires between
J8702 and J8733 are OK.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8728. The wires between
Y N
J8709 and J8728 are OK.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-4 (+) and GND (-). Open and close
the Front Cover to turn On and Off the Finisher Front Interlock Switch. The voltage
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8709-3 (+) and GND (-). The voltage is
changes.
approx.+5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher Front Interlock Switch (PL 22.7).
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-2 (+) and GND (-). Actuate the Com-
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
pile Exit Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between Finisher PWB J8702-1 (+) and (-). The voltage is approx. Replace the Compile Exit Sensor (PL 22.5).
+24VDC.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +24VDC and check the +24VDC circuit.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-115 012-302 (A-Finisher), 012-903 (A-Finisher)
012-935 (A-Finisher) Paper Remains at Ent Sensor
BSD-ON:12.3

At Power On the Finisher Entrance Sensor detected paper.


While the Main Motor was operating at initialization at Power On, the Finisher Entrance
Sensor detected paper.
When the Cycle down operation at the end of a job was complete, the Finisher Entrance
Sensor was On.
Initial Actions
Check the power supply voltage at the customer site for a drop.
Check the Finisher Entrance Sensor is properly installed and free from foreign objects
and that the actuator is not binding.
Power Off/ON.

Procedure
Check for paper remaining on the Finisher Entrance Sensor and how it is installed. The sen-
sor is properly installed and free from paper.
Y N
Remove the remaining paper and reinstall the sensor properly.

Enter Component Control [012-140]. Move the Finisher Entrance Sensor actuator by hand or
with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8709 and P/J8729. P/J8709 and P/J8729 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8709 and P/J8729 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8709 and J8729. The wire between J8709
and J8729 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8709-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8709-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Actuate the
Finisher Entrance Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-935 (A-Finisher) 2-116 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-111 H-Transport Entrance Sensor Off JAM A RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not
12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
turn Off within the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
(BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-117 012-111
A
012-112 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM A RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn
12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
On within the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
(BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-112 2-118 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-126 H-Transport Entrance. SNR OFF JAM B RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the H-Transport Entrance Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not
12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
turn Off within the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
Procedure (BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Y N
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Y N
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-119 012-126
A
012-131 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM B RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn
12.2). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or a
On within the specified time.
short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
(BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-131 2-120 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-132 H-Transport Entrance Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J8862 and J8987.
BSD-ON:12.14
Check the wire between J8862 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Engine Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the H-Transport Entrance Sensor did not turn
12.14). The wire between J8862 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
On within the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the H-Transport Motor between each point of J8862-1/2/5/6
(BSD 12.14). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8987-21/22/23/24 (+) and GND (-),
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
(BSD 12.14). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the H-Transport Motor (PL 23.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
PWB (PL 23.16).
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Power OFF. Open the H-Transport Top Cover. Cheat the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. Power
ON. The H-Transport Belt rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8862 and J8987. P/J8862 and J8987 are connected
correctly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-121 012-132
A
012-151 Compile Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J8879 and P/J8983.
BSD-ON:12.16
Check the wire between J8879 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Compile Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the
12.16). The wire between J8879 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of
J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor
PWB (PL 23.16).
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8869 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be
heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-151 2-122 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-152 Compile Exit Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J8879 and P/J8983.
BSD-ON:12.16
Check the wire between J8879 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the H-Transport Exit Sensor turned On, the Compile Exit Sensor did not turn On within
12.16). The wire between J8879 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
the specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Measure the resistance of the Transport Motor (PL 23.13) wires between each point of
J8879-1/2/5/6 (BSD 12.16). The resistance is approx. 20Ohm.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13).
Replace the Transport Roll.
Measure the voltage between each point of the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-9/10/11/
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Transport Motor (PL 23.13). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compile Exit Sensor
PWB (PL 23.16).
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8869 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8869 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8869 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compile Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compile Entrance Sensor (PL 23.14).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-038 Transport Motor ON]. The Transport Motor can be
heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8879 and P/J8983. P/J8879 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-123 012-152
A B
012-161 Finisher Set Eject JAM RAP Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6 (BSD
12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
BSD-ON:12.19/12.22 Y N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11).
After the Eject Motor turned On, the Compile No Paper Sensor did not turn Off within the spec-
ified time. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) J8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
), and between P8846-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx.
Initial Actions +24VDC.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-151 Compile No Paper Sensor]. Actuate the Compile No Replace the Eject Motor (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Paper Sensor with paper. The display changes. 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8880 and J8984. J8880 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8880 and J8984.

Check the wire between J8880 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8880 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Compile Paper Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compile Paper Sensor (PL 23.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FORWARD LO] and Component
Control[012-055 Eject Motor FORWARD HI]. The Eject Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.

Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-161 2-124 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-211 Stacker Tray Failure RAP Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.24
a short circuit.
Y N
After Stacker Tray started descending, the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off within the spec-
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
ified time.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Initial Actions The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove obstructions under the tray. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the operation of the Stack Height Sensor actuator.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Procedure Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or Y N
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism. Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11).
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
1 with paper. The display changes. trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
correctly. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8986.
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or Y N
a short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8874 and P/J8988.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-125 012-211
A
012-212 Stacker Tray Upper Limit Failure RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
BSD-ON:12.24
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
After the Stacker Tray started descending, the Stacker Upper Limit Sensor remained ON.
(PL 23.16).

Initial Actions Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Power OFF/ON
Remove obstructions under the tray.
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
1 with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8986.

Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-212 2-126 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-213 Stacker Tray Lower Limit Failure RAP Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 23.16).
BSD-ON:12.24
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Stacker descended lower than normal levels, below low limit height.

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
1 with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8986.

Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-127 012-213
A B
012-221 Front Tamper Home Sensor On Failure RAP Check the wire between J8884 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.18). The wire between J8884 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.18/12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Front Tamper started moving to the home position, the Front Tamper Home Sensor
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
did not turn On within 800ms.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of
Initial Actions J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8881 and J8984.

Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Com-
ponent Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8884 and J8984.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-221 2-128 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-223 Front Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP Check the wire between J8884 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.18). The wire between J8884 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.18/12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Front Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Front Tamper Home
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of
Initial Actions J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Front Tamper Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 22.10). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. The display changes. PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8881 and J8984. J8881 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8881 and J8984.

Check the wire between J8881 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8881 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Front Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-020 Front Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Com-
ponent Control[012-023 Front Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Front Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8884 and J8984. P/J8884 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8884 and J8984.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-129 012-223
A B
012-224 Rear Tamper Home Sensor Off Failure RAP Check the wire between J8883 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.18). The wire between J8883 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.18/12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Rear Tamper started moving away from the home position, the Rear Tamper Home
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time.
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of
Initial Actions J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray. Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/
Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly. 6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected cor- Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8882 and J8984.

Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.19). The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Compo-
nent Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8883 and J8984.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-224 2-130 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-231 Puncher Home Sensor ON Fail
BSD-ON:15

The Puncher Home Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time after the Puncher Motor
started running.

Initial Actions
Check the following:
Puncher Home Actuator for deformation
Puncher Home Sensor for proper installation
Puncher Home Sensor connectors
Puncher Motor for proper operation
Puncher Motor connectors
Procedure
Enter Component Control [12-074] and [12-078], Puncher Motor (PL 23.5), alternately. Select
Start. The Puncher Motor runs.
Y N
Select Stop. Check circuit of the Punch Motor. Refer to BSD 12.15 to troubleshoot the
Circuit.

Select Stop. Select [12-271], Puncher Home Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Actuate the sen-
sor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Go to BSD 12.15. Check circuit of the Puncher Home Sensor.

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher Main PWB (PL 23.16).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-131 012-231
012-243 Booklet Folder Home Sensor ON Fail
BSD-ON:12.17

Folder Home Sensor is not turned on after the lapse of 500ms from Motor ON while Booklet
Knife is returning to Home.

Initial Actions
The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation
The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure
The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure
The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance
Procedure
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder
Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The
Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes.
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet
PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is
OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder
Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB
and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Book-
let PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-243 2-132 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-249 Booklet Front Stapler Fail 012-259 Eject Home Sensor ON Failure RAP
BSD-ON:12.17 BSD-ON:12.22

Booklet Staple Mot F cannot clinch properly; Booklet Staple Cam SW F detected not to turn on - Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not
(return to Home position could not be completed) within designated time period after starting detected to turn on subsequently within designated time period
reverse motion.
- Eject Motor operated in reverse motion with Eject Clamp Home Sensor OFF; this sensor not
Procedure detected to be on upon stop after being detected to be on.
Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [13-022] and [13-
023], Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15), alternately. Select Start. The Folder Knife Motor ener- Initial Actions
gizes. Power OFF/ON
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet PWB and Remove foreign substances in the Eject mechanism.
between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N Procedure
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp
Select Stop. Select [013-101], Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). Select Start. Block/
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
unblock the Folder Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Y N Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB
correctly.
and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Y N Connect J8870 and P/J8988.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Book-
12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
let PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
a short circuit.
Y N
Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-133 012-249, 012-259
A
Y N 012-260 Eject Clamp Home Sensor ON Failure RAP
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.
BSD-ON:12.22
Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Eject Clamp started ascending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
500ms.
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
(BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism.
Y N
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). Procedure
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
Y N
) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL Y N
23.16). Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Connect J8870 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-259, 012-260 2-134 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 012-263 Rear Tamper Failure RAP
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.19
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Rear Tamper started moving to the home position, the Rear Tamper Home Sensor did
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
not turn On within 800ms.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
(BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm. Initial Actions
Y N Power OFF/ON
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).
Remove foreign substances in the Compiler Tray.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Procedure
Y N Manually operate the Tamper mechanism. The Tamper mechanism moves smoothly.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
23.16). Execute Component Control[012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor]. Actuate the Rear Tamper
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Y N
Check the connections of J8882 and J8984. J8882 and J8984 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8882 and J8984.

Check the wire between J8882 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.
The wire between J8882 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8984-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.19).
Actuate the Rear Tamper Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (PL 23.12).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Tamper Motor FRONT ON] and Compo-
nent Control[012-029 Rear Tamper Motor REAR ON]. The Rear Tamper Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8883 and J8984. P/J8883 and J8984 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8883 and J8984.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-135 012-260, 012-263
A B
Check the wire between J8883 and J8984 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 012-265 Booklet Folder Home Sensor OFF Fail
12.18). The wire between J8883 and J8984 is conducting without an open circuit or
When the Booklet Home moves from Home position, the Folder Home Sensor did not turn OFF
a short circuit.
Y N within the specified time.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Measure the resistance of the Front Tamper Motor between J8984-19 and each point of The Folder Home Sensor for improper installation
J8984-1/3/4/6 (BSD 12.18). The resistance is approx. 750Ohm. The Folder Home Sensor connectors for connection failure
Y N
The Booklet Fold Knife Motor connectors for connection failure
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12).
The Knife drive mechanism for a foreign substance
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8984-19 and each point of J8984-1/3/4/ Procedure
6 (BSD 12.18). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. Manually move the Booklet Tamper to both ends. Enter Component Control [013-022, Folder
Y N Knife Motor FWD] and [013-023, Folder Knife Motor REV] alternately. Select Start. The
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Booklet Folder Roll Motor energizes.
Y N
Replace the Front Tamper Motor (PL 23.12). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher Select Stop. Check continuity between the Booklet Folder Knife Motor and the Booklet
PWB (PL 23.16). PWB and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is
OK.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Booklet Folder Knife Motor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. Select [13-101, Folder Home Sensor]. Select Start. Block/unblock the Folder
Home Sensor. The display changed.
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Folder Home Sensor and the Booklet PWB
and between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Folder Home Sensor (PL 23.15). If the problem continues, replace the Book-
let PWB (PL 23.21). If the problem persists, replace Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-263, 012-265 2-136 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-268 Booklet Rear Stapler Fail 012-269 Booklet Sub-CPU Communications Fail
BSD-ON:12.27 Communications between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB Failed

Booklet Stapler Assembly (Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Rear Staple Home Switch Initial Actions
detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within designated
Check the connectors at the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB are connected or seated
time period after starting reverse motion.
properly
Check the wiring between the Finisher PWB and the Booklet PWB for damage
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple
Motor (REV)] alternately. The motor energizes.
Procedure
Y N Power OFF and Power ON the Printer.
Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/ The problem is resolved.
J8995 are connected correctly. Y N
Y N Reload the Software. The problem is resolved.
Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the Booklet
Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD PWB (PL 23.21).
12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. Rerun the job.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Rerun the job.

Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and GND (-)
(BSD 12.27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. Select [013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch] Select Start. Actuate the Rear Staple
Home Switch. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995. P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/
J8995 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995.

Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8995-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.27).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-137 012-268, 012-269
A B
012-282 Eject Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.22
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Eject Clamp started descending, the Eject Clamp Home Sensor did not turn Off within
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
200ms.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
Initial Actions (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism. Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. ) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8870 and P/J8988. J8870 and P/J8988 are connected Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8870 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8870 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8870 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-282 2-138 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-283 Set Clamp Home Sensor On Failure RAP Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.23
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Set Clamp started operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn On within
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
200ms.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
Initial Actions (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism. Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
Manually operate the Eject mechanism. The Eject mechanism moves smoothly. ) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Eject Clamp Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes. 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8871 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.22).
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-139 012-283
A B
012-284 Set Clamp Home Sensor Off Failure RAP Check the wire between J8878 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.22). The wire between J8878 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.22/12.23
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Set Clamp completed operation, the Set Clamp Home Sensor did not turn Off within
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
the specified time.
Measure the resistance of the Eject Motor (PL 22.9) between each point of J8878-1/3/4/6
Initial Actions (BSD 12.22). The resistance is approx. 2Ohm.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Remove foreign substances in the Eject Clamp mechanism. Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9).
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-5/6/7/8 (+) and GND (-
Manually operate the Eject Clamp mechanism. The Eject Clamp mechanism moves ) (BSD 12.22). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
smoothly. Y N
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation.
Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
Execute Component Control[012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor]. Actuate the Set Clamp 23.16).
Home Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Y N Execute Component Control[012-050 Set Clamp Clutch ON]. The Set Clamp Clutch (PL
Check the connections of J8871 and P/J8988. J8871 and P/J8988 are connected 23.11) starts operating.
correctly. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8877 and P/J8983. P/J8877 and P/J8983 are con-
Connect J8871 and P/J8988. nected correctly.
Y N
Check the wire between J8871 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD Connect P/J8877 and P/J8983.
12.23). The wire between J8871 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. Check the wire between J8877 and J8983 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Y N 12.23). The wire between J8877 and J8983 is conducting without an open circuit or
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. a short circuit.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) P8983-4 (+) and GND (-).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-11 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.23). Replace the Set Clamp Clutch (PL 23.11). If the problem persists, replace the Fin-
Actuate the Eject Clamp Home Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. isher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Replace the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (PL 23.11). Replace the Eject Motor (PL 22.9). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL
23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-054 Eject Motor FWD LO] and Component Con-
trol[012-055 Eject Motor FWD HI]. The Eject Motor (PL 22.9) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8878 and P/J8983. P/J8878 and P/J8983 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8878 and P/J8983.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-284 2-140 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
012-291 Stapler Failure RAP Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-)
(BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:12.26/12.27 Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the
Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did
not turn On within the specified time. Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple
Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)]
alternately. The motor energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear
Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893
and P/J8995)

Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and
GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch]
Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or
(Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Sta-
ple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995)

Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-141 012-291
A B
012-295 Staple Move Sensor On Failure RAP Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or
BSD-ON:12.20
a short circuit.
Y N
After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Stapler Move Position Sen-
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
sor turned Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn On within 2sec.
After the Stapler completed moving to the Staple Position, the Stapler Move Position Sen- Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each
sor did not turn On. GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Initial Actions Y N
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8).
Power OFF/ON
Check the Stapler movement mechanism. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
Procedure The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move Y N
Position Sensor with paper. The display changes. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8
connected correctly. ). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Connect the connectors. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18).

Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short
circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Con-
trol[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
012-295 2-142 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
012-296 Staple Move Sensor Off Failure RAP Y N
Connect the connectors.
BSD-ON:12.20
Check the wire between J8906 and J8992 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
After the Stapler started moving to the Staple Position and the Staple Move Sensor turned
12.20). The wire between J8906 and J8992 is conducting without an open circuit or
Off, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off within 500ms.
a short circuit.
After the Staple Position had been fixed, the Staple Move Sensor turned Off. Y N
After the Staple Move Sensor turned On when paper passed through the Dual Staple 1 Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Position while moving to the Rear Staple Position, the Staple Move Sensor did not turn Off
within 500ms. Measure the resistance of the Staple Move Motor between each J 8992-1/2/5/6 and each
Initial Actions GND (BSD 12.20). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y N
Power OFF/ON
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8).
Check the Stapler movement mechanism.
Procedure Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Execute Component Control[013-144 Stapler Move Position Sensor]. Actuate the Staple Move
Y N
Position Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Check the connections of J8898 and J8891, P/J8994 and J8985. The connectors are
Replace the Staple Move Motor (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher
connected correctly.
Y N PWB (PL 23.16).
Connect the connectors.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the wire between J8898 and J8985 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.20). The wire are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8891-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8985-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.20).
Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB p8991-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.20). Actuate the Staple Move Position Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Staple Move Position Sensor (PL 23.18).

Check the wire between the Booklet PWB and the Finisher PWB for an open or short
circuit. If the problem continues, replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Alternately execute Component Control[013-028 Staple Move Motor IN and Component Con-
trol[013-029 Staple Move Motor OUT]. The Stapler Move Motor (PL 23.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8906, P/J8992 and P/J8896. Connectors are con-
nected correctly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-143 012-296
012-300 Eject Cover Open
BSD-ON:12.12

Eject Cover Switch open was detected.

Initial Actions
Ensure that the Eject Cover is down
Check Eject Cover Switch for improper installation
Check Eject Cover Switch connectors for connection failure
Check Actuator part for deformation
Procedure
Enter Component Control [012-300], Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11). Select Start. Actuate the
Eject Cover Switch. The display changes
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity of the Eject Cover Switch. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Replace the Eject Cover Switch (PL 23.11).

Check continuity between the Eject Cover Switch and the Finisher PWB. If the check is
OK, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-300 2-144 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-302 Finisher Front Cover Open RAP
BSD-ON:12.12

The Finisher Front Cover is open.

Initial Actions
power OFF/ON
Opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Finisher Front Cover. The Finisher Front Cover can be
opened/closed.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher Front Cover correctly.

Check the installation of the Front Door Interlock Switch. The Front Door Interlock Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Front Door Interlock Switch correctly.

Execute Component Control[012-302 Front Door Interlock Switch]. Open/close the Finisher
Front Cover. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8891 and J8982. J8891 and J8982 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8891 and J8982.

Check the wire between J8891 and J8982 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.12. The wire between J8891 and J8982 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the conductivity of the Front Door Interlock Switch between J8982-8 and J8982-4
(BSD 12.12). The wire between J8982-8 and J8982-4 is connecting successfully
when the Front Door Interlock Switch contact is closed, and is insulated when the
contact is opened.
Y N
Replace the Front Door Interlock Switch (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-145 012-302
012-303 Finisher H-Transport Cover Open RAP 012-334 Download Mode Failure RAP
BSD-ON:12.14 Failure in previous download (abnormal termination during download); can only start in Down-
load Mode upon turning power on.
The Finisher H-Transport Cover is open.
Procedure
Initial Actions Download defective; check the following:
Power OFF/ON
Opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. Cable connection between Finisher and IOT is not connected or defective
Procedure Finisher power cable is plugged in properly

Check opening/closing of the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The Finisher H-Transport Cover
can be opened/closed.
Y N
Reinstall the Finisher H-Transport Cover correctly.

Check the installation of the H-Transport Interlock Sensor. The H-Transport Interlock Sensor
is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the H-Transport Interlock Sensor correctly.

Execute Component Control[012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor]. Open and close the Fin-
isher H-Transport Cover. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8860 and J8987. J8860 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8860 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8860 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8860 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Open and close the Finisher H-Transport Cover. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Interlock Sensor (PL 23.4).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-303, 012-334 2-146 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-500 Download Failure RAP 012-700 Punch Dust Nearly Full RAP
Detected error while writing to Finisher ROM. Punch Dust Tray nearly full.

Proper operation not available since ROM may have been erased. Procedure
Empty the Punch Dust Tray.
Procedure
Retry download. If the problem continues, replace the FInisher ROM (PL 23.16).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-147 012-500, 012-700
012-901 Finisher H-Transport Entrance Sensor Static JAM
RAP
BSD-ON:12.14

Paper remains on the H-Transport Entrance Sensor.

Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the sensor.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987.

Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8897 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-901 2-148 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-903 Paper Remains at Compiler Exit Sensor RAP
BSD-ON:12.16

Paper remains on the Compiler Exit Sensor.

Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the sensor.

Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8868 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-149 012-903
012-905 Compile Paper Sensor Static JAM RAP
BSD-ON:12.16

Paper remains on the Compile Paper Sensor.

Initial Actions
Remove foreign substances on the sensor.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-150 Compile Exit Sensor]. Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8868 and P/J8988. J8868 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8868 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8868 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.16). The wire between J8868 and J8888 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Compiler Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Compiler Exit Sensor (PL 23.14).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-905 2-150 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
012-923 H-Transport Entrance SNR static JAM B RAP 012-935 Paper at Xport Entrance Sensor
BSD-ON:12.14 BSD-ON:12.16

During standby, paper was detected by the H-Transport Entrance Sensor. Control logic reports paper at the Xport Entrance Sensor.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Remove foreign substances on the sensor. Check for obstructions in the paper path
Check that the Finisher is dock correctly to ensure proper Transport Gate operation
Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure Enter Component Control [012-100], Finisher Entrance Sensor. Select Start. Actuate the Fin-
isher Entrance Sensor. The display changes.
Execute Component Control[012-190 H-Transport Entrance Sensor]. Actuate the H-Transport Y N
Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4) with paper. The display changes. Check the connections of J8869 and P/J8988. J8869 and P/J8988 are connected
Y N
correctly.
Check the connections of J8861 and J8987. J8861 and J8987 are connected cor- Y N
rectly.
Connect J8869 and P/J8988.
Y N
Connect J8861 and J8987. Check the wire between J8861 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
Check the wire between J8861 and J8987 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
a short circuit.
12.14). The wire between J8861 and J8987 is conducting without an open circuit or
Y N
a short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14).
Y N
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.16).
Actuate the Finisher Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8987-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.14). Y N
Actuate the H-Transport Entrance Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Replace the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4).
Y N
Replace the H-Transport Entrance Sensor (PL 23.4). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-151 012-923, 012-935
012-949 Punch Waste Bin Missing RAP
Punch Waste Bin Set Snr detected Punch Box to be missing.

Initial Actions
Ensure that the Puncher Waste Bin is present and installed properly
The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor for improper installation
The Puncher Waste Bin Set Sensor connectors for connection failure
The Puncher Waste Bin Actuator part for deformation and damage
The Guide for deformation
The Guide for a foreign substance
Procedure
Enter Component Control [14-275], Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). Select Start. Remove
and insert the Puncher Waste Bin manually. The display changes
Y N
Select Stop. Check continuity between the Puncher Box Set Sensor and Finisher Main
PWB. The continuity check is OK.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Puncher Box Set Sensor (PL 23.5). If the problem continues, replace the Fin-
isher PWB (PL 23.16).

Check the Puncher Waste Box Actuator and Guide for deformation. The Puncher Waste Bin
can be removed and inserted properly.
Y N
Repair or replace the Puncher Waste Bin (PL 23.5).

Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


012-949 2-152 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
013-210 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR ON Fail RAP 013-211 Booklet Staple Move Home SNR OFF Fail RAP
BSD-ON:12.25 BSD-ON:12.25

Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn on within designated time period Booklet Staple Move Home SNR does not turn off within designated time period

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions

Procedure Procedure
Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following: Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following:

wiring wiring
connections connections
operation operation
voltage voltage

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-153 013-210, 013-211
013-212 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR ON Fail RAP 013-213 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR OFF Fail RAP
BSD-ON:12.25 Booklet Staple Move Position SNR does not turn off within designated time period

Booklet Staple Move Position SNR does not turn on within designated time period Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions

Ensure the Staple Head is free from obstructions Procedure


Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following:
Procedure
Check the Staple Move Home Sensor for the following: wiring
connections
wiring
operation
connections
voltage
operation
voltage

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


013-212, 013-213 2-154 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
013-220 Booklet Fold Detect Fail RAP 013-306 Booklet Safety SW Open RAP
BSD-ON:12.17 BSD-ON:12.13

Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Ensure the Cover is closed

Procedure Procedure
Check the Book Folder for the following: Check the Booklet Safety Switch for the following:

operation wiring
binding connections
ware operation
debris voltage

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-155 013-220, 013-306
013-307 Booklet Cover Open RAP
BSD-ON:12.13

Upon turning power on, a problem is detected in Booklet Unit or Fold Unit

Initial Actions
Ensure the Cover is closed

Procedure
Check the Booklet Cover Switch for the following:

wiring
connections
operation
voltage

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


013-307 2-156 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-210 Software Option (HDD Error) RAP 016-211 Software Option (System Memory Low) RAP
One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or the HDD is not One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient System Memory
installed. capacity.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:
Allocate Memory
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. Memory Settings
Covers
If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
Mailbox Screen
Properties
Properties Features
Data Encryption
Memory Full Procedure
Maximum Stored Pages

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-157 016-210, 016-211
016-212 Software Option (Page Memory Low) RAP 016-213 Software Option (Printer PWB) RAP
One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to insufficient Page Memory BSD-ON:16.1
capacity.
One of the Software option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or
Initial Actions PRT_CARD not installed.
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Check installation of the Printer PWB (PL 9.2)

Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:


Allocate Memory
Memory Settings
Properties
Properties Features
Maximum Stored Pages
Mailbox Screen
Data Encryption
Memory Full Procedure
Covers

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-212, 016-213 2-158 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-214 Serial Number Mismatch RAP 016-215 Software Option RAP
The Serial Numbers are not in sync. Functions such as scanner cannot be executed due to an option PWB error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Go to GP 4. Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-159 016-214, 016-215
016-216 Software Option RAP 016-217 Software Option RAP
Functions such as scanner cannot be executed due to an option PWB error. Functions such as scanner cannot be executed due to an option PWB error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2. Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-216 , 016-217 2-160 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD RAP 016-219 Software Option RAP
Functions such as scanner cannot be executed due to an option PWB error. Functions such as scanner cannot be executed due to an option PWB error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Install the PS Kit, check with System Administrator for availability of the Kit. Check installation and electrical connections of PWBs on PL 9.1 and PL 9.2.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-161 016-218 , 016-219
016-220 S2X Unrecoverable Error RAP 016-221 S2X Communication Error RAP
Unrecoverable error sent by S2X. S2X communication error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
If operation is not normal, replace S2X board. If operation is not normal, replace S2X board.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-220, 016-221 2-162 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-222 S2X self-diag error RAP 016-223 S2X SDRAM Error RAP
S2X self-diag error. S2X SDRAM Error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
If operation is not normal, replace S2X board. Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues,
replace S2X PWBA.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-163 016-222, 016-223
016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error RAP 016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error RAP
S2X failed to access Internal PCI space. S2X failed in ROM Checksum test.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Remove then reinsert SDRAM memory to check for proper install. If the problem continues, Replace S2X board.
replace S2X PWBA.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-224, 016-225 2-164 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error RAP 016-227 S2X DDR Error RAP
S2X cannot detect Video Clock sent from IIT. S2X failed in Internal DDR Memory Write/Read Test.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
(1) Check IISS-S2X cable for disconnection. Replace S2X board.

(2) If NG, replace the cable.

(3) If still NG., to replace S2XIF Board.

(4) If still NG after (3) above is complete, to replace Ext Board.

(5) If still NG after (4) above is complete, to replace S2X Board.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-165 016-226, 016-227
016-228 S2X Image Processing Error RAP 016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail RAP
S2X failed in comparison of expected value of High-compression processing result obtained by S2X failed in NVM Checksum test.
using Internal Test Pattern.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Replace S2X PWBA. (NVM memory is loaded directly to Board.)
Remove/insert SDRAM memory to check if it is securely mounted. If the problem continues,
replace S2X PWBA.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-228, 016-240 2-166 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-310 ssmm Job Log Full RAP 016-311 Scanner Install RAP
Job log file is not obtained from external application (AWAYS) and the files over specified limit The system detected that the scanner is not installed.
(280 files) are stored.
Procedure
Initial Actions Check the electrical connections between the IIT and the ESS.
Power Off/On after receiving job log file (GetJobLog) from external application (AWAYS) via
SSM. Ensure ribbon cable is connected to P/J 320 on ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Procedure NOTE: FAX may be removed for access (PL 9.2)

Obtain job log file (GetJobLog) from external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that, Power If the problem persists, check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3)
OFF/ON.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-167 016-310, 016-311
016-315 IIT Interface RAP 016-316 Page Memory Not Detected RAP
BSD-ON:6.2 The system detected that the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner was not installed.

An error was detected in the IF between the IIT and the IOT. Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection of each connector between the IIT and the IOT. Procedure
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-315, 016-316 2-168 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-317 Page Memory Error- Standard RAP 016-318 Page Memory Error- Option RAP
The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Standard) of the scanner. The system detected an error in the Page Memory (Option) of the scanner.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ensure P/Js on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) are securely connected. Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present.

Check the installation of the Printer PWB if present. Refer customer to following User Guide headings to check memory usage:
Allocate Memory
Memory Settings
Properties
Properties Features
Maximum Stored Pages
Mailbox Screen
Data Encryption
Memory Full Procedure
Covers

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-169 016-317, 016-318
016-321 Fax Module Error RAP 016-322 JBA Account Full RAP
An error was detected at System Check Fax. The accumulated accounting data in Job Based Accounting reached the specified value
(15000).
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Procedure
Switch the power off then on 2 minutes after the job is attempted (after an external Accounting
Procedure Server has read the accounting data).

Check the installation of the FAX PWB.


.

Check that P/Js on FAX PWB are securely connected.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-321, 016-322 2-170 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-323 Scheduled Image Overwrite RAP 016-324 B Formatter Fatal Error RAP
Scheduled Image Overwrite. An internal formatting error occurred.

Procedure NOTE: Unrecoverable error was detected within Fax Send image conversion area B-Formatter
task from extended mailbox in Multi-Send using Job Flow Indication or UI Multi-Send.
Wait for the completion of Scheduled Image Overwrite to cancel operation, turn Power OFF/
ON. Initial Actions
Power Off/On

Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-171 016-323, 016-324
016-330 ESS SystemMemory Fail-1 RAP 016-332 ESS SystemMemory Fail-3 RAP
Capacity of Slot1 loaded memory is out of spec. Capacity of Slot1 and Slot2 loaded memory is out of spec.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL Remove/insert ESS DDR DIMM #1 and #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS DDR DIMM
11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). #1 and #2 (PL 11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-330, 016-332 2-172 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-335 ESS ProgramROM Fail-1 RAP 016-336 ESS ProgramROM Fail-2 RAP
Program ROM2 CheckSum is not correct. Program ROM1 Write Command failure.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Perform the following:

Remove/insert ESS ROM DIMM #1.


Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).
Remove/insert Print Kit.
Replace Printer Kit (PL xxx).
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-173 016-335, 016-336
016-337 ESS ProgramROM Fail-3 RAP 016-338 ESS FontROM Fail-1 RAP
Program ROM2 Write Command failure. OnBoard loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Remove/insert ESS ROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS ROM DIMM #2 (PL Replace Print Kit. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
11.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-337, 016-338 2-174 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-339 ESS FontROM Fail-2 RAP 016-340 ESS FontROM Fail-3 RAP
Slot1 loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec. Slot2 loaded Font ROM ID is out of spec.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following: Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM
DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #1.
Replace ESS FontROM DIMM #1 (PL 9.2).
Remove/insert Print Kit.
Replace Printer Kit (PL xxx).
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-175 016-339, 016-340
016-341 ESS FontROM Fail-4 RAP 016-342 ESS RTC Failure RAP
Slot2 loaded Font ROM CheckSum is out of spec. RTC time range is out of the specified range. (Ex. 13 month 36 day) Time does not go on.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Remove/insert ESS FontROM DIMM #2. If the problem continues, replace ESS FontROM If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-341, 016-342 2-176 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-345 ESS NV-Memory Failure RAP 016-347 ESS PageMemory Failure RAP
Initial address data is 0x00. Slot2 loaded memory capacity is out of spec.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Replace the NVM PWB (PL xxx). If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Remove/insert PageMemory (Option). If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option)
(PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-177 016-345, 016-347
016-348 ESS PageMemory Failure-2 RAP 016-350 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-1 RAP
W/R/V test error for Page Memory. Product ID cannot be obtained.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check the Page Memory connection. If the problem continues, replace PageMemory (Option) Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connec-
(PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). tions. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-348, 016-350 2-178 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-351 ESS SEEP-ROM Failure-2 RAP 016-360 ESS UI Failure-1 RAP
W/R/V test error. PCI Config space W/R/V test error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check SEEPROM connection for bent pins. Check Controller Board/BP Board Cable connec- Remove/insert UI Card. If the problem continues, replace the UI Card.(PL xxx). If the problem
tions. If the problem continues, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2). persists, replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-179 016-351, 016-360
016-362 ESS UI Failure-2 RAP 016-363 ESS LyraCard Failure RAP
UI Communication error VRAM W/R/V test error if Long Boot Mode is entered, Command/Sta- PCI Config space W/R/V test or internal register W/R/V test error.
tus line would be normal.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Perform the following in order:
Perform the following in order:
Remove/insert LYZER Card
Remove/insert UI Cable Remove/insert JPEG PWB
Remove/insert UI Card Replace the LYZER Card
Replace the UI Cable Replace the JPEG PWB
Replace the UI Card Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
Replace the UI (PL 11.1)
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-362, 016-363 2-180 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-364 ESS USB2.0 Host Failure RAP 016-365 ESS USB2.0 Device Failure RAP
PCI Config space W/R/V test or internal register W/R/V test error. PCI Config space W/R/V test or internal register W/R/V test error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:

Remove/insert LYZER Card Remove/insert LYZER Card


Remove/insert USB.0Host Card Remove/insert USB.0Device Card
Replace the LYZER Card Replace the LYZER Card
Replace the USB.0Host Card Replace the USB.0Device Card
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-181 016-364, 016-365
016-366 ESS HDD Failure-1 RAP 016-367 ESS HDD Failure-2 RAP
IDE Controller error (ideDrv equivalent). HDD W/R/V test error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:

Remove/insert HDD Cable Remove/insert HDD Cable


Remove/insert HDD Remove/insert HDD
Replace the HDD, HDD Cable (PL 9.2) Replace the HDD, HDD Cable (PL 9.2)
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-366, 016-367 2-182 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-368 ESS Torino Failure RAP 016-369 ESS S2X PWB Failure RAP
PCI Config space W/R/V test or internal register W/R/V test error. PCI Config space W/R/V test error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Perform the following in order: Perform the following in order:

Check the Lyzer Card connection Check the Lyzer Card connection
Remove/insert Lyzer Card Remove/insert Lyzer Card
Replace the Lyzer Card Replace the Lyzer Card
Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-183 016-368, 016-369
016-400 802.1x Authentication Failure RAP 016-401 802.1x EAP Type Not Supported RAP
(1) User name or password set for M/C is not correct. (1) Fail signal informing that authentication method set for M/C cannot be processed is
received from Authentication device physically network-connected with M/C.
(2) Switch setting of Authentication device physically network-connected with M/C is not cor-
rect. (2) The signal mentioned in the above (1) is received from authentication server.

Procedure NOTE: M/C cannot distinguish between (1) or (2).


(1) Input 802.1x-authenticated user name or password from M/C operation panel. Procedure
(1) Check switch setting of Authentication device physical network-connection with M/C
(2) Check switch setting of Authentication device physically network-connected with M/C.

(2) Try all authentication methods while changing M/C authentication method. Authentication
method that the M/C can process is any of MD5, CHAPv2 and PEAPv0.

(3) When the problem persists after the above action (1) and (2) is taken, change the setting of
authentication server into any of MD5, CHAPv2 and PEAPv0 that can be processed by the
M/C.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-400, 016-401 2-184 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-402 802.1x Authentication Failure by Timing Out RAP 016-403 802.1x Certificate Failure RAP
No response signal is received from Authentication device physical network-connection with (1) Root certificate is not stored in M/C.
the M/C. Authentication timeout.
(2) M/C root certificate and authentication server certificate are not the same.
Procedure
Check switch setting and network connection of Authentication device physical network-con- Procedure
nection with M/C and connect it properly. (1) Store root certificate in M/C

(2) Conform authentication server certificate to M/C root certificate, or to conform M/C root cer-
tificate to server certificate.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-185 016-402, 016-403
016-404 802.1x Inside Failure RAP 016-450 SMB Host Name Duplicated RAP
(1) Internal error occurs with 802.1xSupplicant function of M/C. A PC of the same host name exists on the network.

(2) Illegal protocol signal is received from authentication server. Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
To retry the operation. Procedure
Refer customer to Systems Administrator Guide headings:
Information Checklist
Changing the Settings
Setting Format of config.txt

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-404, 016-450 2-186 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG RAP 016-454 DNS Dynamic Update RAP
Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG. Unable to retrieve the IP address from DNS.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
1 Check if DNS server address has been properly set to the device Check the DNS confutation and IP address of the retrieve setting.

2 Ask system administrator (customer) if DNS the server settings allow Dynamic DNS using
IPv6 addresses

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-187 016-453, 016-454
016-455 SMTP Server Time-out RAP 016-456 SMTP time asynchronous RAP
There is no response from the SMTP server within the specified time (60sec). A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received
from the SMTP server.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Set- Procedure
tings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below. If the time on the machine is incorrect, User Guide heading Changing the Default Time Set-
tings procedure resets the time. Or follow procedure below.
1. Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel.
2. Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm 1. Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel.
on the System Administrator Login screen. 2. Enter the Key Operator ID using the numeric keypad on the control panel. Select Confirm
on the System Administrator Login screen.
NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is (five ones) 11111. If the Authentication feature is
enabled, you may be required to enter a password. The default password is x-admin. NOTE: The default Key Operator ID is (five ones) 11111. If the Authentication feature is
enabled, you may be required to enter a password. The default password is x-admin.
3. Select System Settings on the System Administrator Menu screen.
4. Select System Settings on the System Settings screen. 3. Select System Settings on the System Administrator Menu screen.
5. Select Common Settings on the System Settings screen. 4. Select System Settings on the System Settings screen.
6. Select Machine Clock/Timers on the Common Settings screen. 5. Select Common Settings on the System Settings screen.
7. Select the required option. 6. Select Machine Clock/Timers on the Common Settings screen.
8. Select Change Settings. 7. Select the required option.
9. Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options. 8. Select Change Settings.
10. Select Save. 9. Change the value using the scroll buttons or select required options.
11. Return to main menu. 10. Select Save.
11. Return to main menu.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-455, 016-456 2-188 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-500 DIMM RAP 016-501 S2X RAP
A definition is not available at time of publication. A definition is not available at time of publication.

Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. A procedure is not available at time of publication.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-189 016-500, 016-501
016-502 ROM Write RAP 016-503 SMTP Redirector RAP
There is a ROM writing failure in the Controller. The Redirector cannot resolve the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) Server address.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2) Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings
E-mail
If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the HDD (PL Information Checklist
11.2)

If the problem persists, reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-502, 016-503 2-190 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-504 Redirector POP Server RAP 016-505 Redirector POP Authentication RAP
The Redirector cannot resolve the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server address. The Redirector cannot pass POP (Post Office Protocol) authentication.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Specify the correct POP Server name or specify the IP address. Check that the login name and password for the POP Server are correct.

Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings
E-mail E-mail
E-mail Environments E-mail Environments
E-mail Setting Setup E-mail Setting Setup
POP3 Server Settings POP3 Server Settings
Test Mail Test Mail

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-191 016-504, 016-505
016-513 XPS Error RAP 016-514 XPS Error RAP
Invalid Schema, parameter error, XPS file breakage and XPS decomposer internal error Invalid Schema, parameter error, XPS file breakage and XPS decomposer internal error
occurs while in XPS Bridge is processing. occurs while in XPS Bridge is processing.

Procedure Procedure
Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer. Print using printer driver (ART-EX,PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-513, 016-514 2-192 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-515 XPS Short of Memory RAP 016-516 XPS PrintTicket Description Error RAP
Memory shortage is detected in XPS Bridge processing. Procedure
Check if there is any problem in usage of the application for submitting print job and print
Procedure request content.
Change print mode to Standard if it is set toHigh image quality or High speed.
When no problem is found, to contact supplier of the relevant application for submitting print
When the problem continues, extend memory capacity. job.

When the problem persists even with memory extended to the max. capacity, print using driver When the problem cannot be solved, to obtain printer setting list, job history report and print
(ART-EX, PCL etc.) from XPS Viewer. data with Print Ticket which has been submitted

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-193 016-515, 016-516
016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change RAP 016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit RAP
PSDecomp detects change of ProcessColorModel or resolution/bi-tone/con-tone parameter Device Document Volume - Reached Limit.
while in interpretation of job with Booklet designation.
Procedure
Procedure Change the maximum number of documents that can be printed.
Rewrite PostScript file not to change Page Device ProcessColorModel during operation.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-517, 016-519 2-194 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-522 LDAP RAP 016-523 LDAP RAP
There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server SSL (Secure Socket Layer) There is a LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) server SSL (Secure Socket Layer)
authentication error. An SSL Client Certificate could not be acquired. authentication error. The server certificate data was incorrect.

The LDAP server requires an SSL Client Certificate. The machine does not trust the LDAP servers SSL certificate.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Set the SSL Client Certificate on the machine. Register the root certificate of the LDAP server SSL Certificate on the machine.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-195 016-522, 016-523
016-524 LDAP RAP 016-525 LDAP RAP
There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server certificate is not yet valid. There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server certificate has expired.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Change to a valid LDAP server SSL certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP
Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set to [Disabled] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP
server security is not guaranteed. server security is not guaranteed.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-524, 016-525 2-196 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-526 LDAP RAP 016-527 LDAP RAP
There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. The server name does not match the cer- There was a LDAP server SSL authentication error. There was an SSL authentication internal
tificate. error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Set the LDAP server address on the machine to match the address on the LDAP server SSL This error was generated by the software.
certificate. The [Authentication with SSL] setting in [LDAP Server/Directory Service can be set
to [Disable] to avoid an error, but the connected LDAP server security is not guaranteed.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-197 016-526, 016-527
016-533 LDAP RAP 016-534 LDAP RAP
There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error. The machine and the Kerberos There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error. The realm assigned to the machine
server clocks have a time difference that exceeds the Kerberos server clock skew value. does not exist on the Kerberos server or the machine is not connecting to the Kerberos server
address.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check that the machine and the Kerberos server clocks have the correct time. Procedure
Check that the realm name and Kerberos server address settings on the machine are correct.
If connected with Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 Server, make sure the realm name is in
upper case characters.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-533, 016-534 2-198 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-539 LDAP RAP 016-574 Host Name Error RAP
There was a Kerberos server authentication protocol error. A failure in resolving a problem with a host name in FTP scan

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Check the connection to DNS.

Procedure Or check that the destination server name is entered on DNS.

This error was generated by the software.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-199 016-539, 016-574
016-575 DNS Server Error in FTP RAP 016-576 Server Connection Error in FTP RAP
In FTP scan, the server was not found on DNS. In FTP scan, there is a problem with the connection to the server.

Procedure Procedure
Set DNS address. Check that the destination FTP server and this machine are set up so that they can communi-
cate with each other on the network. For example, check the following:
Or set the destination server address, using IP address.
The IP address of the server is correct
The network cable is connected

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-575, 016-576 2-200 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-577 FTP Service RAP 016-578 Login/Password Error RAP
FTP Service has a problem. A login name or password error in FTP scan.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.

FTP Service is activated


Port No. used for FTP Service is correct

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-201 016-577, 016-578
016-579 Scanning Picture Error RAP 016-580 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP
There is a problem with the place to save images scanned in FTP scan. A failure in acquiring a file name/folder on the FTP scan server.

Procedure Procedure
Check that the scanned-images saving place on the FTP scan server is correct. Check the right to access the FTP scan server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-579, 016-580 2-202 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-581 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP 016-582 File Creation Failure RAP
The suffix of a FTP scan file name/folder name exceeds the limit. A failure in creating a FTP scan file.

Procedure Procedure
Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder. Check the following:

That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place.
That the storage place has some space available.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-203 016-581, 016-582
016-583 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP 016-584 Folder Creation Failure RAP
A failure in creating a FTP scan lock folder A failure in creating a FTP scan folder

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:

If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place.
the job. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That the storage place has some space available.
That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the storage place has some space available.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-583, 016-584 2-204 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-585 File Delete Failure RAP 016-586 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP
A failure in deleting a FTP scan file.Check the right to access the server. A failure in deleting a FTP scan lock folder

Procedure Procedure
Check the right to access the server. Check the following:

The right to access the server.


If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry
the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-205 016-585, 016-586
016-587 Folder Delete Failure RAP 016-588 Data Write-in Failure RAP
A failure in deleting a FTP scan folder A failure in writing data onto the FTP scan server

Procedure Procedure
Check the right to access the server. Check that the storage place has some space available.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-587, 016-588 2-206 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-589 Data Read Failure RAP 016-590 Data Reading Failure RAP
A failure in reading data from the FTP scan server [Overwrite prohibited] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated FTP scan file
name is detected.
Procedure
Check that the user has the [right to read data from] folder on the server. Procedure
Select any option other than [Overwrite prohibited].

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-207 016-589, 016-590
016-591 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP 016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP
FTP scan filing policy is illegal (when Add selected). NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP scan

Procedure Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that
the file format is not a multi-page one. NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-591, 016-592 2-208 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-593 Internal Scan Error RAP 016-594 TYPE Command Failure RAP
An internal error occurred in FTP scan. In FTP scan, a TYPE command failed. (network error)

Procedure Procedure
If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center. If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-209 016-593, 016-594
016-595 Port Command Failure RAP 016-596 CDUP Command Failure RAP
In FTP scan, a Port command failed. (network error) In FTP scan, a CDUP command failed. (network error)

Procedure Procedure
If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center. If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-595, 016-596 2-210 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-597 Same Name File Exists RAP 016-600 Key Operator Authentication Locked RAP
FTP scanning stopped because another file (folder) with the same name existed. (CreditMutuel The number of incorrect Key Operator log in attempts reached the limit.
specification)
Procedure
Procedure
NOTE: Default is 5 events. Chain 700-xxx Common, 701-xxx ADC, 702-xxx Job Settings [700-
Check the following:
563] can be set between 1 to 10 events.

With multiple machines not accessing the same folder on the same server, repeat the With this feature enabled, the machine denies access when an incorrect System Administrator
same operation. ID is entered the selected number of times.

If this still reoccurs, contact our Custom Support Center. If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five ones) 11111 default if the System Adminis-
trator ID is unavailable.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-211 016-597, 016-600
016-601 Illegal Access Detection RAP 016-700 Password is Under Minimum RAP
The number of incorrect authentication log in attempts reached the limit. Job with password of which number of digit is below the minimum value for a password is
received.
Procedure
Make the minimum number of password digit for Security Print and Authentication Print setta-
NOTE: Default is 10 users. Chain 700-xxx Common, 701-xxx ADC, 702-xxx Job Settings [700- ble. Do not store job with password of which number of digit is below the minimum value.
564] can be set 1 to 600 users.

If required, refer to GP 3 to reset password to (five ones) 11111 default if the System Adminis- Procedure
trator ID is unavailable. Increase the number of digit of the password of desired print job to a value larger than the min-
imum.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-601, 016-700 2-212 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-701 ART EX Memory Expended RAP 016-702 Out of Page Buffer RAP
Insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX. Insufficient Print Page Buffer is detected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Decrease the resolution setting. Requires Print Page buffer memory expansion, a decrease of resolution, or set to Print Guar-
antee mode (Print Guarantee mode is only for PLW). For PCL, set the PCL Heap Memory/
Band Buffer Ratio to above 1:2.

Refer customer to System Administrator Guide headings


When printing fails
Setting Format of config.txt

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-213 016-701 , 016-702
016-703 E-mail To Invalid Box RAP 016-704 Mailbox Full RAP
The system detected an unopened or invalid mailbox and aborted a job when receiving an E- When accessing the HD, the control logic detected that the mailbox was full (it exceeded the
mail. maximum number of documents per box) and aborted the job.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Send the E-mail to a valid mailbox destination or set up the appropriate mailbox. Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.

Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide. Refer customer to Mailbox section in User Guide.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-703, 016-704 2-214 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-705 Secure Print RAP 016-706 Maximum Users Exceeded RAP
Registration for Secure Print failed because Security Storage cannot be done without a HD. When accessing the HD, the system detected that the job exceeded the maximum number for
users for Proof Prints and aborted the job.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Procedure
Delete unnecessary documents/users and print again.
If the problem occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Secure Print are cor-
rect. Refer customer to User Guide headings Maximum Stored Pages,

Refer customer to User Guide headings: Create/Check User Accounts


Print
Secure Print
Print Driver Features

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-215 016-705, 016-706
016-707 Sample Print RAP 016-708 HDD Full Annotation/Watermark RAP
Proof Print Registration failed because it cannot be stored without a HD. When an Annotation/Watermark image was to be stored in the HDD, the Full status was
detected and the job was aborted.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Procedure
Check HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).
If the problem occurred at installation, check whether the operations for Proof Print are correct.
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-707, 016-708 2-216 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-709 ART EX Command RAP 016-710 Delayed Print RAP
An ART EX command error occurred during PLW processing. A Delay Print Job was received from the machine that has no HDD installed.
The number of jobs that can be simultaneously received (100 jobs) was exceeded.
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-217 016-709, 016-710
016-711 E-mail Transmission Size Limit RAP 016-712 Panther Capacity (I-Formatted) RAP
The send module (redirector) attempted to send data exceeding the system data size limit for The processed data is too small (the specified range for the document is too small).
Scan to E-mail.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend.

Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (e.g. A3 to A4).

Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI
Panel (default 2MB recommended).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-711, 016-712 2-218 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-713 Security Box Password RAP 016-714 Security Box Enable RAP
There is a password error in the security box. The security box is not enabled.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. A procedure is not available at time of publication.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-219 016-713, 016-714
016-716 TIFF Data Overflow RAP 016-717 Fax/iFax Send RAP
There is a spooling problem with TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data. The Send Result is not detected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Cancel and rerun the job

If the problem persists perform GP 6 Special Boot Modes Spool Initialization.

If the problem persists remove and replace the DIMM (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists, disconnect and reconnect HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-716, 016-717 2-220 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-718 PCL6 Memory RAP 016-719 Out of PCL Memory RAP
Insufficient memory was detected while performing Printer COntrol Language functions. Insufficient memory is detected while using PCL.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Cancel the job, reduce resolution, and rerun the job. The print job exceeded the memory capacity of the print control language driver. Ask customer
to break up the print job into smaller parts.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-221 016-718, 016-719
016-720 PCL Command RAP 016-722 Staple Position RAP
A PCL command error occurred during PCL processing. The job was cancelled when the Staple Position could not be determined.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Ensure the staple position selection matches the available staple position in the finisher.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
[Image Rotation] - [Rotation Direction Screen]

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-720, 016-722 2-222 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-723 Punch Position Error RAP 016-724 Staple Position RAP
Job Cancel by Punch Position NG. A job was cancelled because the punch position was The staple selection and hole punch selection is not compatible.
impossible.
Initial Actions
Procedure Ensure the staple position selection and hole punch position selection is compatible (no holes
Check the Punch settings for the print data to be sent to the printer. will be punched on staples or staples located in holes)
Check the client driver settings or PC settings.
Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
[Image Rotation] - [Rotation Direction Screen]

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-223 016-723, 016-724
016-725 B-Formatter Image RAP 016-727 Printer Request
There is a B-Formatter Library image conversion error. The result of a print request is a zero-page document that cannot be stored in a mailbox, and
the job is canceled.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Procedure
Set the print option to print blank pages, and reprint to confirm if the output is not blank. Add
text if the output is blank, and try printing again.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-725, 016-727 2-224 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-728 TIFF Data Unsupported RAP 016-729 TIFF Data Size RAP
The TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data contains a tag that is not set in the Image File The specified TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) settings exceed the upper limit of the valid
Expansion Library. number of colors and pixels.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Refer customer to following User Guide headings: Refer customer to following User Guide headings:
TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet iFax Profile TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet Fax Profile
Job Templates - Network Scanning Job Templates - Network Scanning
File Format File Format
Properties Properties

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-225 016-728 , 016-729
016-730 ART Command Unsupported RAP 016-731 TIFF Data Invalid RAP
A command not supported by the ART was detected. The TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) data is corrupt.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

If the problem persists, refer customer to following User Guide headings:


TIFF-S, TIFF-S, and TIFF-J in Internet iFax Profile
Job Templates - Network Scanning
File Format
Properties

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-730, 016-731 2-226 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-732 Form Not Registered RAP 016-733 Destination Address RAP
The decomposer detected that the form specified in emulation is not registered. There is an error in the destination address.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Rerun the job. Verify the address is correct.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-227 016-732, 016-733
016-734 Transmission Report RAP 016-735 Updating Job Template RAP
There is a simple transmission report error. The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being
updated.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-734, 016-735 2-228 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-736 Remote Directory Lock RAP 016-737 Remote Directory Removal RAP
There is a lock error in the remote directory. There is a lock removal error in the remote directory.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask the customer to check the directory that is locked and clear that directory. A procedure is not available at time of publication.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-229 016-736 , 016-737
016-738 PS Booklet Output Size Illegal RAP 016-739 Document and Output Mismatch RAP
PS Booklet Print Output Paper Size is illegal. Mismatch between PS Booklet Doc and Output Paper

Procedure Procedure
Specify the paper size that allows booklet printing. Specify the combination of the document/paper sizes that allows booklet printing.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-738, 016-739 2-230 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-740 Output Tray Incorrect RAP 016-741 Cannot Shift to Download Mode Failure RAP
PS Booklet Output Tray mismatch. Download Inhibit detected, Download Mode transfer is disabled because a job still remains.

Procedure Procedure
Specify the tray that allows booklet printing. Enter Tools and enable download mode, ensure that NVM 700-420 is set to 0 and retry.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-231 016-740, 016-741
016-742 Download Data ProductID Error RAP 016-743 Download Data Model Mismatch RAP
Download data ProductID mismatch. Machine model/Panel type error.

Procedure Target download data model does not conform to machine model.
Download data is illegal. Obtain the download data again and retry.
Procedure
Obtain download file of the same model as that of the machine for software upgrade and retry
the operation.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-742, 016-743 2-232 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error RAP 016-745 XPJL Soft Failure RAP
Download data CheckSum is not correct. XPJL fatal error in downloading. (Error occurs after XPJL recognizes received data to be down-
load data).
Procedure
Properly connect the cable to the device and restart the operation. Procedure
Power OFF/ON.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-233 016-744, 016-745
016-746 Unsupported PDF File RAP 016-747 Insufficient Memory
There was transparency or JBIG2 in a PDF version 1.3 file. An error occurred while processing the annotation image data due to insufficient memory.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader. Take one of the following actions:

Increase the annotation image memory size


Reduce the number of the images in [Repeat Image]
If the problem persists, Power Off/On the machine

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-746, 016-747 2-234 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-748 HDD Full RAP 016-749 Post Script Font RAP
HDD Full status was detected and the job was aborted when accessing a mailbox. The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Refer customer to check Mailbox section in User Guide to make available more HDD space. Refer customer to User Guide index on Change Print Settings or Print Mode Settings.

If the problem persists check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform
GP 6 Special Boot Modes HDD Initialization.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-235 016-748 , 016-749
016-750 Print Job RAP 016-751 PDF RAP
The control logic detected an error in the print job ticket. One of the following errors occurred while performing PDF Bridge processing:
Syntax error
Initial Actions Use of undefined commands
Power Off/On Parameter error
Broken PDF file
Procedure Internal error
Refer customer to User Guide section Change Print Settings or Print Mode Settings. Initial Actions
Power Off/On

Procedure
Ask customer to print using the driver from Acrobat Reader.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-750, 016-751 2-236 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-752 PDF Memory Limit RAP 016-753 PDF Password Mismatch RAP
Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing. BSD-ON:16.1

Initial Actions When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel set-
Power Off/On tings and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.

Procedure
Procedure
Specify the correct password using the UI or the Contents Bridge.
Ask customer to check print settings. When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], if the setting
for [Standard] is set to [Normal], change the setting to [High Speed].

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-237 016-752, 016-753
016-755 PDF Print Prohibited RAP 016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service RAP
The system processed a print prohibited PDF file. The service is prohibited.

Procedure Procedure
Use Adobe Reader to clear the print prohibition setting and print the PDF file. Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to enable usage of the machine.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-755, 016-756 2-238 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-757 Auditron - Invalid User RAP 016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function RAP
The account is not registered. An illegal account was detected.

Procedure Procedure
Ask key operator or system or account administrator to set up the account or check the users Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to add the account rights.
password.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-239 016-757, 016-758
016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit RAP 016-760 PostScript Decompose RAP
The number of pages reached the maximum number of pages for this service. An error occurred in PostScript Decompose processing.

Procedure Procedure
Ask the key operator or system or account administrator to raise the page limit. Resend the job. If the problem persists, refer customer to User Guide headings:

PostScript Memory
CentreWare Internet Services properties
Memory Settings
Allocate Memory
When printing fails
Setting Format of config.txt

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-759, 016-760 2-240 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-761 FIFO Empty RAP 016-762 Print Language RAP
There is a FIFO (first in first out) image enlargement error. The specified print language is not installed.

Procedure Procedure
Print in Fast Print mode. In [Specify Print Mode] under [Port Settings], specify another print language.

Set the [Print Mode] to [Normal] and rerun. If the problem continues, set [Page Print Mode]
to [On].

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-241 016-761, 016-762
016-763 POP Server is not found RAP 016-764 SMTP Server Connection RAP
POP server is not found. SMTP server response code errors.

Procedure Procedure
Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination POP server and Repeat the operation.
the device. check the following:

the server IP address is correct


the network cable is properly connected.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-763, 016-764 2-242 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-765 SMTP Server HDD Full RAP 016-766 SMTP Server File System RAP
Unable to send e-mail due to the Hard Drive on the SMTP server is full. SMTP server response code error.

Procedure Procedure
Retrieve E-mail in the Server HDD. Reconsider the Server capacity. Contact the SMTP Server Administrator and ask the administrator to reconsider the Server
capacity limit.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-243 016-765, 016-766
016-767 Invalid E-mail Address RAP 016-768 Invalid Sender Address RAP
Unable to send e-mail due to an incorrect address. Unable to connect to the SMTP server due to the machines incorrect mail address.

Procedure Procedure
Check the destination of the E-mail. Check whether the E-mail address is valid within the domain and check the setting of the E-
mail address of the machine.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-767 , 016-768 2-244 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN RAP 016-770 FAX Function Cancelled RAP
SMTP server does not support conformation of mail distribution (DSN) The direct fax function is disabled.

Procedure Procedure
Enable the most appropriate ESMTP function in the SMTP Server. Or, send the E-mail with Check with the System Administrator whether the function is enabled.
sent confirmation turned off.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-245 016-769, 016-770
016-771 JBIG Parameter RAP 016-772 JBIG Parameter RAP
There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error. There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-771 , 016-772 2-246 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-773 JBIG Parameter RAP 016-774 JBIG Parameter RAP
There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error. There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-247 016-773 , 016-774
016-775 JBIG Parameter RAP 016-776 JBIG Parameter RAP
There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error. There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-775 , 016-776 2-248 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-777 JBIG Parameter RAP 016-778 JBIG Parameter RAP
There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error. There is a JBIG (Joint Bi-level Image Experts Group) parameter error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-249 016-777 , 016-778
016-779 Scanned Image Conversion Error RAP 016-780 Attached Document TIFF RAP
An error occurred due to causes other than HDD access during scanned image conversion There is a TIFF (Tagged Image File Format) error in the attached document.
processing in I-Formatted.
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Repeat the operation.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-779, 016-780 2-250 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-781 Scan Server Connect Error RAP If the E-mail Send Authentication setting is set to SMTP AUTH, then an
additional setting labeled SMTP AUTH Login Name will appear on page 5
This fault can occur in the following circumstances:.
of the report along with the Log in name that the machine will use. The
customer must verify the Log in name listed on the report. A Password
The machine was unable to establish a connection to the Scan Server during the Network
may also have been entered into the machine, however, it will not be listed
Scanning file transfer operation.
on the report.
The machine was either unable to establish a connection to the Email (SMTP) server or
Set to POP3 AUTH if the customer wants the machine to authenticate or log in
was unable to authenticate (log in) to the Email server during the Scan to Email or Inter-
to their POP3 server using a POP3 log in name and password prior to sending
net Fax file transfer operation.
the e-mail message.
Procedure
If the E-mail Send Authentication setting is set to POP3 AUTH, then
The customer can print to the machine through the Ethernet port on the machine.
have the customer verify the Login Name that is listed under the header
Y N
POP3 Server on page 5 on the report. A POP3 Password may also have
Confirm that the Ethernet network drop cable is securely connected to the machine and
been entered into the machine, however, it will not be listed on the report.
the wall port. The recessed green LED next to the Ethernet port on the machine should be
lit if the machine is connected to a live Ethernet drop. The green LED is lit. The customer confirmed that the Email / Internet Fax settings are correct.
Y N
Y N
If the customer is not available or has confirmed that the settings are not correct, then
Connect another Ethernet straight through cable between the machine and the wall
they must confirm that the settings are correct or they must enter the correct settings into
port and have the customer confirm that the wall port is live.
the machine before any further troubleshooting can be done.
If the LED is still off, replace the Printer PWB in the machine.

Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of Escalate to your next level of support.
the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well.

For Scan to Email or Internet Fax failures, perform the following:


1. Print a Print Mode System Settings list report.
2. Check the SMB section on page 5 of the report for the following:
The Host Name setting must have no spaces in the name and no periods (.), slashes
(/ or \) or star symbols (*) in the name. If the Host Name has a space in it or has any
of these characters, have the customer change the Host Name to eliminate these
characters. If the problem continues, proceed to step 3.
3. Have the customer confirm that the Email / Internet Fax Settings section on page 5 of
the report contain the correct settings for their network:
The Send Email setting must be set to Enabled.
The Server Name / IP Address setting under the sub-header SMTP Server must
either be set with the IP address or Host Name of the customers SMTP E-mail
server.

NOTE: If the Host Name of the SMTP Server is entered into the machine, then the
machine must be configured with the customers DNS settings (listed on page 3 of
the report).

The Machines E-mail Address setting must contain an email address with the cus-
tomers domain name and the address must be entered in the proper syntax (i.e.:
wc7132@company.com).
The E-mail Send Authentication setting will be set in one of the following ways:
Set to OFF if the customers SMTP E-mail server does not require the machine
to authenticate or log in prior to sending the e-mail message.
Set to SMTP AUTH if the customers SMTP E-mail server requires that the
machine authenticate or log in to the server using an SMTP log in name and
password prior to sending the e-mail message.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-251 016-781
A B
016-782 Scan Server Login Error RAP NOTE: Templates that prompt for a password were created as Private Templates,
which require that a password be entered at the machine UI before the scanning job
The machine was unable to log in successfully to the Scan Server during the Network Scan-
will start.
ning file transfer operation.
The fault occurs with at least one of the listed Templates.
Procedure Y N
The customer can print to the machine through the Ethernet port on the machine. Have the customer demonstrate how they get the fault to occur.
Y N
Confirm that the Ethernet network drop cable is securely connected to the machine and Templates are created using one of two methods: Templates with the @ sign to the
the wall port. The recessed green LED next to the Ethernet port on the machine should be left of their name were created using the machines CentreWare Internet Services
lit if the machine is connected to a live Ethernet drop. The green LED is lit. web interface; Templates that have no @ sign in their name were created using the
Y N Smart Send software. The next step is to determine if the Templates that create the
Connect another Ethernet straight through cable between the machine and the wall fault are of the same type. The fault occurs when selecting Templates with the
port and have the customer confirm that the wall port is live. @ symbol to the left of the Template name.
If the port is live, connect the CSE PWS to the Ethernet port using an Ethernet cross- Y N
over cable to see if the green LED will light up with the machine and PWS fully Templates that do not have the @ sign in their name were created using the
booted up. Smart Send software. Escalate to your next level of support for help with this
If the LED is still off, replace the Printer PWB in the machine. type of Template.

Verify that the machine has the correct TCP/IP settings with the customer. The cause of Highlight one of the Templates that generate the fault and select the Output Format
the printing problem is likely to be the cause for the Scanning failure as well. tab on the Touch screen. This will display the Log In name associated with the Tem-
plate as well as a Password field that will either have a string of stars in it that repre-
Press the [All Services] button on the machine Control Panel, then select the [Network Scan- sent the password or will show [Not Set].
ning] button on the Touch screen. There is at least one Template listed. Select the [Log In] button, remove the existing Log In name, type in the name anon-
Y N ymous and select the [Save] button. Then select the [Password] button, remove all
Have the customer demonstrate how they are scanning and how they get the fault to stars so that the password is blank and select the [Save] button. Press the <Start>
occur. The customer is selecting the [Scan to FTP/SMB] button after pressing the button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully transferred to
[All Services] button. the server.
Y N Y N
Have the customer contact the Customer Support Center for help with properly con- A person with knowledge of the customers network is available.
figuring their machine for Network Scanning. Y N
Escalate to your next level of support.
The Scan to FTP/SMB feature allows the customer to manually enter the destination
server settings at the machine UI prior to scanning a document rather than using a previ- Press the <Clear All> button to restore the original Log In name and Password.
ously created Template. If a fault is occurring when they use this feature, then they are Highlight the Template and select the Output Format tab on the Touch screen.
either entering the wrong IP address or Host Name of their destination server or the Have the network person type in the correct Log In name and either type in the
server is not capable of accepting a connection from the machine. Refer the customer to correct Password or remove the Password that is displayed. Then press the
the User Guide for details on using this feature and to ensure that they are entering their <Start> button to attempt a Network Scanning job. The job is successfully
settings correctly. transferred to the server.
Y N
Disconnect the Ethernet network cable from the machine. Select one of the Templates and Escalate to you next level of support.
scan a document with the network cable disconnected. The same fault (16-782) is dis-
played. The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are
Y N incorrect. Refer the customer to the User Guide for details on editing the
Configure your PWS as a scan server and then use the Network Scanning feature on Repository settings of the selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name
the machine to scan a document into your PWS. The fault 16-782 is displayed when and/or Password.
scanning to your PWS.
Y N The Log In Name and/or Password that are set in the selected Template are incor-
The cause for the customers problem is either on the customers network or with the rect. Refer the User Guide for details on editing the Repository settings of the
settings in the machine. selected Template to enter the correct Log In Name and/or Password.
Reconnect the customers network cable to the machine. Select each one of the
listed Templates and press the [Start] button.
A B A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
016-782 2-252 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
If the 16-782 fault does not occur when disconnecting the customers network cable and 016-783 Invalid Server Path RAP
attempting a scan job but the 16-782 fault does occur when the machine is connected to
the PWS, then there is likely a set up problem with the PWS. Escalate to your next level of The specified path cannot be found during Scan to Server file transfer.
support.
Procedure
There is a machine problem. Perform the following steps, in order: Check the server path name specified in the job template.
Reload the system software
Go to the User Guide for details on how to recreate the Templates and re-enter the If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Ser-
Repository settings. vice Installation Guide.
Re initialize the NVM by selecting the SYS-SYSTEM and SYS-USER NVM platforms.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-253 016-782, 016-783
016-784 Server Write Error RAP 016-785 Server HD Full RAP
The Server cannot be written to during Scan to Server file transfer. The Server File System became full during Scan to Server file transfer.

Procedure Procedure
Check that Write Authorization is established in the Server directory. Check that Write Authorization is established in the Server directory.

Free up space on the Server disk. Remove unnecessary data from the server hard drive to free up space on the Server disk.

If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Ser- If this code appears while using CentreWare Scan Service, refer to the CentreWare Scan Ser-
vice Installation Guide. vice Installation Guide.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-784, 016-785 2-254 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-786 HD Full-Scan Write Error RAP 016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD RAP
A temporary file in Scan to Server file transfer cannot be written to the internal HDD. Server IP address was incorrect due to a Job Template syntax error in Scan to Server file
transfer.
Procedure
The HDD may be temporarily full with print jobs. Wait and retry. Procedure
Check the contents of the attributes (string Repository Name) in the Job Template file.
Format the HDD.

Replace the HDD (PL 11.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-255 016-786, 016-787
016-788 Retrieve to Browser RAP 016-789 HD Full - Job Memory RAP
Failed to retrieve a file from the Web browser. During iFax or sending mail designated for forwarding, the send module (Redirector) attempted
to send data exceeding the System Data [Upper Limit of Data Size for Scan to E-mail] to the
Procedure internet.
Take one of the following actions, and try again.
Procedure
- Reload the browser page. Decrease the send parameter for resolution (send image quality) and resend.
- Restart the browser.
- Power Off/On. Reduce the image using the send parameter and resend (e.g. A3 to A4).

Change the [Upper Limit of Data Size] setting in the Specifications Settings Screen on the UI
Panel (default 2MB recommended).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-788 , 016-789 2-256 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-791 File Retrieve RAP 016-792 Specified Job RAP
Failed to access the forwarding destination or the job template save location with [Scan to Failed to get the job history report specified in [Job Counter Report].
FTP/SMB] or [Job Template].
Procedure
Procedure The specified job history does not exist.
Check whether you can access the server specified by the forwarding destination.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-257 016-791, 016-792
016-793 MF I/O HD Full RAP 016-799 PLW Print Instruction RAP
Free space is insufficient on the hard disk. An invalid print parameter is included.

Procedure Procedure
Either remove unnecessary data from the hard disk to increase free disk space, or initialize the Check the print data and options, and print again.
hard disk.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-793, 016-799 2-258 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
016-981 HDD access error RAP 016-982 HDD access error 2 RAP
HDD Full was detected because Mailbox Scan, Fax Scan, Secure Print, Delay Print, Sample HDD was determined to be Full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.
Print, or Scheduled Print was specified when the HDD partition/ide0c capacity is small.
Procedure
Print Job only prints the jobs stored in the HD, so this Fault does not occur for [Job Fail 016- Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the oper-
748]. ation.

Procedure If the above procedures do not resolve the problem, expand the HDD partition size of the rele-
1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible. vant service.

2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait
documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is
space in the HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.

When the procedures above did not work, expand the HDD partition size for the corresponding
service that needs it.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-259 016-981, 016-982
016-983 Log Image Storage Area on Disk Full RAP 016-985 Data size overflow (Scan to E-mail) RAP
This is prepared for the user to interfere and cancel a copy/scan job when the log image stor- Due to data size exceeding the upper limit for Scan to E-mail, data could not be sent.
age area on the disk becomes full with the level of ensuring creation set to [High].
Procedure
Procedure Take one of the following actions, and try again:
Press the Cancel Job button to cancel the job.
- Reduce the number of document pages.
Rerun the job. - Reduce the resolution in [Scan Resolution].
- Decrease the ratio in [Reduce/Enlarge].
If the situation is the same despite some re-attempts, delete unnecessary documents saved in - For multi valued scanning, increase the ratio in [Image Compression].
the device or change the level of ensuring creation (to Low). However, if the level is set to Low, - Ask the System Administrator to increase the value for [Maximum E-mail Size].
log image creation cannot be ensured.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


016-983, 016-985 2-260 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) RAP 018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error (S_cert lost)
While IPSEC is set to Enable, password is not set in authentication mode= [Pre-shared key] or RAP
IPSEC certificate is not set in authentication mode= [Digital signature]. Job cannot be executed with designated combination of parameters (storage file size, paper size,
paper tray, Duplex designation, output tray).
Procedure
Make IPSEC setting consistent and enable IPSEC again. Inconsistency in IPSEC setting: Pass- Procedure
word is not set with Authentication mode= [Pre-shared Key] or Authentication mode= IPSEC certifi- Re-set paper size, paper tray, Duplex designation and output tray etc. and retry job.
cate is not set with [Digital signature]. To set these items which are not set.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-261 018-400, 018-500
018-501 CA Server Connection Error RAP 018-502 Login Failure in SMB RAP
When server certificate and secret key are not available at device start, SSL server necessary to CA Limitation of the workstation to log in the server in SMB Scan is detected at SMB server login.
cannot be started.
Procedure
Procedure Verify designated user property information to check if workstation that can login the server is lim-
No server certificate for the device. Set server certificate or disable CA function. ited or not.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-501, 018-502 2-262 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout RAP 018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch RAP
At SMB server login, limitation of workstation that can be logged in with SMB scan is detected. When message is received from CA server, no reaction of JRM/UI is made, resulting in timeout.

Procedure Procedure
Verify designated user property information to check if workstation that can login the server is lim- Timeout occurs while waiting for a response to CA server due to inside load of the device. Retry
ited or not. authentication operation.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-263 018-503, 018-504
018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error RAP 018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch RAP
Unable to authenticate due to an incorrect user name or password.SMB When the fault occurs in SMB authentication:

Procedure Unable to authenticate due to wrong user name or password


Check the user name and password with the system administrator. Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows Server
2003
Note: The password cannot be verified. If you have forgotten the password, reset the password. When the fault occurs while scanner transfers scanned data to PC storage to SMB:
Unable to log in SMB server while in scanned data transfer due to wrong user name or
password
Time of SMB server and that of M/C are not the same. The fault occurs with Windows
Server 2003.

NOTE: For only [SC12041: Product of DMP6-2 or later]:


Designated user name is not registered as user allowed to use shared Windows MacOS X v10.4.

Procedure
Take any of the following actions:

-Check user name or password with network administrator.

-For Windows Server 2003, to make time of SMB server and that of this M/C identical.

Note: Password cannot be verified. When you forget password, password need be reset according
to the following procedure:

1) Select [Start] menu> [All programs] >[Management tool] >[Active Directory user and computer]
on domain controller of active directory where user information is set.

2) Select [Active Directory user and computer [Server]] >[Domain] >[Users] and list user informa-
tion from the left frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window.

3) Right-click target user from the right frame of [Active Directory user and computer] window and
select [Reset password].

-----The following is applicable only to [SC:12041: Products of DMP6-2 or later]-----

-Verify user who can use Windows Share MacOS X v10.4 according to the following procedure:

1) Activate [System setting] icon from [Dock].

2) Click [Share] icon in [System setting] window.

3) Select [Windows Share] on Service selection screen and click [Account] button.

4) Check account you want to make valid and click [Complete] button.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-505, 018-506 2-264 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-507 CA Credential Error RAP 018-508 CA Server Fatal Error RAP
While in communication with CA server for authentication, FieldID of CA server and FieldID of When CA authentication server requests user information entry, the entered information is judged
device are not the same (Communication error, or device internal error, or wrong code). to be inconsistent by the server.

Procedure Procedure
Error occurs in authentication operation between CA server and the device. Retry authentication User authentication fails. Input user name or password is not correct. Verify and input correct user
operation. name and password.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-265 018-507, 018-508
018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP 018-509 Template Parameter Conflict RAP
1. In CUI scanning, start of a job designated with template name that does not exit is requested. 1. In CUI scanning, start of a job designated with template name that does not exit is requested.

2. Job template attribute conflict. 2. Job template attribute conflict.

3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template. 3. Address of server for image storage is not set in job template.

Procedure Procedure
Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example: Check if the content designated with job template is correct or not, for example:

-Setting that is not usable in the device is described. -Setting that is not usable in the device is described.

-Transfer destination repository is not correctly set. -Transfer destination repository is not correctly set.

-Template name that does not exist is designated. -Template name that does not exist is designated.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-509, 018-509 2-266 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS RAP 018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS RAP
Host name solution error in BMLinkS. DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS.

Procedure Procedure
Check if DNS is available; check the following: Set DNS server address. Alternatively, specify transfer destination BMLinkS storage service
server using IP address.
- Search and obtain the latest information

- Ensure the connection with DNS server is intact

- Ensure the server name/host name of transfer destination BMLinkS storage service server is reg-
istered to DNS

- Ensure DNS server address is set

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-267 018-510, 018-511
018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS RAP 018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found RAP
Service Connect error in BMLinkS. BMLinkS Service Not Found.

Procedure Procedure
Check if the network communication is enabled between transfer destination BMLinks service Check the following:
server and device, check the following:
- Search and obtain latest information
- search and obtain latest information
- If the storage service for relevant user is active in transfer destination BMLinkS storage service
- network cable is connected

- BMLinkS service of transfer destination is active

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-512, 018-513 2-268 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-514 BMLinkS Access-Right-Violation RAP 018-515 BMLinkS Storage-Access-Error RAP
BMLinkS access-right-violation. BMLinkS storage-access-error.

Procedure Procedure
Check if the login name (username) and password are correct. Check the following:

- If specified filename is allowed in storage location

- If specified filename is used by any other user

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-269 018-514, 018-515
018-516 BMLinkS unsupported-attribute RAP 018-517 BMLinkS Storage-Full RAP
BMLinkS unsupported-attribute. BMLinkS unsupported-attribute.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check if there is space left in the storage location.

- Whether any characters prohibited in BMLinkS storage service are used in filename; if any exist,
change filename accordingly

- whether any files/folders with the same name as specified filename exist

- configure settings so that upon detection of duplicate filenames, files are overwritten

- make names of storage destination folders / files shorter

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-516, 018-517 2-270 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-518 BMLinkS Operation-Not-Available RAP 018-519 BMLinkS unknown-error RAP
BMLinkS operation-not-available. BMLinkS unknown-error.

Procedure Procedure
Wait before repeating the same operations. Check the following:

- Search and obtain latest information

- if the file can be written to BMLinkS server

If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-271 018-518, 018-519
018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan RAP 018-521 Request Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP
Internal error in BMLinkS Scan. Internal error in BMLinkS Scan.

Procedure Procedure
Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer. Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-520, 018-521 2-272 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-522 Response receive failure in BMLinkS RAP 018-523 Image Send Failure in BMLinkS RAP
Response receive failure in BMLinkS. Image send failure in BMLinkS.

Procedure Procedure
Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer. Repeat the same operations. If situation does not improve, contact our telephone center or dealer.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-273 018-522, 018-523
018-524 Invalid Device Network Setting RAP 018-525 HDD Full or HDD Access Error RAP
1. While device DNS is not set, server name is described in job template with FQDN. 1. While in CUI scan start processing, internal HDD Full occurs (job template partition).

2. Transfer protocol port described in job template is not activated on device (SMB, FTP etc.). 2. While in CUI scan start processing, internal HDD failure is detected.

Procedure Procedure
Check if network-related setting and port necessary to scan job execution are properly done on the Retry the operation after a short interval.
device side.

-Ensure that the DNS server setting correct.

-Ensure that the port of the designated protocol is activated.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-524, 018-525 2-274 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-526 Rejected to be Refresh RAP 018-527 JT Monitor Internal Error RAP
CUI scan start request is received while in job template polling. Job Template Monitor internal error.

Procedure Procedure
Retry the operation after a short interval. Retry the operation.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-275 018-526, 018-527
018-528 Soap Request Error RAP 018-529 Duplicate Scan Request RAP
Incorrect argument request is received from Soap client of Custom Service. While in CUI scan start processing requested from Soap client of Custom Service, another CUI
scan start request is received.
Procedure
Check if the custom service setting is correct. Procedure
Retry the operation after a short interval.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-528, 018-529 2-276 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-530 Authentication Error RAP 018-531 Failed to Create a New Job RAP
1. Limitation of total DV sheet, limitation of DV color mode, limitation of DV service use. Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start

2. Use of unregistered card. Procedure


Retry the operation.
3. While in authentication information retrieval, job error occurs due to external device connection.

Procedure
Conduct correct authentication operation or verify limitation by M/C administrator (color mode, total
sheet volume, service).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-277 018-530, 018-531
018-532 Too Many Jobs to Create a New Job RAP 018-543 Shared name error in SMB server RAP
Error of JRM detection while in CUI scan job start A shared name on the SMB scan server is wrong.

Procedure Procedure
Retry the operation. Check what the specified shared name is and enter the correct one.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-532, 018-543 2-278 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-547 Number restriction over of SMB scan users RAP 018-596 LDAP Protocol Error 596 RAP
The limited number of SMB scan users is exceeded. (1) Error other than 018-595 that occurs with authentication LDAP protocol (ProtocolCategory=7)

Procedure (2) Protocol type delivered to Coml_Fault_GetNETCeCode(?) is unexpected.


1. Check what the limited number of users that can connect to a shared folder is.
FTP/HTTP is designated or protocol type larger than LDAP_NETAUTH(=7) is designated.(DMP6-
2)
2. Check that the number of users that use the server simultaneously is not over max.

Procedure
Retry the operation.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-279 018-547, 018-596
018-701 LDAP RAP 018-702 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-701, 018-702 2-280 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-703 LDAP RAP 018-704 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-281 018-703, 018-704
018-705 LDAP RAP 018-706 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-705, 018-706 2-282 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-707 LDAP RAP 018-708 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-283 018-707, 018-708
018-710 LDAP RAP 018-711 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-710, 018-711 2-284 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-712 LDAP RAP 018-713 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-285 018-712, 018-713
018-714 LDAP RAP 018-716 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-714, 018-716 2-286 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-717 LDAP RAP 018-718 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-287 018-717, 018-718
018-719 LDAP RAP 018-720 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-719, 018-720 2-288 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-721 LDAP RAP 018-732 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are present. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-289 018-721, 018-732
018-733 LDAP RAP 018-734 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-733, 018-734 2-290 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-735 LDAP RAP 018-736 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-291 018-735, 018-736
018-748 LDAP RAP 018-749 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-748, 018-749 2-292 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-750 LDAP RAP 018-751 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-293 018-750, 018-751
018-752 LDAP RAP 018-753 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-752, 018-753 2-294 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-754 LDAP RAP 018-764 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-295 018-754, 018-764
018-765 LDAP RAP 018-766 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-765, 018-766 2-296 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-767 LDAP RAP 018-768 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-297 018-767, 018-768
018-769 LDAP RAP 018-770 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-769, 018-770 2-298 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-771 LDAP RAP 018-780 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-299 018-771, 018-780
018-781 LDAP RAP 018-782 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-781, 018-782 2-300 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-783 LDAP RAP 018-784 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-301 018-783, 018-784
018-785 LDAP RAP 018-786 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-785, 018-786 2-302 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-787 LDAP RAP 018-788 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-303 018-787, 018-788
018-789 LDAP RAP 018-790 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-789, 018-790 2-304 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-791 LDAP RAP 018-792 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-305 018-791, 018-792
018-793 LDAP RAP 018-794 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-793, 018-794 2-306 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
018-795 LDAP RAP 018-796 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol. There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set- Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings. settings.
Y N Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service. with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server. server.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-307 018-795, 018-796
018-797 LDAP RAP
There is an error in the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.

Procedure
Verify that print jobs are printing or print a Configuration Report and verify that network setup set-
tings are indicated. The printer is operational or the Config Report indicates valid network
settings.
Y N
Check for damage with the network connection. If there is no damage then there is a problem
with the network. Tell the customer that the network requires service.

There is a problem with the LDAP setups on the machine or with the remote LDAP server. Ask the
customer to verify the machine LDAP setups. If OK then there is a problem with the remote LDAP
server.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


018-797 2-308 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) RAP 021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) RAP
Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Scan Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory
Disable) Disable)

NOTE: Occurs while a document is scanned or Direct Copy is in process. NOTE: Occurs while a document is printing or Direct Copy is in process.

ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected ICCG Dispenser or CoinKit is added, credit is insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected
by IITsc and Job is suspended. by IITsc and Job is suspended.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON

Procedure Procedure
Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to
continue the job. continue the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-309 021-947, 021-948
021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable RAP
Subtraction-type accessory credit insufficiency (Service Paused By Subtractive Accessory Dis-
able)

NOTE: Occurs only when a Job is Paused. Not occurs while Job is in process. Occurs in the
following case: Job stopped due to other than Accessory reason (Jam, No Paper etc.), Card
removed, and job restarted.

Credit insufficient for Dispenser or CoinKit is detected by EP-Cont with ICCG+Dispenser or


CoinKit installed, and job suspended.

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Insert a card with credit available for Dispenser to continue the job. Add credit (coin) for CoinKit to
continue the job.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


021-949 2-310 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
024-916 (A-Finisher) Mix Stack Full Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.
BSD-ON:12.2, 12.8
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
In detection of Half Position (Mix Full position), one of the following is met:
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Paper in the job is larger (longer in either lead/trail edge or side edge) than the last paper
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
of the previous job.
The width of the last paper of the previous job is less than 279.4mm and a change is Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and
made to Staple Mode. unblock the Stack Height Sensor. The voltage changes.
The size of the last paper of the previous job is unknown. Y N
Initial Actions Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
objects.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects
and that their actuators are not broken. Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
Power Off/On. sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Procedure Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely
connected.
Check the paper size of the job. The paper of the job is equal in size to or smaller than (in
Y N
either lead/trail edge or side edge) the last paper of the previous job.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely.
Y N
Load paper of the appropriate size. Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between
J8707 and J8722 are OK.
Check the settings of the Staple Mode for the current job. The settings are the same as the Y N
ones for the previous job. Repair the open or short circuit.
Y N
Return the Staple Mode settings to the previous ones. Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Check for paper and/or foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in normal
Y N
condition with no paper or foreign object left there.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Y N
Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
changes.
gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly.
Y N
Y N Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8).
Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
sensor. The display changes.
connected. Y N
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.
connected.
Y N
Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
J8708 and J8727 are OK.

A B C
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-311 024-916 (A-Finisher)
B C
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between 024-917 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N BSD-ON:12.2, 12.8
Repair the open or short circuit.
While sets of stapled sheets of paper are being ejected, the Staple Set Count for the Stacker
Tray exceeded 30.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Initial Actions
Using Chapter 7 Wirenets, check the +5VDC circuit to J8707-3 on the Finisher PWB. Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign
objects.
Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage and that their actuators are not broken.
changes.
Power Off/On.
Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Procedure
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is in
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). normal condition with no paper or foreign object left there.
Y N
Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates. Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
connected. gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
J8711 and P8736 are OK. of paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Repair the open or short circuit. Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
connected.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Y N
GND (-). The voltage changes. Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). J8708 and J8727 are OK.
Y N
Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Repair the open wire or short circuit.
GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- age is approx. +5VDC.
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and
Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
are securely connected. Y N
Y N Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
Connect the connectors securely.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-916 (A-Finisher), 024-917 (A-Finisher) 2-312 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B C
Enter [012-330]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
sensor. The display changes. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
connected. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. connected.
Y N
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
J8707 and J8722 are OK.
Y N Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Repair the open or short circuit. J8711 and P8736 are OK.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- Repair the open or short circuit.
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
changes.
Y N Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
acceptance surface. The display of DC330[012-279] changes.
Y N Check the connections of the connectors between the Finisher and the IOT. The connectors
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely are securely connected.
connected. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors securely.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check for an open wire or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wire between
J8707 and J8721 is normally conductive with no open wire or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).

B C
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-313 024-917 (A-Finisher)
024-928 (A-Finisher) Scratch Sheet Compile 024-930 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack
BSD-ON:12.2 BSD-ON:12.8

Sheet Information command made abnormal paper (scratched paper) reported by the IOT One of the following:
ejected into the compiler.
At Power On, the Stack Height Sensor detected the height and the Full position.
NOTE: This Fail Code is an operation message. If this fail code is frequently declared, perform During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for small paper
the procedure below. to be ejected, the Full position was detected.
Initial Actions During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for large paper
to be ejected, the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) was detected.
Check that the Top Cover can be opened and closed.
With the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) already detected, paper (large
Power Off/On.
paper) a stack of which is limited to the Half position was ejected.
Initial Actions
Procedure
Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign
Check the specifications of paper. The paper is in spec.
objects.
Y N
Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects
Replace the paper with new paper that is in spec.
and that their actuators are not broken.
Check the condition of the paper. The paper is in normal condition without any problem Power Off/On.
that causes the paper to be bent or caught.
Y N Procedure
Resolve any problem that causes the paper to be bent or caught. Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free
of paper or foreign objects.
Check for a Fail Code. Another Fail Code is displayed. Y N
Y N Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
Go to the appropriate Fault Code.
gears. The drive mechanism is in normal condition, not deformed or broken and with no
not-seated gears.
Y N
Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.

Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece
of paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between
J8708 and J8727 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-928 (A-Finisher), 024-930 (A-Finisher) 2-314 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B C
Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and Y N
unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes. Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10). Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem changes.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Run DC330[012-278].
Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
sensor. The display changes. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
connected. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. connected.
Y N
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
J8707 and J8722 are OK.
Y N Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Repair the open or short circuit. J8711 and P8736 are OK.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- Repair the open or short circuit.
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit. GND (-). The voltage changes.
Y N
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes. Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Y N GND (-). The voltage changes.
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8). Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
sensor. The display changes. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
Y N ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.

C
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-315 024-930 (A-Finisher)
A B
024-976 (A-Finisher) Staple NG Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:12.5 Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
As Staple Head Home Sensor On was not detected within 450msec after the start of the oper-
ation of closing the Stapler Head, the reverse rotation started. After that, Staple Head Home Measure the voltage between J8701-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter [012-
Sensor On was detected. 046] and [012-047] alternately. The voltage changes.
Y N
Initial Actions Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).
Check that the Top Cover and the Front Cover can be opened and closed.
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
include no foreign objects. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Power Off/On.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Procedure
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Compile Tray. The Compile Tray is
free of paper and/or foreign objects.
Y N
Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).

Enter Component Control [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The Staple Motor rotates.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8705 and P/J8735. P/J8705 and P/J8735 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8705 and P/J8735 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8705 and J8735. The wires between
J8705 and J8735 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltages between J8705-3 to 6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Enter
[012-046] and [012-047] alternately. Each voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).

Enter [012-046] and [012-047] alternately. The display changes.


Y N
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between
J8701 and J8731 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-976 (A-Finisher) 2-316 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-977 (A-Finisher) Stapler Feed Ready Fail 024-979 (A-Finisher) Stapler Near Empty
BSD-ON:12.5 BSD-ON:12.5

In the operation of getting the Stapler head ready at initialization, Stapler Ready Sensor One of the following:
ON was not detected until a specified number (13) of Head idle-stapling operations.
Immediately before stapling, the Stapler Ready Sensor was Off. At Power On, Low Staple Sensor ON was detected.
Initial Actions Immediately before the start of the operation of closing the Stapler Head, Low Staple Sen-
sor ON was detected.
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and
include no foreign objects. Initial Actions
Power Off/On. Check that the Front Cover can be opened and closed.
Check that the Staple Assembly and the Cartridge are properly installed, not broken and
Procedure include no foreign objects.
Power Off/On.
Enter Component Control [012-243]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple
Assembly. The display changes.
Y N Procedure
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely Check what amount of staples remain in the Cartridge. The is enough staples remaining
connected. run the stapler.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely. Replace the Cartridge.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between Run DC330[012-242].
J8701 and J8731 are OK. Enter Component Control [012-252]. Remove and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple
Y N Assembly. The display changes.
Repair the open or short circuit. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8701 and P/J8731. P/J8701 and P/J8731 are securely
Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- connected.
age is approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8701 and P/J8731 securely.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8701 and J8731. The wires between
Measure the voltage between J8701-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove J8701 and J8731 are OK.
and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).
Measure the voltage between J8701-4 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem age is approx. +5VDC.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Measure the voltage between J8701-7 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Remove
and reinstall the Cartridge from/in the Staple Assembly. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-317 024-977 (A-Finisher), 024-979 (A-Finisher)
A B
024-980 (A-Finisher) Stacker Tray Full Stack Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and
unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
BSD-ON:12.8 Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).
One of the following:
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
At Power On, the Stack Height Sensor detected the height and the Full position.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for small paper
to be ejected, the Full position was detected. Run DC330[012-278].
During the operation of adjusting (lowering) the height of the Stacker Tray for large paper Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
to be ejected, the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) was detected. sensor. The display changes.
With the Half position (Full-of-Large-Sheets position) already detected, paper (large Y N
paper) a stack of which is limited to the Half position was ejected. Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely
connected.
Initial Actions Y N
Check that the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken and has no foreign Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely.
objects.
Check Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and free from foreign objects Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between
and that their actuators are not broken. J8707 and J8722 are OK.
Power Off/On. Y N
Repair the open wire or short circuit.
Procedure Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free age is approx. +5VDC.
of paper and/or foreign objects. Y N
Y N Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and the gears seat properly. changes.
Y N Y N
Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism. Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1(PL 22.8).

Enter COmponent Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
of paper. The display changes. continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely Run DC330[012-279].
connected. Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
Y N sensor. The display changes.
Connect P/J8708 and P/J8727 securely. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely
Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between connected.
J8708 and J8727 are OK. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- J8707 and J8721 are OK.
age is approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
A B C
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-980 (A-Finisher) 2-318 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
C
Y N 024-982 (A-Finisher) Stacker Lower Safety Warning
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
BSD-ON:12.8
Measure the voltage between J8707-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
The condition below occurred four consecutive times.
Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes.
In the operation of adjusting the height of the Stacker Tray (lowering the tray) for paper to
Y N
be ejected during a job, the height of it cannot be adjusted within a specified time.
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
Initial Actions
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Check the Stack Height Sensor is properly installed, not broken, and has no foreign
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). object.
Check the Stacker Stack Sensors 1 and 2 are properly installed and have no foreign
Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
objects and that their actuators are not broken.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely Power Off/On.
connected.
Y N Procedure
Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely. Check for remaining paper and foreign objects on the Stacker Tray. The Stacker Tray is free
from paper and/or foreign objects.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between Y N
J8711 and P8736 are OK. Remove the remaining paper and/or foreign object(s).
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit. Check the drive mechanism to the Stacker Tray for a deformed or broken part and not-seated
gears. The drive mechanism is free of defects and gears seat properly.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Y N
GND (-). The voltage changes. Repair the Stacker Tray mechanism.
Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- Run DC330[012-267].
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Enter Component Control [012-267]. Block and unblock the acceptance surface of the Stack
Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The display changes.
Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and Y N
GND (-). The voltage changes. Check the connections of P/J8708 and P/J8727. P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely
Y N connected.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob- Y N
lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). P/J8708 and P/J8727 are securely connected.

Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). Check for an open or short circuit between J8708 and J8727. The wires between
J8708 and J8727 are OK.
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin- Y N
ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8708-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt-
age is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8708-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Block and
unblock the Stack Height Sensor with a piece of paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-319 024-980 (A-Finisher), 024-982 (A-Finisher)
A B C D
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem Measure the voltage between J8707-2(+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage
changes.
Run DC330[012-278]. Y N
Enter [012-278]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 (PL 22.8).
sensor. The display changes.
Y N Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8722. P/J8707 and P/J8722 are securely continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
connected.
Y N Enter [012-060] and [012-061] alternately. The Stacker Motor rotates.
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8722 securely. Y N
Check the connections of P/J8711 and P/J8736. P/J8711 and P/J8736 are securely
Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8722. The wires between connected.
J8707 and J8722 are OK. Y N
Y N Connect P/J8711 and P/J8736 securely.
Repair the open or short circuit.
Check for an open or short circuit between J8711 and P8736. The wires between
Measure the voltage between J8707-6 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The volt- J8711 and P8736 are OK.
age is approx. +5VDC. Y N
Y N Repair the open or short circuit.
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.
Enter [012-060], measure the voltage between J8711-1 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Measure the voltage between J8707-5 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). Rotate the GND (-). The voltage changes.
Stacker Stack Sensor 1 actuator by hand to block and unblock the sensor. The voltage Y N
changes. Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Y N lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (PL 22.8).
Enter [012-061], measure the voltage between J8711-2 (+) on the Finisher PWB and
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem GND (-). The voltage changes.
continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Y N
Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the prob-
Run DC330[012-279]. lem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).v
Enter [012-279]. Rotate the Stacker Stack Sensor 2 actuator by hand to block and unblock the
sensor. The display changes. Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8707 and P/J8721. P/J8707 and P/J8721 are securely Check the wires and connectors for an intermittent open or short circuit. If the problem contin-
connected. ues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Y N
Connect P/J8707 and P/J8721 securely.

Check for an open or short circuit between J8707 and J8721. The wires between
J8707 and J8721 are OK.
Y N
Repair the open or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between J8707-3 (+) on the Finisher PWB and GND (-). The voltage
is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Go to Wirenet A-Finisher +5VDC and check the +5VDC circuit.

C D
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-982 (A-Finisher) 2-320 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 1 RAP 024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 2 RAP
An abnormal parameter is set for the send function. A transmission failure occurred, the Sequencing number of the sent Message Packet is incor-
rect.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1. Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Procedure
securely connected. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists, reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-321 024-340, 024-341
024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 3 RAP 024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 4 RAP
A transmission failure occurred, the Packet number of the sent Message Packet is incorrect. A transmission failure occurred, the Message Length of the sent Message Packet is incorrect.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 3.1. Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.

If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-342, 024-343 2-322 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 5 RAP 024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 6 RAP
A transmission failure occurred, the Check Code of the sent Message Packet is incorrect. A transmission failure occurred, a parity error was detected by hardware in the IOT.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 3.1. Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.

If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-323 024-345, 024-346
024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 7 RAP 024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 8 RAP
The ESS PWB detected a communication error between the IOT and the ESS. The ESS PWB detected a communication error between the IOT and the ESS.

Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.

If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-347, 024-348 2-324 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 9 RAP 024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 10 RAP
A transmission failure occurred as the acknowledgement could not be received after 2 resend The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequencing
attempts. (After header recognition, receive interruption was detected by the IOT.) number of the received Message Packet is incorrect.)

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 3.1. Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.

If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-325 024-349, 024-350
024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 11 RAP 024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 14 RAP
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet num- The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was
ber of the received Message Packet is incorrect.) detected by hardware of the UART.)

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 3.1. Refer to BSD 3.1.

Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Procedure
securely connected. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-351, 024-354 2-326 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 16 RAP 024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start RAP
A transmission failure is received, an overrun error was detected by hardware of the UART. During IOT output, before the output data was written to FIFO Full, Page Sync became active.
Even though the system is not easily affected by noise, extreme noise may be the cause.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1. Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1.
Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Procedure
securely connected. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-327 024-356, 024-362
024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop RAP 024-364 DMA Transfer RAP
During IOT output, before output in the specified size, Page Sync was disabled. Reduction/enlargement failed to access the data in Direct Memory Access.

Initial Actions Procedure


Move away machines that are noisy.
NOTE: There is a high probability that the cause is faulty firmware or data corruption (DIMM or
HDD).
Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).


If the problem persists, replace the DIMM (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL 11.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-363, 024-364 2-328 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-367 Decompress Other Failure RAP 024-368 PCI Error RAP
Incorrect LINE SYNC was detected. PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus.

Initial Actions Procedure


Refer to BSD 3.1, 16.1. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Procedure
Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.
Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).

Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

Replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-329 024-367, 024-368
024-370 Marker Code Detection Failure RAP 024-371 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 21 RAP
During Enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the specified size, the end code (FF02) When the Controller and IOT are turned On, a response from the IOT to a request to establish
cannot be found in the compressed data. communications was not detected within the specified time.

Procedure Procedure
The problem occurs only for specific documents. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
Y N securely connected.
Perform following as required:
1. Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
9.2) are securely connected.
Replace the ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1).
2. Replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
3. Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the HDD (PL
Replace the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1).
9.2).
4. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Perform following as required:


1. Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).
2. Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution).
3. Change the port settings or the Receive Buffer size.)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-370, 024-371 2-330 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-372 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 22 RAP 024-373 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 23 RAP
An illegal instruction for IOT Port number or time-out timing or the pointer or transfer size was In response to a message packet from the Controller, the acknowledgement packet was not
detected. received within the specified time even after the specified number of attempts.

Procedure Procedure
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected. securely connected.

Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1). Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-331 024-372, 024-373
024-375 IOT-ESS Communication Failure 24 RAP 024-600 Billing Master Counter RAP
An illegal instruction for IOT Port number or time-out timing or for the pointer or for transfer size There is a billing master counter error RAP
was detected.
Procedure
Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
Check that P/Js 402 on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) and P/J 310 on the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) are
securely connected.

Reload Firmware (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-375, 024-600 2-332 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 RAP 024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 RAP
There is a billing backup counter error RAP There is a billing backup counter error RAP

Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-333 024-601, 024-602
024-603 Software Key Master Counter RAP 024-604 Software Key Backup Counter 1 RAP
There is a software key master counter error RAP There is a software key backup counter 1 error RAP

Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. A procedure is not available at time of publication.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-603, 024-604 2-334 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-605 Software Key Backup Counter 2 RAP 024-700 Shortage Memory Capacity, or no Hard Disk RAP
There is a software key backup counter 2 error RAP Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk.

Procedure Procedure
A procedure is not available at time of publication. 1) Attach a HDD to ESS PWB

(2) Attach the required memory for the operation of enabled SW option mentioned in step 1.
Memory necessary depends on the type (model) of device.

(3) After performing step1 and step 2, turn power on, ensure that neither 16-210 nor 16-211 is
displayed on panel. If these fault codes are displayed, go to the 016-210 or 016-211 RAPs.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-335 024-605, 024-700
024-742 Output Paper for Booklet, Over Counts RAP 024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper RAP
Output paper for Booklet, over counts. The paper type specified by the job is incompatible with options such as Paper Tray, Output
Tray, Automatic 2 Sided Print/Staple.
Procedure
Configure the settings to create a booklet per maximum sheets allowed for Booklet, or cancel Procedure
Booklet job. A menu setup is incorrect. Refer customer to following User Guide heading Paper and Other
Media and Paper Type in heading Setup Menu.
NOTE: If settings are configured to create a booklet per maximum sheets allowed for Booklet,
imposition in Signature is also carried out per that maximum sheet number (maximum sheets
allowed for Booklet)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-742, 024-746 2-336 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-747 Print Instruction Failure RAP 024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over RAP
The specified print parameter is abnormal. Bates Numbering Digit Over.

Procedure Procedure
The center tray will not receive output, and output goes to Finisher. Reduce the number of document pages so that the user-specified number of digits are not
Y N exceeded, or increase number of digits specified by user; retry coping.
Call for next level of support.

Key operator is available to change settings.


Y N

NOTE: Service procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL
10.1).

1. Access Diagnostic Routines.


a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
b. Access Diagnostic Routines (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
3. Enter Chain-Link 742-100
4. Select Confirm.

NOTE: Display now shows Current Value (Zero)

5. To enter new value (one), press 1 on the numeric keypad, then Select Save

NOTE: The Current Value now reads 1.

6. Select Close.
7. Select Close again. Power off and on if the setting is not active.

NOTE: Customer procedure to restore output capability to center tray on Top Cover (PL 10.1).

1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Confirm.
2. Select System Settings.
3. Select System Settings again.
4. Select Common Settings.
5. Select Other Settings.
6. Select Extended Tray Module and select Change Setting.
7. Select Offset Stacking Module.
8. Select Save.
9. Select Close.
10. Select Close again.
11. Select Close again.
12. Select Exit. Power off and on if the setting is not active.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-337 024-747, 024-748
024-775 Output paper for Booklet, over counts 2 RAP 024-910 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP
Print Booklet sheets counts over (Not field attachment). After feeding from Tray 1, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 1 Size
Switch did not match.
Procedure
Configure the settings to create Booklet for maximum number of pages allowed for the Booklet, Initial Actions
or cancel Booklet settings. Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.
NOTE: If the former is selected, Signature imposition is also carried out per that page number.
Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.

Go to the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.1)

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. PJ104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-775, 024-910 2-338 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-911 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 2, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 2 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1) correctly.

Go to the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.2).

Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of


the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-339 024-910, 024-911
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-912 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 3, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 3 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.Clear away
the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.

Go to the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.3)

Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of


the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-911, 024-912 2-340 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1). 024-913 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N After feeding from Tray 4, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 4 Size
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). Switch did not match.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 8.7.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.

Go to the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch and check the connectors. (BSD 7.4)

Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of


the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-341 024-912 , 024-913
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-914 Tray 6 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 6, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 6 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 6 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 6 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.

Go to the Tray 6 Size Sensor and check the connectors. (BSD 7.15)

Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of


the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-913, 024-914 2-342 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-915 Tray 7 size mismatch RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). After feeding from Tray 7, the lengths detected by the Registration Sensor and the Tray 7 Size
Switch did not match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 8.7.
Reload the tray.

Procedure
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray.
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works.
Y N
Set the guide correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray7 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 7 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray7 Paper Size Switch (PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.

Go to the (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of


the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-343 024-914, 024-915
A
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. 024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for the same paper
size only).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Refer to BSD 12.8.

Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.

Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.10) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.

Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-915, 024-916 2-344 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray.
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7). Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.9.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. [024-917] reoccurs.


Y N
End

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-345 024-916, 024-917
024-919 Face UP Tray Close RAP 024-920 Face Down Tray 1 Paper Full RAP
When output was sent to the Face Up Tray, the Face Up Tray was detected as closed. Face Down Tray 1 full of output sheets.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Open the Face Up Tray. Open the Face Down Tray 1 and remove output sheets.

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector. Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector.

Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected. Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-919, 024-920 2-346 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-921 Face Up Tray 1 Paper Full 024-922 Face Down Tray 2 Paper Full
Face Up Tray 1 Full of output sheets Face Down Tray 2 is full of output sheets

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Remove output sheets from Face Up Tray 1. Remove output sheets from Face Down Tray 2.

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector. Check the connection of each Exit PWB (PL 9.1) connector.

Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected. Check that the P/Js on the MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1) are securely connected.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-347 024-921, 024-922
024-926 Punch Dust Box Miss Set 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile
Detected the Finisher Punch Dust Box missing Illegal sheet in the output to the Compiler.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Install the Finisher Punch Dust Box. Clear Scratch Sheet from the A-Finisher and restart the job.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Punch Box Set Sensor or proper operation. BSD 12.15 Check for proper operation of the Finisher Entrance Sensor (PL 22.5)(BSD 12.3)

Check that the Punch Dust Box is properly seated. Check the P/J8704 connector at the Finisher PWB

Check the connector P/J416 connector on the IOT. (BSD 12.3)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-926, 024-928 2-348 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-930 Stacker Tray Full (Large Size Full) 024-934 Paper kind Mismatch
Stack Encoder sensor counted as many sheets as designated as Full Stack for large sized Set was specified OHP film but detection was different.
paper.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Ensure that specified print media and actual print media is the same.
Remove paper from the Stacker.
Procedure
Procedure Reload paper tray to agree with specified media or change settings.
Check the proper operation of the Stack Height Sensor. (PL 22.8) (BSD 12.8)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-349 024-930, 024-934
024-939 OHP Kind Mismatch 024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place RAP
OHP file sheet checked by OHP sensor for white edges after feed start. If while edges are The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.
detected, a jam occurs.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Refer to BSD 7.1.
Use OHP film sheets whose edges are white. Reload the tray correctly.
Check the operation of the tray actuator.
Procedure
Job is not OHP job but paper is OHP film. Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-946] occurs.
Job is OHP but paper is not OHP.
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator.
OHP with white edges detected
Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-939, 024-946 2-350 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place RAP 024-948 Tray 3 Out Of Place RAP
The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch detected no tray. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch detected no tray.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.2. Refer to BSD 7.3/7.5.
Reload the tray correctly. Reload the tray correctly.
Check the operation of the tray actuator. Check the operation of the tray actuator.

Procedure Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-947] occurs. [For 2TM]
Y N Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-948] occurs.
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator. Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
Y N installed correctly.
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly. Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Go to the BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Go to the BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
[For TTM]
Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-351 024-947, 024-948
024-949 Tray 4 Out Of Place RAP 024-950 Tray 1 Empty RAP
The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch detected no tray. Tray 1 has run out of paper.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.4/7.6. Refer to BSD 7.7.
Reload the tray correctly.
Check the operation of the tray actuator. Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actua-
Procedure tor. The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
[For 2TM] Y N
Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor.
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-949] occurs.
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator. Execute Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1
No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
Check the connections of P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409
installed correctly.
Y N are connected correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.
Connect P/J101, P/J601 and P/J409.
Go to the BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Check the wire between J101 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag
[For TTM]
4/Flag 5). The wire between J101 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y N a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag
installed correctly.
5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly. Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Go to the BSD 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag
4).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 1 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-949, 024-950 2-352 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-951 Tray 2 Empty RAP 024-952 Tray 3 Empty RAP
Tray 2 has run out of paper. Tray 3 has run out of paper.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.8. Refer to BSD 7.9/7.11.

Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actua- Check the installation of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of
tor. The Tray 2 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. the actuator. The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N Y N
Reinstall the Tray 2 Level Sensor. Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor.

Execute Component Control [071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 Execute Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3
No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes. No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409 Check the connections of P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J102B, P/J661B and P/
are connected correctly. J549 are connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J103, P/J602 and P/J409. Connect P/J102B, P/J661B and P/J549.

Check the wire between J103 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag Check the wire between J102B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9
4/Flag 5). The wire between J103 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102B and J549 is con-
a short circuit. ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Flag 5 / BSD 7.11 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
4). Flag 4 / BSD 7.11 Flag 4).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes. Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage
Y N changes.
Replace the Tray 2 No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3). Y N
Replace the Tray 3 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-353 024-951, 024-952
024-953 Tray 4 Empty RAP 024-954 MPT Empty RAP
Tray 4 has run out of paper. The MPT has run out of paper.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.10/7.12. Refer to BSD 7.13.

Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of Check the installation of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1) and the operation of the actuator.
the actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works. The MPT No Paper Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor. Reinstall the MPT No Paper Sensor.

Execute Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 Execute Component Control[071-205 MPT No Paper Sensor]. Manually activate the MPT No
No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes. Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J102A, P/J661A and P/ Check the connections of P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411
J549 are connected correctly. are connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J102A, P/J661A and P/J549. Connect P/J108, P/J605 and P/J411.

Check the wire between J102A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10 Check the wire between J108 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 4/Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5). The wire between J102A and J549 is con- Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J108 and J411 is conducting without an open cir-
ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. cuit or a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 4).
7.10 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. The voltage is approximately. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 3).
7.10 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4). Activate the actuator of the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1). The voltage changes.
Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage Y N
changes. Replace the MPT No Paper Sensor (PL 7.1).
Y N
Replace the Tray 4 No Paper Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-953, 024-954 2-354 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-955 Tray 6 Empty 024-958 MPT Size Failure RAP
Tray 6 is empty when attempting to feed from Tray 6. The MPT is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Load paper Refer to BSD 7.13.
Check the operation of the MPT Guide.
Procedure
If failure continues, check for proper operation of the Tray 6 No Paper Sensor. (BSD 7.14) Procedure
Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly
and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the MPT Guide.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1).
Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accord-
ingly.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/
J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411.

Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-355 024-955, 024-958
024-959 Tray 1 size mismatch RAP 024-960 Tray 2 size mismatch RAP
Paper is loaded in Tray 1 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size. Paper is loaded in Tray 2 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.1. Refer to BSD 7.2.
Check the operation of the guide. Check the operation of the guide.

Procedure Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [024-959] occurs. Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 2 with Tray 1. [024-960] occurs.
Y N Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator. Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly. Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Go to the BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-959, 024-960 2-356 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-961 Tray 3 size mismatch RAP 024-962 Tray 4 size mismatch RAP
Paper is loaded in Tray 3 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size. Paper is loaded in Tray 4 but the tray is unable to detect the paper size.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.3/7.5. Refer to BSD 7.4/7.6.
Check the operation of the guide. Check the operation of the guide.

Procedure Procedure
[For 2TM] [For 2TM]
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [024-961] occurs. Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 4 with Tray 3. [024-962] occurs.
Y N Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Go to the BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.
[For TTM] [For TTM]
Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted. Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.
Y N Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator. Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly. installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly. Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. Go to the BSD 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-357 024-961, 024-962
A
024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOT detect) RAP Tray 2: MCU PWB P409B-12 (BSD 7.8 Flag 4)
Tray 3: TM PWB P549-B12 (BSD 7.9 Flag 4 / BSD 7.10 Flag 4)
No paper is loaded in the tray. Tray 4: TM PWB P549-A12 (BSD 7.11 Flag 4 / BSD 7.12 Flag 4)
Activate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The
Initial Actions voltage changes.
Refer to BSD 7.7/7.8/7.9/7.10/7.11/7.12. Y N
Reload the relevant tray. Replace the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Procedure
Check the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The actuator For Tray 1 or Tray 2, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
is not distorted or damaged. For Tray 3 or Tray 4, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Y N
Replace the actuator.

Actuate the actuator of the relevant No Paper Sensor (PL 2.3/PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Tray 1: Component Control[071-201 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 2: Component Control[071-202 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 3: Component Control[071-203 Tray 3 No Paper Sensor]
Tray 4: Component Control[071-204 Tray 4 No Paper Sensor]
The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of the following connectors:
Tray 1: P/J101, P/J601, P/J409
Tray 2: P/J103, P/J602, P/J409
Tray 3: P/J102B, P/J661B, P/J549
Tray 4: P/J102A, P/J661A, P/J549
The connectors are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit.


Tray 1: Between J101 and J409 (BSD 7.7 Flag 4/Flag 5)
Tray 2: Between J103 and J409 (BSD 7.8 Flag 4/Flag 5)
Tray 3: Between J102B and J549 (BSD 7.9 Flag 4/Flag 5/ BSD 7.10 Flag 4/Flag 5
Tray 4: Between J102A and J549 (BSD 7.11 Flag 4/Flag 5)/ BSD 7.12 Flag 4/Flag 5)
The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-10 (BSD 7.7 Flag 5)
Tray 2: MCU PWB P409B-10 (BSD 7.8 Flag 5)
Tray 3: TM PWB P549-B10 (BSD 7.9 Flag 5 / BSD 7.10 Flag 5)
Tray 4: TM PWB P549-A10 (BSD 7.11 Flag 5 / BSD 7.12 Flag 5)
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/
PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-12 (+) and GND (-).
Tray 1: MCU PWB P409A-12 (BSD 7.7 Flag 4)
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-965 2-358 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error RAP 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job) RAP
APS/ATS is unable to detect the paper size. Paper Width Mix was detected during stapling.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.1- 7.6. Refer to BSD 3.4.
Reload the tray.
Procedure
Procedure Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor-
Check the installation of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant Size Sensor is installed cor- rectly.
rectly. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Install the relevant Size Sensor correctly.
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor-
Go to the BSD 7.1 -7.6 Tray 1 -4 Paper Size Sensing and check the connectors. rectly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between P/J416 and J8843 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4).
The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J416-A3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.4). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-359 024-966, 024-967
024-968 Stapler / Punch Batting 024-969 Different Width Mix Punch
Staple and Punch positions overlap. Paper of different widths detected in Punch Mode output.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Cancel Staple, Punch, or both. Cancel Punch operation.

Procedure Procedure
When copying, user can either specify which has more priority, or cancel both. Use compatible paper sizes.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-968, 024-969 2-360 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place 024-972 Tray 6 Size Mismatch
Tray 6 is out of Place. Paper in Tray 6 is different from that specified for printing.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Set Tray 6 into position. Reload appropriate type of paper in Tray 6.

Procedure Procedure
If failure continues, check for proper operation of Tray 6 In Sensor. (BSD 7.15) If failure continues, check for the proper operation of the Tray 6 Size Sensor. (BSD 7.15)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-361 024-970, 024-972
024-975 Copy Booklet Sheets Counts Over 024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP
Number of sheets detected upon start of printing exceeded maximum number sheets allowed After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the
for Booklet maker. Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did
Initial Actions not turn On within the specified time.
Reduce the number of sheets set for Booklet Maker or cancel Booklet Maker job. Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6.
Procedure
Cancel job or reduce number of sheets set for this job. Procedure
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Compo-
nent Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8819 and P/J8847. P/J8819 and P/J8847 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8819 and P/J8847.

Check the wire between J8819 and J8847 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.6). The wire between J8819 and J8847 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).

Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Com-
ponent Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple
Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.

Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-975, 024-976 2-362 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP 024-978 Booklet Stapler Fault
When starting Staple, Staple Ready Sensor Off was detected. Booklet Maker Stapler not ready.

Empty stapling was within 13 times. Initial Actions


Check staples, reset the stapler cartridge.
Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.6. Procedure
Check for proper operation of the Booklet Stapler Cover Switch, and the Stapler Front Safety
Reload the Staple Cartridge.
Switches. (BSD 12.13)

Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-243]. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The display
changes.
Y N
Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign sub-
stances and nothing has failed.
Y N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852.

Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-363 024-977, 024-978
024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP
The Staple Pin is nearly empty. The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for mixed paper size).
The cartridge has not been installed.
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Refer to BSD 12.8.
Refer to BSD 12.6.

Procedure Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Cartridge. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign
substances and nothing has failed.
Y N Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8818 and P/J8852. P/J8818 and P/J8852 are connected Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
correctly. J8850 are connected correctly.
Y N
Y N
Connect P/J8818 and P/J8852. Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.

Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Check the wire between J8818 and J8852 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a
12.6). The wire between J8818 and J8852 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit. short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.6). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).
(PL 22.7).
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.

Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-979, 024-980 2-364 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 024-981 Finisher Top Tray Full
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Finisher top tray is full
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7). Initial Actions
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
If the failure continues, check for proper operation of the Stack Height Sensor. (BSD 12.8)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-365 024-980, 024-981
A B
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP Check the wire between J8847 and P8827 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8847 and P8827 is conducting without an open circuit or a
After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On
short circuit.
within the specified time. Y N
After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
within the specified time.
Initial Actions Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 22.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7).
Refer to BSD 12.8.

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control[012-267 Stack Height Sensor]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850. P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/
J8850 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8815, P/J8825 and P/J8850.

Check the wire between J8815 and J8850 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.8). The wire between J8815 and J8850 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8850B-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.8).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor (PL 22.10).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 22.8) starts up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J8847 and P/J8827. P/J8847 and P/J8827 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J8847 and P/J8827.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-982 2-366 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-985 MPT Feed Failure RAP 024-989 Booklet Low Staple
The job was aborted during MPT feed. Booklet Maker Stapler Low Staple signal is detected to be on at Staple operations.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Refer to BSD 7.13. Check staples, set properly or add more staples.
Check the operation of the MPT Guide.
Procedure
Procedure If failure continues check the proper operation of the Front or Rear Low Staple Switch. (BSD
Check the document size. The size of the document is within the specification. 12.26, BSD 12.27)
Y N
Use a paper size within the specification.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Check the installation and operation of the MPT Guide. The MPT Guide is installed correctly
and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the MPT Guide

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 1).
Manually operate the MPT Guide. As the MPT Guide moves, the voltage changes accord-
ingly.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411. P/J107, P/J609, P/
J605 and P/J411 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J107, P/J609, P/J605 and P/J411.

Check the wire between J107 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.13
Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J107 and J411 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P411-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.13 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MPT Paper Size Sensor (PL 7.3).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-367 024-985 , 024-989
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-985 , 024-989 2-368 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
024-916 Mix Full Stack RAP Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:12.24 Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for the same paper
size only).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Procedure Y N
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11).
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
1 with paper. The display changes. Y N
Y N Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected Y N
correctly. Connect P/J8986.
Y N
Connect J8873 and P/J8988. Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD Y N
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
a short circuit.
Y N Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8874 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-369 024-916
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count RAP 024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile RAP
The number of stapled copies exceeded the capacity of the Stacker Tray. - When the eject cover is opened or closed, Compiler Tray No Paper Sensor has No Paper.

Procedure - A set of sheets including scratch sheet is output from compiler tray. (e.g. when job is can-
Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor- celled)
rectly.
Y N Initial Actions
Connect the connectors. Ensure that the Eject cover is closed

Turn on the power again. [024-917] reoccurs. Procedure


Y N
Check the connection J8984 and P/J8988 on the Finisher PWB. The connectors are con-
End
nected correctly.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. [024-928] reoccurs.


Y N
End

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-917, 024-928 2-370 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-976 Finisher Staple Status Failed RAP 024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Failure RAP
BSD-ON:12.21 BSD-ON:12.21

After the Stapler Motor turned On (Forward rotation), the system did not detect that the When starting Staple, Staple Ready Sensor Off was detected.
Staple Head Home Sensor switched from Off to On within the specified time.
After the Stapler Motor turned On (Reverse rotation), the Staple Head Home Sensor did Empty stapling was within 13 times.
not turn On within the specified time.
Procedure Initial Actions
Reload the Staple Cartridge.
Alternately execute Component Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Compo-
nent Control[012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON]. The Stapler Motor can be heard.
Y N Procedure
Check the connections of J8887 and P/J8981. J8887 and P/J8981 are connected Execute Component Control[012-243 Staple Ready Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple
correctly. Cartridge. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect J8887 and P/J8981. Check the Staple Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign sub-
stances and nothing has failed.
Check the wire between J8887 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD Y N
12.24). The wire between J8887 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
a short circuit.
Y N Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and P/J8981 are connected
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. correctly.
Y N
Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB Connect J8886 and P/J8981.
(PL 23.16).
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Execute Component Control[012-244 Staple Head Home Sensor]. Alternately execute Com- 12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or
ponent Control[012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON] and Component Control[012-047 Staple a short circuit.
Motor REVERSE ON]. The display changes. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the connections of P/J8896 and P/J8981. P/J8896 and P/J8981 are con-
nected correctly. Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
Y N The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Connect P/J8896 and P/J8981. Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
a short circuit. Install and remove the Staple Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8852-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. (PL 23.16).
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-371 024-976, 024-977
A B
024-978 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler Fail Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

BSD-ON:12.27 Select Stop. If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Booklet Stapler Assembly (Front/Rear), cannot clinch properly; Booklet Front/Rear Staple
Home Switch detected not to turn on (return to Home position could not be completed) within
designated time period after starting reverse motion.

Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-024 Front Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-025 Front Staple
Motor (REV) or 012-026 Rear Staple Motor (FWD) and 012-027 Rear Staple Motor (REV)]
alternately. The motor energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Stapler Motor J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear
Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Stapler Motor P/J8895, P/J8893
and P/J8995)

Check the wire between J8894, J8895,and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.26/27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB of each P8894, P8995-8/9/10/11 (+) and
GND (-) (BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. Select [013-141 Front Staple Home Switch or 013-142 Rear Staple Home Switch]
Select Start. Actuate the Front/Rear Staple Home Switch. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or
(Rear Staple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995). Connectors are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect (Front Staple Home Switch J8894, P/J8893 and P/J8995) or (Rear Sta-
ple Home Switch P/J8895, P/J8893 and P/J8995)

Check the wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 12.27). The wire between J8894, J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Booklet PWB P8894-5, P8895-12 (+) and GND (-)
(BSD 12.26/27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-978 2-372 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
024-979 Stapler Near Empty RAP 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full RAP
BSD-ON:12.21 BSD-ON:12.24

The Staple Pin is nearly empty. The output paper stacked on the Finisher Stacker Tray reaches capacity (for mixed paper size).
The cartridge has not been installed.
Procedure Procedure
Execute Component Control[012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
Cartridge. The display changes. foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Y N
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
substances and nothing has failed.
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
Y N
1 with paper. The display changes.
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.
Y N
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and P/J8981 are connected
correctly.
correctly.
Y N
Y N
Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Connect J8886 and P/J8981.

Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
12.21). The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8981-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).


Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 23.8). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 23.16).
Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8874 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-373 024-979, 024-980
A B
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24). 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning RAP
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N BSD-ON:12.24
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn On
within the specified time.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. After the Stacker Motor turned On (descending), the Stack Height Sensor did not turn Off
Y N within the specified time.
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Procedure
Check the tray raise/lower mechanism for foreign substances and distortion. No distortion or
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
foreign substances are found in the tray raise/lower mechanism.
Y N
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con-
Clear away the foreign substances. Correct the distortion.
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up.
Y N
Execute Component Control[012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly.
1 with paper. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8986.
Check the connections of J8873 and P/J8988. J8873 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires Y N
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Connect J8873 and P/J8988.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the wire between J8873 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8873 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
a short circuit.
(PL 23.16).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-16 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-17 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor 1 with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 1 (PL 23.11).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Execute Component Control[012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2]. Actuate the Stack Height Sensor
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of J8874 and P/J8988. J8874 and P/J8988 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect J8874 and P/J8988.

Check the wire between J8874 and J8988 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8874 and J8988 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
024-980, 024-982 2-374 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
BSD-ON:12.26
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-19 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected just before Stapling operation.
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Booklet Stapler Low Staple Front signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
the interlock was closed.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8988-20 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.24).
Actuate the Stack Height Sensor with paper. The voltage changes. Procedure
Y N Supply the staples. The problem is resolved.
Replace the Stack Height Sensor 2 (PL 23.11). Y N
Enter Component Control [013-107 Front Low Staple Switch], Select Start. LOW (sta-
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). ples available) is displayed
Y N
Alternately execute Component Control[012-060 Stacker Motor up ON] and Component Con- Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are
trol[012-061 Stacker Motor down ON]. The Stacker Motor (PL 23.7) starts up. connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J8986. P/J8986 are connected correctly. Connect the connectors.
Y N
Connect P/J8986. Check the wire between J8894 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.24). The wire between J8894 and J8995 is conducting without an open cir-
Check the wires on P8986 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.24). The wires cuit or a short circuit.
on P8986 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8995-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
Replace the Stacker Motor (PL 23.7). If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB 12.26). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
(PL 23.16). Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8894-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.26). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Front Low Staple Switch (PL 23.19).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace
the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-375 024-982 , 024-984
024-989 Booklet Low Staple R
BSD-ON:12.27

Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected just before Stapling operation.

Booklet Stapler Low Staple Rear signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the
interlock was closed.

Procedure
Supply the staples. The problem is resolved.
Y N
Enter Component Control [013-108 Rear Low Staple Switch]. Select Start. LOW (sta-
ples available) is displayed
Y N
Check the connections of J8894, P/J8995 and P/J8892. The connectors are
connected correctly.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between J8895 and J8995 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
12.27). The wire between J8895 and J8995 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8995-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P8895-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
12.27). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Rear Low Staple Switch (PL 23.20).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Select Stop. Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem continues, replace the
Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

If the problem continues, replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16). If the problem persists, replace
the Booklet PWB (PL 23.21).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


024-989 2-376 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
026-700 LDAP Protocol Max Error RAP 026-702 Address Book Directory Service Overflow RAP
In handling Address Book, an out-of-spec LDAP protocol is detected. Address Book Directory Service is overflown.

Procedure Procedure
The server uses the out-of-spec LDAP protocol not supported by this machine. If trying to repro- Software internal to this machine is defective.
duce this, contact our Custom Support Center.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-377 026-700, 026-702
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
026-700, 026-702 2-378 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-400 Net Off Line RAP 027-442 Duplicate IP Address RAP
Net Off Line. Stateless automatic setting IP address1 duplicated.

Procedure Procedure
If any other messages are displayed, clear the relevant error. (1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.

If panel operations are being carried out, finish these operations. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.

If remote access is being carried out, wait until the relevant access is finished.

If failure continues after doing all of the above, turn power off/on. If failure still continues, contact ser-
vice center.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-379 027-400, 027-442
027-443 DNS Renewal Failure of Dynamic RAP 027-444 Duplicate IP Address RAP
Stateless automatic setting IP address2 duplicated Stateless automatic setting IP address3 duplicated

Procedure Procedure
(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not. (1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.

(2) Collect failure analysis log and packet. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-443, 027-444 2-380 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-445 Illegal IP Address RAP 027-446 Duplicate IP Address RAP
Wrong manual setting IP address Manual setting IP address duplicated.

Procedure Procedure
(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not. (1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.

(2) Collect failure analysis log and packet. (2) Collect failure analysis log and packet.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-381 027-445, 027-446
027-447 Duplicate IP Address RAP 027-452 Duplicate IP Address RAP
Link local IP address duplicated. BSD-ON:16.1

Procedure A PC with the same IP address exists on the network.


(1)Check IP address for which stateless address is automatically set is used anywhere else or not.
Initial Actions
(2) Collect failure analysis log and packet. Change the IP address.

Procedure
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-447, 027-452 2-382 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-500 SMTP Server Mail I/O RAP 027-501 POP Server RAP
The Mail I/O cannot resolve the SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) Server address. The Mail I/O cannot resolve the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server address.

Procedure Initial Actions


Specify the correct SMTP Server name or specify the IP address. Power Off/On

Procedure
Specify the correct POP (Post Office Protocol) Server name or specify the IP address.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-383 027-500, 027-501
027-502 POP Authentication RAP 027-503 POP server communication timeout RAP
The Mail I/O cannot pass POP (Post Office Protocol) authentication. POP server communication timeout.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check that the login name and password for the POP (Post Office Protocol) Server are correct. Wait a while before repeating the operations. If the situation does not improve, consult network
administrator.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-502, 027-503 2-384 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-504 Invalid Response Reception from SMTP Server 027-513 SMB Scan Client RAP
RAP A SMB scan client does not have the right to access. (Win9x series)
Response reception is not expected from server.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Check if the specified user is allowed to read/write a file in storage place on the SMB server. If not,
make the setting that allows the user to access.
Repeat the same operations. If the situation does not improve, contact telephone center or dealer.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-385 027-504, 027-513
027-514 Host Name Solution Error RAP 027-515 DNS Server Error in SMB RAP
A failure in resolving a problem with a host name in SMB scan In SMB scan, the server was not found on DNS.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Set DNS address.

Procedure Or set the destination server address, using IP address.

Check the connection to DNS. Or check that the destination server name is entered on DNS.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-514, 027-515 2-386 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-516 Server Connection Error in SMB RAP 027-518 Login/Password Error RAP
In SBM scan, there is a problem with the connection to the server. A login name or password error in SMB scan.

Procedure Procedure
Check that the destination SMB server and this machine are set up so that they can communicate Check the login name (user name) and password are correct.
with each other on the network. For example, check the following:

Network Cable for connection


TCP/IP Setup
Communication through Port 137 (UDP), Port 138 (UDP) and Port 139 (TCP)
If any communication is conducted beyond subnet, check WINS Server settings and check
that any problem with server name address can be resolved properly

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-387 027-516, 027-518
027-519 Scanning Picture Error RAP 027-520 File Name Acquisition Failure RAP
There is a problem with the scanned images saving place SBM scan server. A failure in acquiring a file name/folder on the SMB scan server.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following:. Check the right to access the SMB scan server.

That the storage place is correct.


That the specified storage place is not linked to another server for DFS setting. Directly specify
the server to link to, shared name and storage place.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-519, 027-520 2-388 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-521 File Name Suffix Limit Error RAP 027-522 File Creation Failure RAP
The suffix of a SMB scan file name/folder name exceeds the limit. A failure in creating a SMB scan file.

Procedure Procedure
Change the file name/destination folder, or move or delete the file in the destination folder. Check the following:

That the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage place.
That the specified file name is not used by another user.
That there is no file or folder with the same name as the specified file name.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-389 027-521, 027-522
027-523 Lock Folder Creation Failure RAP 027-524 Folder Creation Failure RAP
A failure in creating a SMB scan lock folder A failure in creating a SMB scan folder

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:

If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place.
job. That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage place. That the storage place has some space available.
That there is no folder with the same name as the specified one.
That the storage place has some space available.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-523, 027-524 2-390 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-525 File Delete Failure RAP 027-526 Lock Folder Delete Failure RAP
A failure in deleting a SMB scan file. A failure in deleting a SMB scan lock folder

Procedure Procedure
Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place. If the existing lock directory (*.LCK) is left on the destination, manually delete it and retry the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-391 027-525, 027-526
027-527 Folder Delete Failure RAP 027-528 Data Write-in Failure RAP
A failure in deleting a FTP scan folder No space available in the specified storage place on the SMB scan data server.

Procedure Procedure
Check that another user does not handle the file in the specified storage place. Check that the storage place has some space available.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-527, 027-528 2-392 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-529 Data Read Failure RAP 027-530 Data Reading Failure RAP
An error internal to SMB Library occurred. [Overwrite prohibited] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated SMB scan file name is
detected.
Procedure
Do the same operation again. If this does not resolve the problem, contact our Customer Support Procedure
Center. Select any option other than [Overwrite prohibited].

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-393 027-529, 027-530
027-531 Scan Filing Policy Injustice RAP 027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error RAP
SMB scan filing policy is illegal (when Add selected). NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB scan

Procedure Procedure
If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that the file If [Add] is selected as action to be taken when a duplicated file name is detected, check that NEXT-
format is not a multi-page one. NAME.DAT file is correct.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-531, 027-532 2-394 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-533 Internal Scan Error RAP 027-543 Server Name Specification Error RAP
An internal error occurred in SMB scan. A specified SMB server (NetBIOS) name is wrong.

Procedure Procedure
If the same operation causes this to reoccur, contact our Custom Support Center. Check that the SMB server name is correct.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-395 027-533, 027-543
027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 RAP 027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 RAP
SMB protocol error. An invalid character was detected in the specified domain name. SMB protocol error. An invalid character was detected in the specified domain name.

Procedure Procedure
Check with the network administrator for the domain name. Check with the network administrator for the domain name.

Also, check if the domain name set on the machine is correct, using the following procedure:

1.Enter the System Administration mode, and select [System Settings] > [System Settings] > [Net-
work Settings] > [Remote Authentication Server/Directory Service] > [SMB Server Settings].

2.Select the SMB server to check the domain name.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-547, 027-548 2-396 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009 RAP 027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024 RAP
SMB protocol error. SMB protocol error. The SMB server was not found.

Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Check if the connection between the authentication server and the machine has been established
via a network. For example, check the following points:

-Network cable connection TCP/IP settings

-Connection via Port 137 (UDP)/Port 138 (UDP)/Port 139 (TCP)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-397 027-549, 027-564
027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025 RAP 027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026 RAP
SMB protocol error. SMB protocol error. SMB (TCP/IP) is not active.

Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of
the [Properties] tab.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-565, 027-566 2-398 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-569 SMB (TCP/IP) is not Started RAP 027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032 RAP
SMB (TCP/IP) has not been started. SMB protocol error.

Procedure Procedure
Check on CentreWare Internet Services that SMB (TCP/IP) is active on the [Port Status] screen of Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.
the [Properties] tab.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-399 027-569, 027-572
027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 RAP 027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 RAP
SMB protocol error. SMB protocol error.

Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-573, 027-574 2-400 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036 RAP 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038 RAP
SMB protocol error. SMB protocol error.

Procedure Procedure
Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center. Try again. If the problem persists, contact our Customer Support Center.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-401 027-576, 027-578
027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044 RAP 027-585 SMB Protocol error 4-045 RAP
SMB protocol error. The SMB server is in shared security mode. SMB protocol error. Login disabled period.

Procedure Procedure
The SMB server may be on Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS. Set the SMB server on Check with the system administrator for the login-permitted period.
an OS other than Windows 95, Windows 98, or Windows Me OS.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-584, 027-585 2-402 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-586 SMB Protocol error 4-046 RAP 027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047 RAP
SMB protocol error. The password has expired. SMB protocol error. The password must be changed.

Procedure Procedure
Obtain a valid password from the system administrator. Log in to Windows, and change the password. Ask the system administrator to change the setting
so that you do not need to change the login password next time.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-403 027-586, 027-587
027-588 SMB Protocol error 4-048 RAP 027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049 RAP
SMB protocol error. The user is invalid. SMB protocol error. The user was locked out.

Procedure Procedure
Ask the system administrator for validating the user. Ask the system administrator for canceling the lockout status.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-588, 027-589 2-404 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-590 SMB Protocol error 4-050 RAP 027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051 RAP
SMB protocol error. The user was locked out. SMB protocol error. Users are restricted. A blank password is invalid.

Procedure Procedure
Obtain a valid user account from the system administrator. Or, ask the system administrator to Set the password for the user.
extend the account expiration date.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-405 027-590, 027-591
027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other codes RAP 027-702 Certificate for Recipients, was not Found RAP
SMB library internal error other than 27-547 to 27-579 has occurred. Certificate for addresses, was not found.

Procedure Procedure
Operate again. Store certificate for recipient to the device.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-599, 027-702 2-406 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-703 Certificate for Recipients, has Expired RAP 027-704 Certificate for Recipients, was Untrusted RAP
Certificate for addresses, has expired. Certificate for addresses, was untrusted.

Procedure Procedure
Store correct certificate for recipient to the device. Check the following: Check certificate path of certificate for recipient, and import the required CA certificate.

- Expiration date of certificate

- Device time (whether it is correct)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-407 027-703, 027-704
027-705 Certificate for Recipients, was revoked RAP 027-706 Certificate RAP
Certificate for addresses, was revoked. The authentication certificate is not available.

Procedure Procedure
Store certificate for recipient that is not included in the CRL to the device. Obtain an authentication certificate.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-705, 027-706 2-408 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-707 Certificate Expired RAP 027-708 Certificate Valid RAP
The authentication certificate expired. The authentication certificate is not credible.

Procedure Procedure
Obtain new authentication certificate. Check the authentication certificate information and retry.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-409 027-707, 027-708
027-709 Certificate Revoked RAP 027-710 Invalid S/MIME Mail RAP
The authentication certificate is revoked. The Mail I/O received S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) mail even though S/
MIME was set to [Off].
Procedure
Reestablish authentication certificate or obtain a new authentication certificate. Procedure
Enable S/MIME as required.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-709, 027-710 2-410 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-711 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP 027-712 S/MIME Mail Certificate RAP
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail
but could not obtain the sender certificate. with valid sender certificate but a signature verification error is detected.

Procedure Procedure
Request for the mail to be resent. Check the setting of the S/MIME device as required. Request that mail to be resent with a valid sender certificate.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-411 027-711, 027-712
027-713 S/MIME Mail Altered RAP 027-714 S/MIME Mail Invalid RAP
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail The Mail I/O received the S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) signature mail
but corrupted mail is detected. with different sender mail address and signature mail address.

Procedure Procedure
Check the sender as required. Check the sender as required.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-713, 027-714 2-412 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-715 S/MIME Mail Certificate Registration RAP 027-716 Email Signature RAP
The certificate supported by S/MIME (Secure/Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions) encrypted The system detected that prohibited E-mails without a signature were received.
mail is not registered in the device.
Procedure
Procedure Check the E-mail signatures and retry.
Check that the certificate of the destination is registered in the certificate store of the device.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-413 027-715 , 027-716
027-730 SMTP Mail Division Error RAP 027-737 Template Server Read RAP
SMTP mail division error. An error was received from the server for one of the following FTP commands: [TYPE A], [LIST]
and [RETR] when reading from the Job Template Pool Server.
Procedure
Scan document page number exceeds threshold page number for partitioning Procedure
Check that [Read Authorization] is established for the storage destination server directory set as
Change the document partitioning settings (increase threshold value), or reduce the number of a resource.
pages in the document to be scanned

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-730, 027-737 2-414 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-739 Invalid Template Server Path RAP 027-740 Template Server Login RAP
An error was received from the Server for the FTP command [CWD] and the specified path of the Login to the FTP Server failed.
Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.
Procedure
Procedure Set the login name and password in the Job Template file storage destination.
Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare.
From another PC connected to the network, check that login to the above account is possible.

From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CenterWare.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-415 027-739, 027-740
027-741 Template Server Connect RAP 027-742 HDD File System RAP
The system failed in obtaining data connection or list data while connecting to the Job Template BSD-ON:16.1
Pool Server using the FTP command [LIST].
The HDD is full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work files.
Procedure
Connect the network cable from the machine correctly. Initial Actions
Power Off/On
From the destination server, use [ping] to check that the machine can be [seen].
Procedure
Perform the [ping] test on the destination server from the PSW.
Replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
From a client PC, check that FTP connection to the destination server is possible.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-741 , 027-742 2-416 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-743 Template Server Install RAP 027-744 Template Address RAP
The address format of the Job Template Pool Server is incorrect. An error occurred while recalling the DNS Resolution Library.

Procedure Procedure
Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server. Check the connection to the DNS (Domain Name System). Check that the Job Template Pool
Server domain name is registered in the DNS.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-417 027-743, 027-744
027-745 Template Address Server RAP 027-750 Fax Document Inhibited RAP
The DNS Server address is not set during address resolution. iFAX Document E-mail and iFAX Transfer instructions were received when iFAX Document E-mail
and iFAX Transfer is prohibited.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Procedure
Change the transfer setting to receive iFAX.
Procedure
Set the DNS address. Check the Job Template Pool Server address using IP address.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-745, 027-750 2-418 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-751 Job Template Analysis RAP 027-752 Required User Entry Not Entered RAP
An error is detected when analyzing the given instruction. The instruction to start the job is issued but the required user entry not entered.

Procedure Procedure
Verify the job set up selections. Do not link the entry box to instructions that require user entry.

Set preset values for the items in the instruction requiring user entry.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-419 027-751, 027-752
027-753 Job Flow Service Disabled RAP 027-754 Job Flow Service File Signature Mismatch RAP
The system attempted to create a job to recall an external service while the Job Flow Service is Job flow service File signature setting mismatch.
invalid.
Procedure
Procedure A mismatch of file signatures set by instructions
Ask customer to enable the Job Flow Service.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-753, 027-754 2-420 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-760 XJT Command Fail RAP 027-761 Web Print Time Out RAP
XJT Command Fail. Web print job is received but printing cannot be started within Time limit of on-demand printing.

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Take any of the following actions:

- parameters set by XDOD client are within system specification range (1) To retry printing with reduced number of document when on-demand printing is requested for
multiple documents using external access function.
- XDOD client / controller versions; save XDOD job ticket and request investigation to development
department via TSC. (2) To enter M/C administrator mode to elongate the time or to set 0 from [System setting/Registra-
tion]>[System setting]>[System clock/Timer setting]>[Time limit of on-demand print], when the
problem still recurs.

NOTE: When on-demand print using external access function is requested for multiple docu-
ments, printing process time until the last document is accepted is not considered. Therefore, time-
out may occur before the last document is accepted, with large-volume document and complicated
document requiring longer data processing time. Time limit shall be set according to form of docu-
ment to be printed.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-421 027-760, 027-761
027-762 Illegal Web Print Job Ticket RAP 027-772 SMTP Server Error (HELO) RAP
Web print job is received but attached job execution ticket is not correct. SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal).

NOTE: On-demand print using external access function is requested to M/C but designated job Procedure
ticket is not correct as follows:
If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII
-Error overwrite of job ticket due to M/C software failure characters.

-Error overwrite of job ticket due to external server bug of sender If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports
HELO command.
-Error overwrite of job ticket due to network problem

-Intentional falsification of job ticket

Procedure
Retry print request.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-762, 027-772 2-422 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-773 SMTP Server Communication Timeout RAP 027-774 Address Inaccurate Character RAP
SMTP server communication timeout. SMTP address inaccurate character.

Procedure Procedure
Timeout in communication with SMTP server Use only ASCII characters for the destination email address.

Wait a while before repeating the operations.

If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-423 027-773, 027-774
027-775 Too Many SMTP Address RAP 027-776 SMTP Server Error (EHLO) RAP
Too many SMTP address. SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal).

Procedure Procedure
Reduce the number of destination email addresses. If the device hostname is described in non-ASCII characters, set the device hostname using ASCII
characters.
If the situation does not improve, consult network administrator.
If situation does not improve, consult network administrator and check the SMTP server supports
EHLO command.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-775, 027-776 2-424 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-777 SMTP Server Un-Supports SMTP-AUTH RAP 027-778 No Mode Specified by SMTP-AUTH RAP
SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH. There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH.

Procedure Procedure
Send email without SMTP-AUTH. Consult the network administrator; check the server SMTP authentication method.

If the SMTP-AUTH feature is required, consult system administrator The Device supports the following methods: plain authentication, login (base 64) authentication,
and CRAM-MD5 (challenge-response).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-425 027-777, 027-778
027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH RAP 027-796 E-mail Not Printed RAP
SMTP authentication failure. E-mails without attachments were received when the settings were set to [Do not print header and
content].
Procedure
Check if the authentication information (username/password) has been set properly Procedure
Ask customer to change the settings and repeat the operation.

Ask customer to check the remote machine.

If the problem continues, replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


027-779, 027-796 2-426 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
027-797 Invalid Output Destination RAP
BSD-ON:16.1

E-mail was received with E-mail to Box and E-mail to Fax not selected.

Procedure
Change the settings and repeat the operation.

If the problem persists check the remote machine.

Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-427 027-797
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
027-797 2-428 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-363 Fax Control RAP 033-710 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There was an ESS reset when the FAX PWB did not respond. The specified document does not exist.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 11.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-429 033-363, 033-710
033-712 Fax Control RAP 033-713 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

Memory is at maximum limit. The Chain-Link does not exist.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-712, 033-713 2-430 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-715 Fax Control RAP 033-716 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

The job cannot be processed with the host in the current status. The specified mailbox does not exist.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-431 033-715, 033-716
033-717 Fax Control RAP 033-718 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Verification of the specified password failed. The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox.

Procedure Initial Actions


Perform following as required Power Off/On
1. Verify machine is connected to dedicated analog line (not ISDN).
2. Verify that no password is set. Procedure
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code (five ones) Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
11111, or code is available.
a. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter (five ones) 11111 using
the number keypad and select Confirm.
b. Select System Settings.
c. Select System Settings again.
d. Select FAX Mode Settings.
e. Select Local Terminal Settings.
f. Check that 3. Machine Password is (not set).
If it is (not set), select close/exit as required. Go to step 3.
If a password is set, go to step 3.
g. Select 3. Machine Password and select Change Settings.
h. Select Backspace as required to delete the password.
i. Select Save.
j. Select Close/Exit as required.
k. Select Close again.
l. Select Close again.
m. Power machine off and on to verify setting change.
3. Initialize NVM.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-717, 033-718 2-432 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-719 Fax Control RAP 033-721 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The document does not exist in the Polling Send box or the specified mailbox. The specified page cannot be created.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

If the problem persists check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-433 033-719, 033-721
033-722 Fax Control RAP 033-724 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

A stored Fax job is cancelled. The upper limit for image data in a single transmission was exceeded.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in smaller parts.

If the problem persists refer customer to User Guide to find information on lowering memory usage.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-722, 033-724 2-434 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-725 Fax Control RAP 033-726 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The HDD was full during Fax Receive, Format or report creation. Two-sided printing is not available when receiving Fax (mixed-size originals for fax).

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Ask customer to verify that two-sided printing is not available.

Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-435 033-725, 033-726
033-727 Fax Control RAP 033-728 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Rotation is not available when receiving Fax (insufficient memory). Formatting for Fax Auto Printing was aborted because the instruction for Fax Manual Printing was
given during the operation.
Initial Actions
Power off/on Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-727, 033-728 2-436 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-731 Fax Control RAP 033-733 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When the system was waiting to receive a Fax job, a simultaneous request from the user to stop the The job document number related to the job could not be obtained.
job was received.
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-437 033-731, 033-733
033-734 Fax Control RAP 033-735 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time. An error occurred in reserving fax receive memory.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-734, 033-735 2-438 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-736 Fax Control RAP 033-737 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Fax was not transferred as the data capacity exceeded the threshold value while the Fax Transfer The Fax Controller detected a failure and could not continue processing the job.
Prohibition Function was activated, based on the data capacity of the Internet Fax Off Ramp.
Initial Actions
Procedure Power off/on
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-439 033-736, 033-737
033-738 Fax Control RAP 033-740 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax Controller detected an error in JBIG data during coding/decoding of the JBIG data. The user canceled immediate printing upon receiving.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-738 , 033-740 2-440 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-741 Fax Control RAP 033-742 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-441 033-741, 033-742
033-743 Fax Control RAP 033-744 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-743, 033-744 2-442 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-745 Fax Control RAP 033-746 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX When transferring image data to the FAX PWB, the conditions for sending the response to the FAX
PWB did not match. PWB did not match.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to request a re-resend. Ask customer to request a re-resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-443 033-745, 033-746
033-747 Fax Control RAP 033-749 Fax Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When requesting to start the service from the FAX PWB, the job could not be created due to causes During Fax formatting, the enlarged image data is larger than the reserved memory.
such as job number overflow.
Initial Actions
Procedure Power off/on
Ask customer to request a re-resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-747, 033-749 2-444 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
033-750 Fax Control RAP 033-751 Activity Report suspended RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the machine
just goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed.
Enlargement of error free image data failed when image data was retrieved from the FAX PWB.
Procedure
Procedure No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period.
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-445 033-750, 033-751
033-755 Fax printing is canceled Fax RAP
Because Fax Service did not work, printing a fax document was cancelled.

Initial Actions
Power Off/On

Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


033-755 2-446 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-211 Fax Communication RAP 034-212 Fax Communication RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 PWB. Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 2 PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 1 on the FAX PWB. Check the installation of the PWB in Slot 2 on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-447 034-211 , 034-212
034-500 Fax Communication RAP 034-501 Fax Communication RAP
There is incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient telephone number). BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Procedure The specified channel is not installed.


Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to verify that the specified channel is installed.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-500 , 034-501 2-448 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-505 Fax Communication RAP 034-506 Fax Communication RAP
Transmission exceeded memory capacity. A send error is detected in the Recipients Print Sets function when the receiving Fax does not sup-
port remote collating and copying.
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
Ask customer to reconfigure the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-449 034-505, 034-506
034-507 Fax Communication RAP 034-508 Fax Communication RAP
One of the following occurred. The Fax controller sent a reject command signal and stopped the transmission.
The password is incorrect.
An error in the mailbox number is detected. Procedure
No documents for polling are found. Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Procedure Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
Ask customer to check if the password, mailbox number or document for valid polling.

Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-507, 034-508 2-450 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-509 Fax Communication RAP 034-510 Fax Communication RAP
The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the invalid procedure signal from the The Fax controller stopped the transmission after receiving the reject command signal from the
receiving Fax. receiving Fax.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.

Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-451 034-509, 034-510
034-511 Fax Communication RAP 034-512 Fax Communication RAP
The receiving Fax is unable to send. An infinite loop was detected at the receiving Fax relay broadcast.

Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-511 , 034-512 2-452 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-513 Fax Communication RAP 034-514 Fax Communication RAP
The Fax controller received an illegal command from the receiving Fax during remote mainte- The Fax controller received a remote maintenance request from the receiving Fax but the Fax con-
nance. troller does not support this function.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check Fax setup.

Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-453 034-513, 034-514
034-515 Fax Communication RAP 034-519 Fax Communication RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The number of recipients exceeded the limit.

The Fax controller received a DIS signal from the receiving Fax. Procedure
Ask customer to reduce the number of recipients and then resend.
A DCS signal is received when this function is not supported.

An illegal command was received.

Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

Ask customer to cancel the job and then resend.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-515, 034-519 2-454 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-520 Fax Communication RAP 034-521 Internal I/F Error RAP
The number of services exceeded the limit. Service designated with SI does not exist (This error may not be sent back due to cross sequence
fix).
Procedure
Ask customer to reduce the number of selections and then resend. Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-455 034-520, 034-521
034-522 Fax Communication RAP 034-523 Fax Communication RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 The Fax controller was unable to accept the service when it is in a prohibited state.

There is no phone line available for manual transmission when manual transmission is disabled. Procedure
Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.
Procedure
Ask customer to allow a 5 minute recovery time and then resend.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-522, 034-523 2-456 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-527 Dial Control Error RAP 034-528 Fax Communication RAP
Dial Control Error A manual transmission was requested during dialing.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power OFF/ON Ask customer to resend.

Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-457 034-527, 034-528
034-529 Fax Communication RAP 034-530 Fax Communication RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

When confirming and receiving print jobs, the jobs cannot be printed when the document size does DTMF I/F Time-out is detected when an operation did not occur within the specified time.
not match the paper size.
Procedure
Procedure Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).
Ask customer to check if the paper tray guides are set correctly.
If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.
Ask customer to check the size of the paper loaded in the tray.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-529, 034-530 2-458 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-550 Write to FaxCard-ROM error detection RAP 034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang RAP
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxCard-ROM. (During DLD -GCP lock Date task noRTC ACK). Hardware failure, software I/F error.
method).
-G3 Dicep not changed to idle status, causing timeout.
Procedure
-CODEC hang-up.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxCard-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-459 034-550, 034-700
034-701 Software Reset RAP 034-789 Fax Communication RAP
Software Reset. BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Initial Actions There is a presentation of an illegal event.


Power OFF/ON
Procedure
Procedure Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.


If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-701, 034-789 2-460 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-790 Fax Communication Channel 0 RAP 034-791 Fax Communication Channel 1 RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Channel 0 outside line is not connected. Channel 1 outside line is not connected.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-461 034-790, 034-791
034-792 Fax Communication Channel 2 RAP 034-793 Fax Communication Channel 3 RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Channel 2 outside line is not connected. Channel 3 outside line is not connected.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-792, 034-793 2-462 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-794 Fax Communication Channel 4 RAP 034-795 Fax Communication Channel 5 RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Channel 4 outside line is not connected. Channel 5 outside line is not connected.

Procedure Procedure
Check the Fax line connection (telephone line). Check the Fax line connection (telephone line).

If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB. If the problem persists check the connections on the FAX PWB.

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout. If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-463 034-794, 034-795
034-796 Fax Communication Channel RAP 034-797 Communication Parameter Error RAP
Incorrect information in the dial data (Recipient Telephone Number). Job error communication option parameter has error.

Procedure Initial Actions


Ask customer to verify the Fax number and resend. Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


034-796 , 034-797 2-464 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
034-798 Data Parameter Error RAP 034-799 Auto Dial Without Dial Data RAP
Job error communication data parameter has error. Auto Dial is activated but no dial data is found.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON

Procedure Procedure
Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Verify software version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-465 034-798, 034-799
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
034-798, 034-799 2-466 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-550 Write to FaxG3-ROM error detection RAP 035-700 Fax Protocol RAP
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the FaxG3-ROM. (During DLD BSD-ON:16.1/17.1
method).
A modem error occurred.
Procedure
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the FaxG3-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD Procedure
method again. Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-467 035-550, 035-700
035-701 Fax Protocol RAP 035-702 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The disconnect signal was not received from the receiving Fax after transmission was not For the NSS/DTC (Non-Standard Setup/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax
established, or there is a time-out. controller, the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax, or transmission
was rejected by the Select Receive function on the receiving Fax.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Check the connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-701, 035-702 2-468 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-703 Fax Protocol RAP 035-704 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

DCN (Distributed Computer Network) signal was received from the receiving Fax when send- Polling could not be done because the receiving Fax does not support Polling Send function, or
ing in Phase-B (pre-message processing). the stored document/original was not set.

Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-469 035-703 , 035-704
035-705 Fax Protocol RAP 035-706 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal was sent out three times but there was no When sending the NSS (Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal, fall back could not be done or
response from the receiving Fax, or the DCN (Disconnect) signal was received. a fall back error occurred (In User/Auto Resend Standby).

Resending of DCS/NSS (Digital Command Signal/Non-Standard Facilities Set-up) signal Procedure


exceeded the limit.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-705, 035-706 2-470 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-707 Fax Protocol RAP 035-708 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The password does not exist or it was inconsistent. The post command was sent out three times but there was no response from the receiving
Fax, or a DCN (Disconnect) signal was received.
Transmission was received from another party other than the selected party for transmission.
Post messages resend over the limit.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-471 035-707, 035-708
035-709 Fax Protocol RAP 035-710 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax controller received a RTN (Retrain Negative) signal from the receiving Fax. The Fax controller received a PIN (Procedure Interrupt Negative) signal from the receiving
Fax.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-709 , 035-710 2-472 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-711 Fax Protocol RAP 035-712 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

DCN (Disconnect) signal or an invalid command was received from the receiving Fax when A NSC (Non-Standard Facilities Command) signal resulted in one of the following:
sending in Phase-D. The password was incorrect.
Stored documents/originals for polling was not set on the receiving Fax.
Procedure Document jam on the receiving Fax.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-473 035-711, 035-712
035-713 Fax Protocol RAP 035-714 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

No response signal was returned from the receiving Fax after the FTT (Failure To Train) signal A DCN (Disconnect) signal was returned from the receiving Fax to the NSC/DTC (Non-Stan-
was sent. dard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signal sent from the Fax controller for
one of the following:
Procedure Incorrect password
Fax phone line may also carry a DSL (Digital Subscriber Line) internet signal, but this is not No originals for polling
supported by the hardware. Fax requires an analog only phone line (can be used for voice Paper jam on the receiving Fax
only).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-713, 035-714 2-474 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-715 Fax Protocol RAP 035-716 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

A password mismatch interrupted polling. There is a time out or there is no post message.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job, verify any passwords, and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-475 035-715 , 035-716
035-717 Fax Protocol RAP 035-718 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

An RTN (Retrain Negative) signal was sent to the receiving Fax. When no data was sent from the receiving Fax, or after receiving more than 1 page manually,
the receiving Fax changed the resolution or the document size and the Fax controller returned
Procedure to Phase-B (pre-message processing), but no data was sent from the receiving Fax.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
If the problem persists reduce the send speed and then repeat the operation. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-717, 035-718 2-476 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-719 Fax Protocol RAP 035-720 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

A busy tone was detected in receive Phase-B (pre-message processing). The receiving Fax has one of the following problems:
A compatibility problem
Procedure Can not receive the DIS/NSF/NSC/DTC (DIgital Identification/Non-Standard Facilities/
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Non-Standard Facilities Command/Digital Transmit Command) signals
Memory is full
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-477 035-719, 035-720
035-721 Fax Protocol RAP 035-722 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

DCN (Disconnect) signal was received from the receiving Fax when receiving in Phase-B (pre- The frame length exceeded 3.45sec in 300bps command/response.
message processing).
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-721, 035-722 2-478 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-723 Fax Protocol RAP 035-724 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax controller could not receive the CD (Collision Detection) signal within 3mins after The Fax controller sent a FTT (Failure To Train) signal after receiving a DCN (Disconnect) sig-
receiving the signal from the receiving Fax. nal from the receiving Fax.

Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-479 035-723, 035-724
035-725 Fax Protocol RAP 035-726 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The receiving Fax does not support the relay broadcast and mailbox functions. The Fax controller did not receive the TRN (Train) signal within 10 seconds after Phase-C
(message transmission).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. If the Procedure
resend fails Fax transmission cannot be used and another method of transmitting the data is There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
required.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-725, 035-726 2-480 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-727 Fax Protocol RAP 035-728 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

More than 50% of decoding errors were detected when 148mm of G3 image information was One of the following occurred:
received in Phase-C (message transmission). The Fax controller did not detect a normal line within 1 minute after it had begun to
receive G3 image information.
Procedure The Fax controller did not detect the EOL (End of Line) signal within 13sec (default) when
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. receiving.
The Fax controller could not receive the EOL (End of Line) signal within 10sec in Phase-C
(message transmission).
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-481 035-727, 035-728
035-729 Fax Protocol RAP 035-730 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is a time-out drop-out when receiving the image information. During training or when sending a command in high speed in Phase-C (message transmis-
sion), an error is detected when the modem is not turned on when a HDLC (High Level Data
Procedure Link Control) signal was sent.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-729, 035-730 2-482 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-731 Fax Protocol RAP 035-732 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

An error was detected during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections. The V.34 CD (Collision Detection) is off.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-483 035-731, 035-732
035-733 Fax Protocol RAP 035-734 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is an error in V.34 mode (33.6 KBPS rate). During Polling Receive, there was no stored documents/originals for polling, or the polling
operation/settings were missed during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-733, 035-734 2-484 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-735 Fax Protocol RAP 035-736 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

During Polling Send, there was no stored documents/originals for polling or the polling opera- The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no
tion/settings was missed on the Fax controller during V.8 internal Fax attributes selections. response was returned from the receiving Fax to the CTC (Continue To Correct) signal sent by
the Fax controller.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-485 035-735, 035-736
035-737 Fax Protocol RAP 035-738 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal, or no response was returned from The Fax controller received the DCN (Disconnect) signal from the receiving Fax, or no
the receiving Fax to the EOR (End Of Retransmission) signal sent by the Fax controller. response was returned from the receiving Fax to the RR (Receive Ready) signal sent by the
Fax controller.
Resending of CTC/EOR (Continue To Correct/End Of Retransmission) signal exceeded the
limit. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-737, 035-738 2-486 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-739 Fax Protocol RAP 035-740 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is a time-out after initial 2 way transmissions are established. After the EOR (End Of Re-transmission) signal was sent, transmission stopped or the EOR-
Quit signal was sent from the Fax controller.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-487 035-739, 035-740
035-741 Fax Protocol RAP 035-742 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

There is a time-out during Phase-C (message transmission). After the EOR (End of Re-transmission) signal was sent, the ERR (Response For End Of
Transmission) signal was returned, or the EOR-Q (End Of Re-transmission-Quit) signal was
Procedure received by the Fax controller.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-741, 035-742 2-488 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-743 Fax Protocol RAP 035-744 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The receiving Fax can not receive a SUB (Sub-Address). The receiving Fax can not receive a password.

Procedure Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-489 035-743, 035-744
035-745 Fax Protocol RAP 035-746 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The receiving Fax does not support the SEP (Separator) function. The Fax controller detected one of the following:
No DT1 signal before dialing.
Procedure A BT1/BT2 signal before dialing.
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. A CT1 signal before dialing (a state in which PBX is busy).
A CT2 signal before dialing.
No DT1 signal during dialing (This could happen when an outside line was used without
any signal sending from the PBX).
A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing.
No 2nd DT2 signal during dialing.
A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing.
No third DT3 signal during dialing.
A BT1/BT2 signal during dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal during dialing.
A BT1/BT2 signal after dialing.
A CT1/CT2 signal after dialing.
No DT signal from the PBX before dialing.
A BT signal from the PBX before dialing.
A CT signal from the PBX before dialing.
A BT signal from the PBX after dialing.
A CT signal from the PBX after dialing.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists perform GP 2 Fax Checkout.

If the connections are good then there is a problem with the customers PBX (Private Branch
Exchange) line or the receiving fax.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-745, 035-746 2-490 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-747 Fax Protocol RAP 035-748 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The operation was stopped during dialing by using the Stop button. The operation was stopped during transmission by using the Stop button.

Procedure Procedure
The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job. The customer terminated the transmission. Ask customer to resend the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-491 035-747, 035-748
035-749 Fax Protocol RAP 035-750 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

After dialing, the Fax controller did not receive the CED/DIS (Called Station Identification/Digi- The machine power failed during transmission, causing an error.
tal Identification Signal) from the receiving Fax, causing a transmission error or re-dial to
exceed the limit. Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.
Procedure
There is a problem with the receiving Fax. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-749, 035-750 2-492 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-751 Fax Protocol RAP 035-752 Fax Protocol RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

The operation was stopped during document sending by using the Stop button. The number of jobs exceeded the limit.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel the job and resend. Ask customer to cancel the job and resend in separate parts.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-493 035-751, 035-752
035-753 Fax Memory Full RAP 035-754 File Management Memory Full RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

This fault occurs in Fax receive of 999 sheets or more. Image information memory full, (File File management area full
full, append record error)
Initial Actions
Procedure Power OFF/ON
Check with sender to divide the sent job.
Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-753, 035-754 2-494 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-755 File Add Page Error RAP 035-756 Cannot Add Page RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

File append record error. No additional data of file.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON

Procedure Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-495 035-755, 035-756
035-757 No Receive Page RAP 035-758 No Specified File or Page RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

No received page. No designated file or page.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON

Procedure Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-757, 035-758 2-496 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
035-759 No Specified Job RAP 035-760 No Specified Job RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1 BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel. No relevant job at communication, reservation cancel.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON

Procedure Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version. Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-497 035-759, 035-760
035-761 File Processing Error RAP
BSD-ON:16.1/17.1

Timeout occurs in file error COMM file access or file handler does not send back error code at
error occurrence.

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Check S/W Version, if required, upgrade to the latest version.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


035-761 2-498 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
041-340 MCU PWB Data RAP 041-500
BSD-ON:3.1 IIOT Memory (DDR DIMM) Fault.

There is a MCU PWB Data failure. Data storage address corruption occurred. Procedure
Ensure that the DIMMs are installed correctly.
Initial Actions
Ensure that the MCU PWB E-PROM is secure on the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem continues, replace the DIMMs (PL 9.2).

Ensure that the last software has been loaded. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB electrical connector. The connectors are connected
correctly.
Y N
Secure the connectors.

Turn on the power again. [041-340] persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Initialize NVM. [041-340] persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Reload software. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-499 041-340, 041-500
041-501
IOT NVM Memory (DDR DIMM) Fault.

Procedure
Ensure that the DIMMs are installed correctly.

If the problem continues, replace the DIMMs (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


041-501 2-500 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
042-323 Drum K Motor Drive Failure RAP 042-325 Main Motor Failure RAP
BSD-ON:4.1 BSD-ON:4.1

The Drum Motor is not rotating at the specified speed. The Main Motor is not rotating at the specified speed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON
Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Reload the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).

Procedure Procedure
Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover. Close the LH Cover and the Front Cover.
Execute Component Control [042-001 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor can be heard.
Execute Component Control[071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard. Y N
Y N Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly is
Check the installation of the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). The Main Drive Assembly (PL installed correctly.
1.1) is installed correctly. Y N
Y N Install the Main Drive Assembly correctly.
Install the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) correctly.
Check the wire between J410 and J214 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1B). The
Check the wire between J408-7 and J214-8 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 4.1 Flag wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
7). The wire between J408-7 and J214-8 is conducting without an open circuit or a short Y N
circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly.
Y N
Manually rotate the Main Motor rotor. It rotates smoothly. Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure.
Y N Foreign substances or installation failure are found.
Check for foreign substances that are interfering with operation or installation failure. Y N
Foreign substances or installation failure are found. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1).
Y N
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installa-
tion failure.
Remove the foreign substances that are interfering with operation and correct the installa-
tion failure. Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-501 042-323, 042-325
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
042-323, 042-325 2-502 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
047-211 OCT 1 RAP Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

BSD-ON:10.6

the OCT Home Sensor 1 did not actuate in time after the OCT1 Motor energized.

Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.2).

Execute Component Control [047-205 OCT Home Sensor 1]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 1
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J117, P/J613, P/J432. Connections are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect connectors

Check the wire between P/J117 and P/J432 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.6 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the OCT Home Sensor 1 (PL 6.2).

Alternately execute Component Control [047-001 Offset Motor 1 (CW)] and Component Con-
trol [047-005 Offset Motor 1 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J432 and P/J206. Connections are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect connectors

Check the wire between P/J432 and P/J206 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.6 Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 1 between J206-1 (COM) and each point of J206-
2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.6 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm.
Y N
Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2).

Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P432-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.6 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit.

Replace the Offset Motor 1 (PL 6.2) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-503 047-211
A
047-212 OCT 2 RAP Replace the MCUPWB (PL 9.1).

BSD-ON:10.7

the OCT Home Sensor 2 did not actuate in time after the OCT2 Motor energized.

Procedure
Manually operate the offset mechanism. The offset mechanism moves smoothly.
Y N
Replace the parts that are interfering with operation (PL 6.1).

Execute Component Control [047-206 OCT Home Sensor 2]. Actuate the OCT Home Sensor 2
with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J111, P606, J606, P/J434. Connections are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect connectors

Check the wire between P/J111 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the OCT Home Sensor 2 (PL 6.4).

Alternately execute Component Control [047-003 Offset Motor 2 (CW)] and Component Con-
trol [047-004 Offset Motor 2 (CCW)]. The Offset Motor 2 energizes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J207, P606, J606, and P/J433. Connections are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect connectors

Check the wire between J433 and P207 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.7
Flag 3). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Offset Motor 2 between J207-1 (COM) and each point of J207-
2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 100Ohm.
Y N
Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4).

Measure the voltage between the Exit PWB P421-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.7 Flag 3).
The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Go to BSD 1.1 and troubleshoot the +24VDC circuit.

Replace the Offset Motor 2 (PL 6.4) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1).
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
047-212 2-504 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
047-213 Different Finisher Detected RAP 047-214 MCU Duplex Module RAP
BSD-ON: BSD-ON:1.2/3.2

A Different type of Finisher connection was detected. Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Duplex Module.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF the machine. Disconnect the Tray Module and the Finisher (if the machine has one). Power OFF the machine. Disconnect the Tray Module and the Finisher (if the machine has one).
Power ON the machine. If the problem is resolved, go to RAP 077-131 or 077-307 and trouble- Power ON the machine. If the problem is resolved, go to RAP 077-131 or 077-307 and trouble-
shoot the Duplex Module. shoot the Duplex Module.

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely Check the connection of each Duplex Module PWB connector. The connectors are securely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 / Check the wire between J417 and J540 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 2 /
BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open BSD 3.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J417 and J540 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit. circuit or a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P417-A1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 2). The
voltage is approx. +5VDC. voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-505 047-213, 047-214
047-215 MCU Exit Communication Error RAP 047-216 MCU Finisher Communication RAP
BSD-ON:1.2/3.2 BSD-ON:3.4

Communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Exit Module. A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the Finisher Module.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Check the Exit Module harness connections to the IOT. Check the Finisher harness connections to the IOT.

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Check the connection of each Exit PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Check the connection of each Finisher PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Connect the connectors. Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the wire between P/J421 and P/J431 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.2 Flag
2). The wire between P/J421 and P/J431 is conducting without an open circuit or a short Check the wire between P/J416 and J8989 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.4).
circuit. The wire between P/J416 and J8989 is conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
Y N cuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


047-215, 047-216 2-506 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
047-217 MCU HCF Communication RAP
BSD-ON:3.8

A communication error occurred between the MCU PWB and the HCF Module.

Initial Actions
Check the HCF harness connections to the IOT.

Procedure
Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Check the connection of each HCF PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Check the wire between PF/JF03 and P/J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.8).
The wire between P/J416 and J8843 is conducting without an open circuit or a short cir-
cuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the HCF PWB () If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-507 047-217
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
047-217 2-508 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
061-315 Start Of Scan RAP 061-321 ROS Motor RAP
BSD-ON:6.4 BSD-ON:6.4/6.5

The light intensity of the LD2 does not reach the specified value. The ROS Motor rotation speed does not reach the specified value within the specified time
after the ROS Motor started rotating.
Procedure The light intensity of the LD1 does not reach the specified value.
Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connec- Procedure
tions are connected correctly.
Check the connections of P/J406 on the MCU PWB and P/J140 on the ROS Unit. Connec-
Y N
tions are connected correctly.
Connect P/J406 and P/J140. Y N
Connect P/J406 and P/J140.
Check the wires between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wires are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the connections of P/J160 and P/J170. P/J160 and P/J170 are connected cor-
Y N
rectly.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Connect P/J160 and P/J170.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1)
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J406 and J140 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.4 Flag 1/
Flag 2). The wire between J406 and J140 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the wire between J406 and J130 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag 1).
The wire between J406 and J130 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Execute Component Control[061-200 ROS MOTOR ON]. The ROS Motor can be heard.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag 2).
The voltage is +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag
1). The voltage is +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the Power Unit P526-4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2
Flag 1). The voltage is +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1).

Repair the open circuit between J526 and J400.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Install the Xero/Developer Cartridge securely.


Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P406-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.4 Flag 3). The
voltage is +5VDC.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-509 061-315, 061-321
Y N 061-333 ROS Fan Defect RAP
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
BSD-ON:6.5
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
ROS Fan rotation failure.

Initial Actions
Clean the fan.

Procedure
Execute Component Control[042-003 ROS FAN ON].Check for noise in the rotation of the ROS
Fan (PL 3.1). The ROS Fan is rotating.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J407-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.5 Flag
3). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the wire between J407 and J219 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.5 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J407 and J219 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the ROS Fan (PL 3.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


061-321, 061-333 2-510 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
062-211 IIT/IPS PWB EEPROM RAP 062-277 IIT/IPS PWB DADF PWB Communication RAP
BSD-ON: 3.1 BSD-ON: 3.5

The IPS EEPROM failed during the Read/Write operation. Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the DADF PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con- Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
nected. nected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Switch on the power. The problem persists. Check the connection of each DADF PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Return to Service Call Procedures Y N
Connect the connectors.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Check the wire between P/J751 and P750, and between P/J752 and P750 for an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit (BSD 3.5 Flag 1). The wires between P/J751 and P750, and between
P/J752 and P750 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).


If the problem persists, replace the DADF PWB (PL 15.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-511 062-211, 062-277
062-300 Platen Interlock Open RAP 062-310 IIT/IPS PWB Controller Communication RAP
BSD-ON: 6.1 BSD-ON: 3.1

The Platen Interlock is open. Transmission error occurred between the IIT/IPS PWB and the ESS PWB.

Procedure Procedure
Check opening/closing of the Platen Cover. The Platen Cover can be opened/closed. Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Reinstall the Platen Cover correctly. Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the installation of the Platen Angle Sensor. The Platen Angle Sensor is installed cor-
rectly. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N Y N
Install the Platen Angle Sensor correctly. Connect the connectors.

Execute Component Control [062-301 Platen Angle Sensor]. Open and close the Platen Check the wire between P/J720, P/J7193 and P/J320 for an open circuit or a short circuit
Cover. The display changes. (BSD 3.1 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J720, 719, and J320 is conducting without an
Y N open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the connections of P/J725 and P/J722. P/J725 and P/J722 are connected cor- Y N
rectly. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Connect P/J725 and P/J722. Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the wire between J725 and J722 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.1 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J725 and J722 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag
6). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P722-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.1 Flag
5).
Actuate the Platen Angle Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 11.4).

Replace the Platen Angle Sensor (PL 13.4).

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


062-300, 062-310 2-512 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
062-311 IIT/IPS Software RAP 062-345 IIT/IPS Subsystem RAP
BSD-ON: 6.2 BSD-ON: 3.1

A software error was detected by the IIT/IPS PWB. The IPS EEPROM failed during a read/write operation.

Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 8 Firmware version. The firmware is the latest version. Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
Y N nected.
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Y N
Connect the connectors.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-513 062-311, 062-345
062-357 CCD Fan Failure RAP 062-360 Carriage Position RAP
CCD Fan Failure BSD-ON: 6.3

Initial Actions An error occurred while counting the pulses of the Carriage Motor.
Check the vent has no foreign object and is not clogged. After the Carriage Motor turned On, the IIT Registration Sensor did not turn On within the spec-
Check there is no dust on the Fan Blade. ified time.
Procedure
Procedure Check the Carriage Rail for dirt or contamination or distortion. Dirt or contamination or distor-
Remove the Platen Glass. Execute Component Control [062-017 CCD Fan]. The CCD Fan tion is found in the Carriage Rail.
Y N
operates.
Clean the rails or correct the distortion (PL 11.4).
Y N
Replace the CCD Fan (PL 6.4).
Execute Component Control [062-212 IIT Registration Sensor]. Actuate the IIT Registration
Sensor with paper. The display changes.
Check CCD Fan connections and wiring for damage.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J728 and P/J7193. P/J728 and P/J7193 are connected
correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J728 and P/J7193.

Check the wire between J728 and J7193 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3
Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J728 and J7193 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag
2/Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB P7193-B12 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag
2).
Actuate the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the IIT Registration Sensor (PL 11.4).

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Alternately execute Component Control[062-005 Carriage Motor SCAN ON] and Component
Control[062-006 Carriage Motor RETURN ON]. The Carriage Motor starts up.
Y N
Check the connection P/J721. P/J721 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J721.

Check the wires on J721 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3 Flag 1). The
wires on J721 are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
062-357, 062-360 2-514 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
Measure the resistance of the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5). The resistance between J721- 062-371 Lamp Illumination RAP
1/2 and J721-3/4/5/6 is approx. 1Ohm.
Y N BSD-ON: 6.3/6.2
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5).
The amount of light from Exposure Lamp is inadequate which gets incident on CCD at the start of
scan or at the initialization of IIT after power on.
Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3) P721-1/2 (+) and GND (-)(BSD
6.3 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N Procedure
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination
and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens,
Replace the Carriage Motor (PL 11.5) mirror or the white correcting plate is found.
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Y N
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Execute Component Control [062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231.

Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire
between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P7231-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P7231-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6)


If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6)
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3).

Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J700 and P/J7101.

Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.4)


If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-515 062-360, 062-371
062-380 Platen AGC CH1 RAP 062-386 Platen AOC CH1 RAP
BSD-ON: 6.3 BSD-ON: 6.2

At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it At the adjustment of CCD output after power on, CCD does not make a correct output which it
should when it receives a specified amount of light. should when no light is incident on it.

Procedure Procedure
Check the lamp, lens, mirror and the white correcting plate for abnormalities such as contamination Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
and deterioration. Abnormality such as contamination or deterioration of the lamp, lens, nected.
mirror or the white correcting plate is found. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Replace the lamp, lens, mirror or the white correcting plate.
Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Execute Component Control[062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp]. The Exposure Lamp lights up. Y N
Y N Return to Service Call Procedures
Check the connections of P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231. P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231
are connected correctly. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3)
Y N If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Connect P/J703, P/J702 and P/J7231.

Check the wire between J702 and J7231 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 6.3
Flag 4). The wire between J702 and J7231 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Y N
Replace the Lamp Wire Harness (PL 11.6).

Measure the voltage between the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) P723-1 (+) and GND (-), and
between P723-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 6.3 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Replace the Exposure Lamp (PL 11.6)


If the problem persists, replace the Lamp Ballast PWB (PL 11.6)
If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Check the connections of P/J700 and P/J7101. P/J700 and P/J7101 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J700 and P/J7101.

Replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3)


If the problem persists, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


062-380, 062-386 2-516 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
062-389 Carriage Over Run RAP 062-392 IIT/IPS PWB Memory Failure-1 RAP
BSD-ON: 3.1 BSD-ON: 3.1

The carriage scanned beyond safe limits. The IIT/IPS PWB RAM failed during the Read/Write operation.
The Shading Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.
Procedure The Gap Memory failed during the Read/Write operation.
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con- The ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit) failed.
nected.
Y N
Procedure
Connect the connectors. Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB connector. The connectors are securely con-
nected.
Switch on the power. The problem persists. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Return to Service Call Procedures
Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures

Replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-517 062-389, 062-392
062-393 IIT/IPS PWB RAM RAP 062-500 IISS ROM RAP
BSD-ON: 6.2 BSD-ON: 6.2

An internal processing error occurred in the IIT/IPS PWB. IISS ROM Failure.

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each IIT/IPS PWB (PL 13.3) connector. The connectors are Check the connections on the IIT/IPS PWS (PL 11.3).
securely connected.
Y N Check that the prom on the IIT/IPS PWB is seated properly.
Connect the connectors.
If the above checks are OK, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).
Switch on the power.
If the problem persists replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3). Perform Max Setup if the IIT/IPS PWB was replaced.
If the problem persists, replace the Lens Kit Assembly (PL 11.3).
Perform DADF Registration Setup (ADJ 15.1.4).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


062-393, 062-500 2-518 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
062-790 Prohibited Document Detection RAP
BSD-ON: 6.2

Control logic detects a prohibited document.

Procedure
Ask the customer to verify that the document is not a prohibited document. Refer to Prohibited Doc-
uments in SGS 12.

If the document is not prohibited, replace the IIT/IPS PWB (PL 11.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-519 062-790
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
062-790 2-520 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
071-105 Tray 1 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409
BSD-ON:8.7
are connected correctly.
Y N
After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409.
specified time.
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Initial Actions Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
If jams occur after servicing components in the Left Upper Cover Assembly (PL 2.8), the
Chute Assembly may be out of position (PL 2.8). Verify installation. Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift
Power OFF/ON Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Procedure
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7
Y N Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit
Replace the Transport Roll. or a short circuit.
Y N
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes. Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7).
The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 2.3) can be heard.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-521 071-105
A
071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Failure RAP Y N
Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409.
BSD-ON:7.7
Check the wire between J100 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.7 Flag
After the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 1 Level Sensor did not turn On within the
2/Flag 3). The wire between J100 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
specified time.
a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 3).
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Y N The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409A-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7 Flag 2).
Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/
Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
J409 are connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Replace the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409.

Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control[071-007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/
Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Check the wire between J201 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The wire between J201 and J409 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Replace the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.

Execute Component Control[071-206 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
071-210 2-522 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
071-211 Tray 1 Broken RAP 071-940 Tray 1 Lift Up RAP
BSD-ON:7.1 BSD-ON:7.1

The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch failed. The Tray 1 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Reload the tray correctly. Remove and reinsert Tray 1
Check the operation of the tray actuator. Realign paper in the tray
Power OFF/ON Object other than paper is in the tray
Procedure
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [071-211] occurs. Procedure
Y N 1. Tray Level Sensor
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 1 Actuator. 2. Drive system from motor to bottom plate

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 1 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 1 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-523 071-211, 071-940
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
071-211, 071-940 2-524 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
072-101 Tray 2 MisFeed JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.
BSD-ON:7.8/8.2
Remove the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
the specified time.
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/Lift
Initial Actions Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8
Y N
Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit
Replace the Transport Roll.
or a short circuit.
Y N
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Execute Component Control[071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes. Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410 Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2).
The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409
are connected correctly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-525 072-101
A B
072-105 Tray 2 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
P204-1 and P204-4) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.7 Y N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Initial Actions circuit.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control[089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of


the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7).
The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control[071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J204 and P/J410.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
072-105 2-526 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
072-210 Tray 2 Lift Up Failure RAP Y N
Check the connections of P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409
BSD-ON:7.8
are connected correctly.
Y N
After the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 2 Level Sensor did not turn On within the
Connect P/J102, P/J602 and P/J409.
specified time.
Check the wire between J102 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.8 Flag
Initial Actions 2/Flag 3). The wire between J102 and J409 is conducting without an open circuit or
Reload paper in the tray correctly. a short circuit.
Remove foreign substances in the tray. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Procedure Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 3).
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/Lift Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P409B-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.8 Flag 2).
Check the connections of P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409. P/J202, P/J602 and P/ Activate the actuator of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
J409 are connected correctly. Y N
Y N Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).
Connect P/J202, P/J602 and P/J409.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control[071-008 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/
Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Check the wire between J202 and J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.8 Flag 1). The wire between J202 and J409 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Check the installation of the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.

Execute Component Control[071-207 Tray 2 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 2 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-527 072-210
072-211 Tray 2 Broken RAP 071-940 Tray 2 Lift Up RAP
BSD-ON:7.2 BSD-ON:7.1

The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch failed. The Tray 2

Initial Actions Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.
Reload the tray correctly.
Check the operation of the tray actuator.
Initial Actions
Remove and reinsert Tray 2
Power OFF/ON
Realign paper in the tray
Procedure
Object other than paper is in the tray
Remove Trays 1 and 2. Replace Tray 1 with Tray 2. [072-211] occurs.
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 2 Actuator. Procedure
1. Tray Level Sensor
Check the installation of the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 2 Paper Size Switch is 2. Drive system from motor to bottom plate
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 2 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


072-211 , 071-940 2-528 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
073-101 Tray 3 Miss Feed JAM RAP Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
BSD-ON:3.3/7.9/8.3
changes.
Y N
After the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
the specified time.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift
Procedure Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J220B,
Y N
P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Replace the Transport Roll.
Y N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL
Y N
12.3/PL 13.6).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor.

Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes. Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Y N
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/ Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
J841 P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y N
Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is conducting
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
Y N
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).

Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-529 073-101
A
073-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 3 Feed) RAP Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.4 Y N
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
rectly.
the specified time.
Y N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Initial Actions
If a grinding noise was reported or is heard and accompanies the 073-102 code, there Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
may be incorrect gear mesh between TTM Takeaway Clutch (PL 13.8) and its drive gear, 1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
located to the right. Loosen the bracket fixing screws and reposition bracket for best gear circuit or a short circuit.
mesh without binding. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
Procedure (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed
Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2).
The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
073-102 2-530 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
073-105 Tray 3 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J204 and P/J410.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.4/8.7
Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
After the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
specified time.
Y N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
Procedure 4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Transport Roll.Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in
the paper transport path.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

No distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport
Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
path.
away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y N
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
rectly.
Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
Y N
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly. Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
Y N
1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
Connect P/J104.
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
Y N
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
12.6/PL 13.8).
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [071-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J410. P/J204 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-531 073-105
A
073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Failure RAP Execute Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 3 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
BSD-ON:7.9/7.11 Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/
After the 2TM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn
J549 are connected correctly.
On within the specified time.
Y N
After the TTM-Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 3 Level Sensor did not turn Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549.
On within the specified time.
Initial Actions Check the wire between J101B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.9
Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101B and J549 is con-
Reload paper in the tray correctly.
ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Remove foreign substances in the tray. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Flag 3 / BSD 7.11 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-B9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.9
and P/J549 are connected correctly. Flag 2 / BSD 7.11 Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage
Y N
changes.
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B and P/J549.
Y N
Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Execute Component Control [073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Check the wire between J220B and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.9 Flag 1 / BSD 7.11 Flag 1). The wire between J220B and J549 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
073-210 2-532 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
073-211 Tray 3 Broken RAP 071-940 Tray 3 Lift Up RAP
BSD-ON:7.3/7.5 BSD-ON:7.1

The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch failed. The Tray 3 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Reload the tray correctly. Remove and reinsert Tray 3
Check the operation of the tray actuator. Realign paper in the tray
Power OFF/ON Object other than paper is in the tray
Procedure
[For 2TM] Procedure
1. Tray Level Sensor
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [073-211] occurs. 2. Drive system from motor to bottom plate
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 3 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).


[For TTM]

Check the Tray 3 Actuator. The Tray 3 Actuator is not distorted.


Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 3 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 3 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-533 073-211 , 071-940
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
073-211 , 071-940 2-534 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
074-101 Tray 4 Miss Feed JAM RAP Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
changes.
BSD-ON:3.3/7.10/8.5 Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
After the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
the specified time.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Initial Actions Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift
Power OFF/ON Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Procedure Y N
Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J220A,
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A, P/J549, P/J541 and P/J413.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
12.3/PL 13.6).
Y N Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor.
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/Lift
Execute Component Control [071-102 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The display changes. Y N
Y N
Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the connections of P/J825, P/J842, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. The connec-
tors are connected correctly. Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Y N
7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is conducting
Connect the connectors.
without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Check the wire between J825 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.5).
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
The wire between J825 and J548 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5).
Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.5).
Actuate the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4) with paper. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.4).

Check the wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 2). The wire between J541-11 and J413-B5 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 2).
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-535 074-101
A
074-102 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP Y N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
BSD-ON:8.2/8.4
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
1 / BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
the specified time.
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Initial Actions Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Power OFF/ON
Procedure Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out
Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410. P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J105, P/J608 and P/J410.

Check the wire between J105 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J105 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-6 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 2).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.2 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
rectly.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
074-102 2-536 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
074-103 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor On JAM (Tray 4 Feed) RAP Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-B4 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 3.3 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
BSD-ON:3.3/8.3/8.4
changes.
Y N
After the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor did not turn On within
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
the specified time.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Execute Component Control [073-006 2TM/TTM Takeaway Motor ON]. The 2TM/TTM Take-
Procedure away Motor (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) can be heard.
Y N
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Check the connections of P/J826 and P/J552. P/J826 and P/J552 are connected cor-
Y N
rectly.
Replace the Transport Roll.
Y N
Connect P/J826 and P/J552.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Check the wire between J826 and J552 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.4 Flag
Y N
1/ BSD 8.6 Flag 1). The wire between J826 and J552 is conducting without an open
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Execute Component Control [071-101 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor]. Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The display changes.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB
Check the connections of P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413. P/J821, P/
(PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413 are connected correctly.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the Tray Module PWB (PL
Connect P/J821, P/J841, P/J548, P/J541 and P/J413.
12.6/PL 13.8).

Check the wire between J821 and J548 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.3 Flag
1/Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1/Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J821 and J548 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 2 / BSD 8.5 Flag 2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P548-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.3
Flag 1 / BSD 8.5 Flag 1).
Actuate the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5) with paper. The voltage
changes.
Y N
Replace the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor (PL 12.5/PL 13.5).

Check the wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
3.3 Flag 1). The wire between J541-10 and J413-B4 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-537 074-103
A B
074-105 Tray 4 Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Measure the resistance of the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4) (BSD 8.2 Flag 3). (Between
P204-1 and P204-2) The resistance is approx. 250~100Ohm.
BSD-ON:7.9/8.2/8.7 Y N
Replace the Takeaway Roll Clutch (PL 2.4).
After the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
specified time.
Check the wire between J204 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.2 Flag
4). The wire between J204 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
Initial Actions circuit.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [073-015 Takeaway Roll Clutch ON]. The Takeaway Roll Clutch
(PL 2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J204 and P/J204. P/J204 and P/J204 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J204 and P/J204.
A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
074-105 2-538 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Failure RAP Execute Component Control [071-209 Tray 4 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 4 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The display changes.
BSD-ON:7.10/7.12 Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661A and P/
After the 2TM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the 2TM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn
J549 are connected correctly.
On within the specified time.
Y N
After the TTM-Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor turned On, the TTM-Tray 4 Level Sensor did not turn Connect P/J101B, P/J661A and P/J549.
On within the specified time.
Initial Actions Check the wire between J101A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 7.10
Flag 2/Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wire between J101A and J549 is con-
Reload paper in the tray correctly.
ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Remove foreign substances in the tray. Y N
Power OFF/ON Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10
Remove the tray and reinstall. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor can be heard.
Flag 3 / BSD 7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/Lift Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549. P/J220A, P/J661A Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P549-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.10
and P/J549 are connected correctly. Flag 2 / BSD 7.12 Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6). The voltage
Y N
changes.
Connect P/J220A, P/J661A and P/J549.
Y N
Replace the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor
(PL 12.3/PL 13.6).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Execute Component Control [073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).
Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) can be heard.
Y N
Return the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Check the wire between J220A and J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.10 Flag 1 / BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The wire between J220A and J549 is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Return the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.

Replace the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6).

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Check the installation of the Tray 4 Level Sensor (PL 12.3/PL 13.6) and the operation of the
actuator. The Tray 4 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 4 Level Sensor.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-539 074-210
074-211 Tray 4 Broken RAP 071-940 Tray 4 Lift Up RAP
BSD-ON:7.4/7.6 BSD-ON:7.1

The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch failed. The Tray 4 Level Sensor does not turn on within the designated time.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Reload the tray correctly. Remove and reinsert Tray 4
Check the operation of the tray actuator. Realign paper in the tray
Power OFF/ON Object other than paper is in the tray
Procedure
[For 2TM] Procedure
1. Tray Level Sensor
Remove Trays 3 and 4. Replace Tray 3 with Tray 4. [074-211] occurs. 2. Drive system from motor to bottom plate
Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).


[For TTM]

Check the Tray 4 Actuator. The Tray 4 Actuator is not distorted.


Y N
Replace the faulty part of the Tray 4 Actuator.

Check the installation of the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch. The Tray 4 Paper Size Switch is
installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Tray 4 Paper Size Switch correctly.

Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


074-211, 071-940 2-540 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
075-135 MPT Registration Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
BSD-ON:8.1/8.7
Execute Component Control [071-012 MPT Feed Solenoid ON]. The MPT Feed Solenoid (PL
After the MPT Feed Solenoid turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the
7.2) can be heard.
specified time.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J205 and P/J411. P/J205 and P/J411 are connected cor-
Initial Actions rectly.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Procedure Connect P/J205 and P/J411.

Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Measure the resistance of the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2) (BSD 8.1 Flag 1). (Between
Y N
P205-1 and P205-2). The resistance is approx. 90Ohm.
Set the guide correctly.
Y N
Replace the MPT Feed Solenoid (PL 7.2).
Check the installation of the MPT. The MPT is installed correctly.
Y N
Check the wire between P205 and J411 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.1 Flag
Install the MPT correctly.
1). The wire between P205 and J411 is conducting without an open circuit or a
short circuit.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Y N
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-541 075-135
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
075-135 2-542 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
077-101 Registration Sensor Off JAM RAP Y N
Connect P/J215 and P/J403.
BSD-ON:8.7
Measure the resistance of the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4) between P215-1 and P215-2
After the Registration Clutch turned On, the Registration Sensor did not turn Off within the
(BSD 8.7 Flag 3). The resistance is approx. 240Ohm.
specified time.
Y N
Replace the Registration Clutch (PL 2.4).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Check the wire between J215 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
Procedure 3). The wire between J215 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Y N
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Transport Roll.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J104 and P/J403.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [089-002 Registration Clutch ON]. The Registration Clutch (PL
2.4) can be heard.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J215 and P/J403. P/J215 and P/J403 are connected cor-
rectly.

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-543 077-101
A
077-103 Fuser Exit Sensor Off JAM RAP Y N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).
BSD-ON:10.2
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn Off within the speci-
fied time. Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Initial Actions Y N
Power OFF/ON Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).
Procedure
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Fuser correctly.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit 1
Gate is free to move.
Y N
Repair as required.

Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL
6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory.
Y N
Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5).

Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.

Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
077-103 2-544 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
077-104 Exit Sensor off (too short) JAM RAP Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

BSD-ON:10.2

After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor turned Off before the specified
time.

Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON

Procedure
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the Fuser correctly.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.

Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/ Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Y N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-545 077-104
A
077-106 Fuser Exit Sensor On JAM RAP Execute Component Control [091-004 DTS ON]. Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB
P/J403A-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.4 Flag 1). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:9.4/10.2 Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
After the Registration Clutch turned On, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn On within the speci-
fied time. Check the wire between P/J403A-5 and P/J500-11 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
9.4 Flag 1). The wire between J403 and J500 is conducting without an open circuit or a
Initial Actions short circuit.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Procedure
Re place the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS (PL
Check the installation of the Fuser. The Fuser is installed correctly.
9.1). if the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
Install the Fuser correctly.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
foreign substances, distortion or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [010-100 Fuser Exit Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of the
Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J125 and P/J410. P/J125 and P/J410 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J125 and P/J410.

Check the wire between J125 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 10.2
Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J125 and J410 is conducting without an open cir-
cuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 6).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P410-3 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 10.2 Flag 5).
Actuate the Fuser Exit Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Fuser Exit Sensor (PL 5.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [071-036 Main Motor ON]. The Main Motor in the Main Drive
Assembly starts rotating and the Fuser starts up.
Y N
Go to the OF 3 (MAIN DRIVE ASSY RAP).

A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
077-106 2-546 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
077-109 IOT Exit Sensor ON JAM Straight RAP Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
BSD-ON:10.3/10.4
Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn On within the specified
J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
time.
Y N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Execute Component Control [047-024 Exit Gate Solenoid ON]. The Exit Gate Solenoid (PL
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly.
6.4) starts up and the gates start switching.
Y N
Y N
Install the Exit 2 Module correctly.
Check the wire between P/J209 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.4 Flag 3). The wire between J209 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
or a short circuit.
Y N
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
Measure the resistance of the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4) between J209-1 and J209-2
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
(BSD 10.4 Flag 4). The resistance is approx. 160Ohm.
Y N
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).

Open Left Upper Cover Assembly and verify that Exit 1 Gate (PL 6.2) is free to move. Exit 1 Replace the Exit Gate Solenoid (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB
Gate is free to move.
(PL 9.1).
Y N
Repair as required. Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the clearance between the Diverter Gate and the Fixed Guide on the left hand door. PL
6.4- PL 6.5). Operation is satisfactory.
Y N
Repair as required (PL 6.4 - PL 6.5).

Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
paper. The display changes to H.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).

Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-547 077-109
077-113 IOT Exit Sensor OFF JAM Straight RAP 077-114 Exit 2 Sensor Static JAM RAP
BSD-ON:10.3/10.4 BSD-ON:8.7/9.3

After the Exit 2 Sensor turned On, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn Off within the specified time. Paper remains on the Exit 2 Sensor.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON
Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the Exit 2 Module. The Exit 2 Module is installed correctly. Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
Y N paper. The display changes to H.
Install the Exit 2 Module correctly. Y N
Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. 10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open
Y N circuit or a short circuit.
Replace the Transport Roll. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
Y N 9.1).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.
Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).
Execute Component Control [071-110 Exit 2 Sensor]. Actuate the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4) with
paper. The display changes to H.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J112 and P/J434 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.3 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J112 and J434 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Exit 2 Sensor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL
9.1).

Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 and each point of
J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y N
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).

Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


077-113 , 077-114 2-548 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
077-129 Registration Sensor On JAM (Duplex Feed/Stop Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Case) RAP Y N
BSD-ON:8.7/10.5 Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit
In the case where Duplex feeding stops, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within the or a short circuit.
specified time after the Duplex Motor turned On. Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
Power OFF/ON
8.1).
Procedure
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly. Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Y N
Install the DUP Module correctly.

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104 and P/J403. P/J104 and P/J403 are connected cor-
rectly.
Y N
Connect P/J104 and P/J403.

Check the wire between J104 and J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 8.7 Flag
1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-549 077-129
077-130 Duplex Out Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
BSD-ON:8.7/9.3
10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
In the case where there is non-stop Duplex feed, the Registration Sensor did not turn On within
Y N
the specified time after the Duplex Sensor turned On.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
Power On/Off 8.1).

Procedure Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly.
Y N
Y N
Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
Install the DUP Module correctly.
10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok.
Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Replace the Transport Roll.
Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
8.1).
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [089-100 Registration Sensor]. Manually activate the actuator of
the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connection of P/J104. P/J104 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J104.

Check the wire between P/J104 and P/J403 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
8.7 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J104 and J403 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-13 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag
2). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P403B-8 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 8.7 Flag 1).
Actuate the Registration Sensor with paper. The voltage changes.
Y N
Replace the Registration Sensor (PL 2.4).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1)
with paper. The display changes to L.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


077-130 2-550 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
077-131 Duplex Wait Sensor On JAM RAP Y N
Check the wire between P/J208 and P/J433 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
BSD-ON:10.4/10.5
10.4 Flag 1). The wire between J208 and J433 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
After the Exit 2 Motor turned On, the Duplex Sensor does not turn On within the specified time.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Measure the resistance of the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) between J208-1 (COM) and each
Procedure point of J208-2/3/4/5 (BSD 10.4 Flag 2). The resistance is approx. 10Ohm.
Y N
Check the installation of the DUP Module. The DUP Module is installed correctly.
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4).
Y N
Install the DUP Module correctly.
Replace the Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4). If the problem persists, replace the Exit PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the Transport Roll for wear and paper powder. The Transport Roll is ok. Replace the Duplex PWB (PL 8.1).
Y N
Replace the Transport Roll.

Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path.
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion.

Execute Component Control [071-105 Duplex Sensor]. Actuate the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1)
with paper. The display changes to L.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J123 and P/J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.5 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J123 and J541 is conducting without an open
circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Duplex Sensor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
8.1).

Execute Component Control [073-016 Duplex Motor ON]. The Duplex Motor (PL 8.1) can be
heard.
Y N
Check the wire between P/J212 and P/J542 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
10.5 Flag 3). The wire between J212 and J542 is conducting without an open circuit
or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Duplex Motor (PL 8.1). If the problem persists, replace the Duplex PWB (PL
8.1).

Execute Component Control [047-023 Exit 2 Motor ON]. The Exit 2 Motor (PL 6.4) can be
heard.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-551 077-131
077-211 Detected different Type Tray Module RAP 077-300 IOT Front Cover Open RAP
BSD-ON:1.2/3.3 BSD-ON:1.3

A Tray Module with different specifications is connected. The IOT Front Cover is open.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON
Reconnect the connection cable of the TM. Opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover.
Procedure Procedure
Check the settings for the DIP SW on the Tray Module PWB. The specifications are correct. Check the opening/closing of the IOT Front Cover. The Front Cover can be opened/closed.
Y N Y N
Set the correct specifications. Reinstall the Front Cover.

Check the connection of each MCU PWB connector. The connectors are connected cor- Check the installation of the Front Cover Interlock Switch. The Front Cover Interlock Switch
rectly. is installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Install the Front Cover Interlock Switch correctly.

Check the connection of each 2TM PWB or TTM PWB connector. The connectors are con- Execute Component Control [071-303 Front Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT
nected correctly. Front Cover. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Check the connections of P/J121 and P/J405. P/J121 and P/J405 are connected cor-
rectly.
Turn on the power again. [077-211] reoccurs. Y N
Y N Connect P/J121 and P/J405.
End
Check the wire between J405 and J121 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag
Check the wire between P/J541 and P/J413 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.2 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405 and J121 is conducting without an open circuit or
3 / BSD 3.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541 and J413 is conducting without an a short circuit.
open circuit or a short circuit. Y N
Y N Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the conductivity of the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1) between J405-3 and
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P413-A5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag 3). The J405-4 (BSD 1.3 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J405-3 and J405-4 is connecting
voltage is approx. +5VDC. successfully when the Front Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is
Y N open.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Replace the Front Cover Interlock Switch (PL 10.1).
Replace the 2TM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8) or the TTM PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8). If the problem
persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


077-211, 077-300 2-552 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B C D
077-301 Left Hand Interlock Open RAP Check the wire between J526 and J400 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 1.2 Flag 1). The wire between J526 and J400 is conducting without
BSD-ON:1.2/1.3
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
The L/H Cover Assembly is open.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Initial Actions Check the connections of P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301. P/J521, P/
Power OFF/ON J523 and P/J300, P/J301 are connected correctly.
The L/H Cover Assembly is open. Y N
Connect P/J521, P/J523 and P/J300, P/J301.
Procedure
Check opening/closing of the L/H Cover Assembly. The L/H Cover Assembly can be Check the wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 for an open circuit or a
opened/closed. short circuit. The wire between J521, J523 and J300, J301 are conducting
Y N without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Reinstall the L/H Cover Assembly (PL 2.6). Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Cover Interlock Switch is
installed correctly. Measure the voltage between the ESS PWB P301-3 (+) and GND (-). The
Y N voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Install the L/H Cover Interlock Switch correctly. Y N
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Execute Component Control [071-300 L/H Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and close the L/H
Cover Assembly. The display changes. Replace the Power Unit (PL 9.1).
Y N
Check the connections of P/J120 and P/J405. P/J120 and P/J405 are connected cor- Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
rectly.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Connect P/J120 and P/J405.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Check the wire between J405 and J120 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.3 Flag
3/Flag 4). The wire between J405 and J120 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the conductivity of the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6) between J405-1 and
J405-2 (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between J405-1 and J405-2 is connecting
successfully when the L/H Cover Assembly is closed, and is insulated when the
cover is open.
Y N
Replace the L/H Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.6).

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P405-2 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.3 Flag 3/
Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P400-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 1.2 Flag
1). The voltage is approx. +24VDC.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J526 and P/J400. P/J526 and P/J400 are con-
nected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J526 and P/J400.
A B C D
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-553 077-301
077-305 Tray Module Left Hand Cover Interlock Open RAP 077-307 DUP Cover Open RAP
BSD-ON:1.4 BSD-ON:1.4

The 2TM Cover is open. The DUP Cover is open.


The TTM Cover is open.
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON

Opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. Opening/closing of the DUP Cover.

Procedure Procedure
Check opening/closing of the DUP Cover. The DUP Cover can be opened/closed.
Check opening/closing of the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The Left Cover of the 2TM or
Y N
TTM can be opened/closed.
Reinstall the DUP Cover.
Y N
Reinstall the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).
Check the installation of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1). The Duplex Open Switch is
Check the installation of the Tray Module Interlock Switch. The Tray Module interlock Switch installed correctly.
Y N
is installed correctly.
Y N Install the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) correctly.
Install the Tray Module interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) correctly.
Execute Component Control [071-305 Duplex Open Switch]. Open and close the DUP
Cover. The display changes.
Execute Component Control [071-301 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch]. Open and
Y N
close the Left Cover of the 2TM or TTM. The display changes.
Check the connections of P/J124 and P/J541. P/J124 and P/J541 are connected cor-
Y N
Check the connections of P/J554, FS812 and FS813. P/J554, FS812 and FS813 are rectly.
Y N
connected correctly.
Connect P/J124 and P/J541.
Y N
Connect P/J554, FS812 and FS813.
Check the wire between J124 and J541 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag
5/Flag 6). The wire between J124 and J541 is conducting without an open circuit or
Check the wire between J554-2 and FS812, and between J554-1 and FS813 for an open
a short circuit.
circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wires between J554-2 and FS812,
Y N
and between J554-1 and FS813 are conducting without an open circuit or a short
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Check the conductivity of the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1) between J541-4 and J541-5
(BSD 1.4 Flag 5/Flag 6). The wire between J541-4 and J541-5 is connecting success-
Check the conductivity of the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7) fully when the DUP Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover is open.
Y N
between FS813 and FS812 (BSD 1.4 Flag 3/Flag 4). The wire between FS813 and
Replace the Duplex Open Switch (PL 8.1).
FS812 is connecting successfully when the 2TM Cover or TTM Cover is closed, and
is insulated when the cover is open.
Y N Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module Left Cover Interlock Switch (PL 12.4/PL 13.7).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


077-305, 077-307 2-554 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
077-308 Left Hand HIGH Interlock Open RAP 077-309 Left Hand Low Interlock Open RAP
BSD-ON:1.4 BSD-ON:1.4

The L/H-H Cover is open. The L/H Lower Cover is open.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON Power OFF/ON
Opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover. Opening/closing the L/H Lower Cover.
Procedure Procedure
Check opening/closing of the IOT L/H-H Cover. The IOT L/H-H Cover can be opened/ Check opening/closing of the L/H Lower Cover. The L/H Lower Cover can be opened/
closed. closed.
Y N Y N
Reinstall the IOT L/H-H Cover. Reinstall the L/H Lower Cover (PL 2.5).

Check the installation of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch. The Exit 2 Interlock Switch is installed Check the installation of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch. The L/H Lower Cover Inter-
correctly. lock Switch is installed correctly.
Y N Y N
Install the Exit 2 Interlock Switch correctly. Install the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) correctly.

Execute Component Control [071-304 Exit 2 Interlock Switch]. Open/close the IOT L/H-H Execute Component Control [071-302 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch]. Open/close the L/H
Cover. The display changes. Lower Cover. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1. The P/J434, P/J116, Check the connections of P/J106 and P/J410. P/J106 and P/J410 are connected cor-
P606, J606 and SJ1 are connected correctly. rectly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J434, P/J116, P606, J606 and SJ1. Connect P/J106 and P/J410.

Check the wire between J434 and J116 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag Check the wire between J106 and J410 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 1.4 Flag
7/Flag 8). The wire between J434 and J116 is conducting without an open circuit or 1/Flag 2). The wire between J106 and J410 is conducting without an open circuit or
a short circuit. a short circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Check the conductivity of the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4) between J434-12 and J434- Check the conductivity of the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5) between J410-11
13 (BSD 1.4 Flag 7/Flag 8). The wire between J434-12 and J434-13 is connecting and J410-12 (BSD 1.4 Flag 1/Flag 2). The wire between J410-11 and J410-12 is con-
successfully when the IOT L/H-H Cover is closed, and is insulated when the cover necting successfully when the L/H Lower Cover is closed, and is insulated when
is open. the cover is open.
Y N Y N
Replace the Exit 2 Interlock Switch (PL 6.4). Replace the L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch (PL 2.5).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-555 077-308, 077-309
077-310 Controller Failed to send image RAP 077-329 Main Motor Stop Error RAP
BSD-ON:3.1 BSD-ON:3.1

The MCU PWB did not receive the ESS PWB image-ready signal within the specified time. Due to MCU PWB control failure, the Main Motor does not stop when no paper is being fed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power OFF/ON power OFF/ON
Procedure Procedure
Check the ROM version by executing NVM[740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest Check the ROM version by executing NVM [740-007 ROM Version]. The ROM is the latest
version. version.
Y N Y N
Replace the ROM with the latest version. Replace the ROM with the latest version.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


077-310, 077-329 2-556 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
078-101 HCF to Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP 078-102 HCF to Registration Sensor Fault RAP
BSD-ON: 8.2 BSD-ON: 8.7

The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor did not come on within the specified time after the start of feed from The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Registration Sensor within the specified time.
Tray 6 (HCF).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.
Clear any paper jam and switch the power off then on. Check for out-of-spec paper.
Check for out-of-spec paper. Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper
Procedure
Procedure Execute Component Control [089-100 Reg. Sensor]. Place paper in front of the Reg. Sensor.
Execute Component Control [071-100 Tray Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray 2 The display changes.
Feed Out Sensor manually or with paper. The display changes. Y N
Y N Go to 8.7 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Go to 8.2 BSD and check the following wires for an open wire, short or poor contact: Reg Sensor P/J104-2 to MCU PWB P/J403-B8
Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-2 to MCU PWB P/J410-14 Reg Sensor P/J104-1 to MCU PWB P/J403-B13
Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-1 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-15 Reg Sensor P/J104-3 to MCU PWB P/J403-B3
Tray Feed Out Sensor P/J105-3 to Tray Module PWB P/J410-13 If OK, replace the Reg. Sensor (PL 2.4) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
If OK, replace the Tray Feed Out Sensor (PL 2.5) before replacing the MCU PWB (PL
9.1). Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise
from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor.
Execute Component Control [077-003 Takeaway Clutch]. There is operation noise from the Y N
Takeaway Clutch 1. Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement
Y N points below.
Go to 8.2 BSD and check the Takeaway Clutch for an open. JF57-3 to pins 1/2
JF57-4 to pins 5/6
Check the following: If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.
Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF and IOT for a poor docking Check the following:
HCF Transport Belt for poor tension Takeaway Rolls 1 and 2 and 3 for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Pre Reg Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Drive gears for wear/breakage
HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation Drawer Connectors and contact points for foreign objects/bent pins/burnout
Drive gears for wear/breakage If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the
If the results of the above checks are OK, replace Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8) and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown
MCU PWB (PL 9.1) one at a time in the order shown.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-557 078-101, 078-102
078-104 HCF Feed Out Sensor Fault RAP 078-210 HCF to Tray 1 Lift RAP
BSD-ON: 8.9 BSD-ON:7.7

The paper transported from HCF did not turn on the Feed Out Sensor within the specified time. The Tray 1 Level Sensor did not actuate in time after the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor energized.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Clear any jam and switch the power off then on. Ensure the tray is set up and loaded correctly.
Check for out-of-spec paper.
Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper Procedure
Execute Component Control [071-001 or 007 Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 1 Feed/
Procedure Lift Motor (PL 2.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened).
Y N
Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed out Sensor]. Place paper in front of the
Check the connections of P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J201, P/J601 and P/J549 P/
Feed Out Sensor. The display changes.
Y N J409 are connected correctly.
Y N
Go to 8.9 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 Connect P/J201, P/J601 and P/J409.

Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB JF01-3


Remove the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).
Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB JF01-1 Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor.
If OK, replace the Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) before replacing the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Execute Component Control [072-001/002 Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 2 Feed/
Lift Motor can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened).
Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor]. There is operation noise Y N
from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor. Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Y N Check the wires between P/J201 and P/J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit
Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Takeaway Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the mea- (BSD 7.7 Flag 1). The circuit between P/J201 and P/J409 is conducting with-
surement points below. out an open circuit or a short circuit.
JF57-3 to pins 1/2 Y N
JF57-4 to pins 5/6 Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
Check the HCF paper lift components and repair as required (PL 18.2, PL 18.3).
Return the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Replace the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 2.3).

Check the installation of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 1 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).

Execute Component Control [071-201 Tray 1 Level Sensor]. Manually activate the Tray 1 Level
Sensor (PL 2.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409. P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409
are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J100, P/J601 and P/J409.

Check the wires between P/J100 and P/J409 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.7 Flag 2/Flag 3). The wires between P/J100 and P/J409 are conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
A
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
078-104 , 078-210 2-558 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A
Y N 078-212 NVM Read/Write Failure RAP
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Cannot read from and/or write to the NVM in HCF Module.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P/J409-A7 (+) and P/J409-A8 (-) (BSD 7.7
Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC. Initial Actions
Y N Power OFF/ON
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Procedure
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J409-A9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 7.7
Check wires and connectors between the HCF and the IOT.
Flag 2).
Activate the actuator of the Tray 1 Level Sensor (PL 2.3). The voltage changes.
Y N Reload Software. If the problem continues, replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Replace the Tray 2 Level Sensor (PL 2.3).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Check the paper transport drives and repair as required (PL 2.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-559 078-210 , 078-212
078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock Open RAP 078-301 HCF Docking interlock Open RAP
BSD-ON: BSD-ON:

The HCF Top Cover Interlock is open. HCF Docking Interlock Open. The HCF and the IOT were undocked.

Procedure Initial Actions


Execute Component Control [078-300 HCF Top Cover Interlock]. Open and close the Trans- Check that the HCF and the IOT are docked properly.
port Cover. The display changes. Switch the power OFF then ON.
Y N
+24VDC is measured between JF05-2 on the HCF PWB and GND.
Y N
Procedure
+24VDC is measured between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and GND. Execute Component Control [078-301 Docking Interlock Switch]. The display changes when
Y N the lever of the Docking Interlock Switch is pushed.
+24VDC is measured between JF04-1 on the HCF PWB and GND. Y N
Y N Check the Docking Interlock Switch for an open circuit.
Check the +24VDC circuit between the IOT and the HCF PWB.
Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Replace the HCF PWB (PL18.8).

Check the wires between JF05-1 on the HCF PWB and FS001 on the HCF Top
Cover Interlock Switch, and between FS002 on the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch
and JF05-2 on the HCF PWB for an open wire or poor contact. If the wires are good,
replace the HCF Top Cover Interlock Switch (PL 18.7).

Replace the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).

The problem could be misalignment between the HCF Top Cover and the HCF Top Cover Interlock
Switch. Check if the Switch/Cover is improperly installed and if the actuator is broken or bent. If OK,
replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


078-300, 078-301 2-560 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD 078-900 HCF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam RAP
method) RAP BSD-ON: 8.9
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the HCF-ROM. (During DLD method)
The tray 6 Feed Out Sensor static jam.
Procedure
Initial Actions
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the HCF-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method
Clear any jam and switch the power off then on.
again.
Check for out-of-spec paper.
Paper Path for a foreign object/burr/piece of paper

Procedure
Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray
6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes.
Y N
Go to 8.8 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB PF01-3
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB PF01-1
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).

Execute Component Control [078-007 Tray 6 Takeaway Motor: 640mm/s]. There is opera-
tion noise from the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor.
Y N
Check the wire-wound resistance of Pre Reg. Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the measurement
points below.
JF57-3 to pins 1/2
JF57-4 to pins 5/6
If OK, go to 7.14 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit.

Execute Component Control [089-002 REgistration Clutch. Registration Clutch operates


Y N
Go to 8.7 BSD and check the Registration Clutch for an open.

Check the following:


Drive gears for wear/breakage
HCF and IOT for a poor docking
HCF Transport Belt for poor tension
HCF Transport Roll for dirt/paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF Takeaway Rolls 1-3 for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
HCF Exit Roll for dirt/ paper particles/wear/a poor rotation
If the results of the above checks are OK, replace HCF PWB (PL1.8).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-561 078-500 , 078-900
078-940 HCF Paper Misfeed RAP 078-941 HCF Paper Tray Size Mismatch RAP
BSD-ON:8.9 BSD-ON:7.15

There is a problem with one of the following: HCF Paper Size Mismatch.
HCF Lift, Lift Motor
HCF Feed Motor Initial Actions
Use recommended paper sizes

Procedure Procedure
Enter Component Control [078-003 or 004 Tray 6 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 6 Feed/Lift Check connectors JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53 are connected correctly. The
Motor (PL 18.4) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). connectors are connected correctly.
Y N Y N
Check the connections of JF57 and JF06. JF57 and JF06 are connected correctly. Connect JF01, PF/JF51, PF/JF52, and PF/JF53.
Y N
Connect JF57 and JF06. Enter Component Control [078-202, Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter)]. Actuate the sensor with a
piece of paper. The display changes.
Check the wire-wound resistance of Tray 6 Takeaway Motor is approx. 0.8 ohms at the mea- Y N
surement points below. Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
JF57-3 to pins 1/2 Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor JF51-2 to HCF PWB JF01-11
JF57-4 to pins 5/6 Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-3 to HCF PWB JF01-12
If OK, go to 8.9 BSD and troubleshoot the Tray 6 Takeaway Motor circuit. Tray 6 Size Sensor (Letter) Sensor PF51-1 to HCF PWB JF01-10
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Execute Component Control [078-101 Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor]. Move the actuator of the Tray
6 Feed Out Sensor. The display changes. Component Control [078-203, Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3)]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of
Y N paper. The display changes.
Go to 8.9 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact: Y N
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-2 to HCF PWB PF01-2 Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-1 to HCF PWB PF01-3 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-2 to HCF PWB JF01-8
Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor PF67-3 to HCF PWB PF01-1 Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-3 to HCF PWB JF01-9
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Feed Out Sensor (PL 18.7) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8). Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF52-1 to HCF PWB JF01-7
If OK, replace the Tray 6 Size Sensor (PL 18.8) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).
Check the HCF paper lift components and repair as required (PL 18.2, PL 18.3).
Component Control [078-204, Tray 6 In Sensor]. Actuate the sensor with a piece of paper.
The display changes.
Y N
Go to 7.15 BSD and check the following for an open wire, short or poor contact:
Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-2 to HCF PWB JF01-5
Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-3 to HCF PWB JF01-6
Tray 6 Size Sensor (A3) Sensor JF53-1 to HCF PWB JF01-4
If OK, replace the Tray 6 In Sensor (PL 18.1) then the HCF PWB (PL 18.8).

Ensure the paper guilds are adjusted correctly to the paper size.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


078-940, 078-941 2-562 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A B
078-945 TTM Tray 3 Lift RAP Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-7 (+) and P/J549-8 (-) (BSD
7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:7.9/7.11/7.12 Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
There is a problem with the TTM Tray 3 Lift.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
Procedure 7.12 Flag 2).
Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3 Feed/ Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The voltage changes.
Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N
Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3).
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549 are
connected correctly. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
Y N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. Check the TTM paper lift components and repair as required (PL 12.3, PL 13.8).

Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3
(2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray
is opened).
Y N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).

Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.


Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3).

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3).

Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549.

Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-563 078-945
A B
078-946 TTM Tray 4 Lift RAP Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-7 (+) and P/J549-8 (-) (BSD
7.12 Flag 3). The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
BSD-ON:7.9/7.11/7.12 Y N
Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
There is a problem with the TTM Tray 4 Lift.
Measure the voltage between the Tray Module PWB P/J549-9 (+) and GND (-) (BSD
Procedure 7.12 Flag 2).
Enter Component Control [071-004 or 073-010 Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 4 Feed/ Activate the actuator of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3). The voltage changes.
Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray is opened). Y N
Y N Replace the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3).
Check the connections of P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549 are
connected correctly. Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).
Y N
Connect P/J220B, P/J661B, P/J549. Check the TTM paper lift components and repair as required (PL 12.3, PL 13.8).

Remove the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3).
Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor with the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor.
Enter Component Control [071-002 or 073-009 Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor ON]. The Tray 3
(2) Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3) can be heard (the lifted paper plate drops when the tray
is opened).
Y N
Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.
Check the wires between P/J220B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit
(BSD 7.12 Flag 1). The circuit between J220B and J549 is conducting without
an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the Tray Module PWB (PL 13.8).

Return the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Motor to its original position.


Replace the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Motor (PL 12.3).

Check the installation of the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3) and the operation of the actuator.
The Tray 3 Level Sensor is installed correctly and the actuator works.
Y N
Reinstall the Tray 3 Level Sensor (PL 12.3).

Enter Component Control [071-208 Tray 3 Level Sensor]. Manually actuate the Tray 3 Level
Sensor (PL 12.3). The display changes.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549. P/J101B, P/J661B and P/
J549 are connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J101B, P/J661B and P/J549.

Check the wires between P/J101B and P/J549 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD
7.12 Flag 2/Flag 3). The circuit between J101B and J549 is conducting without an
open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

A B
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
078-946 2-564 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
081-799 Registered Destination RAP
The Fax Send destination telephone number is not registered in the Address Book.

Initial Actions
Check the entries in the Address Book.

Check the Send destination telephone number and repeat the operation.

Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists The
problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-565 081-799
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
081-799 2-566 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
091-402 Drum Life Over RAP 091-441 Drum Life Near End of Life RAP
The Drum Cartridge must be replaced. The Drum Cartridge must be replaced soon.

Procedure Procedure
Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum. Check the HSFI counter. The usage is correct for the life expectancy of the drum.
Y N Y N
There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures. There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1). Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-567 091-402, 091-441
091-910 Waste Toner Bottle Position RAP 091-911 Waste Toner Full RAP
BSD-ON:9.9 BSD-ON:9.9

The Waste Toner Bottle is not in the correct position. The Waste Toner Bottle is full.

Procedure Procedure
Check the installation of the Waste Toner Bottle. Waste Toner Bottle installation is correct. Check the contents level of the Waste Toner Bottle. The Waste Toner Bottle is full.
Y N Y N
Correct the installation problem by checking for damaged mounting points. Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Bottle Sensor and MCU
PWB. The circuit is free of damage.
Verify the condition of the circuit, BSD9.9, between the Waste Toner Position Sensor and MCU Y N
PWB. The circuit is free of damage. Repair the circuit as required.
Y N
Repair the circuit as required. Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle Full Sen-
sor operating voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner
Ensure the Waste Toner Bottle is installed correctly. Then check Waste Toner Bottle sensor operat- Bottle is full.
ing voltage and output. The signal level voltage indicates the Waste Toner Bottle is cor- Y N
rectly installed. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Position Sensor There is a problem with the sensor. Repair or replace the Waste Toner Full Sensor (PL
(PL 4.2). 4.2).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Waste Toner Bottle. If the problem persists, return to the beginning of the RAP.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


091-910, 091-911 2-568 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
091-912 Xerographics Drum Module Installation RAP 091-913 Drum Cartridge End of Life RAP
BSD-ON:9.1/4.1 BSD-ON:9.1

The Xerographics Drum is not installed. It is time to replace the Drum Cartridge.

Procedure Initial Actions


Check the installation of the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1). The Drum Cartridge installation is Power Off/On
correct. Reload the Xero Drum Cartridge.
Y N
Correct the installation (PL 4.1).
Procedure
Verify the condition of the circuit between the Drum Cartridge Position Sensor and MCU PWB. T
h
e Check the Drum Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. There are no foreign substances
circuit is free of damage. and nothing has failed.
Y N Y N
Repair the circuit as required. Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Check the installation of the XERO CRUM PWB. The XERO CRUM PWB is installed correctly.
Y N
Install the XERO CRUM PWB correctly (PL 4.2).

Check the connection of the MCU PWB P/J419. P/J419 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J407.

Check the connection of the XERO CRUM PWB P/J126. P/J126 is connected correctly.
Y N
Connect P/J142.

Check the wire between J419 and P1126 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 9.1). The
wire
is
conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB J419-1 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 9.1). Thevoltageis
approx. +5VDC.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the Drum Cartridge (PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the XERO CRUM PWB
(PL 4.1) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-569 091-912, 091-913
091-914 Xero CRUM Comm RAP 091-915 Xero CRUM Data RAP
BSD-ON:9.1 BSD-ON:9.1

There is a failure with communication between the Xero CRUM and MCU PWB. The Control Logic detected incorrect data on the Xero CRUM.

Procedure Initial Actions


Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists. Check NVM location 740-047, for Geographic area:
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. NA/EU = 3
DMO-E/W = 12
Verify the connections and condition of the circuit between Xero CRUM and MCU PWB. The
cir-
All the World = 512
cuit is free of damage and the connections are good.
Check NVM location 740-049, for Contact Type:
Y N
Repair the damage as required.
Metered = 3
Check CRUM operating voltage. The operating voltage is correct. Sold = 2
Y N Neutral = 31
Check the circuit for damage. If the circuit is free of damage replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1). Procedure
Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists.
Enter diagnostics and verify NVM value for Xero CRUM data, location [751-010]. If NVM value indi-
Y N
cates failure replace Xerographics Drum Module (PL 4.1) If NVM value indicates no failure,
Return to Service Call Procedures.
replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was just installed. Install the correct Xerographics Drum
Module.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


091-914, 091-915 2-570 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
091-916 Xero CRUM Match RAP
BSD-ON:9.1

The Control Logic detected mismatched data on the Xero CRUM.

Initial Actions
Check NVM location 740-047, for Geographic area:

NA/EU = 3
DMO-E/W = 12
All the World = 512
Check NVM location 740-049, for Contact Type:

Metered = 3
Sold = 2
Neutral = 31

Procedure
Pull out and reinstall the Xerographics Drum Module. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

An incorrect Xerographics Drum Module was installed. Verify the position of the Xerographics
Drum Module. Install the correct Xerographics Drum Module.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-571 091-916
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
091-916 2-572 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
092-661 Temperature Sensor RAP 092-662 Humidity Sensor RAP
BSD-ON:9.4 BSD-ON:9.4

There is a temperature sensor failure. There is a humidity sensor failure.

Procedure Procedure
Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h
e Check the operating voltages between the Temperature/Humidity Sensor and the MCU PWB. T h
e
voltages are correct. voltages are correct.
Y N Y N
Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL Verify that the circuit is not damaged. If no damage is found, replace the MCU PWB (PL
9.1). 9.1).

Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2). Replace the Temperature/Humidity Sensor (PL 4.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-573 092-661, 092-662
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
092-661, 092-662 2-574 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
093-400 Black Toner Near Empty 093-406 Black Toner Pre-Near Empty
Black Toner Cartridge is near empty Black Toner Cartridge is Pre-near empty

Procedure Procedure
Check the following: Check the following:

Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1) Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1)
That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly That the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly
For Black Toner spills in the machine For Black Toner spills in the machine

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-575 093-400, 093-406
093-912 Black Toner Empty 093-924 Toner K Crum Communication Failure
Black Toner Cartridge is Empty. BSD-ON:9.1

Initial Actions K Toner CRUM Comm Failure.


Check the following:
Initial Actions
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge if empty (PL 4.1) Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is seated correctly.
Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is inserted properly Ensure that the Toner Cartridge Door is closed.
For Black Toner spills in the machine
Procedure
Procedure Fault codes 093-940 (Y), 093-941 (M), and 093-942 (C) are also present on the UI.
Check for Image Quality Defects. An Image Quality Defect is present. Y N
Y N Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1).
Run ProCon On and follow the Corrective Actions.
Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2).
The Defect is Low Image Density or Uneven Density. If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Y N
The Defect is Background.
Y N
Run ProCon On and follow the Corrective Actions.

Go to IQ6 and troubleshoot IOT Background.

Go to IQ3 and troubleshoot Low Image Density or Uneven Density.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


093-912, 093-924 2-576 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
093-925 Toner K Crum Data Broken Failure 093-926 Toner K Crum Data Mismatch Failure
BSD-ON:9.1 BSD-ON:9.1

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is seated correctly. Ensure a Black Toner Cartridge is installed in the Black position in the Rotary
Ensure that the Toner Cartridge Door is closed. Ensure the correct toner cartridge for this product is installed
Ensure that the Black Toner Cartridge is seated correctly.
Procedure Ensure that the Toner Cartridge Door is closed.
Fault codes 093-950 (Y), 093-951 (M), and 093-952 (C) are also present on the UI.
Y N Procedure
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1). Fault codes 093-960 (Y), 093-961 (M), and 093-962 (C) are also present on the UI.
Y N
Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2).
Replace the Black Toner Cartridge (PL 4.1).
If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the Toner CRUM (Toner Cartridge Door) (PL 4.2).
If the fault codes are still present, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-577 093-925, 093-926
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
093-925, 093-926 2-578 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
094-417 BTR Unit Pre Warning RAP 094-420 BTR Unit Warning RAP
The BTR is near end of life. The BTR reached end of life.

Procedure Procedure
Verify that the BTR is near end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The BTR is near end Verify that the BTR Assembly is at end of life (Detailed Maintenance Activities). The BTR
of life. Assembly is at end of life.
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

There is no need for service at this time. Return to Service Call Procedures. Replace the BTR Assembly (PL 2.6).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-579 094-417, 094-420
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
094-417, 094-420 2-580 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
102-356 Controller Software RAP 102-380 UI Control RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

An internal Controller error shut down the processor. An internal UI controller error shut down the processor.

Procedure Initial Actions


Check the installation of the P-Kit/HDD-Kit/RAM boards. Power Off/On

Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Procedure


Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-581 102-356, 102-380
102-381 UI Data Link RAP 102-382 Application Layer Command RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

During transmission between the ESS and the UI an initialization send error or a retrieve error for The required parameters were not sent by the UI.
receiving data was detected by the ESS. A length error was detected in the variable length parameter.
A confirmation message was not received within the specified time when a request message
Initial Actions was sent to the UI.
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection between the ESS and the UI. Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).


Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists, replace the Control Panel UI PWB (PL Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
11.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


102-381, 102-382 2-582 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full RAP
Punch Dust Near Full

Procedure
When the Punch dust box full is detected, empty the Punch dust box.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-583 112-700
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
112-700 2-584 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-210 MediaReader Fatal Error RAP 116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail RAP
When this error is detected in OSDD. MediaLib internal logic fail occurs.

Procedure Initial Actions


1.Power Off/On Ensure that the cable is securely connected.

2.To replace either of Media Reader/USB Cable/Expanded Board for Media Reader connection. Procedure
1.Power Off/On
When the problem insists, see CE Manual reference for next step.

2.To check whether the problem is existing failure (to TSC) or not and see CE Manual reference
for next step, when the problem persists.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-585 116-210, 116-212
116-220 Downloader Initialize Fail RAP. 116-310 ESS Font DIMM #2 RAP
Downloader Initialize Fail when going to Download mode. (When in normal mode or in Forced An error is detected in the ESS Font ROM DIMM #2.
Download mode.).
Initial Actions
Procedure Power Off/On
No action required since Downloader Fail cannot be displayed on PSW.
Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB and the DIMM (PL 11.3).

If the problem persists replace the DIMM #2 (PL 11.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-220, 116-310 2-586 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-311 ESS Font DIMM #3 RAP 116-312 HDD Encrypt Key RAP
An error is detected in the ESS Font ROM DIMM #3. An error in the HDD encryption key is detected during boot.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB and the DIMM (PL 9.3). Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the DIMM #2 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-587 116-311, 116-312
116-313 HDD Encrypt Setup RAP 116-314 Ethernet Address RAP
The encryption key is set up but the HDD is not encrypted. An Ethernet address error is detected.

Procedure Initial Actions


Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Power Off/On

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. Procedure


Check the EPROM on the ESS.
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-313, 116-314 2-588 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-315 ESS DDR DIMM #1 R/W Check RAP 116-316 ESS DDR DIMM #2 R/W Check RAP
An error is detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #1. An error is detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS DDR DIMM #2.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #1. Pull out and insert the ESS DDR DIMM #2.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #1 (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS DDR DIMM #2 (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-589 116-315, 116-316
116-317 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check RAP 116-318 ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check RAP
An error is detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked. An error is detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace DIMM (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-317 , 116-318 2-590 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-319 Controller UI Configuration 116-321 System Software RAP
There is a configuration mismatch between the Controller ROM and the UI. An internal controller error shut down the processor.

Procedure Initial Actions


If the Controller or UI was just serviced, check the electrical connections. Power Off/On

If the problem occurred during customer usage, replace the Controller ROM. Procedure
Check the installation of the DDR DIMM.
If the problem persists, replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-591 116-319, 116-321
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail RAP 116-323 ESS NVRAM R/W Check RAP
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. An error is detected during the ESS PWB NVM Read/Write Check.

Procedure Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-322 , 116-323 2-592 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-324 System Controller RAP 116-325 ESS Fan RAP
An exceptional Controller error shut down the processor. The ESS fan failed.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Replace the ESS fan (PL 9.2).

Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-593 116-324, 116-325
116-328 Controller Cache RAP 116-329 Serial Software RAP
A cache failure is detected in the Controller. A system call error is detected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-328, 116-329 2-594 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-330 HDD File System RAP 116-331 Invalid Log Information RAP
The HDD Check detected an error during power on or the HDD is not formatted. A log error is detected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Remove the HD, switch off the power, reinstall the HD, and switch on the power.

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-595 116-330, 116-331
116-332 ESS ROM RAP 116-333 LocalTalk Software RAP
An error is detected in the ESS ROM. A LocalTalk system call error caused a shutdown.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-332, 116-333 2-596 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail RAP 116-335 HDD RAP
System Cont detects [ESS-NVRAM with factory settings is installed] or [Illegal ESS-NVRAM The control logic detected that the HDD failed.
data is occurring].
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).
As powering OFF then ON after a detection of 116-334 will presumably cause other errors 124-3xx
that indicate various data mismatches between the three locations, resolve one(s) following the If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
corrective actions for the relevant Fault Code(s).
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
If 116-334 reoccurs despite powering OFF/ON, disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board,
then turn ON the power.

If the problem persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.

If the problem still persists, replace the mercury battery.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-597 116-334, 116-335
116-336 HDD Access RAP 116-337 SNTP Software RAP
A failure is detected during HDD access An error in SNTP (Simple Network Transfer Processing) caused in internal shutdown.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-336, 116-337 2-598 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-338 JBA RAP 116-340 Memory RAP
A JBA (Job Based Accounting) processing error caused in internal shutdown. The DDR DIMM, Entry Buffer, and Work Area are insufficient.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Add memory (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Disable the PostScript option.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-599 116-338, 116-340
116-341 ROM Version RAP 116-342 Network Manager RAP
Multiple incorrect versions of the ROM DIMM are installed. An internal shutdown occurred due to an error in processing SNMP (Simple Network Management
An invalid combination of ROM DIMMs are installed. Protocol).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Power Off/On

Procedure
Procedure
NOTE: When installing multiple ROM DIMMs, it is necessary to match both the major versions Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
and the minor versions.

Check the version of the ROM DIMM and if necessary, replace it with the correct version of the
DIMM (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-341, 116-342 2-600 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-343 Main PWB IC RAP 116-346 Formatter RAP
An error is detected in the IC in the ESS PWB. Errors are detected by the Formatter.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Y N
Connect the connectors. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Switch on the power again. The problem persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-601 116-343, 116-346
116-348 Redirector RAP 116-349 SIF RAP
A system function recall error is detected by the Redirector. An error occurred using the SIF (Source Input Format) function.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-348, 116-349 2-602 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-350 AppleTalk Software RAP 116-351 Ether Talk Software RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after an AppleTalk processing error. An internal shutdown occurred after an Ether Talk processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-603 116-350, 116-351
116-352 NetWare Software RAP 116-353 HDD Mechanical RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a NetWare processing error. A mechanical error occurred in the HDD.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected.
Y N
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Connect the connectors.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).


If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-352, 116-353 2-604 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-354 HDD Product RAP 116-355 Agent Software RAP
An error occurred in the HDD. An internal shutdown occurred after an SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) processing
error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Procedure
Y N Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Connect the connectors.
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).


If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-605 116-354, 116-355
116-356 HDD Format RAP 116-357 PostScript RAP
HDD formatting failed. An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Y N
Connect the connectors. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2).


If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-356, 116-357 2-606 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-358 Salutation Software RAP 116-360 SMB Software RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a Salutation processing error. An internal shutdown occurred after a SMB (Server Message Block) processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-607 116-358, 116-360
116-361 Spool HDD RAP 116-362 SSDP Software RAP
The controller spool detected an error during HDD access. An internal shutdown occurred after an SSDP (Simple Service Discovery Protocol) processing
error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Check the HDD electrical connections (PL 9.2). Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-361, 116-362 2-608 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-363 Print Service Software RAP 116-364 Timer RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after an SNMP processing error. A timer failure is detected in the ESS PWB.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected.
Y N
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Connect the connectors.

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-609 116-363, 116-364
116-365 Spool RAP 116-366 Software Report RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after an SPL processing error. An internal shutdown occurred after a reporting error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-365, 116-366 2-610 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-367 Parallel Software RAP 116-368 Dump Print RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error. An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-611 116-367, 116-368
116-370 XJCL RAP 116-371 PCL Decomposer Software RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a XJCL (X Job Control Language) processing error. An internal shutdown occurred after a PCL (Printer Command Language) processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-370 , 116-371 2-612 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-372 Formatter RAP 116-373 Dynamic DNS Software RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error. An internal shutdown occurred after a DDNS (Dynamic Domain Name System) processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-613 116-372, 116-373
116-374 Auto Switch RAP 116-375 Formatter RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error. A response such as system function recall error is detected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-374, 116-375 2-614 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-376 Port 9100 Software RAP 116-377 Video DMA RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error. A Video DMA (Direct Memory Access) failure is detected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-615 116-376, 116-377
116-378 Controller Software RAP 116-379 Controller Software RAP
An internal shutdown occurred after a processing error. An internal shutdown occurred after an MCC processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2). Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-378, 116-379 2-616 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 RAP 116-381 ABL Initialize RAP
An error is detected when the Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked. Corrupted data is detected in the ABL (Address Book Library).

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the PS DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected.
The problem persists. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Return to Service Call Procedures.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are correctly connected. Y N
Y N Return to Service Call Procedures.
Connect the connectors.
Clear the ESS NVM. (Perform this only after explaining to the user the purpose of clearing recipient
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. information.)
Y N If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)


If the problem persists, replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists, replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-617 116-380, 116-381
116-382 ABL Initialize RAP 116-385 IDC Software RAP
HDD access by the ABL (Address Book Library) failed. An internal shutdown occurred after an IDC (scripting language) processing error.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected. Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Y N
Connect the connectors. If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Switch on the power again. The problem persists. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)


If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-382, 116-385 2-618 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-388 MCC RAP 116-389 RAM Install RAP
The control logic detected that the HDD is not installed during an MCC operation (Mail Contents The control logic detected that the required RAM capacity is not installed or available.
Creator).
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Reinstall or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
Check the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-619 116-388, 116-389
116-390 ROM NVM Mismatch RAP 116-391 Country Code RAP
Incompatible versions of the standard ROM and NVM are detected. An illegal country code is set.

Procedure Procedure
If instructions are listed on the UI perform them. Perform GP 7 Country Code Setting.

If no instructions are listed on the UI Follow the LCD display and initialize the NVM.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-390, 116-391 2-620 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-395 USB Software RAP 116-399 Initialization RAP
There is an internal shutdown due to a USB (Universal Serial Bus) related error. Initialization exceeded 10 minutes.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-621 116-395, 116-399
116-701 Memory Duplex RAP 116-702 Substitute Font RAP
2 Sided printing requires more memory. The print function is using a substitute font.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. No action necessary.

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-701, 116-702 2-622 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-703 PostScript Language RAP 116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow RAP
There is an error in PostScript grammar interpretation or language interpretation. HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Increase HP-GL spool size or mount HDD.

Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-623 116-703, 116-710
116-713 HDD Job Full RAP 116-714 HP-GL/2 Command RAP
The job output was split into batches when HDD capacity was reached. There is a command error in the HP-GL/2 (Hewlett Packard printer control language)

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program. If the problem persists check the electrical connections on the HDD (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2). If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-713, 116-714 2-624 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-720 PCL Memory RAP 116-738 Overlay Size Orientation RAP
The PCL Printer Control Language) Memory capacity is insufficient. The drawing size/orientation of the form is different from the size/orientation of the paper.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Ask customer to check setups so that the paper is the same size and orientation as the overlay.

Procedure
Do not start up the ports that are unnecessary. Adjust the various Buffer Memory sizes. Add addi-
tional memory.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-625 116-720, 116-738
116-739 Form/Logo Capacity RAP 116-740 Arithmetic RAP
Form/logo registration was not possible because of insufficient RAM disk or HDD capacity. The number calculated in the interpreter exceeded the limit value.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to check the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
forms/logos that are unnecessary.

Refer customer to User Guide heading Data Encryption to check RAM usage.

If the problem persists perform Hard Disk Diagnostic Program.

If the problem persists replace the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-739, 116-740 2-626 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-741 Maximum Forms Data Register RAP 116-742 Max Logo Registered RAP
The large quantity of forms put a limit on form data registration. The number of logo data registrations is exceeded.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Ask customer to check the registered logos using the UI utility and delete any unused logos.

Procedure If the problem persists delete logos that are not required by the print job.

Ask customer to check the registered forms using the UI utility and delete the forms that are unnec-
essary.

If the problem persists Ask customer to delete forms that are not required by the print command.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-627 116-741, 116-742
116-743 Form/Logo Size Overflow RAP 116-746 Selected Form RAP
The received data (form/logo) exceeds the registered buffer size. The selected form is not registered.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Ask customer to use a registered form or register the required form.

Procedure
Ask customer to increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the UI.

If the problem persists install the HDD (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-743, 116-746 2-628 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-747 Invalid Page Margin RAP 116-748 Page Image Data RAP
Subtracting the paper margin from the valid coordinate area results in a negative value. Drawing data does not exist in the page data.

Procedure Initial Actions


Ask customer to reset the margins setup. Power Off/On

Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-629 116-747, 116-748
116-749 PostScript Font RAP 116-750 Banner Sheet Cancelled RAP
The specified font is not found in the ROM or the HDD. Banner Sheet cancelled.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Set the Banner Sheet Feed Tray to normal status (see Detected when), or change Banner sheet
feed tray.
Procedure
The font name specified in JIS is set.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-749, 116-750 2-630 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-752 Print Job Ticket Description Warning RAP 116-771 Invalid JBIG Parameter DL Fixed RAP
PDF Print Job Ticket description warning. An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected.

Procedure Initial Actions


Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Power Off/On

Procedure
No action necessary.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-631 116-752, 116-771
116-772 Invalid JBIG Parameter D Fixed RAP 116-773 Invalid JBIG Parameter P Fixed RAP
An incorrect JBIG parameter D was automatically corrected. An incorrect JBIG parameter P was automatically corrected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-772, 116-773 2-632 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-774 Invalid JBIG Parameter YD Fixed RAP 116-775 Invalid JBIG Parameter L0 Fixed RAP
An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was automatically corrected. An incorrect JBIG parameter LO was automatically corrected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-633 116-774, 116-775
116-776 Invalid JBIG Parameter MX Fixed RAP 116-777 Invalid JBIG Parameter MY Fixed RAP
An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was automatically corrected. An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was automatically corrected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-776 , 116-777 2-634 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLength Fixed RAP 116-780 Attached Document RAP
An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was automatically corrected. There was an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. No action necessary.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-635 116-778, 116-780
116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (A-Finisher) 116-790 Stapling Canceled RAP (SB-Finisher)
BSD-ON:12.5 BSD-ON:12.21

When Staple was specified, there were no staples. When Staple was specified, there were no staples.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin Execute Component Control [012-242 Low Staple Sensor]. Install and remove the Staple Pin
Cartridge. The display changes. Cartridge. The display changes.
Y N Y N
Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsub- Check the Staple Pin Cartridge for failure or foreign substances. Therearenoforeignsub-
stances and nothing has failed. stances and nothing has failed.
Y N Y N
Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances. Repair the failure and remove the foreign substances.

Check the connections of P/J8731 and P/J8701. P/J8731 and P/J8701 are con- Check the connections of J8886 and P/J8981. J8886 and P/J8981 are connected
nected correctly. correctly.
Y N Y N
Connect P/J8731 and P/J8701. Connect J8886 and P/J8981.

Check the wire between J8731 and J8701 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD Check the wire between J8886 and J8981 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD 12.21).
12.5). The wire between J8731 and J8701 is conducting without an open circuit or a The wire between J8886 and J8981 is conducting without an open circuit or a short
short circuit. circuit.
Y N Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-5 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
The voltage is approx. +5VDC. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7).

Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB P/J8701-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.5). Measure the voltage between the Finisher PWB J8886-7 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 12.21).
Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes. Install and remove the Staple Pin Cartridge. The voltage changes.
Y N Y N
Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16).

Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB Replace the Staple Assembly (PL 22.4) If the problem persists, replace the Finisher PWB
(PL 22.7). (PL 23.16).

Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 22.7) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Replace the Finisher PWB (PL 23.16) If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


116-790, 116-790 2-636 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail RAP
Error occurs due to the setting of impermissible combination below at Power On.

IC Card Gate EP accessories other than IC Card Gate are connected (set) or IC Card Gate and
other EP accessories are installed together (set).

[Authentication/Counting]> [Authentication/Counting management/use] is set in [External


Authentication/Counting].

Procedure
To change System Data (Chain-Link) to prevent Detection condition.

(For example, If Card Auditron Level2/IC Card Auditron Level2 in Network Accounting mode is
requested, Customize User Prompts shall be set to both or prompt 1 only.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-637 121-314
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
121-314 2-638 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-207 Communication Manager Target RAP 123-209 Controller UI Communication RAP
A mailbox operations value is incorrect. An incorrect check value is received during Controller UI Communications.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-639 123-207, 123-209
123-310 Send Queue RAP 123-311 Receive Queue RAP
The upper limit of the processing capability for sending data from the UI to the Controller was The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in the
exceeded. UI.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-310, 123-311 2-640 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-317 Receive Message Queue RAP 123-318 Receive Finish Queue RAP
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in the The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in the
UI. UI.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-641 123-317, 123-318
123-320 NVM Initialized for FCW Composition RAP 123-322 UI Target RAP
Automatic recovery with detection of incorrect value in system data area that is not compatible Serial transmission failed.
between different UI panels (FCW/HB)
Initial Actions
NOTE: At machine startup and machine booting, the set values are out of range for currently Power Off/On
mounted panel has been detected in the system data area that is not compatible between the
different UI panel types (HB/FCW/MCW).
Procedure
This fault does not occur when the same UI panel type is replaced. Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
In case incorrect data is stored for some reason, rebooting and automatic recovery are con- the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
ducted using the same mechanism as that used for physical panel replacement.
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
Even when this error code is displayed, machine can be used normally after Close is pressed. If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

However, necessary machine settings shall be made before Controller NVM are initialized for If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
FCW/MCW panel configuration.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-320, 123-322 2-642 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-323 UI Address RAP 123-325 Object Creation RAP
Serial transmission failed. The specified object could not be created due to UI software failure and a setting or specification
error.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Procedure
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-643 123-323, 123-325
123-326 Memory Overflow RAP 123-327 Button Overflow RAP
The UI software failed and memory capacity is exceeded. The UI software failed and memory requirements exceeded the upper limit.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-326 , 123-327 2-644 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-328 UI Internal Range RAP 123-329 UI Coordinates RAP
UI software failure and a coordinate value outside the range of the display screen is detected. UI software failure and a coordinate value that cannot be displayed is detected.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-645 123-328, 123-329
123-332 Interface Parameter RAP 123-333 Interface Communication RAP
The UI software failed and an incorrect parameter was received by the DM-CP driver interface. The system detected that transmission with the Control Panel could not be established.

Initial Actions The H/W connection in the UI is faulty and the internal connection isnt detected.
Power Off/On
Initial Actions
Procedure Power Off/On

Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-332, 123-333 2-646 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-337 Frame Data RAP 123-341 Event Queue RAP
The UI software failed and an incorrect data type value is detected. The UI software failed with a full event queue.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-647 123-337 , 123-341
123-342 Event Queue RAP 123-343 Invalid Class RAP
The UI software failed with an empty queue. The UI software failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-342, 123-343 2-648 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-344 Invalid Type RAP 123-345 Timer Queue Full RAP
The UI software failed. The UI software failed an event timer.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-649 123-344, 123-345
123-346 Invalid Timer Number RAP 123-369 Interface Value RAP
The UI software failed a timer routine. The UI software failed with an invalid interface value.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-346, 123-369 2-650 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-370 Interface Length RAP 123-371 Interface Parameter RAP
There is an error in the parameter sent from the Controller. There is an error in the parameter sent from the Controller.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 13.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-651 123-370, 123-371
123-372 Interface Sequence RAP 123-373 Channel RAP
The initialization command from the Controller was not sent within the specified time. There is an error in the channel sent from the Controller.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-372, 123-373 2-652 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-374 User Job ID RAP 123-375 Internal Resource RAP
There is an error in the Job ID parameter sent from the Controller. The UI software failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 13.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-653 123-374 , 123-375
123-376 Internal Memory RAP 123-377 UI Timer RAP
The UI software failed. The UI software failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-376 , 123-377 2-654 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-378 Interface Format RAP 123-379 Dispatch RAP
There is an error in the data format sent from the Controller. The UI software failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 13.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-655 123-378 , 123-379
123-380 Copy Interface RAP 123-381 Fax Interface RAP
The UI software failed. The UI software failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-380, 123-381 2-656 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-382 Scanner Interface RAP 123-383 Report Interface RAP
The UI software failed. The UI software failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-657 123-382, 123-383
123-384 Server Access RAP 123-385 Service Object RAP
The UI software failed. There is an invalid service object overflow failure.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-384, 123-385 2-658 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-386 Service Object RAP 123-387 Service Object RAP
There is an invalid service object attribute failure. There is an invalid service object attribute failure.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-659 123-386 , 123-387
123-388 Attribute RAP 123-389 UI Comparator RAP
The UI software failed attribute control. The UI software failed comparator management.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-388, 123-389 2-660 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-390 Job Parameter RAP 123-391 Job Parameter RAP
The UI software failed job parameter control. The UI software failed job parameter control.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-661 123-390, 123-391
123-392 Auditron RAP 123-394 File Access RAP
The UI software failed auditron control. The UI software failed a file access routine.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-392, 123-394 2-662 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-395 UI NVM RAP 123-396 UI Software RAP
The UI software failed an NVM access routine. The UI software failed.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-663 123-395, 123-396
123-397 UI Manager RAP 123-398 Release Queue RAP
The UI software failed. The UI software failed a full queue release.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2). If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


123-397, 123-398 2-664 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
123-399 UI Internal RAP 123-400 Internal Interface RAP
The UI software failed. There is insufficient memory capacity or an internal error or invalid interface sequencing or a corrupt
parameter was entered.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on Procedure
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Disconnect and reconnect the electrical connections on the UI PWB (PL 11.2) and P/J388 on
the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the UI PWB (PL 11.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-665 123-399, 123-400
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
123-399, 123-400 2-666 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-310 Product Designation RAP 124-311 Product Serial Number RAP
BSD-ON:3.6 BSD-ON:3.6

There is an error in the product designation nomenclature. There is an error in the product serial number.

Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-667 124-310, 124-311
124-312 Machine Codes Mismatch RAP 124-313 Serial Number RAP
BSD-ON:3.6 BSD-ON:3.6

The machine codes do not match. The serial numbers did not match.

Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-312, 124-313 2-668 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-314 IOT Speed RAP 124-315 Serial Number Mismatch RAP
The IOT is not running at the correct speed. The Serial Numbers are not in sync.

Procedure Initial Actions


Check the following for binding: Power Off/On

Fuser/ Main Drive Controls: BSD 4.1, 4.1B Procedure


Registration: BSD 8.7 Go to GP 4.
Xerographics: BSD 9.3, 9.7, 9.8
Fusing and Transportation: BSD 10.1, 10.5,10.6

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-669 124-314, 124-315
124-316 Product Mode RAP 124-317 All Product Mode RAP
BSD-ON:3.6 BSD-ON:3.6

There is an error in product mode of operation. There is an error in all modes of product operation.

Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.

If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 11.1)

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-316, 124-317 2-670 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-318 Product Type Software Key RAP 124-319 All Product Types Software Key RAP
BSD-ON:3.6 BSD-ON:3.6

There is a mismatch between the software key and the type of product. There is a mismatch between the software key and any type of product.

Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.

If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1) If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1)

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-671 124-318, 124-319
124-320 EPROM RAP 124-321 Backup SRAM RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:3.6

A write error occurred in the ESS PWB SEEPROM. A failure occurred when setting the M/C serial number.

Procedure Procedure
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the connection of each ESS PWB (PL 9.2) and FAX PWB (PL 9.1) connector. The
connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.


If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-320 , 124-321 2-672 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-322 Software Key RAP 124-323 Software Key Registration RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

There is a software key mismatch. There is a software key registration failure.

Procedure Procedure
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs. Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-673 124-322, 124-323
124-324 All Billings Mismatch RAP 124-325 Billing Restoration RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:3.6

The billing counters in multiple locations are all different. Billing counter auto repair failed.

Procedure Procedure
Power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: Execute Serial Number/Billing Meter Data [Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Com-
pare the 3 serial numbers The 3 serial numbers match.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Perform GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs.
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1)
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-324, 124-325 2-674 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered RAP 124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Failure RAP
Status 1 or 2 of speed registration procedure for IOT is detected when the system is booted. Error is detected during IOT Speed change procedure:

Procedure Move to Diag Mode fails.


IOT Speed change procedure starts with this fault. User to input SW key for IOT speed change
DC132 fails.
according to dialog displayed on UI.

SEEP ROM R/W fails.

Rebooting fails.

Procedure
1. Replace IOT

2. Replace Controller board.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-675 124-326, 124-327
124-333 ASIC RAP 124-334 Standard Font ROM RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

A decompression error occurred in an ESS ASIC (Application Specific Integrated Circuit). An error was detected in the standard Built-In Font ROM.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2)

Procedure
Pull out and insert the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)


If the problem persists replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-333, 124-334 2-676 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-335 Font ROM RAP 124-337 ESS Standard RAM RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

The Font ROM could not be detected. An error was detected in the ESS Built-In Standard RAM.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).

Procedure If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Pull out and insert the Printer PWB (PL 9.2) and the DIMM (PL 9.2) Switch on the power. The
problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Check the connection of each ESS PWB connector. The connectors are securely connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2).


If the problem persists replace the Printer PWB (PL 9.2).
f the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-677 124-335, 124-337
124-338 Duplicate Font ROMs RAP 124-339 ROM DIMM Mismatch RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM is installed. The system detected that an incorrect ROM DIMM is installed.

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert or replace the PS DIMM (PL 9.2). Check that the prescribed DDR DIMM (PL 9.2) is installed.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-338 , 124-339 2-678 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-340 CRUM Market RAP 124-341 CRUM Market MCU RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 CRUM control failed on the MCU.

There is a general CRUM control failure. Procedure


Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
Procedure connected.
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Y N
connected. Connect the connectors.
Y N
Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1.
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-679 124-340, 124-341
124-342 CRUM Market System 1 RAP 124-343 CRUM Market System 2 RAP
CRUM control failed in system 1. CRUM control failed in system 2.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2.
If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-342, 124-343 2-680 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-350 CRUM OEM RAP 124-351 CRUM OEM MCU RAP
OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed. OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed on the MCU.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1.
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-681 124-350, 124-351
124-352 CRUM OEM System 1 RAP 124-353 CRUM OEM System 2 RAP
OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed in system 1. OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed in system 2.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2.
If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-352, 124-353 2-682 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-360 CRUM Validation RAP 124-361 CRUM Validation MCU RAP
CRUM control failed validation. CRUM control failed validation on the MCU.

Procedure Initial Actions


Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Power Off/On
connected.
Y N Procedure
Connect the connectors.
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors.
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2) Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1.


If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-683 124-360, 124-361
124-362 CRUM Validation System 1 RAP 124-363 CRUM validation System 2 RAP
CRUM control failed in system 1. CRUM control failed in system 2.

Initial Actions Procedure


Power Off/On Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected.
Procedure Y N
Connect the connectors.
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected.
Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors.
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2.
Y N
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU.


If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-362, 124-363 2-684 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-372 IOT Controller Software RAP 124-373 IOT Manager Software RAP
Due to an error in the software of the IOT Controller, subsequent processes cannot be performed. BSD-ON:16.1

Procedure Due to an error in the software of the IOT Manager, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
Procedure
Reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2). Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists reinstall or replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-685 124-372, 124-373
124-374 IOT IM Device Driver Software RAP 124-380 CRUM Market (2)
BSD-ON:16.1 There is a general CRUM control failure.

Due to an error in the software of the IOT IM Device Driver, subsequent processes cannot be per- Procedure
formed. Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected.
Procedure Y N
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). Connect the connectors.
If the problem persists reinstall or replace the DDR DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)


If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-374, 124-380 2-686 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-381 CRUM Market MCU (2) 124-382 CRUM Market System 1 (2)
CRUM control failed on the MCU. Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
Procedure connected.
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Y N
connected. Connect the connectors.
Y N
Connect the connectors. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N
Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Return to Service Call Procedures.
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU.
If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1.
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-687 124-381, 124-382
124-383 CRUM Market System 2 (2) 124-390 OEM Market (2)
CRUM control failed in system 2. OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2. Replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2)
If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). If the problem persists replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-383, 124-390 2-688 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-391 CRU OEM MCU (2) 124-392 CRU OEM System 1 (2)
OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed on the MCU. OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed in system 1.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS1. Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master MCU.
If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists. replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-689 124-391, 124-392
124-393 CRU OEM System 2 (2) 124-701 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP
OEM (Original Equipment Manufacturer) CRUM control failed in system 2. The output destination was changed by the customer from the Side Tray to the Center Tray.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the ESS PWB and MCU PWB. Theconnectorsaresecurely No action necessary.
connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Perform GP 4, repair the problem by master SYS2.


If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-393, 124-701 2-690 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-702 Finisher Tray to Center Tray RAP 124-705 Punching Cancelled RAP
The output destination was changed by the customer from the Finisher Tray to the Center Tray. Punch request is canceled to continue printing.

Procedure Procedure
No action necessary. Ask customer to check the job setup.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-691 124-702, 124-705
124-706 Folding Cancelled RAP 124-708 Output Tray Changed to Sub Tray RAP
Fold request is canceled to continue printing. Output destination is changed to Sub Tray to continue printing.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to check the job setup. Paper is output to Center Tray instead of designated tray.

(1) Paper of different size from paper size designated with duplex designation is fed.

(2) Puncher of Finisher C has failure.

[(1)Output to Sub Tray at size mismatch occurrence in duplex designation]

-When size mismatch occurs, paper is output to the designated tray while Simplex is designated
and to Sub Tray while Duplex is designated.

-On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed
when Sheet Delivered is received from IOT, with the message, Copying in progress displayed
after Start button is pressed, until IOT is stopped.

-No display on the driver.

[(2) Output to Sub Tray at the occurrence of Finisher failure]

-Decurler failure and Puncher failure shall be handled not as SubSystemFail but as LocalFail.

-When Decurler failure occurs, paper is output to designated Finisher.

-When Puncher failure occurs, paper is output to Sub Tray.

-When Booklet is designated, however, paper is output to Booklet.

-On the control panel, message saying that output destination is changed to Sub Tray is displayed
when SheetDelivered is received from IOT, with the message, Copying in progress displayed
after

Start button is pressed, until IOT is stopped.

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


124-706, 124-708 2-692 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
124-709 Side Tray to Center Tray RAP 124-710 Output Tray Changed from MailBoxSorter RAP
The sheets entering the stapler exceeded the maximum. Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter.

Procedure Procedure
Ask customer to check the job setup. Output paper that can be output to Mailbox Sorter.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-693 124-709, 124-710
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
124-709, 124-710 2-694 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
125-311 PSW Unexpected Fail RAP
PSW Cont Software Failure

Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.

Procedure
Power OFF/ON.

Check that the latest version of software is installed.

Check connections on the ESS PWB.

Check the wiring to the ESS PWB.

If the above checks are OK, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-695 125-311
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
125-311 2-696 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
127-310 ESR Task RAP 127-314 WSD Print S/W Fail RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 WSD Print S/W Fail.

A fatal error occurred in an ESR (External Server Request) Task. Procedure


Power Off/On.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On

Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).

If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-697 127-310, 127-314
127-353 LPD Software RAP 127-396 Mail I/O Software RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the LPD, subsequent processes cannot be There is an error in Mail I/O processing.
performed.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions Power Off/On
Power Off/On
Procedure
Procedure Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


127-353 , 127-396 2-698 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
127-398 IPP Software RAP 127-399 JME Software RAP
BSD-ON:16.1 BSD-ON:16.1

There is an IPP (Internet Printing Protocol) error. Due to a fatal error that occurred in processing related to the JME, subsequent processes cannot be
performed.
Initial Actions
Power Off/On Initial Actions
Power Off/On
Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job. Procedure
Ask customer to cancel and rerun the job.
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists pull out and insert or replace the DIMM (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
If the problem persists replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-699 127-398 , 127-399
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
127-398 , 127-399 2-700 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
133-210 Fax Parameter RAP 133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

The parameter value is incorrect due to reasons such as excessive length. A parameter value exceeds the range or the required parameter is not sent.

The required parameter is not sent. Procedure


Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-701 133-210 , 133-211
133-212 Fax Read Error- No Data RAP 133-213 Fax Read Error- Invalid Data RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

The specified data does not exist (incorrect number or channel). Corrupted data interrupted a read on the specified data.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


133-212, 133-213 2-702 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
133-214 Fax USB Initializing RAP 133-215 Fax USB Device RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

Fax failed initialization. There is an error in the Fax USB interface.

Procedure Procedure
Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3). Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3).

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-703 133-214, 133-215
133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal RAP 133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 There is a Fax/USB processing error.

There is a Fax/USB processing error. Procedure


Turn the power Off/On.
Procedure
Check the USB connection. If OK then replace the USB cable (PL 9.3).

If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


133-216, 133-217 2-704 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory RAP 133-219 Fax Work Memory RAP
There is a Fax/USB processing error. Memory capacity reached during Fax processing.

Procedure Procedure
Turn the power Off/On. Turn the power Off/On.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-705 133-218 , 133-219
133-220 Fax Control Task RAP 133-221 Fax Card Boot RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

An error during Fax Controller software processing caused a Fax shutdown. The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time to boot.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


133-220, 133-221 2-706 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervalley RAP 133-223 Fax Card Reset RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

The FAX PWB did not respond within the specified time. The controller reset when the FAX PWB did not respond.

Procedure Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1). If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-707 133-222 , 133-223
133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM RAP 133-226 Country Code RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 The Controller detects an invalid country code.

The Controller detected a version mismatch. Procedure


Perform GP 7 Country Code Setting.
Procedure
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)

If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


133-224, 133-226 2-708 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
133-280 Fax Option Slot 1 Board RAP 133-281 Received unknown message RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

Failure was detected on the Fax Option Slot 1 board. A message not specified in I/F settings was received from the Fax Card.

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists. Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3) Switch on the power. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Service Call Procedures. Service Call Procedures.

Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely Check the connection of each FAX PWB (PL 9.3) connector. The connectors are securely
connected. connected.
Y N Y N
Connect the connectors. Connect the connectors.

Turn on the power again. The problem persists. Turn on the power again. The problem persists.
Y N Y N
Service Call Procedures. Service Call Procedures.

Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-709 133-280, 133-281
133-282 Fax Card Download RAP 133-283 Fax Report Mailbox RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

An FAX PWB download could not be completed when either a FAX PWB or Fax Controller software The Fax Report mailbox did not open.
failure occurred.
Procedure
Procedure Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3)
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).
If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
If the problem continues, replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


133-282 , 133-283 2-710 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
133-700 Staple/Punch Cancelled RAP 133-710 Tray Select Fail RAP
The Controller cancelled the Staple/Punch operation due to staple relationship with the print paper, Fax receive document is printed with bypass tray when tray inapplicable to Fax is selected.
or during data format processing for fax receive document printing in the Controller.
NOTE: Tray mode function in Declaration of Received Paper Size is provided to select From
Staple/Punch request is canceled to continue printing. which tray fax-received data shall be printed. This error occurs when this function is set to
Enable.
Procedure Even when this function is set to Disable, this error occurs also in printing of fax report and
Change Staple/Punch position designation or select paper according to Staple/Punch position. polling reservation document

*To automatically print received FAX/IFAX document, M/C automatically selects paper tray and
any of the following occurs when tray is selected:

-Selected tray is set as inapplicable tray to fax document printing. M/C selects then bypass tray
to continue printing.

-Paper size inapplicable to fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue
printing.

-Paper type unusable for fax is set for selected tray. M/C selects then bypass tray to continue
printing.

-When error does not correspond to any of the above cases, selected tray may have failure.

*This error occurs also if any of the above four cases is detected when customer manually
selects paper tray to print document from mailbox.

Procedure
- To set paper size applicable to fax document printing.?

A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, LetterSEF, Legal(14inch),


Legal(13inch), Ledger, LetterLEF and Half Letter SEF are applicable.

-To set paper type applicable to fax document printing.

Plain paper, Quality paper, Recycle paper, Used paper and user-defined paper are applicable.

-To take any of the following actions when Tray mode function in Declaration of Received Paper
Size is set to Enable:

(1) To add tray number that customer wants to designate for printing, to [Function setting]-->[FAX
operation control]-->[Tray mode].

(2) To select tray number to be used for printing by customer, among trays set for [Function setting]-
->[FAX operation control]-->[Tray mode].

- To contact FX Support Division when none of the above actions is effective.

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-711 133-700 , 133-710
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
133-700 , 133-710 2-712 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
134-210 Fax Controller Parameter RAP 134-211 FAX PWB RAP
BSD-ON:17.1 BSD-ON:17.1

The parameter value is incorrect or the required parameter is not sent. A failure is detected on the FAX PWB.

Initial Actions Initial Actions


Power Off/On Power Off/On

Procedure Procedure
Pull out and insert the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The problem persists. Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).
Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures. If the problem persists replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Check the electrical connections on the FAX PWB (PL 9.3). The connectors are securely
connected.
Y N
Connect the connectors.

Switch on the power. The problem persists.


Y N
Return to Service Call Procedures.

Replace the FAX PWB (PL 9.3).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-713 134-210, 134-211
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
134-210, 134-211 2-714 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
202-399 Internal Timer RAP
An internal error was detected in the machine timer.

Initial Actions
Power Off/On

Procedure
Reload Software (ADJ 9.3.1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-715 202-399
Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version
202-399 2-716 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
OF 1 Paper Size Mismatch In Width RAP OF 2 Size Switch Assy RAP
The width of the paper size is incorrect. Procedure
Manually activate the switches of the relevant Size Sensor. The relevant switches move
Initial Actions smoothly.
Power OFF/ON Y N
Reload the tray. Replace the relevant Size Sensor.
Procedure Execute the following Diag.: Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor.
Check for foreign substances, distortion and paper powder in the paper transport path. No
distortion, foreign substances, or paper powder are found in the paper transport path. Tray 1: Component Control [071-210 Tray 1 Size Switch-SW5]
Y N
Clear away the foreign substances and paper powder. Correct the distortion. Tray 2: Component Control [071-211 Tray 2 Size Switch-SW5]

Feed paper from another tray. The problem occurs when paper is fed from another tray. Tray 3: Component Control [071-212 Tray 3 Size Switch-SW5]
Y N
Check the guide. The guide is set correctly. Tray 4: Component Control [071-200 Tray 4 Size Switch-SW5]
Y N
Set the guide correctly. The display changes.
Y N
Check the operation of the Guide Actuator. The Guide Actuator works. Check the connections of the following connectors:
Y N
Set the guide correctly. Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412

Check the installation of the relevant Paper Size Switch. The relevant Paper Size Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412
Switch is installed correctly.
Y N Tray 3: P/J820, P/J548
Install the relevant Paper Size Switch (PL 2.1/PL 12.1/PL 13.1) correctly.
Tray 4: P/J824, P/J548
Go to the OF 2 (SIZE SWITCH ASSY RAP).
The connectors are connected correctly.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Connect the connectors.

Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit.

Tray 1: Between J109 and J412

Tray 2: Between J110 and J412

Tray 3: Between J820 and J548

Tray 4: Between J824 and J548

The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).

Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4

A
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-717 OF 1, OF 2
A
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9 The relevant harnesses are conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14 Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7 Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).

The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB: Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-4
approx. +3.3VDC).
Y N Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-9
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL
13.8)). Tray 3: TM PWB P548-14

Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-). Tray 4: TM PWB P548-7

Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-1 The voltage is the specified value (MCU PWB: approx. +5VDC, Tray Module PWB:
approx. +3.3VDC).
Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-6 Y N
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).
Tray 3: TM PWB P548-11
Measure the voltage between the following points (+) and GND (-).
Tray 4: TM PWB P548-4
Tray 1: MCU PWB P412-3
Activate SW5 of the relevant Size Sensor. The voltage changes.
Y N Tray 2: MCU PWB P412-8
Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or the Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/
PL 13.8)). Tray 3: TM PWB P548-13

Replace the relevant Size Sensor. Tray 4: TM PWB P548-6

Check the connections of the following connectors: Activate SW1 to SW4 of the relevant Size Sensor in sequence. The voltage changes.
Y N
Tray 1: P/J109, P/J412 Replace the relevant Size Sensor.

Tray 2: P/J110, P/J412 Replace the relevant PWB (MCU PWB (PL 9.1) or Tray Module PWB (PL 12.6/PL 13.8)).

Tray 3: P/J820, P/J548

Tray 4: P/J824, P/J548

The connectors are connected correctly.


Y N
Connect the connectors.

Check the following harnesses for an open circuit or a short circuit.

Tray 1: Between J109 and J412

Tray 2: Between J110 and J412

Tray 3: Between J820 and J548

Tray 4: Between J824 and J548

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


OF 2 2-718 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
OF 3 Main Drive Assy RAP OF 4 Dark / Blank Display RAP
Procedure Touch Screen is dark with minimal legibility, or no text or graphics are visible, or text or graph-
ics are distorted, or indicator LEDs are not lit.
Execute Component Control [071-037 Drum Motor ON]. The Drum Motor can be heard.
Y N
Check the connections of P/J408 and P/J214. P/J408 and P/J214 are connected cor- Initial Actions
rectly. Ensure all external cables and power cords are connected.
Y N
Connect P/J408 and P/J214. Procedure
Check the wire between P/J408 and P/J2144 for an open circuit or a short circuit (BSD NOTE: If a Status Code is displayed, go to the appropriate status code RAP.
4.1 Flag 3/Flag 4/Flag 5/Flag 6/Flag 7). The wire between P/J408 and P/J214 is con- There is some luminance in the UI display.
ducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Y N Switch off the power. Listen to the cooling fans on the right side and at the rear of the
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
machine and switch on the power. Cooling fans are audible either momentarily or
continuously.
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-13 (+) and GND (-), and between Y N
P408-14 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 4.1 Flag 4). The voltage is approx. +24VDC. There is a +5VDC failure. Go to BSD 1.1 and check 5VDC standby voltages.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). +24VDC is measured between P/J1 pin 40 and ground on Control Panel (BSD 2.3).
Y N
Measure the voltage between the MCU PWB P408-10 (+) and GND (-) (BSD 4.1 Flag 3).
+24VDC is measured between P/J388 pin 40 and pins 25, 26 on the ESS (BSD
The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
2.3).
Y N Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
+24VDC is measured between P/J300 pin 2 and ground on the ESS (BSD
1.1).
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU Y N
PWB (PL 9.1).
+24VDC is measured between P/J521 pin 3 and ground on Power
Unit (BSD 1.1).
Check the wires between the following points for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire Y N
between the points is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
AC voltage is measured between P/J11 pin 1 and J12 pin 1 on
the Power unit (BSD 1.1).
Between J408-3 and J214-12 (BSD 4.1 Flag 2) Y N
Between J408-8 and J214-7 (BSD 4.1 Flag 2) AC voltage is measured at wall outlet.
Between J408-9 and J214-6 (BSD 4.1 Flag 1) Y N
Contact key operator to resolve power problem.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. GFI Breaker is tripped.
Y N
Replace the Main Drive Assembly (PL 1.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL Replace GFI Breaker (PL 9.1).
9.1).
Reset GFI Breaker.

AC voltage is measured at P/J1 pin 3 and ground (BSD 1.1).


Y N
Replace Main Power Switch (PL 9.1).

Replace Power Unit (PL 9.1).

Go to BSD 1.1 and check circuit between P/J521 on Power Unit and P/
J387 on ESS PWB.

A B C D
Launch Version February, 2008 Status Indicator Raps
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 2-719 OF 3, OF 4
A B C D
Check Fuse 2 on the ESS PWB. If OK then replace ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Go to BSD 2.3 and check circuit between P/J1 on Control Panel and P/J388 on ESS
PWB.

Replace Control Panel (PL 11.1).

Check the Touch screen for one of the following:

Distortion
Misplaced characters
Lines or spots
Non-responsive icons
Some illumination in the Touch Screen
The Touch Screen exhibits one of the above characteristics.
Y N
Characters are visible when shining flashlight onto display.
Y N
Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1).

Replace UI PWB (PL 11.2).

Replace Inverter PWB (PL 11.2). If problem persists replace Control Panel (PL 11.1).

Status Indicator Raps February, 2008 Launch Version


OF 4 2-720 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3 Image Quality
Image Quality RAPs Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames ............. 3-30
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................. 3-3 Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of Originals Of Medium Density ........ 3-31
IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP .................................................................................... 3-3 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals ............................... 3-31
IQ3 Low Image Density RAP .......................................................................................... 3-4 CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks ........................................................... 3-32
IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP ................................................................................................ 3-4 Defects Related To Scan Print ........................................................................................ 3-32
IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP .............................................................................. 3-5 Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals...................................... 3-33
IQ6 Background RAP ...................................................................................................... 3-5 Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Density Background ...................... 3-33
IQ7 Deletion RAP ............................................................................................................ 3-6
IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP ........................................................................................ 3-6
IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP ............................................... 3-7
IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP ........................................................................... 3-8
IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP.............................................. 3-8
IQ12 Mottle RAP ............................................................................................................. 3-9
IQ13 Spots RAP .............................................................................................................. 3-9
IQ14 Black Prints RAP .................................................................................................... 3-10
IQ15 Blank Image RAP ................................................................................................... 3-10

Copy Quality Specifications


Copy Quality Specifications ............................................................................................ 3-11
IQS1 Solid Area Density Specification ............................................................................ 3-13
IQS2 Uniformity Specification ......................................................................................... 3-13
IQS3 Exposure Level Specification................................................................................. 3-14
IQS4 Lead Edge Registration Specification .................................................................... 3-14
IQS5 Side Edge Registration Specification..................................................................... 3-15
IQS6 Skew Specification................................................................................................. 3-16
IQS7 Lead Edge Deletion Specification .......................................................................... 3-17
IQS8 Trail Edge Deletion Specification ........................................................................... 3-18
IQS9 Side Edge Deletion Specification........................................................................... 3-18
IQS10 Resolution Specification....................................................................................... 3-19
IQS11 Skips And Smears Specification .......................................................................... 3-20
IQS12 Magnification Specification .................................................................................. 3-21
IQS13 Background Specification .................................................................................... 3-22

Defect Samples
Image Defect Samples .................................................................................................... 3-23
Auger Mark...................................................................................................................... 3-23
Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) ........................................................................ 3-24
White Streaks (Process Direction) .................................................................................. 3-24
Black Bands .................................................................................................................... 3-25
Toner Contamination....................................................................................................... 3-25
Toner Splattering............................................................................................................. 3-26
White Spots (Irregular) .................................................................................................... 3-26
Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts) ..................................................................... 3-27
Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) ................................. 3-27
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) .......... 3-28
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side 2) .......................................... 3-29
Transparency Blocking.................................................................................................... 3-29
Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original ............................................................... 3-30

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-1
Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version
3-2 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IQ1 IOT Image Quality Entry RAP IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Determine whether the problem occurs in Copy Mode or Printer Mode. If the problem occurs in Clean the Platen Glass.
Copy Mode, go to IQ2 IIT Image Quality Entry RAP.
Clean the mirrors and lens with lint-free cloth.
Procedure
Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP. Procedure
Determine the problem and go to the relevant RAP.
Table 1 Print Qualilty
Problem Symptoms RAP Table 1 Image Quality
Problem Symptoms RAP
Low Image Density Overall low density of images. IQ3 RAP
Wrinkled Image The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn. IQ4 RAP Low Image Density Overall low density of images. IQ3 RAP
Residual Image Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous IQ5 RAP Background Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP
(Ghosting) page or current page appear as ghost images on the The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains.
paper. Process Direction Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direc- IQ9 RAP
Background Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. IQ6 RAP Bands, Streaks and tion of the paper orientation.
The smudges appear as extremely bright gray stains. Smears
Deletion Part of the image is missing. IQ7 RAP Repeating Bands, Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the IQ11 RAP
Streaks, Spots and direction of the paper orientation.
Skew/Misregistration Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper. IQ8 RAP
Smears
Process Direction Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direc- IQ9 RAP
Spots Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page. IQ13 RAP
Bands, Streaks and tion of the paper orientation.
Smears Black Prints Paper is printed completely black. IQ14 RAP
Unfused Copy/Toner Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. IQ10 RAP
Offset The images come off easily when rubbed.
Repeating Bands, Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the IQ11 RAP
Streaks, Spots and direction of the paper orientation.
Smears
Mottle Uneven printed image density. IQ12 RAP
Spots Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page. IQ13 RAP
Black Prints Paper is printed completely black. IQ14 RAP
Blank Image Paper is printed completely white. IQ15 RAP

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-3 IQ1, IQ2
IQ3 Low Image Density RAP IQ4 Wrinkled Image RAP
Overall low density of images. The printed paper is wrinkled, folded or torn.

Procedure Procedure
Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean. Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.
Y N Y N
Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass. Use paper within specifications.

Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.
is clean and there is no distortion. Y N
Y N End
Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. reoccurs.
The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Check for foreign substances and distortions in the paper delivery path. There are no foreign
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob- substances or distortions in the paper delivery path.
lem reoccurs. Y N
Y N Remove the foreign substances and correct the distortion.
End
Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1).
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is
heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum.
There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


IQ3, IQ4 3-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IQ5 Residual Image (Ghosting) RAP IQ6 Background RAP
Ghost images appear on the paper. Parts of the previous page or current page appear as ghost Toner smudges appear on the whole or part of the page. The smudges appear as extremely
images on the paper. bright gray stains.

Procedure Procedure
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).
End
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob- The problem reoccurs.
lem reoccurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface lem reoccurs.
of the Heat Roll is clean. Y N
Y N End
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1) Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.1). Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs.
Y N
End

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the ESS PWB
(PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-5 IQ5, IQ6
IQ7 Deletion RAP IQ8 Skew/Misregistration RAP
Part of the image is missing. Printed images are not parallel to the edges of the paper.

Procedure Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Check the location where the machine is installed. The machine is installed on a stable hor-
Y N izontal surface.
Use paper within specifications. Y N
Install the machine on a stable horizontal surface.
Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.
Y N Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
End The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The End
problem reoccurs.
Y N Check the installation of the Paper Cassette. The Paper Cassette is correctly installed.
End Y N
Install the Paper Cassette correctly.
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs. Check for distortion in the paper delivery path. There is no distortion in the paper delivery
Y N path.
End Y N
Correct the distortion or replace the distorted part.
Check the surface of the BTR for distortion. There is no distortion on the surface of the
BTR. Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Y N
Replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


IQ7, IQ8 3-6 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IQ9 Process Direction Bands, Streaks and Smears RAP Y N
Clean the ROS Window. If there is a scratch, replace the ROS Window.
Vertical black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.
Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the
Procedure problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
Check the IIT Carriage Mirrors for scratches and dirt. There are no scratches or dirt on the
mirrors.
Y N
Clean the mirrors. If there is a scratch or stubborn stain, replace the Number1/Number2/
Number3 Mirror (PL 11.6).

Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Y N
End

Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs.
Y N
End

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y N
Clean the paper delivery path.

Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.

Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface
of the Heat Roll is clean.
Y N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1).

Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Check the IIT Carriage Mirror. The mirror is clean and there is no distortion.
Y N
Clean the mirror. If there is distortion, replace the mirror.

Check the ROS Window for scratches and distortion. The ROS Window is clean and there
are no scratches.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-7 IQ9
IQ10 Unfused Copy/Toner Offset RAP IQ11 Repeating Bands, Streaks, Spots and Smears RAP
Printed images are not properly fused onto the paper. The images come off easily when Horizontal black lines or white streaks running in the direction of the paper orientation.
rubbed.
Procedure
Procedure Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. no foreign substances or distortion of the parts.
Y N Y N
Use paper within specifications. Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft
or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly.
Use paper stored under room conditions. The problem reoccurs.
Y N Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
End The problem reoccurs.
Y N
Check the power supply voltage. The voltage is within the specified range. End
Y N
Connect a power supply with voltage within the specified range. Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs.
Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1) and reinstall. The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
Check the fusing temperature using the Diagnostics. A normal fusing temperature is set. there is no distortion.
Y N Y N
Set a normal fusing temperature. Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).

Replace the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check the pitch of the black streaks or blanks. The pitch of the black streaks or blanks are
approx.78mm (the circumference of the Heat Roll).
Y N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
5.1).

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the
problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


IQ10, IQ11 3-8 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IQ12 Mottle RAP IQ13 Spots RAP
Uneven printed image density. Toner spots are spread irregularly over the whole page.

Procedure Procedure
Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications. Check for dirt on the Platen Glass. The Platen Glass is clean.
Y N Y N
Use paper within specifications. Clean the Platen Glass. If there is a stubborn stain, replace the Platen Glass (PL 11.3).

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
Y N The problem reoccurs.
End Y N
End
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs. Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
Y N lem reoccurs.
End Y N
End
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs. Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
Y N there is no distortion.
End Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6).
Check the surface of the BTR for dirt and distortion. The surface of the BTR is clean and
there is no distortion. Check for dirt in the paper delivery path. The paper delivery path is clean.
Y N Y N
Clean the BTR. If there is distortion, replace the BTR (PL 2.6). Clean the paper delivery path.

Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Remove the Fuser Unit (PL 5.1). Check for dirt on the surface of the Heat Roll. The surface
Y N of the Heat Roll is clean.
End Y N
Clean the Heat Roll. If there is difficulty in removing the dirt, replace the Fuser Unit (PL
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). 5.1).

Check the paper type. Paper used is within specifications.


Y N
Use paper within specifications.

Use paper from a freshly opened packet. The problem reoccurs.


Y N
End

Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-9 IQ12, IQ13
IQ14 Black Prints RAP IQ15 Blank Image RAP
Paper is printed completely black. Paper is printed completely white.

Procedure Procedure
Check the moving parts of the IIT Carriage for foreign substances and distortion. There are Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
no foreign substances or distortion of the parts. Y N
Y N Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
Remove the foreign substances. If there is distortion in the Capstan Pulley, Capstan Shaft
or Carriage Cable (PL 11.6), replace the parts accordingly. Check the drum ground contact point for dirt and distortion. The drum ground contact point
is clean and there is no distortion.
Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. Y N
The problem reoccurs. Clean the drum ground contact point and correct the distortion.
Y N
End Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1) and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print.
The problem reoccurs.
Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob- Y N
lem reoccurs. End
Y N
End Install a new Xero/Developer Cartridge (PL 4.1). Turn the power Off/On and print. The prob-
lem reoccurs.
Remove the HVPS and reinstall. Turn the power Off/On and print. The problem reoccurs. Y N
Y N End
End
Set to print a black copy. During the print cycle, turn off the power after the feeding sound is
Check the connections of P/J500 and P/J406. The connectors are connected correctly. heard (i.e. terminate processing midway through copying). Check the surface of the drum.
Y N There is a considerable amount of toner left on the surface of the drum.
Connect the connectors. Y N
Check the connections of P/J140 and P/J406. The connectors are connected cor-
Check the wire between J500-4 and J403-A12 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire rectly.
between J500-4 and J403-A12 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit. Y N
Y N Connect the connectors.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.
Check the installation of the ROS Unit. The ROS Unit is installed correctly.
Check the wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 for an open circuit or a Y N
short circuit. The wires between J160 and J311 and between J170 and J311 are conduct- Install the ROS Unit (PL 3.1) correctly.
ing without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N Measure the voltage of the MCU PWB P406-2. The voltage is approx. +5VDC.
Repair the open circuit or short circuit. Y N
Replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
Replace the HVPS. If the problem persists, replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem per-
sists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1). If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB (PL 9.2). Check the wire between J140 and J406 for an open circuit or a short circuit. The wire
between J140 and J406 is conducting without an open circuit or a short circuit.
Y N
Repair the open circuit or short circuit.

Replace the ROS Unit (PL 3.1). If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Replace the BTR. If the problem persists, replace the HVPS and the MCU PWB (PL 9.1).

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


IQ14, IQ15 3-10 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Copy Quality Specifications
Test Patterns
Procedure
Test Patterns

1. The following test patterns are used with those products.


Standard Test Pattern: USCO/XCL, 82P524; XL,
82P521.
Output Reference Guide: USCO/XL, SIR 542.00.
Visual Scale: USCO/XL, 82P448
Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/82P521
Procedure
This test pattern is the standard multinational test pattern
used for the evaluation of copy quality for those products.

Side A (Figure 1) is used to evaluate solid area density, uni-


formity, exposure level, registration, skew, and lead edge
deletion.

Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern (Side A)(j0st3201)

Side B (Figure 2) is used to evaluate skips and smears, resolution, and magnification.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-11
Output Reference Guide, SIR542.00
Procedure
This test document serves as a reference guide for measuring the solid area density of the Side A copies of the test pattern,
82P524 and 82P521 (Figure 3).

Figure 2 Standard Test Pattern (Side B)(j0st3202)

Figure 3 Output Reference Guide, SIR542.00 (j0st3203)

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


3-12 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IQS1 Solid Area Density Specification IQS2 Uniformity Specification
Procedure Procedure
Using Side A of the Standard Test Pattern (Figure 1), evalu- Make a copy of Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.
ate the solid area density per the following table.
The density of all the 1.0 blocks are same (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern (SideA)(j0st3204)


Figure 1 Standard Test Pattern 1.0 Blocks(j0st3205)
Table 1 Solid Area Density Specification
Copy
Copie Quality Input Output
s Mode Specification Density Density
1 Normal The 1.0 solid area density nearest the center of the 1.0 1.0
copy should be the 1.0 solid area density block on
the Output Reference Guide.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-13
IQS3 Exposure Level Specification IQS4 Lead Edge Registration Specification
Procedure Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.

In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness con- The center 10 mm reference line on the copy must be 10 mm (plus or minus the ranges listed in the following charts) from the
trol set at the middle of the scale, the 0.20G(Or0.20B) line lead edge of a 100% copy (Figure 1).
pair must be copied completely.

In the Standard Copy mode, and with the copy darkness con-
trol set two level lighter from at the middle of the scale, the
0.10 line pair should not copy at all (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Lead Edge Registration(j0st3207)

Table 1 Specification of Lead Edge Registration


Configuration Range

Figure 1 Exposure Level(j0st3206) Platen (Simplex) +/-1.6mm


Platen (Duplex) +/-2.0mm
Platen (MPT) +/-2.2mm

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


3-14 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Specification of Lead Edge Registration IQS5 Side Edge Registration Specification
Configuration Range Procedure
DADF (Simplex) +/-2.2mm Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.
DADF (Duplex) +/-3.0mm
For a copy that is folded in half, the crease in the copy should be within the following ranges from the center line of a 100% copy
(Figure 1).

Figure 1 Side Edge Registration(j0st3208)

Table 1 Specification of Side Edge Registration


Configuration Range
Platen (Simplex) +/-2.1mm
Platen (Duplex) +/-2.5mm
Platen (MPT) +/-3.0mm

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-15
Table 1 Specification of Side Edge Registration IQS6 Skew Specification
Configuration Range Procedure
DADF (Simplex) +/-2.9mm Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.
DADF (Duplex) +/-3.2mm
Skew must be within the following ranges (with respect to each other) at the two 10 mm reference lines shown (Figure 1).

Figure 1 1 Skew(j0st3209)

Table 1 Specification of Skew


Configuration Range
Platen (Simplex) +/-1.42
Platen (Duplex) +/-1.87
Platen (MPT) +/-1.78
DADF (Simplex) +/-2.04

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


3-16 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Specification of Skew IQS7 Lead Edge Deletion Specification
Configuration Range Procedure
DADF (Duplex) +/-2.40 Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.

The image deleted intentionally along the lead edge must be 2.0 mm from the lead edge of the copy (Figure 1).(maximum is
4mm)

Figure 1 Lead Edge Deletion(j0st3210)

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-17
IQS8 Trail Edge Deletion Specification IQS9 Side Edge Deletion Specification
Procedure Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern. Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.

The image deleted intentionally along the trail edge must be The image deleted intentionally along both of side edge must be 2mm from the side edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is
2mm from the trail edge of the copy (Figure 1). (maximum is 4mm)
4mm)

Figure 1 Side Edge Deletion(j0st3212)


Figure 1 Trail Edge Deletion(j0st3211)

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


3-18 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IQS10 Resolution Specification
Procedure
Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern.

The complete resolution of designated LP/mm lines for spe-


cific magnification percentages is listed in Table below.

It is also required that the designated LP/mm lines be


resolved in the top-to-bottom direction and the side-to-side
direction over the entire copy (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Resolution(j0st3213)

Table 1 Resolution Specifications


Magnification(%) Resolution LP/mm
70 2.5
100 4.3
141 3.5
200 3.5

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-19
IQS11 Skips And Smears
Specification
Procedure
Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern.

[Reduction]

Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 1.8
ladder chart must be completely resolved.

[100% /Enlargement]

Except for the first 2 mm from the lead edge of the copy, 2.5
ladder chart must be completely resolved (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Skips and Smears(j0st3214)

Table 1 Skips and Smears Specifications


Magnification(%) Ladder LP/mm
70 1.8
100 2.5
141 2.5
200 2.5

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


3-20 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IQS12 Magnification Specification
Procedure
Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern.

The tolerance for each magnification setting in the lead edge


to trail edge direction and the front to rear direction are listed
in Table below.

Table 1 Magnification Specifications


Magnification(%) Measurement
65 130+/-2mm
101 202+/-2mm
154 154+/-2mm

Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and


101%, use areas A and B for the magnification in the lead
edge to trail edge direction; and areas C and D for magnifica-
tion in the front to rear direction. For 154% use areas A and E
for magnification in the lead edge to trail edge direction; and
areas C and F for magnification in the front to rear direc-
tion.(Figure 1)

Figure 1 Areas of Side B to be Measured(j0st3202)

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-21
IQS13 Background Specification
Procedure
Use Side A of the Standard Test Pattern.

Compare images of the test pattern,(Figure 1) made from the


document glass, with the visual scale,82P448.

The background of the images must not be darker than the


reference area C (Figure 1).

Figure 1 Test Pattern(j0st3215)

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


3-22 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Image Defect Samples Auger Mark
IOT

The following figures contain examples of defects and their


possible causes.
Auger Mark
Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density)
White Streaks (Process Direction)
Black Bands
Toner Contamination
Toner Splattering
White Spots (Irregular)
Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)
Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks,
Bands etc.)
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction
(Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)
Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction (Side
2)
Transparency Blocking
IIT

The following figures contain examples of defects and their


possible causes.
Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original
Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of
Originals With Frames
Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of
Originals Of Medium Density
Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo
Originals
CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks
Defects Related To Scan Print
Figure 1 Auger Mark Defect Sample (j0st3217)
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi
Originals
Cause
Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium Den-
1. The Developer Magnetic Roll magnetic field failed.
sity Background
2. There was a drop in the level of developer material.
Corrective Action
1. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

NOTE: This may occur immediately after a new CRU is installed. -> Correct by feeding a few sheets of paper.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-23 Auger Mark
Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch White Streaks (Process Direction)
Density)

Figure 1 White Streaks (Process Direction) Defect Sample (j0st3219)


Figure 1 Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density) Defect
Sample (j0st3218) Cause
1. Foreign substances are blocking the ROS Laser.
Cause 2. Developer material clogging on the Developer Magnetic Roll due to foreign substances.
1. Developer Magnetic Roll bias. Corrective Action
Corrective Action 1. Clean the light path between the ROS and the Xero/Developer Cartridge and the seal glass.
1. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge. 2. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


Strobing (28mm or 14mm Pitch Density), White 3-24 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Black Bands Toner Contamination

Figure 1 Black Bands Defect Sample (j0st3220) Figure 1 Toner Contamination Defect Sample (j0st3221)

Cause Cause
1. The developer material is not well mixed. 1. Cloud toner dropped from the Xero/Developer Cartridge.
Corrective Action Corrective Action
1. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper. 1. Mix the developer material by processing blank paper.
2. Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-25 Black Bands, Toner Contamination
Toner Splattering White Spots (Irregular)

Figure 1 Toner Splattering Defect Sample (j0st3222) Figure 1 White Spots (Irregular) Defect Sample (j0st3223)

Cause Cause
1. Paper size mismatch occurred (tray settings and paper 1. The resistance of the paper increased under dry conditions.
size are different). Corrective Action
2. The resistance of the paper increased under dry condi- 1. Use paper from a freshly opened packet.
tions.
Corrective Action
1. Check the tray settings.
2. Use paper from a freshly opened packet.

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


Toner Splattering, White Spots (Irregular) 3-26 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.)
Ghosts)

Figure 1 Regular Blanks In Process Direction (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample (j0st3225)
Figure 1 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts)
Defect Sample (j0st3224) Cause
1. 94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances
Cause 2. 28mm pitch -> Developer Roll: Developer material fixed on the Developer Roll
1. Transparencies were processed in Plain Paper mode. 3. 44mm pitch -> Charger: Scratches or foreign substances
Corrective Action 4. 80mm pitch -> Fuser H/R: Scratches or foreign substances
1. Select Transparency mode. Corrective Action
1. 1, 4: Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit.
2. 2, 3: Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-27 Transparency Offset (80mm Pitch Ghosts), Regular
Regular Toner Contamination In 5. 19mm pitch -> Fuser Roll-Exit: Dirt
6. 44mm pitch -> Registration: Dirt
Process Direction (Spots, Streaks,
Corrective Action
Bands etc.)
1. 1, 4, 5, 6: Clean or replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge or the Fuser Unit.
2. 2, 3: Replace the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direc-


tion (Spots, Streaks, Bands etc.) Defect Sample
(j0st3226)

Cause
1. 94mm pitch -> Drum: Scratches or foreign substances
2. 28mm pitch -> Magnetic Roll: Developer material fixed
on the Magnetic Roll
3. 44mm pitch -> BCR: Scratches or foreign substances
4. 80mm pitch -> Heat Roll: Scratches or foreign sub-
stances

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction 3-28 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Regular Toner Contamination In Transparency Blocking
Process Direction (Side 2)

Figure 1 Transparency Blocking Sample Image (j0st3228)


Figure 1 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direc-
tion (Side 2) Defect Sample (j0st3227) Cause
1. Transparencies were continuously printed in Plain Paper mode.
Cause Corrective Action
1. 94mm pitch -> Fuser Pressure Roll: Scratches or foreign 1. Select Transparency mode.
substances
2. 59mm pitch -> BRT Roll: Dirt, scratches or paper size
mismatch
3. 44mm pitch -> Pinch Roll: Dirt
Corrective Action
1. 1, 2, 3: Clean or replace the relevant parts.
2. 2: Change the tray settings.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-29 Regular Toner Contamination In Process Direction
Moire Due To Interference With Copy Light Background Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames
Original When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, the suppression value is set
so large such that areas of medium density appear extremely light.
Cause
When copying, interference with the original may cause
moire. Combinations of certain angles of screen ruling near
150lpi and Reduce/Enlarge ratio may cause moire. Precau-
tions should be taken during enlargement.

Corrective Action
Reduce sharpness.
Secondary defect: Text is blurred.
Make copies at a different Reduce/Enlarge ratio.
Change the orientation of the original.

Figure 1 Light Background (in circled area for example) Due To Auto Exposure In Copies Of Originals With Frames
Defect Sample (j0st3229)

Cause
Auto Exposure performs background detection of images at a distance of up to 10mm from the Lead Registration Edge. As there
were dark frames along the Lead Registration Edge, Auto Exposure could not detect the original background density. Therefore,
Auto Exposure was performed based on the density of the frames.

Corrective Action
Disable Auto Exposure.

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


Moire Due To Interference With Copy Original, Light 3-30 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals
For Copies Of Originals Of Medium In Text mode, making copies of images of 100 lpi (halftone dot) gradation may result in a tone jump.
Density
When Auto Exposure is turned [On] for originals with back-
ground of medium density (0.5G), the effectiveness of Auto
Exposure fluctuates for each job.

Cause
As medium density (0.5G) is near the upper limit value for
background detection, the Auto Exposure value fluctuates
according to the result of background detection that varies
according to the variations in the density of the original and
how the original is placed.

Corrective Action
Disable Auto Exposure.

Figure 1 Gradation Jump In Text & Photo Mode For 100 lpi Photo Originals Defect Sample (j0st3230)

Cause
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed for lower lpi.

Corrective Action
Make copies in Photo mode.
Secondary defect: Text is blurred.
Change the setting from [More Text] to [Text], and then to [Photo] and [More Photo].
Secondary defect: Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text] and [Text] settings. Text becomes blurred in
[More Photo] and [Photo] settings.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-31 Fluctuation In Auto Exposure Values For Copies Of
CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks Defects Related To Scan Print
Streaks may occur in the CVT, even if they do not occur in the Platen. Moire may occur when scanned images are printed.

Cause Cause
Even though CVT streak detection is performed for both color and B/W scans, there may be Interference with the printer screen and printer driver resolution conversion processing by the
cases where foreign substances on the CVT Glass could not be detected and removed. original causes moire.

Corrective Action Corrective Action


Clean the CVT Glass. Reduce sharpness.
Secondary defect: Text is blurred.

Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version


CVT (Constant Velocity Transport) Scan Streaks, De- 3-32 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Black Discoloration Around White Texts In Medium
Originals Density Background
During Fax Scan and B/W Scan mode, moire occurs in Text mode halftone dot images. Or, Black discoloration occurs around white texts with a certain background density, causing diffi-
moire is especially obvious in Text mode (Fine) 133 lpi halftone dot images. culties in reading the text.

Cause Cause
In Text mode, text is given priority, causing halftone dot moires. Discoloration occurs during resolution conversion in Fax Send.

Corrective Action Due to separation error in text graphic separation, parts determined as text are darkened and
Change from Text mode to Text & Photo mode or Photo mode. are output as graphics that look like dark smears.

However, as the amount of data increases in Text & Photo mode, the machine takes a
Occurrences and severity of the occurrences vary according to the combinations of Send/
longer time for transmission.
Receive type, Send route and Receive settings.

Corrective Action
Perform sending and document storage according to the capabilities of the receiver.
It is possible to suppress resolution conversion during Send/Receive by preventing a mis-
match in Send image quality (resolution).
Change the setting for resolution conversion processing to [More Photo].
Secondary defect: As this reduces the sensitivity for separation between text and photo-
graphs, edges appear less smooth.

Launch Version February, 2008 Image Quality


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 3-33 Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi
Image Quality February, 2008 Launch Version
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) B/W Scan/Fax For 133 lpi 3-34 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
4 Repairs and Adjustments
01. Drives REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover........................................................................................ 4-59
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly ..................................................................................... 4-3
11. IIT
02. Paper Transportation REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion............................................................................................. 4-61
REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly........................................................................................ 4-7 REP 11.1.2 Control Panel Assembly............................................................................... 4-62
REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly........................................................................................ 4-9 REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass................................................................................................. 4-62
REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll....................................................................... 4-10 REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB................................................................................................. 4-63
REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit ............................................................................................ 4-12 REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly ....................................................................................... 4-65
REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll ............................................................................................... 4-13 REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable............................................................................................. 4-69
REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll ........................................................................................................ 4-15 REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly ............................................................................ 4-75
REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit .................................................................................... 4-16 REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp............................................................................................ 4-77
REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness ..................................................................................... 4-78
03. ROS
REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit........................................................................................................ 4-19 12 Tray Module - 2TM
REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM)....................................................................................... 4-81
04. Xerographic/Development REP 12.2 Tray 4 Feeder (2TM)....................................................................................... 4-84
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge .............................................................................. 4-23 REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (2TM) ..................................................................... 4-87
REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge.............................................................................................. 4-24 REP 12.4 2TM PWB........................................................................................................ 4-88
REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor.............................................................................................. 4-25
13. TTM Tray Module
05. Fuser REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly (TTM) ............................................................................... 4-89
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit ...................................................................................................... 4-29 REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly (TTM) ............................................................................... 4-90
REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable (TTM) ...................................................................... 4-91
06. Exit
REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder (TTM).................................................................................... 4-93
REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2 ................................................................................................. 4-31
REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM).................................................................................... 4-96
07. HCF REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (TTM) .................................................................. 4-98
REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly............................................................................................... 4-33 REP 13.8.1 TTM PWB .................................................................................................... 4-100
REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad............................................................................ 4-35
15. DADF
REP 7.3.1 HCF Tray 6 .................................................................................................... 4-37
REP 15.1.1 DADF ........................................................................................................... 4-101
REP 7.3.2 HCF Feeder ................................................................................................... 4-37
REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion.................................................................................. 4-103
REP 7.3.3 HCF Un-docking and Docking ....................................................................... 4-38
REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray.................................................................................. 4-104
REP 7.3.4 HCF Tray Cables ........................................................................................... 4-39
REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly .............................................................................. 4-106
REP 7.3.5 HCF Retard / Feed / Nudger Rolls................................................................. 4-45
REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover ....................................................................................... 4-108
REP 7.3.6 HCF Feed Shaft............................................................................................. 4-46
REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover........................................................................................ 4-108
REP 7.3.7 HCF Retard Lever Spring .............................................................................. 4-47
REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB .................................................................................................. 4-110
REP 7.3.8 HCF Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion Spring ...................................... 4-48
REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance ................................................................................... 4-111
REP 7.3.9 HCF Casters .................................................................................................. 4-48
REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance................................................................................. 4-112
REP 7.3.10 HCF Takeaway Roll..................................................................................... 4-49
REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll ................................................................................................... 4-113
REP 7.3.11 HCF PWB .................................................................................................... 4-49
REP 15.4.2 Top Cover Assembly.................................................................................... 4-115
REP 7.3.12 HCF Feed Motor .......................................................................................... 4-50
REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll................................................................................. 4-120
09. Electrical Components REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll........................................................................................... 4-125
REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB ..................................................................................................... 4-51
16. SB Finisher
REP 9.1.2 MCU PWB EPROM ....................................................................................... 4-53
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly ................................................................................. 4-131
REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB ...................................................................................................... 4-54
REP 16.1.2 Hole Punch Assembly.................................................................................. 4-131
REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM ........................................................................................ 4-56
REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt........................................................................................... 4-132
10. Covers REP 16.1.4 H-Transport Motor........................................................................................ 4-132
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly ................................................................................... 4-57 REP 16.2.1 SB-Finisher Undocking ................................................................................ 4-133

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-1
REP 16.2.2 Front Cover Assembly ................................................................................. 4-134 REP 22.8.3 Stacker Motor............................................................................................... 4-202
REP 16.2.3 Rear Upper Cover........................................................................................ 4-135 REP 22.8.4 Stacker Stack Sensor .................................................................................. 4-204
REP 16.2.4 Rear Lower Cover........................................................................................ 4-135 REP 22.9.1 Compile Assembly ....................................................................................... 4-204
REP 16.2.5 Eject Cover .................................................................................................. 4-136 REP 22.9.2 Set Clamp Shaft........................................................................................... 4-206
REP 16.2.6 Foot Cover ................................................................................................... 4-139 REP 22.9.3 Eject Belts .................................................................................................... 4-208
REP 16.2.7 Stacker Lower Cover ................................................................................... 4-139 REP 22.9.4 Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly ................................................................ 4-209
REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover ................................................................................... 4-140 REP 22.9.5 Rear Tamper Home Sensor......................................................................... 4-211
REP 16.2.9 Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2 ..................................................................... 4-140 REP 22.9.6 Eject Shaft Assembly ................................................................................... 4-213
REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly................................................................. 4-141 REP 22.10.1 Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly.......................................................... 4-214
REP 16.2.11 Finisher Stapler Move Motor...................................................................... 4-141 REP 22.10.2 Front Tamper Home Sensor ...................................................................... 4-216
REP 16.2.12 Finisher Stapler Assembly ......................................................................... 4-143 REP 22.10.3 Eject Clamp Home Sensor......................................................................... 4-217
REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly............................................................................ 4-144 REP 22.10.4 Stack Height Sensor .................................................................................. 4-219
REP 16.2.14 Folder Knife Assembly ............................................................................... 4-154
REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor .............................................................................. 4-155 7. HCF
REP 16.2.16 Stacker Tray .............................................................................................. 4-155 ADJ 7.1.2 HCF Side Edge Registration .......................................................................... 4-221
REP 16.2.18 Eject Belt.................................................................................................... 4-156 9. Electrical Components
REP 16.2.19 Eject Motor Assembly ................................................................................ 4-156 ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ......................................................... 4-223
REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB............................................................................................. 4-157
ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment........................................................................ 4-225
REP 16.2.22 Finisher LVPS............................................................................................ 4-157
ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Downloading...................................................................... 4-226
REP 16.2.23 Eject Motor................................................................................................. 4-158
REP 16.2.24 Front/Rear Tamper Motor .......................................................................... 4-158 11. IIT
REP 16.2.25 Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensors ........................................................... 4-159 ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration ......................................................... 4-229
REP 16.2.26 Compiler No Paper Sensor........................................................................ 4-159 ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment......................................................................... 4-230
REP 16.2.27 Front/Rear Carriage Assembly .................................................................. 4-160 ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment ................................................ 4-231
REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB................................................................................................ 4-161
REP 16.3.2 Booklet Maker Assembly ............................................................................. 4-162 15. DADF
REP 16.3.3 Booklet Front Cover ..................................................................................... 4-164 ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Edge Registration ...................................................................... 4-235
REP 16.3.4 Booklet Rear Cover ..................................................................................... 4-165 ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized Registration Function ...... 4-236
REP 16.3.5 Booklet Top Cover ....................................................................................... 4-167 ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration ..................................................................... 4-237
REP 16.3.6 Booklet PWB Cover ..................................................................................... 4-167 ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment ............................................................................. 4-239
REP 16.3.7 Booklet Left Cover ....................................................................................... 4-168 ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment............................................................... 4-240
REP 16.3.8 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler .......................................................................... 4-168
REP 16.3.9 Booklet Stapler Move Motor ........................................................................ 4-170

22. A Finisher
REP 22.1 A-Finisher ....................................................................................................... 4-173
REP 22.3.1 Paddle Belt .................................................................................................. 4-175
REP 22.3.2 Sub Paddle Solenoid ................................................................................... 4-177
REP 22.4.1 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... 4-179
REP 22.4.2 Staple Assembly .......................................................................................... 4-181
REP 22.4.3 Set Clamp Home Sensor ............................................................................. 4-182
REP 22.4.4 Exit Roll Assembly ....................................................................................... 4-184
REP 22.5.1 Pinch Roll..................................................................................................... 4-186
REP 22.5.2 Finisher Entrance Sensor ............................................................................ 4-186
REP 22.5.3 Compile Exit Sensor .................................................................................... 4-188
REP 22.5.4 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly....................................................................... 4-189
REP 22.5.5 Lower Chute Assembly................................................................................ 4-191
REP 22.6.1 ENT Roll Assembly...................................................................................... 4-194
REP 22.6.2 Upper Chute Assembly................................................................................ 4-196
REP 22.7.1 Finisher Control PWB .................................................................................. 4-197
REP 22.8.1 Stacker Tray Assembly................................................................................ 4-198
REP 22.8.2 Stacker Shaft Assembly............................................................................... 4-199

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


4-2 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 1.1.1 Main Drive Assembly 2. Remove the Rear Middle Cover. (Figure 2)
1. Remove the screws (x2).
Parts List on PL 1.1
2. Remove the Rear Middle Cover.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)
1. Loosen the screws (x2).
2. Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the Rear Middle Cover (j0st41006)

Figure 1 Removing the ESS Cover Assembly (j0st41005)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-3 REP 1.1.1
3. Open the L/H Upper Cover. 5. Remove the bracket. (Figure 4)
4. Disconnect the belt and connector. (Figure 3)
a. Remove the flange (item 1).
Remove the belt (item 2).
Disconnect (item 3).
Disconnect (item 4).

2 3 1
Remove the screws (2) Remove the Bracket Disconnect the wire clamp
from the bracket

Figure 4 Removing the bracket

6. Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 5)


a. Open Left Cover Assembly (not shown).
b. Remove the screws (x4).
c. Remove the Main Drive Assembly.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the belt and connector (j0st40101)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 1.1.1 4-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 Removing the Main Drive Assembly (j0st40103)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-5 REP 1.1.1
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 1.1.1 4-6 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 2.1.1 Feeder 1 Assembly a. Remove the Gear Assembly
b. Disconnect the connector
Parts List on PL 2.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)
2. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside.
3. Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)
4. Preparing to remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1)
a. Remove the wire harness from the Gear Assembly holder
b. Remove the screws (2)

a b
Remove the Gear Assembly Disconnect the connector

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector

6. Remove Tray 1.
7. Preparing to remove the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 3)
1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamps (2).
3. Remove the screws (2).

b a
Remove screws (2) Remove harness

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly (j0st40201)

5. Removing the Gear Assembly (Figure 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-7 REP 2.1.1
1 2
Move the Feeder Assembly Remove the Feeder 1 Assembly
toward the front

Figure 4 Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 3 Preparing to removing the Feeder 1 Assembly

8. Removing the Feeder 1 Assembly. (Figure 4)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 2.1.1 4-8 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 2.1.2 Feeder 2 Assembly
Parts List on PL 2.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside.
2. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)
3. Remove Tray 2.
4. Remove the L/H Upper Cover. (REP 2.6.2)
5. Open the Left Hand Lower Cover.
6. Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screws (2).
2. Remove the wire harness and remove the Gear Assembly.
3. Disconnect the connector.

1 3 2
Remove the screws Disconnect the connec- Remove the wire harness and
(2) tor remove the Gear Assembly

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly

7. Remove the Feeder 2 Assembly. (Figure 2)


1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.
3. Remove the screws (x2).
4. Move the white guide to rear, then remove the Feeder 2 Assembly.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-9 REP 2.1.2
REP 2.3.1 Tray Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll
Parts List on PL 2.3
Removal
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll is described
here. Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll replacement is the same as for Tray 1.

NOTE: When replacing the Tray 1 Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll, enter Diagnostic mode and clear
the counter for the Tray 1 Feed counter (sheets). 741/511 (For Tray 2 Feed/Nudger/Retard
Roll: 741/512])

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.

NOTE: The Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll must be replaced at the same time.

1. Remove Tray 1.
2. Slide the guide to the front. (Figure 1)
1. Slide the guide.

Figure 2 Removing the Feeder 2 Assembly (j0st40208)

Replacement
CAUTION
When installing the Feeder 2 Assembly, be careful to avoid trapping the Gear Assembly Sen-
sor Connector behind the Feeder.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 2.1.2, REP 2.3.1 4-10 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 1 Sliding the guide to the front (j0st40205) Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll (j0st40206)

3. Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll. (Figure 2) Replacement


1. Remove the Feed/Nudger/Retard Roll. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-11 REP 2.3.1
REP 2.4.1 Registration Unit
Parts List on PL 2.4
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside.
2. Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (REP 2.6.2)
3. Free the Registration Assembly. (Figure 1)

NOTE: The connectors are connected on the inner side of the Registration Assembly.

1.Remove the screws (x2).


2.Slide the Registration Assembly to the rear.
3.Slightly lift up the Registration Assembly and remove it.

Figure 1 Setting free the Registration Assembly (j0st40212)

4. Remove the Registration Assembly. (Figure 2)


1.Turn over the Registration Assembly.
2.Disconnect the connector.
3.Disconnect the connector.
4.Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.
5.Remove the Registration Assembly.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 2.4.1 4-12 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 2.5.1 Takeaway Roll
Parts List on PL 2.5
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)
2. Disconnect the HCF (Paper Tray 6) and move it aside.
3. Remove the L/H Upper Cover. (REP 2.6.2)
4. Open the L/H Lower Cover.
5. Remove the Gear Assembly. (Figure 1)
a. Remove the wire harness from the Gear Assembly holder
b. Remove the screws (2)

Figure 2 Removing the Registration Assembly (j0st40213)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

b a
Remove the screws (2) Remove the wire harness

Figure 1 Removing the Gear Assembly

6. Removing the Gear Assembly (Figure 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-13 REP 2.4.1, REP 2.5.1
a. Remove the Gear Assembly
b. Disconnect the connector

a b
Remove the Gear Assembly Disconnect the connector

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector

7. Remove the chute. (Figure 3)


1.Remove the screws (x2). Figure 3 Removing the chute (j0st40202)
2.Remove the chute.
8. Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 4)
1.Remove the KL-Clip.
2.Slide out the Takeaway Roll.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 2.5.1 4-14 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 2.6.1 BTR Roll
Parts List on PL 2.6
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Open the L/H Upper Cover.
2. Remove the BTR Roll Assembly. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the BTR Roll Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Takeaway Roll (j0st40209)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removing the BTR Roll Assembly (j0st40216)

3. Remove the BTR Roll. (Figure 2)

NOTE: Do not remove the cover at the front.

1. Remove the cover at the rear.


2. Remove the BTR Roll.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-15 REP 2.5.1, REP 2.6.1
REP 2.6.2 L/H Upper Cover Unit
Parts List on PL 2.6
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Open the L/H Upper Cover.
2. Disconnect the Duplex Unit Cable.
3. Remove the screw while holding the L/H Upper Cover. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screw.

Figure 2 Removing the BTR Roll (j0st40210)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removing the screw (j0st40217)

4. Remove the L/H Upper Cover Unit. (Figure 2)


1. Open the L/H Upper Cover Unit until it becomes horizontal.
2. Lift up the unit and remove it.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 2.6.1, REP 2.6.2 4-16 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 Removing the L/H Upper Cover Unit (j0st40215)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-17 REP 2.6.2
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 2.6.2 4-18 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 3.1.1 ROS Unit 2. Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover. (Figure 2)
1.Remove the screws (x3).
Parts List on PL 3.1
2.Remove the Inner Cover.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical power
applied to the machine.
1. Remove the following parts:
a. Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1)
b. Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2)
c. Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1)
d. Remove the Front L/H Cover (1 screw).

2 1
Remove the Front L/H Cover Remove the screw (1)
Figure 2 Removing the Inner Cover (j0st40305)
Figure 1 Removing the Front L/H Cover
3. Remove the L/H Upper Cover.
4. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)
1.Disconnect the connector.
2.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.
3.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-19 REP 3.1.1
2 1
Loosen the screw (1) and remove Remove the screw (1)
the ROS Shade

Figure 4 Removing the ROS Shade Assembly

NOTE: There may be toner in the Toner Box and in the tube. If the Toner Box is turned upside
down or the tube is disconnected from the Toner Box, toner might spill out.

6. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 5)


Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40301) 1.Loosen the screws (x2).
2.Remove the screw on the tube.
5. Remove the ROS Shade assembly.
3.Remove the Toner Box.
a. From the Left Hand side of the machine, remove the screw from the outboard end of
the shade.
b. Loosen the screw on the endboard end of the ROS Shade and slide the shade out-
board (toward the front) and remove.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 3.1.1 4-20 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3.Disconnect connector.
4.Disconnect connector.
5. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.

Figure 6 Disconnecting the ROS Unit connectors (x4) (j0st40303)

CAUTION
Do not touch the ROS Unit window when holding it up.
8. Remove the ROS Fan and move aside.

Figure 5 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302)

7. Disconnect the ROS Unit connectors (x4). (Figure 6)


1.Disconnect connector.
2.Disconnect connector.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-21 REP 3.1.1
1
Remove the screws (2)

Figure 7 Removing the ROS Fan and set it aside

9. Remove the ROS Unit. (Figure 8)


1.Remove the screws (x5).
2.Remove the ROS Unit.
Figure 8 Removing the ROS Unit (j0st40304)

Replacement
CAUTION
When connecting the connector of the Toner Crum PWB, be careful not to press too hard such
that the PWB is shifted.

NOTE: When the ROS Unit is being installed, be careful to properly seat the ROS Unit in to the
two locating holes in the machine frame.

1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 3.1.1 4-22 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 4.1.1 Xero/Developer Cartridge
Parts List on PL 4.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Open the L/H Upper Cover.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the Xero/Developer Cartridge.

Figure 1 Removing the Xero/Developer Cartridge (j0st40402)

Replacement
NOTE: Push in the handle of the Xero/Developer Cartridge until the handle latches securely.

1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-23 REP 4.1.1
REP 4.1.2 Toner Cartridge
Parts List on PL 4.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Open the Front Cover.
2. Remove the Toner Cartridge. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the Toner Cartridge.

Figure 1 Removing the Toner Cartridge (j0st40403)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 4.1.2 4-24 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 4.2.1 Dispense Motor
Parts List on PL 4.2
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the following parts:
Xero/Developer Cartridge (REP 4.1.1)
Toner Cartridge (REP 4.1.2)
Top Cover Assembly (REP 10.1.1)
2. Remove the Front Cover and the Inner Cover. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the screws (x3).
2.Remove the Inner Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Inner Cover (j0st40305)

3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)


1.Disconnect the connector.
2.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.
3.Release the Wire Harness from the Wire Harness Guide.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-25 REP 4.2.1
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40301)

4. Remove the Toner Box. (Figure 3)


1.Loosen the screws (x2).
2.Remove the screw on the hose.
3.Remove the Toner Box.

Figure 3 Removing the Toner Box (j0st40302)

5. Remove the Dispense Motor. (Figure 4)


1.Disconnect the connector.
2.Remove the screws (x3).

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 4.2.1 4-26 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3.Remove the Dispense Motor.

Figure 4 Removing the Dispense Motor (j0st40401)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-27 REP 4.2.1
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 4.2.1 4-28 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 5.1.1 Fuser Unit
Parts List on PL 5.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
CAUTION
Do not start servicing until the Fuser has cooled down.
1. Open the L/H Upper Cover.
2. Remove the Fuser Unit. (Figure 1)
1.Free the knobs (x2) by turning them.
2.Hold the Fuser by the handles (x2).

Figure 1 Removing the Fuser Unit (j0st40501)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-29 REP 5.1.1
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 5.1.1 4-30 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 6.1.1 Exit2 + OCT2
Parts List on PL 6.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Open the L/H Upper Cover.
2. Remove the Exit2 + OCT2. (Figure 1)
1. Lift up the front and rear levers and remove the Exit2 + OCT2.

Figure 1 Removing the Exit2+OCT2 (j0st40601)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-31 REP 6.1.1
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 6.1.1 4-32 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 7.1.1 MPT Assembly
Parts List on PL 7.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the MPT Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the screw.
2.Remove the MPT Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the MPT Rear Cover (j0st40706)

2. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)


1.Release the Wire Harness from the clamp.
2.Disconnect connector.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-33 REP 7.1.1
Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st40701) Figure 3 Removing the MPT Assembly (j0st40702)

3. Remove the MPT Assembly. (Figure 3) Replacement


1.Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2.Remove the MPT Assembly.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.1.1 4-34 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 7.2.1 MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad
Parts List on PL 7.2
Removal
NOTE: When replacing the MPT Feed Roll/Retard Pad, enter the Diag. mode and clear the
counter for MPT Feed. 741/516]

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
[FAX Models]
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status] button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
[Printer Models]
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.

NOTE: The MPT Feed Roll and MPT Retard Pad must both be replaced at the same time.

1. Remove the MPT Assembly. (REP 7.1.1)


2. Remove the plate. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the screws (x2).
2.Remove the plate.

Figure 1 Removing the plate (j0st40703)

3. Remove the MPT Feed Roll. (Figure 2)


1.Remove the ends of the roll and slide them out.
2.Remove the ends of the roll and slide them out.
3.Slide the MPT Feed Roll to the front and remove it.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-35 REP 7.2.1
Figure 2 Removing the MPT Feed Roll (j0st40704) Figure 3 Removing the MPT Retard Pad (j0st40705)

4. Remove the MPT Retard Pad. (Figure 3) Replacement


1.Remove the springs (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2.Remove the MPT Retard Pad.
3.Pull out the shaft.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.2.1 4-36 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 7.3.1 HCF Tray 6 REP 7.3.2 HCF Feeder
Parts List on PL 18.1 Parts List on PL 18.1
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Open the HCF Tray by pulling the tray toward you. (PL 18.1) 1. Remove the HCF Tray. (REP 7.3.1)
2. Remove all paper from the tray. 2. Remove the (2) screws used to secure the HCF Feeder on its rail. (Figure 1)
3. Using a small screwdriver, or other small, blunt instrument, release the stopper on each
NOTE: For a better view of both the HCF Feeder and its securing screws, open the
rail of the tray by inserting the screwdriver into the hole of the stopper and pulling the tray
Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.
toward you.
4. Remove the tray by pulling it toward you and off of its rails.
Replacement
1. Slide the rails (2) into the HCF housing.
2. Line up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF and push the tray into place.
3. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.

1
Feeder
Securing
Screws

Figure 1 Feeder Securing Screws

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-37 REP 7.3.1, REP 7.3.2
3. Slide the HCF Feeder toward you off its rail to remove it from the HCF. REP 7.3.3 HCF Un-docking and Docking
Replacement Parts List on PL 18.8
1. Position the HCF Feeders bottom rail-following feet (2) onto the internal HCF rail.
Removal
2. Slide the HCF Feeder back into the HCF until it seats.
CAUTION
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
Do not over tighten the two HCF Feeder screws.
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
3. Reinstall the two securing screws and tighten until snug. 1. Unplug the HCF Power Cable connected to the left rear of the copier/printer.
2. Grasping the HCF by its upper corners, pull the HCF away from the copier/printer to
expose the HCF Docking Base. (Figure 1)

Docking Points

HCF Docking Base

Docking Latch Spring Lever

Figure 1 Exposing the docking base

3. Release the Docking Latch Spring Lever on the right side of the Docking Base.
4. Pull the HCF away from the copier/printer to un-dock it from the copier/printer.
Replacement
1. Push the HCF toward the two Docking Points on the left side of the printer.
2. Align the two holes in the HCF Docking Base with the two Docking Points on the printer/
copier.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.3.2, REP 7.3.3 4-38 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NOTE: Make sure that the Caster of the copier/printer is rotated out of the way (fully REP 7.3.4 HCF Tray Cables
rotated underneath the copier/printer) so that it does not interfere with HCF docking.
Parts List on PL 18.3
3. Push the HCF into place against the copier/printer.
Removal
4. Reattach the HCF Power Cable to the left rear of the copier/printer.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
PART 1 Removing the HCF Rear Tray Cables

1. Remove the HCF Tray (REP 7.3.1)


2. At the rear of the HCF Tray, remove the Gear Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1)
1. Remove (2) E-Rings securing the oval-shaped Plate and remove the Plate.
2. Slide the (2) gears, that were being retained by the Plate, off their shafts and set the
gears aside.
3. Remove (3) screws securing the Gear Bracket Assembly.
4. Remove the Gear Bracket Assembly, being careful to maneuver it around the cable
as required for removal.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-39 REP 7.3.3, REP 7.3.4
3
Remove the screws (3) 2
Slide the Bushing away
from the frame

2
Remove the gears
(2)

Tray Cable Pulley

1
Remove the E-ring

Figure 2 Lift Shaft rear Tray Cable Pulley

4 6. Preparing to remove the Rear Tray Cable. (Figure 3)


1 Remove the Gear a. Remove (2) E-Rings, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys. See also Figure 6 (a).
Remove the oval Bracket Assembly
shaped Plate

Figure 1 Gear Bracket Assembly

5. At the rear of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure
2)
a. Remove the E-Ring on the Lift Shaft.
b. Slide the Bushing to the left on the Lift Shaft.

NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray
Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling
the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved
farther to the left releasing the cable ends.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.3.4 4-40 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
2
Slide the Tray Cable
Pulley to the front

3
Remove the cable
ends from the shaft

Remove the E-Rings


(2), Wire Guides (2),
and Pulleys (2)

1
Disengage the Lift Shaft
from the frame

Figure 3 Preparing to remove the Rear Tray Cable Figure 4 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft

7. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and 8. Removing the Rear Tray Cable. (Figure 5, Figure 6)
slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends a. Remove (1) E-Ring, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley.
that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 4)
b. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray
Cable.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-41 REP 7.3.4
1
Remove the E-Ring (1), Wire
Guide (1), and Pulley (1)

2
Remove the Cables

Figure 5 Removing the Rear Tray Cables


Figure 6 Rear Tray Cable details

PART II Removing the HCF Front Tray Cables

1. Remove the HCF Tray (REP 7.3.1)


2. Remove the (5) screws securing the HCF Trays Front Cover.
3. At the front of the HCF Tray, begin to free up movement of the front Tray Cable Pulley.
(Figure 7)
a. Remove the E-Ring on the Lift Shaft.
b. Slide the bearing to the rear on the Lift Shaft.
c. Front Tray Cable Pulley

NOTE: You will not be able to release the cable ends from underneath the Tray
Cable Pulley until you perform the next step, which puts slack in the cable enabling
the Lift Shaft to be disengaged from its bracket, and the Tray Cable Pulley moved
farther to the right releasing the cable ends.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.3.4 4-42 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
1
Remove E-Rings (2), Wire
Guides (2), and Pulleys (2)

Figure 7 Lift Shaft front Tray Cable Pulley Figure 8 Preparing to remove the front Tray Cables

4. Remove the E-Rings, Wire Guides, and Pulleys from the front of the HCF Tray. (Figure 8) 2. When both sections of the cable are slack, disengage the Lift Shaft from the frame and
1. Remove (2) E-Rings, (2) Wire Guides, and (2) Pulleys. slide the Tray Cable Pulley to the front of the Lift Shaft to release the Rear Lift Cable ends
that are trapped in the pocket underneath the Tray Cable Pulley. (Figure 9)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-43 REP 7.3.4
1
Remove the E-Ring (1), Wire
guide (1), and Pulley (1)

2
Remove the Cables

Figure 9 Releasing the Cable ends from the Lift Shaft Figure 10 Removing the front Tray Cables

3. Removing the Front Tray Cables. (Figure 10, Figure 11)


a. Remove (1) E-Ring, (1) Wire Guide, and (1) Pulley.
b. Disengage the Tray Cable from the Bottom Plate in 2 places and remove the Tray
Cable.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.3.4 4-44 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 7.3.5 HCF Retard / Feed / Nudger Rolls
Parts List on PL 18.5 PL 18.6
Removal
NOTE: Remove and replace the Retard/Feed/Nudger Rolls simultaneously.

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Open the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.
2. Release the green Lever to open the Upper Feeder Assembly to reveal the (3) rolls.

NOTE: For reference purposes, the single roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the
Nudger roll. The double roll in the Upper Feeder Assembly is the Feed Roll. The larger
double roll in the Lower Feeder component is the Retard Roll.

3. Remove each roll by squeezing the rolls shaft at both ends (with the thumb and forefinger
of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF. (Figure 1)

Figure 11 Front Tray Cable details

Replacement
1. Install the front Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the rear Tray Cable by carrying out the removal steps in reverse order.
3. Reinstall the HCF Trays Front Cover.
a. Make sure to raise the gear on the Indicator Shaft so that it meshes with the adjoin-
ing Lift Shaft gear.
b. Replace the (5) Installation Screws.
4. Reinstall the HCF Tray by lining up the rails of the tray with the adjoining rails of the HCF
and pushing the tray into place.
5. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the tray.

Figure 1 Removing rolls

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-45 REP 7.3.4, REP 7.3.5
Replacement REP 7.3.6 HCF Feed Shaft
1. Install each new roll by squeezing its shaft at both ends and sliding the roll into place. Parts List on PL 18.5
2. Use your fingers to roll each roll in place to assure its movement.
Removal
3. Flip down the Upper Feeder Assembly.
WARNING
4. Close the Feeder Top Cover of the HCF.
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the HCF Feeder. (REP 7.3.2)
2. Place the Feeder on a flat surface.
3. Open the Upper Feeder Assembly by releasing the green lever.
4. Remove the Nudger Roll by squeezing the rolls shaft at both ends (with the thumb and
forefinger of one hand) and lifting the roll up and out of the HCF.
5. Remove the E-Ring and bearing on the Feed Shaft (at the Nudger Roll end of the shaft).
6. Move the bearing at the opposite end of the shaft to the right, and slide the Feed Shaft to
the right to remove.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.3.5, REP 7.3.6 4-46 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 7.3.7 HCF Retard Lever Spring Replacement
Parts List on PL 18.6 NOTE: Make sure the plastic pads on the Lower Chute fit in the track before pushing it in.
Removal 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the HCF Feeder. (REP 7.3.2)
2. Place the Feeder on a flat surface and release the green Lever to open the Upper Feeder
Assembly.
3. Remove the Lower Chute.
Remove the (2) securing screws.
4. Remove the plastic Cover by removing (4) screws.
5. Remove the Retard Roll.
6. Remove the E-Rings on the Lever and Spring.
7. Remove the Lever.
8. Remove the Spring. (Figure 1)

Retard
Roll

Lever

Spring. Note how exten- Cover


sion fits into Lever.
Lower Chute

Figure 1 Removing the Retard Lever Spring

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-47 REP 7.3.7
REP 7.3.8 HCF Nudger Bracket/Nudger Lever/Torsion REP 7.3.9 HCF Casters
Spring Parts List on PL 18.8
Parts List on PL 18.4 Removal
Removal WARNING
WARNING To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. 1. Un-dock (remove) the HCF. (REP 7.3.3)
1. Remove the HCF Feed Shaft. (REP 7.3.6) 2. Remove all paper from the HCF Tray.
2. Disassemble the Feed Shaft by removing (4) E-Rings and unscrewing the Nudger Sup- 3. Roll the HCF away from the copier/printer.
port that retains the Torsion Spring. 4. Turn the HCF over onto its left side to expose the casters on the underside of the HCF.
Replacement 5. Remove (3) installation screws per caster.
1. Install replacement parts. Replacement
2. Carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1. Install a new caster or casters, by tightening the (3) installation screws per caster.
2. Turn the HCF back up to an upright position.
3. Roll the HCF back toward the copier/printer.
4. Place previously removed paper, or fresh paper, into the HCF Tray.
5. Dock the HCF.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.3.8, REP 7.3.9 4-48 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 7.3.10 HCF Takeaway Roll REP 7.3.11 HCF PWB
Parts List on PL 18.7 Parts List on PL 18.8
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine. the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the HCF Feed Motor. (REP 7.3.12) 1. Un-dock (remove) the HCF. (REP 7.3.3)
2. Remove the Lower Chute. (Figure 1) 2. Remove the plastic Rear Cover.
Remove the (2) securing screws. Remove the (4) securing screws.
3. Disconnect all of the connectors connected to the HCF PWB.
4. Remove the (4) screws securing the HCF PWB.
Takeaway Roll (includes Shaft) 5. Remove the HCF PWB.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Figure 1 Removing the Lower Chute

3. Slide the Takeaway Roll to the right until the left side is released, then lower the roll to
remove.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing, enter into Diagnostic mode and then clear the DC135HFSI counter.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-49 REP 7.3.10, REP 7.3.11
REP 7.3.12 HCF Feed Motor NOTE: Be careful when removing the motor as it is meshed to a hidden gear.

Parts List on PL 18.4


Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment activities with
the power switch on or electrical power applied to the machine.
1. Un-dock (remove) the HCF. (REP 7.3.3)
2. Remove the plastic Rear Cover.
Remove the (4) securing screws.
3. Supporting the motor with one hand, remove the HCF Feed Motor. (Figure 1) HCF Feed Motor
Disconnect the electrical Connector (1).
Remove the (2) securing screws.

Figure 1 Removing the HCF Feed Motor

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 7.3.12 4-50 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 9.1.1 MCU PWB
Parts List on PL 9.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD proce-
dures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with
EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time.
1. Access the MCU PWB.
a. Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).
b. Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Middle Cover (PL 10.2).
c. Remove the screws (2) and remove the Rear Lower Cover (PL 10.2).
2. Remove MCU PWB (PL 9.1).
a. Disconnect P/Js.
b. Remove screws and remove MCU PWB. Figure 1 MCU PWB EPROM Location (j0st40901)
3. If a new MCU PWB will be installed, go to step 4. If the MCU PWB will be reinstalled after
service actions in other areas, reinstall the MCU PWB when appropriate to do so.
CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed.
4. Remove EPROM from old MCU PWB and save for installation on new MCU PWB (Figure
1).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-51 REP 9.1.1
Replacement 2. Install the MCU PWB and connect P/Js.
CAUTION 3. Install the rear covers.
Fatal error occurs to machine software if MCU PWB is replaced before EPROM is installed on a. Install the Rear Lower Cover (PL 10.2).
MCU PWB and powered on. b. Install the Rear Middle Cover (PL 10.2).
This procedure installs a new MCU PWB. Refer to step 3 of Remove to install the same MCU c. Install the ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).
PWB. 4. Switch on the machine power.
CAUTION 5. Verify that the serial numbers and billing data are the same.
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly replaced. a. Access Diagnostic Routines.
1. Install the EPROM from the old MCU PWB on the new MCU PWB (Figure 2). i. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
ii. Access Diagnostic Routines.
b. Check serial number and billing data.
i. Select Adjustment/Others.
ii. Select Machine ID/Billing Data.
iii. Check that the Serial Number and Billing Data for IOT, Sys1, and Sys2 are the
same.
If they are the same, return to Service Call Procedures in Section 1.
If the data are different, perform GP 4 Serialization/Billing Maintenance.

Figure 2 MCU PWB EPROM Location (j0st40901)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 9.1.1 4-52 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 9.1.2 MCU PWB EPROM
Removal
CAUTION
Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD proce-
dures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with
EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time.

NOTE: Refer to REP 9.1.1 to remove or replace the MCU PWB EPROM (Figure 1).

Figure 1 MCU PWB EPROM Location (j0st40901)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-53 REP 9.1.2
REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB
Parts List on PL 9.2
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD proce-
dures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with
EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time.
1. Remove the ESS PWB (PL 9.2).
a. If present, remove Printer PWB (PL 9.2).
i. Disconnect network connection.
ii. Loosen thumbscrews and pullout Printer PWB to disconnect it from the ESS
PWB.
b. If present, remove FID PWB (PL 9.2), or FMO PWB (PL 9.2), or Hard Drive (PL 9.2).
c. Loosen screws (2) and remove ESS Cover Assembly (PL 9.2).
d. Disconnect P/Js form ESS PWB. Figure 1 ESS PWB EPROM Location (j0st40902)
e. Remove the screws and remove ESS PWB.
2. If a new ESS PWB will be installed, go to step 3. If the ESS PWB will be reinstalled after
service actions in other areas, reinstall the ESS PWB when appropriate to do so.
CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly removed.
3. Remove EPROM from ESS PWB and save for installation on new or original ESS PWB
(Figure 1).

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 9.2.1 4-54 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Replacement 2. Install the ESS PWB and connect P/Js.
CAUTION 3. If present, install the Printer PWB.
Fatal error occurs to machine software if ESS PWB is replaced before EPROM is installed on a. Install Printer PWB while connecting it to ESS PWB and tighten thumbscrews.
ESS PWB and powered on. b. Connect network connection.
This procedure installs a new ESS PWB. Refer to step 2 of Remove to install the same ESS 4. Install the ESS Cover.
PWB. 5. Perform GP 4 Serialization/Billing Maintenance.
CAUTION
Pin breakage occurs if the EPROM is carelessly replaced.
1. Install the EPROM from the old ESS PWB on the new ESS PWB (Figure 1).

Figure 2 ESS PWB EPROM Location (j0st40902)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-55 REP 9.2.1
REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM
Removal
CAUTION
Damage to electrical components is likely if static discharge reaches components. ESD proce-
dures must be used when removing or replacing PWBs.
Always wear a wrist strap to protect electrical parts from static damage. If a wrist strap is not
available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
A disabled machine with loss of serialization and billing data occurs if both the ESS PWB with
EPROM and the MCU PWB with EPROM are replaced at the same time.

NOTE: Refer to REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB to remove or reinstall the ESS PWB EPROM (Figure 1).

Figure 1 ESS PWB EPROM Location (j0st40902)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 9.2.2 4-56 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 10.1.1 Top Cover Assembly
Parts List on PL 10.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the Toner Cartridge. (REP 4.1.2)
2. Remove the Front Left Cover. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the screw.
2.Remove the Front Left Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Front Left Cover (j0st41001)

3. Remove the Paper Weight Assembly. (Figure 2)


1.Remove the Paper Weight Assembly.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-57 REP 10.1.1
Figure 2 Removing the Paper Weight Assembly (j0st41003) Figure 3 Removing the Top Cover Assembly (j0st41004)

4. Remove the Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 3) Replacement


1.Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2.Remove the Top Cover Assembly.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 10.1.1 4-58 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 10.2.1 Rear Lower Cover 2. Remove the Rear Middle Cover. (Figure 2)
1.Remove the screws (x2).
Parts List on PL 10.2
2.Remove the Rear Middle Cover.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the ESS Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)
1.Loosen the screws (x2).
2.Remove the ESS Cover Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the Rear Middle Cover (j0st41006)

3. For the Duplex and Finisher models, remove the cover. (Figure 3)
1.Slide the cover downwards to remove it.

Figure 1 Removing the ESS Cover Assembly (j0st41005)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-59 REP 10.2.1
Figure 3 Removing the cover (j0st41007) Figure 4 Removing the Rear Lower Cover (j0st41008)

4. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (Figure 4) Replacement


1.Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2.Remove the Rear Lower Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 10.2.1 4-60 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 11.1.1 Platen Cushion Replacement
Parts List on PL 11.1 NOTE: Remove all remaining tapes on the Platen Cover after the Platen Cushion has been
Removal removed.

WARNING 1. Install the Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)


To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical 1. Remove the seal.
power applied to the machine. 2. Press gently in the direction of the arrow.
1. Remove the Platen Cushion. (Figure 1) 3. Slowly lower the Platen Cover pressing on the Platen Cushion.
1. Remove the Platen Cushion.

Figure 2 Installing the Platen Cushion (j0st41102)

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cushion (j0st41101)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-61 REP 11.1.1
REP 11.1.2 Control Panel Assembly REP 11.3.1 Platen Glass
Parts List on PL 11.1 Parts List on PL 11.3
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Control Panel Assembly. (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Platen Glass. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screws (2). 1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Remove the screws (2). 2. Remove the plate.
3. Slide the Control Panel Assembly to front a little. 3. Remove the Platen Glass.
4. Release the connector.
5. Release the wire harness from the frame.
6. Remove the Control Panel Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Control Panel Assembly (j0st41103)

Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Platen Glass (j0st41104)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.1.2, REP 11.3.1 4-62 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NOTE: To install the Platen Glass, push the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and REP 11.3.2 IIT/IPS PWB
the plate in the direction of arrow B. (Figure 2)
Parts List on PL 11.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the following parts:
Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)
2. Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the screws (x7).
2. Remove the IPS Cover.

Figure 2 Installing the Platen Glass (j0st41105)

Figure 1 Removing the IPS Cover (j0st41134)

3. Disconnect the cable (IIT-DADF).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-63 REP 11.3.1, REP 11.3.2
4. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)
1.Disconnect the connectors (x5).

Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41106)

5. Remove the IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 3)


1. Remove the screws (x6).
2. Remove the screws (x2).
3. Remove the IIT/IPS PWB.

Figure 3 Removing the IIT/IPS PWB (j0st41107)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.3.2 4-64 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
2. When having replaced the IIT/IPS PWB, install the EP ROM from the old IIT/IPS PWB on REP 11.4.1 Lens Kit Assembly
the new IIT/IPS PWB. (Figure 4)
Parts List on PL 11.4
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1)
2. Remove the APS Sensor. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Screw.
2. Remove the APS Sensor.

Figure 4 EP ROM Replacement (j0st41142)

Figure 1 Removing the APS Sensor (j0st41108)

3. Remove the Lens Cover. (Figure 2)


1.Remove the screws (x2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-65 REP 11.3.2, REP 11.4.1
2.Remove the Lens Cover.

Figure 3 Disconnecting the CCD Flat Cable (j0st41109)


Figure 2 Removing the Lens Cover (j0st41135)
5. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly. (Figure 4)
4. Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable. (Figure 3) 1. Remove the screws (x4).
1.Take off the hook. 2. Replace the Lens Kit Assembly.
2.Disconnect the CCD Flat Cable.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.4.1 4-66 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
8. Turn on the power. Print the Controller built-in Total Chart (Pattern 052) and check that the
IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge fall within the specifications. If they do not fall within the speci-
fications, perform ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Adjustment.
9. Place the Test Chart (82P521) on the Platen and make a copy. (A3, 100%, 1 sheet)
10. Measure the length of A and B indicated in the diagram using the scale. Record the mea-
surements as L0 and R0.
(Scan in 0.5mm increments)
Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/
-1.6 mm).
If they do not satisfy the specifications, go to Step 4. (Figure 5)

Figure 5 Chart for checking L0 and R0 (j0st41143)


Figure 4 Removing the Lens Kit Assembly (j0st41110)
11. With the measurements taken for L0 and R0, refer to the adjustment table below for the
6. Connect the CCD Flat Cable and install the Lens Cover. required rotation amount for the nuts on the CCD Assembly Bracket.
7. Install the Platen Glass. (No need to install the Glass Press Guide.) Unit (L0, R0): mm

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-67 REP 11.4.1
Rotation: degree NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, draw a line on the paper to make a
Direction: +ve: Right, -ve: Left mark at the tip of the Box Driver using tape as shown in the figure below.

Table 1 Adjustment Table (Nut Rotation Amount)


R0=13 R0=13.5 R0=14 R0=14.5 R0=15 R0=15.5 R0=16 R0=16.5 R0=17
L0=13 Front +165 +240 +315 +390 +465 +555 +630 +705 +780
Rear +165 +45 -90 -210 -330 -450 -570 -690 -810
L0=13.5 Front +45 +120 +195 +270 +360 +435 +510 +585 +660
Rear +240 +120 0 -120 -240 -375 -495 -615 -735
L0=14 Front -75 0 +75 +165 +240 +315 +390 +465 +555
Rear +330 +195 +75 -45 -165 -285 -405 -525 -645
L0=14.5 Front -195 -120 -45 +45 +120 +195 +270 +345 +435
Rear +405 +285 +165 +45 -75 -210 -330 -450 -570
L0=15 Front -315 -240 -150 -75 0 +75 +150 +240 +315
Rear +495 +360 +240 +120 0 -120 -240 -360 -495
L0=15.5 Front -435 -345 -270 -195 -120 -45 +45 +120 +195
Rear +570 +450 +330 +210 +75 -45 -165 -285 -405
L0=16 Front -555 -465 -390 -315 -240 -165 -75 0 +75
Rear +645 +525 +405 +285 +165 +45 -75 -195 -330
L0=16.5 Front -660 -585 -510 -435 -360 -270 -195 -120 -45
Rear +735 +615 +495 +375 +240 +120 0 -120 -240
L0=17 Front -780 -705 -630 -555 -465 -390 -315 -240 -165
Rear +810 +690 +570 +450 +330 +210 +90 -45 -165

12. Turn off the power.


13. Remove the Platen Glass. Turn the respective nuts using the Box Driver according to the
direction and amount given in Step 11. (Figure 6)

Figure 6 Making the mark(j0st41112)

14. Turn on the power again and repeat Steps 9 and 10.
15. Adjustment is complete if L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications. Repeat Steps 11 to 14 until
L0 and R0 satisfy the specifications (L0=15+/-1.6 mm, R0=15+/-1.6 mm).
16. Check the Side Registration. If it does not fall within the specifications, perform ADJ
11.1.1 IIT Lead/Side Registration Adjustment.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.4.1 4-68 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
17. Reinstall all the parts removed. REP 11.5.1 Carriage Cable
Parts List on PL 11.5
Removal
NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here. The
replacement procedure for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage
Cable.

NOTE: The Front and Rear Carriage Cables must be replaced separately.

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. For the Platen models, remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Platen Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cover (j0st41136)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-69 REP 11.4.1, REP 11.5.1
2. Remove the following parts:
Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)
Control Panel (REP 11.1.2)
DADF Assembly (REP 15.1.1)
3. Remove the Left Side Plate. (Figure 2)
1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Remove the Support Glass on both sides.
3. Remove the Left Side Platen.

Figure 2 Removing the Left Side Platen (j0st41139)

4. Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 3) Figure 3 Unfastening the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41113)
1. Remove the screws (x2).
5. Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 4)
1. Remove the spring from the frame.
2. Detach the cable from the spring.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.5.1 4-70 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 Removing the spring (j0st41114) Figure 5 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 1/3 (j0st41115)

Replacement
1. Wind the Carriage Cable around the pulley. (Figure 5, Figure 6, Figure 7)
1.Insert the Carriage Cable ball into the ditch of the pulley.
2.Wind the spring end of the cable around the pulley for 1.5 rounds.
3.Fix the cable at the spring end on the frame with tape.
4.Wind the cable at the ball end around the pulley for 2 rounds.
5.Fix the cable on the pulley with tape to prevent it from moving.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-71 REP 11.5.1
Figure 6 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 2/3 (j0st41116) Figure 7 Winding the Carriage Cable around the pulley. 3/3 (j0st41117)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.5.1 4-72 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NOTE: Indicates the number of coils made by the Carriage Cable at the front and rear.
(Figure 8)

Figure 9 Installing the Carriage Cable (j0st41119)

3. Install the spring end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 10)


Figure 8 The number of coils made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear (j0st41118)
1. Route the spring end of the Carriage Cable along the frame and on the pulley.
2. Install the ball end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9) 2.Route the cable on the pulley at the rear of the Half Rate Carriage.
1. Route the Carriage Cable on the pulley in front of it. 3.Attach the spring to the Carriage Cable and route the cable along the frame as indi-
cated.
2. Hang the ball on the notch of the frame.
4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-73 REP 11.5.1
Figure 11 Installing the Carriage Cable at the front (j0st41121)

5. Remove the tape used for keeping the cable in place.


6. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 11.6.1)
7. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.

Figure 10 Installing the spring (j0st41120)

4. Fix the Full Rate Carriage at the front side. (Figure 11)
1. Fix the Full Rate Carriage on the Carriage Cable.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.5.1 4-74 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 11.5.2 Carriage Motor Assembly
Parts List on PL 11.5
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. For the DADF models, disconnect the IIT-DATA Cable. (Figure 1)
1. Disconnect the IIT-DATA Cable.

Figure 2 Removing the Rear Upper Cover (j0st82020)

3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 3)


1. Remove the spring.
2. Disconnect the connector.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the cable (j0st82019)

2. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (Figure 2)


1. Remove the screws (x4).
2. Remove the Rear Upper Cover.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-75 REP 11.5.2
Figure 3 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41122) Figure 4 Removing the Carriage Motor Assembly (j0st41123)

4. Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly. (Figure 4) Replacement


1. Remove the screws (x3). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Remove the Carriage Motor Assembly.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.5.2 4-76 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 11.6.1 Exposure Lamp Replacement
Parts List on PL 11.6 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Open the Platen Cover or DADF.
2. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1)
3. Move the Full Rate Carriage to the frame notch.
4. Remove the Exposure Lamp. (Figure 1)
1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Remove the screw.
3. Remove the Exposure Lamp.

Figure 1 Removing the Exposure Lamp (j0st41124)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-77 REP 11.6.1
REP 11.6.2 Lamp Wire Harness 1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Pull the connector out of the hole.
Parts List on PL 11.6
3. Release the connector from the hook.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)
2. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.1.1)
3. Remove the IPS Cover. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screws (x7).
2. Remove the IPS Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the IPS Cover (j0st41134)


Figure 2 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41125)
4. Disconnect the connector of the Lamp Wire Harness. (Figure 2)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 11.6.2 4-78 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
5. Remove the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 3)
1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Remove the Full Rate Carriage.

Figure 4 Removing the Lamp Wire Harness (j0st41127)

Replacement
Figure 3 Removing the Full Rate Carriage (j0st41126) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

NOTE: Adjust the positions of the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages after installation. (ADJ
6. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)
11.6.1)
1. Turn over the Full Rate Carriage.
2. Remove the screw.
3. Remove the guide.
4. Disconnect the connector.
5. Remove the Lamp Wire Harness.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-79 REP 11.6.2
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 11.6.2 4-80 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 12.1 Tray 3 Feeder (2TM) 2. Remove the Left Lower Cover.

Parts List on PL 12.1


Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Pull out Tray 3.
2. Remove the Foot Covers. (Figure 1)
1. Loosen the screw (1).
2. Remove the Foot Cover (1).

Figure 2 Removing the Left Lower Cover (j0st41213)

4. Open the Left Cover Assembly.


5. Remove the bracket. (Figure 3)
1. Remove the screw.
2. Remove the bracket.

Figure 1 Removing the Foot Covers (j0st41212)

3. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2)


1. Remove the screws (x2).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-81 REP 12.1
Figure 3 Removing the bracket (j0st41201) Figure 4 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41202)

6. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 7. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the Feed Out Chute. 1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Release the clamp to remove the wire.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 12.1 4-82 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41203) Figure 6 Removing the Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41204)

8. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 6) Replacement


1. Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. 2. When replacing, enter Diagnostic. mode. Clear the counter.
Tray 3 Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter Tray3-1

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-83 REP 12.1
REP 12.2 Tray 4 Feeder (2TM)
Parts List on PL 12.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Pull out Tray 3/4.
2. Remove the Foot Covers. (Figure 1)
1. Loosen the screw (1).
2. Remove the Foot Cover (1).

Figure 2 Removing the Left Lower Cover (j0st41213)

4. Open the Left Cover Assembly.


5. Remove the screws. (Figure 3)
1. Remove the screws.

Figure 1 Removing the Foot Covers (j0st41212)

3. Remove the Left Lower Cover. (Figure 2)


1. Removing the screws (x2).
2. Removing the Left Lower Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 12.2 4-84 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 Removing the screws (j0st41205) Figure 4 Removing the Feed Out Chute (j0st41206)

6. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 4) 7. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the Feed Out Chute. 1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Release the clamp to remove the wire.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-85 REP 12.2
Figure 5 Disconnecting the connector (j0st41207) Figure 6 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41208)

8. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 6) Replacement


1. Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. 2. When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the counter.
Tray 4 Chain Link:954-803 Tray Feed Counter Tray4-1

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 12.2 4-86 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 12.3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (2TM) 3. Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2)
1. Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll.
Parts List on PL 12.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.

1. Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder.


Tray 3 Feeder (REP 12.1)
Tray 4 Feeder (REP 12.2)
2. Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Front Chute.

Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the counter.

Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-87 REP 12.3
REP 12.4 2TM PWB
Parts List on PL 12.6
Clean
Replacement

WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. When replacing the 2TM PWB, set the 2TM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown.
(Figure 1)

Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0st41211)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 12.4 4-88 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 13.1.1 Tray 3 Assembly (TTM)
Parts List on PL 13.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Pull out Tray 3.
2. Remove the paper from Tray 3.
3. Open the Left Cover Assembly.
4. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screw.
2. Slide the stopper.
3. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41301)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-89 REP 13.1.1
REP 13.1.2 Tray 4 Assembly (TTM)
Parts List on PL 13.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Pull out Tray 4.
2. Remove the paper from Tray 4.
3. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Push in Tray 4 Transport Assembly.
3. Remove the screw.
4. Remove the stopper.
5. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Assembly (j0st41302)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 13.1.2 4-90 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 13.3.1 Front/Rear Tray Cable (TTM)
Parts List on PL 13.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)
2. Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.(Figure 1)
1. Remove the screws (x4).
2. Remove the Tray 4 Cover together with the frame.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Cover (j0st41303)

3. Remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 2)

NOTE: Only the replacement procedure for the Front Tray Cable is described here. The
Rear Tray Cable is removed in the same way.

1. Remove the E-Clip.


2. Remove the Cable Guide.
3. Remove the Tray Cable.
4. Remove the E-Clip.
5. Remove the Cable Guide.
6. Remove the Tray Cable.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-91 REP 13.3.1
Figure 2 Removing the Tray Cable (j0st41304) Figure 3 Removing the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable (j0st41305)

4. Remove the Left Shaft Assembly to remove the Tray Cable. (Figure 3) Replacement
1. Remove the E-Clip. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Slide the bearings (x2).
3. Remove the Lift Shaft Assembly.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 13.3.1 4-92 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 13.4.1 Tray 4 Feeder (TTM)
Parts List on PL 13.4
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)
2. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (REP 13.1.2)
3. Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Tray 4 Transport Assembly (j0st41312)

4. Remove the Stud Bracket. (Figure 2)


1. Remove the screw.
2. Remove the Stud Bracket.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-93 REP 13.4.1
Figure 2 Removing the Stud Bracket (j0st41306)

5. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)


1. Disconnect the connectors (x2).
2. Remove the screws (x2).
3. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly (j0st41307)

6. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 4)


1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Remove the Upper Chute.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 13.4.1 4-94 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3. Remove the screws (x2).
4. Remove the Lower Chute.

Figure 5 Removing the Tray 4 Feeder (j0st41309)

Figure 4 Removing the Lower Chute (j0st41308) Replacement


1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
7. Remove the Tray 4 Feeder. (Figure 5) 2. When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.
1. Remove the screws (x2). HFSI Chain Link 954-803
2. Remove the bracket.
3. Remove the screw.
4. Remove the bracket.
5. Remove the screw.
6. Remove the bracket.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-95 REP 13.4.1
REP 13.5.1 Tray 3 Feeder (TTM)
Parts List on PL 13.5
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. Remove Tray 3.
2. Open the Left Cover.
3. Remove the Upper/Lower Chute. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Upper Chute.
2. Remove the Lower Chute.

Figure 1 Removing the Upper/Lower Chute (j0st41313)

4. Remove the screw. (Figure 2)


1. Remove the screw.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 13.5.1 4-96 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 Removing the screw (j0st41315) Figure 3 Removing the Tray 3 Assembly (j0st41310)

5. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3) 6. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 4)
1. Remove the screws. 1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Release the Wire Harness from the clamp. 2. Remove the bracket.
3. Disconnect the connector.
4. Remove the screws (x2).
5. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-97 REP 13.5.1
REP 13.6.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (TTM)
Parts List on PL 13.6
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.

NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Roll must be replaced at the same time.

1. Remove the Tray 3/4 Feeder.


Tray 3 Feeder (REP 13.1.1)
Tray 4 Feeder (REP 13.1.2)
2. Move the Front Chute in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 1)
1.Remove the Front Chute.

Figure 4 Removing the Tray 3 Feeder (j0st41311)

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.
Chain Link: 954-802

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 13.5.1, REP 13.6.1 4-98 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 1 Moving the Front Chute (j0st41209) Figure 2 Removing the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (j0st41210)

3. Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 2) Replacement


1. Release the hooks (x3) to remove the Feed Roll/Retard/Nudger Roll. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When replacing, enter Diag. mode. Clear the counter.
Tray 3 Chain Link:954-802 Tray Feed Counter Tray3-1]

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-99 REP 13.6.1
REP 13.8.1 TTM PWB
Parts List on PL 13.8
Replacement
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
To prevent data loss when the power is turned off, please note the following.
FAX Models
Check that the Stored Documents lamp is not on, and press the Job Status button to ensure
that there are no jobs in progress.
Printer Models
Check that Ready to Print/Send is displayed on the Control Panel display.
1. When replacing the TTM PWB, set the TTM PWB Dip Switch to the position as shown.
(Figure 1)

Figure 1 Setting the Dip Switch (j0st41314)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 13.8.1 4-100 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 15.1.1 DADF 1. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)
1. Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.
Parts List on PL 15.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
CAUTION
The DADF is a heavy component. Take care when lifting the DADF.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the connector

2. Remove the DADF. (Figure 2)


1. Remove the Knob Screws (x2).
2. Remove the DADF.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-101 REP 15.1.1
Replacement
1. When installing the DADF, push the DADF to the front, then secure. (Figure 3)

Figure 2 Removing the DADF

Figure 3 Installing the DADF

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.1.1 4-102 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 15.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion 1. Remove the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 1)
1. Peel the DADF Platen Cushion from the Velcro Fastening at 10 locations.
Parts List on PL 15.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion is attached with Velcro Fastening.

Figure 1 Removing the DADF Platen Cushion

2. Attach the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)


1. Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass.
2. Set up the gaps from the Registration Guide and Platen Guide.
3. Slowly lower the DADF and press on to the Platen Cushion.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-103 REP 15.1.2
REP 15.2.1 DADF Document Tray
Parts List on PL 15.2
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the following parts:
DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)
DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
2. Open the Top Cover.
3. Disconnect the connectors. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the clamp.
2. Disconnect connector.
3. Disconnect connector.
4. Remove the screw (1).
5. Disconnect the Ground Wire.
6. Unhook the Wire Harness (x2).

Figure 2 Installing the DADF Platen Cushion

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.1.2, REP 15.2.1 4-104 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 1 Disconnecting the connectors

4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (Figure 2)


1. Remove the Tapping Screws (1).
2. Remove the Tray Holder.
3. Remove the DADF Document Tray. Figure 2 Removing the DADF Document Tray
4. Pull out the Wire Harness.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-105 REP 15.2.1
REP 15.2.2 DADF Feeder Assembly
Parts List on PL 15.2
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)
2. Remove the following covers.
DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)
DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
3. Open the Top Cover Assembly.
4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)
5. Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1)
1. Disconnect the connectors (6).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors

6. Remove the lever and Wire Harness. (Figure 2)


1. Loosen the Set Screw and remove the disk.
2. Release the hook and remove the lever.
3. Remove the screw.
4. Remove the washer.
5. Move the DADF Interlock Switch.
6. Disconnect the connector.
7. Disconnect the connector.
8. Remove the Wire Harness from the clamps (x3).

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.2.2 4-106 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 Removing the Lever and Wire Harness
Figure 3 Removing the DADF Feeder Assembly
7. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)
1. Remove the screw (1). Replacement
2. Remove the Tapping Screws (6). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
3. Release the wire harness from clamp. 2. When replacing, enter Diagnostic mode. Clear the [HFSI] counter.
4. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly.
5. Remove the plunger.
6. When installing: Align the boss with the boss hole.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-107 REP 15.2.2
REP 15.2.3 DADF Front Cover REP 15.2.4 DADF Rear Cover
Parts List on PL 15.2 Parts List on PL 15.2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Open the Top Cover Assembly. 1. Open the Top Cover.
2. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (Figure 1) 2. Open the DADF Document Tray.
1. Remove the Tapping Screw (1). 3. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 1)
2. Remove the tabs (x2) from the Tab Slots and remove the DADF Front Cover. 1. Remove the Tapping Screw (1).
2. Remove the screws (2).
3. Release the hooks (x2).
4. Remove the harness from the notch of the DADF Rear Cover.
5. Remove the tabs (x4) from the Tab Slot and remove the DADF Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the DADF Front Cover

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.2.3, REP 15.2.4 4-108 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Replacement
1. Pull the harness to the notch of the DADF Rear Cover when installing the DADF Rear
Cover. (Figure 2)
1. Pull the harness to the notch of DADF Rear Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the DADF Rear Cover

Figure 2 Installing the DADF Rear Cover

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-109 REP 15.2.4
REP 15.3.1 DADF PWB
Parts List on PL 15.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4)
2. Disconnect the DADF PWB connectors. (Figure 1)
1. Disconnect the connectors (13).

Figure 2 Removing the DADF PWB

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Check the S/W version and upgrade if necessary.

Figure 1 Disconnecting the DADF PWB connectors

3. Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 2)


1. Remove the screw (1).
2. Remove the Tapping Screws (4).
3. Remove the Earth Wires (x2).
4. Remove the DADF PWB.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.3.1 4-110 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 15.3.2 Left Counter Balance
Parts List on PL 15.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure.


Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong
Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak

1. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)


2. Remove the following covers.
DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)
DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
3. Open the Top Cover Assembly.
4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)
5. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2)
6. Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Tapping Screws (4).
2. Remove the Left Counter Balance.

Figure 1 Removing the Left Counter Balance

Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-111 REP 15.3.2
REP 15.3.3 Right Counter Balance
Parts List on PL 15.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

NOTE: Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by Compression Spring pressure.


Left Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure strong
Right Counter Balance: Compression Spring pressure weak

1. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)


2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (PL 15.2).
3. Remove the screw that secure the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 1)
1. Check the calibration.
2. Remove the screw (1).
3. Disconnect the Ground Wire.
4. Remove the Tapping Screws (4).

Figure 1 Unfastening the Right Counter Balance

4. Remove the Right Counter Balance. (Figure 2)


1. To remove, slide the Right Counter Balance in the direction of the arrow.
2. Precautions during installation:
A.Slot
B.Boss
C.Cutout

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.3.3 4-112 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 15.4.1 Retard Roll
Parts List on PL 15.4
Removal
NOTE: The Nudger Roll, Feed Roll (REP 15.6.1) and Retard Roll must be replaced at the
same time.

1. Open the Top Cover Assembly. (Figure 1)

Figure 2 Removing the Right Counter Balance


Figure 1 Open the Top Cover
Replacement
2. With a 6 inch screwdriver, lift up on the outboard end of the Retard Roll Shaft. (Figure 2)
1. Check the DADF (ADJ 15.1.6).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-113 REP 15.3.3, REP 15.4.1
Raise the Retard
Roll and remove

Figure 2 Lift up the Retard Roll Shaft Figure 3 Removing the Retard Roll

3. Remove the Retard Roll. (Figure 3) Replacement


1. Install the Shaft into the Torque Limiter and then into the Retard Roll. (Figure 4)
1. The shaft.
2. The Retard Roll.
3. The Torque Limiter.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.4.1 4-114 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 15.4.2 Top Cover Assembly
Parts List on PL 15.5
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Open the Top Cover Assembly.
2. Remove the following covers:
DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)
DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
3. Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screw (1).
2. Remove the Feed Upper Chute.
3. Take note of the following at installation:
A. Insert the Bosses into the U-grooves.
B. Insert the Tabs into the Tab Slots.

Figure 4 Installing the Retard Roll

2. Install the Retard Roll into the DADF.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-115 REP 15.4.1, REP 15.4.2
Figure 2 Removing the Harness Guide

5. Remove the Plate Spring. (Figure 3)


1. Remove the Tapping Screw (2).
2. Remove the Plate Spring.

Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute

4. Remove the Harness Guide. (Figure 2)


1. Loosen the screw.
2. Remove the Earth Wire.
3. Remove the Tapping Screw (1).
4. Unfasten the Harness Guide.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.4.2 4-116 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 Removing the Plate Spring Figure 4 Removing the Top Cover Assembly

6. Remove the Top Cover with the Wire Harness connected. (Figure 4) 7. Unfasten the Wire Harness. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the screw (1). 1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Remove the Stud Bracket. 2. Remove the Topping Screw (1).
3. Remove the stud. 3. Remove the Earth Wire.
4. Remove the Top Cover Assembly. 4. Remove the Tapping Screw (2).
5. Unfasten the Harness Guide.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-117 REP 15.4.2
Figure 5 Unfastening the Wire Harness Figure 6 Removing the Wire Harness

8. Remove the Wire Harness from the Top Cover. (Figure 6)


1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Remove the Wire Harness from the Harness Guide.
3. Remove the Wire Harnesses (3) from the square hole and remove the Top Cover.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.4.2 4-118 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Replacement
1. Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover Assembly when installing the cover.
2. Remove the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring from the new Top Cover Assembly. (Fig-
ure 7)
1. Remove the screw (1).
2. Remove the Feed Upper Chute.
3. Remove the Tapping Screw (2).
4. Remove the Plate Spring.

Figure 8 Removing the Wire Harness

4. Hook on the spring when securing the Harness Guide. (Figure 9)

Figure 7 Removing the Feed Upper Chute and Plate Spring

3. Remove the Wire Harness from the new Top Cover. (Figure 8)
1. Disconnect the connectors (2).
2. Removing the Tapping Screw (3).
3. Removing the Wire Harness (x3) from the square hole.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-119 REP 15.4.2
REP 15.6.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll
Parts List on PL 15.6
Removal
NOTE: The Feed, Retard and Nudger Rolls must be replaced at the same time.

1. Open the Top Cover Assembly.


2. Remove the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the screw (1).
2. Remove the Feed Upper Chute.
3. Precautions during Installation:
A. Insert the Boss into the U-groove.
B. Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot.

Figure 9 Hooking on the spring

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.4.2, REP 15.6.1 4-120 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 Rotate the gear to extend the Retard Roll

4. Lift the retaining clip from the Nudger Roll. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Removing the Feed Upper Chute

3. To remove the Nudger Roll rotate the inboard gear of the Torque Limiter until the Nudger
Roll is fully extended. (Figure 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-121 REP 15.6.1
Nudger Roll Shaft

Retraining
Clip

Figure 3 Removing the retaining clip from the Nudger Roll Figure 4 Removing the Nudger Roll shaft and the Nudger Roll

5. Remove the Nudger Roll Shaft and remove the Nudger Roll. (Figure 4) 6. Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear.
7. To remove the Feed Roll, remove the locking tab. (Figure 5)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.6.1 4-122 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Feed Roll Locking
Tab Feed Roll Shaft

Figure 5 Removing the Feed Roll Locking Tab Figure 6 Removing the Feed Roll shaft and the Feed Roll

8. Remove the Feed Roll Shaft and remove the Feed Roll. (Figure 6) Replacement
1. Extend the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear.
2. Install the Nudger Roll and Nudger Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the
shaft and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 7)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-123 REP 15.6.1
Figure 7 Installing the Nudger Roll, Nudger Roll shaft and locking clip Figure 8 Installing the Feed Roll and Feed Roll shaft.

3. Retract the Nudger Roll by rotating the Torque Limiter inboard gear. 5. Observe following while installing Upper Feed Chute. (Figure 9)
4. Install the Feed Roll and Feed Roll shaft. The shaft is spring loaded so push in the shaft Insert the Boss into the U-groove (A).
and hold it and install the locking clip. (Figure 8) Insert the Tab into the Tab Slot (B).
Install the screw (1)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.6.1 4-124 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 15.8.1 Registration Roll
Parts List on PL 15.8
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the DADF. (REP 15.1.1)
2. Remove the following covers.
DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)
DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
3. Open the Top Cover.
4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 15.2.1)
5. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 15.2.2)
6. Loosen the belt tension on the DADF Registration Motor. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the spring.
2. Loosen the screws (2).

Figure 9 Installing the Feed Upper Chute

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-125 REP 15.6.1, REP 15.8.1
Figure 1 Loosening the belt tension

7. Move the motor unit. (Figure 2)


1. Disconnect the connector.
2. Remove the screws (3).
3. Remove the guide.
4. Remove the Stud Screw.
5. Move the motor unit.
6. Remove the belt.

Figure 2 Moving the motor unit

8. Open the chute.


9. Remove the Feed Guide. (Figure 3)
1. Remove the screws (2).
2. Remove the Feed Guide.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.8.1 4-126 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 Removing the Feed Guide Figure 4 Removing the sensor holder

10. Remove the sensor holder. (Figure 4) 11. Loosen the belt tension. (Figure 5)
1. Remove the Tapping Screws (2). 1. Remove the spring.
2. Remove the sensor holder. 2. Loosen the screw.
3. Loosen the belt tension.
4. Remove the E-Clip.
5. Remove the gear.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-127 REP 15.8.1
Figure 5 Loosening the belt tension Figure 6 Removing the Registration Roll

12. Remove the Registration Roll. (Figure 6)


1. Remove the E-Clip.
2. Remove the bearings (2).
3. Remove the Registration Roll.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 15.8.1 4-128 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Replacement
1. When installing the motor unit, pull the Wire Harness as shown in Fig. 7. (Figure 7)

Figure 7 Pulling the Wire Harness

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-129 REP 15.8.1
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 15.8.1 4-130 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.1.1 H-Transport Assembly REP 16.1.2 Hole Punch Assembly
Parts List on PL 23.1 Parts List on PL 23.2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Undock the Finisher Assembly (REP 16.2.1) 1. Open the H-Transport Top Cover and hold it open.
2. Move the H-Transport Assembly. (Figure 1) 2. Open the H-Transport Front Cover.
a. Disconnect the cable ties and the connector. 3. Remove the Hole Punch Assembly. (Figure 1)
b. Remove the screw (1). a. Disconnect the cable clamp.
c. Remove the Docking Plate. b. Remove the Connector cover and disconnect the Connector
d. Remove the H-Transport Assembly. c. Remove the Thumb screw (1).
d. Lift the Hole Punch Assembly and pull outboard to remove.

1 3
Discon- Remove
nect con- the
nector Thumb
and Screw
Cable

Front
Cover

4
Remove
the Hole
Punch
4 3 2 Assem-
Remove the H-Transport Remove Docking Plate Remove the screws (1) bly
Figure 1 Removing the Docking Bracket (j0st41662.jpg)

Replacement 2 1
Remove the Connector Cover and Disconnect the cable
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. disconnect the connector clamp

Figure 1 Removing the Hole Punch Assembly (j0st41663.jpg)

Replacement
1. Insert the Hole Punch Assembly rear locating pin into the H-Transport frame.
2. Install the Hole Punch Assembly in reverse order of removal.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-131 REP 16.1.1, REP 16.1.2
REP 16.1.3 H-Transport Belt REP 16.1.4 H-Transport Motor
Parts List on PL 23.4 Parts List on PL 23.4
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the H-Transport Assembly (REP 16.1.1) 1. Remove the H-Transport Assembly. (REP 16.1.1)
2. Remove the screws (2) on the H-transport Rear Cover and remove the Cover. 2. Remove the H-Transport Rear Cover.
3. Loosen the screws (2) on the Tension Bracket. (Figure 1) 3. Place the H-Transport top down on a work surface.
4. Remove the Belt. 4. Remove the H-Transport motor. (Figure 1)
a. Loosen the H-Transport Belt Idler Bracket. (REP 16.1.3)
b. Disconnect the Connector.
c. Remove the screws (2).
d. Remove the H-Transport Motor.

3
Remove
the
screws
(2) and
remove
the
motor

2 1
Remove the Belt Loosen the screws (2)

Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Belt (j0st41664.jpg)


2 1
Replacement Disconnect the connector Loosen the screws (2)
Install the H-Transport Belt in reverse order of removal.
Figure 1 Removing the H-Transport Drive Motor (j0st41665.jpg)

Replacement
Replace in reverse order of removal.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.1.3, REP 16.1.4 4-132 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.1 SB-Finisher Undocking
Parts List on PL 23.1
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the Printer power cord.
2. Disconnect the Finisher Power Cord, the H-Transport Connector and the Finisher Con-
nector from the IOT.
CAUTION
The Finisher is unstable when not docked with the Printer. Use care when handling an
undocked Finisher so that it does not fall over.
3. Release the Docking Latch on the Finisher and move the Finisher away from the Printer.
a. The docking latch is difficult to see when the Finisher is docked to the IOT. The figure
is shown with the finisher undocked to show the location of the latch and how to
actuate it.
b. Locate the docking latch from the rear of the Finisher and Printer. (Figure 1)

The docking
latch release
from the rear of
the Finisher and
Printer

Figure 1 Locating the docking latch release (j0st41730.jpg)

c. With a large common screwdriver release the docking latch by moving the latch
toward the front of the Finisher and move the Finisher away from the Printer. (Figure
2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-133 REP 16.2.1
REP 16.2.2 Front Cover Assembly
2 Parts List on PL 23.6
Docking latch
will move also Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1)
CAUTION
Do not drop the Booklet Maker Thumb screw into the Finisher.
2. Remove the Booklet Maker and set aside. (REP 16.3.2)
3. Open the Finisher upper Front Door.
4. Remove the screws (5).
5. Remove the Front Cover Assembly.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

1
Using a large
common screw-
driver, move the
docking latch
release toward
the front of the
Finisher

Figure 2 Releasing the docking latch (j0st41731.jpg)

Replacement
1. Align the Printer Docking Bracket with the cut outs in the Finisher Docking Bracket.
2. Mate the Printer and the Finisher until it latches.
3. Check that the Finisher is firmly latched to the Printer.
4. Perform the remainder of the replacement procedure in reverse order of removal.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.1, REP 16.2.2 4-134 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.3 Rear Upper Cover REP 16.2.4 Rear Lower Cover
Parts List on PL 23.6 Parts List on PL 23.6
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) 1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1)
2. Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2) 2. Remove the Rear Lower Cover.
3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. a. Remove the screws (3).
a. Remove the screws (4) b. Remove the Cover.
b. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. Replacement
Replacement 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-135 REP 16.2.3, REP 16.2.4
REP 16.2.5 Eject Cover Replacement
Parts List on PL 23.10 1. Align the Eject Cover with the Pins (2) on both sides, and slide it to the right. (Figure 2)

Removal NOTE: The left side of the Cover is now captured by the Pins and cannot be lifted up.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Eject Cover. (Figure 1)
a. Unlatch the Eject Cover, and move it to the left.
b. Remove the Retaining Screw (1).
c. Push the Latch through the hole in the Cover.
d. Remove the Cover by moving it to the left.

Eject Cover

Retaining
Screw
Pin (2)

Eject Figure 2 Aligning the Eject Cover (j0st41681)


Cover

Latch

Figure 1 Removing the Eject Cover (j0st41682)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.5 4-136 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
2. Position the Eject Cover so that the Latch is inserted in the hole. (Figure 3) 3. Place the Latch Spring in the position shown. (Figure 4)

NOTE: The Latch must be outside the hole.


Latch Spring

Eject Cover

Latch

Figure 4 Positioning the Latch Spring (j0st41692)


Figure 3 Inserting the Latch through the hole in the Cover (j0st41688)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-137 REP 16.2.5
4. Make sure the Latch Hook and Latch Pin are positioned as shown. (Figure 5) 5. Install the Retaining Screw (1). (Figure 6)

Latch Hook Latch Pin Retaining Screw

Figure 5 Positioning the Latch Hook and Latch Pin (j0st41689)

Figure 6 Installing the Retaining Screw (j0st41683)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.5 4-138 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.6 Foot Cover REP 16.2.7 Stacker Lower Cover
Parts List on PL 23.6 Parts List on PL 23.6
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Screw (1). (Figure 1) 1. Remove the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6)
2. Remove the Foot Cover. 2. Remove the Screws (2). (Figure 1)
3. Remove the Stacker Lower Cover.

Stacker Lower Cover

Foot Cover
Screw (2)

Screw

Figure 1 Removing the Foot Cover (j0st41699)


Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Lower Cover (j0st41699)
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-139 REP 16.2.6, REP 16.2.7
REP 16.2.8 Stacker Upper Cover REP 16.2.9 Stack Height Sensors 1 and 2
Parts List on PL 23.7 Parts List on PL 23.11
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16) 1. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)
2. Remove the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7) 2. Remove the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2. (Figure 1)
3. Remove the Screws (6). (Figure 1) a. Disconnect the connector.
4. Remove the Stacker Upper Cover. b. Remove the Sensor.

1
Discon-
nect the
connec-
tor

2
Remove
Stacker Upper Cover the Sen-
sor

Screw (6)

Stack Height Sensor 1 Stack Height Sen-


sor 2
Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Upper Cover (j0st41700)
Figure 1 Removing the Stack Height Sensor 1 or 2
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.8, REP 16.2.9 4-140 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.10 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly REP 16.2.11 Finisher Stapler Move Motor
Parts List on PL 23.10 Parts List on PL 23.8
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5) 1. Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly. (REP 16.2.12)
2. Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly. 2. Remove the Screws (2). (Figure 1)
a. Disconnect the connector.
b. Remove the wires from the wire clamps
c. Remove the screw (1) from the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.
d. Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.

1
Discon-
nect the
Connec-
tor

2
Remove
wires
from
wire
clamp
Screws
3
Remove
the
screw
(1)

Figure 1 Removing the Screws (2) (j0st41697)

Figure 1 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (j0st41736)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-141 REP 16.2.10, REP 16.2.11
3. Remove the Wire Guide. (Figure 2) 4. Remove the Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 3)
a. Pull out the Cable Clamps (3), and remove the wires from the Wire Guide. a. Remove the wires from the Cable Clamp.
b. Remove the Screws (2). b. Disconnect the Connector.
c. Remove the Wire Guide. c. Remove the Screws (2).
d. Remove the Stapler Move Motor.

Screws
Connector Cable Clamp

Cable Clamps Wire Guide Stapler Move Motor Screws

Figure 2 Removing the Wire Guide (j0st41698)


Figure 3 Removing the Stapler Move Motor (j0st41696)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.11 4-142 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.12 Finisher Stapler Assembly 4. Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly. (Figure 2)
a. Disconnect the Connectors (2).
Parts List on PL 23.8
b. Remove the Screws (3).
Removal c. Remove the Finisher Stapler Assembly.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Folder Knife Assembly. (REP 16.2.14)
2. Remove the Front Cover Assembly. (REP 16.2.2)
3. Remove the Stapler Cover. (Figure 1)
a. Remove the Screw.
b. Remove the Stapler Cover.

Stapler
Cover

Screw Finisher Stapler Assembly Connectors (2) Screws (3)

Figure 2 Removing the Finisher Stapler Assembly (jost41737.jpg)

Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Cover (jost41722.jpg)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-143 REP 16.2.12
REP 16.2.13 Compiler Tray Assembly c. Slide the Eject Roller shaft toward the front.
d. Remove the Gear, and brass bushing.
Parts List on PL 23.12
e. Remove the Eject Roll from the Finisher.
Removal
WARNING
3
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical Remove
power applied to the machine. the Gear
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. and
brass
2. Undock the SB Finisher. (REP 16.2.1)
bearing
3. Remove the Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2)
4. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)
5. Remove the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6)
6. Remove the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7)
7. Remove the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16)
8. Remove the Stacker Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.8)
9. Remove the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5)
10. Preparing to remove the Eject Roller Shaft. (Figure 1)

2 1 4
Slide the shaft Remove the E-ring Remove the shaft
toward front

Figure 2 Removing the Eject Roll Shaft (j0st41720.jpg)

12. Remove the Compiler Tray screw. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Removing the E-ring and brass bearing from the front Eject Roller shaft.
(j0st41719.jpg)

11. Remove the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 2)


a. Remove the E-ring and brass bearing from the front of the shaft.
b. Remove the E-ring,

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.13 4-144 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NOTE: Notice the position of
the Set Clamp Holders

Figure 3 Removing the Compiler Tray screw (j0st41721.jpg) Disconnect spring from the
Holders (3)
NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Holders.

13. Disconnect the springs from the Set Clamp Holders (3). (Figure 4) Figure 4 Disconnecting the Set Clamp Holder springs (3) (j0st41727.jpg)

14. Remove the front E-ring and the bushing from the Set Clamp Shaft Assembly. (Figure 5)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-145 REP 16.2.13
Remove NOTE:
the E- Notice
ring and the ori-
the entation
bushing of the
gears on
the shaft

Figure 5 Removing the front E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41722)t

NOTE: Notice the position and orientation of the Set Clamp Shaft gear and the cam gear
that it engages. When installing the Set Clamp Shaft these gears must engage in the
Figure 6 Notice the Set Clamp Shaft gear orientation (j0st41723)
same manner. (Figure 6)

15. Remove the rear E-ring from the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 7)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.13 4-146 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3 2 1 2 1
Disconnect the Spring Slide the Gear away Remove the E-ring Slide the Gear, Spring and Bushing toward Unlock and remove
from the Gear from the frame the end of the Shaft the Flag
Figure 7 Preparing to remove the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41723) Figure 8 Preparing to remove the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41724)

16. Slide the Gear, Spring and the Bushing away from the frame. (Figure 8) 17. Slide the Set Clamp Shaft to the front to clear the rear frame then slide the Shaft to the
rear and remove it from the Finisher. (Figure 9)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-147 REP 16.2.13
1
Slide the
Shaft
toward
the front

2 Remove the Compiler


Slide the Shaft toward Tray Assembly
the rear and remove
Figure 10 Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly (j0st41723)
Figure 9 Removing the Set Clamp Shaft (j0st41725)

19. Usually this level of Compiler Tray Assembly removal is for the purpose of removing the
18. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (Figure 10)
Front or Rear Tamper Motors, or the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensors or the Com-
piler Tray No Paper Sensor.
However if the Compiler Tray Assembly must be completely removed from the Finisher, it
will be necessary to disconnect all of the wire harness connectors to the Tamper Motors,
Tamper Home Sensors and No Paper Sensor and disconnect the wires from all wire har-
ness guides.
Replacement
1. Route the wire harness through the wire guides and connect the proper connectors to the
No Paper Sensor, the Tamper Home Sensors and the Tamper Motors.
2. Place the Compiler Tray Assembly into position.
3. Install the Set Clamp Shaft front end into the front frame. (Figure 11)
4. Slide the Shaft toward the front until the rear end of the Shaft can be inserted into the rear
frame. (Figure 11)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.13 4-148 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
1
Insert
the front
end of
the shaft
into the
front
frame

2
Insert
the rear
end of
the Shaft
into the
rear
frame

Holders and Springs in cor-


Figure 11 Installing the Set Clamp Shaft into position (j0st41725) rect location on the Shaft

5. Slide the 3 Set Clamp Holders with Springs into the correct location on the Shaft. (Figure
12) Figure 12 Preparing to install the Holder Springs (3) (j0st41729)

6. Install the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear end of the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 13)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-149 REP 16.2.13
1 2 3 4 2 1
Bearing Spring Gear Install the Stack Height Sensor Flag onto Position the 2 Gears into the Rotate shaft until Stack
the rear end of the Shaft as shown position shown here Height Flag is in position

Figure 13 Installing the Bushing, Spring and Gear onto the rear of the Shaft (j0st41724) Figure 14 Aligning the Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag (j0st41723)

7. Rotate the Set Clamp Shaft until the Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown in 8. Attach the Spring to the gear and slide the Gear into position.
Figure 14. Then position the 2 gears into the configuration as shown in Figure 14. 9. Ensure that the 2 Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag is in the position shown Figure 15
and install the E-ring.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.13 4-150 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Install
the
Bush-
ing and
the E-
ring

Figure 16 Installing the Bushing and E-ring (j0st41722)

11. Ensure that the Set Clamp Holder Springs are connected. (Figure 17)
Shaft Gear Pinion Gear
Install the E- Flag
position on Pin- position
ion Gear ring

Figure 15 Orientation of 2 Gears and Stack Height Sensor Flag (j0st41728)

10. Install the Bushing onto the front end of the Set Clamp Shaft and install the E-ring. (Figure
16)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-151 REP 16.2.13
Spring attaches in 2
spots Eject Roll Shaft in position

Figure 17 Attaching the Set Clamp Holder Springs (3) (j0st41727) Figure 18 Preparing to install the Eject Roll Shaft (j0st41732)

12. Install the Eject Roll Shaft. b. Install the brass bearing, the Gear and the E-ring onto the rear of the Eject Roll
a. Place the Eject Roll Shaft into position in the front and rear frame. (Figure 18) Shaft. (Figure 19)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.13 4-152 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
1
Install
the
brass
Bearing

2
Install the
Gear

3
Install the E-ring

Figure 20 Installing the brass bearing and E-ring on the front of the Shaft (j0st41719)
Figure 19 Installing the Eject Roll Shaft rear parts (j0st41720)
13. Install the Compiler Tray screw (1).
c. Install the brass bearing and E-ring onto the front of the Eject Roll Shaft. (Figure 20) 14. Install the Eject Cover. (REP 16.2.5)
15. Install the Stacker Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.8)
16. Install the Stacker Tray. (REP 16.2.16)
17. Install the Stacker Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.7)
18. Install the Foot Cover. (REP 16.2.6)
19. Install the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)
20. Install the Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2)
21. Dock the SB Finisher to the Printer IOT. (REP 16.2.1)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-153 REP 16.2.13
REP 16.2.14 Folder Knife Assembly Replacement
Parts List on PL 23.14 NOTE: Make sure the Locating Pins (2) are properly engaged. (Figure 2)
Removal 1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Folder Knife Assembly. (Figure 1)
a. Open the Finisher Front Door.
b. Remove the Guard.

NOTE: Pull out the Cable Tie to obtain additional slack in the wires.

c. Disconnect the Cable.


d. Remove the Thumbscrew.
e. Pull the Folder Knife Assembly straight out.

Guard Thumbscrew
Locating Pins

Figure 2 Folder Knife Assembly (j0st41685)

Cable Cable Tie Folder Knife Assembly

Figure 1 Removing the Folder Knife Assembly (j0st41686)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.14 4-154 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.15 Stacker Elevator Motor REP 16.2.16 Stacker Tray
Parts List on PL 23.7 Parts List on PL 23.7
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord. 1. Remove the following:
2. Remove the Finisher Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) a. Booklet Maker Assembly (if installed). (REP 22.4.2)
3. Disconnect P/J8988 on the Finisher Control PWB. b. Front Cover Assembly. (REP 16.2.2)
4. Release the wires from the cable clamps. c. Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)
5. Remove the wires from the wire guide, remove the screws (2) and move the wire guide to 2. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 1)
one side. a. Remove the Screws (4).
6. Remove the screws (2) from the motor mount using a 5.5 mm combination wrench. b. Remove the Stacker Tray.
7. Remove the Stacker Elevator Motor.
Replacement
Install in reverse order of removal procedure.

Stacker Tray

Screws

Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Tray (j0st41693)

Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-155 REP 16.2.15, REP 16.2.16
REP 16.2.18 Eject Belt REP 16.2.19 Eject Motor Assembly
Parts List on PL 23.13 Parts List on PL 23.11
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) 1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1)
2. Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2) 2. Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2)
3. Remove the Rear upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) 3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3)
4. Remove the Eject Motor Assembly. (REP 16.2.19) 4. Preparing to remove the Eject Motor Assembly.
5. Remove the Eject Motor. (REP 16.2.23) a. Disconnect the Eject Motor connector
6. Remove the Eject Belt. b. Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide
Replacement c. Disconnect the wire harness clamps (2)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. d. Remove the screws (2) from the Harness Guide and move the Harness Guide aside.
e. Disconnect the Spring
f. Remove the Eject Motor Assembly screws (4)
5. Remove the Eject Motor Assembly.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.18, REP 16.2.19 4-156 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.21 Finisher PWB REP 16.2.22 Finisher LVPS
Parts List on PL 23.16 Parts List on PL 23.16
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) 1. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP 16.2.4)
2. Remove the Finisher PWB. (Figure 1) 2. Remove the Finisher LVPS. (Figure 1)
a. Disconnect the Connectors (9). a. Disconnect the Connectors (2).
b. Remove the Screws (5). b. Remove the Screws (4).
c. Remove the Finisher PWB. c. Remove the Finisher LVPS.

Finisher LVPS Screw Connector Screw

Screws

Connectors
Screw

Screws

Finisher PWB

Figure 1 Removing the Finisher PWB (j0st41684)


Screw Connector Screw
Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Finisher LVPS (j0st41691)

Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-157 REP 16.2.21, REP 16.2.22
REP 16.2.23 Eject Motor REP 16.2.24 Front/Rear Tamper Motor
Parts List on PL 23.11 Parts List on PL 23.12
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Undock the Finisher. (REP 16.2.1) 1. Remove the Compiler Tray. (REP 16.2.13)
2. Remove the Booklet Maker. (REP 16.3.2) 2. Turn the Compiler Tray over on a work surface.
3. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. (REP 16.2.3) 3. Remove the Tamper Motor. (Figure 1)
4. Remove the Eject Motor Assembly. (REP 16.2.19) a. Release the wires from the wire guide.
5. Remove the Eject Motor. b. Remove the screw (1) and remove the wire guide.
a. Remove the screws (2) c. Disconnect the Tamper Motor connector.
b. Remove the Eject motor
NOTE: The Rear Tamper Motor connector has already been disconnected.
Replacement
d. Remove the screws (2).
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
e. Remove the Tamper Motor.

4
Remove
the
screws
(2)

3
Discon-
nect the
connec-
tor

2 1
Remove the screw (1) Remove wires from guide

Figure 1 Removing the Tamper Motor (j0st41728)

Replacement
Replace in reverse order of removal.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.23, REP 16.2.24 4-158 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.2.25 Front/Rear Tamper Home Sensors REP 16.2.26 Compiler No Paper Sensor
Parts List on PL 23.12 Parts List on PL 23.12
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (REP 16.2.13) 1. Remove the Compiler Tray Assembly. (REP 16.2.13)
2. Turn the Compiler Tray over on a work surface. (Figure 1) 2. Turn the Compiler tray over on a work surface.
3. Disconnect the connector. 3. Remove the screw (1) that secures the bracket. (PL 23.12) (Figure 1)
4. Remove the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (PL 23.12)

Rear
Tamper
Home
Sensor
Remove
the
screw
(1)

1
Discon-
nect the
connec-
tor

Figure 1 Removing the Bracket (j0st41733)

4. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 2)


5. Remove the screw (1) that secures the sensor.
Figure 1 Removing the Front or Rear Tamper Home Sensor (j0st41733) 6. Remove the Compiler No Paper Sensor.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-159 REP 16.2.25, REP 16.2.26
REP 16.2.27 Front/Rear Carriage Assembly
1 Parts List on PL 23.7
Discon- Removal
nect the
connec- WARNING
tor To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
2 NOTE: Ensure that the Stacker Tray is in the top position.
Remove
the screw 1. Switch off the power and disconnect the power cord.
(1) 2. Remove the Finisher Front Cover. (REP 16.2.2)
3. Remove the Rear Upper and Rear Lower Covers. (REP 16.2.3, REP 16.2.4)
4. Remove the Stacker Tray. (PL 23.7)
3 5. Removing the Carriage Assembly. (Figure 1)
Remove a. Disconnect and remove the Spring.
the Sen-
sor NOTE: The Carriage Bearings (2 each Assembly) are not fastened to the shafts. Use care to
catch the Bearings when the Carriage Assembly is removed.

b. With a 6 inch common screwdriver, move the belt Clamp latch aside and remove the
Stacker Belt and Carriage Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the Compiler No Paper Sensor (j0st41735) 1


Remove
the
Spring

2
Release
latch and
remove
Belt

3
Remove
the Car-
riage
Assem-
bly

Figure 1 Removing the Carriage Assembly (j0st41717)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.2.26, REP 16.2.27 4-160 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Replacement REP 16.3.1 Booklet PWB
NOTE: Ensure that the Front and Rear Carriage Assemblies are installed at the same height. Parts List on PL 23.21
1. Install the Front or Rear Carriage Assemblies in the reverse order of removal. Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (REP 16.3.6)
2. Remove the Booklet PWB. (Figure 1)
a. Disconnect the Connectors (5).
b. Remove the Screws (4).
c. Remove the Booklet PWB.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-161 REP 16.2.27, REP 16.3.1
REP 16.3.2 Booklet Maker Assembly
Screws Parts List on PL 23.6
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Unlatch the Eject Cover, and move it all the way to the left. (Figure 1)
2. Remove the Thumbscrews (2). (Figure 1)

Thumbscrew (2)

Connectors

Booklet PWB

Screws

Figure 1 Removing the Booklet PWB (j0st41680)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
Eject Cover

Figure 1 Eject Cover and Thumbscrew (j0st41701)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.3.1, REP 16.3.2 4-162 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3. Disconnect the Booklet Maker Assembly from the SB Finisher. b. Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 3)
a. Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 2) c. Pull out the Cable Ties (4).

Connector

Cable Tie (4)

Figure 3 Disconnecting the Booklet Maker Assembly (j0st41667)

Connector Cover SB Finisher

Figure 2 Connector Cover (j0st41666)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-163 REP 16.3.2
4. Lift the Booklet Maker Assembly off the Locating Pins (4), and remove. (Figure 4) REP 16.3.3 Booklet Front Cover
Parts List on PL 23.17
Booklet Maker Assembly Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2)
2. Remove the Booklet Front Cover.
a. Remove the Screw (1). (Figure 1)

Locating Pins

Figure 4 Removing the Booklet Maker Assembly (j0st41673)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Screw

Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Front Cover (j0st41668)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.3.2, REP 16.3.3 4-164 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
b. Remove the Screws (2). (Figure 2) REP 16.3.4 Booklet Rear Cover
c. Remove the Booklet Front Cover.
Parts List on PL 23.17
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2)
Booklet 2. Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (REP 16.3.6)
Front Cover 3. Remove the Booklet Rear Cover.
a. Remove the Tapping Screws (2). (Figure 1)
b. Remove the Booklet Side Cover.

Booklet
Side Cover

Screws

Tapping
Screws

Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Front Cover (j0st41669)

Replacement
Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Side Cover (j0st41676)
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-165 REP 16.3.3, REP 16.3.4
c. Remove the Screw (1). (Figure 2)
d. Remove the Booklet Rear Cover.

Booklet
Rear Cover

Screw

Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Rear Cover (j0st41675)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.3.4 4-166 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 16.3.5 Booklet Top Cover REP 16.3.6 Booklet PWB Cover
Parts List on PL 23.17 Parts List on PL 23.17
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Booklet Front Cover. (REP 16.3.3) 1. Remove the Booklet PWB Cover. (Figure 1)
2. Remove the Booklet Rear Cover. (REP 16.3.4) a. Remove the Tapping Screws (2).
3. Remove the Booklet Top Cover. (Figure 1) b. Remove the Screws (2).
a. Remove the Screws (4). c. Remove the Booklet PWB Cover.
b. Remove the Booklet Top Cover.

Booklet Top Cover

Tapping
Screw

Screws Booklet
PWB Cover

Screws

Figure 1 Removing the Booklet Top Cover (j0st41679) Tapping


Screw
Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Booklet PWB Cover (j0st41674)

Replacement
Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-167 REP 16.3.5, REP 16.3.6
REP 16.3.7 Booklet Left Cover REP 16.3.8 Booklet Front/Rear Stapler
Parts List on PL 23.17 Parts List on PL 23.19, PL 23.20
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repairs or adjustments with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Booklet Maker from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2) 1. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2)
2. Remove the Booklet Maker Left Cover. (Figure 1) 2. Remove the Stapler Guard. (Figure 1)
3. Align the slots at the front and rear of the Booklet Maker Left Cover with the flats on the a. Remove the Screw (1).
Mounting Pins. b. Remove the Stapler Guide.
4. Move the Booklet Maker Left Cover by allowing the flats on the Mounting Pins to slide
through the slots in the Cover.
Screw Stapler Guide
Screw Stapler Lower Cover

Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Guard (j0st41677)

Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Lower Cover (j0st41695)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.3.7, REP 16.3.8 4-168 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3. Remove the Stapler Lower Cover. (Figure 2) 4. Remove the Chute. (Figure 3)
a. Remove the Screw (1). a. Remove the Screw (1).
b. Remove the Stapler Lower Cover. b. Remove the Chute.
5. Remove the Stapler Rear Cover. (Figure 3)
Screw a. Remove the Screws (2).
Stapler Lower Cover
b. Remove the Stapler Rear Cover.

Screws
Chute

Screw Stapler
Rear Cover

Figure 2 Removing the Stapler Lower Cover (j0st41695)

Figure 3 Removing the Chute and Stapler Rear Cover (j0st41694)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-169 REP 16.3.8
6. Remove the Stapler. (Figure 4) REP 16.3.9 Booklet Stapler Move Motor
a. Release the wires from the Clip.
Parts List on PL 23.18
b. Disconnect the Connector.
c. Remove the Screws (3).
Removal
d. Remove the Stapler. WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Booklet Maker Assembly from the Finisher. (REP 16.3.2)
2. Remove the Cover for the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 1)
a. Remove the Screw (1).
b. Remove the Cover.

Stapler Cover Screw

Clip

Screws
Connector

Figure 4 Removing the Stapler (j0st41678)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Cover (j0st41671)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 16.3.8, REP 16.3.9 4-170 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
3. Remove the Booklet Stapler Move Motor. (Figure 2)
a. Open the Clip and release the wires.
b. Disconnect the Connector.
c. Remove the Screws (3).
d. Remove the Booklet Stapler Move Motor.

Connector Clip

Screws Booklet Stapler Move Motor

Figure 2 Removing the Booklet Stapler Move Motor (j0st41672)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-171 REP 16.3.9
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
REP 16.3.9 4-172 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 22.1 A-Finisher 2. Disconnect the A-Finisher Wire Harness. (Figure 2)
(1)Remove the Cable Clamp from the hole in the Frame.
Parts List on PL 22.1
(2)Disconnect the Connectors (2).
Removal
WARNING
Connectors
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the Connector Cover. (Figure 1)
Cable Clamp

Figure 2 Disconnecting the A-Finisher Wire Harness (af422110)


Connector Cover

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Cover (af422109)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-173 REP 22.1
3. Loosen the Thumb Screws. (Figure 3) 4. Remove the A-Finisher. (Figure 4)
(1) Loosen the Thumb Screws (2).

A-Finisher

Figure 4 Removing the A-Finisher (af422106)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 3 Loosening the Thumb Screws (af422105)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.1 4-174 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 22.3.1 Paddle Belt 4. Remove the front Bearing. (Figure 2)
(1)Remove Bearing.
Parts List on PL 22.3
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Remove the front Pulley. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Flange.
(3)Remove Belt from Pulley.
(4)Remove Pulley.

Figure 2 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42202)

5. Remove the rear Gear. (Figure 3)


(1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Gear.

Figure 1 Removing the Pulley (j0fa42201)

Figure 3 Removing the Gear (j0fa42203)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-175 REP 22.3.1
6. Remove the rear Bearing. (Figure 4) 8. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 6)
(1)Remove Bearing. (1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Bearing.

Figure 4 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42204) Figure 6 Removing Bearing (0fa42206)

7. Remove the Paddle Link Assembly. (Figure 5) 9. Remove the Shaft Assembly. (Figure 7)
(1)Remove Paddle Link Assembly. (1)Remove Paddle Belt from Pulley.
(2)Remove Shaft Assembly in the direction of the arrow.

Figure 7 Removing Shaft Assembly (j0fa42207)


Figure 5 Removing the Paddle Link Assembly (j0fa42205)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.3.1 4-176 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
10. Remove the Paddle Belt. (Figure 8) REP 22.3.2 Sub Paddle Solenoid
(1)Remove E-Clips (2).
Parts List on PL 22.3
(2)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows.
(3)Remove Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly.
Removal
(4)Remove Paddle Belt. WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Turn over the A-Finisher.
4. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
5. Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 8 Removing the Paddle Belt (j0fa42208)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install the Paddle Link Assembly as shown in the figure. (Figure 9)

Figure 1 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42210)

6. Turn over the A-Finisher.

Paddle Link Assembly

Figure 9 Installing the Paddle Link Assembly (j0fa42209)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-177 REP 22.3.1, REP 22.3.2
7. Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly. (Figure 2) 8. Remove the Support. (Figure 3)
(1)Disconnect Connector. (1)Remove Screw.
(2)Release wires from Hooks. (2)Remove Support.
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Support (j0fa42212)

9. Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid. (Figure 4)


(1)Remove Screws (2).
(2)Remove the Sub Paddle Solenoid.

Figure 2 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly (j0fa42211)

Figure 4 Removing the Sub Paddle Solenoid (j0fa42213)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.3.2 4-178 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Replacement REP 22.4.1 Exit Roll Assembly
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Parts List on PL 22.4
2. Install the Sub Paddle Assembly as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Remove the Pinch Roll. (REP 22.5.1)
4. Remove the Gear. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove KL-Clip.
(2)Remove Gear.

Figure 5 Installing the Sub Paddle Assembly (j0fa42214)

Figure 1 Removing the Gear (j0fa42215)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-179 REP 22.3.2, REP 22.4.1
5. Remove the front Bearing. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the rear Bearing. (Figure 3)
(1)Remove E-Clip. (1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Bearing. (2)Remove Bearing.

Figure 2 Removing the front Bearing (j0fa42216) Figure 3 Removing the rear Bearing (j0fa42217)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.4.1 4-180 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
7. Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 4) REP 22.4.2 Staple Assembly
(1)Remove Exit Roll Assembly.
Parts List on PL 22.4
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2)
(1)Remove Clamps (2).
(2)Disconnect Connectors (2).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Staple Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Exit Roll Assembly (j0fa42218)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Staple Assembly (j0fa42219)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-181 REP 22.4.1, REP 22.4.2
4. Remove the Bracket from the Staple Assembly. (Figure 2) REP 22.4.3 Set Clamp Home Sensor
(1)Remove Screws (2).
Parts List on PL 22.4
(2)Remove Bracket.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamp and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 2 Removing the Bracket (j0fa42220)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Disconnecting Connector (j0fa42221)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.4.2, REP 22.4.3 4-182 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
4. Remove the Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 2) 5. Remove the Set Clamp Home Sensor. (Figure 3)
(1)Remove Screw. (1)Remove Set Clamp Home Sensor from Bracket.
(2)Remove Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly. (2)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 2 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42222) Figure 3 Removing the Set Clamp Home Sensor (j0fa42223)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-183 REP 22.4.3
REP 22.4.4 Exit Roll Assembly
Parts List on PL 22.4
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Remove the Left Cover. (PL 22.2)
5. Remove the Upper Frame Section. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove Screw and Bracket.
(2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove Screw and Bracket.
(4)Remove Screws (2).
(5)Remove the Upper Frame Section

Figure 1 Removing the Upper Frame Section (af422101)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.4.4 4-184 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NOTE: The screws do not thread into the Upper Chute. They are used like pins to secure 7. Remove the Exit Roll Assembly. (Figure 3)
the Upper Chute in place. (1)Remove E-ring and Bearing.
6. Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. (Figure 2) (2)Remove E-ring and Bearing.
(1)Remove Screws (2). (3)Remove the Exit Roll Assembly.
(2)Remove Screw.
(3)Carefully Remove the Upper Chute Assembly.

Figure 3 Removing the Exit Roll Assembly (af422103)

Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)


Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back
on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-185 REP 22.4.4
REP 22.5.1 Pinch Roll REP 22.5.2 Finisher Entrance Sensor
Parts List on PL 22.5 Parts List on PL 22.5
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) 1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1) 2. Turn over the A-Finisher.
3. Remove the Pinch Roll. (Figure 1) 3. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
(1)Raise Springs (4) in the direction of the arrow. 4. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(2)Remove Pinch Rolls (4). (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 1 Removing the Pinch Rolls (j0fa42224)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.5.1, REP 22.5.2 4-186 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
5. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2)
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8).
(3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).
(4)Remove Screws (4).
(5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 3 Removing the Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly (j0fa42225)

7. Remove the Finisher Entrance Sensor. (Figure 4)


(1)Remove Finisher Entrance Sensor from Bracket.

Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267)

6. Remove the Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)Disconnect Connector.
(2)Remove Tapping Screw.
(3)Remove Finisher Entrance Sensor Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Finisher Entrance Sensor (j0fa42226)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-187 REP 22.5.2
REP 22.5.3 Compile Exit Sensor 5. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2)
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires.
Parts List on PL 22.5
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8).
Removal (3)Release wires from Hooks (4).
WARNING (4)Remove Screws (4).
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical (5)Remove Bottom Plate.
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Turn over the A-Finisher.
3. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
4. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 2 Moving the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267)

6. Remove the Compile Exit Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)Remove Screw.
(2)Remove Compile Exit Sensor Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (0fa42266)

Figure 3 Removing the Compile Exit Sensor Assembly (j0fa42227)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.5.3 4-188 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
7. Remove the Compile Exit Sensor. (Figure 4) REP 22.5.4 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly
(1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wire.
Parts List on PL 22.5
(2)Disconnect Connector.
(3)Remove Compile Exit Sensor.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Remove the Gears. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Gear.
(3)Remove KL-Clip.
(4)Remove Gear.

Figure 4 Removing the Compile Exit Sensor (j0fa42228)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Gears (j0fa42292)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-189 REP 22.5.3, REP 22.5.4
4. Remove the Gear Pulley. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the Support Bearing from the ENT Lower Chute Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1)Remove E-Clip. (1)Remove Tapping Screw.
(2)Remove Gear. (2)Remove Support Bearing (with Shaft still attached).
(3)Remove Belt.
(4)Remove Flange.

Figure 4 Removing the Support Bearing (j0fa42232)


Figure 2 Removing the Gear Pulley (j0fa42293)
7. Remove the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 5)
5. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 3)
(1)Remove Main Paddle Shaft Assembly.
(1)Remove Bearing.

Figure 5 Removing the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly (j0fa42233)


Figure 3 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42294)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.5.4 4-190 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
8. Remove the Support Bearing from the Main Paddle Shaft Assembly. (Figure 6) REP 22.5.5 Lower Chute Assembly
(1)Remove E-Clip.
Parts List on PL 22.5
(2)Remove Support Bearing.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Turn over the A-Finisher (Transport).
4. Remove the Stapler Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (2).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Stapler Assembly.

Figure 6 Removing the Support Bearing (j0fa42234)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Stapler Assembly (j0fa42219)

5. Turn over the A-Finisher.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-191 REP 22.5.4, REP 22.5.5
6. Remove the Transport Motor. (Figure 2) 7. Remove the Gears. (Figure 3)
(1)Remove Screws (2). (1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Belt from Pulley. (2)Remove Gear.
(3)Remove Transport Motor. (3)Remove KL-Clip.
(4)Remove Gear.

Figure 2 Removing the Transport Motor (j0fa42236)

Figure 3 Removing the Gears (j0fa42229)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.5.5 4-192 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
8. Remove the Gear. (Figure 4) 10. Remove the ENT Lower Chute Assembly. (Figure 6)
(1)Remove E-Clip. (1)Remove Screws (2).
(2)Pull out Gear. (2)Loosen Screws (2).
(3)Release Belt from Gear, and remove Gear. (3)Remove ENT Lower Chute Assembly.
(4)Remove Flange.

Figure 6 Removing the ENT Lower Chute Assembly (j0fa42237)

Figure 4 Removing the Gear (j0fa42230)


Replacement
9. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 5) 1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
(1)Remove Bearing.

Figure 5 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42231)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-193 REP 22.5.5
REP 22.6.1 ENT Roll Assembly
Parts List on PL 22.6
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Remove the Left Cover. (PL 22.2)
5. Remove the Upper Frame Section. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove Screw and Bracket.
(2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove Screw and Bracket.
(4)Remove Screws (2).
(5)Remove the Upper Frame Section

Figure 1 Removing the Upper Frame Section (af422101)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.6.1 4-194 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NOTE: The screws do not thread into the Upper Chute. They are used like pins to secure 7. Remove the ENT Roll Assembly. (Figure 3)
the Upper Chute in place. (1)Disconnect Spring.
6. Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. (Figure 2) (2)Remove E-Rings (2).
(1)Remove Screws (2). NOTE: Capture the Bearing.
(2)Remove Screw.
(3)Remove Arm.
(3)Carefully Remove the Upper Chute Assembly.
(4)Slide Shaft out of the Bearing in the Arm.

Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)


Figure 3 Removing the Gear (af422102)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides on the Upper Chute (PL 22.6) are not folded back
on top of the Exit Roll Assembly (PL 22.5).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-195 REP 22.6.1
REP 22.6.2 Upper Chute Assembly
Parts List on PL 22.6
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Remove the Left Cover. (PL 22.2)
5. Remove the Upper Frame Section. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove Screw and Bracket.
(2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove Screw and Bracket.
(4)Remove Screws (2).
(5)Remove the Upper Frame Section

Figure 1 Removing the Upper Frame Section (af422101)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.6.2 4-196 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NOTE: The screws do not thread into the Upper Chute. They are used like pins to secure REP 22.7.1 Finisher Control PWB
the Upper Chute in place.
Parts List on PL 22.7
6. Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. (Figure 2)
Removal
(1)Remove Screws (2).
(2)Remove Screw.
WARNING
(3)Carefully Remove the Upper Chute Assembly. To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Turn over the Finisher.
3. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
4. Remove the Finisher Control PWB. (Figure 1)
(1)Disconnect Connectors (12).
(2)Remove Screws (4).
(3)Remove Finisher Control PWB.

Figure 1 Removing the Finisher Control PWB (j0fa42245)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 2 Removing the Upper Chute Assembly (af422100)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

NOTE: Ensure that the Paper Guides (PL 22.6) are not folded back on top of the Exit Roll
Assembly (PL 22.5).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-197 REP 22.6.2, REP 22.7.1
REP 22.8.1 Stacker Tray Assembly 8. Release the Clamps and the Hooks to remove the wires. (Figure 2)
(1)Release Clamps (5).
Parts List on PL 22.8
(2)Remove wires from Hooks.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Turn over the A-Finisher.
5. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
6. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2)
7. Disconnect Connector. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamp.
(2)Remove Clamp.
(3)Release and remove wires from Hook.
(4)Release Clamp.
(5)Disconnect Connector.
(6)Release and remove wires from Hook. Figure 2 Disconnecting the Wire (j0fa42248)

9. Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)Remove Screw.
(2)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly.
(3)Release Clamps (4).
(4)Disconnect Connectors (2).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42247)

Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Sensor Assembly (j0fa42249)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.8.1 4-198 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
10. Remove the Stacker Tray Assembly. (Figure 4) REP 22.8.2 Stacker Shaft Assembly
(1)Remove Screws (5).
Parts List on PL 22.8
(2)Remove Stacker Tray Assembly.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Turn over the A-Finisher.
4. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2)
5. Remove the rear Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove Screw.
(2)Remove Bracket.

Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0fa42250)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install the Stacker Tray Assembly and A-Finisher as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
Figure 1 Removing the rear Bracket (j0fa42252)

Figure 5 Installing the Stacker Tray Assembly (j0fa42251)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-199 REP 22.8.1, REP 22.8.2
6. Remove the front Bracket. (Figure 2) 8. Disconnect Connector. (Figure 4)
(1)Remove Screw. (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Remove Bracket. (2)Release wires from Hook.
(3)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 2 Removing the front Bracket (j0fa42253)

7. Remove the Top Tray. (Figure 3)


(1)Raise A-Finisher slightly in the direction of the arrow.
(2)Remove Top Tray.

Figure 4 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42261)

Figure 3 Removing the Top Tray (j0fa42254)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.8.2 4-200 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
9. Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 5) 10. Remove the Stacker Assembly. (Figure 6)
(1)Remove Screw. (1)Remove Tapping Screws (5).
(2)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (2)Remove Screw.
(3)Remove wires from Clamps (4) (3)Remove Stacker Assembly.

Clamp (4)

Figure 6 Removing the Stacker Assembly (j0fa42257)


Figure 5 Removing the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly (j0fa42256)
11. Remove the Actuator. (Figure 7)
(1)Unhook.
(2)Remove Actuator.

Figure 7 Removing the Actuator (j0fa42258)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-201 REP 22.8.2
12. Move the Bearing. (Figure 8) REP 22.8.3 Stacker Motor
(1)Remove E-Clip.
Parts List on PL 22.8
(2)Move Bearing in the direction of the arrow.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Turn over the A-Finisher.
4. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2)
5. Disconnect the Connector. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Release wires from Hook.
(3)Disconnect Connector.

Figure 8 Moving the Bearing (j0fa42259)

13. Remove the Stacker Shaft Assembly. (Figure 9)


(1)Remove Stacker Shaft Assembly in the direction of the arrows (lift up then out).

Figure 1 Disconnecting the Connector (j0fa42261)

Figure 9 Removing the Stacker Shaft Assembly (j0fa42260)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.8.2, REP 22.8.3 4-202 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
6. Remove the Bracket. (Figure 2) 8. Remove the Stacker Motor. (Figure 4)
(1)Remove Screw. (1)Remove Screws (3).
(2)Remove Bracket. (2)Remove Belt from Pulley.
(3)Remove Stacker Motor.

Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Motor (j0fa42264)

Figure 2 Removing the Bracket (j0fa42262) Replacement


1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
7. Remove the Stacker Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) 2. Install the Stacker Motor as shown in the figure. (Figure 5)
(1)Remove Screws (2).
(2)Remove Stacker Motor Assembly.

Figure 5 Installing the Stacker Motor (j0fa42265)

Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Motor Assembly (j0fa42263)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-203 REP 22.8.3
REP 22.8.4 Stacker Stack Sensor REP 22.9.1 Compile Assembly
Parts List on PL 22.8 Parts List on PL 22.9
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine. power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1) 1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1) 2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Turn over the A-Finisher. 3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2) 4. Turn over the A-Finisher.
5. Remove the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1) 5. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
6. Remove the Tray Cover. (PL 22.2)
NOTE: The Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly has 2 Sensors.
7. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Release the wires from the Clamp. (1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Remove Screw. (2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly. (3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Disconnect appropriate Sensor Connector, and remove Sensor from Bracket. (4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Sensor

Sensor
Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)
Figure 1 Removing the Stacker Stack Sensor Assembly (af422108)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.8.4, REP 22.9.1 4-204 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
8. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) 10. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 4)
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. (1)Release wires from Clamps (5).
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (2)Disconnect the Connector.
(3)Remove wires from Hooks (4). (3)Remove Screws (5).
(4)Remove Screws (4). (4)Remove the Stacker Tray.
(5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 4 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107)

11. Remove the front Tapping Screw. (Figure 5)


Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267) (1)Remove front Tapping Screw.

9. Release the Clamp from the wires. (Figure 3)


(1)Release Clamp and remove the wires.

Figure 5 Removing the front Tapping Screw (j0fa42269)

Figure 3 Releasing the Clamp (j0fa42268)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-205 REP 22.9.1
12. Remove the rear Screw. (Figure 6) REP 22.9.2 Set Clamp Shaft
(1)Remove the rear Screw.
Parts List on PL 22.9
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wire.
(2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove Bracket Assembly.

Figure 6 Removing the rear Screw (j0fa42270)

13. Remove the Compile Assembly. (Figure 7)


(1)Remove Compile Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272)

Figure 7 Removing the Compile Assembly (j0fa42271)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.9.1, REP 22.9.2 4-206 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
4. Remove the KL-Clips from the Eject Shaft. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the Actuator and the Bearing. (Figure 4)
(1)Remove KL-Clips (2). (1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Actuator.
(3)Remove E-Clip.
(4)Remove Bearing.

Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273)

5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)
Figure 4 Removing the Actuator and Bearing (j0fa42275)
(1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows.
(2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow. 7. Remove the Bearing. (Figure 5)
(3)Remove Belt from Pulley. (1)Remove E-Clip.
(2)Remove Bearing.

Figure 3 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0fa42274) Figure 5 Removing the Bearing (j0fa42276)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-207 REP 22.9.2
8. Remove the Set Clamp Shaft. (Figure 6) REP 22.9.3 Eject Belts
(1)Move Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrows.
Parts List on PL 22.9
(2)Remove Belts (3) from Pulleys (3).
(3)Remove Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrow.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Remove the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (REP 22.10.1)
4. Move the Eject Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)Remove Screw.
(2)Move Eject Home Sensor Assembly.

Figure 6 Removing the Set Clamp Shaft (j0fa42277)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install and align the Eject Belts with marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 7)

Figure 1 Moving the Eject Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42279)

Figure 7 Installing the Eject Belts (j0fa42278)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.9.2, REP 22.9.3 4-208 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
5. Remove the Eject Belts. (Figure 2) REP 22.9.4 Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly
(1)Move the blades of Set Clamp Shaft in the direction of the arrow.
Parts List on PL 22.9
(2)Remove Eject Belts in the direction of the arrow.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Turn over the A-Finisher.
5. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
6. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 2 Removing the Eject Belts (j0fa42280)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
2. Install and align the Eject Belts with marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 3)

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)

Figure 3 Installing the Eject Belts (j0fa42278)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-209 REP 22.9.3, REP 22.9.4
7. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) 9. Remove the screws securing the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. (1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8). (2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove wires from Hooks (4). (3)Remove Tapping Screws (2).
(4)Remove Screws (4).
(5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 4 Removing Screws (j0fa42281)

Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267)

8. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 3)


(1)Release wires from Clamps (5).
(2)Disconnect the Connector.
(3)Remove Screws (5).
(4)Remove the Stacker Tray.

Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.9.4 4-210 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
10. Remove the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly. (Figure 5) REP 22.9.5 Rear Tamper Home Sensor
(1)Remove Belts (2) from Pulleys.
Parts List on PL 22.10
(2)Remove Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Turn over the A-Finisher.
5. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
6. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 5 Removing the Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly (j0fa42282)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-211 REP 22.9.4, REP 22.9.5
7. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) 9. Remove the Rear Tamper Home Sensor. (Figure 4)
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. (1)Remove Rear Tamper Home Sensor from the Bracket.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8).
(3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).
(4)Remove Screw (4).
(5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 4 Removing the Rear Tamper Home Sensor (j0fa42284)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 2 Moving the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267)

8. Remove the Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1) Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires.
(2) Remove Tapping Screw.
(3) Move Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly.
(4) Disconnect the Connector.

Figure 3 Removing the Rear Tamper Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42283)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.9.5 4-212 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 22.9.6 Eject Shaft Assembly 4. Remove the KL-Clips from the Eject Shaft. (Figure 2)
(1)Remove KL-Clips (2).
Parts List on PL 22.9
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires.
(2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove Bracket Assembly.

Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273)

5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3)
(1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows.
(2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow.
(3)Remove the Belts from the Pulleys.

Figure 1 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272)

Figure 3 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0fa42274)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-213 REP 22.9.6
Replacement REP 22.10.1 Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement. Parts List on PL 22.10
2. Install and align the Eject Belts with marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 4)
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Compile Assembly. (REP 22.9.1)
3. Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires.
(2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove Bracket Assembly.

Figure 4 Installing the Eject Belts (j0fa42278)

Figure 1 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.9.6, REP 22.10.1 4-214 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
4. Remove the KL-Clips from the Eject Shaft. (Figure 2) 6. Remove the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1)Remove KL-Clips (2). (1)Remove Tapping Screws (2).
(2)Remove Screw.
(3)Remove Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly (j0fa42285)


Figure 2 Removing the KL-Clips (j0fa42273)
Replacement
5. Remove the Eject Shaft from the Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly. (Figure 3) 1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
(1)Move Bearings (2) in the direction of the arrows. 2. Install and align the Eject Belts with the marks on the Pulleys. (Figure 5)
(2)Remove Eject Shaft in the direction of the arrow.
(3)Remove the Belts from the Pulleys.

Figure 3 Removing the Eject Shaft (j0fa42274)


Figure 5 Installing the Eject Belts (j0fa42278)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-215 REP 22.10.1
REP 22.10.2 Front Tamper Home Sensor 7. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2)
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires.
Parts List on PL 22.10
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8).
Removal (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).
WARNING (4)Remove Screws (4).
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical (5)Remove Bottom Plate.
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Turn over the A-Finisher.
5. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
6. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267)

8. Remove the Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly. (Figure 3)


(1)Remove Screw.
(2)Remove Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly.

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)

Figure 3 Removing the Front Tamper Home Sensor Assembly (j0fa42286)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.10.2 4-216 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
9. Remove the Front Tamper Home Sensor. (Figure 4) REP 22.10.3 Eject Clamp Home Sensor
(1)Disconnect Connector.
Parts List on PL 22.9
(2)Remove Front Tamper Home Sensor.
Removal
WARNING
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Turn over the A-Finisher.
3. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
4. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 4 Removing the Front Tamper Home Sensor (j0fa42287)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-217 REP 22.10.2, REP 22.10.3
5. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2) Replacement
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires. 1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8).
(3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).
(4)Remove Screws (4).
(5)Remove Bottom Plate.

Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267)

6. Remove the Eject Clamp Home Sensor. (Figure 3)


(1)Release Clamp and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connector.
(3)Remove Eject Clamp Home Sensor from the Bracket.

Figure 3 Removing the Eject Clamp Home Sensor (j0fa42288)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.10.3 4-218 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
REP 22.10.4 Stack Height Sensor 7. Remove the Bottom Plate. (Figure 2)
(1)Release Clamps (5) and remove the wires.
Parts List on PL 22.10
(2)Disconnect Connectors (8).
Removal (3)Remove wires from Hooks (4).
WARNING (4)Remove Screws (4).
To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical (5)Remove Bottom Plate.
power applied to the machine.
1. Remove the A-Finisher from the machine. (REP 22.1)
2. Remove the Inner Front Cover. (PL 22.1)
3. Remove the Rear Cover. (PL 22.1)
4. Turn over the A-Finisher.
5. Remove the Bottom Cover. (PL 22.2)
6. Remove the Connector Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1)Release Clamps (3) and remove the wires.
(2)Disconnect Connectors (5).
(3)Remove Screws (2).
(4)Remove Connector Bracket.

Figure 2 Removing the Bottom Plate (j0fa42267)

8. Remove the Stacker Tray. (Figure 3)


(1)Release wires from Clamps (5).
(2)Disconnect the Connector.
(3)Remove Screws (5).
(4)Remove the Stacker Tray.

Figure 1 Removing the Connector Bracket (j0fa42266)

Figure 3 Removing the Stacker Tray (af422107)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-219 REP 22.10.4
9. Remove the Bracket Assembly. (Figure 4)
(1)Release Clamps (2) and remove the wires.
(2)Remove Screws (2).
(3)Remove Bracket Assembly.

Figure 4 Removing the Bracket Assembly (j0fa42272)

10. Remove the Stack Height Sensor. (Figure 5)


(1)Remove Clamp.
(2)Release Clamps (4) and remove the wires.
(3)Disconnect Connector.
(4)Remove Stack Height Sensor from the bracket.

Figure 5 Removing the Stack Height Sensor (j0fa42289)

Replacement
1. Reverse the removal procedure for replacement.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


REP 22.10.4 4-220 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
ADJ 7.1.2 HCF Side Edge Registration
Purpose
The purpose of this adjustment is to properly align the ROS image to the paper / media, for the
High Capacity Feeder, (Tray 6), print and copy modes. This adjustment can only be accom- Measurement points Side
plished after the IOT Image Registration, and the IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration. Edge 10mm =/- 0.5mm

Check
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Print Test Pattern and enter test pattern number 58.
3. Under Paper Supply select Tray 6 (HCF) and select Save.
4. Press the Start button.
5. Measure the distance from the last horizontal line to the edge of the paper on the inboard
end and the outboard end of the page. The measurement should be 10mm =/- 0.5mm.
(Figure 1)
6. If the measurement is not within specifications, perform the adjustment. Do not perform
side 2 adjustments until side 1 adjustments are correct.

Measurement points Side


Edge 10mm =/- 0.5mm

Figure 1 Test Pattern #58 Measurement points

CHECKING SIDE 2 PLAIN PAPER FROM TRAY 6


1. To check for side 1 to side 2 side edge registration place the side 1 test pattern on the
document glass and use this test pattern to create a duplex copy from tray 6.

NOTE: Before making side 2, place a small piece of paper, with the words side 2 written
on it, face down under the test pattern.

2. Hold the sheet in front of a strong light source to pass light through the paper to see a side
1 and side 2 comparison. Adjust side 1 or side 2 as necessary.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-221 ADJ 7.1.2
Adjustment
NOTE: To enter a negative number (a number less than 0) into NVM, press the Dial Pause
button on the Control Panel before entering the New Value.

1. Access Diagnostic Routines.


a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read / Write, and enter Chain-Link for plain paper, side 1 (742-464).
3. Select Conform / Change.
4. Under Change Current Value enter the New Value. See the Table 1.
5. Select Save.

NOTE: When adjusting the inboard to outboard images from the HCF (Tray 6), negative num-
bers will move the image outboard and positive numbers will move the image inboard.

NOTE: In Table 1, all Descriptions are for Black and White and Color unless otherwise stated.

NOTE: The adjustment is 0.2mm per bit.

Table 1 HCF (Tray 6) NVM Settings for Side Edge Registration


Description NVM Default Values Range
Plain Paper Side 1 742-464 0 -25 to 25
Plain Paper Side 2 742-463 0 -25 to 25
Heavyweight 1 BW 742-465 0 -25 to 25
Heavyweight 1 Color 742-466 0 -25 to 25
Heavyweight 2 742-467 0 -25 to 25
Labels, BW 742-468 0 -25 to 25
Labels, Color 742-469 0 -25 to 25
Transparency 742-470 0 -25 to 25

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 7.1.2 4-222 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
ADJ 9.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration
Purpose
To align the image on the drum with the Lead/Side Edge of the paper.

Check
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Print Test Pattern.
3. Load A3 or 11x17 into tray 1 or 2.

NOTE: If A3 or 11x17 is not available, set the paper guides in the tray to A3 or 11x17.
Load A4 or 8.5x11 with the paper against the tray (feeder end). An error will occur but the
test print will output.

4. Enter 052-1 for tray 1 or 052-2 for tray 2 using the number key pad and press the Start
button.

NOTE: Print Test Pattern routine will auto-select the tray set with A3 or 11x17 paper
regardless of which tray is selected.

5. Measure the Lead and Side Edges of the print pattern. (Figure 1)
Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern
Side Edge: Part B of the pattern

Figure 1 IOT Registration (j0st40950)

6. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications of the specified mode (A3 Table 1) (11x17 Table 2).

Table 1 A3 Specification
Item Simplex Duplex MPT
Lead Edge (A) 15 1.3mm 15 1.7mm 15 2.0mm
Side Edge (B) 148.5 1.8mm 148.5 2.2mm 148.5 2.5mm

Table 2 11x17 Specification


Item Simplex Duplex MPT
Lead Edge (A) 21 1.3mm 21 1.7mm 21 2.0mm
Side Edge (B) 140 1.8mm 140 2.2mm 140 2.5mm

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-223 ADJ 9.1.1
Adjustment Table 3 NVM List of Lead Edge
1. Access Diagnostic Routines. Initia
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Chain Link Name Min. l Max Increment
2. Select NVM Read/Write. 760-24 Tray 2-=4, HCF for Thick-1 Paper-REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
3. Adjust the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) using the following NVM LOOP TIMER
so that the measured values fall within the specifications of the respective supporting 760-25 Tray3-4, HCF for Thick-2 Paper-REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
modes. LOOP TIMER
If the measured value is shorter than specification above (A or B): Set a larger value. 760-031 TRAY1 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
If the measured value is longer than specification above (A or B): Set a smaller value. ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment of A (Lead Edge), refer to Table 3 below. 760-032 TRAY2-4 for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
ADJUSTMENT
Adjustment of B (Side Edge), refer to Table 4 below.
760-033 MPT for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
Table 3 NVM List of Lead Edge ADJUSTMENT

Initia 760-034 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-4 Paper - LEAD 0 33 66 0.363mm
Chain Link Name Min. l Max Increment REGI ADJUSTMENT

742-027 LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY 0 33 66 0.2175mm


Table 4 NVM List of Side Edge
760-001 TRAY1 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
Initia
ADJUSTMENT
Chain Link Name Min. l Max Increment
760-002 TRAY2-4 for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
ADJUSTMENT 749-001 ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUST- 1 50 99 0.254mm
MENT
760-003 MPT for Normal Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
ADJUSTMENT 749-002 TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm
760-005 DUP ALL SIZE for Normal Paper - LEAD 0 33 66 0.363mm 749-003 TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm
REGI ADJUSTMENT 749-004 TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm
760-013 DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUST- 0 10 16 0.363mm 749-005 TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm
MENT 749-007 MPT-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 1 50 99 0.254mm
760-014 DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUST- 0 10 16 0.363mm 749-009 DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI 1 50 99 0.254mm
MENT ADJUSTMENT
760-015 DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUST- 0 10 16 0.363mm 749-010 DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUST- 1 50 99 0.254mm
MENT MENT
760-016 TRAY1 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm 749-011 DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUST- 1 50 99 0.254mm
ADJUSTMENT MENT
760-017 TRAY1 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm 749-012 DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUST- 1 50 99 0.254mm
ADJUSTMENT MENT
760-018 TRAY2-4 for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm 749-013 DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUST- 1 50 99 0.254mm
ADJUSTMENT MENT
760-019 TRAY2-4 for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm 749-015 DUP MPT-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUST- 1 50 99 0.254mm
ADJUSTMENT MENT
760-020 MPT for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm
ADJUSTMENT 4. After adjustment, print the test pattern in the same mode and measure the Lead and Side
760-021 MPT for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD REGI 0 33 66 0.363mm Edge values. Repeat this procedure until the values fall within the specifications.
ADJUSTMENT 5. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead (A) and Side Edges (B) fall
760-022 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-1 Paper - LEAD 0 33 66 0.363mm within the specifications.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
760-023 DUP ALL SIZE for Thick-2 Paper - LEAD 0 33 66 0.363mm
REGI ADJUSTMENT

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 9.1.1 4-224 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
ADJ 9.2.1 Edge Erase Value Adjustment
Purpose
To correct the Lead, Tail Edge and both Side Edge (rear/front) erase values.

NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted.

Check
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
3. Set Chain-Link Number 749-516 (Image Area) to 0.
4. Specify a tray with paper. Make a black copy with the Platen Cover open.
5. Check that the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges are 2mm.
Adjustment
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
3. Adjust the measured values using the following NVM so that the measured values fall
within the specifications (2mm).
If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases.

Table 1 NVM List


Chain Initia
Link Name Min. l Max Increment
749-522 END ERASE OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT 0 50 99 0.363mm
749-523 SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0 8 16 0.254mm
749-524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0 9 18 0.217mm
749-527 END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 0 9 18 0.217mm

4. After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the
Platen Cover open.
5. Repeat the procedure until the white sections of the Lead, Tail and Side Edges fall within
the specifications (2mm).

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-225 ADJ 9.2.1
ADJ 9.3.1 Firmware Version Downloading 18. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the
start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.
Purpose
The purpose is to load software in the ESS PWB, FCB PWB, IIT/IPS PWB, DADF PWB ROM.

NOTE: Software can be loaded utilizing any of the three ports.


USB port
Network port
Parallel port

M123 USB Port


NOTE: If PWS has Windows 98 operating system then refer to Firmware Upload Utility CD for
detailed instructions on how to enable the USB port on the PWS.

1. Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the com-
pletion of the download.
2. Power off the Machine and the PWS.
3. Remove the ESS cover and plug the USB cable into the USB port on the ESS PWB and
to your PWS.
4. Power on the Machine into the Download Mode. (Hold the Power Saver Button down
while powering on the Machine)
5. Power on the PWS.
6. A Device Found window will pop-up on your PWS. Select Cancel on this pop-up.
7. Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe)
8. Click on Agree in the License Screen.
9. On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following:
Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate.
File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download.
The file should read either: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre machines or
SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript option. The
X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on Open.)
Click on Add once you have found the File name.
Click on Version to check the version of the software you are about to download.
10. Click on Next.
11. In the Firmware Update Tool select USB port.
12. Click Next.
13. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes.
14. The PWS will Transfer the file to the machine in about 3 minutes. Do not unplug the USB
cable until the download is complete.
On the PWS you will see - IIT Finish, ADF Finish, Finisher Finish etc. as the machine
unpacks each piece of the firmware.
On the machine you will see TRANSFERRING as the file is transferred, then PRO-
CESSING, 0-5 progressing to 4-5 as the file is unpacked.
15. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished.
16. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes, exit the program.
17. The Software Download is now complete.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 9.3.1 4-226 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
M123 PARALLEL Port M123 NETWORK Port
1. Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the com- 1. Print out a System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to compare options at the com-
pletion of the download. pletion of the download and to locate the machine IP address.
2. Power off the Machine and the PWS. 2. Set the IP address on your PWS to be 1 different from the machine and the subnet mask
3. Plug in the parallel cable to both the Machine and the PWS. to be the same as the machine.
4. Power on the Machine into the Download Mode.(Hold the Power Saver Button down while 3. Power off the Machine and the PWS.
powering on the Machine) 4. Plug in the Crossover cable to both the Machine and the PWS.
5. Power on the PWS. 5. Power on the Machine. Do NOT put the machine into Download Mode. The machine must
6. Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe) be in the ready state.
7. Click on Agree in the License Screen. 6. Power on the PWS.
8. On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following: 7. Open the PWS Firmware Update Tool. (FWDLMgr.exe)
Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate. 8. Click on Agree in the License Screen.
File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download. 9. On the Firmware Update Tool screen select the following:
The file should read similar to the following: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin or Printer Model: CopyCentre/ WorkCentre M123 or 128 as appropriate.
SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin. The file with the STD is for CopyCentre and WorkCentre File name: Click on Browse. (On the next screen you need to find the.bin file to Download.
machines. The file with PS is for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript The file should read similar to the following: SHXC_STDXXXXX.bin or
option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on SHXC_PSXXXXX.bin. The file with the STD is for CopyCentre and WorkCentre
Open.) machines. The file with PS is for WorkCentre Pro machines that have the PostScript
Click on Add once you have found the File name. option. The X's in the file indicate the version. Highlight the file that you want and click on
9. Click on Next. Open.)
10. In the Firmware Update Tool select Parallel Port(P) Click on Add once you have found the File name.
11. Click Next. 10. Click on Next.
12. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. 11. In the Firmware Update Tool select Network (Port 9100).
13. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished. 12. Click Next.
14. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes exit the program. 13. Select Search, wait until the machine is found.
15. The Software Download is now complete. 14. Check that the correct machine IP address is displayed, and select it.
16. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the 15. Check the Version. This will display the version of the software you are about to down-
start of the instructions and enable any Options needed. load.
16. Select Next.
17. The Download will start and takes approximately 20 minutes. The machine will automati-
cally go into Download Mode. Progress and download status is shown on the PWS.
18. The Machine will reboot and come up to the Ready to Copy Mode when finished.
19. On the PWS select Finish and Click Yes to exit the program.
20. The Software Download is now complete.
21. Compare a new System Settings List (GP 5 Printing Reports) to the one printed at the
start of the instructions and enable any Options needed.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-227 ADJ 9.3.1
Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version
ADJ 9.3.1 4-228 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
ADJ 11.1.1 IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration 3. Check that the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) fall within the
specifications of the supporting mode.
Purpose
To set the home position for the IIT Lead Edge (Slow Scan) direction/IIT Side Edge (Fast Scan) Table 1 Specification
direction.
Item Simplex Duplex MPT

NOTE: The IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration must be adjusted. Lead Edge (A) 10 1.6mm 10 2.0mm 10 2.2mm
Side Edge (B) 5 2.1mm 5 2.5mm 5 3.0mm
Check
1. Register Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen. Make 5
100% copies of the Test Chart on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.
Adjustment
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
2. Measure the Lead Edge and Side Edge of the third copy (Figure 1).
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Lead Edge: Part A of the pattern
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
Side Edge: Part B of the pattern
3. Adjust the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B) using the following
NVM so that the measured values fall within the specifications.
Side Edge
If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.
Lead Edge
If the measured value is short: Set a larger value.
If the measured value is long: Set a smaller value.

NOTE: After performing the IIT side Edge Registration Adjustment, perform the DADF
side Edge Registration Adjustment. (ADJ 15.1.1)

Table 2 NVM List


Initia
Chain Link Name Min. l Max Increment
715 050 Platen SS Registration Adjustment 16 100 184 0.036mm
715 053 Platen FS Registration Adjustment 0 120 240 0.085mm

4. After adjustment, place Side A of Test Chart 82P521 (A3) or 82P524 (Legal) on the Platen
so that there is no gap between the chart and the Registration Guide at the rear of the
Platen. Make another 100% copy on A3SEF or Legal SEF paper.
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured values of the Lead Edge (A) and Side Edge (B)
fall within the specifications.

Figure 1 IIT Registration (j0st41137)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-229 ADJ 11.1.1
ADJ 11.2.1 Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
Purpose
To obtain the proper Reduce/Enlarge ratio for Copy in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction
and the Front to Rear direction.

Check
1. Use Side B of the Standard Test Pattern (82P521 or 82P524).
The tolerance for each Reduce/Enlarge setting in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction
and the Front to Rear direction are listed in the following table.

Table 1 Measurement
Reduce/Enlarge (%) Measurement
65 130 2mm
101 202 2mm
154 154 1.5mm

Refer to Figure 1 for the areas to be measured. For 65% and 101%, use areas A and B
for reduction/enlargement in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and D for
enlargement in the Front to Rear direction. For 154%, use areas A and E for enlargement
in the Lead Edge to Trail Edge direction, and areas C and F for enlargement in the Front
to Rear direction. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Enlargement areas to be measured (j0st41138)

Adjustment
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
3. Adjust the distance between the reference points in the copy using the following NVM so
that it is the same as the distance between the same points in the Test Chart.
If the measured value in the copy is shorter than the measured value in the Test Chart:
Set a larger value.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 11.2.1 4-230 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
If the measured value in the copy is longer than the measured value in the Test Chart: Set ADJ 11.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment
a smaller value.
Purpose
Table 2 NVM List To adjust the position of the Full/Half Rate Carriage.
Initia
Chain Link Name Min. l Max Increment Adjustment
715 051 Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 44 50 56 0.1% WARNING
715 702 Platen FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 0 50 100 0.1% To avoid personal injury or shock, do not perform repair or adjustment with electrical
power applied to the machine.

NOTE: Adjust the position of the Front and Rear Full/Half Rate Carriage separately.

1. Remove the DADF Assembly. (REP 15.1.1)


2. (Platen models) Remove the Platen Cover. (Figure 1)
1. Remove the Platen Cover.

Figure 1 Removing the Platen Cover (j0st41136)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-231 ADJ 11.2.1, ADJ 11.6.1
3. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 11.3.1)
4. Prepare the tools (x2) for determining the position. (Figure 2)
1. Remove the screws (x2).
2. Take out the tools (x2).

Figure 3 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 1/3 (j0st41129)

6. Fix the tool to the Half Rate Carriage. (Figure 4)

NOTE: Install the tools near the edges (the front tool to the front and the rear tool to the
Figure 2 Taking out the tools (j0st41128) rear).

1. Fix the tool. (Front/Rear)


5. Align the tool hole in the Half Rate Carriage with the tool hole of the rail (Front/Rear). (Fig-
ure 3) 2. Secure it with a screw.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 11.6.1 4-232 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 2/3 (j0st41130) Figure 5 Position Adjustment of Half Rate Carriage 3/3 (j0st41131)

NOTE: The fixing position of the pulley can be changed if the tool holes of the Half Rate 7. Fix the tool to the tool hole on the frame and check the tool holes of the frame and the Full
Carriage and the rail are not aligned and the tool is not fixed in place. (Figure 5) Rate Carriage. (Figure 6)

1. Loosen the screws (x2). NOTE: When adjusting the position of Full Rate Carriage from the rear side, to it with the
2. Turn the Pulley until the tool hole aligns. rear tool for Half Rate Carriage installed.
3. Align the shaft with the Pulley end face and tighten the screws (x2). 1. Fix the tool.
2. Secure it with a screw.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-233 ADJ 11.6.1
Figure 6 Position Adjustment of Full Rate Carriage 1/2 (j0st41132) Figure 7 Position Adjustment of Full Rate Carriage 2/2 (j0st41133)

NOTE: Loosen the securing screw of the Carriage Cable and align the tool holes if the 8. When adjusting the front position of Full Rate Carriage, move the tool for Half Rate Car-
tool holes of the frame and the Full Rate Carriage are not aligned, and the tool is not fixed riage to the front of Full Rate Carriage before doing the adjustment.
in place. (Figure 7) At this time the rear tool for Full Rate Carriage remains installed.
1. Loosen the screw.
2. Move the Full Rate Carriage until the tool hole aligns.
3. Tighten the screw.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 11.6.1 4-234 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
ADJ 15.1.1 DADF Side Edge Registration
Purpose
To set the DADF Scan Position (original scan position) Side Edge (Fast Scan Direction). TOP

NOTE: The following adjustments must be checked.


IOT Image Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.1.1)
IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 11.1.1)
DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5)
DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)

For this sequence of checks and adjustments, an original Cross Line Test Pattern with lines Lead
drawn exactly down the center and across in both directions, will need to be created.

Check
DADF Side Edge Registration Side 1
1. To create a Cross Line Test Pattern Original, use a plain white sheet of 8.5x11 paper and
fold the sheet precisely in half lengthwise and width wise. Then with a straight edge draw
a straight line in the lengthwise crease and a straight line in the width wise crease.
Label the top for orientation purposes. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Creating a Test Pattern Original

2. Load Tray 1 with 8.5x11 paper.


3. Place the new Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the word TOP Face Up and
towards the rear of the DADF.
4. Select Tray 1, 1-1 Sided.
5. 100%
1->1 Sided
1 copy
6. Make one copy to the center tray.
7. Remove the copy from the center tray and Flip the copy left to right.
8. Fold the copy in half in the 8.5 inch direction.
9. If adjustment is required, enter UI Diagnostic Mode, NVM 711-272 to place the Center line
on the fold. See Figure 1.

NOTE: Increase the value to move the image toward the lead edge.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-235 ADJ 15.1.1
DADF Side Edge Registration Side 2 ADJ 15.1.3 DADF Non-Standard Sized Original Customized
1. Place the new Cross Line Test Pattern on the DADF with the word TOP Face Down and
towards the rear of the DADF.
Registration Function
2. Select Tray 1, 2-2 Sided. Purpose
3. 100% To enable non-standard sized originals to be fed as standard sized originals by registering orig-
inal sizes that cannot be detected (non-standard sizes) by the DADF. This enables the feeding
1->1 Sided
of customized original sizes for different users.
1 copy
4. Make one copy to the center tray. [Outline]
5. Remove the copy from the center tray but DO NOT FLIP the copy this time.
6. Fold the copy in half in the 8.5 inch direction. Original size detection is based on the customized registered data. The DADF then processes
the original in the specified original size. Customized registration is limited to only 1 entry. If the
7. If adjustment is required, enter UI Diagnostic Mode, NVM 711-274 to place the center line
registration data is valid, the original size is detected based on the priorities in the detection
on the fold. See Table 1.
table.
NOTE: Increase the value to move the image toward the lead edge.
Preparation
NOTE: The Values of NVM 711-272 and 711-274 are written to NVMs 715-110, 715-111,
715-112, and 715-113, when the machine power is switched on. 1. Borrow a non-standard sized original to be registered from the customer.
711-272 = 715-110
2. Check in which direction (LEF or SEF) the customer wants to process the original using
711-274 = 715-111, 715-112, 715-113 the DADF.
3. Check in which paper size and direction the customer wants the copy.
Table 1 NVM List 4. Check and make a note of the Fast Scan Direction Length (X) and Slow Scan Direction
Chain Link Name Min. Initial Max Increment Length (Y) of the original using the scale.

711-272 CVT FS Offset Side 1 Replace All 0 120 240 .06mm Adjustment
711-274 CVT FS Offset Side 2 Replace All 0 120 240 .06mm 1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.
2. Set the following NVM Data for customized registration detection.

NOTE: Fast Scan Direction Max </= Fast Scan Direction Min. Value = 200 (within 20mm)

NOTE: Slow Scan Direction Max </= Slow Scan Direction Min. Value = 200 (within
20mm)

NOTE: In order to prevent incorrect detection by the Size Sensor, the following sizes can-
not be entered.
Fast Scan Direction Max: 2190~2290
Fast Scan Direction Min.: 2810~2910

For the measurements X and Y obtained in the preparation:


Set the data for 710-565 to 1. (Customized registration is valid.)
Set (X+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-559. (Fast Scan Direction Max
Value Setting)
Set (X-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-560. (Fast Scan Direction Max Value
Setting)
Set (Y+10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-561. (Slow Scan Direction Max
Value Setting)
Set (Y-10)x10 to be resident in the data for 710-562. (Slow Scan Direction Min. Value
Setting)
Enter the data for 710-563. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table
below based on the size specified by the customer.)

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 15.1.1, ADJ 15.1.3 4-236 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Enter the data for 710-564. (Enter the data for a paper size selected from the table ADJ 15.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration
below based on the size specified by the customer.)
The information that is related to the NVM to be entered is as follows.
Purpose
To set the DADF Lead Edge Registration in side 1 and side 2.
Table 1 NVM List
NOTE: The following adjustments must have been completed.
Chain-Link Display Data Name Remarks
IOT Image Registration Adjustment (ADJ 9.1.1)
710-559 Fast Scan Direction Max Value Note 1) Setting Range=1297~3070 in incre- IIT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 11.1.1)
ments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)
DADF Height Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.5)
710-560 Fast Scan Direction Min. Value Note 1) Setting Range=1297~3070 in incre-
DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.6)
ments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2970)
710-561 Slow Scan Direction Max Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in incre- Check
ments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100) 1. Place the 82E8220 Test Pattern on the Document glass with the trade mark and part
710-562 Slow Scan Direction Min. Value Note 2) Setting Range=1297~4418 in incre- number as the lead edge.
ments of 0.1mm (Initial Value=2100)
2. Set up the machine to make two sided copies of the test pattern as follows:
710-563 Specified Paper Code for Customized 03: 5.5x 8.5
a. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Copy tab.
Registration 04: A5
b. Under Output Color select Black.
05: B5
08: A4 c. Under the Paper Supply select 11x17 paper size.
09: 8x10 d. Under 2 Sided Copying select 1 to 2 Sided.
10: 8.5x11 e. Reduce / Enlarge should be set to 100%.
11: 8.5x12.4
f. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab, Image Shift
12: 8.5x13
should be Side 1 and Side 2 No Shift. Select Save.
13: 8.5x14
14: B4 3. Select a Quantity of 5.
15: A3 4. Press the Start button to make side 1.
16: 11x17 5. After side 1 is made, place a small piece of paper with the words side 2 written on it, onto
17: 8K the Document Glass and under the 82E8220 Test Pattern.
20: ILLEGAL SIZE (Initial Value=08)
NOTE: Side 2 can now be identified by the word side 2 copied from the small piece of
710-564 Feed Direction for Original Size 0: LEF, 1: SEF (Initial Value=0)
paper placed on the Document Glass under the test pattern from previous step.
710-565 Specified Customized Registration for Do not use Specified Customized Reg-
DADF Original Size Detection Table istration for Original Size Detection 6. Press the Start button to make side 2.
Table: 0 NOTE: The 2 sided copies will be used to run duplex sets for measurement through the
Use Specified Customized Registration
DADF.
for Original Size Detection Table: 1
(Initial Value=0) 7. Place the 2 sided copies into the DADF and make one set of 2 sided copies.
8. On side 1 and side 2, measure on the scale from the 10 mm line to the edge of the paper.
3. Check the NVM Data setting. The measurement should as follows. (Table 1)
4. Feed the customized original registered in the Size Detection Table into the DADF.
Table 1 Specification
Check that the original size is detected according to the settings.
Item Simplex Duplex
NOTE: As non-standard sized originals are handled as standard sized originals, there
Lead Edge 10 0.5mm 10 0.5mm
may be problems such as image loss in the scan data.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-237 ADJ 15.1.3, ADJ 15.1.4
2. Select NVM Read/Write.
The 10 mm line is located 3. Adjust the Lead Edge using the following NVM so that the measured value falls within
Piece of paper to on this scale
identify side 2 specifications.
If the measured value is short: Set a smaller value.
If the measured value is long: Set a larger value.

Table 2 NVM List


Chain Link Name Min. Initial Max Increment
711-140 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 1) 80 129 230 0.458mm
Replace All
711-141 DADF Lead Reg. Adjustment (Side 2) 80 129 230 0.458mm
Replace All

4. After adjustment is complete, perform the check following the steps in the Check proce-
dure.
5. Repeat the procedure until the measured value of the Lead Edge falls within the specifi-
cations.

Figure 1 Identifying side 2

Adjustment
1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 15.1.4 4-238 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
ADJ 15.1.5 DADF Height Adjustment Adjustment
Purpose NOTE: DADF height adjustment is basically carried out using the Left Counter Balance. In
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF. cases where such adjustment is not possible, adjustment is carried out using the Right Counter
Balance.
Check 1. Loosen the nut of the Left/Right Counter Balance and turn the screw to adjust the height
1. Check the gap between the DADF Platen Guide tips (x3) and the Platen Glass or DADF and slant of the DADF. (Figure 2)
Platen Glass. (Figure 1) Turning the screw in direction A will cause the front of the DADF to rise and the rear
1. The DADF Platen Guide tip at the rear is touching the DADF Platen Glass. to fall. (Direction of arrow A)
2. The DADF Platen Guide tips (x2) at the front are touching the Platen Glass. Turning the screw in direction B will cause the front of the DADF to fall and the rear
to rise. (Direction of arrow B)

Figure 1 Checking the gap between the DADF Platen Guide and the Platen Glass
Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Height

NOTE: Ensure that the nut is securely tightened after adjustment.

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-239 ADJ 15.1.5
ADJ 15.1.6 DADF Position (Skew) Adjustment
Purpose
To correct the feeding of the original by adjusting the height of the DADF. (DADF Skew)

Check
1. Place the Test Chart 82E8220 on the Platen Glass.
2. Place 11x17 paper in Tray 1.
3. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode.
a. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Copy tab.
b. Under Output Color select Black. Check from the paper
edge to the parallel line at
c. Under the Paper Supply select 11x17 paper size. the 100mm mark and the
d. Under 2 Sided Copying select 1 Sided. 300mm mark
e. Reduce / Enlarge should be set to 100%.
f. On the UI Ready to Copy Screen, select the Layout Adjustment tab, Image Shift
should be Side 1 No Shift. Select Save if necessary.

NOTE: The copy made from the Platen Glass will be used as the original in the DADF.

4. Place the copy made from the Platen Glass into the DADF and make 3 copies.
5. Check that the difference in the distance between the side and the Edges at the 100mm
mark and the 300mm mark in the 3 copies is within 00.5mm. (Figure 1)

Figure 1 Checking the Skew

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 15.1.6 4-240 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Adjustment
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 15.2.4)
2. Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2)
1. Loosen the screws (5).
2. Move the DADF in direction A or B.
3. Tighten the screws (5).

Figure 3 Output copy after adjustment

The DADF moved in direction B. (Figure 4)

Figure 2 Adjusting the DADF Position

The DADF moved in direction A. (Figure 3)

Launch Version February, 2008 Repairs and Adjustments


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 4-241 ADJ 15.1.6
Figure 4 Output copy after adjustment

3. Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.


4. After adjustment, carry out DADF Side Edge Registration Adjustment (ADJ 15.1.1) and
DADF Lead Edge Registration (ADJ 15.1.4).

Repairs and Adjustments February, 2008 Launch Version


ADJ 15.1.6 4-242 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
5 Parts List
Overview PL 9.1 Electrical .............................................................................................................. 5-31
Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 5-3 PL 9.2 ESS...................................................................................................................... 5-32
Subsystem Information ................................................................................................... 5-4 PL 9.3 FAX Unit............................................................................................................... 5-33
Symbology ...................................................................................................................... 5-5 PL 9.4 Wire Harnesses ................................................................................................... 5-34

Parts Lists Covers


PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left................................................................................................ 5-35
Drives PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right .............................................................................................. 5-36
PL 1.1 Main Drive............................................................................................................ 5-7
IIT
Paper Transportation PL 11.1 Platen/Cover ...................................................................................................... 5-37
PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly.................................................................................. 5-8 PL 11.2 Control Panel ..................................................................................................... 5-38
PL 2.2 Tray 1/2................................................................................................................ 5-9 PL 11.3 Platen Glass....................................................................................................... 5-39
PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly ........................................................................................... 5-10 PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor............................................................................................. 5-40
PL 2.4 Registration.......................................................................................................... 5-11 PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor......................................................................................... 5-41
PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover...................................................................................... 5-12 PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage ...................................................................................... 5-42
PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly .................................................................................... 5-13
PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................. 5-14 Tray Module-2T
PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly ................................................................................. 5-15 PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2 Tray .......................................................................... 5-43
PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2 Tray.................................................................................. 5-44
Paper Transport PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder- 2 Tray ..................................................................................... 5-45
PL 2.9 Envelope Tray Assembly ..................................................................................... 5-16 PL 12.4 Left Cover-2Tray ................................................................................................ 5-46
PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2Tray ......................................................................................... 5-47
ROS
PL 12.6 Electrical-2Tray .................................................................................................. 5-48
PL 3.1 ROS ..................................................................................................................... 5-17
PL 12.7 Cover-2Tray ....................................................................................................... 5-49
Xerographics/Develoment
Tray Module-TT
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge.......................................................................................... 5-18
PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-Tandem............................................................................... 5-50
PL 4.2 Toner System ...................................................................................................... 5-19
PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-Tandem.................................................................................. 5-51
Fuser PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-Tandem.................................................................................. 5-52
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit ............................................................................................................ 5-20 PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-Tandem ................................................................................. 5-53
PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-Tandem ................................................................................. 5-54
Exit PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-Tandem Tray........................................................................... 5-55
PL 6.1 Exit ....................................................................................................................... 5-21 PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-Tandem ........................................................................... 5-56
PL 6.2 Exit 1.................................................................................................................... 5-22 PL 13.8 Electrical-Tandem Tray...................................................................................... 5-57
PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly ................................................................................. 5-23 PL 13.9 Cover-Tandem Tray........................................................................................... 5-58
PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly .......................................................................................... 5-24
PL 6.5 Tray Guide Assembly .......................................................................................... 5-25 Mobile Stand
PL 14.1 Mobile Stand ...................................................................................................... 5-59
MSI
PL 7.1 MSI Assembly ...................................................................................................... 5-26 DADF
PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly ....................................................................................... 5-27 PL 15.1 DADF Accessory................................................................................................ 5-60
PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly.............................................................................................. 5-28 PL 15.2 DADF Component Cover ................................................................................... 5-61
PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover ............................................................................................. 5-62
Duplex PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component ................................................................................. 5-63
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit .......................................................................................................... 5-29 PL 15.5 Top Cover Component....................................................................................... 5-64
PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly ......................................................................................... 5-30 PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll ................................... 5-65
PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute .......................................................................................... 5-66
Electrical Components PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll ............................................................................................. 5-67

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-1
PL 15.9 Motor Unit Assembly.......................................................................................... 5-68
PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray ..................................................................................... 5-69

HCF
PL 18.1 HCF Unit ............................................................................................................ 5-70
PL 18.2 HCF Tray 6 (1 of 2)............................................................................................ 5-71
PL 18.3 HCF Tray 6 (2 of 2)............................................................................................ 5-72
PL 18.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3)........................................................................................... 5-73
PL 18.5 HCF Feeder (2 of 3)........................................................................................... 5-74
PL 18.6 HCF Feeder (3 of 3)........................................................................................... 5-75
PL 18.7 HCF Top Cover Unit .......................................................................................... 5-76
PL 18.8 HCF Electrical and Rail...................................................................................... 5-77

A-Finisher
PL 22.1 Finisher Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... 5-78
PL 22.2 Finisher Assembly (Part 2 of 2) ......................................................................... 5-79
PL 22.3 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 1 of 5)................................................................. 5-80
PL 22.4 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 2 of 5)................................................................. 5-81
PL 22.5 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 3 of 5)................................................................. 5-82
PL 22.6 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 4 of 5)................................................................. 5-83
PL 22.7 Stacker Base Assembly (Part 5 of 5)................................................................. 5-84
PL 22.8 Stacker Tray Assembly...................................................................................... 5-85
PL 22.9 Compile Assembly (Part 1 of 2) ......................................................................... 5-86
PL 22.10 Compile Assembly (Part 2 of 2) ....................................................................... 5-87

SB Finisher
PL 23.1 H-Transport Assembly (1 of 5)........................................................................... 5-88
PL 23.2 H - Transport Assembly (2 of 5)......................................................................... 5-89
PL 23.3 H - Transport Assembly (3 of 5)......................................................................... 5-90
PL 23.4 H - Transport Assembly (4 of 5)......................................................................... 5-91
PL 23.5 H - Transport Assembly (5 of 5)......................................................................... 5-92
PL 23.6 Finisher Cover ................................................................................................... 5-93
PL 23.7 Finisher Stacker................................................................................................. 5-94
PL 23.8 Finisher Stapler.................................................................................................. 5-95
PL 23.9 Finisher Eject (1 of 5)......................................................................................... 5-96
PL 23.10 Finisher Eject (2 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-97
PL 23.11 Finisher Eject (3 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-98
PL 23.12 Finisher Eject (4 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-99
PL 23.13 Finisher Eject (5 of 5)....................................................................................... 5-100
PL 23.14 Finisher Exit/Folder Assembly ......................................................................... 5-101
PL 23.15 Folder Assembly .............................................................................................. 5-102
PL 23.16 Finisher Electrical ............................................................................................ 5-103
PL 23.17 Booklet Cover .................................................................................................. 5-104
PL 23.18 Booklet Stapler Assembly................................................................................ 5-105
PL 23.19 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly ...................................................................... 5-106
PL 23.20 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly ....................................................................... 5-107
PL 23.21 Booklet Electrical ............................................................................................. 5-108

Common Hardware
Common Hardware ......................................................................................................... 5-109
Part Number Index .......................................................................................................... 5-119

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


5-2 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Introduction Table 1 Abbreviation size

Overview Abbreviation Meaning

The Parts List section identifies all part numbers and the corresponding location of all spared R/E Reduction/Enlargement
subsystem components. REF: Refer to
SCSI Small Computer Systems Interface
Organization W/ With
Parts Lists W/O Without
Each item number in the part number listing corresponds to an item number in the related
illustration. All the parts in a given subsystem of the machine will be located in the same Table 2 Meaning
illustration or in a series of associated illustrations.
Operating Companies
Electrical Connectors and Fasteners Abbreviation Meaning
This section contains the illustrations and descriptions of the plugs, jacks, and fasteners used
AO Americas Operations
in the machine. A part number listing of the connectors is included.
NASG - US North American Solutions Group - US
Common Hardware NASG - North American Solutions Group -
The common hardware is listed in alphabetical order by the letter or letters used to identify Canada Canada
each item in the part number listing and in the illustrations. Dimensions are in millimeters XE Xerox Europe
unless otherwise identified.
Symbology
Part Number Index
Symbology used in the Parts List section is identified in the Symbology section.
This index lists all the spared parts in the machine in numerical order. Each number is followed
by a reference to the parts list on which the part may be found. Service Procedure Referencing
If a part or assembly has an associated repair or adjustment procedure, the procedure number
Other Information will be listed at the end of the part description in the parts lists e.g. (REP 5.1, ADJ 5.3)
Abbreviations
Abbreviations are used in the parts lists and the exploded view illustrations to provide
information in a limited amount of space. The following abbreviations are used in this manual:

Table 1 Abbreviation size


Abbreviation Meaning
A3 297 x 594 Millimeters
A4 210 x 297 Millimeters
A5 148 x 210 Millimeters
AD Auto Duplex
AWG American Wire Gauge
EMI Electro Magnetic Induction
GB Giga Byte
KB Kilo Byte
MB Mega Byte
MM Millimeters
MOD Magneto Optical Drive
NOHAD Noise Ozone Heat Air Dirt
PL Parts List
P/O Part of

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-3 Introduction
Subsystem Information
Use of the Term Assembly
The term assembly will be used for items in the part number listing that include other itemized
parts in the part number listing. When the word assembly is found in the part number listing,
there will be a corresponding item number on the illustrations followed by a bracket and a
listing of the contents of the assembly.

Brackets
A bracket is used when an assembly or kit is spared, but is not shown in the illustration. The
item number of the assembly or kit precedes the bracket; the item numbers of the piece parts
follow the bracket.

Tag
The notation W/Tag in the parts description indicates that the part configuration has been
updated. Check the change Tag index in the General Information section of the Service Data
for the name and purpose of the modification.

In some cases, a part or assembly may be spared in two versions: with the Tag and without the
Tag. In those cases, use whichever part is appropriate for the configuration of the machine on
which the part is to be installed. If the machine does not have a particular Tag and the only
replacement part available is listed as W/Tag, install the Tag kit or all of the piece parts. The
Change Tag Index tells you which kit or piece parts you need.

Whenever you install a Tag kit or all the piece parts that make up a Tag, mark the appropriate
number on the Tag matrix.

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


Subsystem Information 5-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Symbology A Tag number within a circle having a shaded bar and pointing to an item number shows that
the configuration of the part shown is the configuration before the part was changed by the Tag
A Tag number within a circle pointing to an item number shows that the part has been changed number within the circle (Figure 2).
by the tag number within the circle (Figure 1). Information on the modification is in the Change
Tag Index.

Figure 2 Without Tag Symbol

Figure 1 With Tag Symbol

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-5 Symbology
A tag number within a circle with no apex shows that the entire drawing has been changed by A tag number within a circle with no apex and having a shaded bar shows that the entire
the tag number within the circle (Figure 3). Information on the modification is in the Change Tag drawing was the configuration before being changed by the tag number within the circle
Index. (Figure 4).

Figure 3 Entire Drawing With Tag Symbol Figure 4 Entire Drawing Without Tag Symbol

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


Symbology 5-6 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 1.1 Main Drive
Item Part Description
1 Collar (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10)
2 Gear (21/21T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10)
3 Gear (18T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10)
4 Gear (21T) (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10)
5 Belt (P/O PL 1.1 Item 10)
6 007K88585 Main Drive Unit
7 Main Drive Assembly (P/O PL 1.1
Item 6) (REP 1.1.1)
8 Pulley (P/O PL 1.1 Item 6, 10)
9 005E17860 Flange
10 604K20500 Drive Gear Kit

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-7 PL 1.1
PL 2.1 Tray, Feeder 1/2 Assembly
Item Part Description
1 003E61510 Stopper
2 Spacer (Not Spared)
3 050K61180 Tray Assembly
4 110K12100 Tray 1 Paper Size Switch, Tray 2
Paper Size Switch
5 Bracket (Not Spared)
6 054K24091 Feed Out Chute
7 059K42524 Feeder 1 Assembly, Feeder 2
Assembly (REP 2.1.1)
8 Slide Look (Not Spared)
9 054E25722 Feed Out Chute
10 Label Tray 1, Label Tray 2 (P/O PL
2.1 Item 13)
11 Label Size (Not Spared)
12 Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 2.1 Item
13)
13 604K20550 Tray Label Kit

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 2.1 5-8 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 2.2 Tray 1/2
Item Part Description
1 Stopper (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
2 (SCC) Tray Cover (P/O PL 2.1 Item
3)
3 Seal (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
4 Label (Max) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
5 Bottom Pad (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
6 Front Side Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item
3)
7 604K20541 Tray Gear Kit
8 Tray Pad (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
9 Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item
3)
10 Bottom Plate (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
11 Tray (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
12 Side Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1
Item 3)
13 Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
14 Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
15 Pinion Gear (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
16 End Guide (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
17 Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
18 End Guide Actuator (P/O PL 2.1
Item 3)
19 Link (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
20 Coupling Gear (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7)
21 Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7)
22 Sector Gear (P/O PL 2.2 Item 7)
23 Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)
24 Lift Up Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 3)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-9 PL 2.2
PL 2.3 Feeder 1/2 Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Upper Frame (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
2 127K38171 Tray 1/2 Feed/Lift Up Motor
3 Bracket (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
4 Spacer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
5 Gear (31T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
6 Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
7 Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
8 Oneway Gear (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
9 Gear (13T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
10 Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
11 Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
12 Front Chute (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
13 120E22481 Actuator
14 930W00113 Tray 1/2 Level Sensor, Tray 1/2 No
Paper Sensor
15 113E37571 Harness Holder
16 962K19692 Wire Harness
17 Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
18 Gear (29T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
19 Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
20 Feed Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40)
(REP 2.3.1)
21 005K05890 Oneway Clutch
22 005K06760 Oneway Gear (22T)
23 Shaft (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
24 Chute (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
25 Spring (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
26 005K81880 Friction Clutch
27 Support (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
28 Retard Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40)
(REP 2.3.1)
29 Spacer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
30 Gear (33T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
31 Support Assembly (P/O PL 2.1 Item
7)
32 Nudger Roll (P/O PL 2.3 Item 40)
(REP 2.3.1)
33 Gear (25T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
34 Lower Frame (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
35 Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
36 Gear (34T) (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
37 Lever (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
38 Bearing (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
39 Washer (P/O PL 2.1 Item 7)
40 604K20360 Tray Feed Roller Kit (3/Kit) (REP
2.3.1)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 2.3 5-10 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 2.4 Registration
Item Part Description
1 054K35390 Chute
2 013E26760 Bearing
3 054E23940 Registration Chute
4 059E98590 Idler Roll
5 059K31021 Registration Roll
6 121K32660 Registration Roll
7 130K64270 Registration Sensor
8 Earth Plate (Not Spared)
9 Bracket (Not Spared)
10 054K23940 Chute Assembly
11 013E26060 Bearing
12 013E26091 Bearing
13 Shaft (Not Spared)
14 121K32730 Takeaway Roll Clutch (Alternate)
15 007E79320 Gear (19T) (23/28CPM)
16 Wire Harness (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-11 PL 2.4
PL 2.5 Vertical Transport Cover
Item Part Description
1 015K73510 Gear Assembly
2 Bracket Assembly (P/O PL 2.5 Item
1)
3 L/H Lower Cover Interlock Switch
(P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
4 Cap (Not Spared)
5 Lower Chute (Not Spared)
6 059K26840 Takeaway Roll (REP 2.5.1)
7 Handle (Not Spared)
8 Bracket (Not Spared)
9 Bearing (Not Spared)
10 Bearing (Not Spared)
11 059E98371 Pinch Roller
12 Gear (31T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
13 Spring (Not Spared)
14 Spring (Not Spared)
15 Gear (22T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
16 Earth Plate (Not Spared)
17 802E55701 L/H Lower Cover
18 Spring (Not Spared)
19 007E79270 Gear (18T)
20 013E29830 Bearing
21 013E30110 Bearing
22 Gear (21T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)
23 Gear (23T) (P/O PL 2.5 Item 1)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 2.5 5-12 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 2.6 Transfer Cover Assembly
Item Part Description
1 012K94341 Link Assembly
2 802K81270 BTR Roll Assembly
3 Lever (Rear) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
4 Lever (Front) (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
5 Bearing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
6 BTR Roll (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2) (REP
2.6.1)
7 Housing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
8 Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
9 Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 2)
10 054K24055 L/H Upper Chute Assembly
11 802K88890 L/H Upper Cover Assembly
12 Stud (Not Spared)
13 Bracket (Not Spared)
14 802K49240 Wire Assembly
15 110E94770 L/H Cover Inter Lock Switch
16 Label 220V (Not Spared)
17 Label 110V (Not Spared)
18 Screw (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-13 PL 2.6
PL 2.7 L/H Upper Chute Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Bearing (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
2 Earth Plate (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
3 Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
4 L/H Chute (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
5 Eliminator (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
6 Spring Contact (P/O PL 2.6 Item
10)
7 Spring Chute (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
8 Pinch Roll (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
9 Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
10 Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
11 Plate (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)
12 Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 10)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 2.7 5-14 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 2.8 L/H Upper Cover Assembly
Item Part Description
1 003E59833 Handle
2 Xerographics/Developer Cartridge
Shutter (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11)
3 Handle Guide (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11)
4 054E23950 L/H Cover Chute
5 054K30770 Chute Assembly
6 Frame (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11)
7 802K86921 L/H Upper Cover (P/O PL 2.6 Item
11)
8 Spring (P/O PL 2.6 Item 11)
9 849E13981 Support

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-15 PL 2.8
PL 2.9 Envelope Tray Assembly
Item Part Description
1 050K61320 Envelope Tray Assembly (Optional)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 2.9 5-16 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 3.1 ROS
Item Part Description
1 062K13584 ROS Unit (REP 3.1.1)
2 927W00111 ROS Fan
3 Bracket (Not Spared)
4 Connector (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-17 PL 3.1
PL 4.1 CRU, Toner Cartridge
Item Part Description
1 Xerographics/Developer Cartridge
(Not Spared) (REP 4.1.1)
2 Toner Cartridge (Not Spared) (REP
4.1.2)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 4.1 5-18 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 4.2 Toner System
Item Part Description
1 Stopper (Not Spared)
2 Screw (Not Spared)
3 Guide Assembly (Not Spared)
4 110K11810 Xerographics Interlock Switch
5 130K87980 HUM and Temp Sensor
6 Plate (Not Spared)
7 962K13060 Wire Harness
8 Stopper (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20)
9 Shaft (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20)
10 Toner Box (P/O PL 4.2 Item 20)
11 Dispense Motor (P/O PL 4.2 Item
20)
12 807E01360 Gear (13T)
13 849E23310 Support
14 127K38040 Dispense Motor (REP 4.2.1)
15 160K95831 Toner Crum PWB, Xerographic
Crum PWB
16 Duct (Not Spared)
17 127K37881 Fuser Fan
18 Housing Assembly (Not Spared)
19 Housing Assembly (Not Spared)
20 032K96941 Toner Box Assembly

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-19 PL 4.2
PL 5.1 Fuser Unit
Item Part Description
1 Shaft (Not Spared)
2 Insulator (Not Spared)
3 120E29881 Actuator
4 130E87090 Fuser Exit Sensor
5 809E42201 Spring
6 Bracket (Not Spared)
7 126K24980 Fuser Unit (110V) (REP 5.1.1)
126K24990 Fuser Unit (220V) (REP 5.1.1)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 5.1 5-20 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 6.1 Exit
Item Part Description
1 Exit 1 (REF: PL 6.2 Item 3)
2 059K55870 Exit 2 And OCT2 (REP 6.1.1)
3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly (P/O
PL 6.1 Item 2)
4 Tray Guide Assembly (P/O PL 6.1
Item 2)
5 059K55880 Exit 2 And Inverter

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-21 PL 6.1
PL 6.2 Exit 1
Item Part Description
1 036K91620 Paper Weight Assembly
2 038E26725 Exit 1 Tray Guide
3 059K55770 Exit 1 Assembly
4 Gear (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
5 Gear (19T) (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
6 Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
7 Bearing (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
8 013E25550 Bearing
9 013E30050 Bearing
10 Cap (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
11 050E19804 Exit 1 Gate
12 Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
13 054E23844 OCT Chute
14 604K47020 Roller Kit (2/Kit)
15 059K26760 Exit 1 Roll
16 127K57200 Offset Motor 1
17 Spring (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
18 604K20420 Spring Kit (2/Kit)
19 Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
20 Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
21 Bracket (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
22 930W00113 OCT Home Sensor
23 962K15241 Wire Harness
24 Screw (P/O PL 6.2 Item 3)
25 Exit 1 Top Cover (Not Spared)
26 Bracket (Not Spared)
27 105E12940 Eliminator

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 6.2 5-22 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 6.3 L/H Upper Chute Assembly
Item Part Description
1 L/H Upper Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item
3)
2 003E60161 Latch
3 050E20010 Exit 2 Gate
4 Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
5 054E24372 Upper FU Chute
6 Stopper (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
7 Gear Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
8 Gear (52T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
9 Bracket (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
10 Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
11 Face Up Exit Cover (P/O PL 6.1
Item 3)
12 Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
13 Bracket (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
14 Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
15 809E37170 Spring
16 Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
17 Label (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
18 Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 3)
19 Invert Roll Assembly (P/O PL 6.1
Item 3)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-23 PL 6.3
PL 6.4 Tray Guide Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Tray Guide (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
2 105E12940 Eliminator
3 Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
4 604K20680 Exit Bear Roll Kit (2/Kit)
5 054E24331 OCT 2 Chute
6 Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
7 059K26760 Exit 2 Roll
8 Bearing (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
9 807E00180 Gear (19T)
10 604K20690 Exit Roll Kit (2/Kit)
11 604K20700 Exit Spring Kit (2/Kit)
12 003E60171 Latch
13 809E50210 Spring
14 Front Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
15 Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
16 Earth plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
17 120E22451 Actuator
18 110E11580 Exit 2 Interlock Switch
19 Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
20 Rear Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
21 Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
22 Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
23 121K32370 Face Up Solenoid
24 Gear (20T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
25 Shaft (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
26 Gear (19T/44T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
27 604K20430 Spring Kit (2 Per Kit)
28 Exit Gate Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
29 121K41700 Exit 2 Gate Solenoid
30 127K57200 Offset Motor 2
31 604K20400 Roller Kit (2/Kit)
32 059E98780 Actuator
33 Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
34 809E37332 Spring Actuator
35 Exit 2 Sensor, OCT Home Sensor 2
(P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
36 962K18882 Wire Harness
37 127K51680 Exit 2 Motor
38 604K20450 Pinch Roll Kit (2/Kit)
39 Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
40 Exit Fan (P/O PL 6.1 Item 4)
41 809E54971 Pinch Spring

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 6.4 5-24 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 6.5 Tray Guide Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Tray Guide (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
2 Cover (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
3 930W00113 Exit 2 Sensor (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
4 809E37332 Spring Actuator
5 Lower Chute (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
6 059E98780 Actuator
7 604K20400 Roller Kit (2/Kit)
8 Exit Fan (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
9 121K41700 Exit 2 Gate Solenoid
10 Exit Gate Link (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
11 604K20430 Spring Kit (2/Kit)
12 003E60171 Latch
13 809E50210 Spring
14 Front Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
15 Earth Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
16 Earth Plate (P/O Pl6.1 Item 5)
17 120E22451 Actuator
18 Exit 2 Interlock Switch (P/O PL 6.1
Item 5)
19 Offset Gear (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
20 Rear Plate (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
21 Spring (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
22 Shaft (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
23 Gear (19T/44T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)
24 Gear (40T) (P/O PL 6.1 Item 5)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-25 PL 6.5
PL 7.1 MSI Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Label (P/O PL 7.1 Item 19)
2 Label (Max) (P/O PL 7.1 Item 19)
3 Upper Frame (Not Spared)
4 Bracket (Not Spared)
5 050K56600 MPT Tray Assembly
6 962K13120 Wire Harness
7 Chute (Not Spared)
8 Shaft (Not Spared)
9 Spacer (Not Spared)
10 Guide (Not Spared)
11 604K20410 Roller Kit (2/Kit)
12 Spring (Not Spared)
13 120E22231 Actuator
14 Lower Frame Assembly (Not
Spared)
15 Spring (Not Spared)
16 930W00113 MPT No Paper Sensor
17 802E55201 MPT Front Cover
18 802E55212 MPT Rear Cover
19 604K20520 MPT Label Kit

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 7.1 5-26 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 7.2 Lower Frame Assembly
Item Part Description
1 801K30720 Lower Frame Assembly
2 Lower Frame (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
3 Stopper Lever (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
4 Collar (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
5 Retard Shaft (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
6 Pick Up Gear (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
7 007E79710 Gear (18T)
8 011E15150 Gear Lever
9 Bearing (8) (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
10 019E56551 Pad
11 Bottom Plate (P/O PL 7.1 Item 14)
12 019K09420 MPT Retard Pad (REP 7.2.1)
13 032E21061 Paper Guide
14 059K27141 Drive Roll
15 121E92780 MSI Feed Solenoid
16 Shaft (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
17 Pick Up Cam (Rear) (P/O PL 7.2
Item 1)
18 Pick Up Cam (Front) (P/O PL 7.2
Item 1)
19 Core (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
20 059K40654 Feed Roll (REP 7.2.1)
21 Bearing (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
22 807E02610 Cam Gear
23 Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
24 Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
25 Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
26 Spring (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
27 Earth Plate (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
28 Earth Plate (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)
29 Lower Chute (Not Spared)
30 Paper Guide (P/O PL 7.2 Item 1)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-27 PL 7.2
PL 7.3 MSI Tray Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Pinion Gear (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
2 Front Rack (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
3 Rear Rack (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
4 Link (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
5 Side Guide (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
6 Side Guide (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
7 Tray MPT (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
8 Tray Exit (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
9 MPT Paper Size Sensor (P/O PL
7.1 Item 5)
10 Cover Tray (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
11 Spring (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)
12 Wire Harness (P/O PL 7.1 Item 5)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 7.3 5-28 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 8.1 Duplex Unit
Item Part Description
1 059K55760 Duplex Unit
2 Gear (28T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
3 Gear (33/37T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
4 Gear (33T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
5 Gear (42T) (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
6 011E14582 Latch Lever (Rear)
7 011E14590 Latch Lever (Front)
8 Lower Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
9 110E11580 Duplex Open Chute
10 120E21261 Actuator
11 127K57210 Duplex Motor
12 160K94227 Duplex PWB
13 802E55173 Cover
14 Spring (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
15 Spring (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
16 Bracket (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
17 Latch Plate (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
18 930W00113 Duplex Sensor
19 Inner Chute Assembly (P/O PL 8.1
Item 1)
20 Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
21 Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
22 Wire Harness (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
23 Label (P/O PL 8.1 Item 1)
24 127E83681 Fan

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-29 PL 8.1
PL 8.2 Inner Chute Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Stopper (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
2 Lock (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
3 Bearing (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
4 Pin (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
5 Outer Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
6 Inner Chute (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
7 Duplex Roller (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
8 Duplex Roller (P/O PL 8.1 Item 19)
9 604K20460 Roller (4/Kit)
10 604K20470 Spring (4/Kit)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 8.2 5-30 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 9.1 Electrical
Item Part Description
1 105E17880 HVPS-Y1C
2 110E11230 Main Switch
3 Bracket (Not Spared)
4 960K37900 Exit PWB
5 960K35862 MCU PWB (REP 9.1.1)
6 PWB Support (Not Spared)
7 Bracket (Not Spared)
8 105E17920 Power Unit - B1 (110V)
105E17930 Power Unit (220V)
9 104E94080 Choke Coil (220/240V)
10 101K55280 AC Chassis Assembly
11 Screw (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
12 Bracket (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
13 908W01201 GFI Breaker
14 962K18690 Wire Harness
15 Wire Harness (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
16 Outlet (P/O PL 9.1 Item 10)
17 Screw (Not Spared)
18 Holder (Not Spared)
19 Bracket (Not Spared)
20 110V Power Cord (Not Spared)
21 962K57510 HCF Harness Assembly

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-31 PL 9.1
PL 9.2 ESS
Item Part Description
1 Panel (Not Spared)
2 ESS Chassis (Not Spared)
3 Bracket (Not Spared)
4 Bracket (Not Spared)
5 Screw (Not Spared)
6 Panel (Not Spared)
7 Panel (Not Spared)
8 101K55270 ESS PWB (REP 9.2.1)
9 133K25440 DDR DIMM (256MB)
10 ESS Cover (Not Spared)
11 960K35820 HDD (40GB)
12 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
13 540K08771 PS DIMM
14 540K08781 Printer PWB

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 9.2 5-32 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 9.3 FAX Unit
Item Part Description
1 FAX Box (Not Spared)
2 Panel (Not Spared)
3 Speaker (Not Spared)
4 960K32180 FAX PWB (110V)
960K32190 FAX PWB (220V)
960K32200 FAX PWB (ARZ)
5 Bracket (Not Spared)
6 117K38480 USB Cable
7 962K61060 Wire Harness
8 Data Cable (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-33 PL 9.3
PL 9.4 Wire Harnesses
Item Part Description
1 962K13510 Wire Harness Switch 2
2 962K13080 Wire Harness ROS
3 962K13090 Wire Harness Drive
4 Wire Harness Feeder
5 Wire Harness PH (Not Spared)
6 962K13140 Wire Harness Size
7 962K13200 Wire Harness Crum
8 962K13211 Wire Harness Exit
9 Wire Harness LVPS Power (Not
Spared)
10 960K16185 Wire Harness Fuser AC
11 962K19220 Wire Harness Interlock
12 962K23600 Wire Harness MPT
13 962K13500 Wire Harness Switch 1
14 Shoulder Screw (Not Spared)
15 Shoulder Screw (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 9.4 5-34 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 10.1 Cover-Front, Left
Item Part Description
1 802E55223 Left Front Cover
2 802E55392 Front Left Cover
3 Top Rear Cover (Not Spared)
4 802E55431 Exit Cover
5 848K09590 Left Cover
6 Magnet (Not Spared)
7 848E21070 Front Cover
8 Strip (Not Spared)
9 Stopper (Not Spared)
10 ADD Tray (Not Spared)
11 Duct (Not Spared)
12 848E21010 Top Cover
13 Panel Cover (Not Spared)
14 Spring (Not Spared)
15 802E55312 Inner Cover
16 Cap (Not Spared)
17 Plate (Not Spared)
18 Sheet Guide (Not Spared)
19 848K06221 Logo Label
20 110E94770 Front Cover Interlock Switch
21 Bracket (Not Spared)
22 Foot (Not Spared)
23 E-Star Label (Not Spared)
24 892E99040 Xerographic/Developer Cartridge
Label

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-35 PL 10.1
PL 10.2 Cover-Rear, Right
Item Part Description
1 802E55231 Right Upper Cover
2 802E55242 Right Lower Cover
3 ESS Right Cover (Not Spared)
4 802E55271 Rear Middle Cover
5 848E14800 Rear Upper Cover
6 848E19410 Rear Lower Cover (REP 10.2.1)
7 Cover (Not Spared)
8 Label (Not Spared)
9 Foot (Not Spared)
10 Foot (Not Spared)
11 Data Plate (Not Spared)
12 Label (220V) (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 10.2 5-36 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 11.1 Platen/Cover
Item Part Description
1 802K55690 Platen Cover Assembly
2 802K59201 Platen Cover
3 Hinge Cover (Not Spared)
4 Hinge (P/O PL 11.1 Item 1)
5 Magnet (P/O PL 11.1 Item 1)
6 004E13450 Platen Cushion (REP 11.1.1)
7 802E54563 Top Cover
8 802E90180 Right Cover
9 802E90161 Left Cover
10 062K18631 Frame Assembly
11 Control Panel Assembly
12 UI Cable (Not Spared)
13 Name Plate

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-37 PL 11.1
PL 11.2 Control Panel
Item Part Description
1 802E55521 Panel (Center)
2 802K60062 Panel (Left)
3 848E25740 Panel (Right)
4 Contrast PWB (P/O PL 11.2 Item 2)
5 Panel Housing (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
6 Adjust Pen (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21)
7 Control Panel PWB (P/O PL 11.2
Item 21)
8 160K91631 Inverter PWB
9 110K11610 Touch Panel
10 123K94951 Display
11 Bracket (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21)
12 960K02444 UI PWB
13 UI Base Frame (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
14 802K57132 UI Top Cover
15 UI Lower Cover (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
16 Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
17 Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
18 Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
19 Support (P/O PL 11.2 Item 21)
20 Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.2 Item
21)
21 802K64718 Control Panel Assembly
22 Panel (P/O PL 11.2 Item 2)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 11.2 5-38 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 11.3 Platen Glass
Item Part Description
1 090K93210 Platen Glass (REP 11.3.1)
2 815E36330 Right Side Plate
3 IPS Cover (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
4 960K32481 IIT/IPS PWB (REP 11.3.2)
5 117E27750 CCD Flat Cable
6 Wire Harness (P/O PL 11.1 Item
10)
7 090K93011 Left Side Plate
8 Platen Glass Plate (P/O PL 11.1
Item 10)
9 Lock Screw (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
10 Screw (Not Spared)
11 ESS Flat Cable (Not Spared)
12 Support Glass (P/O PL 11.1 Item
10)
13 Support Glass (P/O PL 11.1 Item
10)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-39 PL 11.3
PL 11.4 CCD PWB, Sensor
Item Part Description
1 062K19060 Lens Kit (REP 11.4.1)
2 Lens Cover (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
3 Bracket (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
4 130K64150 APS Sensor
5 Seal (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
6 110K11960 Platen Open Switch
7 130E87280 IIT Registration Sensor, Platen
Angle Sensor
8 Support (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
9 120E22031 Actuator
10 Spring (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 11.4 5-40 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 11.5 Carriage Cable/Motor
Item Part Description
1 Capstan Pulley (P/O PL 11.1 Item
10)
2 Capstan Shaft (P/O PL 11.1 Item
10)
3 Front Carriage Cable (P/O PL 11.5
Item 16) (REP 11.5.1)
4 Rear Carriage Cable (P/O PL 11.5
Item 16) (REP 11.5.1)
5 020E37030 Pulley
6 604K20440 Spring Kit
7 Tape (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
8 Tape (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
9 Frame (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
10 Bearing (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
11 023E21210 Belt
12 Timing Pulley (P/O PL 11.1 Item 10)
13 127K52340 Carriage Motor Assembly (REP
11.5.2)
14 Carriage Motor (P/O PL 11.5 Item
13)
15 Bracket (P/O PL 11.5 Item 13)
16 604K20510 Cable Kit

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-41 PL 11.5
PL 11.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage
Item Part Description
1 Harness Guide (Not Spared)
2 041K95940 Full Rate Carriage Assembly
3 Full Rate Carriage (P/O PL 11.6
Item 2)
4 117E27590 Lamp Wire Harness (REP 11.6.2)
5 Guide (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2)
6 062E10800 No. Mirror
7 Clip (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2)
8 Insulator (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2)
9 122K93780 Exposure Lamp (REP 11.6.1)
10 105E16210 Lamp Ballast PWB
11 Pad (P/O PL 11.6 Item 2)
12 041K94910 Half Rate Carriage Assembly (ADJ
11.6.1)
13 No.2 Mirror, No.3 Mirror (P/O PL
11.6 Item 12)
14 Clip (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12)
15 Half Rate Carriage (P/O PL 11.6
Item 12)
16 Pulley (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12)
17 Pulley (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12)
18 Pad (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12)
19 Guide (P/O PL 11.6 Item 12)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 11.6 5-42 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 12.1 Tray, Feeder Assembly-2 Tray
Item Part Description
1 050K53945 Tray 3/4 Assembly
2 Label (No. 3), Label (No. 4) (P/O PL
12.1 Item 7)
3 110K12100 Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch
4 014E51110 Tray Spacer
5 003E61510 Tray Stopper
6 Tray 3 Feeder, Tray 4 Feeder (P/O
PL 12.1 Item 11)
7 604K20550 Tray Label Kit
8 054E22622 Feed Out Chute
9 Sensor Cover (Not Spared)
10 Cover (Not Spared)
11 Tray 3/4 Feeder Kit

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-43 PL 12.1
PL 12.2 Tray 3/4 Assembly-2 Tray
Item Part Description
1 604K20541 Tray Gear Kit
2 Tray Cover (Not Spared)
3 Label (Instruction) (P/O PL 12.1
Item 7)
4 Label (Max) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 7)
5 Bottom Plate (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
6 Bottom Pad (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
7 Front Side Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item
1)
8 Tray Pad (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
9 Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item
1)
10 Side Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1
Item 1)
11 Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1 Item
1)
12 Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
13 Pinion Gear (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
14 End Guide (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
15 Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
16 End Guide Actuator (P/O PL 12.1
Item 1)
17 Link (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
18 Coupling Gear (13T) (P/O PL 12.2
Item 1)
19 Gear (13T/60T) (P/O PL 12.2 Item
1)
20 Sector Gear (P/O PL 12.2 Item 1)
21 Bracket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
22 Lift Up Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
23 Stopper (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
24 Seal (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
25 Tray (P/O PL 12.1 Item 1)
26 010E94240 Slide Lock

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 12.2 5-44 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 12.3 Tray 3/4 Feeder- 2 Tray
Item Part Description
1 Upper Frame (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
2 127K38171 Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor
3 Bracket (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
4 Spacer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
5 Gear (31T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
6 Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
7 Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 12.1 Item
6)
8 Oneway Gear (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
9 Gear (33T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
10 Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
11 Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
12 Front Chute (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
13 120E22481 Actuator
14 930W00113 Tray 3/4 Level Sensor, Tray 3/4 No
Paper Sensor
15 Harness Holder (CTR)
16 962K18912 Wire Harness
17 Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item
6)
18 Gear (29T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
19 Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
20 Feed Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43)
(REP 12.3)
21 005K05890 Oneway Clutch
22 005K06760 Oneway Gear (22T)
23 Shaft (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
24 Chute (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
25 Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
26 005K81880 Friction Clutch
27 Support (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
28 Retard Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43)
(REP 12.3)
29 Spacer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
30 Gear (13T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
31 Support (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
32 Nudger Roll (P/O PL 12.3 Item 43)
(REP 12.3)
33 Gear (25T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
34 Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
35 Gear (34T) (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
36 Lever (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
37 Bearing (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
38 Washer (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
39 Lower Frame (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
40 Holder (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
41 Spring (P/O PL 12.1 Item 6)
42 930W00211 Tray 3/4 Per Feed Sensor
43 604K20360 Feeder Roll Kit
(Feeder/Nudger/Retard)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-45 PL 12.3
PL 12.4 Left Cover-2Tray
Item Part Description
1 802K70855 Left Cover Assembly
2 Latch Assembly (P/O PL 12.4 Item
1)
3 Hook (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
4 Handle (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
5 Left Cover (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
6 Chute (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
7 Actuator (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
8 Spring (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
9 Bracket (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
10 Spring (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
11 Bearing (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
12 Bearing (P/O PL 12.4 Item 1)
13 059E98190 Pinch Roll
14 830E45710 Support Strap
15 110E12220 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock
Switch
16 Bracket (Not Spared)
17 Bracket (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 12.4 5-46 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 12.5 Takeaway Roll-2Tray
Item Part Description
1 Chute (Not Spared)
2 Cover (Not Spared)
3 130K64121 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor
4 962K18171 Wire Harness
5 Chute (Not Spared)
6 130K64471 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor
7 962K18900 Wire Harness
8 059K40370 Takeaway Roll Assembly
9 604K20720 Bearing Kit
10 Gear (16T) (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8)
11 Bearing (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8)
12 Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 12.5 Item 8)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-47 PL 12.5
PL 12.6 Electrical-2Tray
Item Part Description
1 960K16185 2 Tray Module PWB (REP 12.4)
2 121K31530 2 Tray Module Takeaway Roll
Clutch
3 Bracket (Not Spared)
4 Shaft (Not Spared)
5 Bearing (Not Spared)
6 Gear (38T) (Not Spared)
7 007K93801 2 Tray Module Takeaway Motor
Assembly
8 Gear (22T/40T) (Not Spared)
9 Gear (126T) (Not Spared)
10 Gear (37T) (Not Spared)
11 Gear (37T) (Not Spared)
12 Gear (32T) (Not Spared)
13 962K18900 Wire Harness
14 Gasket (Not Spared)
15 604K20720 Bearing
16 Bracket (Not Spared)
17 Bracket (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7)
18 2Tray Takeaway Module Motor
(P/O PL 12.6 Item 7)
19 Gear (50T) (P/O PL 12.6 Item 7)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 12.6 5-48 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 12.7 Cover-2Tray
Item Part Description
1 Top Cover (Not Spared)
2 Foot Cover (Not Spared)
3 802E54750 Right Cover
4 802E54762 Left Cover
5 802E54771 Rear Cover
6 Caster (Stopper) (Not Spared)
7 Caster (Not Spared)
8 Foot (Not Spared)
9 Foot Cover (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-49 PL 12.7
PL 13.1 Tray 3/4 Assembly-Tandem
Item Part Description
1 050K53962 Tray 3 Assembly (REP 13.1.1)
2 Label (3) (P/O PL 13.1 Item 12)
3 050K53952 Tray 4 Assembly (REP 13.1.2)
4 Tray 4 Stopper (P/O PL 13.1 Item
3)
5 Label (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
6 Label (4) (Not Spared)
7 Tray 3 Stopper (Not Spared)
8 110K11820 Tray 3/4 Paper Size Switch
9 059E98210 Roll
10 Shaft (Not Spared)
11 Bracket (Not Spared)
12 604K20550 Tray Label Kit

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 13.1 5-50 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 13.2 Tray 3 Assembly-Tandem
Item Part Description
1 Tray 3 Cover (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
2 Handle Tray (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
3 Pulley (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
4 006K23014 Lift Shaft
5 020E36560 Pulley
6 032E20890 Cable Guide
7 Pulley (P/O PL 13.2 Item 29)
8 Cable Guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item 31)
9 Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30)
10 Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30)
11 Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item 30)
12 Bottom Plate (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
13 Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
14 Front Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item
1)
15 Knob (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
16 Knob Assembly (P/O PL 13.1 Item
1)
17 Spring (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
18 Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item
1)
19 Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
20 Lack Rear (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
21 Pinion (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
22 003E79750 Stopper
23 030K75541 Brake Bracket
24 Rail Spacer (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
25 Spacer (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
26 Actuator (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
27 Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
28 Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 1)
29 604K20730 Pulley Kit
30 604K20750 Tray Cable Kit
31 604K20740 Cable Guide Kit

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-51 PL 13.2
PL 13.3 Tray 4 Assembly-Tandem
Item Part Description
1 Tray Cover (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
2 059K26340 Tray 4 Transport Assembly
3 Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
4 006K23014 Lift Shaft
5 020E36821 Pulley
6 Pulley (P/O PL 13.2 Item 29)
7 Cable Guide (P/O PL 13.2 Item 31)
8 Rear Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item
30)
9 Front Tray Cable (P/O PL 13.2 Item
30)
10 Bottom Plate (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
11 Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
12 Front Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item
3)
13 Knob (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
14 Knob Assembly (P/O PL 13.1 Item
3)
15 Spring (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
16 Brake Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
17 007E78390 Gear
18 Rack Gear (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
19 Pinion (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
20 Bracket (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
21 Rail Roll (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
22 Shaft (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
23 003E79750 Stopper
24 Actuator (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
25 Pad (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
26 Frame (P/O PL 13.1 Item 3)
27 Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 13.1 Item
3)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 13.3 5-52 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 13.4 Paper Feed (1/2)-Tandem
Item Part Description
1 Spacer (Not Spared)
2 Guide (Not Spared)
3 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
4 Upper Chute (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
5 059K26350 Takeaway Roll
6 Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
7 Cover (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
8 059E98860 Pinch Roll
9 Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
10 Spring (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
11 Bearing (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
12 Spacer (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
13 Transport Rail (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
14 Lower Chute (P/O PL 13.3 Item 2)
15 Tray 4 Feeder (Not Spared)
16 Bracket (Not Spared)
17 Cover (Not Spared)
18 930W00212 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor
19 Upper Chute (Not Spared)
20 Lower Chute (Not Spared)
21 Bracket (Not Spared)
22 Stand Bracket (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-53 PL 13.4
PL 13.5 Paper Feed (2/2)-Tandem
Item Part Description
1 059K42524 Tray 3 Feeder
2 Cover (Not Spared)
3 059K40370 Takeaway Roll Assembly
4 Bearing (Not Spared)
5 Cover (Not Spared)
6 Chute (Not Spared)
7 962K18171 Wire Harness
8 130K64121 Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor
9 Upper Chute (Not Spared)
10 054E22622 Lower Chute
11 Gear (16T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3)
12 Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3)
13 Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 13.5 Item 3)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 13.5 5-54 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 13.6 Tray 3/4 Feeder-Tandem Tray
Item Part Description
1 Upper Frame (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
2 127K38171 Tray 3/4 Feed/Lift Up Motor
3 Bracket (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
4 014E44770 Spacer
5 Gear (31T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
6 Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
7 Oneway Clutch (P/O PL 13.5 Item
1)
8 Oneway Gear (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
9 Gear (33T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
10 Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
11 Shaft (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
12 Front Chute (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
13 120E22481 Actuator
14 930W00113 Tray 3/4 Level Sensor, Tray 3/4 No
Paper Sensor
15 Harness Holder (CTR) (P/O PL
13.5 Item 1)
16 962K18912 Wire Harness
17 Gear (28T/21T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item
1)
18 Gear (29T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
19 Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
20 Feed Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43)
(REP 12.3)
21 005K05890 Oneway Clutch
22 005K06760 Oneway Gear (22T)
23 Shaft (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
24 054E23170 Chute
25 Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
26 005K81880 Friction Clutch
27 Support (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
28 Retard Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43)
(REP 12.3)
29 Spacer (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
30 Gear (13T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
31 Support (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
32 Nudger Roll (P/O PL 13.6 Item 43)
(REP 12.3)
33 Gear (25T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
34 Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
35 Gear (34T) (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
36 Lever (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
37 Bearing (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
38 Washer (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
39 Lower Frame (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
40 Holder (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
41 Spring (P/O PL 13.5 Item 1)
42 930W00211 Tray 3/4 Per Feed Sensor
43 604K20360 Feeder Roll Kit
(Feeder/Nudger/Retard)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-55 PL 13.6
PL 13.7 Left Cover Assembly-Tandem
Item Part Description
1 848K20560 Left Cover Assembly
2 Latch (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
3 Hook (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
4 Handle (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
5 Left Cover (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
6 Chute (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
7 Actuator (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
8 Spring (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
9 Bracket (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
10 Spring (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
11 Bearing (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
12 Bearing (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
13 Pinch Roll (P/O PL 13.7 Item 1)
14 830E45710 Support
15 110E12220 Tray Module Left Cover Interlock
Switch
16 Bracket (Not Spared)
17 Bracket (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 13.7 5-56 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 13.8 Electrical-Tandem Tray
Item Part Description
1 Gear Assembly (Not Spared)
2 Gear Assembly (Not Spared)
3 007K93801 Tandem Tray Module Takeaway
Motor Assembly
4 Gear (22T/40T) (Not Spared)
5 960K16185 Tandem Tray Module PWB
6 Bracket (Not Spared)
7 121K31530 Tandem Tray Module Takeaway
Roll Clutch
8 Bracket (Not Spared)
9 Bearing (Not Spared)
10 Gear (38T) (Not Spared)
11 Shaft (Not Spared)
12 Gear (37T) (Not Spared)
13 Gear (32T) (Not Spared)
14 Gear (60T) (Not Spared)
15 Gear (60T) (Not Spared)
16 Bracket Assembly (Not Spared)
17 Bearing (Not Spared)
18 Gasket (Not Spared)
19 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
20 Bracket (Not Spared)
21 Bracket (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3)
22 Tandem Tray Module Takeaway
Motor (P/O PL 13.8 Item 3)
23 Gear (36T/72T) (P/O PL 13.8 Item
3)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-57 PL 13.8
PL 13.9 Cover-Tandem Tray
Item Part Description
1 Top Cover (Not Spared)
2 Foot Cover (Not Spared)
3 802E54750 Right Cover
4 802E54762 Left Cover
5 802E54771 Rear Cover
6 Caster (Stopper) (Not Spared)
7 Caster (Not Spared)
8 Foot (Not Spared)
9 Foot Cover (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 13.9 5-58 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 14.1 Mobile Stand
Item Part Description
1 Front Cover (Not Spared)
2 Magnet (Not Spared)
3 Left Cover (Not Spared)
4 Rear Cover (Not Spared)
5 Right Cover (Not Spared)
6 Bracket (Not Spared)
7 Caster (Not Spared)
8 Caster (Not Spared)
9 Upper Hinge (Not Spared)
10 Lower Caster (Not Spared)
11 Front Cover (Not Spared)
12 Foot (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-59 PL 14.1
PL 15.1 DADF Accessory
Item Part Description
1 Knob Screw (Not Spared)
2 DADF Platen Cushion (Not Spared)
(REP 15.1.2)
3 059K54576 DADF (With Item 2 Without PL 15.3
Item 31) (PL 15.2) (REP 15.1.1)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 15.1 5-60 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 15.2 DADF Component Cover
Item Part Description
1 801K22542 DADF Base Cover Assembly
2 DADF Feeder Assembly (P/O PL
15.1 Item 3) (REP 15.2.2)
3 050K56180 DADF Document Tray (REP 15.2.1)
4 Tray Holder (P/O PL 15.1 Item 3)
5 LED Cap (P/O PL 15.2 Item 9)
6 802E57293 DADF Front Cover (REP 15.2.3)
7 802E57445 DADF Rear Cover (REP 15.2.4)
8 Stamp Solenoid Connector Holder
(P/O PL 15.1 Item 3)
9 DADF Front Cover (P/O PL 15.1
Item 3)
10 Velcro Fastening (P/O PL 15.1 Item
3)
11 Velcro Fastening (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-61 PL 15.2
PL 15.3 DADF Base Cover
Item Part Description
1 DADF Base Cover (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
2 Gate Pad (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
3 Seal (Chute-Front) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
4 Seal (Chute-Rear) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
5 Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
6 Seal (Out Roll) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
7 Cushion (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
8 Seal (Registration-Front) (P/O PL
15.2 Item 1)
9 Seal (Registration-Rear) (P/O PL
15.2 Item 1)
10 Magnet (Interlock) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 1)
11 Tapping Screw (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
12 Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
13 Holder (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
14 Pinch Roll (Exit) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
15 Bearing (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
16 Spring (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
17 Shaft (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
18 Pinch Roll (Registration-Plastics)
(P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
19 Pinch Roll (Registration-Plastics)
(P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
20 Spring (20mm) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
21 Pinch Roll (Out Roll-Rubber) (P/O
PL 15.2 Item 1)
22 Pinch Roll (Out-Rubber) (P/O PL
15.2 Item 1)
23 Spring (17mm) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
24 Pad (Sensor) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
25 Cover (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
26 028E94260 K-Clip
27 Lever (Solenoid) (P/O PL 15.2 Item
1)
28 Cap (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
29 036K91551 Left Counter Balance (REP 15.3.2)
30 036K91561 Right Counter Balance (REP
15.3.3)
31 117E27450 IIT-DADF Cable
32 Clamp (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
33 960K32501 DADF PWB (REP 15.3.1)
34 PWB Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
35 Bush (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
36 Earth Wire (P/O PL 15.2 Item 1)
37 962K19793 Wire Harness (Feeder Front)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 15.3 5-62 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 15.4 DADF Feeder Component
Item Part Description
1 Stud (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2)
2 Stud Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2)
3 Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item
2)
4 059K45218 Top Cover Assembly
5 DADF Feeder (P/O PL 15.4 Item
24)
6 Retard Roll Chute (P/O PL 15.4
Item 24)
7 Retard Roll Holder (P/O PL 15.4
Item 24)
8 Retard Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
(REP 15.4.1)
9 019K98770 Torque Limiter
10 Shaft (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
11 Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
12 Pad (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
13 019K99070 Pad (Actuator)
14 Seal (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
15 C-Clip (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
16 Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
17 Label (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
18 962K19731 Wire Harness (Sensor)
19 962K19740 Wire Harness (Registration Motor)
20 962K19750 Wire Harness (Feed Motor)
21 Seal (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
22 Seal (Retard) (P/O PL 15.4 Item
24)
23 Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 24)
24 059K45234 DADF Feeder (With out Motor Unit)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-63 PL 15.4
PL 15.5 Top Cover Component
Item Part Description
1 Top Cover (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
2 Handle Lever (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
3 Actuator (Feed Out) (P/O PL 15.4
Item 4)
4 Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
5 Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
6 059K60740 Takeaway Pinch Roll
7 127K38412 DADF Nudger Motor
8 930W00111 DADF Nudger Sensor
9 962K19705 Wire Harness
10 Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item
4)
11 Set Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
12 059K48900 Nudger/Feed Roll Assembly
13 Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item
4)
14 Label (Size) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
15 Label (Jam Clear) (P/O PL 15.4
Item 4)
16 028E94260 K-Clip
17 Plate Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
18 Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
19 Actuator (Set) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
20 Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)
21 Pad (P/O PL 15.4 Item 4)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 15.5 5-64 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 15.6 Takeaway Pinch Roll, Nudger
Motor, Nudger/Feed Roll
Item Part Description
1 Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6)
2 Shaft (Takeaway Pinch Roll) (P/O
PL 15.5 Item 6)
3 Roll (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6)
4 Roll (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6)
5 Gear Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6)
6 Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6)
7 Gear Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 6)
8 Gear (18T/19T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item
6)
9 Gear (36T/19T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item
6)
10 Gear (36T/36T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item
6)
11 DADF Nudger Motor (P/O PL 15.5
Item 7)
12 Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7)
13 Motor Bracket (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7)
14 Housing (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7)
15 Sector Gear (P/O PL 15.5 Item 7)
16 Gear (Idler-36T) (P/O PL 15.5 Item
12)
17 Shaft (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12)
18 Gear (Nudger-34T) (P/O PL 15.5
Item 12)
19 Nudger Roll (P/O PL 15.6 Item 30)
(REP 15.6.1)
20 Shaft (Nudger) (P/O PL 15.5 Item
12)
21 Set Gate (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12)
22 Shaft (Feed) (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12)
23 807E18980 Gear (Feed-26T)
24 Feed Roll (P/O PL 15.6 Item 30)
(REP 15.6.1)
25 C-Clip (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12)
26 Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12)
27 Spring (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12)
28 Bearing (P/O PL 15.5 Item 12)
29 007K88751 Gear
30 604K20760 DADF Roll Kit
(Feeder/Nudger/Retard)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-65 PL 15.6
PL 15.7 DADF Feeder-Chute
Item Part Description
1 Lower Chute (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
2 Chute (Scan Position) (P/O PL 15.4
Item 5)
3 Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
4 Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
5 Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
6 Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
7 Frame (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
8 110K11981 DADF Interlock Switch
9 Frame (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
10 Sensor Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
11 Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5)
12 930W00111 DADF APS 1 Sensor, DADF APS 2
Sensor, DADF APS 3 Sensor,
DADF Preregistration Sensor,
DADF Invert Sensor
13 160K97600 DADF Document Set LED
14 121K31912 Exit Nip Release Solenoid
15 962K19722 Wire Harness
16 Invert Guide (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
17 930W00211 Registration Sensor
18 Feeder Housing (Not Spared)
19 Actuator (Preregistation) (P/O PL
15.7 Item 31)
20 Actuator (APS 1) (P/O PL 15.7 Item
31)
21 Actuator (APS 2) (P/O PL 15.7 Item
31)
22 Actuator (APS3) (P/O PL 15.7 Item
31)
23 Actuator (Invert) (P/O PL 15.7 Item
31)
24 Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
25 Bracket (Front) (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5)
26 Bracket (Rear) (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5)
27 Eliminator (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
28 Eliminator (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
29 Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
30 Seal (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
31 604K20770 Actuator Kit

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 15.7 5-66 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 15.8 DADF Feeder-Roll
Item Part Description
1 Registration Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5) (REP 15.8.1)
2 Out Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
3 Exit Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
4 Takeaway Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
5 Ball Bearing (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
6 Bearing (10mm) (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5)
7 Bearing (6mm) (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5)
8 Pulley (Registration) (P/O PL 15.4
Item 5)
9 Pulley (Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
10 Pulley (Exit) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
11 Gear (Takeaway) (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5)
12 Pulley (Out) (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
13 Belt (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
14 Handle Pulley (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
15 Motor Unit Assembly (P/O PL 15.1
Item 3)
16 Tension Bracket (P/O PL 15.4 Item
5)
17 Tension Roll (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
18 Spring (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
19 Pulley (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
20 Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22)
21 930W00111 DADF Document Set Sensor
22 KL-Clip (P/O PL 15.4 Item 5)
23 Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2)
24 Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22)
25 Disk (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2)
26 Belt (P/O PL 15.8 Item 22)
27 Stud Screw (P/O PL 15.2 Item 2)
28 604K47010 Belt Kit

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-67 PL 15.8
PL 15.9 Motor Unit Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Motor Bracket (P/O PL 15.8 Item
15)
2 Gear Pulley (20/50) (P/O PL 15.8
Item 15)
3 Gear Pulley (14/32/37) (P/O PL
15.8 Item 15)
4 127K38440 DADF Feed Motor
5 930W00111 DADF Feed Out Sensor
6 Spring (P/O PL 15.8 Item 15)
7 423W08055 Takeaway Belt (4mm)
8 423W29955 Feed Belt (6mm)
9 127K38460 DADF Registration Motor
10 809E50763 Spring

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 15.9 5-68 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 15.10 DADF Document Tray
Item Part Description
1 Hinge Tray (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)
2 Side Guide (Rear) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 3)
3 Side Guide (Front) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 3)
4 Rack Gear (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)
5 Pinion Gear (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)
6 120E22370 Rack Gear and Actuator
7 809E51860 Rack Spring
8 Tray Upper Cover (P/O PL 15.2
Item 3)
9 Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item
3)
10 Tray Spring (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)
11 Roll (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)
12 930W00111 DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1,
DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 2,
DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 3
13 Harness Guide (P/O PL 15.2 Item
3)
14 Tray Lower Cover (P/O PL 15.2
Item 3)
15 130E89950 DADF Tray Size 1 Sensor, DADF
Tray Size 2 Sensor
16 962K19712 Tray Wire Harness
17 105E06910 Eliminator
18 Earth Bracket (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)
19 Label (Installation) (P/O PL 15.2
Item 3)
20 Label (Max) (P/O PL 15.2 Item 3)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-69 PL 15.10
PL 18.1 HCF Unit
Item Part Description
1 Joint Plate (Not Spared)
2 003K91881 Knob
3 130K55590 HCF Tray Set Sensor
4 801K15700 Tray Rail
5 HCF Tray 6 (Not Spared) (REP
7.3.1)
6 Left Top Cover (Not Spared)
7 Right Cover (Not Spared)
8 Front Right Cover (Not Spared)
9 Left Cover (Not Spared)
10 Rear Cover (Not Spared)
11 HCF Feeder (Not Spared) (REP
7.3.2)
12 Label (Top) (Not Spared)
13 Label (Tray Number) (Not Spared)
14 Label (Size) (Not Spared)
15 Label (End) (Not Spared)
16 Frame Assembly (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 18.1 5-70 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 18.2 HCF Tray 6 (1 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 Tray Latch Assembly (Not Spared)
2 003K13591 Tray Latch
3 Spring (P/O PL 18.2 Item 1)
4 Latch Lever (P/O PL 18.2 Item 1)
5 Magnet (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
6 Wave Washer (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
7 Front Cover (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
8 Gear Bracket (Not Spared)
9 Label (Gauge) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
10 Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
11 Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
12 Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
13 Pin (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
14 Spring (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
15 Top Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-71 PL 18.2
PL 18.3 HCF Tray 6 (2 of 2)
Item Part Description
1 Lift Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
2 Bearing (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
3 Bearing (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
4 020E37620 Tray Cable Pulley
5 Gear (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
6 Gear (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
7 815E09030 Bottom Plate
8 019E58620 Pad
9 front Side Guide (P/O PL 18.1 Item
5)
10 Rear Side Guide (P/O PL 18.1 Item
5)
11 604K19981 Tray Cable Pulley (REP 7.3.4)
12 032E22410 Wire Guide (L)
13 Pulley
14 Wire Guide (S) (P/O PL 18.1 Item
5)
15 Pulley (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)
16 Screw
17 015K65531 Gear Bracket Assembly
18 Gear Bracket (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17)
19 Contact Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item
17)
20 Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17)
21 Gear (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17)
22 Brake (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17)
23 Spring (P/O PL 18.3 Item 17)
24 807E04500 Lift Gear
25 Plate (P/O PL 18.1 Item 5)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 18.3 5-72 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 18.4 HCF Feeder (1 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11)
2 007E78760 Gear (19T)
3 Gear (25T) (Not Spared)
4 007E78780 Gear (25T)
5 007E78790 Gear (40)
6 013E25530 Bearing (Not Spared)
7 Block (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11)
8 Spacer (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11)
9 019E56470 Holder
10 Upper Feeder Assembly (P/O PL
18.1 Item 11)
11 Lower Feeder Assembly (P/O PL
18.1 Item 11)
12 413W66250 Ball Bearing (Not Spared)
13 Front Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11)
14 Pin (Not Spared)
15 Down Bracket (Not Spared)
16 Link Bracket (Not Spared)
17 Rear Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item 11)
18 Tension Spring (Not Spared)
19 Lift/Motor Frame (P/O PL 18.1 Item
11)
20 Bracket (P/O PL 18.4 Item 19)
21 007K88520 Gear (23T/27T)
22 007K88530 Gear (31T/36T)
23 127K37901 Lift/Feed Motor (REP 7.3.12)
24 Plate
25 Spring (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-73 PL 18.4
PL 18.5 HCF Feeder (2 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 Upper Feeder Assembly (P/O PL
18.4 Item 10)
2 003E59570 Latch
3 Shaft Latch (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
4 006K23123 Feed Shaft Assembly
5 Feed Shaft (P/O PL 18.5 Item 4)
(REP 7.3.6)
6 413W66250 Ball Bearing
7 Gear (20T) (P/O PL 18.5 Item 4)
8 007E78180 Feed Gear (25T)
9 Lever (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
10 Bearing (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
11 Spacer (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
12 Pin Drive (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
13 Guide
14 Rear Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.5
Item 1)
15 Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
16 120E21900 Actuator
17 Upper Frame (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
18 Spring (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
19 930W00112 HCF Stack Height Sensor, HCF
Paper Sensor
20 930W00211 HCF Pre Feed Sensor
21 Wire Harness (P/O PL 18.5 Item 1)
22 059K26691 Feed Roll (REP 7.3.5)
23 059K26701 Nudger Roll (REP 7.3.5)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 18.5 5-74 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 18.6 HCF Feeder (3 of 3)
Item Part Description
1 059K26591 Retard Roll (REP 7.3.5)
2 Lower Feeder Assembly
3 Retard Shaft Assembly (Not
Spared)
4 Collar (P/O PL 18.6 Item 3)
5 005K06701 Friction Clutch
6 Shaft (P/O PL 18.6 Item 3)
7 007E78170 Gear (15T)
8 007E89760 Gear (22T)
9 013E23600 Bearing
10 013E23610 Bearing
11 Retard Bracket (P/O PL 18.6 Item
1)
12 Slide (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1)
13 Lever (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1)
14 Lower Chute (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1)
15 Lower Frame (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1)
16 Spring (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1)
17 Spring (P/O PL 18.6 Item 1) (REP
7.3.7)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-75 PL 18.6
PL 18.7 HCF Top Cover Unit
Item Part Description
1 013E17100 Bearing
2 Bracket (Not Spared)
3 Pivot Bracket (Not Spared)
4 Top Cover Assembly (Not Spared)
5 Bearing (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
6 Upper Chute (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
7 Top Cover (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
8 Knob (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
9 Latch (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
10 Latch (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
11 Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
12 059E01430 Pinch Roller
13 Shaft (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
14 Shaft (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
15 Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
16 Spring (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
17 Gasket (P/O PL 18.7 Item 4)
18 059K36260 Takeaway Roll (REP 7.3.10)
19 Spring (Left) (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)
20 Spring (Right) (P/O PL 18.1 Item
16)
21 Pivot Shaft (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)
22 Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)
23 Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)
24 Lower Chute (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)
25 130K88150 Takeaway Sensor
26 110E94770 Top Cover Interlock Switch

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 18.7 5-76 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 18.8 HCF Electrical and Rail
Item Part Description
1 Plate (Not Spared)
2 017E92820 Rack Caster (REP 7.3.9)
3 Foot (Not Spared)
4 Latch Lever (Not Spared)
5 Spring (Not Spared)
6 801K15690 Rail
7 127K47150 Takeaway Motor
8 Docking Interlock Switch
9 960K31491 HCF PWB (REP 7.3.11)
10 Wire Harness (P/O PL 18.1 Item
16)
11 130K55590 HCF Size Sensor R and L
12 Bracket (P/O PL 18.1 Item 16)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-77 PL 18.8
PL 22.1 Finisher Assembly (Part 1 of
2)
Item Part Description
1 848K16210 Front Cover Assembly
2 Front Cover (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1)
3 Bracket (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1)
4 Magnet (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1)
5 Label (P/O PL 22.1 Item 1)
6 Front Inner Cover (Not Spared)
7 068K29871 Hinge
8 068K29880 Hinge
9 848K07550 Top Cover Assembly
10 Top Cover (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9)
11 Bracket (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9)
12 Stopper (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9)
13 Magnet (P/O PL 22.1 Item 9)
14 848E14680 Rear Cover
15 Hinge (Not Spared)
16 ITT Cover (Not Spared)
17 042E92330 Eliminator

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 22.1 5-78 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 22.2 Finisher Assembly (Part 2 of
2)
Item Part Description
1 Bottom Cover (Not Spared)
2 Spacer (Not Spared)
3 Tray Cover (Not Spared)
4 848E26250 Left Cover
5 068K58981 Tray Support
6 Rear Bracket (Not Spared)
7 962K42291 Wire Harness
8 050K61270 Stacker Tray Assembly (REP
22.8.1)
9 Stacker Base Assembly (Not
Spared)
10 050K62810 Extended Tray Assembly
11 Screw (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-79 PL 22.2
PL 22.3 Stacker Base Assembly (Part
1 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 003E65500 Knob
2 005E89470 Collar
3 423W10454 Belt
4 012K96370 Link Shaft Assembly
5 Link Shaft (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4)
6 012E16150 Support
7 Sub Paddle Shaft Assembly (P/O
PL 22.3 Item 4)
8 Bearing (P/O PL 22.3 Item 4)
9 423W06054 Paddle Belt (REP 22.3.1)
10 413W75959 Bearing
11 020K13900 Pulley
12 005E89490 Collar
13 807E13260 Gear (21T)
14 120E27240 Actuator
15 802K85560 Knob Cover Assembly
16 Knob Cover (P/O PL 22.3 Item 15)
17 Spring (P/O PL 22.3 Item 15)
18 012K94990 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly
19 Bracket (Not Spared)
20 130K88780 Finisher Top Cover Interlock
Sensor
21 110K12980 Finisher Top Cover Interlock (+24V)
22 Support (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)
23 Cushion (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)
24 Link (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)
25 Arm (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)
26 Bracket (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)
27 121K34620 Sub Paddle Solenoid (REP 22.3.2)
28 Spring (P/O PL 22.3 Item 18)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 22.3 5-80 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 22.4 Stacker Base Assembly (Part
2 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 050K61290 Compile Assembly (REP 22.9.1)
2 029K92350 (SCC) Staple Assembly (REP
22.4.2)
3 Cartridge (P/O PL 22.4 Item 2)
4 Stapler (P/O PL 22.4 Item 2)
5 Bracket (Not Spared)
6 Support (Not Spared)
7 930W00111 Set Clamp Home Sensor (REP
22.4.3)
8 962K44980 Wire Harness
9 022K72790 Exit Roll Assembly (REP 22.4.1)
10 Exit Roll (P/O PL 22.4 Item 9)
11 004E15340 Damper
12 004E15330 Center Damper
13 Bearing (Not Spared)
14 007K94220 Oneway Gear
15 005E89470 Collar
16 807E13230 Gear Pulley (16T/18T)
17 127K49800 Finisher Transport Motor
18 423W06954 Belt

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-81 PL 22.4
PL 22.5 Stacker Base Assembly (Part
3 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 807E13250 Gear Pulley (37T/45T)
2 005E89480 Collar
3 413W75959 Bearing
4 006K25001 Main Paddle Shaft Assembly (REP
22.5.4)
5 423W09854 Belt
6 Shaft (Not Spared)
7 413W77559 Bearing
8 020E43500 Pulley (19T)
9 054K30361 Lower Chute Assembly (REP
22.5.5)
10 Lower Chute (P/O PL 22.5 Item 9)
11 022K73190 Pinch Roll (REP 22.5.1)
12 809E65931 Spring
13 Support (Not Spared)
14 Bracket (Not Spared)
15 Bracket (Not Spared)
16 130K93251 Compile Exit Sensor (REP 22.5.3)
17 807E13240 Gear (27T)
18 Bracket (Not Spared)
19 130K88190 Finisher Entrance Sensor (REP
22.5.2)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 22.5 5-82 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 22.6 Stacker Base Assembly (Part
4 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 068K29930 Bracket
2 068K29940 Bracket
3 054K30600 Upper Chute Assembly (REP
22.6.2)
4 Upper Chute (P/O PL 22.6 Item 3)
5 042E92241 Eliminator
6 022K72782 ENT Roll Assembly (REP 22.6.1)
7 031E97041 Arm
8 031E97020 Arm
9 413W66250 Ball Bearing
10 Spring (Not Spared)
11 042E92330 Eliminator
12 Guide Paper (P/O PL 22.6 Item 3)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-83 PL 22.6
PL 22.7 Stacker Base Assembly (Part
5 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 960K38285 Finisher PWB (REP 22.7.1)
2 055K30850 Connector Bracket
3 Harness Guide (Not Spared)
4 PWB Bracket (Not Spared)
5 Wire Harness (Drive) (Not Spared)
6 Wire Harness (Stapler) (Not
Spared)
7 Wire Harness (Interlock) (Not
Spared)
8 Wire Harness (Front Sensor) (Not
Spared)
9 Wire Harness (Compile) (Not
Spared)
10 Wire Harness (Stacker) (Not
Spared)
11 Bracket (Not Spared)
12 110E97990 Finisher Front Interlock Switch

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 22.7 5-84 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 22.8 Stacker Tray Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Bearing (Not Spared)
2 Top Tray (Not Spared)
3 bracket (Not Spared)
4 Plate (Not Spared)
5 Bracket (Not Spared)
6 Base Tray (Not Spared)
7 Base Bracket (Not Spared)
8 006K25031 Stacker Shaft Assembly (REP
22.8.2)
9 127K49420 Stacker Motor (REP 22.8.3)
10 Pulley (60) (Not Spared)
11 Worm Gear (Not Spared)
12 Gear (16T/32T) (Not Spared)
13 Stud (Not Spared)
14 Bracket (Not Spared)
15 Bearing (Not Spared)
16 423W07354 Belt
17 Bracket (Not Spared)
18 930W00111 Stacker Stack Sensor 1 (Q1),
Sensor 2 (Q2) (REP 22.8.4)
19 Actuator (Not Spared)
20 Wire Harness (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-85 PL 22.8
PL 22.9 Compile Assembly (Part 1 of
2)
Item Part Description
1 006K25010 Set Clamp Shaft (REP 22.9.2)
2 120E27220 Actuator
3 413W11860 Bearing
4 006K25020 Eject Shaft Assembly (REP 22.9.6)
5 Eject Shaft (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4)
6 Spacer (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4)
7 Pulley (P/O PL 22.9 Item 4)
8 068K29830 Eject/Set Clamp Motor Assembly
(REP 22.9.4)
9 930W00111 Rear Tamper Home Sensor (REP
22.9.5)
10 Support (P/O item 8)
11 423W26754 Belt
12 423W29554 Belt
13 023K91530 Eject Belt (REP 22.9.3)
14 Spring (P/O item 8)
15 Eject Motor, Set Clamp Motor (P/O
item 8)
16 Bracket (P/O item 8)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 22.9 5-86 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 22.10 Compile Assembly (Part 2 of
2)
Item Part Description
1 068K30510 Bracket Assembly
2 Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 1)
3 Wire Harness (P/O PL 22.10 Item
1)
4 050E24260 Compile Tray
5 Support (Not Spared)
6 930W00111 (SCC) Front Tamper Home Sensor
(REP 22.10.2)
7 038E34860 Paper Guide
8 Bracket (Not Spared)
9 930W00212 Eject Home Sensor (P/O PL 22.10
Item 7) (REP 22.10.3)
Stack Height Sensor (REP 22.10.4)
10 962K42270 Wire Harness
11 Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 10)
12 Wire Harness (P/O PL 22.10 Item
10)
13 038K88990 Tamper Guide, Rear
14 068K30740 Front/Rear Tamper Motor Assembly
(REP 22.10.1)
15 Front / Rear Tamper Motor (P/O PL
22.10 Item 14)
16 Bracket (P/O PL 22.10 Item 14)
17 001E70981 Rail
18 038K89260 Tamper Guide, Front

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-87 PL 22.10
PL 23.1 H-Transport Assembly (1 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 059K55690 H-Transport Assembly (REP
16.1.1)
2 068K59492 Docking Plate Assembly
3 Docking Plate (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2)
4 Side Guide (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2)
5 Center Guide (P/O PL 23.1 Item 2)
6 Thumb Screw (Not Spared)
7 Bracket
8 Plate (Not Spared)
9 SB Finisher Assembly (Not Spared)
(REP 16.2.1)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.1 5-88 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.2 H - Transport Assembly (2 of
5)
Item Part Description
1 848K09313 Left Cover Assembly
2 848K09340 Left Cover
3 038E36420 Paper Guide
4 848K09320 Top Over Assembly
5 Lower Chute Assembly (P/O PL
23.1 Item 1)
6 Lower Chute Assembly (P/O PL
23.2 Item 5)
7 054K35261 Chute Assembly
8 026K81200 Thumb Screw
9 848E15160 Rear Cover
10 180K00390 Punch Assembly (2/3 Hole) (REP
16.1.2)
180K00400 Punch Assembly (2/4 Hole) (REP
16.1.2)
11 Dust Box (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10)
12 Wire Harness (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-89 PL 23.2
PL 23.3 H - Transport Assembly (3 of
5)
Item Part Description
1 Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4)
2 054K35236 Left Chute Assembly
3 Left Chute (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2)
4 Pinch Spring (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2)
5 Pinch Roller (P/O PL 23.3 Item 2)
6 054K35243 Right Chute Assembly
7 Right Chute (P/O PL 23.3 Item 6)
8 022E27660 Pinch Roller
9 809E76210 Pinch Spring
10 Top Cover (P/O PL 23.2 Item 4)
11 003K15983 H - Transport Counter Balance
Assembly (Left)
12 H - Transport Counter Balance
Assembly (Right) (P/O PL 23.2 Item
4)
13 809E76240 Spring
14 809E78940 Spring

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.3 5-90 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.4 H - Transport Assembly (4 of
5)
Item Part Description
1 Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6)
2 121E92720 Magnet
3 130E81600 H - Transport Open Sensor
4 868E15540 Sensor Bracket
5 809E81720 Actuator
6 930W00211 H - Transport Entrance Sensor
7 848K14231 H - Transport Front Cover
Assembly
8 848E15151 H - Transport Front Cover
9 921W41162 Gasket
10 Hinge (P/O PL 23.4 Item 7)
11 Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 6)
12 Rear Frame Assembly (P/O PL
23.2 Item 6)
13 127K57622 H - Transport Motor (REP 16.1.4)
14 020E45330 Tension Pulley
15 020K15720 Pulley (T43)
16 020E45210 Pulley (T43)
17 Tension Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item
6)
18 809E78950 Spring Tension
19 059K54480 Drive Roll
20 059K55070 Drive Roll
21 013E33140 Bearing
22 423W01154 H - Transport Belt (REP 16.1.3)
23 413W14660 Sleeve Bearing
24 962K60422 Wire Harness

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-91 PL 23.4
PL 23.5 H - Transport Assembly (5 of
5)
Item Part Description
1 Punch Motor (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10)
2 Punch Lower Cover (P/O PL 23.2
Item 10)
3 Punch Motor Cover (P/O PL 23.2
Item 10)
4 Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item
10)
5 Punch Encoder Sensor (P/O PL
23.2 Item 10)
6 Punch Home Sensor (P/O PL 23.2
Item 10)
7 Encoder / Gear Assembly (P/O PL
23.2 Item 10)
8 Gear (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10)
9 Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item
10)
10 Punch Top Cover (P/O PL 23.2
Item 10)
11 Bracket (P/O PL 23.2 Item 10)
12 Punch Frame Assembly (P/O PL
23.2 Item 10)
13 Punch Box Set Sensor (P/O PL
23.2 Item 10)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.5 5-92 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.6 Finisher Cover
Item Part Description
1 Plate (Not Spared)
2 Lower Plate (Not Spared)
3 Docking Lever
4 848E15190 Front Cover (REP 16.2.2)
5 848K09330 Front Door
6 Bracket (Not Spared)
7 Hinge (Not Spared)
8 848E15210 Rear Lower Cover (REP 16.2.4)
9 848E15221 Rear Upper Cover (REP 16.2.3)
10 848E15231 Connector Cover
11 848E15240 Stacker Lower Cover (REP 16.2.7)
12 LH Cover
13 Cover (Not Spared)
14 Spring (Not Spared)
15 848E22450 Foot Cover (REP 16.2.6)
16 801K30700 Booklet Assembly (REP 16.3.2)
17 826E09910 Thumb Screw
18 Upper Adjust Cover (Not Spared)
19 Lower Adjust Cover
20 Base Frame Assembly (Not
Spared)
21 921W41162 Gasket

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-93 PL 23.6
PL 23.7 Finisher Stacker
Item Part Description
1 041K95980 Front Carriage Assembly (REP
16.2.27)
2 Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1)
3 809E56850 Spring
4 Front Stacker Belt (P/O PL 23.7
Item 1)
5 Clamp (P/O PL 23.7 Item 1)
6 Front Carriage Assembly (P/O PL
23.7 Item 1)
7 041K95990 Rear Carriage Assembly (REP
16.2.27)
8 Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7)
9 Clamp (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7)
10 017K94620 Knob Caster Assembly
11 Rear Stacker Belt (P/O PL 23.7
Item 7)
12 Rear Carriage (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7)
13 Actuator (P/O PL 23.7 Item 7)
14 Carriage Tray (Not Spared)
15 050K61104 Stacker Tray (REP 16.2.16)
16 Shaft (Not Spared)
17 807E08990 Gear
18 020E37710 Pulley
19 146E90650 Encoder
20 809E56860 Spring
21 020E37720 Pulley (T18)
22 068K58303 Stacker Elevator Motor Assembly
(REP 16.2.15)
23 Bearing (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22)
24 020E44181 Pulley (T60)
25 Gear (Z15/Z37) (P/O PL 23.7 Item
22)
26 Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.7 Item
22)
27 Worm Shaft (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22)
28 Belt (P/O PL 23.7 Item 22)
29 Stacker Elevator Motor (P/O PL
23.7 Item 22)
30 Stacker Encoder Sensor Assembly
(Not Spared)
31 Bracket (P/O PL 23.7 Item 30)
32 Stacker Encoder Sensor (P/O PL
23.7 Item 30)
33 Stacker Upper Cover (REP 16.2.8)
34 930W00111 Stacker No Paper Sensor
35 017K94630 Caster Assembly
36 251W31178 Washer
37 413W79359 Bearing

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.7 5-94 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.8 Finisher Stapler
Item Part Description
1 Base Frame (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16)
2 Rail (P/O PL 23.8 Item 16)
3 Harness Guide
4 029K92350 Stapler Assembly (REP 16.2.12)
5 Holder (Not Spared)
6 Stapler Move Position Sensor
Assembly (Not Spared)
7 Bracket (P/O PL 23.8 Item 6)
8 130E94940 Stapler Move Position Sensor
9 Stapler Move Motor Assembly (Not
Spared)
10 Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item
16)
11 Harness Support Guide (P/O PL
23.8 Item 16)
12 Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.8 Item
16)
13 Stapler Cover (Not Spared)
14 Clamp (Not Spared)
15 (SCC) Stapler Cartridge (Not
Spared)
16 Stapler Unit (Not Spared)
17 Cable Band (Not Spared)
18 Harness Guide (Not Spared)
19 Stapler Motor Assembly (P/O PL
23.8 Item 9) (REP 16.2.11)
20 127K57622 Motor Assembly

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-95 PL 23.8
PL 23.9 Finisher Eject (1 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 Eject Cover Assembly (PL 23.10)
2 Eject Assembly (PL 23.11)
3 031K93790 Clamp Arm Assembly
4 807E21370 Gear (Z25)
5 059K55110 Eject Roller
6 807E21380 Gear (Z72)
7 807E21391 Gear (Z18)
8 120E29770 Actuator
9 006K86731 Set Clamp Shaft Assembly
10 Spring (P/O PL 23.9 Item 9)
11 019K09391 Set Clamp Holder
12 Shaft (Not Spared)
13 809E79060 Spring
14 809E79080 Spring
15 006K86741 Guide Paper Shaft Assembly
16 Guide Paper Shaft (P/O PL 23.9
Item 15)
17 Gear (Z20) (P/O PL 23.9 Item 15)
18 Shaft (Not Spared)
19 807E21420 Gear (Z19)
20 807E21400 Gear (Z31)
21 038E36490 Guide Paper (Left/Right)
22 005E25820 Clutch
23 807E21970 Gear (Z23)
24 Stopper (Not Spared)
25 Bracket (Front) (Not Spared)
26 Bracket (Rear) (Not Spared)
27 Option Switch Assembly (Not
Spared)
28 Bracket (Not Spared)
29 Option Switch (Not Spared)
30 Sleeve Bearing (Not Spared)
31 Bearing (Not Spared)
32 Clamp Arm (P/O PL 23.9 Item 3)
33 Roll (Not Spared)
34 Shaft (P/O PL 23.9 Item 3)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.9 5-96 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.10 Finisher Eject (2 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 848E15291 Open Cover
2 011E20781 Top Cover Lever
3 003E76111 Top Cover Latch
4 Shaft (Not Spared)
5 809E79030 Spring
6 848E15301 Eject Cover (REP 16.2.5)
7 054K35301 Eject Chute
8 121K41632 Sub Paddle Solenoid Assembly
(REP 16.2.10)
9 Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8)
10 Damper (P/O PL 23.10 Item 8)
11 Sub Paddle Solenoid (P/O PL
23.10 Item 8)
12 Eject Roller Assembly (Not Spared)
13 031K93770 Paddle Arm Assembly
14 Sub Paddle Arm (Not Spared)
15 423W08655 Belt
16 Sub Paddle (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13)
17 Pulley (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13)
18 Pulley (P/O PL 23.10 Item 13)
19 Gear/Pulley (Z31/T20) (Not Spared)
20 Eject Pinch Roller Assembly (Not
Spared)
21 Bearing (P/O PL 23.10 Item 20)
22 059K55102 Eject Pinch Roller
23 Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 20)
24 Shaft (P/O PL 23.10 Item 12)
25 Spring (Not Spared)
26 Bracket (P/O PL 23.10 Item 12)
27 809E79050 Spring
28 006K86690 Drive Eject Shaft
29 Bearing (Not Spared)
30 Bearing (Not Spared)
31 Eject Chute Assembly (Not Spared)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-97 PL 23.10
PL 23.11 Finisher Eject (3 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 807E20931 Gear (Z82/Z77/Z51)
2 807E20940 Gear (Z38)
3 Eject Motor Assembly (Not Spared)
(REP 16.2.19)
4 127K53140 Eject Motor (REP 16.2.23)
5 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 3)
6 807E22030 Gear/Pulley (Z20/T49)
7 423W31054 Belt
8 807E21330 Gear (Z28/Z22/T38)
9 807E21340 Gear (Z25)
10 807E21350 Gear/Pulley (Z32L/T25)
11 807E21360 Gear (Z23L)
12 121K34631 Set Clamp Clutch (Z34)
13 120E29591 Set Clamp Cam Actuator
14 130K72170 Stacker Height Sensor 1 Assembly
15 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 14)
16 930W00111 Stacker Height Sensor 1, Stacker
Height Sensor 2, Eject Clamp
Home Sensor, Set Clamp Home
Sensor (REP 16.2.9)
17 130K72180 Stacker Height Sensor 2 Assembly
18 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 17)
19 Eject Cover Switch (P/O PL 23.11
Item 37)
20 Harness Guide (Not Spared)
21 120E29850 Gear Select Actuator
22 Eject Drive Bracket Assembly (Not
Spared)
23 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22)
24 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22)
25 Shaft (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22)
26 008E96770 Clamp Set Cam
27 Spring (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22)
28 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22)
29 Shaft (P/O PL 23.11 Item 22)
30 008E96691 Eject Clamp Cam
31 413W11660 Sleeve Bearing
32 Sleeve Bearing (P/O PL 23.11 Item
22)
33 005E25810 Drive Eject Flange
34 130K72190 Eject Clamp Home Sensor
Assembly
35 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 34)
36 Bracket (P/O PL 23.11 Item 37)
37 Eject Cover Switch Assembly (Not
Spared)
38 809E79820 Spring
39 807E22040 Gear (Z30)
40 Belt (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.11 5-98 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.12 Finisher Eject (4 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 050K61090 Compile Tray Assembly (REP
16.2.13)
2 038E36461 Tamper Guide, Rear
3 Compile Center Paper Guide (P/O
PL 23.12 Item 1)
4 Compile Rear Paper Guide (P/O PL
23.12 Item 1)
5 Bracket (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1)
6 127K48210 Tamper Motor (REP 16.2.24)
7 Rack (Front) (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1)
8 930W00111 Front Tamper Home Sensor, Rear
Tamper Home Sensor (REP
16.2.25)
9 130E81600 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor
(REP 16.2.26)
10 Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1)
11 Tamper Front Guide (P/O PL 23.12
Item 1)
12 Tamper Rear Guide (P/O PL 23.12
Item 1)
13 Compile Tray (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1)
14 Paper Paddle Guide (P/O PL 23.12
Item 1)
15 809E79000 Spring
16 Paper End Guide (P/O PL 23.12
Item 1)
17 Paper Tray Guide (P/O PL 23.12
Item 1)
18 Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1)
19 Spring (P/O PL 23.12 Item 1)
20 Harness Guide (P/O PL 23.12 Item
1)
21 120E29760 Actuator
22 801E04902 Tamper Base (REP 16.2.24)
23 038E36451 Tamper Guide, Front

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-99 PL 23.12
PL 23.13 Finisher Eject (5 of 5)
Item Part Description
1 068K58822 Transport Motor
2 068K58832 Tension Roller Assembly
3 809E78980 Spring
4 020E45340 Pulley (T30)
5 020E45570 Pulley (T41)
6 807E20890 Gear/Pulley (Z27/T30)
7 007K98300 Gear
8 059K55080 Entrance Roller
9 059K55090 Exit Roller
10 Eject Belt (REP 16.2.18)
11 006K86812 Paddle Shaft Assembly
12 033E92850 Cyclone Paddle
13 Paddle Shaft (P/O PL 23.13 Item
11)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.13 5-100 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.14 Finisher Exit/Folder
Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Lower Chute Assembly (Not
Spared)
2 Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item 1)
3 Shaft (P/O PL 23.14 Item 1)
4 059E03710 Pinch Roll
5 809E78960 Spring
6 054K35540 Exit Upper Chute Assembly
7 Exit Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14
Item 6)
8 105E18000 Static Eliminator
9 Paper Guide (P/O PL 23.14 Item 6)
10 130K88311 Compiler Exit Sensor, Finisher
Entrance Sensor
11 054K35555 Exit Lower Chute Assembly
12 Exit Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14
Item 11)
13 059K56321 Pinch Roll Assembly
14 Spring (P/O PL 23.14 Item 13)
15 Pinch Roll (P/O PL 23.14 Item 13)
16 Chute Assembly (Not Spared)
17 Lower Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item
16)
18 Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item
16)
19 Thumb Screw (P/O PL 23.14 Item
16)
20 Chute Assembly (Not Spared)
21 695K18691 Folder Assembly (Option) (REP
16.2.14)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-101 PL 23.14
PL 23.15 Folder Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Upper Chute (P/O PL 23.14 Item
21)
2 Upper Plate (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
3 Knife Assembly (P/O PL 23.14 Item
21)
4 Blade Holder (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3)
5 Lower Holder 1 (P/O PL 23.15 Item
3)
6 Lower Holder 2 (P/O PL 23.15 Item
3)
7 Bracket (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3)
8 Blade (P/O PL 23.15 Item 3)
9 Spring (P/O PL 23.14 Item 2)
10 Frame (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
11 Front Cover (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
12 Bracket (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
13 Folder Knife Motor Assembly (P/O
PL 23.14 Item 21)
14 Motor Bracket (P/O PL 23.15 Item
13)
15 Folder Knife Motor (P/O PL 23.15
Item 13)
16 Folder Home Sensor (P/O PL 23.15
Item 13)
17 Cam Shaft Assembly (P/O PL
23.14 Item 21)
18 Guide (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
19 Gear (T28/T8) (P/O PL 23.14 Item
21)
20 Encoder (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
21 Bearing (P/O PL 23.14 Item 21)
22 Gear (T12/T27) (P/O PL 23.14 Item
21)
23 Gear (T12/T30) (P/O PL 23.14 Item
21)
24 Gear (T12/T51) (P/O PL 23.14 Item
21)
25 Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.14 Item
21)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.15 5-102 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.16 Finisher Electrical
Item Part Description
1 LVPS Cover (Not Spared)
2 960K32534 Finisher Main PWB (REP 16.2.21)
3 Harness Guide (Not Spared)
4 Harness Guide (Not Spared)
5 Harness Guide (Not Spared)
6 Magnet (Not Spared)
7 015K78041 Gasket Plate Assembly
8 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
9 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
10 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
11 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
12 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
13 962K60480 Wire Harness
14 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
15 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
16 962K60511 Power Cable (Not Spared)
17 105E17550 Finisher LVPS (REP 16.2.22)
18 Bracket (Not Spared)
19 110E97990 Finisher Front Door Interlock
Switch

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-103 PL 23.16
PL 23.17 Booklet Cover
Item Part Description
1 Frame Assembly (REF: PL 23.21)
2 Booklet Stapler Assembly (REF: PL
23.18)
3 848E15321 Front Cover (REP 16.3.3)
4 848E15332 Rear Cover (REP 16.3.4)
5 848E15340 Top Cover (REP 16.3.5)
6 848E15350 Side Cover
7 848E15361 PWB Cover (REP 16.3.6)
8 848K09340 Left Cover (REP 16.3.7)
9 Harness Guide (Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.17 5-104 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.18 Booklet Stapler Assembly
Item Part Description
1 Front Carriage Rail (Not Spared)
2 Frame (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1)
3 Core (P/O PL 23.18 Item 1)
4 127K57050 Booklet Stapler Move Motor
Assembly (REP 16.3.9)
5 Belt (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4)
6 Bracket (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4)
7 Gear (Z12) (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4)
8 Pulley (T50) (P/O PL 23.18 Item 4)
9 Booklet Stapler Move Motor (P/O
PL 23.18 Item 4)
10 Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.18 Item
4)
11 Sensor Bracket Assembly (P/O PL
23.18 Item 1)
12 Sensor Bracket (P/O PL 23.18 Item
11)
13 930W00111 Booklet Stapler Move Home
Sensor, Booklet Stapler Move
Position Sensor
14 Rear Rack Gear (Not Spared)
15 Carriage Assembly (Not Spared)
16 Carriage (P/O PL 23.18 Item 15)
17 Core (P/O PL 23.18 Item 15)
18 Core (Not Spared)
19 Front Rack Gear (Not Spared)
20 848E15400 Motor Cover
21 032K05221 Harness Guide Assembly
22 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly
(REF: PL 23.19)
23 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly
(REF: PL 23.20)
24 Harness Guide (Front) (Not
Spared)
25 Harness Guide (Rear) (Not Spared)
26 Rear Rack Guide (Not Spared)
27 920W01210 Locking Clamp
28 Harness Strap (P/O PL 23.18 Item
21)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-105 PL 23.18
PL 23.19 Booklet Front Stapler
Assembly
Item Part Description
1 029K92490 Booklet Front Stapler Assembly
2 Bracket (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
3 Rear Cover (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
4 Bracket (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
5 054K35272 Chute
6 Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
7 Support (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
8 Spring (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
9 Exit Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.19 Item
1)
10 Spring (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
11 Front Cover (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
12 848E15421 Lower Cover
13 Booklet Stapler Assembly (P/O PL
23.19 Item 1) (REP 16.3.8)
14 Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.19 Item
1)
15 Guide (P/O PL 23.19 Item 1)
16 Booklet Staple Cassette Assembly
(Not Spared)

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.19 5-106 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
PL 23.20 Booklet Rear Stapler
Assembly
Item Part Description
1 029K92500 Booklet Rear Stapler Assembly
2 Bracket (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
3 Rear Cover (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
4 Bracket (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
5 054K35282 Chute
6 Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
7 Support (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
8 Spring (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
9 Sub Chute (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
10 Spring (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
11 Front Cover (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
12 848E15421 Lower Cover
13 Booklet Stapler Assembly (P/O PL
23.20 Item 1) (REP 16.3.8)
14 Wire Harness (P/O PL 23.20 Item
1)
15 Guide (P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)
16 Booklet Staple Cassette Assembly
(P/O PL 23.20 Item 1)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-107 PL 23.20
PL 23.21 Booklet Electrical
Item Part Description
1 068K58350 Booklet Stapler Safety Switch
Assembly
2 110E12970 Booklet Stapler Safety Switch
3 Bracket (P/O PL 23.21 Item 1)
4 960K32541 Booklet PWB (REP 16.3.1)
5 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
6 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
7 Wire Harness (Not Spared)
8 Booklet Stapler Cover Switch
Assembly (Not Spared)
9 Bracket (P/O PL 23.21 Item 8)
10 Booklet Stapler Cover Switch (P/O
PL 23.21 Item 8)
11 Plate (Not Spared)
12 962K60531 Wire Harness
13 962K60540 Wire Harness

Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version


PL 23.21 5-108 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Common Hardware BB 112W27659 Screw (M3 x 6)
BC 113W16088 Screw (M2 x 10)
Item Part Description BD 113W20688 Screw (M2.5 x 6)
A 112W27677 Screw (Red) (M3 x 6) BE 113W27551 Screw (M3 x 5)
B 112W27678 Screw (M3 x 8) BF 141W27451 Setscrew (M3 x 4)
C 112W27851 Screw (M3 x 8) BG 153W15888 Tapping Screw (M4 x 12)
D 112W27898 Screw (M3 x 8) BH 153W16288 Tapping Screw (M4 x 12)
E 113W15488 Screw (M2 x 4) BJ 158W35878 Screw (M4 x 8)
F 113W20678 Screw (M3 x 6) BK 271W16050 Dowel Pin (2 x 10)
G 113W20857 Screw (M3 x 8) BL 285W16051 Spring Pin (2 x 10)
H 113W21278 Screw (M3 x 12) BM 153W17655 Tapping Screw (M3 x 6)
J 113W21778 Screw (M3 x 18) BN 153W17855 Tapping Screw (M3 x 8)
K 113W27688 Screw (M3 x 6) BP 252W29450 Nylon Washer (t1) (8)
L 113W36278 Screw (M4 x 12) BQ 158W36255 Screw (M4 x 12)
M 114W27678 Screw (M3 x 6) BR 354W26251 E-Clip (5)
N 141W35651 Set Screw (M4 x 6) BT 113W20457 Screw (M3 x 4)
P 153W17688 Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) BU 113W27451 Screw (M3 x 4)
Q 153W17888 Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) BV 113W20657 Screw (M3 x 6)
R 153W18088 Tapping Screw (M3 x 10) BW 112W35651 Screw (M4 x 6)
S 153W27678 Tapping Screw (M3 x 6) BX 112W27859 Screw (M3 x 8)
T 158W27878 Screw (M3 x 8) BY 158W28678 Screw (M3 x 16)
U 158W27655 Screw (M3 x 6) BZ 285W21851 Spring Pin (2.5 x 20)
V 158W27663 Screw (M3 x 6) CA 252W26450 Nylon Washer (t1) (5)
W 158W27677 Screw (Red) (M3 x 6) CB 251W19278 Washer (t0.5) (2.5)
X 158W27678 Screw (M3 x 6) CC 113W21478 Screw (M3 x 14)
Y 158W27855 Screw (M3 x 8) CH 354W13278 E-Clip (1.5)
Z 158W27863 Screw (M3 x 8) CJ 113W20478 tAPING sCREW
AA 153W27878 Tapping Screw (M3 x 8) CK 153W27278 sCREW
AB 158W28078 Screw (M3 x 10) CL 285W15851 Pin Spring
AC 158W28255 Screw (M3 x 12) CM 158W27688 Taping Screw
AD 158W28278 Screw (M3 x 12) CN 354W19278 E-Clip
AE 158W35678 Screw (M4 x 6) CP 113W35578 Screw (M4)
AF 220W21278 Nut (M3) CS 153W27855 Tapping Screw (M3 x 8)
AG 271W21250 Dowel Pin (2.5 x 12) CW 113W27488 Pan Head Screw
AH 285W16251 Spring Pin (2 x 12)
AJ 285W28051 Spring Pin (3 x 10)
AK 354W15251 E-Clip (2)
AL 354W15278 E-Clip (2)
AM 354W21251 E-Clip (2)
AN 354W21278 E-Clip (3)
AP 354W24251 E-Clip (4)
AQ 354W24254 KL-Clip (4)
AR 354W24278 E-Clip (4)
AS 354W26278 E-Clip (5)
AT 354W27251 E-Clip (6)
AU 354W27254 KL-Clip (6)
AV 354W28278 E-Clip (7)
AW 354W27278 E-Clip (6)
AX 354W29251 E-Clip (8)
AY 354W29278 E-Clip (8)
AZ 251W21278 Washer T.05 (3)
BA 113W27651 Screw (M3 x 6)

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-109 Common Hardware
Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version
Common Hardware 5-110 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-111 Common Hardware
Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version
Common Hardware 5-112 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-113 Common Hardware
Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version
Common Hardware 5-114 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-115 Common Hardware
Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version
Common Hardware 5-116 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List
WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-117 Common Hardware
Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version
Common Hardware 5-118 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Part Number Index

The Part Number Index Table has been deleted from the EDOC.

Use SearchLite to search for Part Numbers and Part Descriptions.

Launch Version February, 2008 Parts List


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 5-119
Parts List February, 2008 Launch Version
5-120 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
6 General Procedures and Information
How to use UI Diagnostics Change Tag Information
UI Diagnostic Mode......................................................................................................... 6-3 Change Tag Introduction................................................................................................. 6-159
IOT/Processor (P) Tags .................................................................................................. 6-159
Various Reports
Jam Report...................................................................................................................... 6-5
Failure Report ................................................................................................................. 6-5
Shutdown Report ............................................................................................................ 6-6

Diagnostics (NVM)
NVM Read/Write ............................................................................................................. 6-7
IOT NVM List................................................................................................................... 6-8
IIT NVM List .................................................................................................................... 6-31
Controller & Fax NVM List............................................................................................... 6-43

Diagnostics (Others)
Serial Number/Billing Meter Data.................................................................................... 6-113
Reading HFSI.................................................................................................................. 6-114
Initialize HFSI Counters .................................................................................................. 6-115
Adjust Tone Up / Down ................................................................................................... 6-119
Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment .................................................................................. 6-120
Initialize NVM .................................................................................................................. 6-121
Component Control ......................................................................................................... 6-123
Hard Disk Diagnostic Program ........................................................................................ 6-134
Test Pattern Print ............................................................................................................ 6-135
Webpage Administrator Password.................................................................................. 6-137
Center Tray Offsetting..................................................................................................... 6-138
E-Mail Icon ...................................................................................................................... 6-138
FAX Output Separation ................................................................................................... 6-139

General Procedures
GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP ...................................................................................... 6-141
GP 2 Fax Diagnostics ..................................................................................................... 6-142
GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password................................................................... 6-144
GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs ......................................................................................... 6-145
GP 5 Printing Reports ..................................................................................................... 6-146
GP 6 Special Boot Modes ............................................................................................... 6-147
GP 7 Country Code Setting............................................................................................. 6-148
GP 8 Firmware Version................................................................................................... 6-149
GP 9 Key Operator Log In............................................................................................... 6-150

General Information
Space Requirements....................................................................................................... 6-151
Product Specs. ................................................................................................................ 6-152
Common Tools ................................................................................................................ 6-154
Product Tools and Test Patterns..................................................................................... 6-155
Log Book Storage ........................................................................................................... 6-155
Cleaning Materials .......................................................................................................... 6-156
Machine Consumables.................................................................................................... 6-156
Glossary of Terms........................................................................................................... 6-157

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-1
General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version
6-2 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
UI Diagnostic Mode
Procedure
Access UI Diagnostics by following the procedures below.

Entering UI Diagnostics
1. At the Control Panel, press and hold the 0 key for 6 seconds, then press the Start button
while still pressing the 0 key.
The CE - Passcode screen will appear.
2. Enter the Access Number 6789 and press Confirm.
The colors on the display are reversed to indicate that UI Diagnostics mode is active.
Accessing Diagnostic routines
1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
2. Select the Tools tab on the UI.
3. Under Features column, use the down arrow and scroll to and select Maintenance /
Diagnostics.
1. The following Diagnostics Routines can be accessed from the UI screen. (Figure 1)
a. NVM Read/Write
Follow the instructions on the screen. If one or more NVM locations is changed,
the machine will reboot upon exit.
b. IO Check
c. Sub System
Initialize Hard Disk
Hard Disk Failure Prediction Test
Delete All Data
Software Options
Fax Diagnostics
d. Print Test Pattern
e. Max Setup
f. Initialize NVM
g. Adjustment/Others
Machine ID/Billing Data
Initialize HFSI Counter
Tray 5(Bypass) Guide Adjustment
h. Faults

Figure 1 Maintenance/Diagnostics

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-3 UI Diagnostic Mode
Printing Service Reports
1. To access service reports, follow the Entering UI Diagnostics procedure.
2. Press the Machine Statue button then select the Print Report.
3. Using the down arrow find and select the CE button.
4. The following reports can be printed.
Debug Log Report
HFSI Report
Jam Report
Shutdown Report
Failure Report
5. Select the required report and press the Start button. The selected report will be printed.
Exiting UI Diagnostics
CAUTION
Ensure that the machine is not inadvertently left in UI Diagnostics.
There are three ways to exit from UI Diagnostics.
Switch the power off and on.
Perform the following:
Press Close to exit any of the service screens that were opened.
When the System Settings screen is displayed, press Exit.
When the reversed-color Main Menu screen is displayed, press the Start button
while the 0 key is pressed.
If the Restart button is displayed on the screen, pressing the button will exit UI Diagnos-
tics and restart the operation.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


UI Diagnostic Mode 6-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Jam Report Failure Report
Purpose Purpose
To check the frequency of jams. To display the frequency of failures.

Print Contents Print Contents


Perform following to print Jam Report Perform following to print Failure Report.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). 1. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. 2. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
3. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display. 3. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display.
4. Select the Print Reports/List button. 4. Select the Print Reports/List button.
5. Select the Jam Report button. 5. Select the Failure Report button.
6. Press the Start button to print Jam Report 6. Press the Start button to print Failure Report.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-5 Jam Report, Failure Report
Shutdown Report
Purpose
To output the Shutdown history.

Print Contents
Perform following to print Shutdown Report.
1. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
3. Select the Billing Meter/Print Reports tab on the display.
4. Select the Print Reports/List button.
5. Select the Shutdown Report button.
6. Press the Start button to print Shutdown Report.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Shutdown Report 6-6 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
NVM Read/Write Table 1 Component VS Chain number

Purpose Component Item IOT/IIT/Controller Chain Number Allocation

Reads, sets or changes the NVM data. IOT Controller 780


IIT Controller 785
Procedure UI Controller 790
1. Access Diagnostic Routines. Copy Service Controller 790, 810
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). Print Service Controller 800, 806
b. Access Diagnostic Routines (UI Diagnostic Mode). Fax Service Controller 820, 823, 825
2. Select NVM Read/Write. iFax Service Controller 830
Reading NVM Diagnostics Controller 870, 900
1. Input Chain-Link number(6 digits) on NVM Read/Write screen.
2. Select Confirm/Change.
3. Current Value appears in Current Value column.
Writing NVM
1. Input New number in New Value column.
2. Select Save.
3. New number appears on Current Value column.

Table 1 Component VS Chain number


Component Item IOT/IIT/Controller Chain Number Allocation
ESS IF IOT 740
Recycle IOT 740
Billing IOT 740
Drive IOT 741
NOHAD IOT 741
PH IOT 740, 742, 760
EXIT IOT 740, 742, 764
Tray IOT 742
Fuser IOT 744
ROS IOT 749
Process Control IOT 740, 751, 752, 753
Xero IOT 740, 751
CRU IOT 751
Finisher IOT 763, 764
DADF IIT 711
IISS (DADF) IIT 710
IISS IIT 715
IISS (Config) IIT 719
Common Controller 700
Meter Counter Controller 720
Stored Data Controller 731, 732, 733, 734
I/O Port Protocol Controller 770
Scan Service Controller 770, 840

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-7 NVM Read/Write
IOT NVM List Chain 740-xxx ESS IF

Table 1 Chain 740-xxx ESS IF


Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-001 Check System Data Set up 0 0~99 - Controller will write in the optional value when System Data setting is completed.
740-007 MCU VERSION - 0~1 - Not available
740-008 MCU Release Number - 0~99 - Not available
740-009 MCU Patch Level - 0~99 - Not available
740-010 DM ROM Version - 0~99 - Not available
740-011 DM ROM Release Number - 0~99 - Not available
740-012 Exit Version - 0~99 - Not available
740-013 Exit Release Number - 0~99 - Not available
740-022 The Area 1 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-023 The Area 2 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-024 The Area 3 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-025 The Area 4 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-026 The Area 5 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-027 The Area 6 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-028 The Area 7 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-029 The Area 8 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-030 The Area 9 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-031 The Area 10 that Controller is free to use 0 0~99 1 Not available
740-062 Firmware Download Status 1 0~254 For the firmware downloaded by PC-TOOL
740-082 Finisher Version major - 0~99 - Not available
740-083 Finisher Version minor - 0~99 - Not available
740-084 Finisher Patch Level - 0~99 - Not available
740-085 HCF Version major - 0~99 - Not available
740-086 HCF Version minor - 0~99 - Not available
740-087 HCF Patch Level - 0~99 - Not available
740-088 TM-Version - 0~99 - Not available
740-089 TM-Release Number - 0~99 - Not available

Chain 740-xxx Billing

Table 2 Billing
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-563 Tray Feed Capacity MAX Over 0 0~1 1 Displays whether the number of feeds exceeds 4,000,000. 0: No, 1: Yes
740-564 IOT Starting Number MAX Over 0 0~1 1 Displays whether the IOT Starting Number NVM was written more than 1,000,000 times.
0: No, 1: Yes
740-565 Billing Counter MAX Over 0 0~1 1 Displays whether the Billing Counter Number NVM was written more than 5,000,000
times. 0: No, 1: Yes

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-8 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 741-xxx Drive

Table 3 Drive
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
741-001 Fine-Tuning of Main and Drum Motor Speed 24 0~53 0.1% Diag50-28 Adjust Main and Drum Motor Speed at the same time so that they rotate at the
same speed. Min(0)=-2.7%, Max(53)=2.6%, Initial(27)=0%

Chain 741-xxx NOHAD

Table 4 NOHAD
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
741-509 Non-condensation mode - 0~1 1 0: Normal mode 1: Condensation mode
741-510 Condensation Time 0 0~120 1 minute
741-519 ROS Fan Control Temp 24 15~30 1 deg.C Threshold temperature for operating ROS Fan during print
741-520 ROS Fan Off Delay Time 10 6~14 1 sec. Time period during which ROS Fan stops (ROS Motor is off) after print ends

Chain 740-xxx Chain 742-xxx Chain 760-xxx PH

Table 5 PH
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-090 Output Tray 0 0~4 - 0: FACE DOWN TRAY#1, 1: FACE DOWN TRAY#2, 2: FACE UP TRAY, 3: FINISHER
Bin1, 4: FINISHER Top Tray
742-003 Exit SNR1 Short Off Check 0 0~1 - 0: Enable 1: Disable
742-006 TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
742-012 TRAY2 for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP 24 0~66 0.435mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
TIMER
742-015 The Timer which turns OFF TACL 87 37~137 3.0ms Not available
742-018 The Timer which turns ON TACL 11 0~41 3.0ms Not available
742-027 LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT - ALL TRAY 26 0~66 0.2175mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-7.18mm, Max(66)=7.18mm,
Initial(26)=-1.5225mm
742-030 INVERT TIMING - ALL TRAY 33 0~66 0.435mm Invert timing is delayed when Set Value is increased. Min(0)=-14.96mm,
Max(66)=14.96mm, Initial(33)=0mm
742-031 Exit Gate Solenoid On Time 50 47~53 10 ms
742-032 Exit Gate Solenoid Off Time 0 0~99 10 ms
742-090 Paper Path Sensor (Tray Module) - 0~127 - Bit0: Not available Bit1: Not available Bit2: PREFEED #2 SENSOR Bit3: PREFEED #1
SENSOR Bit4: FEED OUT#4 SENSOR Bit5: FEED OUT#3 SENSOR Bit6: FEED OUT#2
SENSOR Bit7: * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal
precision is 10 ms.
742-091 Paper Path Sensor (HCF / DM / EXIT/ IOT) - 0~127 - Bit0: HCF PREFEED SENSOR Bit1: HCF FEED OUT SENSOR Bit2: DM WAIT SEN-
SOR Bit3: EXIT#2 SENSOR Bit7: EXIT#1 SENSOR Bit6: REGI SENSOR * The meaning
of the bit, 0: Out of paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-9 IOT NVM List
Table 5 PH
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
742-093 Paper Path Sensor (FINISHER) - 0~63 - Bit0: Fin H-X'port Ent. SENSOR Bit1: Fin H-X'port EXIT SENSOR Bit2: Fin X'port
Ent.SENSOR Bit3: Fin Buffer PATH SENSOR Bit4: COMPILE TRAY EXIT PATH SEN-
SOR Bit5: Not available Bit6: Top Tray Exit Sensor * The meaning of the bit, 0: Out of
paper, 1: Paper detected. The renewal precision is 10 ms.
760-001 TRAY1 for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUST- 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
MENT
760-002 TRAY2-4,HCF for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-003 MPT for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
760-005 DUP ALL SIZE for Plain Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-006 ALL TRAY - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-007 TRAY1 for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-008 TRAY2-4,HCF - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-009 MPT for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 12 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-010 DUP for Plain Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-011 REGI CLUTCH OFF TIMER - ALL TRAY 33 0~66 0.363mm Clutch off is delayed by 2ms when Set Value is increased.
760-012 TOP SIGNAL OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT 0 0~99 0.363mm Not available
760-013 DUP A3 Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 10 0~16 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
760-014 DUP A4S Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 10 0~16 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
760-015 DUP A4L Group - LEAD REGI ADJUSTMENT 10 0~16 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
760-016 TRAY1 for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-017 TRAY1 for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-018 TRAY2-4,HCFfor Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
760-019 TRAY3-4,HCFfor Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
760-020 MPT for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-021 MPT for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-022 DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight1 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
760-023 DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight2 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
760-024 TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
LOOP TIMER
760-025 TRAY3-4,HCF for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
LOOP TIMER
760-026 MPT for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 24 0~66 0.435mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-10 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 5 PH
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
760-027 MPT for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 24 0~66 0.435mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-028 DUP for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-029 DUP for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-031 TRAY1 for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-032 TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
760-033 MPT for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
760-034 DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight4 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
760-035 TRAY1 for Heavyweight1 Paper - REGI LOOP 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
TIMER
760-036 TRAY1 for Heavyweight2 Paper - REGI LOOP 33 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
TIMER
760-037 TRAY1 for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI LOOP 24 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
TIMER
760-038 TRAY2-4,HCF for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI 24 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
LOOP TIMER
760-039 MPT for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 15 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.
760-040 DUP for Heavyweight4 Paper - REGI LOOP TIMER 24 0~66 0.363mm Loop increases when Set Value is increased.

Chain 740-xxx Chain 742-xxx Chain 764-xxx EXIT

Table 6 EXIT
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-544 Low Noise Measure Exit2 1 0~1 - 0: Not supported, 1: Supported
742-098 Enable Face Down Tray#2 0 0~1 - 0: Disable Face Down Tray#2 1: Enable Face Down Tray#2 1 is taken with M0.
742-099 Enable Face Up Tray 0 0~1 - 0: Disable Face Up Tray 1: Enable Face Up Tray
742-100 EXIT2 Unit Type 0 0~1 - 0: Type A (Enable Inverter, Disable OCT2 and FDT#2) 1: Type B (Enable Inverter and
OCT2 and FDT#2)
764-005 FACE DOWN TRAY#1,#2 Offset Mode 0 0~2 - 0: No Offset 1: Front Offset 2: Rear Offset Applies only when the Output Tray is set to
FACE DOWN TRAY#1 & #2.

Chain 742-xxx TRAY

Table 7 TRAY
Chain-Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
742-001 Tray1-Default width of Universal-size paper 0 0~247 1mm 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm, 1-89=cannot use

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-11 IOT NVM List
Table 7 TRAY
Chain-Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
742-002 Tray1- First digit of default length of Universal-size 0 0~4 100mm
paper 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 98 - 432"=98mm - 432mm, 1-97and 433-
742-002 Tray1- Last two digits of default length of Universal- 0 0~99 1mm 499=cannot use
size paper
742-004 Tray2-Default width of Universal-size paper 0 0~247 1mm 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm, 1-89=cannot use
742-005 Tray2- First digit of default length of Universal-size 0 0~4 100mm
paper 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 182 - 432"=182mm - 432mm, 1-181and 433-
742-005 Tray2-Last two digits of default length of Universal- 0 0~99 1mm 499=cannot use
size paper
742-007 Tray3-Default width of Universal-size paper 0 0~247 1mm 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm. 1-89=cannot use
742-008 Tray3- First digit of default length of Universal-size 0 0~4 100mm
paper 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 182 - 432"=182mm - 432mm, 1-181and 433-
742-008 Tray3-Last two digits of default length of Universal- 0 0~99 1mm 499=cannot use
size paper
742-009 Enable Tray4 0 0~1 - 0: Disable Tray4 1: Enable Tray4
742-010 Tray4-Default width of Universal-size paper 0 0~247 1mm 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm, 1-89=cannot use
742-011 Tray4- First digit of default length of Universal-size 0 0~4 100mm
paper 0=fixed size which is detected by M/C, 182 - 432"=182mm - 432mm, 1-181and 433-
742-011 Tray4-Last two digits of default length of Universal- 0 0~99 1mm 499=cannot use
size paper
742-013 Size of Universal-size width in Tray1 - 90~247 1mm 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is
cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.
742-014 Tray1- First digit of length of Universal-size - 0~4 100mm
742-014 Tray1 Last two digits of length Universal-size - 0~99 1mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply
is turned off or IOT resets.
742-016 Tray2 Width of Universal-size paper - 90~247 1mm 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is
cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.
742-017 Tray2- First digit of length of Universal-size - 0~4 100mm
742-017 Tray2- Last 2 digits of length Universal-size - 0~99 1mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply
is turned off or IOT resets.
742-019 Tray3 Width of Universal-size paper - 90~247 1mm 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is
cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.
742-020 Tray3- First digit of length of Universal-size - 0~4 100mm
742-020 Tray3 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size - 0~99 1mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply
is turned off or IOT resets.
742-022 Tray4 Width of Universal-size paper - 90~247 1mm 90 - 247"=140mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is
cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.
742-023 Tray4- First digit of length of Universal-size - 1~4 100mm
742-023 Tray4 Last 2Dig of length Universal-size - 0~99 1mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply
is turned off or IOT resets.
742-028 MPT Size Detection Offset Value (delta T) 15 0~30 1mm See Diag 20-5 20-6 MSI Side Guide Adjustment Min(0)=0mm, Max(30)=30mm, Ini-
tial(15)=15mm
742-029 HCF Lift Up Time 60 0~150 2 ms
742-075 Kind of the default plain paper 0 0~1 - 0: Thicker than 70gsm for multinational market 1: 70gsm or under for domestic market

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-12 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 7 TRAY
Chain-Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
742-087 MPT Width of Universal-size paper - 39~247 1mm 89 - 247"=139mm - 297mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is
cleared when the power supply is turned off or IOT resets.
742-102 MPT- First digit of length of Universal-size - 0~4 100mm
742-102 MPT Last 2Dig of length Universal-size - 0~99 1mm This is a temporary value specified from Controller. It is cleared when the power supply
is turned off or IOT resets.

Chain 744-xxx FUSER

Table 8 FUSER
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
744-006 Fuser Standby Lamp ON Temp 45 0~99 1 deg.C Nominal=175 deg.C
744-010 Fuser Standby Lamp OFF Temp 20 0~99 1 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C
744-043 Fuser C1 Ready Temperature-(T-READY) 25 0~70 1 deg.C Nominal=155 deg.C
744-061 Fuser Low Run Temperature-(T42) 15 0~40 1 deg.C Nominal=15 deg.C
744-065 Fuser OHP Run Temperature-(T43) 15 0~40 1 deg.C
744-080 Fuser SSTSctrlExceTM(t13) 30 0~99 1sec Nominal=30sec
744-081 Fuser SSTSctrlExceAppP(M) 10 0~99 1page Nominal=10pages
744-133 Fuser WU STRT T70(ForSB2) 0 0~99 1 deg.C Nominal=80 deg.C
744-134 Fuser Standby 2 On Temp(T71) 60 0~70 1 deg.C Nominal=190 deg.C
744-135 Fuser Standby 2 Off Temp(T72) 41 0~70 1 deg.C Nominal=191 deg.C
744-136 FSR WU STRT T70 (From V113700) 59 0~80 1 deg.C Nominal=59 deg.C
744-180 Fuser Flicker Lamp On TM 7 0~99 1.5ms Nominal=10.5 ms
744-181 Fuser Flicker Lamp Off TM 13 0~99 1.5ms Nominal=19.5 ms
744-182 Fuser Lamp Change t8 15 0~99 40ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Precycle, Cycle) 600ms
744-183 Fuser Lamp Change t9 30 0~99 40ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Stby) 1200ms
744-184 Fuser Lamp Change t10 12 0~99 40ms Wave Control Time (For Flicker Warm Up) 480ms
744-220 Fuser Reset FuserOverTemp 0 0~99 - 0: Reset, 1: FS1 Detected over temp, 2: FS2 Detected over temp, 3: ON time fail, 5: Cold
Sagging fail, 7: PR temperature rising fail (only reset is possible in the diagnostics mode),
8: On time fail (detects anomalous high temperature)
744-301 Fuser Very Low Tmp T80 15 0~30 1 deg.C Nominal=15 deg.C
744-302 Fuser Very Low Tmp T81 10 0~30 1 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C
744-303 Fuser Very Low Tmp T82 0 0~20 1 deg.C Nominal=190 deg.C
744-304 Fuser Very Low Tmp T83 15 0~35 1 deg.C Nominal=175 deg.C
744-305 Fuser Very Low Tmp TR2 30 0~40 1 deg.C Nominal=180 deg.C
744-306 Fuser Very Low Tmp tP2 10 0~99 1sec Nominal=10sec
744-932 U4_2_CHK_FLG 0 0~1 U4-2 confirmation function. 0: Enable, 1: Disable
744-933 U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE 0 0~99 FSR_State when System stops for high temperature detection
744-934 U4_2_FSR_CTL_STATE_OLD 0 0~99 FSR_State immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-935 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP 0 0~99 FS1_Tem when System stops for high temperature detection
744-935 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP 0 0~99

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-13 IOT NVM List
Table 8 FUSER
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
744-936 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD1 0 0~99 FS1_Temp1 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-936 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD1 0 0~99
744-937 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD2 0 0~99 FS1_Temp2 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-937 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD2 0 0~99
744-938 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD3 0 0~99 FS1_Temp3 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-938 U4_2_FSR_FS1_TMP_OLD3 0 0~99
744-939 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP 0 0~99 FS2_Tem when System stops for high temperature detection
744-939 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP 0 0~99
744-940 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD1 0 0~99 FS2_Temp1 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-940 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD1 0 0~99
744-941 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD2 0 0~99 FS2_Temp2 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-941 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD2 0 0~99
744-942 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD3 0 0~99 FS2_Temp3 immediately before System stops for high temperature detection
744-942 U4_2_FSR_FS2_TMP_OLD3 0 0~99

Chain 749-xxx ROS

Table 9 ROS
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
749-001 ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-002 TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-003 TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-004 TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-005 TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-006 HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-007 MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-009 DUP ALL TRAY-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-010 DUP TRAY1-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-011 DUP TRAY2-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-012 DUP TRAY3-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-013 DUP TRAY4-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-014 DUP HCF-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-015 DUP MSI-LASER SIDE REGI ADJUSTMENT 50 1~99 0.254mm Not available
749-505 ROS Beam Position LD2 10 0~20 1 Not available
749-516 IMAGE AREA 0 0~1 - 0: NORMAL IMAGE AREA 1: WIDE IMAGE AREA
749-522 END ERASE OFFSET VALUE ADJUSTMENT 50 0~99 0.363mm Not available
749-523 SIDE NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 8 0~16 0.254mm Nominal=2.032mm
749-524 TOP NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 9 0~18 0.217mm Nominal=1.953mm
749-527 END NORMAL ERASE ADJUSTMENT 9 0~18 0.217mm Nominal=1.953mm

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-14 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 740-xxx Chain 751-xxx 752-xxx Chain 753-xxx Procon

Table 10 Procon
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-529 SL_CRU/LL_CRU Selection for Third Party Con- 0 0~99 - 0: SL (standard life) Drum CRU, 1: LL (long life) Drum CRU
sumables
751-005 Toner Empty on Toner Cartridge (for CRUM Read) 0 0~1 - 0: Toner Cartridge is not empty 1: Toner Cartridge is empty
751-012 Enable Drum Life Adjust 1 0~1 1 1: Perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value)
0: Do not perform subtraction for DRUM CRUM data (DRUM life threshold value)
751-709 Toner Refill History in Customer Mode A 0 0~99 1
752-003 ATC OUT First 2Dig 3 00~19 1
752-003 ATC OUT Last 2Dig 70 00~99 1 Not available
752-006 ATC Target First 2Dig - 00~19 1
752-006 ATC Target Last 2Dig - 0~99 1 Not available
752-007 Result of ATC Check - 0~4 0=Low, 1=Normal, 2=High, 3=False, 4=Abnormal end
752-503 Humidity Sensor Judge - 0~1 1 Not available
752-504 Temperature Sensor Judge - 0~1 1 Not available
752-509 Toner Empty 0 0~1 1 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal
752-523 Current Humidity (%) - 0~99 1 Not available
752-541 Current Temperature [deg.C] - 0~99 1 Not available
752-725 First 2Digits of LD2 - 00~19 1
752-725 Last 2Digits of LD2 - 00~99 1 Not available
752-747 Barcode LD_Ref 77 0~99 1 Default value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD
752-747 Barcode LD_Ref 0 0~2 1
752-748 Barcode LD_H 78 0~99 1 Maximum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD
752-748 Barcode LD_H 0 0~2 1
752-749 Barcode LD_L 76 0~99 1 Minimum value that is the coefficient of Barcode LD
752-749 Barcode LD_L 0 0~2 1
752-756 Barcode_Switch 0 0~2 1 Barcode LD operating mode:
0: follows mode selected by the controller
1: forced ON
2: forced OFF
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
Last Two Digits permitted.
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
Middle Two Digits (2) permitted.
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
Middle Two Digits (1) permitted.
752-843 Accumulated Dispense Time in M/C 0 0~99 100 ms Because the value indicates accumulated time in M/C, initialization of the value is not
First Two Digits permitted.
752-844 Level of Remaining Drum Life Amount 100 0~100 1%

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-15 IOT NVM List
Table 10 Procon
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
752-893 First 2Digits of Manual Light Volume Adjustment 50 47~52 1 Not available
LDman
752-893 Last 2Digits of Manual Light Volume Adjustment 00 00~99 1
LDman
752-954 ATC Sensor 0 0~1 1 ATC Sensor 0: Normal, 1: Abnormal
752-955 First 2Digits of Delta ATCman 50 49~50 1 ATC manual correction (higher digits)
752-955 Last 2Digits of Delta ATCman 0 0~99 1 ATC manual correction (lower digits)
753-001 Toner Empty (for CRUM Read) 0 0~1 1 Not available
753-004 ATC OUT Last 2Digits (for CRUM Read) 70 00~255 1 Not available
753-005 ATC OUT First 2Digits (for CRUM Read) 3 00~255 1 Not available
753-006 ATC Sensor (for CRUM Read) 0 0~1 - For reading 42-3 data stored in the CRUM.
753-007 CRU New or Old (for CRUM Read) 0 0~1 - For reading 49-63 (0: New/1: Old) data stored in the CRUM.
753-008 First 2Digits of CRU ATC S 3 0~10 1
753-008 Last 2Digits of CRU ATC S 80 0~99 1 Not available
753-009 Exchange DRUM in No CRUM Country 0 0~1 1 Not available
753-612 Toner Refill Rate [mg/s] 22 0~254 1 Not available
753-619 Toner Empty Status 0 0~4 1 Not available
753-645 PreNear Threshold Value (Threshold Value of 114 0~254 1 Not available
Remaining Toner [%])
753-673 Remaining Toner [%] - 0~200 1 Not available
753-705 Flag indicating CRU Layer Formation Complete 0 0~1 1 Not available
753-716 ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) 55 0~99 1 Not available
753-725 Last 2Digits of ICDC Accumulative Value since 0 0~99 1 Not available
Empty until TC Lower Limit
753-726 First 2Digits of ICDC Accumulative Value since 0 0~99 1 Not available
Empty until TC Lower Limit
753-731 PR_VL 87 30~150 1 Not available
753-737 Toner Empty Status (for CRUM Read) 0 0~255 1 Not available
753-742 ATC Code (ATC Sensor Properties) (for CRUM 55 0~255 1 Not available
Read)

Chain 740-xxx Chain 749-xxx Chain-751-xxx XERO

Table 11 XERO
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
740-560 Print Volume Setting for Forced Drum Reverse 0 0~10 50 sheets
749-016 Pre-Exposure Control 0 0~254 1 kHz 0: Off (Always) 254: On (Always) 1~253: On (Drum Cycle mode change) For 1~253 pre-
exposure (Drum Cycle mode change), 1 count is equivalent to 1 Kcycle. The recom-
mended value is 122 (Kcycle).

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-16 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 11 XERO
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
751-034 TRAY1 for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
751-035 TRAY2-4, HCF for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
751-036 MPT for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD REGI 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
ADJUSTMENT
751-037 DUP ALL SIZE for Heavyweight3 Paper - LEAD 33 0~66 0.363mm Image input is delayed when Set Value is increased.
REGI ADJUSTMENT
751-560 Component Control Independent Output Selection 0 0~1 1 0: Simultaneous Output (Independent Output disabled) 1: Independent Output
751-849 Drum Cycle Count, 1st and 2nd digits 0 0~99 1
751-849 Drum Cycle Count, 3rd and 4th digits 0 0~99 1
Used only in mode for countries where wireless transmission is inhibited.
751-849 Drum Cycle Count, 5th and 6th digits 0 0~99 1
751-881 BCR Iac Control Threshold Value of the Number of 1 0~40 10 kHz Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1).
Drum Cycles
751-882 BCR Iac Output SC UNDER 100 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is less than 11deg.C. The number of 1.6 mA, init (100): 1.6 mA
drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)
751-883 BCR Iac Output SC OVER 67 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is less than 11deg.C. The number of 1.6 mA, init (67): 1.55 mA
drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold
value.)
751-884 BCR Iac Output C UNDER 50 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is from 11deg.C to less than 20deg.C. 1.6 mA, init (50): 1.45 mA
The number of drum cycles is less than the thresh-
old value.)
751-885 BCR Iac Output C OVER 50 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is from 11deg.C to less than 20deg.C. 1.6 mA, init (17): 1.35 mA
The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to
the threshold value.)
751-886 BCR Iac Output B UNDER 33 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is from 20deg.C to less than 28deg.C. 1.6 mA, init (33): 1.40 mA
The number of drum cycles is less than the thresh-
old value.)
751-887 BCR Iac Output B OVER 33 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is from 20deg.C to less than 28deg.C. 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA
The number of drum cycles is more than or equal to
the threshold value.)
751-888 BCR Iac Output A UNDER 33 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA
drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)
751-889 BCR Iac Output A OVER 33 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA
drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold
value.)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-17 IOT NVM List
Table 11 XERO
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
751-890 BCR Iac Output A UNDER (for LL) 0 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA
drum cycles is less than the threshold value.)
751-891 BCR Iac Output A OVER (for LL) 0 0~100 1% Valid when BCR Iac control change is On (the value is 1). Min (0): 1.30 mA, Max (100):
(Temperature is 28deg.C or more. The number of 1.6 mA, init (0): 1.3 mA
drum cycles is more than or equal to the threshold
value.)

Chain 751-xxx CRU

Table 12 CRU
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 1st & 2nd digits 0 0~255 1
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 3rd & 4th digits 0 0~255 1
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 5th & 6th digits 0 0~255 1
751-001 Drum Rotation Time(Cycle Count), 7th & 8th digits 0 0~255 1
751-003 Return Normal CRU MODE 0 0~1 - Return to Normal CRU MODE
751-009 Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle 40 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warn-
ing. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life
Warning can be entered.)
751-010 Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle 12 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning.
(Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life Pre-
Warning can be entered.)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 0 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 0th byte)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 1 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 1st byte)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 2 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 2nd byte)
751-041 Toner Disp Time 3 - 0~255 - TONER: Dispense motor driving time (the 3rd byte)
751-042 Toner Filling 0 - 0~255 - TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 0th byte)
751-043 Toner Filling 1 - 0~255 - TONER: The amount of toner supplied from the toner bottle (the 1st byte)
751-044 Toner Capacity - 0~255 - TONER: The capacity of the toner bottle
751-089 Drum Life Pre Warning Detection Cycle (for LL) 40 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Pre-Warn-
ing. (Initial value= 20.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is larger than the value for Drum Life
Warning can be entered.)
751-090 Drum Life Warning Detection Cycle (for LL) 12 1~254 0.5 kHz Sets the timing (the number of Drum cycles until Drum Life End) to display a Warning.
(Initial value = 6.0 kHz.) (Only a value that is smaller than the value for Drum Life Pre-
Warning can be entered.)
751-503 Custom Mode 0 0~2 Sets the accuracy of the Drum/Toner life misdetection prevention function.
0: Custom Mode normal
1: Invalid (operates as in custom mode normal)
2: Custom Mode A (Toner can be refilled)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-18 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 763-xxx SB Finisher

Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-600 Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 1, 2 Digit - 0~99 Finisher Software Major Version.
763-600 Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 3, 4 Digit - 0~99
763-600 Ex_Finisher_Major_Version - 5, 6 Digit - 0~6
763-601 Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 1, 2 Digit - 0~99 Finisher Software Minor Version.
763-601 Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 3, 4 Digit - 0~99
763-601 Ex_Finisher_Minor_Version - 5, 6 Digit - 0~6
763-602 Ex_Finisher_Local_Version - 0~255 Finisher Software Local Version.
763-603 Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 1, 2 Digit - 0~99 Finisher Software Patch Version.
763-603 Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 3, 4 Digit - 0~99
763-603 Ex_Finisher_Patch_Version - 5, 6 Digit - 0~6
763-605 NVM_Puncher_Type 0 0~6 Type of Puncher installed.
0: None, 1: 2 holes, 2: 3 holes, 3: 2/3 holes, 5: 2/4 holes, 6: Swd 4 holes.
763-608 NVM_Buffer_Request 0 0~1 Buffer operation request. 0: Request, 1: Do not request.
763-610 NVM_Add_Pitch_Sheet 0 0~255 Maximum volume of stapled paper that can be compiled.
763-611 NVM_Add_Pitch_Set 0 0~255 Maximum volume of small-sized and Unstapled paper that can be compiled.
763-613 Diag_Fault_Clear_Check_Enble 0 0~1 Static jam detection in diagnostic mode.
0: FaultClear is detected in diagnostic mode.
1: FaultClear is not detected in diagnostic mode.
763-616 NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size 63 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm).
763-617 NVM_S_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size 50 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during single staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm).
763-618 NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size 50 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple/dual staple mode for small size paper (paper length = or < 216 mm).
763-619 NVM_D_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size 50 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during dual staple mode or single staple/unsta-
ple/dual staple mode for large size paper (paper length > 216 mm).
763-620 NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size 116 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper
(paper length = or < 216 mm).
763-621 NVM_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size 63 1~135 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for small size paper
(paper length > 216 mm).
763-622 NVM_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_Limit 26 1~28 Mix full stack positional Encoder limitation.
763-623 NVM_Mixsize_Full_Check_Enable 1 0~1 Mix size stack after mix stack position is detected.
0: Not prohibited, 1: Prohibited
763-624 Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Sm 5 2~50 Number of sheets of small-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set.
all
763-625 Ex_Max_Compile_Sheet_Count_For_Unstaple_Big 25 2~50 Number of sheets of large-sized paper in an ejected unstapled set.
763-626 NVM_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_S_Size 100 1~255 Maximum number of copies of small-sized paper allowed in the Stacker in single staple
mode or unstaple and single staple mode.
763-627 NVM_Large_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_L_Size 75 1~255 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during unstaple mode for large size paper (paper
length > 216 mm).

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-19 IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-628 NVM_Dual_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_S_Size 75 1~255 Maximum number of small-sized copies allowed in the Stacker in unstaple, single sta-
ple, and dual staple mode.
763-629 NVM_Dual_Staple_Stack_Set_Limit_L_Size 75 1~255 Maximum number of large-sized copies allowed in the Stacker in unstaple, single sta-
ple, and dual staple mode.
763-630 NVM_Max_Stapling_50Sheets 50 25~75 Maximum number of sheets than can be stapled using a 50-sheet Staple Cartridge.
763-631 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_24 - 1, 2 Digit 50 0~99 The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (2-4 hole
763-631 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_24 - 3, 4 Digit 7 0~15 punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5.
763-631 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_24 - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~0
763-632 [Unused] NVM_Eject_Exit_Ctrl_Encoder_Limit 0 0~255 [Unused] When the Encoder position reaches this value, the eject speed is switched.
763-633 NVM_Bklt_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Size 90 1~90 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet staple mode for small size paper
(paper size < B4).
763-634 NVM_Bklt_Stpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Size 90 1~90 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet staple mode for large size paper
(paper size = or > B4).
763-635 NVM_Bklt_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_S_Siz 90 1~90 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet unstaple mode for small size
e paper (paper size < B4).
763-636 NVM_Bklt_Unstpl_Full_Stack_Pos_Encoder_L_Siz 90 1~90 Full stack positional Encoder limitation during booklet unstaple mode for large size
e paper (paper size = or > B4).
763-637 NVM_Bklt_Staple_Stack_Sheet_Limit 60 1~200 Maximum number of sheets allowed in the Stacker during booklet staple mode.
763-638 NVM_Bklt_Unstaple_Stack_Sheet_Limit 50 1~200 Maximum number of sheets allowed in the Stacker during booklet unstaple mode.
763-639 NVM_Puncher_Near_Full_Count_Num_24 - 1, 2 0 0~99 Sheet count when punch rubbish warning is declared (valid when NVM 763-605 = 5).
Digit
763-639 NVM_Puncher_Near_Full_Count_Num_24 - 3, 4 5 0~15
Digit
763-641 NVM_Thick_Paper_Puncher_Count 1 1~5 Adjusts sheet count for NVM 763-639 to compensate for thick paper.
763-642 NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Pulse_B4_More 100 0~120 Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper punch (paper length
= or > 364.0 mm [B4]).
763-643 NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Pulse_B4_Less 100 0~120 Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper punch (paper length
< 364.0 mm [B4]).
763-644 NVM_Pre_Punch_Stop_Tim 5 5~100 Time delay until punch operation starts.
763-645 NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Pulse_B4_More 100 0~200 Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper fold (paper length =
or > 364.0 mm [B4]).
763-646 NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Pulse_B4_Less 100 0~200 Number of pulses between stopping of Transport Motor and paper fold (paper length <
364.0 mm [B4]).
763-647 NVM_Pre_Fold_Stop_Tim 5 5~100 Time delay until fold operation starts.
763-648 NVM_Stk_Eject_Exit_Speed_Mode 79 1~255 Eject exit speed in Stacker job mode.
763-649 NVM_Tmp_Strt_Tim 250 0~250 Time delay until tamping operation starts.
763-650 NVM_Set_Clmp_Off_Tim 120 0~200 Off time for the Set Clamp Clutch after paper is outputted.
Usage: 200 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Off_Tim (initialize 300 ms).
763-651 NVM_Stk_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim 100 0~200 Time between Compile Exit Sensor OFF and Sub Paddle Solenoid ON during job stack-
ing mode.
Usage: 25 (5 with Filter) + NVM_Stk_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim = operation start time (ini-
tialize 70 [50] ms)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-20 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-652 NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 Digit 90 0~99 Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length < 364.0 [B4] or the
763-652 NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~3 amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763-
666]).
Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 190 ms).
763-653 NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 50 0~99 Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the
Digit amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763-
763-653 NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 0 0~3 666]).
Digit Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Sml_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 150
ms).
763-654 NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim - 1, 2 Digit 50 0~0 1 ms Sets the time when the Set Clamp starts to go back and when the Clutch turns on.
Usage: 200 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim (initialize 400 ms).
763-654 NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Strt_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 2 0~4 1 ms
763-655 NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Keep_Tim 100 0~200 1 ms Sets the time when the Set Clamp Clutch turns on after the paper is exhausted.
Usage: 185 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Escape_Keep_Tim (initialize 285 ms).
763-656 NVM_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Pre_On_Tim 20 5~60 Time at which Sub Paddle Solenoid enters low noise operation.
763-657 NVM_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Pre_Off_Tim 25 5~60 Time at which Sub Paddle Solenoid exits from low noise operation.
763-658 NVM_Skew_Adjust_B4_More 50 10~255 1 ms Adjusts the amount of skew correction to the paper loop during a folding operation
(paper length > or = 364.0 [B4]).
763-659 NVM_Skew_Adjust_B4_Less 50 10~255 1 ms Adjusts the amount of skew correction to the paper loop during a folding operation
(paper length < 364.0 [B4]).
763-660 NVM_Skew_Adjust_Pulse_B4_More 20 0~255 1 pulse Allows the Transport Motor to perform a skew correction during a folding operation.
Adjusts the output pulse, from TransportEnt Snr On to start XportMot emergency stop
(paper length > or = 364.0 [B4]).
763-661 NVM_Skew_Adjust_Pulse_B4_Less 20 0~255 1 pulse Allows the Transport Motor to perform a skew correction during a folding operation.
Adjusts the output pulse, from TransportEnt Snr On to start XportMot emergency stop
(paper length < 364.0 [B4]).
763-662 NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 90 0~99 Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the
Digit amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763-
763-662 NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 0 0~3 666]).
Digit Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Lrg_Less_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 190
ms).
763-663 NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 1, 2 50 0~99 Change at Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4] or the
Digit amount by which the sheet set number exceeds the sheet switch number [NVM 763-
667]).
Usage: 100 + NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim = On Time (initialize 150
ms).
763-663 NVM_Stk_Lrg_More_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Tim - 3, 4 0 0~3
Digit
763-664 NVM_Front_Nml_Add_Tmp_Cnt 2 1~10 Number of additional tamps for a front, rear, or dual staple job.
763-665 NVM_Front_Set_Add_Tmp_Cnt 2 1~10 Number of additional tamps for a front, rear, or dual staple job.
763-666 NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Papernum_B 25 1~50 Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length < 364.0 [B4]) or the sheet switch
Order number
763-667 NVM_Stk_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Papernum_B 25 1~50 Sub_Pdl_Sol_On_Time (Stack Job or Paper Length >/= 364.0 [B4]) or the sheet switch
Order number
763-671 NVM_Num_Of_Eject_Single_Staple_Set 0 0~255 Number of stapled copies outputted to the Stacker Tray.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-21 IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-672 Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 1, 2 0 0~99 Width of top sheet in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).
Digit
763-672 Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 3, 4 0 0~99
Digit
763-672 Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 5, 6 0 0~6
Digit
763-673 Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 1, 2 0 0~99 Length of top sheet in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).
Digit
763-673 Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 3, 4 0 0~99
Digit
763-673 Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Last_Ejected_Sheet - 5, 6 0 0~6
Digit
763-674 Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 0~99 Maximum width paper in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).
Digit
763-674 Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 3, 4 0 0~99
Digit
763-674 Ex_Sheet_Width_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 5, 6 0 0~6
Digit
763-675 Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 0~99 Maximum length paper in Stacker Tray (0x0000~0xFFFF).
Digit
763-675 Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 0~99
Digit
763-675 Ex_Sheet_Length_Of_Maximum_Size_Sheet - 1, 2 0 0~6
Digit
763-677 Ex_Offset_Position 0 0~1 Final offset position. 0: Rear, 1: Front
763-679 NVM_Mix_Stack 0 0~1 Mix Full Stack detect. 0: Not detected, 1: Detected.
763-680 NVM_Puncher_Dust_Count - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message.
763-680 NVM_Puncher_Dust_Count - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99
763-680 NVM_Puncher_Dust_Count - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-684 NVM_Num_Of_Stack_Tray_Sheets - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Number of output sheets for Full detection.
763-684 NVM_Num_Of_Stack_Tray_Sheets - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99
763-684 NVM_Num_Of_Stack_Tray_Sheets - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-685 Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Number of Stacker output sheets (lower value).
763-685 Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total number of sheets = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-685 Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-686 Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Number of Stacker output sheets (upper value).
763-686 Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total number of sheets = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-686 Ex_Stacker_Feed_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-687 Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Total staple frequency of Stacker (lower value).
763-687 Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total staple frequency of Stacker = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-687 Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-22 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-688 Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Total staple frequency of Stacker (upper value).
763-688 Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total staple frequency of Stacker = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-688 Ex_Stacker_Staple_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-689 Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Total punch frequency (lower value)
763-689 Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Operation frequency of Punch Unit (lower value)
Total punch frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value)
763-689 Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-690 Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Total punch frequency (upper value)
763-690 Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Operation frequency of Punch Unit (upper value)
Total punch frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value)
763-690 Ex_Total_Punching_Counter_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-691 Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Sub Paddle Solenoid operating frequency (lower value).
763-691 Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-691 Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-692 Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Sub Paddle Solenoid operating frequency (upper value).
763-692 Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-692 Ex_Total_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-693 Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Set Clamp operating frequency (lower value).
763-693 Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total Set Clamp operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-693 Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-694 Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Set Clamp operating frequency (upper value).
763-694 Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total Set Clamp operating frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value).
763-694 Ex_Total_Set_Clamp_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-695 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Elevator Motor UP operation frequency (lower value).
763-695 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total UP frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-695 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-696 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Elevator Motor UP operation frequency (upper value).
763-696 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total UP frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-696 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Up_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-697 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Elevator Motor DOWN operation frequency (lower value).
763-697 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total DOWN frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-697 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-698 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Elevator Motor DOWN operation frequency (upper value).
763-698 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total DOWN frequency of Elevator Motor = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-698 Ex_Elevator_Mot_Down_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-699 NVM_Stacker_Tray_Position 0 0~150 Positional record of Stacker Tray (0 = uppermost position).
763-700 NVM_Booklet_Sub_CPU_Ver - 0~255 Booklet Sub CPU software version (for booklet control).
763-703 NVM_Book_Unstp_Eject_Exit_Speed_S 5 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length = or < 300 mm) during
booklet unstaple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-23 IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-704 NVM_Book_Unstp_Eject_Exit_Speed_L 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length > 300 mm) during book-
let unstaple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-705 NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_S 0 0~1 Stapler position shift for small-sized booklet staple job. 0: No shift, 1: Shift
763-706 NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_L 0 0~1 Stapler position shift for large-sized (paper length > 330 mm) booklet staple job.
0: No shift, 1: Shift
763-707 NVM_Bookstpl_Posshift_Pls 57 27~170 1 pulse The amount of position shift (valid when NVM 763-705 or 763-706 = 1).
1 pulse = 0.1766 mm
763-710 Ex_Max_Booklet_Stapling 15 2~25 Maximum number of sheets at the binding fold in booklet staple mode.
763-711 NVM_Booklet_Full_Set_Count_S 50 1~255 Number of paper sets required for Booklet Full detection (standard = 15 pieces/set)
(paper length < B4S).
763-712 NVM_Booklet_Full_Set_Count_L 50 1~255 Number of paper sets required for Booklet Full detection (standard = 15 pieces/set)
(paper length = or > B4S).
763-713 Ex_Max_Booklet_Unstapling 5 1~15 Maximum number of sheets at the binding fold in booklet unstaple mode.
763-714 [Unused] 100 1~255 [Unused] The maximum number of copies in a set allowed in the Stacker during booklet
NVM_Booklet_Unstaple_Stack_Set_Count unstaple mode.
763-715 NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_End_Chk_Setting 1 0~1 A limit of 1 job in booklet mode (staple or unstaple) when deciding a mixed-size stack.
0: No limit, 1: Limit
763-716 NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_Start_Chk_Setting 1 0~1 Immediately notice a mixed stack full condition when starting a mixed-size stack in
booklet mode.
0: Do not immediately notice, 1: Immediately notice
763-717 NVM_Bklt_Mix_Full_Job_End_Chk_Encoder_Cnt 6 1~255 Mix Full Detection Encoder position setting when a booklet job ends (booklet staple or
unstaple mode).
763-718 NVM_Tray_Full_Clear_Encoder_Cnt 6 1~255 Position at which Tray Encoder is cleared for Full, Mix Full, StackerTrayFull.
763-719 NVM_Encoder_Cnt_Tim 10 0~10 10 ms Increase the Encoder count time after the Stacker Tray Motor stops.
763-720 NVM_Book_Frnt_Nml_Tmp_Cnt 2 0~10 Normal tamping frequency of Front Tamper when booklet is ejected.
763-721 NVM_Book_Rear_Nml_Tmp_Cnt 2 0~10 Normal tamping frequency of Rear Tamper when booklet is ejected.
763-722 NVM_Book_Frnt_Set_Tmp_Cnt 6 0~10 Last tamping frequency of Front Tamper when booklet is ejected.
763-723 NVM_Book_Rear_Set_Tmp_Cnt 5 0~10 Last tamping frequency of Rear Tamper when booklet is ejected.
763-724 [Unused] NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Mode 0 0~255 [Unused] Sets the eject output speed in booklet job mode.
763-725 NVM_Book_Size_Pos_Pls 17 0~33 Adjusts the pulse for Booklet Stapler Move size position.
Usage: pulse = 1230 + NVM_Book_Size_Pos_Pls - (Paper Width) / 0.3532.
763-726 NVM_Book_Trns_S_Adjust 52 0~90 Adjusts the pulse for the Eject Motor booklet transport operation when the booklet is
ejected (paper length < 364 mm [B4]).
Usage: pulse = 954.4 - (paper length)/0.495 + NVM_Book_Trns_S_Adjust.
NOTE: Increasing the value moves the staple position toward rear end of paper.
763-727 NVM_Book_Trns_L_Adjust 49 0~90 Adjusts the pulse for the Eject Motor booklet transport operation when the booklet is
ejected (paper length = or > 364 mm [B4]).
Usage: pulse = 954.4 - (paper length)/0.495 + NVM_Book_Trns_L_Adjust.
NOTE: Increasing the value moves the staple position toward rear end of paper.
763-728 NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls 12 0~24 Adjusts number of tamping pulses after booklet is ejected:
F Tamper = 32 + NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls
R Tamper = 51 - NVM_Book_Tmp_Pls

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-24 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-729 NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim 50 0~200 Time from CompileExitSnrOff to energizing Sub Paddle Solenoid (in booklet job mode).
25 (5 with Filter) + NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Strt_Tim = operation start time (initialize
75 [55] ms)
763-730 NVM_Book_R_Stpl_Strt_Tim - 1, 2 Digit 0 5~99 In booklet staple mode, time at which rear staple operation begins.
763-730 NVM_Book_R_Stpl_Strt_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 2 0~5
763-731 NVM_Book_Tray_Down 20 0~40 Sets a pulse count for the Stacker Encoder when the TrayAjust operation was com-
pleted. Limit of input value is [NVM 763-731] > or = [NVM 763-732].
763-732 NVM_Book_Tray_Up1 8 0~40 Sets the limit of upward travel for the first time the Tray goes up after the Booklet Staple
Job Limit of the input value is [NVM 763-731] > or = [NVM 763-732].
763-733 NVM_Book_Adjust_Start_Tim - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~0 1 ms [Unused] Time until beginning of booklet exhaust operation.
763-733 NVM_Book_Adjust_Start_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~50 1 ms
763-734 NVM_Book_Staple_Move_Escape_Start_Tim - 1, 2 0 5~99 1 ms [Unused] Booklet Staple Move Motor starts to go back after this time.
Digit
763-734 NVM_Book_Staple_Move_Escape_Start_Tim - 3, 4 5 0~50 1 ms
Digit
763-735 NVM_Book_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 1, 2 50 0~99 1 ms Effective interval time (off time) to repeat a dragging (Sub Paddle Sol On operating).
Digit Can be set with NVM 736-746 (booklet job and length of paper < 364.0 [B4]).
763-735 NVM_Book_Sml_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 3, 4 0 0~2 1 ms
Digit
763-736 NVM_Book_Lrg_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 1, 2 Digit 50 0~99 1 ms Effective interval time (off time) to repeat a dragging (Sub Paddle Sol On operating).
Can be set with NVM 736-746 (booklet job and length of paper < 364.0 [B4]).
763-736 NVM_Book_Lrg_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Intvl_Tim - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~2 1 ms
763-737 [Unused] NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Off_Tim 100 0~200 [Unused] The amount of time to retain the status of Set Clamp Goback when a booklet
uses large size paper. Usage: 170 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Escape_Keep_Tim (initial-
ize 270 ms).
763-738 [Unused] 100 0~200 [Unused] The amount of time the Clutch is on to operate the Set Clamp when outputting
NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Escape_Keep_Tim large-size booklets. Usage: 185 + NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Clon_Tim (initialize 285 ms).
763-739 NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Eject_Rev_Pls - 1, 2 Digit 20 0~99 The amount of time the Eject Motor operates in reverse when outputting small-size
(paper size < 322 mm) booklets.
Usage: [1207.4 - (2x paper length) + 50] - 529 -120 + NVM (Default: 134 pulses on
A4S).
763-739 NVM_Set_Clmp_Book_Eject_Rev_Pls - 3, 4 Digit 1 0~3
763-740 NVM_Book_Eject_Border_Sheet_Num_S 5 2~25 The number of sheets of the Eject Motor speed switch when outputting small-size
(paper length = or < 330 mm) booklets.
763-741 NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Less_S 3 1~4 When outputting small-size booklets, if the Eject Motor speed switch count is less than
the set value (NVM 763-740), the exit speed of the Eject Motor is set as follows:
1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.
763-742 NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_More_S 3 1~4 When outputting small-size (paper length = or < 330 mm) booklets, if the Eject Motor
speed switch count is more than the set value (NVM 763-740), the exit speed of the
Eject Motor is set as follows:
1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.
763-743 NVM_Book_Eject_Border_Sheet_Num_L 5 2~25 The number of sheets of the Eject Motor speed switch when outputting large-size
(paper length > 330 mm) booklets.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-25 IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-744 NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_Less_L 4 1~4 When outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets, the exit speed of the
Eject Motor is set as follows:
1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.
763-745 NVM_Book_Eject_Exit_Speed_More_L 4 1~4 When outputting large-size (paper length > 330 mm) booklets, if the Eject Motor speed
switch count is more than the set value (NVM 763-743), the exit speed of the Eject
Motor is set as follows:
1 = low speed, 2 = middle speed, 3 = high speed, 4 = super high speed.
763-746 NVM_Book_Sub_Pdl_Sol_Times 1 1~5 The Sub Paddle Sol On operating frequency is set at Booklet Job.
763-747 NVM_Book_Transport_Select 4 1~6 Sets the transport speed from the Eject Motor to the booklet staple position. Also cor-
rects the timing for the Set Clamp Goback operation.
1: 1617 pps (403.0 mm/sec.), 2: 400 pps (99.7 mm/sec.), 3: 645 pps (160.7 mm/sec.),
4: 839 pps (209.1 mm/sec.), 5: 1034 pps (257.7 mm/sec.), 6: 1210 pps (301.5 mm/
sec.).
763-748 NVM_Book_Tray_Up2 12 0~40 Sets the limit of upward travel for the first time the Tray goes up after the Booklet Staple
Job. Default is [NVM 763-731] - [NVM 763-732].
763-749 NVM_Fold_Tray_Down_Sheet_Count 12 1~50 In Fold Job mode (Booklet UnStaple Job, BiFold Job), the number of sheets which
causes the Output Tray to move down 1 increment.
763-750 NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_1 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 1-
3 of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-751 NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_2 5 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 4-
6 of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-752 NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_3 3 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 7
and above of the set during Stacker unstaple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-753 NVM_Stk_Eject_Unstpl_Exit_Speed_L 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length > Letter L) during
Stacker unstaple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-755 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_L 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length = or > 13 inches) during
front/rear staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-756 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S1 4 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Small size: Each increment ~ 3 copies.
763-757 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S2 5 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Small size: Each increment 4 ~ 7 copies.
763-758 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S3 3 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Small size: Each increment 8 ~ 10 copies.
763-759 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_S4 1 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Small size: Each increment 11 ~ copies.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-26 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-760 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L1 4 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Large size: Each increment ~ 3 copies.
763-761 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L2 2 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Large size: Each increment 4 ~ 7 copies.
763-762 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L3 3 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Large size: Each increment 8 ~ 10 copies.
763-763 NVM_Book_Traydown_Setcount_L4 1 1~15 The number of increments the Tray moves down after a booklet staple set is outputted.
Large size: Each increment 11 ~ copies.
763-764 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S1 2 1~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: ~ 3 copies.
763-765 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S2 3 1~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 4 ~ 7 copies.
763-766 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S3 2 1~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 8 ~ 10 copies.
763-767 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_S4 1 1~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Small size: 11 ~ copies.
763-768 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L1 2 1~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: ~ 3 copies.
763-769 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L2 1 1~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 4 ~ 7 copies.
763-770 NVM_Num_Of_Ejected_Booklet_Staple_Set 0 0~255 The saddle-stapled number of copies outputted to the Booklet Tray.
763-771 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L3 2 0~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 8 ~ 10 copies.
763-772 NVM_Book_Traydown_Addpulse_L4 1 0~15 Number of pulses added to Tray Down increment. Large size: 11 ~ copies.
763-773 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_233 - 1, 2 Digit 50 0~99 The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (2-3 hole
763-773 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_233 - 3, 4 Digit 7 0~15 punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5.
763-774 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_SW4 - 1, 2 Digit 75 0~99 The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish Full message (6 hole
763-774 NVM_Puncher_Full_Count_Num_SW4 - 3, 4 Digit 3 0~15 punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 5.
763-775 NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_233 - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish warning (2-3 hole
763-775 NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_233 - 3, 4 Digit 5 0~15 punch). Effective when NVM 763-605 is 2 or 3.
763-776 NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_SW4 - 1, 2 Digit 50 0~99 The number of sheets required to generate a Puncher Rubbish warning (6 hole punch).
763-776 NVM_Puncher_Near_Count_Num_SW4 - 3, 4 Digit 2 0~15 Effective when NVM 763-605 is 6.
763-777 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S1 5 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 1-
9 during front/rear staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-778 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S2 5 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets
10-29 during front/rear staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-779 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S3 5 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 30
and above during front/rear staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-780 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M1 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches)
for sheets 9 and above during front/rear staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-27 IOT NVM List
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-781 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M2 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches)
for sheets 10-29 during front/rear staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-782 NVM_Stk_Eject_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M3 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches)
for sheets 30 and above during front/rear staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-783 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S1 5 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 1-
9 during dual staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-784 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S2 3 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets
10-29 during dual staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-785 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_S3 3 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for small size paper (paper length < Letter L) for sheets 30
and above during dual staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-786 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M1 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches)
for sheets 1-9 during dual staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-787 Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Booklet fold frequency (lower value).
763-787 Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total fold frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-787 Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-788 Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 Booklet fold frequency (upper value).
763-788 Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99 Total fold frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-788 Ex_Booklet_Fold_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-789 Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Lower - 1, 2 0 0~99 Booklet staple operation frequency (lower value).
Digit Total staple frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-789 Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Lower - 3, 4 0 0~99
Digit
763-789 Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Lower - 5, 6 0 0~6
Digit
763-790 Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Upper - 1, 2 0 0~99 Booklet staple operation frequency (upper value).
Digit Total staple frequency = (upper value) x 65536 + (lower value).
763-790 Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Upper - 3, 4 0 0~99
Digit
763-790 Ex_Total_Booklet_Stapling_Counter_Upper - 5, 6 0 0~6
Digit

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-28 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 13 SB Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
763-791 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M2 1 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches)
for sheets 10-29 during dual staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-792 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_M3 1 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for medium size paper (paper length > Letter L~13 inches)
for sheets 1-30 during dual staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-793 NVM_Stk_Eject_Dual_Stpl_Exit_Speed_L 6 1~6 Exit speed of the Eject Motor for large size paper (paper length = or > 13 inches) during
dual staple job mode.
1: 160.7 mm/sec., 2: 209.1 mm/sec., 3: 257.7 mm/sec., 4: 301.5 mm/sec., 5: 353.9 mm/
sec., 6: 403.0 mm/sec.
763-797 NVM_Write_Address 0 0~3
763-798 NVM_Write_Count_Lower - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 NVM write frequency (lower value).
Total NVM write frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value)
763-798 NVM_Write_Count_Lower - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99
763-798 NVM_Write_Count_Lower - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6
763-799 NVM_Write_Count_Upper - 1, 2 Digit 0 0~99 NVM write frequency (upper value).
Total NVM write frequency = (upper value) x 65535 + (lower value)
763-799 NVM_Write_Count_Upper - 3, 4 Digit 0 0~99
763-799 NVM_Write_Count_Upper - 5, 6 Digit 0 0~6

Chain 764-xxx Finisher

Table 14 Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
764-100 Mix Stack Enable/Disable 0 0~1 - 0: Enable (mix size stack is detected)
1: Disable (mix size stack is not detected)
764-101 Maximum Set Count 50 0~100 - Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Finisher)
764-102 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Staple 50 0~100 - Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled
764-103 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/Big 25 10~100 - Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled
paper size
764-104 Maximum Compile Sheet Count for Un-Staple/ 50 10~100 - Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled paper that can be compiled
Small paper size
764-112 Sleep Mode Recovery Indicate 0 0~1 - Not available
764-120 Maximum Set Count(A-fin) 30 30~300 Maximum number of document sets that can be stacked (A-Fin)
764-121 Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Big) 30 10~50 Maximum volume of large-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length
is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)
764-122 Maximum Compile Sheet Count(Staple/Small) 50 10~70 Maximum volume of small-sized and stapled paper that can be compiled. (Paper length
is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin)
764-123 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Plain Big) 1 1~25 Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled plain paper that can be compiled.
(Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-29 IOT NVM List
Table 14 Finisher
Chain-link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
764-124 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Plain Small) 10 1~50 Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled plain paper that can be compiled.
(Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin)
764-125 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Heavy weight 1 1~25 Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled heavy weight paper 1 that can be com-
paper 1 Big) piled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-Fin)
764-126 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Heavy weight 5 1~50 Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled heavy weight paper 1 that can be com-
paper 1 Small) piled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-Fin)
764-127 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Special paper 1 1~25 Maximum volume of large-sized and unstapled special paper (heavy weight paper 2,
Big) labels, transparency) that can be compiled. (Paper length is more than 297.0 mm) (A-
Fin)
764-128 Max Compile Sheet Count(Un-Staple/Special paper 1 1~50 Maximum volume of small-sized and unstapled special paper (heavy weight paper 2,
Small) labels, and transparency) that can be compiled. (Paper length is 297.0 mm or less) (A-
Fin)

Chain 954-xxx HFSI

Table 15 HFSI
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
954-800 Tray1 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-803 Tray4 Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT NVM List 6-30 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 15 HFSI
Chain-
Link Name Default Range 1 Count Remarks
954-803 Tray4 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-803 Tray4 Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-803 Tray4 First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Dig- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
its) 0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-805 MSI Last Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-805 MSI Fifth and Sixth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-805 MSI Third and Fourth Digits of Feed Capacity (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-805 MSI First Two Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
0 at the same time.)
954-807 Last Two Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-807 Fifth and Sixth Digits of Fuser Discharging Number 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
(8 Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-807 Third and Fourth Digits of Fuser Discharging Num- 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
ber (8 Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-807 First Two Digits of Fuser Discharging Number (8 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-808 Last Two Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-808 Fifth and Sixth Digits of the number of Sheets 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-808 Third and Fourth Digits of the number of Sheets 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
Reaching BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) 0 at the same time.)
954-808 First Two Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode. (0 clearance means all byte changes to
BIAS transfer Roll (8 Digits) 0 at the same time.)

IIT NVM List

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-31 IOT NVM List, IIT NVM List
Chain 710-xxx DADF

Table 1 DADF
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
710-501 Fax Document Size Detection Method for DADF 0 0~1 Switches detection methods when Fax Document Size Detection is specified in DADF mode. 0: A/B
series, 1: Inch series
710-551 JAM Bypass 0 0~1 0: Do not bypass, 1: Bypass. Also applies to CVT mode.
710-556 8.5x11 LEF Threshold 2093 1993~2193 Threshold value for distinguishing 8.5x11 LEF from 8x10 LEF
710-557 B5 SEF/8x10 SEF Switching 0 0~1 0: B5 SEF (FX/XE/AP), 1: 8x10 SEF (XC)
710-558 11x15 SEF/8-k Switching (for AP market) 0 0~1 0: 11x15 SEF, 1: 8 k
710-559 FS MAX Value 2970 1297~3070 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-560 FS MIN Value 2970 1297~3070 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-561 SS MAX Value 2100 1297~4418 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-562 SS MIN Value 2100 1297~4418 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-563 Document Size 8 3~20 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-564 Document Process Direction 0 0~1 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-565 DADF Document Size Detection Table 0 0~1 DADF document size detection table for registration by customers
710-566 Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of S-sized 250 217~283 Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of S-sized documents. (Unit = step.) S-sized paper with
documents a length between 131.7mm and 158.0mm in the slow scan direction.
710-567 Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of M-sized 250 217~283 Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of M-sized documents. (Unit = step.) M-sized paper with
documents a length between 158.1mm and 245.9mm in the slow scan direction.
710-568 Lead Registration Correction for Side 2 of L-sized 250 217~283 Lead registration correction value for Side 2 of L-sized documents. (Unit = step.) L-sized paper with
documents a length between 246.0mm and 460.0mm in the slow scan direction.
710-600 Size Mismatch Jam Detection Setting (Applicable 1 1~2 1: Size Mismatch Jam Detection On 2: Size Mismatch Jam Detection Off
only in Simplex mode)
710-601 Alternate Size Set 1 1 1~2 PF1: Switches between 8.5x13 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 13
1: 8.5x13 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF
710-602 Alternate Size Set 2 1 1~2 PF1: Switches between 8.5x14 SEF and 8.46x12.4 SEF No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch 14
1: 8.5x14 SEF, 2: 8.46x12.4 SEF
710-603 Alternate Size Set3 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm, No-Mix/Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0:
Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S PF2: Switches between 11x15S and 11x17S. No-Mix: mm/Inch13/
Inch14, Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 11x17S,2: 11x15S
710-604 Alternate Size Set4 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between 8.46x12.4S, 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1:
8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S PF2: Switches between 8.5x13S and 8.5x14S. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm Initial
value: 2,0: Default,1: 8.5x13S,2: 8.5x14S
710-605 Alternate Size Set5 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between BS5 and 16KS. No-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B5S,2: 16KS PF2: Switches
between B5S and 16KS. No-Mix/Size-Mix: mm 0: Default,1: B5S, 2: 16KS
710-606 Alternate Size Set6 0 0~3 PF1: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1:
8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S PF2: Switches between 8x10S, 8x10.5S and 8.5x11S. Size-Mix:
Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11S,2: 8x10S,3: 8x10.5S
710-607 Alternate Size Set7 0 0~3 PF1: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1:
8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L PF2: Switches between 8x10L, 8x10.5L and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: Inch13/
Inch14,0: Default,1: 8.5x11L,2: 8x10L,3: 8x10.5L
710-608 Alternate Size Set8 0 0~3 PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS, 11x15S and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B4S,2: 8KS 3:
11x15S 4: 11x17S PF2: Switches between B4S, 8KS and 11x17S. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1:
B4S,2: 8KS 3: 11x17S PF2 setting range is 0~3.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IIT NVM List 6-32 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 DADF
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
710-609 Alternate Size Set9 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8x10S,2: 8x10.5S
PF2: Switches between 8x10S and 8x10.5S. No-Mix: Inch13/Inch14,0: Default,1: 8x10S,2: 8x10.5S
710-610 Alternate Size Set10 0 0~2 PF1: Switches between B5L and 16KL. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default,1: B5L,2: 16KL PF2: Switches
between B5L, 16KL and 8.5x11L. Size-Mix: mm,0: Default 1: B5L,2: 16KL 3: 8.5x11L PF2 setting
range is 0~3.
710-611 Alternate Size Set11 0 0~3 PF1: Switches between B5S/16KS/8.5x11S. Size-Mix: mm, 0: Default, 1: B5S, 2: 16KS, 3: 8.5x11S
710-612 Size-Mix Mode Size Orientation 1 0~1 Switches between LEF and SEF.,0: LEF,1: SEF
710-613 Mixed Size Selection 1 0~1 Switches the size (standard size/non-standard size) to be transmitted from DADF to IISS in mixed
size mode of fax job. 0: Non-standard size mode, 1: Standard size mode

Chain 715-xxx IISS

Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-017 IIT Fail Bypass 0 0~1 0: Fail Bypass Off, 1: Fail Bypass On
715-018 Fan Control Mode 0 0~1 0: Normal, 1: Extended mode
715-020 Number of APS 1 0~1 0: 1 APS, 1: 2 APS
715-022 Lamp Fan Fail Bypass 0 0~1 On/Off of Lamp Fan Fail Detection. 0: On, 1: Off
715-023 Lamp Fan On Time (Low Rotation) 15 0~60 Time period to operate Lamp Fan at low rotation (value can be set in 1-minute increments)
715-024 Lamp Fan Off Time 0 0~60 Time period during which Lamp Fan stops (value can be set in 1-minute increments)
715-025 FL Timer Set 0 0~1 0: Standard FL Timer settings (30min rest/0.5sec On), 1: Condensation mode setting (Diag 715-
026, 715-027 timer settings apply)
715-026 Lamp ON Interval 30 1~60 Interval setting (time between Lamp OFF and Lamp ON again) (unit: min.)
715-027 Lamp ON Time 1 1~60 Lamp ON time setting (unit: sec.)
715-030 IIT Failure Part Diagnosis 0 0-65535 By writing 1, diagnosis for IIT failed part starts. The numbers of failed parts that are predicted to read
this NVM are displayed after the failed parts diagnosis ends. When Fail occurs during the failed
parts diagnosis, Fail code is recorded in this NVM and the failed parts diagnosis ends. Even when 1
is entered, the value is not actually written. When values other than 1 are entered, the values are
invalid.
715-050 Platen SS Registration Adjustment 100 16~184 Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.036mm/increment), Factory Settings
715-051 Platen SS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 50 44~56 Slow Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (0.1%/increment), Factory Settings
715-052 Platen Glass Type 2 0~2 0: Platen model, 1: Belt DADF, 2: CVT, Factory Settings
715-053 Platen PRadjF 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (Dot), VLSS=PROMVLSS+(PRadjF-120)x2, Factory Set-
tings
715-056 CVT FS Offset Side1-1 (139.7-148) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-057 CVT FS Offset Rear Side2-1 (139.7~148) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-058 CVT FS Offset Side1-2 (182-194) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-059 CVT FS Offset Side2-2 (182-194) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-060 CVT FS Offset Side1-3 (203.2) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-061 CVT FS Offset Side2-3 (203.2) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-062 CVT FS Offset Side1-4 (210) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-063 CVT FS Offset Side2-4 (210) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-33 IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-064 CVT FS Offset Side1-5 (214.9-215.9) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-065 CVT FS Offset Side2-5 (214.9-215.9) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-066 CVT FS Offset Side1-6 (254-257) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-067 CVT FS Offset Side2-6 (254-257) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-068 CVT FS Offset Side1-7 (266.7-267) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-069 CVT FS Offset Side2-7 (266.7-267) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-070 CVT FS Offset Side1-8 (279.4) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-071 CVT FS Offset Side2-8 (279.4) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-072 CVT FS Offset Side1-9 (297) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-073 CVT FS Offset Side2-9 (297) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-074 CVT FS Offset Side3-1 (139.7-148) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-075 CVT FS Offset Side4-1 (139.7-148) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-076 CVT FS Offset Side3-2 (182-194) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-077 CVT FS Offset Side4-2 (182-194) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-078 CVT FS Offset Side3-3 (203.2) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-079 CVT FS Offset Side4-3 (203.2) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-080 CVT FS Offset Side3-4 (210) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-081 CVT FS Offset Side4-4 (210) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-082 CVT FS Offset Side3-5 (214.9-215.9) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-083 CVT FS Offset Side4-5 (214.9-215.9) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-084 CVT FS Offset Side3-6 (254-257) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-085 CVT FS Offset Side4-6 (254-257) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-086 CVT FS Offset Side3-7 (266.7-267) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-087 CVT FS Offset Side4-7 (266.7-267) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-088 CVT FS Offset Side3-8 (279.4) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-089 CVT FS Offset Side4-8 (279.4) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-090 CVT FS Offset Side3-9 (297) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-091 CVT FS Offset Side4-9 (297) 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings
715-092 WREF_ADJ_R 140 70-255
715-093 WREF_ADJ_G 140 70-255
715-094 WREF_ADJ_B 140 70-255
715-095 WREF_ADJ__BWX 140 70~255 BW-X W-Ref correction coefficient, Factory Settings
715-096 WREF_ADJ__BWY 140 70~255 BW-Y W-Ref correction coefficient, Factory Settings
715-102 WREF_Offset_R 63 0~127
715-103 WREF_Offset_G 63 0~127
715-104 WREF_Offset_B 63 0~127
715-105 WREF_ADJ_BW (Individual Paper) 63 0~127 BW W-Ref correction coefficient for each individual paper type.
715-106 IIT Paper Code 0 0~8 0: NVM uses coefficient for each individual paper type 1: J paper, 2: P paper, 3: C2 paper, 4:
Green100 paper, 5: Digital Color Xpression, 6: Color Tech+, 7: Xerox4200 paper, 8: Xerox Business
715-107 Nut_Angle_Front 990 0~1980 Light Axis Front Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle)
715-108 Nut_Angle_Rear 990 0~1980 Light Axis Rear Nut rotation angle (990~1980: Right revolution angle, 0~990: Left revolution angle)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IIT NVM List 6-34 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-110 CVT FS Offset Side1 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the
power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-272).
715-111 CVT FS Offset Side2 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the
power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-274).
715-112 CVT FS Offset Side3 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the
power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-274).
715-113 CVT FS Offset Side4 120 0~240 Fast Scan Direction Regi Correction Value (2dot/increment) in CVT. Factory Settings. When the
power is turned on, the value changes to that of DADF NVM (711-274).
715-201 ACS Detection Level Extension 0 0~1 0: Normal, 1: Extends levels to be detected
715-241 Black Line Correction Level Value (for Color) 8 0~15 Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading Color, the larger the value, the stronger
the correction strength (0 means no correction).
715-242 Black Line Correction Level Value (for BW) 9 0~15 Black Line Correction Strength Level Setting when reading BW, the larger the value, the stronger
the correction strength (0 means correction reset).
715-243 DCIC TEST MODE 0 0~7 Test Mode Setting for Designing Black Line Correction Parameter, 0 means normal operation.
715-244 BWC Table 0 0~7 B/W correction table for registration by customers. (BWC) B/W correction is not performed by set-
ting 0.
715-245 Sampling timing optimization 0 0~1 Optimizes the timing of image sampling. The optimization starts only when 1 is written. *When val-
ues other than 1 are entered, the values are invalid.
715-246 Threshold level of tuning 4 1~7 Threshold value for density difference that is used when calculating the optimal timing of image
sampling. Can be changed between 1 and 7.
715-280 HOSEI_SCAN 3 0~6 Correction coefficient number. *The value adjusted at shipment is applied.
715-281 HOSEI_SCAN 3 0~6 Correction coefficient number. *The value adjusted at shipment is applied.
715-282 CCD Calib Y Scan Red 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-283 CCD Calib Y Scan Green 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-284 CCD Calib Y Scan Blue 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning Y patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-285 CCD Calib M Scan Red 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-286 CCD Calib M Scan Green 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-287 CCD Calib M Scan Blue 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning M patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-288 CCD Calib C Scan Red 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-289 CCD Calib C Scan Green 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-290 CCD Calib C Scan Blue 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning C patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-291 CCD Calib PK Scan Red 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Red at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-292 CCD Calib PK Scan Green 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Green at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-293 CCD Calib PK Scan Blue 0 0~1023 CCD Calibration. Blue at the time of scanning PK patch (reflectance LSB). *Recorded at shipment.
715-302 A4S/8.5in Detection 2 3 0~6 0: 210mm, 1: 211mm, 2: 212mm, 3: 213mm, 4: 214mm, 5: 215mm, 6: 216mm
715-303 B5/8x10 Detection 0 0~3 0: Table default 1: B5LEF or ExecutiveLEF 2: 8x10LEF/8x10.5LEF 3: This value is for design test.
Performance is not guaranteed.
715-305 8.5x13/8.5x14 Detection 0 0~3 0: Table default. 1: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 2: 13inch 3: 14inch
715-306 Original Detection Table for Special Paper 0 0~2 0: Do not use Special Table 1: APS OFF, A4; APS ON, A3 2: APS OFF, Letter; APS ON, 17inch
715-307 Original Size Detection Table Switch 2 1~5 1: Inch13-2 2: mm-2 3: mm 4: Inch13-1 5: Inch14
715-308 5.5x8.5/Postcard Detection 0 0~2 0: Table default 1: A5SEF or 5.5x8.5SEF 2: PostCardLEF

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-35 IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-310 A3/11x17 Detection 0 0~3 0: Table default 1: A3SEF 2: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 3: A3SEF,
11x17SEF
715-311 A4/8.5x11 Detection 0 0~3 0: Table default 1: A4LEF 2: This value is for design test. Performance is not guaranteed. 3:
8.5x11LEF, A4LEF
715-312 A6S Threshold 90 50~110 Changes the threshold value in the fast scan direction between non-standard size paper, postcard
SEF, and A6 SEF. When values outside the setting range (50~100) are set, the threshold value in
the fast scan direction is 90mm. 50 ~ 100mm in 1mm increments.
715-344 Original Size Detection, Platen Background 0 0~1 0: Detection by 4 registers 1: Detection by 3 registers (countermeasure for dirt)
Countermeasure for Dirt
715-345 GCO/TFX Size Switch 1 0~1 0: GCO (16K/8K=270x195/270x390) 1: TFX (16K/8K=267x194/267x388)
715-346 B4/8K Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting 3 0~6 0: 256mm, 1: 258mm, 2: 260mm, 3: 262mm, 4: 264mm, 5: 266mm, 6: 268mm
715-347 8K/11x17SEF Fast Scan Threshold Value Setting 3 0~6 0: 269mm, 1: 271mm, 2: 273mm, 3: 275mm, 4: 277mm, 5: 279mm, 6: 281mm
715-349 B6/5x7 Detection 0 0~2 0: Table default 1: B6SEF 2: 5x7SEF
715-362 FL_CHK_NG_Count 0 0~65535 Lamp Check NG Count (Reset when lamp is replaced)
715-363 FL_CHK_NG_Data 0 0~1023 Data obtained when Lamp Check Fails (Read G Write data compared at checking)
715-418 AOCerr 0 0~255 Number of times the AOC flow has ended abnormally
715-550 TP_BW_Copy BGR-AE-Level 0 0~4095 Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0
to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or
machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-551 TP_CL_Copy BGR-AE-Level 0 0~4095 Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0
to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or
machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-552 TX_BW_Copy BGR-AE-Level 0 0~4095 Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0
to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or
machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-553 TX_CL_Copy BGR-AE-Level 0 0~4095 Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0
to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or
machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-554 TP_BW_Contone BGR-AE-Level 0 0~4095 Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0
to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or
machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-555 TP_CL_Contone BGR-AE-Level 0 0~4095 Removal amount is the value (0 to 15) X 3 (8-bit conversion). (For 10-bit conversion, the value [0
to 15] X 12.) Last 0 to 3 bits: Platen, 4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF, 8 to 11 bits: CVT or
machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-560 BWPG Density 128 0~255 Solid PG density of the whole page (0: Black)
715-600 AE1 FS External Area 255 0~65535 High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At SMPST, SMPED setting
715-601 AE2 FS External Area 255 0~65535 High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At HAEFST, HAEFSE setting
715-602 AE3 FS External Area 255 0~65535 High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At MAEFST, MAEFSE setting (* Area
used as detection area is used for PreIPS noise removal as well)
715-603 AE4 FS External Area 255 0~65535 High Speed AE/Fast Scan Direction undetected area INSTV At NAEFST, NAEFSE setting
715-604 Line to Fix Variation 60 0~65535 High Speed AE/Slow Scan Direction variable fixed position/NCON Slow Scan Edge AE Detection
Amount (0.16mm increments)
715-605 HAE Line to Fix Variation 240 0~65535 End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting back-
ground density with RAE. HAESSE

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IIT NVM List 6-36 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-606 MAE Line to Fix Variation 240 0~65535 End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting back-
ground density with RAE. MAESSE (*Also applies to detection area for PreIPS noise deletion.)
715-607 NAE Line to Fix Variation 240 0~65535 End position for AE in the slow scan direction. Width in the slow scan direction for detecting back-
ground density with RAE. NAESSE
715-608 Variation Control for BW Copy 1 0~1 LIM Control mode
715-609 CL_Copy Variation Control 1 0~1 LIM Control mode
715-610 Variation Control for FAX, BinScan 1 0~1 LIM Control mode
715-611 Variation Control for ContoneScan 1 0~1 LIM Control mode
715-612 HAE Threshold for Background Color Suppres- 127 0~255 Threshold value for histogram of HAE. Set in 100/255 increments. HAETH
sion
715-613 NAE1 Threshold for Background Color Suppres- 33 0~255 Threshold value for the number of color blocks of NAE. Set in 100/255% increments. NAEBLKTHC
sion
715-614 NAE2 Threshold for Background Color Suppres- 204 0~255 Threshold value for the number of designated color blocks of NAE. Set in 100/255% increments.
sion NAEBLKTHY
715-615 NAE3 Threshold for Background Color Suppres- 8 0~65535 Threshold value for the number of color lines of NAE. Designates the number of lines. NAETHC
sion
715-616 NAE4 Threshold for Background Color Suppres- 4 0~65535 Threshold value for the number of color lines of NAE. The number of lines is set. NAETHY
sion
715-617 AE Control of FS Length 0 0~1 0: Always use the document size detection result, 1: Detects the document size which the user
enters for calculating the AES parameter
715-618 Minimum FS Length for AE 500 0~65535 Fast Scan Detection Min range (0.1mm increments) for AES parameter calculation.
715-619 RAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 0~4000 Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for RAE.
Value for Adjusting AE Parameter
715-620 MAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 0~4000 Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for MAE.
Value for Adjusting AE Parameter
715-621 HAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 0~4000 Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for HAE.
Value for Adjusting AE Parameter
715-622 NAE Upper Limit 1 of SS Enlargement Correction 4000 0~4000 Slow Scan Detection Max range (0.1% increments) for NAE.
Value for Adjusting AE Parameter
715-629 TX_BW_Fax Offset Level of AE 0 0~8191 0 to 3 bits: Platen 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength
level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2:
Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy) 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength
level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (stan-
dard)
12 bits: On/Off of this register 1: On
715-630 TP_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
(Print, Photograph, Copy) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level
as well)
715-631 TP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Print, 273 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Photograph, Copy) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-37 IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-632 TX_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
(Normal, Pencil Text) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF. 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level
as well)
715-633 TX_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Normal, 273 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Pencil Text) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy
715-634 TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
(Light Document) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level
as well)
715-635 TPL_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Light 273 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Document) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy
715-636 TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Suppression Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
(Tracing Paper) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level
as well)
715-637 TRP_BW_Copy_Fax Offset Level of AE (Tracing 273 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Paper) Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy
715-638 TP_CL_Copy Removal Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)
Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for
TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher,
the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.)
715-639 TP_CL_Copy Offset Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-640 TX_CL_Copy Removal Level of AE 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)
Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for
TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher,
the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.)
715-641 TX_CL_Copy Offset Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IIT NVM List 6-38 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-642 TP_BW_Contone Suppression Level of AE 819 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level
as well)
715-643 TP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy
715-644 woTP_BW_Contone Suppression Level of AE 819 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy (* Used as the PreIPS EAER_DAT suppression level
as well)
715-645 woTP_BW_Contone Offset Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength Level 0 (standard), 1: Strength Level 1, 2: Strength Level 2, 3: Strength Level 3, 4:
Strength Level 4, 5~15 and above: Strength Level 0 (standard) 0bit~3bit, Platen 4bit~7bit, CVT or
DADF 8bit~11bit, CVT or DADF 2 Sided Copy
715-646 TP_CL_Contone Removal Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)
Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for
TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher,
the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.)
715-647 TP_CL_Contone Offset Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-648 woTP_CL_Contone Removal Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)
Coordination with TOOLS to determine the parameter selection level by adding the value for
TOOLS (level 0 to 4) and the level number of this NVM (0 to 4). When the result is level 4 or higher,
the level is 4. (Also applies to removal level of PreIPS EAER_DAT.)
715-649 woTP_CL_Contone Offset Level of AE 0 0~4095 0: Strength level 0 (standard), 1: Strength level 1, 2: Strength level 2, 3: Strength level 3, 4: Strength
level 4, 5or more: Strength level 0 (standard)
0 to 3 bits: Platen
4 to 7 bits: CVT or machines with DADF
8 to 11 bits: CVT or machines with DADF (duplex copy)
715-660 2F-AE Lower Limit of Multiplied Value 0 0~255 Used when calculating HAE background density. In 1/255 increments. 255=1
715-661 2F-AE Upper Limit of Multiplied Value 255 0~255 Used when calculating HAE background density. Set so that the sum of 2F-AE Upper Limit of Mul-
tiplied Value and 2F-AE Lower Limit of Multiplied Value is 255. In 1/255 increments. 255=1
715-662 Offset for 2F-AE Control 8 0~255 Value to be added (subtracted) to the HAE background density when comparing the RAE back-
ground density and the HAE background density. With a larger value, 2-side AE is less likely to be
selected.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-39 IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-663 Threshold for 2F AE Control 16 0~255 Value to be compared with the HAE background density when deciding whether to select 2-side AE.
When the background density of HAE is less than the value in this NVM, 2-side AE is not selected.
715-664 Mode Control of 2F AE 0 0~3 0: Conduct 2-side AE control, 1: Selection of 1-side AE is enforced (L0), 2: Output of 2-side AE is
enforced (L1)
715-668 Control of 2C Copy 0 0~1 2-color copy reproduction control. 0: Normal (same as Imari-MF), 1: 1301a series (yellow is not re-
created)
715-669 Control of Tracing Paper Mode 0 0~1 0:,Normal, 1: Tracing Paper mode (*applies to PreIPS C mode as well)
715-680 CL Balance Def Y / Low Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Low Density
715-681 CL Balance Def Y / Medium Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color Medium Density
715-682 CL Balance Def Y / High Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level Y Color High Density
715-683 CL Balance Def M / Low Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Low Density
715-684 CL Balance Def M / Medium Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color Medium Density
715-685 CL Balance Def M / High Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level M Color High Density
715-686 CL Balance Def C / Low Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Low Density
715-687 CL Balance Def C / Medium Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color Medium Density
715-688 CL Balance Def C / High Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level C Color High Density
715-689 CL Balance Def K / Low Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Low Density
715-690 CL Balance Def K / Medium Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color Medium Density
715-691 CL Balance Def K / High Density 4 0~8 Default Color Balance Adjustment Level K Color High Density
715-692 BW-PH Lighter3 Density 0 0~64 Fine adjustment for density. Coefficient value is calculated by dividing the set value by 64. Values
between 0 and 64 can be set. 0 is handled as 64.
715-693 BW-PH Lighter2 Density 0 0~64 Fine adjustment for density. Coefficient value is calculated by dividing the set value by 64. Values
between 0 and 64 can be set. 0 is handled as 64.
715-694 BW-PH Lighter1 Density 0 0~64 Fine adjustment for density. Coefficient value is calculated by dividing the set value by 64. Values
between 0 and 64 can be set. 0 is handled as 64.
715-702 PLTN/Belt FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 50 0~100 Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and
100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at
+/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)
715-703 CVT FS Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment 50 0~100 Fine adjustment for Fast Scan Direction Reduce/Enlarge ratios. Specify within the range of 0 and
100 in increments of 1. The value indicates the fine adjustment with 0=-5%, 50=0% and 100=5% at
+/-5% (0.1% increments). (No adjustment in Factory Settings)
715-704 IPS Through Setting1 0 0~65535 IPS Through Setting 1. Force to skip Image Processing functions at memory sample scan. Change
a value at S/W & H/W DEBUG. Always set 0 in normal use. (Handle with care) --The usage is as
follows: Whether to execute/force to skip functions is assigned to each bit. However, you can spec-
ify multiple bits at a time. [PF1/SHIPS]| [PF2],D'0: AES | BEXG_TH,D'1: DF39 | FSRE_TH,D'2: SSR
| SSR_TH,D'3: FSRE | NSP_TH,D'4: NSP | AER_TH,D'5: 4DLUT | TRC2_TH,D'6: 5AER |
ED_TH,D'7: 5MUL | SEL_TH,D'8: 5MWA | SEL2_TH,D'9: 4AER | (spare),D'10: 4MUL | (spare),D'11:
TRC | (spare),D'12: ED | (spare),D'13: DIRECT | (spare),D'14: AMAOSEL (SHIPS) | (spare),D'15:
(spare) | (spare) The specified bit value is: B'0: Unchanged, B'1: Forced to skip.
715-705 IPS Through Setting2 0 0~65535 IPS Through Setting 2. Sets the bypass mode for 4DLUT. Valid only when 4DLUT is set to be forc-
ibly bypassed at IPS Bypass Setting 1. Value is changed at the time of S/W & H/W debug. 0: Data
from Y block bypass L*a*b*, 1: Data from M block bypass L*a*b*, 2: Data from C block bypass
L*a*b*, 3: Data from K block bypass L*a*b*, 4: Data from YMCK blocks bypass L*, 5: Data from
YMCK blocks bypass a*, 6: Data from YMCK blocks bypass b*, 7 to 65535: 0 output

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IIT NVM List 6-40 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-720 Normal Density Text (BW Copy) 128 0~256 B/W COPY Text Normal Density Adjustment
715-721 High Density Text (BW Copy) 128 0~256 B/W COPY Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment
715-722 Normal Density Text (Scan/Fax) 128 0~256 Scan/FAX Text Normal Density Adjustment
715-723 High Density Text (Scan/Fax) 128 0~256 Scan/FAX Text Darker 3 Density Adjustment
715-724 PLTN RAE SS Not Detect Area 0 0~65535 Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for Platen model. BASE, HAEST,
MAESST, NAESS
715-725 DADF-P-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area 0 0~65535 Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model Platen job. Or, Slow
Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for CVT job. BASE, HAEST, MAESST,
NAESS
715-726 DADF-D-Job RAE SS Not Detect Area 0 0~65535 Slow Scan Non-detection area Setup Value at Real Time AE for DADF model DADF job. BASE,
HAEST, MAESST, NAESS
715-780 B-Hue Start Degree 270 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-781 B-Hue End Degree 320 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-782 G-Hue Start Degree 110 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-783 G-Hue End Degree 200 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-784 R-Hue Start Degree 350 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-785 R-Hue End Degree 60 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-786 Y-Hue Start Degree 60 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-787 Y-Hue End Degree 120 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-788 M-Hue Start Degree 320 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-789 M-Hue End Degree 10 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-790 C-Hue Start Degree 190 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-791 C-Hue End Degree 280 0~360 The value can be set in 1 degree (C) increments
715-800 IISS-DADF Communication Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-801 IISS-DADF Communication Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-802 IISS-Controller Communication Fail (Overall 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
Total)
715-803 IISS-Controller Communication Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-804 DADF EEPROM Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-805 DADF EEPROM Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-806 IPS Fan Failure Count (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-807 IPS Fan Failure Count (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-808 CRG Position Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-809 CRG Position Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-810 IISS LOGIC Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-811 IISS LOGIC Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-814 Lamp Illumination Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-815 Lamp Illumination Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-816 CRG Over Run Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-817 CRG Over Run Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-818 Lamp Fan Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-41 IIT NVM List
Table 2 IISS
Chain-Link Content Default Range Meaning
715-819 Lamp Fan Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-820 CCD Fan Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-821 CCD Fan Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-822 AGC Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-823 AGC Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-824 AOC Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-825 AOC Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-826 IPS PWBA Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-827 IPS PWBA Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-828 IISS/EXT Communication Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-829 IISS/EXT Communication Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-830 Extension EEPROM Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-831 Extension EEPROM Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-832 IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-833 IPS-EXT Connection Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-834 IPS-YATA Connection Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-835 IPS-YATA Connection Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-836 EXT-YATA Connection Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-837 EXT-YATA Connection Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-838 YATA PWBA Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-839 YATA PWBA Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-840 ITS PWBA Memory Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-841 ITS PWBA Memory Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-856 IIT Hot Line Fail (Overall Total) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value. (Write not permitted)
715-857 IIT Hot Line Fail (Since Reset) 0 0~65535 Accumulative Fail Counter value since it was last reset. (Write not permitted)
715-860 Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) 91 0~65535 Scan Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times (including Pre
Scan)
715-861 Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits) 36224 0~65535 Scan Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times (including Pre
Scan)
715-875 Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper 109 0~65535 Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 7,200,000 sec. (2,000
digits) hr.)
715-876 Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower 56576 0~65535 Lamp On Time Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 7,200,000 sec. (2,000
digits) hr.)
715-890 Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits) 91 0~65535 Lamp On Replacement Life Count (upper digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times
715-891 Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits) 36224 0~65535 Lamp On Replacement Life Count (lower digits) (write not permitted): 6,000,000 times

Chain 719-xxx Configuration

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


IIT NVM List 6-42 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 3 Configuration
Chain-Link Name Default Range Remarks
719-008 Market Information 0 0~4 0: FX, 1: AP, 2: XC, 3: XE, 4: SA *NVM value is updated when the power is turned on according to
the market information of the SystemCapabilitiesUpdate command
719-009 IISS Major Version 0 0~65535 IISS Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-010 IISS Minor Version 0 0~65535 IISS Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-011 IISS Revision Version 0 0~65535 IISS Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-012 IISS Patch Version 0 0~65535 IISS Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-013 ADF Major Version 0 0~65535 ADF Major Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-014 ADF Minor Version 0 0~65535 ADF Minor Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-015 ADF Revision Version 0 0~65535 ADF Revision Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-016 ADF Patch Version 0 0~65535 ADF Patch Version Number (Same as when downloaded)
719-017 IPL Version 0 0~65535 IPL Version Number

Controller & Fax NVM List Chain 700-xxx Common

Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-006 Configuration - 1~15 P(rinter), F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the fol-
lowing logic. P: 01, F: 02, C 04, S: 08. To differentiate between SP and MF-CSP, SP is allo-
cated 0x09.
700-061 Fax Card Available - -2~0 0: Normal, -1: Error, -2: Not installed
700-064 Fax Card Available for Ch0 0=None 0~1 0=None, 1=Available (Implemented on Host. Only automatic detection is necessary for Fax
card.)
700-071 USB User Buffer Size 64KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-073 Page Memory Size - 64~256 bytes (Auto Set)
700-075 ART User Buffer Size 32KB 32~2048 [32KB~2048KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-076 PostScript Buffer Size 24MB (24x1024) 16~96 [16MB~96MB] (0.25MB increments) Unit: Kbyte (Valid when PS option is available)
700-078 Form Buffer Size 128KB 128~2048 [128KB~2048KB] Unit: Kbyte
700-080 HPGL/Auto Layout Buffer Size 64KB 64~5120 [64KB~5120KB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-081 Parallel Buffer Size 64KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-082 Port9100 Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-083 Lpd Buffer Size 1024KB 1024~2048 [1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-084 NetWare Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-085 AppleTalk Buffer Size 1024KB 1024~2048 [1MB~2MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-086 SMB Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-087 IPP Buffer Size 256KB 64~1024 [64KB~1MB] (32KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-089 HDD Status - -2~0 [0: Installed, -1: Failed, -2: Not installed] (Auto Detect)
700-100 Forced Warmup Function Enable 0 0~1 0: Cannot be set, 1: Can be set
700-109 Forced Warmup Mode 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-110 Forced Warmup Time (Hour) 23 0~23 0 to 23 (Hour)
700-111 Forced Warmup Time (Minute) 59 0~59 0 to 59 (Minute)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-43 IIT NVM List
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-119 Image Log Supported Service 0x000f 0~0x000f Designation of service for which logs/images are to be created (designated with logical OR).
0x0001: Copy, 0x0002: Print, 0x0004: Fax, 0x0008: Scan, 0x0000: None
700-120 Time Zone +540 (FX Default) +600 -2460~2460 Displays time difference (min.) from GMT. For example, Japan: 540, Hawaii: -600
(AP Default) -300 (XC
Default)
700-124 Auto Clear Timer 1min (MF: 60, P: 1) 0~900 When entering from the menu, MF: 0 (prohibit), 60, 120, 180, 240 (sec.) P: 0 (prohibit), 1~30
(min.) When entering from a Chain Link, 0 (prohibit)~900 can be entered for MF and P but
for normal operation, they must fall within the above range.
700-125 Job Cancel Timer 600sec 0~5940 0, 240~5940: [Prohibit, 4~99min] (unit: second at 60-second increments) (The value is dif-
ferent from the MF-UI SOD value. This value is extracted from the COPY SOD.)
700-126 Operating Timer 10sec 0~240 0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1-sec. increments)
700-127 Job End Timer 6sec 0~240 0: Off 1~240: [1~240sec] (1-sec. increments)
700-128 Scanning Timer 4sec 1~20 1~20: [1~20sec (1-sec. increments)]
700-129 Low Power Mode Timer 2min 2~60 2~60 [2~60min (1-min. increments)] (Ignored if not in Low Power mode)
700-130 Sleep Mode Timer 2min 2~60 2~60 [2~60min (1-min. increments)] (Ignored if not in Sleep mode)
700-131 Sleep Mode Available 1: Enable 0~1 [0: Disable, 1: Enable]
700-132 Panel Select Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-133 Panel Alert Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-134 Job Complete Tone (Copy) 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-135 Job Complete Tone (without Copy) 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-136 Error Alert Tone 0: Off 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud] (For P Models, there is no volume adjustment. Any set-
ting of soft, normal or loud means On.)
700-137 Job Incomplete Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-138 Ready Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-139 Toner Empty Alert Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-140 Bell Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-141 Line Monitor Tone 2: Normal 1~3 [1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-142 Low Power Mode Available 1: Enable 0~1 [0: Disable, 1: Enable]
700-143 Job Memory Entry Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-144 Auto Log Print Flag 0: Off 0~1 0: Off 1: On
700-145 Report Duplex Print 0: Off 0~1 0: Off 1: On
700-146 Mail Box Receive Report 1: On 0~1 0: Off 1: On
700-147 Protocol Monitor Output Control When print instruction is 0~2 0=When print instruction is specified 1=When error occurs 2=Always
specified (0)
700-148 Broadcast / Multi-Poll Report Print Control 1=Print 0~1 1=Do not print 1=Print
700-149 Relayed Broadcast Report Output Control 1: Send to Relay Station 0~3 0=Do not print 1=Send to Relay Station 2=Print on machine 3=Send to Relay Station and
print on machine
700-150 FAX Communication Report Output Control 1: Print 0~1 1=Do not print 1=Print
700-151 Transmission Report on Error Output Con- 1 0~3 0: Do not print, 1: Print only when ended with a error, 2: Always print, 3: Print only at the time
trol of successful termination. Note: Transmission reports are printed only when designated at
the Panel. However, when the setting is 1, a transmission report is printed automatically at
the time of transmission failure.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-44 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-152 User Abort Transmission Report Output 0 (Do not print) 0~1 0=Do not print 1=Print
Control
700-153 No Paper Alert 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-154 Auto Clear Pre Notification Tone 0: Off 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-155 Base Tone 2: Normal 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-156 Job Flow Transmission Report Control 1 0~1 0=Do not print 1=Print according to Net Transfer/Fax Send setting
700-158 Batch Print Blank Page Control 1 1~2 1=Print blank page 2=Do not print blank page
700-159 Pay for Print Info 0 0~1 0=Ordinary processing only 1=Give higher priority on mailbox storage than on private stor-
age
700-160 Ignore Case of User ID 0 0~1 0=Do not ignore 1=Ignore
700-161 Use Related User ID 1 0~1 0=Use input ID 1=Use related ID
700-162 Security SNTP Server Address Null Address can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-
terminated. Restrictions: Only ASCII characters are supported. Notation and characters that
can be used conform to RFC1034.
700-164 Language 1: Japanese 2: English 1~32 1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese, 8: Rus-
sian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14: Dutch, 15: Dan-
ish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portuguese, 20: Bulgarian, 21:
Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Rumanian, 24: Czech, 25: Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28:
Persian, 29: Hebrew
700-165 Country Code - - 0=Not Defined, 840=USA, 124=Canada, 076=Brazil, 826= UK, 276=Germany, 380=Italy,
250=France, 724=Spain, 528=Holland, 756=Swiss, 752=Sweden, 056=Belgium, 040=Aus-
tria, 620=Portugal, 246=Finland, 208=Denmark, 578=Norway, 300=Greece, 372=Ireland,
036=Australia, 554=New Zealand, 360=Indonesia, 702=Singapore, 458=Malaysia,
608=Philippines, 764=Thailand, 344=Hong Kong, 704=Vietnam, 392=Japan, 158=Taiwan,
410=Korea, Mexico=484, Chile=152, Argentina=032, Venezuela=862, Columbia=170,
Peru=604, India=356, Egypt=818, South Africa=710, Turkey=792, Russia=643, Czech
Republic=203, Poland=616, Hungary=348, Romania=642, Bulgaria=100, Morocco=504,
156=China, 703=Slovakia, 048=Bahrain, 072=Botswana, 196=Cyprus, 231=Ethiopia,
238=Falklands, 292=Gibraltar, 364=Iran, 376=Israel, 400=Jordan, 414=Kuwait, 422=Leba-
non, 586=Pakistan, 634=Qatar, 682=Saudi Arabia, 512=Oman, 784=UAE, 232=Eritrea,
270=Gambia, 288=Ghana, 404=Kenya, 426=Lesotho, 454=Malawi, 470=Malta,
516=Namibia, 566=Nigeria, 736=Sudan, 694=Sierra Leone, 748=Swaziland, 760=Syria,
834=Tanzania, 800=Uganda, 894=Zambia, 887=Yemen, 716=Zimbabwe, 012=Algeria,
450=Madagascar, 480=Mauritius, 148=Chad, 788=Tunisia, 562=Niger, 108=Burundi,
178=Congo, 266=Gabon, 384=Cote dlvoire, 024=Angola, 854=Burkina Faso, 120=Came-
roon, 132=Cape Verde, 140=CAR, 180=DR Congo, 466=Mali, 508=Mozambique,
686=Senegal, 690=Seychelles, 768=Togo, 218=Ecuador, 780=Trinidad and Tobago
700-172 Forced Warmup Duration 20 1~240 1 to 240 minutes
700-173 Off Hook Alert 2 0~3 [0: Off, 1: Soft, 2: Normal, 3: Loud]
700-174 Information Sequence of Transaction 0 0~2 0: Destination name>Name of destination address>Remote ID>Phone Number>Communi-
Report Log cation Mode, 1: Remote ID>Destination Name>Phone number>Name of destination
address>Communication mode, 2: Destination Name>Phone number>Name of destination
address>Remote ID>Communication mode
700-175 Transaction Report Display Point 0=Display first 40 digits 0~1 0=Display first 40 digits 1=Display last 40 digits

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-45
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-176 Auto Doc Delete 0 0~2 0: Do not delete automatically, 1: Delete based on the specified saving period, 2: Delete
based on the specified elapsed time
700-177 Auto Doc Delete - Elapsed Time 4 4~23 4 to 23
700-179 Accounting Accessory Relation 0 0~3 0: Operate with accessory, 1: Operate without accessory
700-184 IPSEC Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-185 IPSEC Authorization Mode 0 0~1 0: IKE - pre-shared key authentication (PSK), 1: IKE - digital signature authentication (PKI)
700-186 IPSEC Key Null Key character string (null-terminated ASCII character string)
700-187 IPSEC Certificate 0 0~0xffffffff Certificate number (sequential certificate number used in VKCM is to be set to this certificate
number)
700-188 IPSEC IKE-SA Life 480 5~28800 5 to 28800 minutes (must be greater than or equal to IPSEC-SA life)
700-189 IPSEC IPSC-SA Life 3600 300~172800 300 to 172800 seconds
700-190 IPSEC DH Group 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-191 IPSEC PFS 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-193 IPSEC Address IPv4 Null IPv4 address with IPSEC policy applied. [The character string shall be null-terminated. Only
one-byte alphanumerical characters (0 to 9, a to f) can be used in IPv4 format. Colons (:)
and hyphens (-) can be used to designate range.]
700-195 IPSEC Address IPv6 Null IPv6 address with IPSEC policy applied. [The character string shall be null-terminated. Only
one-byte alphanumerical characters (0 to 9, a to f) can be used in IPv6 format. Colons (:)
and hyphens (-) can be used to designate range.]
700-196 IPSEC Defect Policy 0 0~1 0: Bypass, 1: Discard
700-197 Max. Job Numbers 0 0~600 0 to 600. 0: the value determined by the system according to the configuration
700-198 Job Passing Available 0 0~1 Allow: 1, Prohibit: 0
700-202 Auditron Color Mode for Print 0 0~1 0: Prohibit, 1: BW
700-207 Detect Error State 2-Byte (RFC2790) 0 0~1 1: Enable 2-byte operation (RFC2790), 0: Disable 2-byte operation (RFC1514)
700-211 Operation Permission - Job Cancel 0 0~1 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (KO/System Administrator only)
700-212 Auth Mode 0 0~3 0: None, 1: Local, 2: Remote, 3: CA (Convenience Authentication)
700-213 Auth Pathway Access - Service/Feature 0 0~1 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted
700-214 Auth Pathway Access - Job Status 0 0~1 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted
700-215 Auth Pathway Access - Device Status 0 0~1 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted
700-216 Auth Service Access - Copy 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-217 Auth Service Access - Fax 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-218 Auth Service Access - IFax 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-219 Auth Service Access - Scan to Mail 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-220 Auth Service Access - Scan to Box 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-221 Auth Service Access - Scan to Server 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-222 Auth Service Access - Scan to PC 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-223 Auth Service Access - Document Print 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-224 Auth Service Access - Photo Print 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-225 Auth Service Access - Box 1 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-226 Auth Service Access - Job Memory 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-227 Auth Service Access - Job Flow 1 1~2 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-46 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-228 Auth Service Access - Web Access 1 1~2 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-229 Auth Service Access - BMLinkS 0 0~2 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-230 Auth Service Access - CUI 1 1~2 1: Restricted (Access Possible), 2: Restricted (Access Not Possible)
700-231 Auth Service Access - Copy Color 0 0~1 0: Not restricted, 1: Restricted
700-232 MiniOS Version - 0~255 0 to 255
700-258 Smart Card Certificate 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-259 SMIME File Certificate 0 0~1 0: Device Certificate, 1: IC Card (SmartCard) Certificate
700-260 Scan File Certificate 0 0~1 0: Device Certificate, 1: IC Card (SmartCard) Certificate
700-297 Serial# Prefix (1st Digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-298 Serial# Prefix (2nd Digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-299 Serial# Prefix (3rd Digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-300 Serial# Model Code - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-301 SEEPROM Serial# (1st digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-302 SEEPROM Serial# (2nd digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-303 SEEPROM Serial# (3rd digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-304 SEEPROM Serial# (4th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-305 SEEPROM Serial# (5th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-306 SEEPROM Serial# (6th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-307 SEEPROM Serial# (7th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-308 SEEPROM Serial# (8th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-309 SEEPROM Serial# (9th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-310 SEEPROM Serial# (10th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-311 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (1st digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-312 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (2nd digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-313 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (3rd digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-314 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (4th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-315 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (5th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-316 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (6th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-317 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (7th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-318 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (8th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-319 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (9th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-320 Battery Backup SRAM Serial# (10th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-321 SEEPROM Product# (1st digit) - Numbers (ASCII)
700-322 SEEPROM Product# (2nd digit) - Numbers (ASCII)
700-323 SEEPROM Product# (3rd digit) - Numbers (ASCII)
700-324 SEEPROM Product# (4th digit) - Numbers (ASCII)
700-325 Battery Backup SRAM Product# (1st digit) - Numbers (ASCII)
700-326 Battery Backup SRAM Product# (2nd digit) - Numbers (ASCII)
700-327 Battery Backup SRAM Product# (3rd digit) - Numbers (ASCII)
700-328 Battery Backup SRAM Product# (4th digit) - Numbers (ASCII)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-47
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-329 SEEPROM Product Code (1st digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-330 SEEPROM Product Code (2nd digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-331 SEEPROM Product Code (3rd digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-332 SEEPROM Product Code (4th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-333 SEEPROM Product Code (5th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-334 SEEPROM Product Code (6th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-335 SEEPROM Product Code (7th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-336 SEEPROM Product Code (8th digit) - Alphanumerics (ASCII)
700-337 Configuration (Info. on SEEPROM) - [P, SP, CSP, CFSP (,C)] (C is requested by M/N) Adjusted at Factory Settings P(rinter),
F(ax), C(opy), S(can) are allocated the following bits and are expressed in the following
logic. P: 0x01, F: 0x02, C: 0x04, S: 0x08 (700-006 works in connection)
700-338 Territory (SEEPROM) - 1~4 [1=FX, 2=XC, 3=XE, 4=AP]
700-368 Lpd Buffer Size (Memory Spool) 1MB (1x1024) 512~32768 When spooling memory: [512KB~32MB] (256KB increments) Unit: Kbyte
700-370 SA Group DN Null ASCII 255 bytes
700-371 AA Group DN Null ASCII 255 bytes
700-372 LDAP Search Filter Null ASCII 512 bytes
700-390 Memory Size for E-mail Print 256 64~1024 64K~1MB Unit: Kbyte
700-396 Auditron Color Mode for Copy 0: Prohibit 0~2 0: Prohibit, 1: BW, 2: BW & Low Price Color
700-397 Default Input Medium Size 44: Letter 5: A4, 44: Letter
700-398 CE Auditron Mode 1 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
700-399 Default Unit of Measure (mm/inch) 1 1~3 1: mm, 3: Inch
700-401 Paper Size Group NVM Value set in Paper Size 1~5 [1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)] (Factory set value
Group SEEPROM.)
700-402 Paper Size Group SEEPROM Set for each region 1~5 [1: Japan, 2: NA (North America), 3: EU, 4: AP, 5: SA (South America)]
700-404 802.1x Authentication Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-405 802.1x Authentication Type 0 0~2 0: EAP_MDS, 1: EAP_MSCHAPv2, 2: EAP_PEAP_MSCHAPv2
700-406 802.1x Authentication User Name Null ASCII character string of 128 bytes or less (null-terminated)
700-407 802.1x Authentication Password Null ASCII character string of 128 bytes or less (null-terminated)
700-408 802.1x Authentication Validate Certificate 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable (valid only in the case of EAP_PEAPv0/EAP_MSCHAPv2)
700-410 RAM Disk Size for Print Standard Memory, 33M This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed while the Printer Kit is installed. Do
Additional 128M, 50M not set for other cases. The setting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity].
Additional 256M, 66M Unit is 1M. The current value can be checked using the Settings List report. The available
memory capacity can be checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu.
Note 1: If a value above [current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Set-
tings for all memory settings (including Host IF Receive Buffer, Form Memory etc.) will be
restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, change so that the sum
of all increments does not exceed the available memory capacity. Note 3: If set to 0, Auto
Collate will be turned off. When setting to 0, always set both this setting and the field for
Auto Collate printing to 0.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-48 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-411 RAM Disk Size for Copy Standard Memory, 33M This setting is valid only when the HDD is not installed. Do not set for other cases. The set-
Additional 128M, 50M ting range is 0~[current value + available memory capacity]. Unit is 1M. The current value
Additional 256M, 66M can be checked using the Settings List report. The available memory capacity can be
Additional 386M, 100M checked in the Control Panel or the CWIS Memory Settings menu. Note 1: If a value above
[current value + available memory capacity] is entered, Factory Settings for all memory set-
tings will be restored. Note 2: If the field for Auto Collate printing is also changed, so that the
sum of all the increments does not exceed the available memory capacity.
700-412 RAM Disk Size for Box 7M Setting not allowed.
700-413 Xerox Secure Access Server Address Null Specified with FQDN/IPv6/IPv4. 127-character string with null termination.
700-414 Xerox Secure Access Server Pass Null Server path. 255-character string with null termination.
700-415 Xerox Secure Access Enable Local Login 0 0~1 0: Login cannot be instructed from device, 1: Login can be instructed from device
700-416 Xerox Secure Access Enable Accounting 0 0~1 0: Accounting code cannot be obtained, 1: Accounting code can be obtained
Code
700-417 Xerox Secure Access Timeout 8 1~300 1 to 300 seconds
700-418 Xerox Secure Access Prompt Default Please complete all steps 255-character string with null termination.
required by the authenti-
cation device to gain
access to the system.
700-419 Xerox Secure Access Title Default Login 63-character string with null termination.
700-420 Download Disable Flag 0: Allow 0~1 0: Allow, 1: Prohibit
700-421 Product ID(1) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-422 Product ID(2) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-423 Product ID(3) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-424 Product ID(4) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-425 Product ID(5) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-426 Product ID(6) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-427 Product ID(7) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-428 Product ID(8) of Download File NULL ASCII
700-430 Security PKI Mode Level 1: Level 1 1~3 [1: Level 1, 2: Level 2, 3: Level 3]
700-431 Security PKI Certification Type 0: Not registered 0~2 [0: Not registered, 1: Available (Self-generate), 2: Available (Import)]
700-437 Security SSL Enable 0: False Invalid 0~1 [0: False Invalid, 1: True Valid]
700-440 Security S/MIME Mode Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-441 Security S/MIME Certification Index 0 0~0xffffffff Index number of the certification used in S/MIME
700-442 Security S/MIME Message Digest Mode 0 0~1 0: SHA1, 1: MD5
700-443 Security S/MIME Content Cipher Mode 0 0~3 0: 3DES, 1: RC4-40, 2: RC4-64, 3: RC4-128
700-444 Security S/MIME Signature Type 0 0~2 0: Fixed to device certificate, 1: Fixed to personal certificate, 2: Fixed to user certificate
700-445 Security SSL Enable 443 1~65535 1 to 65535
700-446 Security HDD Overwrite Enable 1 0~1 [0: Disable, 1: Enable]
700-447 Security HDD Overwrite Count Set 3 1~3 1, 3
700-454 Security SNTP Info Enable 0: Disable 0~1 [0: Disable, 1: Enable]
700-455 Security SNTP Info Interval Time 168 1~500 1~500 hours

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-49
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-458 MIO No Signed Reject 0 0~1 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit
700-459 MIO Cert Auto Store 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-460 Security SEC Data Restriction 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-461 IFAX No Signed Reject 0 0~1 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit
700-462 Security Scan File Cert Number 0 0~0xffffffff 0: Not set, 1 to 0xffffffff: Certificate index number
700-463 Security Scan File Signer 0 0~2 0: Fixed to device certificate, 1: Fixed to personal certificate, 2: Fixed to user certificate
700-464 Security DocuWorks Sign 4 1~4 2: Always place signature (visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: User selection
700-465 Security PDF Sign 4 0~4 1: Always place signature (not visible) 2: Always place signature (visible), 3: Never place
signature, 4: User selection
700-466 Inhibit Auto Print Valid 0 0~1 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit
700-467 Inhibit Auto Print Start Hour 21 (9 P.M.) 0~23 0 to 23 hours
700-468 Inhibit Auto Print Start Minute 0 0~59 0 to 59 minutes (after the hour)
700-469 Inhibit Auto Print End Hour 9 (9 A.M.) 0~23 0 to 23 hours
700-470 Inhibit Auto Print End Minute 0 0~59 0 to 59 minutes (after the hour)
700-471 CO Report 1 0~1 0: Inhibited, 1: Permitted
700-490 Stored Document LED ON Control 0: All documents 0~1 0: All documents, 1: Received Fax documents
700-500 iFAX to iFAX Via Box Enable 0 0~1 1: On, 0: Off
700-501 iFAX to E-mail Via Box Enable 0 0~1 1: On, 0: Off
700-502 Auto Doc Delete From Box 0: Do not auto delete 0~1 1: Auto delete, 0: Do not auto delete
700-503 Pass Days of Auto Doc Delete From Box 7 1~14 1~14 days
700-504 Hour at Auto Doc Delete From Box 3 (3 A.M.) 0~23 0~23 hours
700-505 Minute at Auto Doc Delete From Box 0 0~59 0~59 minutes (after the hour)
700-506 Doc Delete From Box After Client Pull 0: Follow Box settings 0~1 0: Follow Box settings, 1: Delete
700-513 Box Print Deletion Confirm 1 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
700-520 SESAMI Manager Port Number 80 1~65535 1 to 65535
700-521 SESAMI Manager Max Sessions 3 1~5 1~5
700-522 SESAMI Manager Connection Timeout 30 1~255 1~255
700-523 SESAMI Job Flow Service Connection Tim- 60 1~900 1~900
eout
700-530 Reboot When Fault Occurs 1: Reboot 0~1 0: Do not reboot, 1: Reboot
700-540 Auditron Mode 0: Off 0~4 0: Off, 1: Internal Auditron, 2: Network Accounting, 3: Remote Authentication, 4: XS
Accounting (XC/AP only)
700-541 Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Print 1: On 0~1 0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)
700-542 Auditron Mode Enable for MBOX Output 1: On 0~1 0: Off (Do not limit), 1: On (Limit)
700-543 User Information Memory Location 0: NVM 0~1 0: NVRAM, 1: HDD
700-544 Auditron Check Info Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-545 Auditron Password Mode OFF/ON 0: Off 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
700-546 Auditron No Account Action 0: Cancel 0~1 0=Cancel, 1=Store
700-547 Auditron User ID User ID 1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)
700-548 Auditron Account ID Account ID 1~15 characters (7Bit ASCII)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-50 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-549 Auditron Conceal User ID 0: False 0~1 0: False, 1: True
700-550 Auditron Conceal Account ID 0: False 0~1 0: False, 1: True
700-551 Remote Authentication Mode for Scan 0: Off 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
700-552 Remote Authentication Service 0: Kerberos 0~4 0: Kerberos (Windows2000), 1: Kerberos (Solaris), 2: Authentication Agent, 3: LDAP, 4:
(Windows2000) SMB
700-553 Guest Password guest 4~12 characters (7Bit ASCII)
700-555 KDC Server Port Number 88 0~65535 Values between 1~65535
700-556 KDC FQDN Null character Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-557 KDC Realm Name Null character Character string of 64 bytes or below
700-558 DV Pay for Print Forced Store 0=Off 0~2 0=Off, 1=On, 2=Forcibly store print job (with user ID for authentication as a key)
700-559 DV Pay for Print XPJL Command Enable 0=Disable 0~1 0=Disable, 1=Enable
700-560 DV Pay for Print Error Account Action 0=Cancel 0~1 0=Cancel, 1=Store
700-561 DV Pay for Print Job Command Enable 0=Disable 0~1 0=Disable, 1=Enable
700-562 No Account User Print Permission 0=Disable 0~1 0=Disable, 1=Enable
700-563 User Auth Error Max Number for Auth Lock 5 0~10 0~10
700-564 User Auth Error Max Number for Access 10 0~600 0~600
Log
700-566 KDC Server Port Number-2 88 0-65535 Value from 1 to 65535
700-567 KDC FQDN-2 Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-568 KDC Realm Name-2 Null Characters in 64 bytes or below
700-580 KDC Server Port Number-3 88 0-65535 Value from 1 to 65535
700-581 KDC FQDN-3 Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-582 KDC Realm Name-3 Null Characters in 64 bytes or below
700-584 KDC Server Port Number-4 88 0-65535 Value from 1 to 65535
700-585 KDC FQDN-4 Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-586 KDC Realm Name-4 Null Characters in 64 bytes or below
700-588 KDC Server Port Number-5 88 0-65535 Value from 1 to 65535
700-589 KDC FQDN-5 Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-51
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-590 KDC Realm Name-5 Null Characters in 64 bytes or below
700-591 Security Direct FAX Restriction 0 0~1 0: Permit, 1: Inhibit
700-592 Auth Check Info for Net Job 1 0~1 0: Do not check, 1: Check
700-594 Customize User Prompts 0 0~3 0: Both, 1: Prompt (for User ID only), 2: Prompt2 (for Account ID only), 3: Neither
700-595 Minimum Password Length 0 0~12 0 to 12
700-596 SSMM 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-600 Group1(IOT) - (Auto Set)
700-601 Group1(SYS1) - (Auto Set)
700-602 Group1(SYS2) - (Auto Set)
700-603 Group2(IOT) - (Auto Set)
700-604 Group2(SYS1) - (Auto Set)
700-605 Group2(SYS2) - (Auto Set)
700-606 Group3(IOT) - (Auto Set)
700-607 Group3(SYS1) - (Auto Set)
700-608 Group3(SYS2) - (Auto Set)
700-609 Security XPS Sign 4 1~4 1: Always place signature (not visible), 3: Never place signature, 4: Follow users instruction
700-610 IT Option Enable 0 0~1 0: Not connected, 1: Connected
700-616 Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
Backup 1 nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-617 Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
Backup 2 nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-618 Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
Backup 3 nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-619 Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
Backup 4 nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-620 Netauth KDC Info - Server Name for Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
Backup 5 nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, 1-byte hyphens (-) and dots (.)
used in the address as separators, and colons (:) can be used. 1-byte hyphens (-) cannot be
used at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-621 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 1~65535 1 to 65535
Backup 1
700-622 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 1~65535 1 to 65535
Backup 2
700-623 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 1~65535 1 to 65535
Backup 3

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-52 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-624 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 1~65535 1 to 65535
Backup 4
700-625 Netauth KDC Info - Server Port Number for 88 1~65535 1 to 65535
Backup 5
700-626 Netauth Authagent Info - Timeout 60 1~300 1 to 300 (seconds)
700-627 Netauth LDAP Info - Auth Sequence 0 0~1 0: Direct login, 1: Search and login
700-628 Netauth LDAP Info - Login User Login samAccountName Character string (32 ASCII characters)
Attribute
700-629 Netauth LDAP Info - Login User Search mail Character string (32 ASCII characters)
Attribute
700-630 Netauth LDAP Info - User String Added Null Character string (64 ASCII characters)
700-631 Netauth LDAP Info - Add User String 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
700-632 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 1 Null Character string (15 ASCII characters)
700-633 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 2 Null Character string (15 ASCII characters)
700-634 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 3 Null Character string (15 ASCII characters)
700-635 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 4 Null Character string (15 ASCII characters)
700-636 Netauth SMB Info - Domain Name 5 Null Character string (15 ASCII characters)
700-642 Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 1 Null One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal for-
mat). The character string shall be null-terminated.
Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be
used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] |
Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character
string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall
be 16 (including null characters).
Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanu-
meric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is
specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-643 Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 2 Null One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal for-
mat). The character string shall be null-terminated.
Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be
used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] |
Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character
string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall
be 16 (including null characters).
Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanu-
meric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is
specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-53
Table 1 Common
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
700-644 Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 3 Null One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal for-
mat). The character string shall be null-terminated.
Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be
used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] |
Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character
string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall
be 16 (including null characters).
Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanu-
meric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is
specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-645 Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 4 Null One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal for-
mat). The character string shall be null-terminated.
Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be
used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] |
Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character
string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall
be 16 (including null characters).
Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanu-
meric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is
specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-646 Netauth SMB Info - Server/SMB Name 5 Null One of the following can be entered:FQDN, IPv6 address (literal format), IPv4 (literal for-
mat). The character string shall be null-terminated.
Restrictions when specifying NetBIOS host name: the following 15 characters cannot be
used: * +, /:; < = >? [\] |
Entry is prohibited if space is designated either at the end or beginning of the character
string or if the character string consists of period only. The maximum number of bytes shall
be 16 (including null characters).
Restrictions when specifying FQDN: The following characters can be used: 1-byte alphanu-
meric characters, 1-byte hyphens (-), and periods (.). Entry is prohibited if 1-byte hyphen is
specified either at the beginning or the end of the character string.
700-652 Netauth SMB Config - Specified By 0 0~1 0: Domain name, 1: Server
700-653 Search User Login Attribute samAccountName Character string (32 bytes ASCII)
700-654 Search User Search Attribute Null Character string (32 bytes ASCII)
700-655 Password Mode for Option 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
702-932 DFE Scan Config Feature 0 0~2 0: None, 1: ExtNetScan, 2: CDIScan
702-934 IDC Report Feature Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not output automatically, 1: Output automatically
702-935 Stored Print Confirmation 1 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
702-940 SFMT Size for FAX 2 1~2 1: Standard size, 2: Custom size
702-941 SFMT SS Length Threshold 10 0~10 0 to 10 mm
702-942 SFMT A3 Ledger Mixed RECEIVE_DOCSIZE_SE 1~2 1: Mixture of A3 and ledger permitted, 2: Mixture of A3 and ledger not permitted
LECT in Fax Card Func-
tional Description (A10
System Data Default per
country)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-54 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 711-xxx CVT DADF NVM LIST

Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST


Chain-Link Content Default Range 1 Count Meaning
711-001 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(37.5mm/sec.)
711-002 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(50.0mm/sec.)
711-003 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(66.7mm/sec.)
711-004 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(75.0mm/sec.)
711-005 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(100.0mm/sec.)
711-006 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(133.3mm/sec.)
711-007 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(150.0mm/sec.)
711-008 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(200.0mm/sec.)
711-009 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(300.0mm/sec.)
711-015 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(37.5mm/sec.)
711-016 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(50.0mm/sec.)
711-017 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(66.7mm/sec.)
711-018 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(75.0mm/sec.)
711-019 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(100.0mm/sec.)
711-020 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(133.3mm/sec.)
711-021 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(150.0mm/sec.)
711-022 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(200.0mm/sec.)
711-023 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse)
(300.0mm/sec.)
711-029 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(37.5mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-030 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(50.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-031 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(66.7mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-55
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST
Chain-Link Content Default Range 1 Count Meaning
711-032 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(75.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-033 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(100.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-034 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(133.3mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-035 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(150.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-036 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(200.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-037 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(300.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-043 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(37.5mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-044 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(50.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-045 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(66.7mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-046 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(75.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-047 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(100.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-048 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(133.3mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-049 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(150.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-050 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(200.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-051 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Tail Edge
(300.0mm/sec.) adjustment = Lead Registration adjustment value + Tail Edge fine adjustment value
711-057 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (37.5mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-058 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (50.0mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-059 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (66.7mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-060 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (75.0mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-061 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (100.0mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-062 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (133.3mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-063 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (150.0mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-56 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST
Chain-Link Content Default Range 1 Count Meaning
711-064 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (200.0mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-065 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment (300.0mm/sec.) 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor.
711-070 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(37.5mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-071 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(50.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-072 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(66.7mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-073 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(75.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-074 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(100.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-075 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(133.3mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-076 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(150.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-077 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(200.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-078 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(300.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-080 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(37.5mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-081 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(50.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-082 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(66.7mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-083 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(75.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-084 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(100.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-085 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(133.3mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-086 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(150.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-087 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(200.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-088 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
(300.0mm/sec.) only Top Speed for Feed Motor.
711-140 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side1) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Rewrites all
Replace All data of 711-001 to 711-009 with specified data.
711-141 DADF Lead Registration Adjustment (Side2) 129 0~214 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -3.9mm (+85 pulse) Rewrites all
Replace All data of 711-015 to 711-023 with specified data.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-57
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST
Chain-Link Content Default Range 1 Count Meaning
711-142 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side1) Replace 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites all
All data of 711-029 to 711-037 with specified data.
711-143 DADF Tail Edge Fine Adjustment (Side2) Replace 129 0~255 0.0458mm Initial value 0mm (129 pulse) +5.9mm (-129 pulse) / -5.8mm (+126 pulse) Rewrites all
All data of 711-043 to 711-051 with specified data.
711-144 Vertical Ratio Fine Adjustment Replace All 20 0~40 0.001 Initial value 0% (20) +/-2% (+/-20), 0.1% increments Adjusts only Top Speed for Feed
Motor and Regi Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-057 to 711-065 with specified data.
711-145 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side1) 15 0~50 0.001 Initial value 1.5% (15) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
Replace All only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-070 to 711-078 with specified
data.
711-146 T/A Roll Transport Speed Adjustment (Side2) 0 0~50 0.001 Initial value 0% (0) Maximum 5% (50), Minimum 0% (0), 0.1% increments Adjusts
Replace All only Top Speed for Feed Motor. Rewrites all data of 711-080 to 711-088 with specified
data.
711-150 Loop Amount Adjustment (Side1) (x1 Pulse) 3 0~9 0.6835mm Initial value 3.6mm (172 pulse, 130 pulse for High Speed mode) +4.1mm/-2.1mm 10
pulse increments
711-151 Loop Amount Adjustment (Side2) (x6 Pulse) 5 0~14 0.4581mm Initial value 4.0mm (256 pulse) +4.1mm (346 pulse) / -2.3mm (206 pulse) 10 pulse
increments
711-152 Simplex Speed Mode Switch 0 0~1 - 0: High Speed mode Off 1: High Speed mode On
711-158 Position Adjustment for End Position during Invert 10 20 0.4581mm Initial value 31.1mm (450 pulse) +4.6mm (766 pulse) / -4.6mm (566 pulse) 10 pulse
(x4 Pulse) increments
711-164 Slow Scan Original Size Correction Value 50 0~100 0.1mm Correction value for [Size Detection Auto-Correction Function] Original Size Correc-
tion Value: +/-5mm
711-200 Position Adjustment for Pre Regist End Position 8 0~16 0.6249mm Initial value 0mm (0 pulse) +5.0mm (80 pulse) / -5.0mm (-80 pulse) 10 pulse incre-
(Original Lead Edge Eject Amount from Regi Roll ments This value also applies to Scan Position Transport Time.
in x2 Pulse Increments)
711-201 Position Adjustment for Feed Motor Off Start Posi- 8 1~15 0.6249mm Initial value 5.0mm (80 pulse) +4.4mm (150 pulse) / -4.4mm (10 pulse) 10 pulse
tion (x3 Pulse) increments
711-202 Position Adjustment for Position to Start Increasing 10 0~20 0.4581mm Initial value 50.4mm (1080 pulse) +4.6mm (1180 pulse) / -4.6mm (980 pulse) 10
Speed in Duplex (x5 Pulse) pulse increments
711-203 Position Adjustment for First-Out Pre Feed Posi- 5 0~10 0.6835mm Initial value 14.6mm (224 pulse) +3.4mm (274 pulse) / -3.4mm (174 pulse) 10 pulse
tion in Duplex (x7 Pulse) increments
711-204 Position Adjustment for N.R. Solenoid On Position 10 0~20 0.4581mm Initial value 15.0mm (241 pulse) +4.6mm (341 pulse) / -4.6mm (141 pulse) 10 pulse
during Invert Output (x8 Pulse) increments
711-205 Side2 Feed Motor Reverse Start Time Adjustment 4 0~20 4msec Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments
Value (T1 ms)
711-207 Next Feed Start Time Adjustment Value (T3 ms) 5 2~27 4msec Initial value 0m +88ms/-12ms, 4ms increments
711-208 Simplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment 6 6~25 4msec Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments
Value (T4 ms)
711-209 Invert Start Time Adjustment Value (T6 ms) 5 0~25 4msec Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments
711-210 N.R. Solenoid On Start Time Adjustment Value 5 0~15 4msec Initial value0ms +40ms/-20ms, 4ms increments
during Invert Output (T7 ms)
711-211 First-Out Original Feed Start Time Adjustment 5 0~25 4msec Initial value 0ms +80ms/-20ms, 4ms increments
Value (T8 ms)
711-212 Duplex Next Pre Regist Start Time Adjustment 6 6~25 4msec Initial value 4ms +76ms/0ms, 4ms increments
Value (T9 ms)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-58 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST
Chain-Link Content Default Range 1 Count Meaning
711-213 DADF Stamp Solenoid On Time Adjustment 5 3~20 2msec Initial value 10ms +30ms/-4ms, 2ms increments
711-214 DADF Stamp Position Adjustment 15 0~30 0.5mm Initial value 0mm +7.5mm/-7.5mm, approx. 0.5mm increments Initial value is 10mm
from Tail Edge.
711-215 Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during 10 0~20 4msec Initial value 0ms +/-40ms, 4ms increments
Nudger Lift Down (T11 ms)
711-216 Slow Down Start Time Adjustment Value during 10 10~20 4msec Initial value0ms +40ms/-0ms, 4ms increments
Nudger Lift Up (T12 ms)
711-217 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam Detection Sampling 20 1~40 1 time Initial value 20 times +20 times/-19 times, 1 time increments
No. Setting
711-218 Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - A9 59 0~255 0.01 Initial value 0.59 0.00~2.55, 0.01 increments
711-219 Feed Out Sensor Act. Correction Coefficient - B9 104 0~255 1 Initial value 104 0~255, 1 increments
711-270 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 1 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 1 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-271 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 2 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 2 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-272 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 3 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 3 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-273 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 4 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 4 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-274 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 5 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 5 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-275 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 6 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 6 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-276 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 7 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 7 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-277 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 8 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 8 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-278 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 9 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 9 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-279 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 10 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 10 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-280 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 11 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 11 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-281 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 12 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 12 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-282 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 13 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 13 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-283 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 14 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 14 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-284 ADF-IIT Combine Adjustment Value Data 15 0 0~255 - Adjustment Value Data 15 sent to IIT during ADF-IIT Combine.
711-297 Communication Fail Bypass 0 0~1 - 0: Disable Communication Fail Bypass 1: Enable Communication Fail Bypass
711-468 DADF Open/Close Life Count (upper digits) 3 0~65535 - 260K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
711-469 DADF Open/Close Life Count (lower digits) 63392 0~65535 -
711-470 DADF Document Feed Life Count (upper digits) 3 0~65535 - 200K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
711-471 DADF Document Feed Life Count (lower digits) 3392 0~65535 -
711-472 DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life 13 0~65535 - 912K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Count (upper digits) Chain Link setting.
711-473 DADF Simplex and Duplex Document Feed Life 60032 0~65535 -
Count (lower digits)
711-474 Invert Solenoid Life Count (upper digits) 7 0~65535 - 500K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.
711-475 Invert Solenoid Life Count (lower digits) 41248 0~65535 -
711-476 DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (upper digits) 1 0~65535 - 100K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
Chain Link setting.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-59
Table 2 CVT DADF NVM LIST
Chain-Link Content Default Range 1 Count Meaning
711-477 DADF Stamp Solenoid Life Count (lower digits) 34464 0~65535 -
711-478 DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (upper dig- 0 0~65535 - 3K * Life value may be changed in Counter Write Command. It cannot be written in
its) Chain Link setting.
711-479 DADF Stamp Solenoid Ink Life Count (lower digits) 3000 0~65535 -

Chain 720-xxx Meter Counter

Table 3 Meter Counter


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
720-002 Billing 1 1~7 Billing1: 1, Billing2: 2, Billing3: 3, Billing4: 4, Billing5: 5, Billing6: 6, Billing7: 7
720-003 Master Print-Full Color - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-004 Master Print-Color1 - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-005 Master Print-Color2 - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-006 Master Print-B - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-007 Master Copy-Full Color Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-008 Master Copy-Color2 Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-009 Master Copy-B Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-010 Master FAX-Full Color Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-011 Master FAX-B Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-046 Master Large Size B Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-047 Master Large Size Color Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-052 Billing Type STANDARD: 0 0~2 [STANDARD: 0, CUSTOM1: 1, CUSTOM2: 2]
720-053 Master Modal Color Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-054 Master Modal B Counter - 0~19999999 [0~19,999,999]
720-057 Billing Modal Break Point 10 10~100 [10~100]
730-010 Pay for Print - Correct Account 0 0~1 0: Print, 1: Forcibly store
730-011 Device Total Impressions 0 0~FFFFFFFF 0 to FFFFFFFF
730-012 Device Impressions Limit 9,999,999 0~9,999,999 0: Print prohibited, 1 to 9,999,998: Upper limit, 9,999,999: No limit
730-013 Device Impressions Limit Warning Rate 80 0~100 Percentage (%) with respect to the maximum number of print impressions used for indicat-
ing warning

Chain 731-xxx Chain 732-xxx Stored Data

Table 4 Stored Data


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
731- Speed Dial setting for Modem Speed (Link 0: Follow system data for 0~14 [Follow system data for modem speed=0, 2400bps=1, 4800bps=2, 7200bps=3, 9600bps=4,
001~999 1-500) modem speed 12000bps=5, 144000bps=6, 16800bps=7, 19200bps=8, 21600bps=9, 24000bps=10,
26400bps=11, 28800bps=12, 31200bps=13, 33600bps=14]

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-60 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 4 Stored Data
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
732- Speed Dial setting for Super G3 (Link 1- 0: Do not prohibit 0~1 [0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]
001~999 500=Dial
733- Speed Dial setting for ECM (Link 1- 0: Do not prohibit 0~1 [0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]
001~999 500=Dial)
734- Speed Dial setting for JBIG (Link 1- 0: Do not prohibit 0~1 [0: Do not prohibit, 1: Prohibit]
001~999 500=Dial)

Chain 770-xxx I/O Port Protocol

Table 5 I/O Port Protocol


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
770-001 Parallel Port Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-002 Parallel Print ModeType 1: Auto 1~29 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 9: 201H, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF
2: PCL, 17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-003 Parallel JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Switch On 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-004 Parallel Adobe Protocol 0: Standard 0~2 0: Standard, 1: Binary, 2: TBCP
770-005 Parallel Auto Feed Time 6 (30sec) 1~255 1~255 (5~1275 sec.) (unit: 5 sec.)
770-006 Parallel Input Prime 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-007 Parallel COMM Mode 0 0~1 0: On, 1: Off
770-009 Parallel Corresponding Standard 0: IEEE P1284 0~1 0: IEEE P1284, 1: Centronics
770-010 Ethernet Transfer Rate 127: Auto 1~127 127: Auto, 17: 10BASE-T (Half-Duplex), 18: 100BASE-TX (Half-Duplex), 33: 10BASE-T
(Full Duplex), 34: 100BASE-TX (Full Duplex)
770-011 JBA 2004 Extensions 0 0~1 0: Not supported, 1: Operates by expansion mode
770-012 Bonjour Port Enable 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-020 TokenRing Transfer Rate 4 1~4 Auto: 4, 4MB/s: 1, 16MB/s: 2, 100MB/s: 3
770-021 TokenRing Packet Length 1500 1500, 2088, 4472, 8232
770-030 NetWare Frame Type 255: Auto 0~255 255: Auto 2: Ethernet II 4: Ethernet SNAP 3: Ethernet 802.2 1: Ethernet 802.3 6: Token
SNAP 5: Token 802.5
770-039 LPD Max Session 5 1~10 1 to 10
770-040 EtherTalk Port Enable 0: Disable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-041 EtherTalk Print Type 5: PostScript 5: PostScript
770-042 EtherTalk JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-050 Netware Port Enable 0: Disable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-051 Netware Print Mode Type 1: Auto 1~29 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-052 Netware JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-053 NetWare TBCP Valid 0: None 0~1 0: None, 1: TBCP
770-054 NetWare Trans. Protocol 1: IPX/SPX 1~3 1: IPX/SPX, 2: TCP/IP, 3: Both
770-055 Burst transfer 1 0~1 0: Not used, 1: Used
770-060 Lpd Port Enable 1: Start 0~1 0: Stop, 1: Start

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-61
Table 5 I/O Port Protocol
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
770-061 Lpd Print Mode Type 1: Auto 1~29 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-062 Lpd JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-063 TBCP Valid Flag 0: None 0~1 0: None, 1: TBCP
770-064 Lpd Spool Mode 0: Non Spool 0~1 0: Non Spool, 1: Spool
770-065 Lpd Timeout 16sec 2~3600 2~3600sec (Setting range: 2~65,535)
770-068 Lpd Port Number 515 1~65535 1 to 65535
770-069 IT Option Address Null Can be entered in FQDN/IPv4/IPv6 literal format. The character string shall be null-termi-
nated. Restrictions: Only 1-byte alphanumerical characters, dots (.) used in the address as
separators, and colons (:) can be used.
770-070 Lpd Address Limitation 0: Do not limit 0~1 0: Do not limit, 1: Limit
770-077 SMTP Port Number 25 1~65535 25, 8000~9999
770-080 SMB Port Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-081 SMB Print Mode Type 1: Auto 1~29 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-082 SMB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-083 SMB TBCP Valid Flag 0: None 0~1 0: None, 1: TBCP
770-084 SMB Spool Mode 0: Non Spool 0~1 0: Non Spool, 1: Spool
770-085 SMB Transport Protocol 6: Both 2~6 2: TCP/IP, 4: NetBeui, 6: Both
770-087 Timeout of BMLinkS Discovery 5 1~255 1 to 255 seconds
770-088 Max TTL of BMLinkS Discovery 1 1~10 1 to 10
770-089 Filtering Policy of BMLinkS Discovery 1 0~1 0: Not provided, 1: Provided
770-090 IPP Port Enable 0: Disable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-091 IPP Print Mode Type 1: Auto 1~29 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-092 IPP JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-093 IPP TBCP Valid Flag 0: None 0~1 0: None, 1: TBCP
770-094 Acl Authorization 0: Off (none) 0~1 1: On (local), 0: Off (none)
770-095 Use DNS Name 1: On 0~1 1: On, 0: Off
770-097 Port number 80 0~65535 0, 1 to 65535
770-098 IPP Spool Mode 0: Non Spool 0~1 0: Non Spool, 1: Spool
770-099 Timeout of IPP Port 60 0~65535 0~65535 sec.
770-100 DHCP Mode 2: DHCP 1~16 16: Manual, 4: BOOTP, 2: DHCP, 1: RARP
770-104 IP Mode 10 4~10 4: Activate IPv4 Protocol only, 6: Activate IPv6 Protocol only, 10: Activate both IPv4 and
IPv6 Protocols
770-110 DNS Auto Config. 0x02 0~0x10 0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP
770-112 DNS Domain Name NULL DNS Domain Name (Usually 255 characters or less including the last . (dot) that is not dis-
played.)
770-113 WSD Print Starting Setup 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-114 WSD Print Port No. 80 1~65535 1 to 65535

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-62 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 5 I/O Port Protocol
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
770-116 IP Address Null Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character
string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) can be used.
770-117 Subnet Mask Null Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character
string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) can be used.
770-118 WINS Server Address 1 Null Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character
string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) used in the address as
separators can be used.
770-119 WINS Server Address 2 Null Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character
string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) used in the address as
separators can be used.
770-120 WINS Auto Config DHCP 0x10: Manual setting, 0x02: DHCP
770-122 Gateway Address Null Valid only in the case of IPv4 Protocol. Entry is possible in IPv4 literal format. The character
string shall be null-terminated. Restrictions: only 0 to 9 and dots (.) can be used.
770-126 IPv6 Validate Flag for Manual Configuration 0 0~1 0: Disable this function, 1: Enable this function
770-127 IPv6 Address Prefix Length for Manual 0 0~128 0 to 128 bits
Configuration
770-128 IPv6 Address for Manual Configuration Null Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format
770-129 IPv6 Gateway Address for Manual Configu- Null Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format
ration
770-130 Agent Port Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-131 Agent Transport Flag 2: UDP 0~3 0: Both Off, 1: IPX, 2: UDP, 3: Both On
770-133 Agent Community Name 1 ~ 10 NULL (Replace with JISX0201 character code (12 characters)
fxSystemMgr on the
PDU)
770-135 lpd Valid IP Address 1 Null IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null.
770-136 lpd Valid IP Address 2 Null IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null.
770-137 lpd Valid IP Address 3 Null IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null.
770-138 lpd Valid IP Address 4 Null IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null.
770-139 lpd Valid IP Address 5 Null IPv4 address in (null-terminated) literal format will be stored. Default is null.
770-140 EWS Port Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-151 IPv6 Access Control 0 0~1 0: Disable access control, 1: Enable access control
770-152 IPv6 Address 1 for Auto Configuration Null Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format
770-153 IPv6 Address 2 for Auto Configuration Null Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format
770-154 IPv6 Address 3 for Auto Configuration Null Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format
770-155 IPv6 Address 1 Prefix Length for Auto Con- 0 0~128 0 to 128 bits
figuration
770-156 IPv6 Address 2 Prefix Length for Auto Con- 0 0~128 0 to 128 bits
figuration
770-157 IPv6 Address 3 Prefix Length for Auto Con- 0 0~128 0 to 128 bits
figuration
770-158 IPv6 Link Local Address Null Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-63
Table 5 I/O Port Protocol
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
770-159 IPv6 Gateway Address for Auto Configura- Null Indicates IPv6 address in (null-terminated) literal format (prefix is 64 bits)
tion
770-160 MFIO Port Enable 0: Disable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-163 SNMP Protocol version 1 1~255 1: V1/V2C, 2: V3 (The bit corresponding to the valid bit is turned on)
770-166 HTTP Max Session 5 1~15 1~15
770-179 SLP Version 1 1~2 1: PFRSC_SYS_SLP_V1, 2: PFRSC_SYS_SLP_V2
770-190 Mail Service Start/Stop 1: Start 0~1 1: Start, 0: Stop
770-191 Address of Mail Sender NULL ASCII Max number of characters 128 (Character type: alphabet, [@] [.] [+] [-] [=] [_] (under-
score) [/] [<] [>]) in the format username@domain.name
770-222 port9100 Starting setup 1 0~1 0: Disable 1: Enable
770-250 USB Adobe Protocol 0 0~3 0: Standard 1: Binary 2: TBCP, 3: RAW Mode
770-251 USB JCL(FX)/PJL(AP) Enable 1 0~1 0: Off 1: On
770-252 USB Print Mode Type 1 1~29 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895 Refer to the FF Host I/F of each product for the setting
range.
770-254 USB Port Enable 1 0~1 0: Disable 1: Enable
770-255 USB Auto Feed Time 6 (30sec) 1~255 1~255 (5~1275 sec.) (unit: 5 sec.)
770-280 Mail Print Starting Setup 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-281 Mail Print File Type 1 1~29 1: Auto, 14: Dump, 15: ART, 16: PLW, 3: HPGL2, 8: ESCP, 5: PostScript, 10: TIFF, 2: PCL,
17: KS5843, 18: KSSM, 29: KS5895
770-282 Mail Print JCL Switch 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
770-283 Mail Print Filter 0 0~1 0: None, 1: TBCP
770-284 Mail Print Spool Type 0: Non Spool 0~1 0: Non Spool (Ring Buffer), 1: Spool (RAM Disk)
770-285 Mail Print with Header Print 1: Print basic headers and 0~4 0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print head-
contents ers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content, 4: Print entire header and body (S/MIME
data included)
770-286 POP Server User Name NULL -
770-287 POP Server Password NULL -
770-290 UPnP Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable 1: Enable
770-291 UPnP Port Number 80 1~65535 1 to 65535
770-295 BMLinkS Print Service Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable 1: Enable
770-296 BMLinkS Discovery Service Port No. 80 1~65535 1 to 65535
770-297 BMLinkS Print Service Port No. 80 1~65535 1 to 65535
770-320 Sesami Port Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable

Chain 770-xxx 840-xxx Scan Service

Table 6 Scan Service


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
770-301 LDAP Server Name Primary NULL 64bytes or below. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-64 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 6 Scan Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
770-303 LDAP Server Port Number Primary 389 1~65535 1~65535
770-304 LDAP Server Name Secondary NULL 64bytes or below. Refer to RFC1034 for the available characters.
770-306 LDAP Server Port Number Secondary 389 1~65535 1~65535
770-307 LDAP Referral Enable 0 0~1 0: Referral disabled, 1: Referral enabled
770-308 LDAP Referral MAX HOPs 5 1~5 See the maximum number of HOPs in LDAP referral
770-310 Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 1 0~2 0 0: Not specified (null), 1: Request of regular status notification (STATUS_REPORT), 2:
Request of immediate status notification (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT)
770-311 Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 2 0~2 0 0: Not specified (null), 1: Request of regular status notification (STATUS_REPORT), 2:
Request of immediate status notification (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT)
770-312 Mail Notify Receivers Request Type 3 0~2 0 0: Not specified (null), 1: Request of regular status notification (STATUS_REPORT), 2:
Request of immediate status notification (IMMEDIATE_STATUS_REPORT)
770-320 Sesami Port Enable 1 0~1 0: Stop, 1: Start
770-339 Sys IF Entry Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not start, 1: Start
770-340 IT Option MAC Address 0x0~0xFF 0x0
770-342 IT Option MAC Address 1 0x0~0xFF 0x0 1st byte of IT Option MAC Address
770-343 IT Option MAC Address 2 0x0~0xFF 0x0 2nd byte of IT Option MAC Address
770-344 IT Option MAC Address 3 0x0~0xFF 0x0 3rd byte of IT Option MAC Address
770-345 IT Option MAC Address 4 0x0~0xFF 0x0 4th byte of IT Option MAC Address
770-346 IT Option MAC Address 5 0x0~0xFF 0x0 5th byte of IT Option MAC Address
770-347 IT Option MAC Address 6 0x0~0xFF 0x0 6th byte of IT Option MAC Address
770-400 WebDAV Port Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
770-401 WebDAV Port No. 80 1~65535 Port No.
770-402 Timeout of WebDAV Port No. 30 1~65535 Timeout (seconds)
840-001 Scan Service Enable Enable 0~1 [0: Enable, 1: Disable]
840-002 Scan Illegal Operation 1 0~1 [0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents as valid]
840-003 MAX Store Number in Scan Service 999 sheets 1~999 [1~999 sheets]
840-004 Brightness3 Setting in Scan Service 192: [92(density)] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-005 Brightness2 Setting in Scan Service 161: [61(density)] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-006 Brightness1 Setting in Scan Service 131: [31(density)] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-007 Brightness-1 Setting in Scan Service 99: [1(density)] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-008 Brightness-2 Setting in Scan Service 98: [2(density)] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-009 Brightness-3 Setting in Scan Service 97: [3(density)] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-010 Contrast [Hard] Setting in Scan Service 150: [50] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-011 Contrast [Medium Hard] Setting in Scan 125: [25] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
Service
840-012 Contrast [Medium Soft] Setting in Scan 75: [-25] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
Service
840-013 Contrast [Soft] Setting in Scan Service 50: [-50] 0~200 0~200: [-100~100]
840-019 RGB Color Space in Scan Service 0 0~1 [Standard Color Space]: 0 [Color Space on Device]: 1
840-021 Scan ACS Display 0 0~1 [0: Do not display, 1: Display]
840-024 Remove Bleed Through Level in Scan 2 0~4 0: Low, 1: Lower, 2: Standard, 3: Higher, 4: High

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-65
Table 6 Scan Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
840-031 Switch System of ServerFax and Enbed- 1 1~2 1: Priority on Server Fax, 2: Priority on Analog Fax
dedFax
840-032 ServerFax Confirmation Sheet Control 2 1~3 1: Always output report, 2: Output report only when error occurs, 3: Do not output report
840-034 ServerFax Transfer Protocol 1 1~5 1: FTP, 2: NCP, 3: SMB, 4: SMTP, 5: HTTP
840-041 SMB Browsing Timeout Setting 5 1~300 1 to 300 seconds
840-046 Use cn for LDAP Search Filter 1 1~2 1: On, 2: Off
840-047 Use sn for LDAP Search Filter 2 1~2 1: On, 2: Off
840-048 Use givenname for LDAP Search Filter 2 1~2 1: On, 2: Off
840-049 Use custom attribute for LDAP Search Fil- 2 1~2 1: On, 2: Off
ter
840-080 ABL LDAP Valid 1 0~1 1: Allow, 0: Prohibit
840-081 ABL LDAP CN cn Character string within 32bytes.
840-082 ABL LDAP SN sn Character string within 32bytes.
840-083 ABL LDAP Given Name given name Character string within 32bytes.
840-084 ABL LDAP Mail mail Character string within 32bytes.
840-085 ABL LDAP Alt Name1 Telephone number (FX Character string within 16bytes (for Japan). Default character string differs per shipment
default) destination.
840-086 ABL LDAP Alt Name1 Type Telephone number Character string within 32bytes.
840-087 ABL LDAP Alt Name2 Office (FX default) Character string within 16bytes (for Japan). Default character string differs per shipment
destination.
840-088 ABL LDAP Alt Name2 Type o Character string within 32bytes.
840-089 ABL LDAP Alt Name3 Department (FX default) Character string within 16bytes (for Japan). Default character string differs per shipment
destination.
840-090 ABL LDAP Alt Name3 Type ou Character string within 32bytes.
840-091 ABL LDAP Max Hit Count 50 5~100
840-092 ABL LDAP DN NULL Within 256bytes. Do not set if LDAP authentication is not required.
840-093 ABL LDAP Password NULL Within 32bytes. Do not set if password is not required in LDAP authentication.
840-094 ABL LDAP Root NULL Within 255bytes.
840-095 ABL LDAP Scope 3 1~3 1: Root entry only, 2: One level below root entry only, 3: All levels below root entry
840-096 ABL LDAP Object Class * Within 32bytes.
840-097 ABL LDAP Timeout 30 For 0 or 5~120 detected by the device, set the timeout value to a numerical value other than
0. If 0 is specified, the device will not detect timeout. The timeout setting will follow the set-
ting in the Directory Server Service.
840-098 ABL LDAP Directory Application NULL 0~3 0: None (other application server that is not defined), 1: Microsoft (ActiveDirectory or
Microsoft ExchangeServer5.5), 2: Novel* NetWare5*, 3: IBM Domino 6*.
* Mapping of properties for retrieval and LDAP properties are done based on this setting.
840-104 Custom Attribute for LDAP Search Filter NULL Maximum of 32 bytes including null-terminated character string. Upper case and lower case
letters are distinguished. For this system datas character string to be valid, Use of Custom
LDAP Attribute Type needs to be set to On.
840-115 Scan Template Management Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not enable, 1: Enable
840-116 Scan to E-Mail Net Config Sign 3 1~3 1: Always place signature, 2: Never place signature, 3: User selection
840-117 IFAX Net Config Sign 3 1~3 1: Always place signature, 2: Never place signature, 3: User selection

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-66 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 6 Scan Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
840-118 ABL LDAP Config userCertificate;binary Character string that indicates certificate attribute name
840-119 MetaData Validation Export UserID Enable 1 0~1 0: No output, 1: Output
840-123 S-FMT Scan to IFAX Binary 1 1~2 1: Priority on speed, 2: Priority on profile
840-125 ABL LDAP Info - Use SSL 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-126 Default Message of Scan to E-Mail NULL
840-127 Authenticated User Name in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-128 Authenticated User E-Mail Address in Mail 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Body
840-129 Number of Pages in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-130 File Format in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-131 IP Address in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-132 Serial Number in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-133 MAC Address in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-134 Device Name in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-135 Device Location in Mail Body 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-136 Default Signature Message of Scan to E- NULL
Mail
840-137 Change from Address Enable for Login 0 0~1 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted
User
840-138 Change from Address Enable for Login 1 0~1 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted
Invalid User
840-139 Change from Address Enable for Guest 0 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted
User
840-140 Change from Address Enable for Not-Login 0 0~1 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted
User
840-141 E-Mail Enable for Invalid Mail Address User 1 0~1 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted
840-142 Netsend Transmission Report Control 2 1~3 1: Always output report, 2: Output report only when error occurs, 3: Do not output report
840-144 CWSS Confirmation Sheet Control 2 1~3 1: Always output report, 2: Output report only when error occurs, 3: Do not output report
840-147 Scan OCR Default 1 1~2 1: Follow the direction of OCR result page, 2: Follow the direction of input page
840-148 Scan to Home Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
840-149 Scan to My Folder Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-67
Chain 780-xxx IOT

Table 7 IOT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
780-013 Tray1 Paper Type 1 1~255 1: STATIONERY, 2: TRANSPARENCY, 3: ENVELOPE, 4: ENVELOPE_PLAIN, 5:
ENVELOPE_WINDOW, 6: LABEL, 7: FORM, 8:COATING1, 9: TRACABLE, 10: THICK1,
11:THICK1_REV, 12: THICK2, 13: THICK2_REV, 14: RECYCLED, 15:
CONTINUOUS_LONG, 16: CONTINUOUS_SHORT, 17: TAB_STOCK, 18: MULTI_LAYER,
19: OPAQUE_FILM, 20: TACK_FILM, 21: THIN, 22: FINE, 23: USER1, 24: USER2, 25:
USER3, 26: USER4, 27: USER5, 28: OTHER, 29: WRAPPINGPAPER, 30: EXLUSTERPA-
PER, 31: COATING2, 32: COATING1_REV, 33: COATING2_REV, 34: THICK1_FINISHER,
35: COATING1_FINISHER, 36: THICK1_A, 37: THICK1_B, 38: THICK1_C, 39: THICK1_S,
40: THICK2_A, 41: THICK2_B, 42: THICK2_C, 43: THICK2_D, 44: THICK2_S, 45:
THICK1_FINISHER_A, 46: THICK1_FINISHER_B, 47: THICK1_FINISHER_C, 48:
THICK1_FINISHER_S, 49: HAGAKI, 50: HAGAKI_REV, 51: STATIONARY_REV, 52:
FINE_REV, 53: RECYCLED_REV, 54: SPECIAL, 55: SPECIAL_REV 56: USED, 57:
PREPUNCHED, 58: TAB_THICK1, 59: TAB_THICK2.
780-014 Tray2 Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-015 Tray3 Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-016 Tray4 Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-018 SMH Paper Type 1: Plain 1~255 Same as above
780-019 Custom Paper Name 1 NULL ASCII numerals, symbols Max. 24 characters (M/N)
780-020 Custom Paper Name 2 NULL Same as above
780-021 Custom Paper Name 3 NULL Same as above
780-022 Custom Paper Name 4 NULL Same as above
780-023 Custom Paper Name 5 NULL Same as above
780-024 IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect for Print 0 0~1 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform
Job
780-025 Image Quality Control Category: Height 0~60 -
780-026 Image Quality Control Category: Plain 0~60 -
Paper
780-027 Image Quality Control Category: Recycle 0~60 -
Paper
780-028 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 1
780-029 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 2
780-030 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 3
780-031 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 4
780-032 Image Quality Control Category: User 0~60 -
Defined Paper 5
780-033 Image Quality Control Category: Heavy- 0~60 -
weight Paper 1

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-68 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 7 IOT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
780-034 Image Quality Control Category: Heavy- 0~60 -
weight Paper 1: Finisher
780-035 Image Quality Control Category: Heavy- 0~60 -
weight Paper 1 (Side 2)
780-036 Image Quality Control Category: Heavy- 0~60 -
weight Paper 2
780-037 Image Quality Control Category: Heavy- 0~60 -
weight Paper 2 (Side 2)
780-038 Image Quality Control Category: Side 2 0~60 -
780-050 Paper Type Priority: High Quality Paper X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
max. number of settings for paper type.
780-051 Paper Type Priority: Plain Paper 1 1~255 Same as above
780-052 Paper Type Priority: Recycled Paper 2 1~255 Same as above
780-053 Paper Type Priority: Custom 1 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 Same as above
780-054 Paper Type Priority: Custom 2 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 Same as above
780-055 Paper Type Priority: Custom 3 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 Same as above
780-056 Paper Type Priority: Custom 4 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 Same as above
780-057 Paper Type Priority: Custom 5 X (Not applicable for ATS) 1~255 Same as above
780-060 Tray 1 Priority 1 0~6 0 to 6. Note: Priority is in order of the numbers with 1 first in priority.
Multiple paper types cannot be set. Note: Depending on the number of installed Trays, 4 to 6
cannot be selected. Note: 0 means not to include this Tray in APS/ATS candidate Trays.
780-061 Tray 2 Priority 2 0~6 Same as above
780-062 Tray 3 Priority 3 0~6 Same as above
780-063 Tray 4 Priority 4 0~6 Same as above
780-069 Image Enhancement Enable 1 0~1 0: OFF, 1: ON
780-071 User Define: Number of Paper Color 1 Null <P> 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of
12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji.
For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII.
780-072 Center Tray Offset Enable Offset per set 1~3 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset
780-073 Finisher Tray Offset Enable Offset per set 1~3 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset
780-074 Availability of Large Waste Toner Box 0 0~1 0: Not available, 1: Available
780-075 Stop Printing When Drum Life Ends 1: Stop printing 0~1 TRUE (1): Stop printing, FALSE (0): Do not stop printing
780-076 Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher Paper X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
max. number of settings for paper type.
780-077 Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (A) X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
Paper max. number of settings for paper type.
780-078 Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (B) X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
Paper max. number of settings for paper type.
780-079 Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (C) X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
Paper max. number of settings for paper type.
780-080 Paper Type Priority: Thick 1 Finisher (S) X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
Paper max. number of settings for paper type.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-69
Table 7 IOT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
780-081 Paper Type Priority: Coating 1 Finisher X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
Paper max. number of settings for paper type.
780-084 Paper Type Priority: Reverse X: 255 1~255 1~n: 1~n, X (Not applicable for Priority Tray for APS/ATS): 255 Duplication allowed. n is the
max. number of settings for paper type.
780-096 User Define: Number of Paper Color 2 Null <P> 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of
12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji.
For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII.
780-097 User Define: Number of Paper Color 3 Null <P> 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of
12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji.
For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII.
780-098 User Define: Number of Paper Color 4 Null <P> 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of
12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji.
For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII.
780-099 User Define: Number of Paper Color 5 Null <P> 8 (1-byte) characters of alphanumerics and Katakana, <MF> For Japan: Maximum of
12 (2-byte) characters in alphanumerics, symbols, Katakana, hiraganas, and kanji.
For M/N: Maximum of 24 characters in ASCII.
780-108 Tray 6 (HCF) Paper Type 1: Plain paper 1~255 -
780-109 Tray 7 (HCF) Paper Type 1: Plain paper 1~255 -
780-110 Tray 6 (HCF) Priority 5 0~6 0 to 6. Note: Priority is in order of the numbers with 1 first in priority.
Multiple paper types cannot be set. Note: Depending on the number of installed Trays, 4 to 6
cannot be selected. Note: 0 means not to include this Tray in APS/ATS candidate Trays.
780-111 Tray 7 (HCF) Priority 6 0~6 0 to 6. Note: Priority is in order of the numbers with 1 first in priority.
Multiple paper types cannot be set. Note: Depending on the number of installed Trays, 4 to 6
cannot be selected. Note: 0 means not to include this Tray in APS/ATS candidate Trays.
780-141 Center Tray2 Offset Enable Offset per set 1~3 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset
780-142 Forced Duplex 0 0~1 0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided
780-145 IOT Control Offset Mode Staple Offset per set 1~3 1: Offset per set, 2: Offset per job, 3: No offset
780-146 IOT Control Non Same FS Mix Size Staple Release 0~1 TRUE (1): Staple, FALSE (0): Release
780-147 Max Staple Capacity 50 10~150 10 to 100 sheets (B Finisher), 25 to 75 sheets (C Finisher/D Finisher [50 sheets]), 50 to 100
sheets (D Finisher [100 sheets])
780-148 Max Staple Capacity: Small Size 100 2~200 2 to 200 sheets
780-149 Max Staple Capacity: Large Size 65 2~200 2 to 200 sheets
780-150 Max BiFold Capacity 5 1~15 1 to 15 sheets
780-151 Max Booklet Capacity 15 sheets 2~25 2~25 sheets
780-153 Medium Type APS Ignore Confirm 2 0~2 0: No user intervention (job is continued automatically by disregarding paper type specified
by job), 1: User intervention (choices are: [a] continue job by disregarding paper type speci-
fied by job) or [b] cancel job), 2: User intervention (choices are: [a] continue job by changing
type of paper in Tray or [b] cancel job).
780-161 IOT Control SMH Free Size Detect Auto Size Detect 0~1 TRUE (1): Detect custom size, FALSE (0): Auto Size Detect
780-162 Tray1 Medium Attribute 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy
780-163 Tray2 Medium Attribute 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy
780-164 Tray3 Medium Attribute 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy
780-165 Tray4 Medium Attribute 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-70 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 7 IOT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
780-166 Tray6 Medium Attribute 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy
780-167 Tray7 Medium Attribute 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: Paper for color copy, 2: Paper for B/W copy
780-170 Use Tray Paper Attr Color 1 0~1 0: Do not use, 1: Use
780-171 Use Tray Paper Attr Pre-Punched 0 0~1 0: Do not use, 1: Use
780-172 Tray 1 Medium Pre-Punched 1 1~2 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of
holes is disregarded)
780-173 Tray 2 Medium Pre-Punched 1 1~2 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of
holes is disregarded)
780-174 Tray 3 Medium Pre-Punched 1 1~2 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of
holes is disregarded)
780-175 Tray 4 Medium Pre-Punched 1 1~2 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of
holes is disregarded)
780-176 Tray 5 Medium Pre-Punched 1 1~2 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of
holes is disregarded)
780-177 Tray 6 Medium Pre-Punched 1 1~2 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of
holes is disregarded)
780-178 Tray 7 Medium Pre-Punched 1 1~2 1: Paper with no pre-punched holes, 2: Paper with pre-punched holes (number/position of
holes is disregarded)
780-192 Image Quality Control Category: Cort 0~60 -
780-193 Image Quality Control Category: Cort Rev 0~60 -
780-196 IOT Oottray OCT Enable - 0~1 0: Not provided (automatic detection), 1: Provided
780-203 Tray 1 Fixed Medium Direction 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF
780-204 Tray 1 Fixed Medium Size 0 0~255 0: Not specified
780-205 Tray 2 Fixed Medium Direction 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF
780-206 Tray 2 Fixed Medium Size 0 0~255 0: Not specified
780-207 Tray 3 Fixed Medium Direction 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF
780-208 Tray 3 Fixed Medium Size 0 0~255 0: Not specified
780-209 Tray 4 Fixed Medium Direction 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF
780-210 Tray 4 Fixed Medium Size 0 0~255 0: Not specified
780-211 Tray 6 Fixed Medium Direction 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF
780-212 Tray 6 Fixed Medium Size 0 0~255 0: Not specified
780-213 Tray 7 Fixed Medium Direction 0 0~2 0: Not specified, 1: LEF, 2: SEF
780-214 Tray 7 Fixed Medium Size 0 0~255 0: Not specified
780-215 HCS Tray Offset Enable 1 1~3 1: Per set, 2: Per job, 3: No offset

Chain 785-xxx IIT

Table 8 IIT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
785-003 Image Processing Method of FAX Photo Error Diffusion 0~1 0: Error Diffusion (1bit, ED), 1: Dither

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-71
Table 8 IIT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
785-004 Ground Color Remove Method in B&W 1 0~1 0: Priority on image quality, 1: Priority on speed
Mode
785-008 DADF Control Type 0 0~3 0: Not specified (auto recognition), 1: PF1, 2: PF2, 3: PF1.5
785-010 FAX Document Size Detect Method in 0 0~1 0: A/B series, 1: Inch series
DADF
785-015 Text / Photo Detect Level 3 1~5 1: More Text, 2: Text, 3: Normal, 4: Photo, 5: More Photo
785-021 HWM H/W Setting 0 0~1 0: Not set, 1: Set
785-024 Adjust 100 Fast Scan 100.0% 980~1020 980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments
785-025 Adjust 100 Slow Scan 100.0% 980~1020 980: 98.0%~1020: 102.0%, 0.1% increments
785-026 DADF Adjust 100 0 0~1 0: Do not apply, 1: Apply
785-027 Copy Photo Process Errdifusion or Dither 0 0~1 0: Error Diffusion, 1: Dither
785-028 CVT Org Size Required Off/On 1: Required 0~1 0: Not required, 1: Required
785-030 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[5.5.x8.5(State- Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
ment)]
785-031 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A5] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-032 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B5] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-033 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.25x10.5(Execu- Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
tive)]
785-034 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8x10] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-035 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[16K] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-036 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x11(Letter)] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-037 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A4] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-038 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x13(Foolscap)] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-039 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8.5x14(Legal)] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-040 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[B4] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-041 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[8K] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-042 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[11x17(Ledger)] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-043 Copy APS Size OFF/ON[A3] Set for each region 0~1 [0: Not applicable, 1: Applicable]
785-050 Original Application Range 0 0~1 0: Apply only for that original, 1: Apply for all subsequent non-standard sized originals
785-051 DADF Dup Simultaneous in Copy 1 0~1 0: Do not conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides, 1: Conduct simultaneous scanning
of both sides
785-052 DADF Dup Simultaneous in FAX 1 0~1 0: Do not conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides, 1: Conduct simultaneous scanning
of both sides
785-053 DADF Dup Simultaneous in Scan 1 0~1 0: Do not conduct simultaneous scanning of both sides, 1: Conduct simultaneous scanning
of both sides
785-065 Switching Between Center and Corner for 1 0~255 0: Paste at the corner, 1: Paste at the center
Positioning Image on Large Size Paper
785-080 Copy Edge Erase Margin 5 0~10 0~10mm (1mm increments)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-72 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 8 IIT
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
785-081 DADF Elevator Tray Active Mode 1 1~2 1: The earlier of (A) or (B) shall be the trigger: (A) When a specified time (set in NVM)
elapses since the Document Set Sensor was turned On. The timer will be reset if the Origi-
nal Document Guide is moved (i.e., if the level of the APS Sensor on Tray 1 to 3 changes). A
change in the level while the Tray is moving upward is disregarded. (B) When the Start but-
ton is pressed while the Document Set Sensor is On.
2: Only when the Start button is pressed while the Document Set Sensor is On.

Chain 790-xxx UI

Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-001 Start Up Display Setting 0 0~2 0: Settings List, 1: Job Management, 2: Machine Information
790-002 Function Set Display Setting 1 (DC) 0~255 0: Menu, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to
0 (MF/P) Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11:
Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (Digital Camera Print),
15: Media Print (Text Print), 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BM LinkS
790-003 FAX Broadcast / Multi-Poll Display 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-005 Ad Hoc Address Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not inhibit, 1: Inhibit
790-019 Pause Print Job Cancel Timer (By Con- 15 1~59 1 to 59 seconds
nected Accessory)
790-050 Preset Tray 1 in Copy 1 0~255 0: None (not in use) 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6
(HCF1), 7: Tray 7 (HCF2)
790-051 Preset Tray 2 in Copy 2 0~255 Same as above
790-052 Preset Tray 3 in Copy 5 0~255 Same as above
790-056 EWB - Web Access v2.0 0 0~1 0: Do not operate in old version (v2.0), 1: Operate
790-057 EWB - Access Permission 0 0~1 0: Cannot access general websites, 1: Can access general websites
790-058 EWB - Init Cookie 0 0~1 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform
790-059 EWB - Init Cache 0 0~1 0: Do not perform, 1: Perform
790-060 Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy R/E Preset 2 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 3 0~12 0: None 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12
(XC) R/E Preset 4 (XE): 3
790-061 Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy R/E Preset 7 (FX, AP) R/E Preset 5 12 Same as above
(XC) R/E Preset 6 (XE): 5
790-063 EWB - Java Script 1 0~1 0: Do not use Java Script, 1: Use Java Script
790-064 EWB - Cache 1 0~1 0: Do not use cache, 1: Use cache
790-065 EWB - Verify Cache 0 0~3 0: Check automatically, 1: Check each time when displaying a page, 2: Check only
once after the initiation when displaying a page, 3: Do not check
790-066 EWB - Verify Cookie 2 0~2 0: Disable cookie (Do not use cookie), 1: Enable cookie (Use cookie), 2: Check data
saving each time cookie is received
790-067 EWB - TLS 1.0 1 0~1 0: Do not use TLS 1.0, 1: Use TLS 1.0
790-068 EWB - SSL 2.0 1 0~1 0: Do not use SSL 2.0, 1: Use SSL 2.0
790-069 EWB - SSL 3.0 1 0~1 0: Do not use SSL 3.0, 1: Use SSL 3.0

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-73
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-070 Default Tray in Copy 0 0~7 0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF), 7: Tray 7
(HCF). Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the setting range.
790-071 Default Tray on Release ATS in Copy 1 1~7 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: MPT, 6: Tray 6 (HCF), 7: Tray 7 (HCF).
Refer to the Copy Service Func FF for the setting range.
790-072 Default Reduce/Enlarge in Copy 0 0~255 0:100% 1~12: R/E Preset 1 ~ R/E Preset 12 255: Auto
790-073 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 1001 (25%), DMO-W: 25~1026 1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%,
1003 (50%), XC:1001 (25%) 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006:64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008:
78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013:
115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018:
154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023:
220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%
790-074 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 1003(50%), DMO-W: 1001~1026 1~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%, 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%,
1006 (64.7%), XC:1003(50%) 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008: 78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010:
86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013: 115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015:
127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018: 154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020:
173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023: 220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025:
400.00%, 1026: 300.00%
790-075 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 1007(70.7%), DMO-W: 1001~1026 Same as above
1007 (70.7%), XC:1006(64.7%)
790-076 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 1012(97.3%), DMO-W: 1001~1026 Same as above
1008 (78.5%), XC:1008(78.5%)
790-077 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 1017(141.4%), DMO-W: 1001~1026 Same as above
1012 (97.3%), XC:1016(129.4%)
790-078 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 1022(200%), DMO-W: 1001~1026 Same as above
1017 (141.4%), XC:1025(400%)
790-079 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 1025(400%), DMO-W: 1001~1026 Same as above
1017 (141.4%), XC:1025(400%)
790-085 EWB - Site Scan Warn 0 0~1 0: Do not give warning regarding the availability of protection at the time of moving
to a different website, 1: Give warning
790-086 EWB - Redirect 2 0~2 0: Do not give warning when redirected at the time of form transmission, 1: Give
warning, 2: Give warning when redirected to a different host
790-087 EWB - Cert Valid 1 0~1 0: Stop temporary access to unreliable server, 1: Ask user
790-088 Display Logout Confirm Popup 0 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-094 Default BW Original Type in Copy 1 1~4 1: Text, 2: Text & Photo, 3: Photo, 4: Pencil Text
790-097 Default Background Suppression in Copy 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
790-098 Default Density Adjustment in Copy 3 0~6 0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3
790-099 Mixed Size Default 0 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
790-122 Default Sharpness in Copy 2 0~4 0: Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Normal, 3: Soft, 4: Softer
790-124 Default Center / Corner Shift Position 0 0~9 0: No shift, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6:
(Side1) Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center
790-125 Default Center / Corner Shift Position 10 0~10 0: No shift, 1: Center, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Right, 4: Top Left, 5: Bottom Left, 6:
(Side2) Top Center, 7: Bottom Center, 8: Left Center, 9: Right Center, 10: Opposite to Side 1

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-74 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-126 FAX Broadcast 0 0~2 0: Broadcast prohibited, 1: Broadcast permitted (re-entry not required), 2: Broadcast
permitted (re-entry required)
790-127 FAX Second Input Method 0 0~2 0: Speed dial, 1: Full dial, 2: No input for the second time
790-128 Center Erase in Copy 0 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-129 Rotation Enable in Copy 1 0~2 0: Always ON 1: ON only for APS/AMS 2: Always OFF
790-130 Default of Direction of Image Finisher models: 0, No Finisher: 1 0~2 0: Auto, 1: Portrait Original - Left Edge, 2: Portrait Original - Right Edge
790-131 Fixed Original Size 1 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3S), DMO-W: 10 2~255 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
(A3S), XC: 89 (8.5x11L) A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87:
PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94:
12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Post-
card (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108:
Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151:
Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K
SEF (GCO)
790-132 Fixed Original Size 2 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 12 (A4SEF), DMO-W: 12 1~255 Same as above
(A4SEF), XC: 90 (8.5x11SEF)
790-133 Fixed Original Size 3 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 11 (A4LEF), DMO-W: 11 1~255 Same as above
(A4LEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF)
790-134 Fixed Original Size 4 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 1~255 Same as above
(A5SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)
790-135 Fixed Original Size 5 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 16 (A6SEF), DMO-W: 16 1~255 Same as above
(A6SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF)
790-136 Fixed Original Size 6 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 Same as above
(B4SEF), XC:120 (7.25x10.5SEF)
790-137 Fixed Original Size 7 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 1~255 Same as above
(B5SEF), XC:110 (5x7SEF)
790-138 Fixed Original Size 8 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 Same as above
(B5LEF), XC:107 (4x6SEF)
790-139 Fixed Original Size 9 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 Same as above
92 (8.5x14SEF), XC:12 (A4SEF)
790-140 Fixed Original Size 10 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 118 (8.5x13SEF), DMO- 1~255 Same as above
W: 118 (8.5x13SEF), XC:11 (A4LEF)
790-141 Fixed Original Size 11 in Copy XE/DMO-E: 89 (8.5x11LEF), DMO-W: 1~255 Same as above
89 (8.5x11LEF), XC:10 (A3SEF)
790-148 Action Type of Select List Item in JFS 1 0~1 0: Select list, 1: Open detail/setting screen

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-75
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-149 Max Copy Volume 999 1~9999 1 to 9999 sheets
790-172 Paper Type for Copy APS 0 0~255 0: Conform to conventional priority sequence. Note: Types of paper, other than
tabbed sheet, that can be set to Trays other than SMH and Interposer can be speci-
fied.
790-173 Paper Color for Copy APS 1 0~21 0: All paper colors, 1: White, 2: Pink, 3: Yellow, 4: Ocher, 5: Gold, 6: Blue, 7: Green,
8: Transparent, 10: Red, 13: Other, 14: Cream, 15: Gray, 16: Orange, 17: User-
defined color 1, 18: User-defined color 2, 19: User-defined color 3, 20: User-defined
color 4, 21: User-defined color 5
790-175 Box Service Print Order 0 0~3 0: In the ascending order of document registration time and date, 1: In the descend-
ing order of document registration time and date
790-180 Default of Right Image direction 0 0~1 0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left
790-181 Default Duplex Setting 0 0~3 0: None (1->1 Sided), 1: 1->2 Sided, 2: 2->1 Sided, 3: 2->2 Sided
790-182 Default Sort Mode in Copy 0 0~3 0: Auto, 1: Collate, 2: Uncollated, 3: Uncollated with separator insertion
790-183 Default Exit Tray in Copy Out of the installed destination Trays, 0~8 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1
the destination Tray is determined Top Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 7: HCS2 Top Tray, 8: HCS2 Stacker Tray
based on the following priority order: *Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
1) 0: Center Tray (Center Tray 1)
2) 3: Center Tray 2
3) 5: HCS1 Top Tray
4) 4: Top Tray
5) 2: Finisher Tray
790-184 Sending Display Enable 0 0~1 0: Off 1: On
790-185 Initial Display of Address 0 0~4 0: Off 1: On 2: Destination address screen 3: Basic screen 4: Address book
790-186 Default Communication Mode in FAX 2 0~6 1: G4 Auto, 2: G3 Auto, 3: F4800 (Communication speeds below 4800bps) The fol-
lowing are additional settings for M/N: 4: G3 5: G3 (ECM) 6: G3 (ECM)? Forced4800
790-187 Default Scanning Density in FAX 3 0~6 0: Lighter 3, 1: Lighter 2, 2: Lighter 1, 3: Normal, 4: Darker 1, 5: Darker 2, 6: Darker 3
790-188 Default Original Type in FAX 0 0~2 0=Text, 1=Photo, 2=Text & Photo
790-189 Default Scanning Resolution in FAX 0 0~3 0: Standard, 1: Fine (200x200), 2: Fine (400x400), 3: Fine (600x600)
790-190 FAX Monitor Print Enable 0 0~1 0: Off 1: On
790-191 Default Subject of Internet Fax Null 128 bytes maximum, null-terminated
790-192 Send Header Enable 1 0~1 0: Off 1: On
790-193 Destination Table in FAX 1 1~999999 1~999999
790-194 Mix Size Enable in FAX 0 0~1 0: Off 1: On
790-195 FAX Receive Mode 0 0~1 0: Auto Receive, 1: Manual Receive
790-196 Delayed Send Time Setting-hour 21 0~23 Hour (0~23) (24-hour clock)
790-197 Delayed Send Time Setting-minutes 0 0~59 Minute (0~59)
790-198 FAX Manual Send Receive 1 0~1 0: Manual Receive, 1: Manual Send
790-200 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in FAX XE/DMO-E: 1003 (50%), DMO-W: 50~1026 1~49: Not in use, 50~400%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%,
1003 (50%), XC: 1003 (50%) 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008:
78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013:
115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018:
154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023:
220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-76 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-201 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in FAX XE/DMO-E: 1007 (70.7%), DMO-W: 50~1026 Same as above
1006 (64.7%), XC: 1006 (64.7%)
790-202 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in FAX XE/DMO-E: 1009 (81.6%), DMO-W: 50~1026 Same as above
1007 (70.7%), XC: 1008 (78.5%)
790-203 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in FAX XE/DMO-E: 1012 (97.3%), DMO-W: 50~1026 Same as above
1008 (78.5%), XC: 1012 (97.3%)
790-204 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in FAX XE/DMO-E: 1017 (141.4%), DMO-W: 50~1026 Same as above
1012 (97.3%), XC: 1016 (129.4%)
790-205 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in FAX XE/DMO-E: 1022 (200%), DMO-W: 50~1026 Same as above
1016 (129.4%), XC: 1023 (220%)
790-206 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in FAX XE/DMO-E: 1025 (400%), DMO-W: 50~1026 Same as above
1017 (141.4%), XC: 1025 (400%)
790-207 Add Sender to Address 0 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
790-208 Add Sender to CC 0 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
790-209 Modify Address 1 0~1 0: Prohibited, 1: Permitted
790-210 Fixed Original Size 1 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3SEF), DMO-W: 10 0~255 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
(A3SEF), XC: 89 (8.5x11LEF) A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87:
PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94:
12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Post-
card (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108:
Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151:
Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K
SEF (GCO)
790-211 Fixed Original Size 2 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 12 (A4SEF), DMO-W: 12 0~255 Same as above
(A4SEF), XC: 90 (8.5x11SEF)
790-212 Fixed Original Size 3 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 11 (A4LEF), DMO-W: 11 0~255 Same as above
(A4LEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF)
790-213 Fixed Original Size 4 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 0~255 Same as above
(A5SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)
790-214 Fixed Original Size 5 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 16 (A6SEF), DMO-W: 16 0~255 Same as above
(A6SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF)
790-215 Fixed Original Size 6 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 0~255 Same as above
(B4SEF), XC: 120 (7.25x10.5SEF)
790-216 Fixed Original Size 7 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 0~255 Same as above
(B5SEF), XC: 109 (5x7LEF)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-77
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-217 Fixed Original Size 8 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 0~255 Same as above
(B5LEF), XC: 107 (4x6LEF)
790-218 Fixed Original Size 9 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 0~255 Same as above
92 (8.5x14SEF), XC: 12 (A4SEF)
790-219 Fixed Original Size 10 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 118 (8.5x13SEF), DMO- 0~255 Same as above
W: 118 (8.5x13SEF), XC: 11 (A4LEF)
790-220 Fixed Original Size 11 in FAX Scan XE/DMO-E: 89 (8.5x11LEF), DMO-W: 0~255 Same as above
89 (8.5x11LEF), XC: 10 (A3SEF)
790-221 iFAX Profile 0 0~2 [0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J]
790-222 Mix Size Enable in Scan 0 0~1 0: Off 1: On
790-223 Default Color Mode in Scan 2 0~3 0: Full Color, 1: Grayscale, 2: Dual Color, 3: Auto
790-224 Default Original Type in Scan 0 0~2 0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Text & Photo
790-225 Default Scanning Resolution in Scan 0 0~4 0: 200dpi, 1: 300dpi, 2: 400dpi, 3: 600dpi, 4: Refer to Scan FF (Input Common) for
the setting range.
790-226 Top & Bottom Edge Erase in Scan 2 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-227 Left & Right Edge Erase in Scan 2 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-228 Center Erase in Scan 0 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-229 Density / Brightness Adjust in Scan 3 0~6 0: Brightness (Density) 3, 1 Brightness (Density) 2, 2 Brightness (Density) 1, 3 Stan-
dard, 4: Brightness (Density) -1, 5 Brightness (Density) -2, 6 Brightness (Density) -3
790-230 Contrast Adjust in Scan 2 0~4 0: Higher, 1: High, 2: Standard, 3: Low, 4: Lower
790-231 Fixed Original Size 1 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3SEF), DMO-W: 10 1~255 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
(A3SEF), XC: 89 (8.5x11LEF) A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87:
PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94:
12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Post-
card (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108:
Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151:
Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K
SEF (GCO)
790-232 Fixed Original Size 2 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 12 (A4SEF), DMO-W: 12 1~255 Same as above
(A4SEF), XC: 90 (8.5x11SEF)
790-233 Fixed Original Size 3 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 11 (A4LEF), DMO-W: 11 1~255 Same as above
(A4LEF), XC: 118 (8.5x13SEF)
790-234 Fixed Original Size 4 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 1~255 Same as above
(A5SEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-78 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-235 Fixed Original Size 5 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 15 (A5LEF), DMO-W: 15 1~255 Same as above
(A5LEF), XC: 132 (11x15SEF)
790-236 Fixed Original Size 6 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 Same as above
(B4SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)
790-237 Fixed Original Size 7 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 1~255 Same as above
(B5SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF)
790-238 Fixed Original Size 8 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 Same as above
(B5LEF), XC: 119 (7.25x10.5LEF)
790-239 Fixed Original Size 9 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 70 (B6SEF), DMO-W: 70 1~255 Same as above
(B6SEF), XC: 120 (7.25x10.5SEF)
790-240 Fixed Original Size 10 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 80 (11x17SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 Same as above
80 (11x17SEF), XC: 115 (8x10LEF)
790-241 Fixed Original Size 11 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 92 (8.5x14SEF), DMO-W: 1~255 Same as above
92 (8.5x14SEF), XC: 109 (5x7SEF)
790-242 Download Print from Browser 1 0~1 0: Do not use, 1: Use
790-250 Fixed Size 1 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-251 Fixed Size 1 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-252 Fixed Size 2 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-253 Fixed Size 2 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-254 Fixed Size 3 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-255 Fixed Size 3 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-256 Fixed Size 4 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-257 Fixed Size 4 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-258 Fixed Size 5 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-259 Fixed Size 5 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-260 Fixed Size 6 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-261 Fixed Size 6 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-262 Fixed Size 7 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-263 Fixed Size 7 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-264 Fixed Size 8 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-265 Fixed Size 8 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-266 Fixed Size 9 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-267 Fixed Size 9 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-268 Fixed Size 10 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-269 Fixed Size 10 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-270 Fixed Size 11 Fast Scan NULL (0mm) 0~297 15~297mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-271 Fixed Size 11 Slow Scan NULL (0mm) 0~432 15~432mm. * Initial value is '0'.
790-272 Top Direction Define in Scan 1 0~1 0: Head to Top, 1: Head to Left

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-79
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-273 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 1001 (25%), DMO-W: 25~1026 1~24: Not in use, 25~400:%, 401~1000: Not in use, 1001: 25.00%, 1002: 35.30%,
1001 (25%), XC: 1001 (25%) 1003: 50.00%, 1004: 57.70%, 1005: 61.20%, 1006: 64.70%, 1007: 70.70%, 1008:
78.50%, 1009: 81.60%, 1010: 86.60%, 1011: 94.00%, 1012: 97.30%, 1013:
115.40%, 1014: 122.50%, 1015: 127.30%, 1016: 129.40%, 1017: 141.40%, 1018:
154.50%, 1019: 163.20%, 1020: 173.20%, 1021: 180.00%, 1022: 200.00%, 1023:
220.00%, 1024: 282.80%, 1025: 400.00%, 1026: 300.00%
790-274 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 1003 (50%), DMO-W: 25~1026 Same as above
1003 (50%), XC: 1003 (50%)
790-275 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 1006 (64.7%), DMO-W: 25~1026 Same as above
1006 (64.7%), XC: 1006 (64.7%)
790-276 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 4 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 1007 (70.7%), DMO-W: 25~1026 Same as above
1007 (70.7%), XC: 1007 (70.7%)
790-277 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 5 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 1008 (78.5%), DMO-W: 25~1026 Same as above
1008 (78.5%), XC: 1008 (78.5%)
790-278 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 6 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 1011 (94%), DMO-W: 25~1026 Same as above
1011 (94%), XC: 1011 (94%)
790-279 Fixed Reduce/Enlarge 7 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 1012 (97.3%), DMO-W: 25~1026 Same as above
1012 (97.3%), XC: 1012 (129.4%)
790-280 Output Size 1 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 10 (A3SEF), DMO-W: 10 1~255 1: Not defined, 10: A3SEF, 11: A4LEF, 12:A4SEF, 13: A5LEF, 14: A5SEF, 15:
(A3SEF), XC: 89 (8.5x11LEF) A6LEF, 16: A6SEF, 50: C4 Envelope SEF, 51: C5 Envelope SEF, 55: DL Envelope
LEF, 66: B4SEF, 67: B5LEF, 68: B5SEF, 69: B6LEF, 70: B6SEF, 80: 11x17SEF, 87:
PostcardLEF, 88: PostcardSEF, 89: 8.5x11LEF, 90: 8.5x11SEF, 92: 8.5x14SEF, 94:
12x18SEF, 98: 12x19SEF, 101: 16K LEF, 102: 16K SEF, 104: 8K SEF, 105: Post-
card (3.5x5.5) LEF, 106: Postcard (3.5x5.5) SEF, 107: Postcard (4x6) LEF, 108:
Postcard (4x6) SEF, 109: Postcard (5x7) LEF, 110: Postcard (5x7) SEF, 111:
5.5x8.5LEF, 112: 5.5x8.5SEF, 113: Postcard (6x9) LEF, 114: Postcard (6x9) SEF,
115: 8x10LEF, 116: 8x10SEF, 118: 8.5x13SEF, 119: 7.25x10.5LEF, 120:
7.25x10.5SEF, 123: Youkei 0 LEF, 124: Choukei 3 SEF, 126: Choukei 4 SEF, 132:
11x15SEF, 135: Photo L LEF, 136: Photo L SEF, 137: Commercial 10 LEF, 139:
215x315mm (8.46x12.4) SEF, 141: SRA3 SEF, 142: Special A3SEF, 143: Special
A4LEF, 144: Special A4SEF, 145: A4 Cover SEF, 146: A4 Cover LEF, 147:
13x19SEF, 148: 13x18SEF, 149: 12.6x19.2SEF, 150: Letter Cover (9x11) SEF, 151:
Letter Cover (9x11) LEF, 152: Monarch Envelope LEF, 154: Prepaid Postcard LEF,
155: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 156: 16K LEF (GCO), 157: 16K SEF (GCO), 159: 8K
SEF (GCO)
790-281 Output Size 2 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 12 (A4SEF), DMO-W: 12 1~255 Same as above
(A4SEF), XC: 90 (8.5x11SEF)
790-282 Output Size 3 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 11 (A4LEF), DMO-W: 11 1~255 Same as above
(A4LEF), XC: 118 (8.5x13SEF)
790-283 Output Size 4 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 14 (A5SEF), DMO-W: 14 1~255 Same as above
(A5SEF), XC: 92 (8.5x14SEF)
790-284 Output Size 5 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 15 (A5LEF), DMO-W: 15 1~255 Same as above
(A5LEF), XC: 132 (11x15SEF)
790-285 Output Size 6 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 66 (B4SEF), DMO-W: 66 1~255 Same as above
(B4SEF), XC: 80 (11x17SEF)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-80 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-286 Output Size 7 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 68 (B5SEF), DMO-W: 68 1~255 Same as above
(B5SEF), XC: 112 (5.5x8.5SEF)
790-287 Output Size 8 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 67 (B5LEF), DMO-W: 67 1~255 Same as above
(B5LEF), XC: 119 (7.25x10.5LEF)
790-288 Default Background Suppression in Scan 1 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
790-289 COPY Select Button 0 0~1 0: 4 buttons, 1: 5 buttons
790-290 Preset Reduce/Enlarge 1 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 2 (R/E Preset 2), DMO- 0~12 0: Not specified, 1~12: R/E Preset 1~12
W: 1 (R/E Preset 1), XC: 3 (R/E Pre-
set 3)
790-291 Preset Reduce/Enlarge 2 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 3 (R/E Preset 3), DMO- 0~12 Same as above
W: 3 (R/E Preset 3), XC: 4 (R/E Pre-
set 4)
790-292 Preset Reduce/Enlarge 3 in Scan XE/DMO-E: 5 (R/E Preset 5), DMO- 0~12 Same as above
W: 7 (R/E Preset 7), XC: 5 (R/E Pre-
set 5)
790-297 Default Compression of Scanned Data 0 0~1 0: Automatic selection, 1: User selection
790-298 Default Compression of Binary 1 0~3 0: MH Compression, 1: MMR Compression, 2: JBIG2 Compression (arithmetic cod-
ing), 3: JBIG2 Compression (Huffman coding)
790-300 Special Document Select Switch Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-301 Top Edge Erase in Copy 2 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-302 Bottom Edge Erase in Copy 2 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-303 Left Edge Erase in Copy 2 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-304 Right Edge Erase in Copy 2 (mm) 0~50 0 (mm) ~ 50 (mm) in 1mm increments
790-306 Remove Bleed Through in Scan 0 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
790-307 Sharpness Adjust in Scan 2 0~4 0: More Compression, 1: Compression, 2: Standard, 3: Image Quality, 4: More
Image Quality
790-308 Transfer Protocol in Scan 0 0~2 0: FTP, 1: SMB, 2: SMB (UNC)
790-309 File Format in Scan Color: 0 0~8 0: TIFF/JFIF Auto Select, 1: TIFF (1 page per file), 2: TIFF (Multi-page), 3: PDF 4:
B/W: 2 XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE) 5: High compression PDF 6: High compression
XDW (Not applicable for XC/XE), 7: XPS, 8: High compression XPS
790-310 Delivery Confirm in iFAX 0: Off 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
790-311 Sharpness Adjust in Scan 2 0~4 0: Sharper, 1: Sharp, 2: Standard, 3: Soft, 4: Softer
790-312 Edge Erase in Scan 0 0~1 0: On, 1: Off
790-317 Display Color Space in Scan 0 0~1 0: On, 1: Off
790-322 Reverse Edge Erase in Copy 0 0~1 0: Same as Side1, 1: Opposite to Side1
790-356 Display Complete Job 0 0~2 0: Always display, 1: Display during authentication, 2: Do not display
790-357 Display Complete Job - Display Job Type 0 0~1 0: All, 1: Authenticated users job only
790-358 Display Complete Job - Conceal 0 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-359 Display Incomplete Job - Conceal 0 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-400 Display Remaining - Percent 1 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-81
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-401 1-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 1 (Copy), DMO-W: 1 0~255 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan
(Copy), XC: 1 (Copy) to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11:
Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation
Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105:
Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help
790-402 2-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 3 (Scan to E-mail), DMO- 0~255 Same as above
W: 3 (Scan to E-mail), XC: 3 (Scan to
E-mail)
790-403 3-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 2 (FAX/iFAX), DMO-W: 2 0~255 Same as above
(FAX/iFAX), XC: 2 (FAX/iFAX)
790-404 4-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 5 (Scan to Server), DMO- 0~255 Same as above
W: 5 (Scan to Server), XC: 5 (Scan to
Server)
790-405 5-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 4 (Scan to MailBox), 0~255 Same as above
DMO-W: 4 (Scan to MailBox), XC: 4
(Scan to MailBox)
790-406 6-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-407 7-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-408 8-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-409 9-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-410 10-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 6 (Scan to PC), DMO-W: 0~255 Same as above
6 (Scan to PC), XC: 6 (Scan to PC)
790-411 11-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 7 (Box), DMO-W: 7 (Box), 0~255 Same as above
XC: 7 (Box)
790-412 12-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 105 (Create), DMO-W: 0~255 Same as above
105 (Create), XC: 105 (Create)
790-413 13-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 10 (Job Memory), DMO- 0~255 Same as above
W: 10 (Job Memory), XC: 10 (Job
Memory)
790-414 14-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-415 15-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-416 16-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-417 1-Menu Display Utility Service Set 0: Not set 0~255 0: Not set, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity
Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 160: Printer mode, 107: Help
790-418 2-Menu Display Utility Service Set 0: Not set 0~255 Same as above
790-419 3-Menu Display Utility Service Set 0: Not set 0~255 Same as above
790-420 4-Menu Display Utility Service Set 0: Not set 0~255 Same as above

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-82 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-421 Copy Custom Func No 1: Customized L1 0~2 0: No customization, 1: Customized L1, 2: Customized L2
790-422 Copy Custom Func L1_1 26 (HB) 0~255 Refer to the UI Dialogue Specifications for the setting range as the contents of this
3 (FCW) column varies according to the launch. 0: Not set, 1: Color mode, 2: Image Quality
Presets, 3: Original Type, 4: Lighten/Darken / Contrast (Color), 5: Lighten/Darken, 6:
Sharpness/Color Saturation (Color) 7: Sharpness/Color Saturation (BW), 8: Auto
Exposure, 9: Color Balance, 10: Color Shift, 21: 2 Sided, 22: Bound Originals, 23: 2
Sided Book Copy, 24: Original Size, 25: Border Erase, 26: Margin Shift, 27: Image
Rotation, 28: Mirror Image/Negative Image, 29: Original Orientation, 30: Mixed Size
Originals, 41: Copy Output, 42: Booklet Creation, 43: Covers, 44: Transparency
Separators, 45: Multiple-Up, 46: Poster, 47: Repeat Image, 48: Chapter Division/
Inserter/Tab Sheet, 49: Annotation, 50: Set Numbering, 51: Output Side, 52: Fold-
ing, 61: Build Job, 62: Image Overlay, 63: Delete Outside/Delete Inside, 64: Double
Copy, 65: Tabbed sheet copy, 66: Gloss, 67: Sample copy, 68: High volume copy,
69: HWM, 70: Auto Background Suppression / Contrast, 71: Density/Sharpness/
Brightness, 72: ID card copy, 101: 2 Sided (1->2 Sided (H to H)), 102: 2 Sided (2->2
Sided (H to H)), 103: Mixed Size Originals (Direct selection of parameter), 104: Mar-
gin Shift (Center), 105: Copy Output (Collate), 106: Copy Output (Staple (One Sta-
ple, Top Left), 107: Copy Output (Staple (Two Staples, Left), 108: Multiple-Up (2Up
(Right->Left)), 109: Multiple-Up (2Up (Right->Left/Top->Bottom)), 110: Output
(Reverse), 111: Folding (Z-fold), 112: Sample Set, 113: Large Volume Document,
114: Double Copy (Direct selection of parameter), 115: Slight Reduction, 116: Auto
Exposure (Direct selection of parameter), 117: Original Orientation (Head to Left)
(Direct selection of parameter), 118: Folding (Direct selection of parameter), 119:
Build Job (Direct selection of parameter), 120: Image Overlay (Direct selection of
parameter), 121: Sort (punch [left dual]), 122: Upper-left single staple / left dual sta-
ple, 123: Left dual staple / left dual punch, 124: 2 sheets --> 1 sheet / 4 sheets ---> 1
sheet
(See UI Dialogue specification for target range because descriptions in this column
include information not relevant to all products and products at different stage after
launch.)
790-423 Copy Custom Func L1_2 25 (HB-UI), 41 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-424 Copy Custom Func L1_3 5 (HB-UI), 45 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-425 Copy Custom Func L2_1 26 (HB-UI B/W, FCW-UI), 0~255 Same as above
1 (HB-UI Color)
790-426 Copy Custom Func L2_2 3 (HB-UI), 25 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-427 Copy Custom Func L2_3 5 (HB-UI), 30 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-428 Copy Custom Func L2_4 0 (HB-UI), 3 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-429 Copy Custom Func L2_5 0 (HB-UI), 21 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-430 Copy Custom Func L2_6 0 (HB-UI), 41 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-431 Copy Custom Func L2_7 0 (HB-UI), 45 (FCW-UI) 0~255 Same as above
790-432 Scan Custom Func No 0: No customization 0~1 0: No customization, 1: Customized L1
790-433 Scan Custom Func 1 0: Not set 0~255 0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge
790-434 Scan Custom Func 2 0: Not set 0~255 0: Not set, 1: 2 Sided, 2: Scan Resolution, 3: Lighten/Darken, 4: Reduce/Enlarge

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-83
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-435 Current Display Language 1: Japanese 1~32 1: Japanese, 2: English, 3: French, 4: German, 5: Italian, 6: Spanish, 7: Portuguese,
8: Russian, 9: Chinese, 10: Korean, 11: Thai, 12: Vietnamese, 13: Taiwanese, 14:
Dutch, 15: Danish, 16: Swedish, 17: Finnish, 18: Norwegian, 19: Brazilian Portu-
guese, 20: Bulgarian, 21: Polish, 22: Hungarian, 23: Rumanian, 24: Czech, 25:
Greek, 26: Turkish, 27: Arabic, 28: Persian, 29: Hebrew
790-436 Service Customize Key1 1: Copy 0~255 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan
to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11:
Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (print from digital cam-
era),15: Media Print (text print), 17: BMLinkS, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102:
FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Registration, 106:
Printer mode, 107: Help, 108: Authentication Print Box, 109: Security Print Box, 110:
Sample Print Box, 111: Delayed Start Print Box, 112: Private Authentication Print
Box
790-437 Service Customize Key2 0: Not set 0~255 Same as above
790-438 Service Customize Key3 0: Not set 0~255 Same as above
790-439 Keyboard Type Switch 0: Qwerty 0~1 0: Qwerty, 1: ABC
790-440 Keyboard Limit 1: Display all other than ASCII 0~1 0: Display only ASCII, 1: Display all other than ASCII
790-441 1-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-442 2-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-443 3-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-444 4-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-445 5-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-446 6-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-447 7-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-448 8-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-449 9-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-450 10-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-451 11-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-452 12-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-453 13-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-454 14-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-455 15-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-456 16-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-457 17-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-458 18-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-459 19-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-460 20-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-461 21-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-462 22-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-463 23-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-464 24-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-465 25-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-84 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-466 26-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-467 27-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-468 28-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-469 29-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-470 30-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-471 31-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-472 32-UI Display Language Limit 1: Display 0~1 0: Do not display 1: Display
790-473 Job List Display Filter 0: Display all 0~3 0: Display all, 1: Transfer, 2: Print, 3: Communications
790-478 Panel UI Key Repeat Set 1: On 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
790-488 17-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11:
Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation
Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105:
Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help
790-489 18-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above.
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-495 Scan OCR Default 0 0~1 0: Do not perform OCR, 1: Perform OCR
790-496 Scan OCR Default - Lang 0 0~PFV_MAX_ 0: Auto (panel display language), 2: English, 3: French, 6: Spanish
LANG
790-497 Scan OCR Default - Compression 1 0~1 0: Do not compress, 1: Compress
790-531 19-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature) to Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11:
Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation
Adjustment, 102: FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105:
Create, 106: Printer mode, 107: Help
790-532 20-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above.
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-533 21-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above.
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-534 22-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above.
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-535 23-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above.
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-536 24-Menu Display Customize Service Set XE/DMO-E: 0 (No feature), DMO-W: 0 0~255 Same as above.
(No feature), XC: 0 (No feature)
790-566 FAX Pass Stamp UI Default 0 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
790-570 PTT Customization 0: Do not allow 0~3 0: Do not allow, 1: Allow for EU country settings, 2: Allow for NA country settings, 3:
Countries in EU/NA/DMO area can be set
790-621 Scan Run Frame 0: Do not display 7sec Scanning 0~3 0: Do not display 7sec Scanning completed and Transferring data messages 1:
completed and Transferring data Display 7sec Scanning completed but do not display Transferring data messages
messages 2: Display message after transfer completes, 3: Display transfer screen

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-85
Table 9 UI
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-630 Virtual Address Book 0 0~6 0: Address Book 3: 3-digit Virtual Address Book 4: 4-digit Virtual Address Book 5: 5-
digit Virtual Address Book 6: 6-digit Virtual Address Book (* Settings 1 and 2 are not
allowed)
790-631 Address Book NVM Data Transfer To New 0 0~1 0: Do not transfer 1: Transfer
HDD

Chain 790-xxx Copy Service

Table 10 Copy Service


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-600 Poster Overlap Width 10mm 1~25 10mm~25mm
790-605 Sample Copy Enable 0: Disable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
790-606 Annotation Page No-Pattern 1 1~6 1: N, 2: -N-, 3: Page N, 4: N/M, 5: -N/M-, 6: Page N/M
790-607 Annotation Page No-Position 6 1~6 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center
790-609 Annotation Page No-Position_Side2 0 0~1 0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1
790-611 Annotation Date-Position 5 1~6 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center
790-613 Annotation Date-Position_Side2 0 0~1 0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1
790-614 Annotation Stamp-Position 2 1~9 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Top Center, 4: Bottom Left, 5: Bottom Right, 6: Bottom Center, 7:
Left Center, 8: Right Center 9: Center
790-617 Annotation Stamp-Density 0 0~2 0: 0% (solid), 1: [25%], 2: [50%]
790-618 Annotation Stamp-Position_side2 1 0~1 0: Opposite to Side 1, 1: Same as Side 1
790-619 Annotation Stamp-dirCheck 1 0~1 0: Set for first sheet, 1: Set for each sheet
790-620 Allover Copy Enable 1 1~2 1: Do not copy whole image (copy all with reduction), 2: Copy whole image
790-632 Added Thumbnail Default Net 1 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
790-633 Added Thumbnail Default Mail 0 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
790-639 Default Copy - Staple Position Information Automatically set at the 0~255 Logical OR of the following:
time of initiation 0x01: Single at left trail edge
0x02: Single at right trail edge
0x04: Single at center trail edge
0x08: Dual at center trail edge
0x10: Quad at center trail edge
790-640 Paper Change Display 0 0~255 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-641 Paper Color Display 1 1~1 1: Display
790-642 Paper Information Display 1 0~255 0: Do not display, 1: Display applied size, 2: Display hole-punch attribute
790-661 Report Store Box ID 1 1~500 Box Number
790-662 Consumable Auto Display Timing 0 0~2 0: Do not display, 1: Display only when system becomes ready after power is turned on and
initialization sequence completes, 2: Display each time auto clear occurs
790-664 Address Book Import Mode 0 0~1 0: Addition mode, 1: Replacement mode
790-665 Default Display Tray Setting 1 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
790-666 Display DADF FAX Read Mode 1 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-86 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 10 Copy Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-667 UI Default FAX Auto Blankpage Detection 0 0~1 0: No, 1: Yes
790-668 Job Memory Register Restriction 0 0~1 0: Do not permit, 1: Permit
790-670 UI FAX Auto Blank Page Detection 0 0~1 0: Do not display, 1: Display
790-671 Auto Resume Function 1 0~1 0: Do not Auto Resume, 1: Auto Resume
790-672 UI Default Auto Clear Time Out 1 0~1 0: Retain previous service, 1: Conform to M/C configuration
790-674 FAX Custom Function 0 0~255 0: Function not provided, 1: Duplex document feed, 2: Monitor report, 3: Communication
mode, 4: Send header
790-676 UI Default Initial Inserter Tray 5 1~8 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer
790-677 UI Default Cover Front Tray 5 1~8 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer
790-678 UI Default Cover Back Tray 5 1~8 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer
790-679 UI Default Signature Cover 5 1~8 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8: Interposer
790-680 FAX Description TEL No Input Twice Regu- 0 0~1 0: No two-time entry, 1: Two-time entry
lation
790-681 Default Copy Org Erase 0 0~3 0: Do not erase (standard), 1: Same for facing edges (top-bottom, right-left), 2: Different for
all 4 edges (top, bottom, right, left), 3: Same for all 4 edges (top, bottom, right, left)
790-682 Separator Tray 5 0~8 0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray2, 3: Tray3, 4: Tray4, 5: SMH, 6: Tray6 (HCF), 7: Tray7 (HCF), 8:
Interposer. See FF of Copy Service Func for supported range.
790-684 UI Initial Popup 0 0~1 0: Do not display anything, 1: Display authentication screen
790-685 1 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 0: Function not provided, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan To Email, 4: Scan To Mailbox, 5:
Scan To Server, 6: Scan To PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11:
Multi Service, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print (Digital Camera Print), 15 : Media
Print (Text Print), 16: CUI_IFAX, 17: BM LinkS, 61: Extension
790-686 2 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-687 3 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-688 4 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-689 5 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-690 6 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-691 7 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-692 8 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-693 9 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-694 10 - Extended Service - Service Type 0 0~255 Same as above.
790-695 1 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-696 2 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-697 3 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-698 4 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-699 5 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-700 6 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-701 7 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-702 8 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-703 9 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index
790-704 10 - Extended Service - Info Type 0 0~1 0: None, 1: Index

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-87
Table 10 Copy Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-705 1 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-706 2 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-707 3 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-708 4 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-709 5 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-710 6 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-711 7 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-712 8 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-713 9 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-714 10 - Extended Service - Info 0 0~0xffffffff Arbitrary 4-byte value according to target service and added data type
790-760 25 - Menu Display Customize Service Set See Appendix 1: Menu 0~255 0: No features, 1: Copy, 2: FAX/iFAX, 3: Scan to E-mail, 4: Scan to Mailbox, 5: Scan to
Screen Customize Ser- Server, 6: Scan to PC, 7: BOX, 8: Print, 9: Job Flow Service, 10: Job Memory, 11: Multi Ser-
vice Set Default. vice, 12: Gemini, 13: DocuShare, 14: Media Print, 101: Auto Gradation Adjustment, 102:
FAX Receive mode, 103: Activity Report, 104: Language, 105: Create, 106: Printer mode,
107: Help
790-761 26 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-762 27 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-763 28 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-764 29 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-765 30 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-766 31 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-767 32 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-768 33 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-769 34 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-770 35 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-771 36 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-772 37 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-773 38 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-774 39 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-775 40 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-776 41 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-777 42 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-778 43 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-779 44 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-780 45 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-781 46 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-782 47 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-783 48 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-784 49 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-785 50 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-88 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 10 Copy Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-786 51 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-787 52 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-788 53 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-789 54 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-790 55 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-791 56 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-792 57 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-793 58 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-794 59 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-795 60 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-796 61 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-797 62 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-798 63 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-799 64 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-800 65 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-801 66 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-802 67 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-803 68 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-804 69 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-805 70 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-806 71 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-807 72 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-808 73 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-809 74 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-810 75 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-811 76 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-812 77 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-813 78 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-814 79 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-815 80 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-816 81 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-817 82 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-818 83 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-819 84 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-820 85 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-821 86 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-822 87 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-823 88 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-824 89 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-825 90 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-89
Table 10 Copy Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
790-826 91 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-827 92 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-828 93 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-829 94 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-830 95 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
790-831 96 - Menu Display Customize Service Set Same as above. 0~255 Same as above.
810-129 Store Copy Max 999 1~999 1-999 (pages)
810-132 ATS Mode 1 0~2 0: Always permit ATS, 1: Execute only when APS is selected, 2: Always permit ATS (Permit
only the same paper type when selecting tray)
810-136 Duplex APS Chapter Division Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
810-155 Analog Watermark - User Information 0 0~1 0: Print user management number, 1: Print user ID
810-156 Analog Watermark 3: Text 1~3 1: Embossed, 2: Outline, 3: Text (stamped)
810-157 Analog Watermark Font Size 48 1~255 24 to 80 (points)
810-158 Analog Watermark Pattern 8 1~8 1: Wave, 2: Circle, 3: Stripe, 4: Chain, 5: Beam, 6: Rhombic, 7: Sunflower, 8: Fan
810-159 Analog Watermark Color 9 9~12 9: Black, 11: Magenta, 12 Cyan
810-160 Analog Watermark Darkness 8 7~9 9: Light, 8: Normal, 7: Dark
810-161 Analog Watermark Contrast 7 0~13 Contrast 1: 11, Contrast 2: 10, Contrast 3: 9, Contrast 4, 8, Contrast 5: 7, Contrast 6: 6, Con-
trast 7: 5, Contrast 8: 4, Contrast 9: 3
810-162 Analog Watermark Date Format FX: 1 MN: 2 1~4 1: 20yy/mm/dd (hh:mm), 2: mm/dd/20yy (hh:mm), 3: dd/mm/20yy (hh:mm), 4: FX only (Jap-
anese)
810-163 Force Analog Watermark Copy 0 0~1 0: Do not print, 1: Print
810-164 Force Analog Watermark Printer 0 0~1 0: Do not print, 1: Print
810-165 Force Analog Watermark PBBox 0 0~1 0: Do not print, 1: Print
810-166 Force Analog Watermark Media 0 0~1 0: Do not print, 1: Print
810-170 Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top Left 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-171 Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Left 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-172 Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-173 Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Right 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-174 Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Top 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-175 Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Top Center 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-176 Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Left
810-177 Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Left
810-178 Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-179 Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-90 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 10 Copy Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
810-180 Annotation Horizontal Page Adjust Bottom 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-181 Annotation Vertical Page Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-182 Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top Left 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-183 Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Left 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-184 Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-185 Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Right 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-186 Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Top 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-187 Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Top Center 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-188 Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Left
810-189 Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom Left 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-190 Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-191 Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-192 Annotation Horizontal Data Adjust Bottom 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-193 Annotation Vertical Data Adjust Bottom 12 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-194 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Left
810-195 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Left 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-196 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-197 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Right 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
810-198 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Top 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-199 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Top Cen- 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
ter
810-200 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Left
810-201 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Left
810-202 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-203 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Right
810-204 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Bottom 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Center

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-91
Table 10 Copy Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
810-205 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Bottom 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-206 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Left 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-207 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Left Cen- 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
ter
810-208 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Right 28 0~200 0 to 200: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-209 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Right 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
Center
810-210 Annotation Horizontal Stamp Adjust Center 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
810-211 Annotation Vertical Stamp Adjust Center 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
810-212 Annotation Horizontal Back Side Page 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
810-213 Annotation Vertical Back Side Page 200 0~400 0 to 400: Set value x 0.5mm
810-214 Annotation Stamp String 1 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-215 Annotation Stamp String 2 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-216 Annotation Stamp String 3 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-217 Annotation Stamp String 4 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-218 Annotation Stamp String 5 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-219 Annotation Stamp String 6 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-220 Annotation Stamp String 7 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-221 Annotation Stamp String 8 Null 64 + 1 bytes (32 two-byte characters, 64 one-byte characters)
810-222 Analog Watermark String 1 Null 32 + 1 bytes (16 two-byte characters, 32 one-byte characters)
810-223 Analog Watermark String 2 Null 32 + 1 bytes (16 two-byte characters, 32 one-byte characters)
810-224 Analog Watermark String 3 Null 32 + 1 bytes (16 two-byte characters, 32 one-byte characters)
810-225 Annotation Stamp - Font Size 48 1~255 6 to 64 (points)
810-226 Annotation Date - Font Size 10 1~255 6 to 64 (points)
810-227 Annotation Page No. - Font Size 10 1~255 6 to 64 (points)
810-228 Annotation Stamp String 1 1~71 1: CONFIDENTIAL, 2: VOID, 4: Copy Prohibited, 6: IMPORTANT, 7: Circulate, 8: URGENT,
9: Ignore Side 2, 10: DRAFT
810-229 AWM String 4 1~34 3: Duplicate, 4: Copy prohibited, 5: Copy
810-264 Annotation Bates Numbering Digits 0 0~9 0: Not specified, 1 to 9: 1 to 9 digits
810-265 Annotation Bates Numbering Position 6 1~6 1: Upper left, 2: Upper right, 3: Upper center, 4: Lower left, 5: Lower right, 6: Lower center
810-266 Annotation Bates Numbering Size 10 6~24 6 to 24 (points)
810-267 Annotation Bates Numbering Position Side 1 0~1 0: Symmetrical position, 1: Same position
2
810-268 Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Top Left
810-269 Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Top Left

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-92 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 10 Copy Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
810-270 Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Top Right
810-271 Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Top Right
810-272 Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering 200 0~400 0 to 400: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Top Center
810-273 Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Top Center
810-274 Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Bottom Left
810-275 Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Bottom Left
810-276 Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Bottom Right
810-277 Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Bottom Right
810-278 Annotation Horizontal Bates Numbering 200 0~400 0 to 400: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Bottom Center
810-279 Annotation Vertical Bates Numbering 12 0~200 0 to 200: Setting value x 0.5 (mm)
Adjust Bottom Center

Chain 800-xxx Print Service

Table 11 Print Service


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
800-001 APS Job Recovery Method 6 6: Displays add paper message (SPS Off), 5: Uses a larger paper size (no adjustment), 2:
Uses nearest paper size (with adjustment), 8: Feed from Bypass tray
800-002 Index Print - Select 0 0~3 0: Not specified, 1: Do not perform Index Print, 2: Print only tab section, 3: Print page and
tab section
800-003 Index Print - Shift 130 0~150 1 to 150 (unit: 0.1mm)
800-004 Default Output Tray for E-Mail Printing No C/D Finisher: 0 0~127 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
C/D Finisher: 4 Tray, 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10, 127: AUTO
HCS1: 5 (Uninstalled options cannot be selected.)
800-005 PJL EOJ Filter for RAW I/F 0 0~1 0: Make @PJL EOJ command valid and terminate job.
1: Ignore @PJL EOJ command and do not terminate job.
800-006 Expand Print Mode 1: Standard 1~2 1: Standard, 2: Expanded
800-016 ID Print Stamp Position or Enable 5: Disable 1~5 1: Top Left, 2: Top Right, 3: Bottom Left, 4: Bottom Right, 5: Disable
800-017 Device Print Permission 1 0~1 1: Allow device print 0: Prohibit device print
800-018 Force Extend Print 1 1~2 1: Do not force copying of whole images, 2: Force copying of whole images (For Katakana,
installed from P/L)
800-019 XPS Print Ticket Mode 2 1~3 1: Do not process, 2: Standard, 3: Compatible with Microsoft specification

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-93
Table 11 Print Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
800-020 Error Diffusion Initial [K-Light] 1 0~64 0 to 64
800-023 Error Diffusion Initial [K-Normal] 1 0~64 0 to 64
800-026 Error Diffusion Initial [K-Dark] 3 0~64 0 to 64
800-029 Error Diffusion Step [K-Light] 3 1~20 1 to 20
800-032 Error Diffusion Step [K-Normal] 4 1~20 1 to 20
800-035 Error Diffusion Step [K-Dark] 4 1~20 1 to 20
800-039 Signature Legacy Mode 0 0~1 0: With margin (Process in the ordinary way).
1: Without margin (Emulate conventional machine type failure [AR86313]).
800-040 Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Light] 12 0~128 0 to 128
800-043 Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Normal] 16 0~128 0 to 128
800-046 Dither Value of Sublimit [K-Dark] 24 0~128 0 to 128
803-505 HPGL Job Mem Current 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-506 HPGL Job Mem 1 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-507 HPGL Job Mem 2 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-508 HPGL Job Mem 3 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-509 HPGL Job Mem 4 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-510 HPGL Job Mem 5 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-511 HPGL Job Mem 6 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-512 HPGL Job Mem 7 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-513 HPGL Job Mem 8 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-514 HPGL Job Mem 9 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-515 HPGL Job Mem 10 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-516 HPGL Job Mem 11 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-517 HPGL Job Mem 12 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-518 HPGL Job Mem 13 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-519 HPGL Job Mem 14 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-520 HPGL Job Mem 15 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-521 HPGL Job Mem 16 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-522 HPGL Job Mem 17 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-523 HPGL Job Mem 18 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-524 HPGL Job Mem 19 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
803-525 HPGL Job Mem 20 0 0~1 0: HP750c, 1: FX4036
805-781 TIFF Logical Printer 1 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-782 TIFF Logical Printer 2 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-783 TIFF Logical Printer 3 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-784 TIFF Logical Printer 4 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-94 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 11 Print Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
805-785 TIFF Logical Printer 5 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-786 TIFF Logical Printer 6 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-787 TIFF Logical Printer 7 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-788 TIFF Logical Printer 8 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-789 TIFF Logical Printer 9 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-790 TIFF Logical Printer 10 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-791 TIFF Logical Printer 11 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-792 TIFF Logical Printer 12 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-793 TIFF Logical Printer 13 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-794 TIFF Logical Printer 14 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-795 TIFF Logical Printer 15 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-796 TIFF Logical Printer 16 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-797 TIFF Logical Printer 17 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-798 TIFF Logical Printer 18 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-799 TIFF Logical Printer 19 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
805-800 TIFF Logical Printer 20 Bypass Tray Feed 0 0~1 0: Higher priority on SEF
Direction 1: Higher priority on LEF
806-996 PS Font Mismatch Default 0: Use a substitute font 0~1 [0: Use a substitute font, 1: End the job]
806-997 PS ATCX Default 0: On 0~1 [0: On, 1: Off]
806-998 PS Color Default 1 0~1 [0: On, 1: Off]
806-999 PS Deferred Media Selection Enable 1: Enable 0~1 [0: Disable, 1: Enable]
809-257 PC Prjob Mem Current 0 0~1 0: Not available, 1: Available
809-258 PC Prjob Mem 1 0 0~1 0: Not available, 1: Available
809-259 PC Prjob Mem 2 0 0~1 0: Not available, 1: Available
809-260 PC Prjob Mem 3 0 0~1 0: Not available, 1: Available
809-261 PC Prjob Mem 4 0 0~1 0: Not available, 1: Available
809-262 PC Prjob Mem 5 0 0~1 0: Not available, 1: Available

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-95
Chain 820-xxx FAX Service

Table 12 FAX Service


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
820-002 Input Tray Specification in User Declaration 0xDE 0~255 bit0: (unused), bit1: Tray1, bit2: Tray2, bit3: Tray3, bit4: Tray4, bit5: (unused), bit6: HCF1,
Mode bit7: HCF
820-004 Selection Whether to Switch to Larger Size 1 0~1 0: Do not perform larger size ATS, 1: Perform larger size ATS
Input Tray When Printing Paper Is Empty
820-005 Select PrivateOutTray for Fax 0 0~1 0: Do not make tray exclusively for fax, 1: Make tray exclusively for fax
820-006 Output Tray of Confidential Box Print [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~42 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-010 Tray Selection for Ch0 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~42 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-011 Tray Selection for Ch1 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~42 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-012 Tray Selection for Ch2 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~42 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-013 Tray Selection for Ch3 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~42 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-014 Tray Selection for Ch4 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~42 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-015 Tray Selection for Ch5 [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~42 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-016 2 Sided Print Setting for Print 0: 1 Sided 0~2 0: 1 Sided, 1: 2 Sided
820-019 Forced Polling 0: Off 0~1 0: Off, 1: Forced Polling (When print becomes impossible due to printer failure, received
documents and other documents that became substitutional documents are forcibly
retrieved by polling from external Fax. --> Referred to by Host [FAXCont])
820-024 Broadcast / Multi-Poll Enable 0: Allow 0~1 0: Allow, 1: Prohibit
820-025 90 Degree Rotation Setting for FAX Scan 1 0~1 0: 90 angle rotation setting Off, 1: 90 angle rotation setting On
820-026 FAX Scan Illegal Operation 1: Enable stored docu- 0~1 0: Discard stored documents, 1: Enable stored documents
ments (Default before PL2
was 0)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-96 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
820-027 Scan Resolution for G3 Auto or F4800bps 2 0~2 0: Select resolution in mm, 1: Select resolution in inches, 2: Fine (600/400) in inches, others
in mm
820-028 Scan Reduce for Letter/Legal to A4 0: 100% 0~1 0: 100%, 1: Reduce to A4
820-030 Status of FAX Card - 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 1=Can be
used 255=Cannot be used
820-031 Status of FAX Ch0 - 0~255 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-032 Status of FAX Ch1 - 0~255 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-033 Status of FAX Ch2 - 0~255 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-034 Status of FAX Ch3 - 0~255 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-035 Status of FAX Ch4 - 0~255 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-036 Status of FAX Ch5 - 0~255 0=Preparing for use. Checking whether the machine can switch to Ready mode. 2=G3
PSTN can be used 3=G3 ISDN can be used 4=G4 ISDN can be used 5=G3 can be used
255=Cannot be used
820-037 Max. Number of Pages Stored 999 pages 1~999 [1~999 pages]
820-038 FAX Auto Report Tray Selection [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~3 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-039 FAX Auto Report Tray Selection [Without C/D-Fin] 0 0~3 0: Center Tray, 1: Side Tray, 2: Finisher Tray, 3: Center Tray 2, 4: Top Tray, 5: HCS1 Top
[With C/D-Fin] 4 Tray,
[With HCS1] 5 6: HCS1 Stacker Tray, 33 to 42: Mailbox 1 to 10
*Options cannot be selected if they are not installed
820-040 FAX Info Attribute Priority[0] in Mailbox 0: F Code 0~4 0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
820-041 FAX Info Attribute Priority[1] in Mailbox 1: Caller ID (FX default) 2: 0~4 0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
Remote ID (M/N, AP
default)
820-042 FAX Info Attribute Priority[2] in Mailbox 2: Remote ID (FX default) 0~4 0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
3: Remote Name (M/N,
AP default)
820-043 FAX Info Attribute Priority[3] in Mailbox 3: Remote Name (FX 0~4 0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
default) 1: Caller ID (M/N,
AP default)
820-044 FAX Info Attribute Priority[4] in Mailbox 4: Dial-in Number 0~4 0: F Code, 1: Caller.ID, 2: Remote ID, 3: Remote Name, 4: Dial-in Number
820-045 Fax Scan Org Erase Top and Bottom 0mm 0~20 0~20. Unit: mm

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-97
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
820-046 Fax Scan Org Erase Right and Left 0mm 0~20 0~20. Unit: mm
820-047 Fax Manual Send Display 1: Display 0~1 [0: Do not display, 1: Display]
820-048 Send Header Log for iFAX Off Ramp 1: Attach 0~1 0: Do not attach, 1: Attach
820-052 Fax Immediate Memory Threshold TX No HDD=20% HDD=0% 0~99 0~99% 1% increments
(Immediate Send Off)
820-053 Fax Immediate Memory Threshold Scan No HDD=5% HDD=0% 0~100 0~100% 1% increments
820-054 Fax Immediate Memory Threshold RX No HDD=20% HDD=0% 0~99 0~99% 1% increments
(Immediate Receive Off)
820-056 Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 1 0 0~500 Mailbox number for Tray 1
820-057 Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 2 0 0~500 Mailbox number for Tray 2
820-058 Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 3 0 0~500 Mailbox number for Tray 3
820-059 Fax Receiving Input Tray Map for Tray 4 0 0~500 Mailbox number for Tray 4
820-120 Fax RX Pix Data Threshold 0 0~255 0~255, 0=No limit (0.1Mbyte increments) RAM Disk minimum value: 20 (2.0Mbytes)
820-122 Control Info DADF Fax Read Mode 1 1~2 1: Custom size scan, 2: Standard size scan
820-123 FAX SCAN Auto Blankpage Detection 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
820-125 FAX Disable Tx Capab Bit 0 0~1 0: Do not disable, 1: Disable
820-126 FAX AutoBlankPage DetectionThreshold 34729 0~65535 34729 to 52094
820-127 FAX AutoBlankPage Estimate Correction 1000 0~65535 1000 to 1500
820-128 FAX AutoBlankPage Correction Threshold 250 0~65535 0 to 500
820-129 FAX Resend Doc Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not resend, 1: Resend
820-130 FAX Resend Doc Delete Mode 1 0~1 0: Do not erase automatically, 1: Erase automatically after the elapse of 24 hours or more
820-131 FAX Resend Doc Stop Enable 0 0~1 0: Do not resend, 1: Resend
820-132 FAX Protocol XIPS Enable 0 0~1 0: Not provided, 1: Provided
823-001 Receive Mode Setting 0: Auto Receive 0~1 0: Auto Receive (Auto Call Response On) 1: Manual Receive (Auto Call Response Off)
823-002 Direct Mail Guard 0: Off 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
823-006 G4 Receive Header 0: Do not attach 0~1 0: Do not attach, 1: Attach
823-007 Send Header Log 1: Attach 0~1 0: Do not attach, 1: Attach
823-011 G4 Protocol Packet Size 2048bytes 0x07~0x0b Send packet size 0x07: 128 0x08: 256 0x09: 512 0x0a: 1024 0x0b: 2048
823-012 Mailbox Enable by FAX Service 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
823-013 Mailbox Enable by Receiving Line 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
823-014 Mailbox Priority by Telephone Number 0 0~1 0=Dial-in number at highest priority 1=Caller ID at highest priority
823-015 Line Monitor Setting On 0~1 0=Off 1=On
823-016 Redial Attempts 5 times (5) 0~9 0~9 (0: Do not redial) 1 time increments
823-017 Redial Interval 1min (1) 0~15 0min (0) ~ 15min (0x0F) 1min increments
823-018 FAX Communication Interval 8sec (8) 3~255 3sec (3) ~ 255sec (0xFF) 1sec increments
823-019 FAX Printing 2 Up Enable 0: 2 Up Off 0~1 0: 2 Up Off, 1: 2 Up On 1=2 Up On
823-020 FAX Printing Page Segmentation Thresh- 16mm(0x10) 0x00~0x7F 0mm (0) ~ 127mm (0x7F) 1mm increments
old
823-021 FAX Print Auto Reduce Mode Enable 1: Auto Reduce 0~1 0: Print at 100%, 1: Auto Reduce
823-022 FAX Batch Send Enable 1: On 0~1 0: Off, 1: On

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-98 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
823-023 FAX Local ID Send Enable 1: On 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
823-024 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch0 0: Do not send 0~1 0: Do not send, 1: Send
823-025 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch1 0: Do not send 0~1 0: Do not send, 1: Send
823-026 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch2 0: Do not send 0~1 0: Do not send, 1: Send
823-027 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch3 0: Do not send 0~1 0: Do not send, 1: Send
823-028 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch4 0: Do not send 0~1 0: Do not send, 1: Send
823-029 ISDN Tel Number Send Enable for Ch5 0: Do not send 0~1 0: Do not send, 1: Send
823-030 Dial Type for Ch0 0 0~2 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)
823-031 Dial Type for Ch1 0 0~2 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)
823-032 Dial Type for Ch2 0 0~2 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)
823-033 Dial Type for Ch3 0 0~2 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)
823-034 Dial Type for Ch4 0 0~2 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)
823-035 Dial Type for Ch5 0 0~2 0 = PB (DTMF) 1 = DP (10PPS) 2 = DP (20PPS)
823-036 Line Type for Ch0 1 0~1 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)
823-037 Line Type for Ch1 0 0~1 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)
823-038 Line Type for Ch2 0 0~1 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)
823-039 Line Type for Ch3 0 0~1 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)
823-040 Line Type for Ch4 0 0~1 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)
823-041 Line Type for Ch5 0 0~1 0 = PSTN (Public Telephone Network) 1 = PBX (Private Branch Exchange)
823-042 FAX Service Setting for Ch0 0=Normal line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that dis-
junction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-043 FAX Service Setting for Ch1 0=Normal line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that dis-
junction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-044 FAX Service Setting for Ch2 0=Normal line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that dis-
junction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-045 FAX Service Setting for Ch3 0=Normal line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that dis-
junction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-046 FAX Service Setting for Ch4 0=Normal line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that dis-
junction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-047 FAX Service Setting for Ch5 0=Normal line Assign the service in bits and display the service (for which the contract is made) in that dis-
junction. MSB LSB xxxx xxx1 = Caller ID Notification Service Line xxxx xxx1 = Modem
Dial-In Service Line
823-049 ISDN Transmission Capability Setting 0=3.1K Audio 0~1 0=3.1K Audio, 1=Speech
823-050 Ring Detect Frequency 0 times 0~9 0~9 (times)
823-051 Declaration of Received Paper Size 0: Tray Selection 0~1 0: Tray Selection, 1: User Selection

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-99
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
823-052 Paper Size for User Declare in Fax Proto- All paper sizes bit=0: No paper bit=1: Paper detected
col bit10(0x00000400): A4LEF, bit11(0x00000800): A5LEF, bit14(0x00004000): B5LEF,
bit16(0x00010000): LetterSEF, bit25(0x02000000): A3SEF, bit26(0x04000000): A4SEF,
bit29(0x20000000): B4SEF
825-001 1300Hz Receive ON/OFF 1=ON (Receive) 0~1 0=OFF (Do not receive), 1=ON (Receive)
825-002 Boot Registration into Transmission Log 0 0~1 0: Do not log, 1: Log
825-009 Pausing Time 60 (3 seconds) 0~240 0 to 240 (12 seconds) (unit: 50 ms)
825-017 Disconnection Detection for CH0 1 0~1 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection
825-018 Disconnect Detection for Ch1 1 0~1 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection
825-019 Disconnect Detection for Ch2 1 0~1 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection
825-020 Disconnect Detection for Ch3 1 0~1 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection
825-021 Disconnect Detection for Ch4 1 0~1 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection
825-022 Disconnect Detection for Ch5 1 0~1 0: Do not detect disconnection, 1: Detect disconnection
825-024 G4 to G3 Fallback Redial Enable/Disable 0 0 = Fallback Redial Off, 1= Fallback Redial On
825-025 ZZF: Continuation Judge When Receiving 0 0: Determine the fallback from the TCF check result and continue sending 1: Stop transmis-
RTN sion (The document becomes eligible for resend)
825-033 Time of Tone Detection before Dial (PBX) 4 0~255 (sec.)
825-046 PB Sending Level for Ch0 6 0~15 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
825-047 PB Sending Level for Ch1 6 0~15 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
825-048 PB Sending Level for Ch2 6 0~15 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
825-049 PB Sending Level for Ch3 6 0~15 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
825-050 PB Sending Level for Ch4 6 0~15 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
825-051 PB Sending Level for Ch5 6 0~15 0dBm (0) ~ -15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
825-052 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch0 0 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-053 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch1 0 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-054 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch2 0 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-055 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch3 0 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-056 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch4 0 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-057 PB Sending Level (High-Low (dB))for Ch5 0 High pass - Low pass (dB) 0: 2.0 1: 2.5 2: 3.0 3: 3.5 4: 4.0 5: 4.5 6: 5.0 7: 5.5 8: -2.0 9: -1.5
10: -1.0 11: -0.5 12: 0 13: 0.5 14: 1.0 15: 1.5
825-058 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0 0 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-059 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1 0 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-060 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2 0 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-061 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3 0 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-062 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4 0 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-063 Busy Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5 0 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-100 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
825-064 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0 1 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-065 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1 1 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-066 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2 1 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-067 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3 1 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-068 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4 1 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-069 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5 1 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-070 Dial Tone Detection before Dial for PBX 0 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-071 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch0 4 0~255 0~255 (sec.)
825-072 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch1 10 0~255 0~255 (sec.)
825-073 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch2 10 0~255 0~255 (sec.)
825-074 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch3 10 0~255 0~255 (sec.)
825-075 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch4 10 0~255 0~255 (sec.)
825-076 Time of Tone Detection before Dial for Ch5 10 0~255 0~255 (sec.)
825-077 Dialing Restriction for Ch0 0 0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-078 Dialing Restriction for Ch1 0 0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-079 Dialing Restriction for Ch2 0 0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-080 Dialing Restriction for Ch3 0 0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-081 Dialing Restriction for Ch4 0 0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-082 Dialing Restriction for Ch5 0 0: Allow 1: Restrict
825-103 RX Gain in G3 Transmission Mode 6 (-6dB) 0~15 0~15 (0~-15dB)
825-104 TX Gain in ISDN G3 Transmission Mode 0 0~15 0~15 (0~-15dB)
825-110 TEI (TEI acquisition method = valid when 0 0~63 0 to 63
assigned manually)
825-111 TEI Acquisition Method 0 0~1 0: Assign manually, 1: Assign automatically
825-115 PB Pause Time. Inter-digit Pause Time in 102 0~255 0 to 255 (ms)
PB (DTMF) Dial
825-127 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for 8 8~15 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
Ch0
825-128 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for 8 8~15 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
Ch1
825-129 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for 8 8~15 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
Ch2
825-130 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for 15 8~15 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
Ch3
825-131 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for 8 8~15 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
Ch4
825-132 Analogue Sending Dropoff by Modem for 15 8~15 8dBm (8) ~ 15 (15) dBm -1dBm increments
Ch5
825-133 Busy Tone Detection Enable 1: Detect 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
825-134 Dial Tone Detection Enable 0: Do not detect 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-101
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
825-158 Transmission Completion Number on 0 0~1 0: Total Number of sheets transmitted not including those resent 1: Total Number of sheets
Transmission Log transmitted for each line connection
825-159 ECM Ability 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
825-160 CNG Sending Time 60 (3000ms) 20~140 1sec (20) ~ 7sec (140) (1 unit = 50msec)
825-161 CED Hz 1 0~1 0: 1080Hz 1: 2100Hz
825-162 T1 Timer Value on FAX Receiving 39sec 1~90 1~90 (sec.)
825-163 Silent Time 0 0~1 0: 75msec, 1: 1sec
825-164 Enable FSK Detection before Receiving 1: Detect 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
Image (Non-ECM)
825-165 Enable FSK Detection before Receiving 0: Do not detect 0~1 0: Do not detect, 1: Detect
Image
825-166 G3M CSI Send 0: Transmit 0~1 0: Transmit, 1: Off
825-168 Local Name Send 1: On 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
825-169 Local Name Resend 0: Do not resend 0~1 0: Do not resend, 1: Resend
825-170 ECM Frame Size 0 0: 256 bytes, 1: 64 bytes
825-171 G3M ECM T5 Time 0: 1(min) 0: 1 (min.) 1: 3 (min.) 2: No limit
825-173 RTN Command Sending Threshold (Ratio) 0: 5% 0: 5% 1: 10% 2: 15% 3: 20%
825-174 RTN Command Sending Threshold (Line) 2 0: No limit 1: 3 lines 2: 6 lines 3: 12 lines
825-175 DIS/DTC FIF Sending Byte Number 0 0: No limit 1: 4-byte system
825-176 EMC Ability 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
825-177 CCITT Trellis Ability 2 0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below
825-178 CCITT Trellis Ability (International Commu- 2 0: V.27ter and below 1: V.29 and below 2: V.17 and below
nications)
825-179 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch0 0 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec
825-180 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch1 0 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec
825-181 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch2 0 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec
825-182 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch3 0 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec
825-183 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch4 0 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec
825-184 ECM Block Synchronize for Ch5 0 0: 200ms, 1: 500ms, 2: 1sec
825-185 ECM CTC Number for Ch0 5 0~7 0=000 ~ 7=111
825-186 ECM CTC Number for Ch1 5 0~7 0=000 ~ 7=111
825-187 ECM CTC Number for Ch2 5 0~7 0=000 ~ 7=111
825-188 ECM CTC Number for Ch3 5 0~7 0=000 ~ 7=111
825-189 ECM CTC Number for Ch4 5 0~7 0=000 ~ 7=111
825-190 ECM CTC Number for Ch5 5 0~7 0=000 ~ 7=111
825-191 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch0 1 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN
825-192 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch1 1 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN
825-193 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch2 1 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN
825-194 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch3 1 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN
825-195 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch4 1 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-102 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
825-196 ECM CTC Speed Shift Down for Ch5 1 0: DO NOT SHIFT DOWN, 1: SHIFT DOWN
825-197 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch0 0 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once
825-198 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch1 0 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once
825-199 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch2 0 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once
825-200 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch3 0 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once
825-201 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch4 0 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once
825-202 G3 DIS Ignore for Ch5 0 0: Do Not Ignore DIS 1: Ignore DIS once
825-203 G3 ECM EOR_Q Command for Ch0 1 (Domestic) 0: Stop 1: Continue
825-209 G3 Modem Mode for Ch0 AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-210 G3 Modem Mode for Ch1 AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-211 G3 Modem Mode for Ch2 AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-212 G3 Modem Mode for Ch3 AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-213 G3 Modem Mode for Ch4 AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-214 G3 Modem Mode for Ch5 AUTO 0: CCITT G3 1: AUTO
825-215 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 except V.34 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-216 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch1 except V.34 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-217 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch2 except V.34 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-218 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch3 except V.34 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-219 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch4 except V.34 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-220 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch5 except V.34 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-221 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-222 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch1 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-223 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch2 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-224 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch3 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-225 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch4 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-103
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
825-226 G3 RX Modem Speed for Ch5 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-227 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-228 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 except 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-229 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 except 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-230 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 except 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-231 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 except 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-232 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 except 8 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-233 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 except 2 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 Overseas 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-234 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 except 2 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 Overseas 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-235 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 except 2 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 Overseas 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-236 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 except 2 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 Overseas 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-237 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 except 2 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 Overseas 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-238 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 except 2 1~8 1 to 8. 1: 2400bps/V.27ter, 2: 4800bps/V.27ter, 3: 7200bps/V.29, 4: 9600bps/V.29, 5:
V.34 Overseas 7200bps/V.17, 6: 9600bps/V.17, 7: 12000bps/V.17, 8: 14400bps/V.17
825-239 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-240 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-241 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-242 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-243 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-104 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
825-244 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-245 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch0 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
Overseas 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-246 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch1 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
Overseas 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-247 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch2 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
Overseas 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-248 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch3 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
Overseas 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-249 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch4 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
Overseas 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-250 G3 TX Modem MAX Speed for Ch5 on V.34 14 1~14 1 to 14. 1: 2400bps, 2: 4800bps, 3: 7200bps, 4: 9600bps, 5: 12000bps, 6: 14400bps, 7:
Overseas 16800bps, 8: 19200bps, 9: 21600bps, 10: 24000bps, 11: 26400bps, 12: 28800bps, 13:
31200bps, 14: 33600bps
825-251 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch0 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-252 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch1 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-253 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch2 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-254 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch3 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-255 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch4 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-256 G3 RX Cable Equalizer for Ch5 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-257 G3 TSI / CIG Send TSI for Ch0 0 0 to 255. 0: AUTO, 1: Forced transmission, 2: Do not transmit
825-263 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch0 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-264 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch1 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-265 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch2 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-266 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch3 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-267 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch4 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-268 G3 TX Cable Equalizer for Ch5 1 0: 0dB 1: 4dB 2: 8dB 3: 12dB
825-274 Error Line Control 0: No limit 0: No limit 1: 128 lines 2: 256 lines 3: 512 lines 4: 1024 lines 5: 2048 lines
825-275 Error Judge Selection on RTN Sending 0: Proportion 0: Proportion 1: Number of lines
825-276 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch0 1: -43dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm
825-277 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch1 1: -43dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm
825-278 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch2 1: -43dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm
825-279 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch3 1: -43dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm
825-280 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch4 1: -43dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm
825-281 Tone Receiving Detect Level for Ch5 1: -43dBm 0: -48dBm 1: -43dBm 2: -38dBm 3: -33dBm

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-105
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
825-285 Transmission Declaration Paper Size 0x014c 0726: A3, A4, B4, 0x0000 0002: A3 0x0000 0004: A4 0x0000 0020: B4 0x0000 0100: Letter 0x0000 0200:
A4LEF, A5LEF, B5LEF, Legal 0x0000 0400: Ledger 0x0000 0800: 8.5x13 0x0004 0000: A4LEF 0x0008 0000:
Letter, Legal, Ledger, Let- A5LEF 0x0040 0000: B5LEF 0x0100 0000: Letter LEF 0x0200 0000: Letter Half LEF
ter LEF
825-322 V34 Modulate Ability Enable 1=On 0~1 0=Off, 1=On
825-417 For TEI (TEI acquisition method = valid 1 0~63 0 to 63
when assigned manually) Option Board 2
825-421 CED Start Time 2=1.0sec 0~3 0=2.0sec 1=0.2sec 2=1.0sec 3=2.3sec
825-422 Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch0 0: Do not set (Follow 0~2 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
machine settings) as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the
outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of
the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be
in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will
be in V.34
825-423 Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch1 0: Do not set (Follow 0~2 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
machine settings) as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the
outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of
the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be
in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will
be in V.34
825-424 Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch2 0: Do not set (Follow 0~2 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
machine settings) as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the
outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of
the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be
in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will
be in V.34
825-425 Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch3 0: Do not set (Follow 0~2 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
machine settings) as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the
outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of
the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be
in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will
be in V.34
825-426 Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch4 0: Do not set (Follow 0~2 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
machine settings) as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the
outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of
the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be
in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will
be in V.34
825-427 Outside Line Number Detect TX Mode Ch5 0: Do not set (Follow 0~2 0: Do not set (Follow machine settings), 1: If the 1st digit of the dial data (calling) is detected
machine settings) as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be in V.34. If it is different from the
outside line recognition number, transmission will be in other than V.34, 2: If the 1st digit of
the dial data (calling) is detected as the outside line recognition number, transmission will be
in other than V.34. If it is different from the outside line recognition number, transmission will
be in V.34
825-428 Outside Line Detect Number Ch0 0 0~11 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-106 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 12 FAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
825-429 Outside Line Detect Number Ch1 0 0~11 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-430 Outside Line Detect Number Ch2 0 0~11 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-431 Outside Line Detect Number Ch3 0 0~11 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-432 Outside Line Detect Number Ch4 0 0~11 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-433 Outside Line Detect Number Ch5 0 0~11 0: 0 ~ 9: 9, 10: #, 11: *
825-434 Hand Set Control in Sleep Mode 1 0~1 0: Not connected (no tone), 1: Connected (tone)
825-444 DAA Ringer Threshold CH1 0 0~1 0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms.
825-445 DAA Ringer Threshold CH2 0 0~1 0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms.
825-446 DAA Ringer Threshold CH4 0 0~1 0: 11~22Vms 1: 17~33Vms This is usually adjusted in the hardware to 11~22Vms.
825-516 IFAX Header (Receive) Capability 0 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add

Chain 830-xxx iFAX Service

Table 13 iFAX Service


Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
830-007 POP User Name NULL ASCII 64 characters
830-009 POP User Name 2 NULL ASCII 64 characters
830-011 POP User Name 3 NULL ASCII 64 characters
830-013 POP User Name 4 NULL ASCII 64 characters
830-015 POP User Name 5 NULL ASCII 64 characters
830-022 SMTP / POP3 Receiving Start 1: POP Receive 0~1 0: SMTP Receive, 1: POP Receive
830-023 POP Receiving Interval 10min 1~120 1~120min
830-024 Delete after POP Receiving 0: Delete 0~1 1: Do not delete, 0: Delete
830-025 Target of Mail Header Printing 1: Print headers and con- 0~4 0: Print all headers and contents, 1: Print basic headers and contents, 2: Do not print head-
tents ers or contents, 3: Auto print according to content, 4: Print all of header and body (with
S/MIME data)
830-026 Error Mail Print Enable 1: Always print headers 0~1 0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents
and contents
830-027 Error Mail Send Enable 0: Do not send 0~1 1: Send, 0: Do not send
830-030 Mail Receiving Limit Enable 0: Do not limit 0~2 0: Do not limit, 1: Set domains to allow, 2: Set domains to prohibit
830-081 FAX Forward Limit Enable by Address Note 0: Do not limit 0~1 1: Limit, 0: Do not limit
830-083 SMTP Send Enable 1: Enable 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
830-084 Profile of Broadcast 0: TIFF-S 0~2 [0: TIFF-S, 1: TIFF-F, 2: TIFF-J]
830-085 Sending Mode of Broadcast 0: G3 Auto 0~2 [0: G3 Auto, 1: F4800, 2: G4 Auto]
830-086 Mail Send Page Segmentation Threshold-B 10 0~999 [0~999 pages] (0: No limit)
830-087 Delivery Check for Broadcast Transmission 0: Off 0~1 0: Off, 1: On
830-088 Delivery Check System 1: MDN 0~1 0: DNS, 1: MDN
830-090 Fax Relay Limit Size 8192 0~65535 0~65535KB (0: No limit)
830-091 POP Authentication (1) 0 0~1 0: Panel authentication, 1: APOP authentication

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-107
Table 13 iFAX Service
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
830-092 POP Server Port Number 110 1~65535 110, 8000~9999
830-103 DNS Return Mail Print 2 0~2 0: Do not print, 1: Always print headers and contents, 2: Print only when fail
830-109 Reply MDN Mail 1 0~1 0: Never reply, 1: Always reply
830-116 IFAX Neto Config Route 1 1~2 1: Via MTA, 2: P2P connection, 3: Specified by user (not available in immediate future)
830-118 IFAX Neto Config Retry Cont 1 0~5 0: Do not retry, 1-5: Number of times to retry
830-119 IFAX Neto Config Retry Interval 1 0~60 0: Retry immediately, 1-60: Interval (minutes)
830-120 IFAX Print Mode 0 0~1 0: Sort automatically, 1: Print as IFAX data
830-121 Default Message of Internet Fax Null 256 bytes maximum. Null terminated.
830-122 Authenticated User Name in Internet Fax 1 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
Body
830-123 Authenticated User E-mail Address in Inter- 1 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
net Fax Body
830-124 Number of Pages in Internet Fax Body 1 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
830-125 File Format in Internet Fax Body 1 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
830-126 IP Address in Internet Fax Body 0 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
830-127 Serial Number in Internet Fax Body 0 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
830-128 MAC Address in Internet Fax Body 0 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
830-129 Device Name in Internet Fax Body 1 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
830-130 Device Location in Internet Fax Body 1 0~1 0: Do not add, 1: Add
830-131 Signature Message in Internet Fax Body Null 128 bytes maximum. Null terminated.

Chain 850-xxx EP-SV

Table 14 EP-SV
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
850-001 Availability of EP-SV & EP Goods 0=No 0~1 [0=No, 1=Yes]
850-002 Availability of Telephone Line 0=No 0~1 [0=No, 1=Yes]
850-003 EP Data Dispatch Type 0=Send to the EP-SV 0~2 [0=Send to the EP-SV, 1=Send to the EP-DX, 2=Send to both]
850-004 Display Time of Bundle 0=Prohibit 0~1 [0=Prohibit, 1=Process]
850-007 Type of EP Goods - 0~12 Refer to Common EP Accessories.
850-009 Print Control Function 0=Do not control 0~1 [0=Do not control, 1=Control]
850-010 Interrupt Operation When Countdown Type 1=Interrupt Off 0~1 [0=Interrupt On, 1=Interrupt Off]
is Connected
850-011 CRU Life Notice Enable in EP-SV 0=Prohibit 0~1 [0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]
850-012 CRU Warning Notice Enable in EP-SV 0=Prohibit 0~1 [0=Prohibit, 1=Allow]
850-014 ICCG-H WakeUp Reentry Timer 0 0~9 0 to 9. 0: Do not make retry of WakeUp command (Timeout after 10 seconds),
1~9: Wait for specified time (minutes)
850-015 Accessory Control Enable in Scan & FAX 0=Do not control 0~1 [0=Do not control, 1=Control]
850-016 Disable Control at Countdown Accessory 0=Cancel job (Cancel) 0~2 [0=Cancel job (Cancel), 1=Pause job, 2=Abort or suspend, depending on the status]

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-108 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 14 EP-SV
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
850-017 Use Card Number In Print Control 1: Use card number 0~1 [0: Do not use card number, 1: Use card number]
850-019 Remaining Job Auto Cancel Mode Exit 15 10~300 10 to 300 (seconds)
Timer

Chain 860-xxx EP-DX

Table 15 EP-DX
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
860-011 Remote Center Call Function Enable 1 0~1 0: Off 1: On
860-012 Alert Send Function Enable 0 0~1 0: Off 1: On
860-032 CRU Exchange Frequency 0 0~0xFFFFFFFF

Chain 870-xxx Diag

Table 16 Diag
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
870-010 XERO:CRU #1 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-011 XERO:CRU #2 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-012 XERO:CRU #3 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-013 XERO:CRU #4 PR Wear previous value - [0~99999999]
870-014 XERO:#1CRU WARNING previous value - [0~99999999]
870-015 XERO:#1DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-016 XERO:#2DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-017 XERO:#3DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-018 XERO:#4DRUM Total CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-019 XERO:#1DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-020 XERO:#2DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-021 XERO:#3DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-022 XERO:#4DRUM DC CYCLE previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-023 XERO:#1DRUM AC CYCLE previous value - [0~99999999]
870-024 XERO:#2DRUM AC CYCLE previous value - [0~99999999]

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-109
Table 16 Diag
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
870-025 XERO:#3DRUM AC CYCLE previous value - [0~99999999]
870-026 XERO:#4DRUM AC CYCLE previous value - [0~99999999]
870-027 Xfer:IBT Belt(IMPS) previous value - [0~99999999]
870-028 Xfer:IBT Belt(CYCLE) previous value - [0~99999999]
870-029 Xfer:1st BTR previous value - [0~99999999]
870-030 Xfer:Back Up Roll previous value - [0~99999999]
870-031 Xfer:2nd BTR Unit previous value - [0~99999999]
870-032 Xfer:Bearing BTR previous value - [0~99999999]
870-033 Xfer:Trim within Transfer Module previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-034 Xfer:Belt Cleaner Blade previous value - [0~99999999]
870-035 Xfer:Belt Cleaner Film Seal previous value - [0~99999999]
870-036 PH:1Tray NMBR of Feeds previous value - [0~99999999]
870-037 PH:MSI NMBR of Feeds previous value - [0~99999999]
870-038 PH:3TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-039 PH:3TM 3Tray NMBR of Feeds previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-040 PH:3TM 4Tray NMBR of Feeds previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-041 PH:1TM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-042 PH:TTM 2Tray NMBR of Feeds previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-043 PH:TTM 3Tray NMBR of Feeds previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-044 PH:TTM 4Tray NMBR of Feeds previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-045 PV(CV) Counter for FILTER Life previous - [0~99999999]
value
870-200 UI Diag Parameters Input Tray 1: Tray 1 0~9 [0: Auto, 1: Tray 1, 2: Tray 2, 3: Tray 3, 4: Tray 4, 5: Tray 5, 6: SMH, 7: HCF1, 8: HCF2, 9:
Interposer
870-202 UI Diag Parameters Total Sets In Job 1: 1 set 1~999 [1~999 sets]
870-203 UI Diag Parameters Paper Plex 0: 1 Sided 0~2 [0: 1 Sided, 1: 2: 2 Sided (H to H), 2: 2: 2 Sided (H to T)]

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-110 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 16 Diag
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
870-204 UI Diag Parameters Media Type 0: Plain 0~79 [0: Plain, 1: Recycled, 2: Bond, 3: Lightweight, 4: Heavyweight 1, 5: Heavyweight 2, 6:
Heavyweight 1 (Side 2), 7: Heavyweight 2 (Side 2), 8: Extra Heavyweight, 9: Extra Heavy-
weight (Side 2), 10: Transparency, 11: Adhesive, 12: Labels, 13~31: Plain A~S, 32: Heavy-
weight 1A, 33: Heavyweight 1B, 34: Heavyweight 1S, 35: Heavyweight 1(S2)A, 36:
Heavyweight 1(S2)B, 37: Heavyweight 1(S2)S, 38: Heavyweight 2A, 39: Heavyweight 2B,
40: Heavyweight 2S, 41: Heavyweight 2(S2)A, 42: Heavyweight 2(S2)B, 43: Heavyweight
2(S2)S, 44: Heavyweight 1C, 45: Heavyweight 1C(2S), 46: Heavyweight 2C, 47: Heavy-
weight 2C(2S), 48: Heavyweight 2D, 49: Heavyweight 2D(2S), 50: Coated 1, 51: Coated
1(S2), 52: Coated 2, 53: Coated 2(S2), 54: Coated 1 Special (Coated Paper), 55~59: Cus-
tom Paper 1~5, 60: Tracing Paper, 61: Copied Paper, 62: Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 1, 63:
Tabbed Paper Heavyweight 2, 64: Labels 1, 65: Labels 2, 66: Hole-Punched, 67: Plain
paper S1, 68: Plain paper S2, 69: Recycled paper (Recycled paper A), 70: Recycled paper
(Recycled paper B), 71: Heavyweight paper 1S1, 72: Heavyweight paper 1S2, 73: Heavy-
weight paper 2E, 74: Heavyweight paper 2S1, 75: Heavyweight paper 2S2, 76: Tabbed
sheet 1, 77: Tabbed sheet 2, 78: Coated paper 1A, 79: Coated paper 1B]
870-205 UI Diag Parameters Color Mode 0: 4-color mode 0~3 [0: 4-color mode, 1: Tri-color mode, 2: Monochrome, 3: BW]
870-206 UI Diag Parameters Single Color 0: Black 0~6 [0: Black, 1: Yellow, 2: Magenta, 3: Cyan, 4: Red, 5: Green, 6: Blue]
870-207 UI Diag Parameters Screen 0: Text 0~11 [0: Text, 1: Photo, 2: Binary ED, 3: 24ED, 4: 300DACS, 5: 600, 6: 300, 7: 200C, 8: 200R, 9:
150, 10: Fine, 11: 106 lines]
870-208 UI Diag Parameters LUT 3 0~3 [0: All Off, 1: IOT On, 2: Ctrack On, 3: IOT and Ctrack On]
870-209 UI Diag Parameters Coverage 0: 0% 0~100 [0~100%]
870-210 UI Diag Parameters Resolution 0: 1200x1200 0~4 [0: 1200x1200, 1: 1200x600, 2: 600x600, 3: 300x300, 4: Not used]
870-211 UI Diag Parameters Media Size 5: A4LEF 0~50 [0: A6SEF, 1: A6LEF, 2: A5SEF, 3: A5LEF, 4: A4SEF, 5: A4LEF, 6: A3SEF, 7: B6SEF, 8:
B6LEF, 9: B5SEF, 10: B5LEF, 11: B4SEF, 12: 5.5x8.5(Statement)SEF, 13: 5.5x8.5(State-
ment)LEF, 14: 7.25x10.5(Executive)SEF, 15: 7.25x10.5(Executive)LEF, 16: 8x10SEF, 17:
8x10LEF, 18: LetterSEF, 19: LetterLEF, 20: 8.46x12.4(Spanish)SEF, 21:
8.5x13(Legal13)SEF, 22: 8.5x14 (Legal14)SEF, 23: 11x15SEF, 24: 11x17(Ledger)SEF, 25:
A4CoverLEF, 26: 9x11 (LetterCover)LEF, 27: 12.0x18.0SEF, 28: 12.6x17.7(SRA3)SEF, 29:
12.6x19.2SEF, 30: 13x18SEF, 31: 13x19SEF, 32: 16K(TFX)SEF, 33: 16K(TFX)LEF, 34:
8K(TFX)SEF, 35: 16K(GCO)SEF, 36: 16K(GCO)LEF, 37: 8K(GCO)SEF, 38: Postcard SEF,
39: Postcard LEF, 40: Prepaid Postcard SEF, 41: Postcard(4x6)SEF, 42: Postcard(4x6)LEF,
43: Postcard(5x7)SEF, 44: Choukei 3SEF, 45: Choukei 3LEF, 46: Commercial 10LEF, 47:
Monarch LEF, 48: DL LEF, 49: Kakukei 20SEF, 50: Kakukei 6LEF]
880-001 ESR Poolserver Config Enable 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
880-002 ESR Poolserver Config Port No. 80 1~65535 1 to 65535
880-003 ESR Poolserver Config Schema 1 1~2 1: HTTP, 2: HTTPS
880-004 ESR Poolserver Config Use Static Auth 0 0~1 0: Disable, 1: Enable
Info
880-005 ESR Poolserver Config Timeout 60 1~300 1 to 300
880-006 Default Job Flow Repository 0 0~1 0: Device, 1: Pool server
880-007 Job Flow Search Keyword 1 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-008 Job Flow Search Keyword 2 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-111
Table 16 Diag
Chain-
Link Content Default Range Meaning
880-009 Job Flow Search Keyword 3 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-010 Job Flow Search Keyword 4 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-011 Job Flow Search Keyword 5 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-012 Job Flow Search Keyword 6 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-013 Job Flow Search Keyword 7 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-014 Job Flow Search Keyword 8 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-015 Job Flow Search Keyword 9 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-016 Job Flow Search Keyword 10 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-017 Job Flow Search Keyword 11 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-018 Job Flow Search Keyword 12 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-019 Job Flow Search Keyword 13 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-020 Job Flow Search Keyword 14 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
880-021 Job Flow Search Keyword 15 Null For MN market, maximum of 12 ASCII characters. For Japan, maximum of 6 two-byte char-
acters of alpha numerics, symbols, Katakana, Hiraganas, and Kanji.
900- Tag 1V~Tag 999V 0 0~1 Tag information 1V~999V[0: Off, 1: On]
001~999

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


6-112 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Serial Number/Billing Meter Data
Purpose
Displays the Serial Number, Product Number, and Billing Data.

Procedure
For access from customer UI go to Billing Meter/Print Report from Customer UI below.
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select the Maintenance / Diagnostic tab.
3. Select Adjustment/Others.
4. Select Machine ID/Billing Data.

NOTE: Serial Numbers, the Product Number, and Billing Data is displayed for IOT, Sys1,
and Sys2.

NOTE: When exiting the Diagnostics Mode after viewing the Billing Information, the
machine will reboot.

CAUTION
Failure to perform GP 1 if the MCU PWB EPROM, or ESS PWB or ESS PWB EPROM is
replaced could result in NVM corruption and disabling the machine. Refer to REP 9.2.1 MCU
PWB EPROM or REP 9.2.1 ESS PWB or REP 9.2.2 ESS PWB EPROM before installing a new
MCU PWB EPROM, ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM.

NOTE: GP 1 procedure is used to serialize components and load billing data on the MCU PWB
EPROM, or ESS PWB, or ESS PWB EPROM.

NOTE: Machine Serial Number Plate is located on side frame below rear yellow Fuser mount-
ing screw.

Billing Meter/Print Report from Customer UI


1. Press Machine Status button.
2. Select Billing Information tab.
3. Select Billing Information.

NOTE: Machine Serial Number and Current Meter Reading are displayed.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-113 Serial Number/Billing Meter Data
Reading HFSI Table 1 High Frequency Service Items

Purpose Counter Name Threshold Service Action to be performed

Read status of all HFSI items. 955-830 DADF Stamp Sole- - FX, FXAP only.
noid
Procedure
Perform following to read the HFSI Items.
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select the Maintenance / Diagnostics tab.
3. Select Adjustment / Others.
4. Select HFSI Counter.
5. Refer to Table 1 to identify the components on the HFSI Report.
6. Enter the counter Chain Link from Table 1.
7. Select Confirm.
8. Compare the Current Value with Replacement Life.

Table 1 High Frequency Service Items


Counter Name Threshold Service Action to be performed
954-800 Tray 1 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.

Reset
only
954-801 Tray 2 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.
954-802 Tray 3 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.
954-803 Tray 4 Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Roll, Nudger Roll.
954-805 MPT Feed counter 300K Replace the Feed Roll, Retard Pad.
954-807 Fuser 175K Replace the Fuser.
954-808 Bias Transfer Roll 300K Replace the Bias Transfer Roll.
956-802 IIT Scan - No action required - counter only. (Max count
value = 6000 k times.)
956-803 Lamp On Time - No action required - count after HFSI Counter
Clear. (Max count value = 7200 k seconds)
956-804 Lamp On Count - No action required - count after HFSI Counter
Clear. (Max count value = 6000 k times)
955-806 Document Feed - No action required - counter only.
955-807 Simplex Document - No action required - counter only.
Feed
955-808 Duplex Document - No action required - counter only.
Feed
956-808 Platen Open Count - No action required - counter only. (Platen
models.) (Max count value = 1000 k times.)
955-810 DADF Platen Open - No action required - counter only. (DADF models)
Count
955-829 Invert Solenoid ON - No action required - counter only.
Count

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Reading HFSI 6-114 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Initialize HFSI Counters 2. Select Adjustment/Other.
3. Select HFSI Counter.
Purpose
4. Reset Correct Value
Initialize the HFSI Counter.
a. Enter the Chain-Link Number
Procedure b. Select Reset Correct Value. Diagnostics routine completed will be displayed

Reading and resetting HFSI NOTE: Diagnostics routine completed will be displayed. The HFSI Counter is reset.
1. Access Diagnostic Routines. HFSI
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).

Table 1 IOT HFSI


Initial
Chain-Link Name Value Value 1Count Remarks
954-807 Last 2Digits of Fuser discharging Number 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-807 5th&6thDigits of Fuser discharging Number 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-807 3rd&4thDigits of Fuser discharging Number 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-807 First 2Digits of Fuser discharging Number 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-800 Tray1 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-801 Tray2 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-802 Tray3 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-803 Tray4 Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-115 Initialize HFSI Counters
Table 1 IOT HFSI
Initial
Chain-Link Name Value Value 1Count Remarks
954-803 Tray4 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-803 Tray4 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-803 Tray4 First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-804 HCF First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805 MPT Last 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805 MPT 5th&6thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805 MPT 3rd&4thDigits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-805 MPT First 2Digits of Feed Capacity (8 Digits) 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808 Last 2Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
Roll(8 Digits) changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808 5th&6thDigits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
Roll(8 Digits) changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808 3rd&4thDigits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer 0 0~99 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
Roll(8 Digits) changes 0 at the same time.)
954-808 First 2Digits of the number of Sheets Reaching BIAS transfer 0 0~3 1 Only 0 clearance is possible in the write mode.(0 clearance means all bytes
Roll(8 Digits) changes 0 at the same time.)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Initialize HFSI Counters 6-116 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IIT PF-HFSI/Recycle List

Table 2 IIT HFSI


Initial Setting
Chain-Link Name Value Range Count Condition Remarks
956-802 IIT Scan 0 0~6,881,175 Scan Count (including pre-Scan) 1 time increments
Counts up with each scan. Max count value=above 6,000,000 times
HFSI to Scan count after clearing HFSI Counter Only count Platen Scans, not CVT Scans.
Recycle to Total Scan count without clearing
956-803 Lamp ON Time 0 0~7,864,200 Lamp ON Time Lamp Life 2000 hours
Starts timing when the lamp turns on. 1 time increments
Stops timing when the lamp turns off. Max count value=7,200,000sec and above
Writes to the NVM during CRG Initialize. Times the total duration when the lamp is on (including AGOC, Lamp Check).
HFSI to Lamp ON time after clearing HFSI
Counter
Recycle to Total Lamp ON time without clearing
956-804 Lamp ON Count 0 0~6,881,175 Lamp ON count after clearing HFSI Counter Lamp Life 6,000,000 times
Counts up when the lamp turns on. 1 time increments
Writes to the NVM during CRG Initialize. Max count value=above 6,000,000 times
Counts the number of times the lamp turns on (including AGOC, Lamp
Check).
956-808 Platen Open/Close Count 0 0~1,966,050 Counts up when the Angle Sensor is forced fully 1 time increments
(Platen models) open. Max count value=above 1,000,000 times
955-806 Document Feed (CVT, 0 0~5,000,000 Counts up when the Feed Sensor turns on. Number of sheets fed from the CVT Tray
DADF models) HFSI to Document Feed count after clearing HFSI The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
Counter
Recycle to Total Document Feed count without
clearing
955-807 Document Feed Simp 0 0~5,000,000 Counts the number of document sheets fed in The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
(CVT, DADF models) Simplex mode. * Life is common to 955-808.
955-808 Document Feed Dup 0 0~5,000,000 Counts the number of document pages fed in The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
(CVT, DADF models) Duplex mode. * Life is common to 955-807.
Counts up when Invert Sensor turns off during
Duplex transport.
955-810 Platen Open/Close Count 0 0~1,000,000 Counts up when the Platen Interlock is open. Belt/CVT judgement is processed in the IISS.
(CVT, DADF models) The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
955-829 Invert Solenoid ON Count 0 0~5,000,000 Counts up when the Invert Solenoid turns on. CVT(PF2)
HFSI to Invert Solenoid ON count after clearing The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
the counter
Recycle to Total Invert Solenoid ON count without
clearing
955-830 DADF Stamp Solenoid 0 0~300,000 Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on. CVT(PF2)
ON Count (Solenoid Life) HFSI to Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
the counter
Recycle to Total Stamp Solenoid ON count without
clearing

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-117 Initialize HFSI Counters
Table 2 IIT HFSI
Initial Setting
Chain-Link Name Value Range Count Condition Remarks
955-831 DADF Stamp Solenoid 0 0~300,000 Counts up when the Stamp Solenoid turns on. CVT(PF2)
ON Count (Ink Life) Stamp Solenoid ON count after clearing the HFSI The NVM is controlled by the CVT.
Counter

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Initialize HFSI Counters 6-118 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Adjust Tone Up / Down
Purpose
To perform manual adjustment for toner density.

Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3. Select Max Setup.
4. Select Tone Up / Down.
5. Select Adjust Toner Density.
6. Adjust Up or Down.
7. Press the Start Button.
8. Select Close.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-119 Adjust Tone Up / Down
Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment
Purpose
This guide adjustment item is provided for the following purposes:

To check that size detection of the MPT Guide width detection is properly performed.
To set the sensor output values for the maximum and minimum positions for the MPT
Guide using NVM.
To display the detected size in the width direction of the MPT Guide.
Procedure
1. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics UI Diagnostic Mode.
2. Select Adjustment/Others.
3. Select Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment.
4. Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the minimum position.
5. Select Minimum Size Position, then press the Start button.
6. Result appears in Result column.
When OK: The minimum position is set by the NVM.
When NG: Repeat the procedure.
7. Set the MPT Guide on the machine at the maximum position.
8. Select Maximum Position then press the Start button.
9. Result appears in Result column.
When OK: Set the value of the maximum position by the NVM.
When NG: Repeat the procedure.
10. Select Close].

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Tray5 (Bypass) Guide Adjustment 6-120 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Initialize NVM 5. After initialization is complete, use the data accumulated in Initial Actions to restore the
machine to its previous configuration.
Purpose
This procedure may be needed when the machine is unrecoverable, including problems such Table 1 NVM Initialization
as producing blank copies/prints, continuous system faults, etc. It is also required as part of the
Name Description
software upgrade process.
IOT The following NVM locations will be initialized:
Fax configured machine only Chain - Link 740 - 001, 022 through 31, 062, 090
Chain - Link 741 - 001
NOTE: The fax module must be started up (the fax icon must be displayed) before the initial-
Chain - Link 742 - 001 through 012, 015, 018, 027 through 030, 075,
ization is performed.
083, 084, 086, 098 through 101
If the initialization is performed with the fax module off, the initialization will not finish. Chain - Link 744 - 005, 006, 010, 043, 045, 046, 061, 065, 077, 078,
(The fax module requires powering off then on.) 080, 081, 086, 133 through 135, 180 through 184, 220, 301 through
306
Initial Actions
Chain - Link 746 - 500, 502 through 516
Disconnect any Foreign Interface devices.
Chain - Link 749 - 001 through 003, 006, 007, 009 through 016, 516,
Obtain all of the following information:
521 through 524, 527
NVM value factory setting report (typically it is located in the Inner Cover pocket) Chain - Link 751 - 010, 011, 034 through 037, 511, 560, 631, 699, 701,
Any customer setting Auditron account from the system administrator 703, 710, 718 through 748, 750, 752, 754, 756, 758, 760, 762, 764
Any setting changes (specifically NVM settings) shown on the machines service log. through 792, 794, 796, 798, 800, 802, 804, 806, 808 through 836, 838,
Any customer settings in the Tools mode. 840, 842, 844, 846, 848 through 850
Procedure Chain - Link 752 - 003, 509, 893 through 895

1. Access Diagnostic Routines. Chain - Link 753 - 003, 008, 009, 612, 619, 645, 705, 716, 717, 724
through 726, 729, 731
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Chain - Link 760 - 001 through 003, 005 through 012, 016 through
2. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
029, 031 through 040
3. Select Initialize NVM.
Chain - Link 764 - 001, 002, 005, 100 through 104, 112
4. Select the desired item, then press the Start button.
IIT/IPS The following NVM locations will be initialized:
Chain - Link 710 - 501, 550, 551, 554 through 568, 600 through 612
Chain - Link 715 - 013, 017, 018, 023 through027, 050 through 096,
102 through 108, 110 through 113, 201, 241 through 244, 280 through
293, 299 through 311, 344 through 349, 362, 363, 418, 550 through
555, 560, 600 through 622, 630 through 649, 660 through 664, 668,
669, 680 through 691, 702 through 705, 720 through 726, 780 through
791
Chain - Link 716 - 001 through 030, 032, 033, 035, 037 through 047,
050 through 064, 070 through 081, 100 through 102, 110, 112, 113,
120 through 122, 126 through 128
Chain - Link 717 - 001 through 015

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-121 Initialize NVM
Table 1 NVM Initialization
Name Description
SYS-System The following NVM locations will be initialized:
Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 127, 128, 368,
389, 390, 396, 398, 410 through 412
Chain - Link 780 - 072, 073, 141, 145
Chain - Link 790 - 003
Chain - Link 800 - 018
Chain - Link 810 - 130
Chain - Link 820 - 003, 024, 026, 038 through 047, 052 through 054,
060 through 119, 121
Chain - Link 823 - 042 through 047
Chain - Link 830 - 081, 090
Chain - Link 850 - 001 through 004, 007, 009 through 012, 015
through 018
Chain - Link 870 - 010 through 045
SYS-User All user settable NVM locations in the following chains will be reset:
Chain - Link 700 - 071, 075, 076, 078, 080 through 088, 368, 389, 390

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Initialize NVM 6-122 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Component Control
Purpose
The purpose of the Component Control is to display the logic state of input signals and to ener-
gize output components.

NOTE: Refer to Table 1, Table 2 for a list of all Input Components listed by Chain/Link ID num-
ber. Refer to Table 2, Table 4 for a list of all Output Components listed by Chain/Link ID num-
ber.

Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3. Select IO Checks.
4. Select Component Control.
5. Input Chain-Link number, then press Start button.
In case of INPUT Component:
Indicates current status in Status column.
Count up (+1) when switching. (High to Low, Low to High)
In case of OUTPUT Component:
Activates component
6. Press Stop button after confirming.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-123 Component Control
Stacking Component Codes 2. When confirm the status of another component still in progress, select Enter Number then
input Chain-Link number of applicable component.
NOTE: Some components cannot be energized at the same time as another component. If you 3. Select Stop key after confirming.
activate such a combination of components, the first component switched on will be automati-
Stop operation of component indicated on screen.
cally switched off.
NOTE: There are no Cyclic Component in below category:
1. When perform multiple component checking. input new Chain-Link number after one (or
several) component(s) is (are) in operating. IIT Input Component.
IIT Output Component.
NOTE: Only latest Chain-Link number indicates.
IOT Input Component.

Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT


Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Remarks
010-100 EXIT SENSOR L with paper Not Available
010-101 EXIT SENSOR1(EXIT) H with paper Sensor level detected by EXIT MODULE EXIT
010-200 Fuser Control Sensor FS1 Analog Min 0, Max 1023 Standby temperature monitor
010-201 Fuser Control Sensor FS2 Analog Min 0, Max 1023 Standby temperature monitor
012-100 Transport Entrance Sensor H with paper (M1-1); without paper (M1-1.5)
012-110 Registration Clutch ON H IOT Regi Clutch OFF (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher); IOT Regi Clutch ON (SB- Not Available
Finisher)
012-111 IOT Exit Sensor H with paper (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher); without paper (SB-Finisher) Not Available
012-140 Entrance Sensor H with paper Not available
012-150 Compile Exit Sensor H with paper (A-Finisher, B/C-Finisher, SB-Finisher M1-1) Not Available
012-151 Compile Tray No Paper Sensor H with paper (B/C-Finisher) SB-Finisher:
Before Sensor change: H with paper
After Sensor change: H without paper
012-190 H-Transport Ent. Sensor H with paper Not Available
012-191 H-Transport Exit Sensor H with paper Not Available
012-220 Front Tamper Home Sensor H home position (B/C, SB-Finishers); other than home position (A-Finisher) Not Available
012-221 Rear Tamper Home Sensor H home position (B/C, SB-Finishers); other than home position (A-Finisher) Not Available
012-240 Stapler Move Home Sensor H other than home position Not Available
012-241 Stapler Move Position Sensor H other than home position (B/C-Finisher); Stapler Unit position detection (SB- Not Available
Finisher)
012-242 Low Staple Sensor H without staples (A, B/C-Finishers); without/low staples (SB-Finisher) Not Available
012-243 Self Priming Sensor H staple not ready (A, B/C-Finishers); staple ready (SB-Finisher) Not Available
012-244 Staple Home Sensor H other than home position Not Available
012-250 Eject Clamp Home Sensor H other than home position Not Available
012-251 Set Clamp Home Sensor H other than home position Not Available
012-252 Eject Home Sensor H other than home position Not Available
012-260 Upper Limit Sensor H upper limit position Not Available
012-262 Stacker No Paper Sensor H without paper (B/C-Finisher) uppermost position of Stacker Tray
detected (no paper) (SB-Finisher)
012-263 Stack Encoder Sensor H Encoder pulse detected
012-264 Stack Height Sensor 1 H paper detected (C-Finisher) Stacker Tray position detected (SB-Fin-
isher)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Component Control 6-124 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT
Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Remarks
012-265 Stack Height Sensor 2 H paper detected (C-Finisher) Stacker Tray position detected (SB-Fin-
isher)
012-267 Stacker Height Sensor H Stacker Tray paper detection Not Available
012-268 Stacker Stock A Sensor H Stacker Tray position detection Not Available
012-269 Stacker Stock B Sensor H Stacker Tray position detection Not Available
012-271 Puncher Home Sensor H home position (C-Finisher); other than home position (SB-Finisher)
012-274 Puncher Encoder Sensor H Puncher Encoder pulse detected
012-275 Punch Box Set Sensor H Box is seated (C-Finisher); Box is not seated (SB-Finisher)
012-277 Puncher Detect H Puncher Unit is not detected
012-278 Stacker Stock A Sensor H Stacker Tray position detection (With Light Shield Plate) Not Available
012-279 Stacker Stock B Sensor H Stacker Tray position detection (With Light Shield Plate) Not Available
012-280 Compiler Cover Safety Switch H Compiler Upper Chute open Not Available
012-300 Eject Cover Switch H Eject Cover is open (B/C-Finisher); Eject Cover is closed (SB-Finisher) Not Available
012-301 Eject Cover Switch H Eject Cover is closed (B/C-Finisher); Eject Cover is open (SB-Finisher) Not Available
012-302 Finisher Front Cover Switch H Finisher Front Cover is open Not Available
012-303 H-Transport Interlock Sensor H H-Transport is open Not Available
013-101 Booklet Knife Home Sensor H other than home position
013-107 Booklet Low Staple Front Switch H low staples or Staple Cartridge pulled out (C-Finisher); with staples (SB-Fin-
isher
013-108 Booklet Low Staple Rear Switch low staples or Staple Cartridge pulled out (C-Finisher); with staples (SB-Fin-
isher
013-141 Booklet Staple Cam Front Switch H Front Booklet Stapler Head is not in home position
013-142 Booklet Staple Cam Rear Switch H Rear Booklet Stapler Head is not in home position
013-143 Booklet Staple Move Home Sensor H Booklet Stapler Unit is in home position
013-144 Booklet Staple Move Position Home Sen- H Staple position of Booklet Stapler Unit is detected
sor
013-160 Folder Detect H Folder Unit is detected
013-161 Booklet Detect H Booklet Unit is detected
013-300 Booklet Cover Open Switch H Cover is open
013-301 Booklet Safety Switch H Normal L = obstruction detected
047-200 FACE UP TRAY DETECTED L Detected EXIT
047-201 OCT2 DETECTED L Detected EXIT
047-205 OCT1 HOME POSITION SENSOR L OCT1 is at its home position EXIT
047-206 OCT2 HOME POSITION SENSOR L OCT2 is at its home position EXIT
071-100 FEED OUT#2 SENSOR L with paper Not Available
071-101 T/A F/O3 SENSOR L with paper Not Available
071-102 T/A F/O4 SENSOR L with paper Not Available
071-105 DUP WAIT SENSOR L with paper DM
071-106 T/A F/O3 SENSOR L with paper Hot-Line Control Not Available
071-107 T/A F/O4 SENSOR L with paper Hot-Line Control Not Available

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-125 Component Control
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT
Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Remarks
071-110 EXIT SENSOR2 L with paper EXIT
071-200 TRAY4 SIZE digital SENSOR L It is used for size detection auxiliary. TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always
0)
071-201 TRAY1 NO PAPER SENSOR L Without paper Not Available
071-202 TRAY2 NO PAPER SENSOR L Without paper Not Available
071-203 TRAY3 NO PAPER SENSOR L Without paper Not Available
071-204 TRAY4 NO PAPER SENSOR L Without paper Not Available
071-205 MPT NO PAPER SENSOR L Without paper Not Available
071-206 TRAY1 LEVEL SENSOR L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Not Available
071-207 TRAY2 LEVEL SENSOR L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Not Available
071-208 TRAY3 LEVEL SENSOR L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Not Available
071-209 TRAY4 LEVEL SENSOR L Lifted up (Lifter is at paper feeding position) Not Available
071-210 TRAY1 SIZE digital SENSOR L It is used for size detection auxiliary. Not Available
071-211 TRAY2 SIZE digital SENSOR L It is used for size detection auxiliary. Not Available
071-212 TRAY3 SIZE digital SENSOR L It is used for size detection auxiliary. TTM does not have Digital Sensor (always
0)
071-213 FEED READY SIGNAL H Level is high. Hot-Line Control Not Available
071-230 TRAY1 SIZE SENSOR Analog Min 0, Max 1023 Current Tray 1 Size Sensor A/D value,
monitor
071-231 TRAY2 SIZE SENSOR Analog Min 0, Max 1023 Current Tray 2 Size Sensor A/D value,
monitor
071-232 TRAY3 SIZE SENSOR Analog Min 0, Max 1023 Current Tray 3 Size Sensor A/D value,
monitor
071-233 TRAY4 SIZE SENSOR Analog Min 0, Max 1023 Current Tray 4 Size Sensor A/D value,
monitor
071-234 MSI SIZE SENSOR Analog Min 0, Max 1023 Current SMH Size Sensor A/D value, moni-
tor
071-300 Left Hand COVER L Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Not Available
071-301 TRAY MODULE COVER L Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Not Available
071-302 Left Hand Low COVER H Cover is open (Interlock switch off) Not Available
071-303 FRONT COVER L Cover is open (Interlock switch off) When Left Hand Cover open, the Front
Cover status can not be detected due to
the hardware mechanism. Therefore the
Front Cover is considered as closed
regardless of the Front Cover being open/
closed.
071-304 Left Hand High COVER H Cover is open (Interlock switch off) EXIT
071-305 DUP INTERLOCK H open Not Available
073-200 FUSER FAN FAIL MONITOR SIGNAL H Not Available
078-100 HCF Prefeed Sensor H With paper Not Available
078-101 HCF Feed Out Sensor H With paper Not Available
078-201 HCF No Paper Sensor L Without paper Not Available

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Component Control 6-126 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Input Component Control Codes IOT
Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Remarks
078-202 HCF Size Sensor A - Paper size Not Available
078-203 HCF Size Sensor B - Paper size Not Available
078-204 HCF Tray In Sensor H Tray inserted Not Available
078-205 HCF Level Sensor H Lift up Not Available
078-300 HCF Transport Interlock H Cover is open (Interlock Switch off) Not Available
078-301 HCF Side Out Switch H Open Not Available
089-100 Registration SENSOR L with paper Not Available
089-101 Registration SENSOR (DM) H with paper Sensor level detected by DM DM
089-200 Registration CLUTCH (DM) L in ON state Signal detected by DM MODULE DM
089-201 Registration CLUTCH(EXIT) L in ON state Signal detected by EXIT MODULE EXIT
091-200 DRUM DETECT L EP Cartridge installed Not Available
092-200 Temperature Sensor Analog Min 140, Max 710 Not Available
092-201 Humidity Sensor Analog Min 36, Max 400 Not Available
092-202 ATC Sensor Analog Min 200, Max 800 Not Available

Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT


Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Timer Off Cycle Operation Remarks
012-013 Sub Paddle Solenoid ON/OFF L = ON Same as Name X X 100 ms (B/C-Finisher)
660 ms (A-Finisher)
250 ms (SB-Finisher)
012-018 Transport Motor Reverse ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Reverse rotation
012-020 Front Tamper Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
012-021 Front Tamper Motor Middle FRONT ON/ Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
OFF
012-022 Front Tamper Motor High FRONT ON/ Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
OFF
012-023 Front Tamper Motor Low REAR ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
012-024 Front Tamper Motor Middle REAR ON/ Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
OFF
012-025 Front Tamper Motor High REAR ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
012-026 Rear Tamper Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
012-027 Rear Tamper Motor Middle FRONT ON/ Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
OFF
012-028 Rear Tamper Motor High FRONT ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
012-029 Rear Tamper Motor Low REAR ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
012-030 Rear Tamper Motor Middle REAR ON/ Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
OFF
012-031 Rear Tamper Motor High REAR ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Not Available
012-032 Xport Motor 1 ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Forward rotation: highest speed
012-033 Xport Motor 2 ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Forward rotation: high speed

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-127 Component Control
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT
Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Timer Off Cycle Operation Remarks
012-034 Xport Motor 3 ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Forward rotation: medium high speed
012-035 Xport Motor 4 ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Forward rotation: medium speed
012-036 Transport Motor 1 ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Forward rotation: high speed
012-037 Transport Motor 2 ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Forward rotation: medium speed
012-038 Transport Motor 3 ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Forward rotation: low speed
012-039 Xport Motor Reverse ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Reverse rotation
012-040 Stapler Move Motor Low FRONT ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-042 Stapler Move Motor High FRONT ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-043 Stapler Move Motor Low REAR ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-045 Stapler Move Motor High REAR ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-046 Staple Motor FORWARD ON/OFF H Same as Name X X Not Available
012-047 Staple Motor REVERSE ON/OFF H Same as Name X X Not Available
012-050 Set Clamp Clutch ON/OFF L = ON Set Clamp Paddle rotation X X 200 ms
012-051 Set Clamp Paddle - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-052 Eject Clamp Motor Up ON/OFF Pulse ON Eject Clamp Roller moves up X X Motor forward rotation: high speed
012-053 Eject Clamp Motor Down ON/OFF Pulse ON Eject Clamp Roller moves down X X Motor reverse rotation: high speed
012-054 Eject Motor Low Forward ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Motor forward rotation: low speed
SB-Finisher: 1136 pulses
Other Finishers: 2000 pulses
012-055 Eject Motor High Forward ON/OFF Pulse ON Same as Name X X Motor forward rotation: high speed
SB-Finisher: 1136 pulses
Other Finishers: 2000 pulses
012-060 Stacker Motor UP ON/OFF H Same as Name X X Not Available
012-061 Stacker Motor DOWN ON/OFF H Same as Name X X Not Available
012-074 Puncher Motor home Pulse ON Puncher Motor moves to home posi- X X
tion
012-077 2-Hole Puncher Motor ON/OFF H = ON 2-Hole Puncher Motor moves away X X
from home position
012-078 3-Hole Puncher Motor ON/OFF H = ON 3-Hole Puncher Motor moves away X X
from home position
012-079 4-Hole Puncher Motor ON/OFF H = ON 4-Hole Puncher Motor moves away X X
from home position
012-080 Main Drive Motor ON/OFF L Same as Name X X Not Available
012-081 Eject Motor FORWARD ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-082 Eject Motor REVERSE ON/OFF - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-083 Eject Clamp Low DOWN - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-084 Eject Clamp Middle DOWN - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-085 Eject Clamp UP - Same as Name X X Not Available
012-086 Set Clamp Paddle Solenoid ON L Same as Name X X Not Available
013-022 Knife Motor Forward ON/OFF H = ON Same as Name X X
013-023 Knife Motor Reverse ON/OFF H = ON Same as Name X X

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Component Control 6-128 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT
Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Timer Off Cycle Operation Remarks
013-024 Front Booklet Staple Motor Forward ON/ H = ON Same as Name X X
OFF
013-025 Front Booklet Staple Motor Reverse ON/ H = ON Same as Name X X
OFF
013-026 Rear Booklet Staple Motor Forward ON/ H = ON Same as Name X X
OFF
013-027 Rear Booklet Staple Motor Reverse ON/ H = ON Same as Name X X
OFF
013-028 Booklet Staple Move Motor IN Pulse ON Booklet Stapler moves to the IN side X X 350 pulses
013-029 Booklet Staple Move Motor OUT Pulse ON Booklet Stapler moves to the OUT X X 350 pulses
side
042-001 MAIN MOTOR ON L Same as Name X X Not Available
042-002 FUSER FAN MOTOR (HIGH SPEED) - Fuser Fan changes from Low to High X X Not Available
Rotation.
042-003 ROS FAN MOTOR ON L ROS Fan Motor Start & Stop X X Not Available
047-001 OFFSET MOTOR1 FORWARD ROTA- - Same as Name X X EXIT
TION
047-002 FUSER FAN MOTOR(HIGH SPEED) - Fuser Fan changes from Low to High X X Not Available
Rotation.
047-003 OFFSET MOTOR2 FORWARD ROTA- - Same as Name X X EXIT
TION
047-004 OFFSET MOTOR2 REVERSE ROTA- - Same as Name X X EXIT
TION
047-005 OFFSET MOTOR1 REVERSE ROTA- - Same as Name X X EXIT
TION
047-006 MAIN MOTOR L Same as Name X X Not Available
047-022 EXIT DRIVE MOTOR FORWARD(Eject - Same as Name X X Not Available
Paper out)
047-023 EXIT DRIVE MOTOR REVERSE(send - Same as Name X X Not Available
paper into Dup)
047-024 EXIT GATE SOLENOID H Switch Gate to Exit2/FUT X X Not Available
047-025 FACE UP GATE SOLENOID L Switch FUT Gate to Face Up Tray X X EXIT
047-026 EXIT 2 FAN - Exit 2 FAN rotating X X Not Available
061-001 ROS MOTOR ON L ROS Motor Start & Stop X X Not Available
071-001 TRAY1 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two sec- O X Not Available
Reverse) onds when Tray 1 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 1 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-129 Component Control
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT
Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Timer Off Cycle Operation Remarks
071-002 TRAY2 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two sec- O X Not Available
Reverse) onds when Tray 2 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 2 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).
071-003 TRAY3 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two sec- O X Not Available
Reverse) onds when Tray 3 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 3 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).
071-004 TRAY4 LIFTER UP(FEED MOTOR - Turn Lift Up Motor on for two sec- O X Not Available
Reverse) onds when Tray 4 Level Sensor is
''L''(lifted down). Lifter Motor will not
rotate when Tray 4 Level Sensor is
''H''(lifted up).
071-007 TRAY1 FEED MOTOR - Same as Name X X Not Available
071-008 TRAY2 FEED MOTOR - Same as Name X X Not Available
071-012 SMH FEED CLUTCH L Same as Name X X Not Available
071-036 MAIN MOTOR ON L Same as Name X X Not Available
071-037 DRUM MOTOR ON L Same as Name X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.
073-006 T/A MOTOR L Same as Name X X Not Available
073-009 TRAY3 FEED MOTOR - Same as Name X X Not Available
073-010 TRAY4 FEED MOTOR - Same as Name X X Not Available
073-013 TM T/A CL L Same as Name X X Not Available
073-016 DUP MOTOR - In high speed (> process speed) X X DM
073-018 HOT-LINE CHECK with alternative signal - Hot-Line Control MCU toggles O X Not Available
FEED-STOP signal alternatively in
period of 400-600ms, Tray Module
toggles FEED-READY signal in
period of 1900-2100ms.
073-019 TRAY3 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) L Hot-Line Control X X Not Available
073-020 TRAY4 FEED MOTOR(Hot-Line) L Hot-Line Control X X Not Available
073-026 DUP MOTOR Rotate for sending paper - In low speed (=process speed) X X DM
out to regi
089-002 REGI CLUTCH L Same as Name X X Not Available
091-002 BCR AC BIAS - Same as Name X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Component Control 6-130 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 2 Output Component Control Codes IOT
Connector
Chain-Link Name Level Meaning Timer Off Cycle Operation Remarks
091-003 BCR DC BIAS - Same as Name X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.
091-004 DTS <- Same as Name X X Not Available
091-005 DRUM MOTOR ON L Same as Name X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.
091-006 MAIN MOTOR ON L Same as Name X X Not Available
091-007 Developer DC BIAS - Same as Name X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.
091-010 BTR(-) BIAS - Same as Name X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.
093-001 Dispense Motor L Same as Name O X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.
094-001 BTR(+) BIAS - Same as Name X X The BCR AC, BCR DC, DEVE DC and BTR
output simultaneously. * CF=53-45(CL=751-
560) to 1 (single output) enables indepen-
dent outputs.

Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT


Chain-Link Name Connector Level Meaning Remarks
005-102 Document Sensor H No paper detected by Document Sensor Not Available
005-110 Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT) L Paper detected by Regi Sensor Not Available
005-205 CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor H Paper detected by Feed Out Sensor Not Available
005-206 CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor H Paper detected by Pre-Reg. Sensor Not Available
005-211 CVT-DADF Invert Sensor H Paper detected by Inverter Sensor Not Available
005-212 CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock - Feeder Cover open Not Available
Switch
005-213 CVT-DADF Platen Interlock Switch H Platen Interlock open Not Available
005-215 CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor L Light is not blocked by the actuator Not Available
005-216 CVT-DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor L Light is not blocked by the actuator Not Available
005-217 CVT-DADF #3 Tray APS Sensor L Light is not blocked by the actuator Not Available
005-218 CVT-DADF #1 APS Sensor L paper detected by APS Number1 Sensor Not Available
005-219 CVT-DADF #2 APS Sensor L paper detected by APS Number1 Sensor Not Available
005-220 CVT-DADF #3 APS Sensor L paper detected by APS Number1 Sensor Not Available

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-131 Component Control
Table 3 Input Component Control Codes IIT
Chain-Link Name Connector Level Meaning Remarks
005-221 CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR Number1 L paper detected by Tray Size SNR Number1 Not Available
005-222 CVT-DADF Tray Size SNR Number2 L paper detected by Tray Size SNR Number2 Not Available
005-224 Scan Start H Scan Start Signal ON Not Available
005-225 Nudger Position Snr H The Nudger Roll is at UP position. Not Available
062-201 Sheet Abort L Document Regist Not Available
062-212 IIT Regi Sensor L De-actuation of Regi Sensor Not Available
062-240 ADF Exist H DADF is not installed Not Available
062-251 APS Sensor1 APS SNR1:L APS ON: H Document detected Not Available
062-253 APS Sensor3 APS SNR3:L APS ON: H Document detected Not Available
062-272 Scan Start L Scan available Not Available
062-300 Platen I/L Switch L Platen closed Not Available
062-301 Angle Sensor L Platen opened Not Available

Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT


Multiple Output
Chain-Link Name Connector Level Meaning Timer Off Prohibited Items Remarks
005-001 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed1) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-002~005-014 Not Available
005-002 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed2) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001 Not Available
005-003~005-014
005-003 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed3) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-002 Not Available
005-004~005-014
005-004 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed4) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-003 Not Available
005-005~005-014
005-005 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed5) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-004 Not Available
005-006~005-014
005-006 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed6) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-005 Not Available
005-007~005-014
005-007 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed7) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-006 Not Available
005-008~005-014
005-008 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed8) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-007 Not Available
005-009~005-014
005-009 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed9) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-008 Not Available
005-010~005-014
005-010 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed10) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-009 Not Available
005-013~005-014
005-013 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Speed11) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-010 Not Available
005-014
005-014 CVT-DADF Feed Motor(Reverse) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-001~005-013 Not Available

005-026 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed1) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-027~005-036 Not Available
005-027 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed2) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026 Not Available
005-028~005-036

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Component Control 6-132 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 4 Output Component Control Codes IIT
Multiple Output
Chain-Link Name Connector Level Meaning Timer Off Prohibited Items Remarks
005-028 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed3) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-027 Not Available
005-029~005-036
005-029 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed4) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-028 Not Available
005-030~005-036
005-030 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed5) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-029 Not Available
005-031~005-036
005-031 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed6) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-030 Not Available
005-032~005-036
005-032 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed7) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-031 Not Available
005-033~005-036
005-033 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed8) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-032 Not Available
005-034~005-036
005-034 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Speed9) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-033 Not Available
005-035~005-036
005-036 CVT-DADF Reg.Motor(Reverse) - ON for 50sec -> Auto OFF O 005-026~005-036 Not Available
005-072 CVT Nip Release Solenoid L 3sec on O - Not Available
005-073 CVT Stamp Solenoid L ON for 10msec -> Auto O - Not Available
OFF
005-083 Doc Ready L Turn ON the Doc Ready X - Not Available
signal.
005-084 Doc Set LED L Belt: Turn ON the DOC X(Belt) - Not Available
SET LED O(CVT)

005-088 Image Area H ON for 5sec O - Not Available


005-090 Nudger initialize - Performs Nudger Roll ini- O - Not Available
tialization.
062-002 IIT Exposure Lamp L Turn the Lamp ON for O - Turn it OFF when Stop command is
180sec -> Auto OFF received before Auto OFF.
062-005 IIT Scan Motor (Scan) Each has 4 phases. Move it 50mm from cur- O 062-006 Stop command is not accepted before
H/L Switching rent position in Scan Auto OFF.
direction -> Auto OFF
062-006 IIT Scan Motor (Return) Each has 4 phases. Move it 50mm from cur- O 062-005 Stop command is not accepted before
H/L Switching rent position in Return Auto OFF.
direction -> Auto OFF
062-086 IIT Image Area (Differential) H IMAGE-AREA Signal Out- X - Not Available
put
062-091 Exchange To ADF L Turn ON the document X - Not Available
exchange command sig-
nal to the DADF

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-133 Component Control
Hard Disk Diagnostic Program
Purpose
NOTE: HDD initialization using the UI-Diagnostic is only for Partition A.

Procedure
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Sub System.
3. Select Initialize Hard Disk and select Partition A.
4. Press the Start button and select Yes.
5. When Partition A has been initialized is displayed, select Confirm.

NOTE: After the above procedure, Partition A will be initialized.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Hard Disk Diagnostic Program 6-134 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Test Pattern Print Test Patterns
Purpose IOT generated test patterns: Table 1 and Table 2
Controller generated test patterns: Table 3 and Table 4
Prints the test patterns in the machine, to help identify Image Quality problems.
IIT generated test patterns: Table 5
Procedure For details on the test pattern generation location and output path, see Table 1.
1. Access Diagnostic Routines.
Table 1 Pattern Outline
a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
Built-in Image
2. Select Print Test Pattern.
No. Pattern Name Objective / Overview Sub
3. Check Table 2 or Table 4 or Table 5 to be sure the required paper is loaded.
001 Horizontal Stripe Check operation around the ROS/Xero. IOT
4. For Test Pattern number 001 feeding out of paper tray 1 enter 11 using number keypad.
002 All Black For isolating the problem IOT
For Test Pattern number 003 feeding out of paper tray 2 enter 31 using number keypad.
003 All White For isolating the problem IOT
5. Select Start.
- No Paper Run For No Paper Run specified by the MF-UI. IOT
NOTE: Another test pattern code can be entered over the previous code after the test pat-
tern prints.
Table 2 Parameter settings available for pattern output
NOTE: If IOT failure occurs during Test Print, IOT and subsequent Diagnostics cannot be pro- Paper
cessed. Test Print cannot be canceled and the power must be turned Off/On, or it may be pos- Paper Sizes Types
sible to exit Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode). when using when using
If Not Ready states such as Device Error, Jam and No Paper are the cause of the error Test No. Name Image Size Tray MPT MPT Simp/Dup
Print can be canceled.
001 Horizontal A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 Cannot be speci- Plain Simp/Dup
As the control logic process the contents of the instructions from the UI, the machine may print Stripe Tray 2:2 fied
the specified test pattern or use the priority tray, or it may not print and send a message indicat- IOT generated Tray 3:3 (Prints using
ing that a conflict occurred. ROS/Xero- Tray 4:4 specified paper
When a jam occurs, the machine stops processing (do not continue or process again). The graphics check MPT:5 sizes even when
Clear Jam screen appears and a message asking the user to clear the jam will be displayed on using the MPT)
the UI. 002 All Black A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 Cannot be speci- Plain Simp/Dup
IOT generated Tray 2:2 fied
ROS/Xero- Tray 3:3 (Prints using
graphics check Tray 4:4 specified paper
MPT:5 sizes even when
using the MPT)
003 All White A3x17inch(*1) Tray 1:1 Cannot be speci- Plain Simp/Dup
IOT Generated Tray 2:2 fied
ROS/Xero- Tray 3:3 (Prints using
graphics check Tray 4:4 specified paper
MPT:5 sizes even when
using the MPT)
- No Paper Run - Tray 1:1 - - Simp

NOTE: (*1): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Led-
ger are both supported sizes)
Prints only from the specified tray. (ATS and APS are not processed.)
If there was an invalid print specification in 1, an error occurs.
Prints in the paper size of the selected tray. (Print areas outside the paper size will not be
printed)
If the Finisher is installed, No Paper Run cannot be processed. No Paper Run is con- trolled by dummy 8.5x11LEF timing regardless of whether there is paper or paper size.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-135 Test Pattern Print
If IOT Built-in PG is specified, 2 Sided (Dup) is prohibited when specifying MPT. (*3):Refer to the specifications described in Detection.

Table 3 Pattern Overview Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview


Built-in Image Paper
No. Pattern Name Objective / Overview Sub Paper Types
Sizes when when using
051 Paper Feed Alignment Adjust- For IOT Regi Adjustment Controller
ment pattern (Grid Pattern) 20mm interval/line spacing 0.2 +/- No. Pattern Name Tray using MPT MPT Simp/Dup
0.025mm - IIT Fast Scan Ink Gradation Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
052 Total Chart For adjustment and isolating the Controller Tray 2:2
problem Tray: 33
Tray 4:4
Table 4 Parameter settings available for pattern output MPT:5
- IIT Slow Scan Ink Gradation Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
Paper Tray 2:2
Paper Types Tray 3:3
Image Sizes when when using Simp/
Tray 4:4
No. Name Size Tray using MPT MPT Dup
MPT:5
051 Paper Feed Alignment Adjustment 1 (*1) (*3) A4 or Letter - - Shading Data Output Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
pattern (Grid Pattern) LEF Tray 2:2
Controller generated Tray 3:3
052 Total Chart 1 (*2) (*3) A3 or - Tray 4:4
11"x17 MPT:5
- 1 dot-wide grid Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
(*1):Length is longer than A4 length and breadth is longer than Letter breadth. Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
(*2): Displays 294mmx17inch (A3 breadth x Ledger length) (means that A3 and Ledger are Tray 4:4
both supported sizes) MPT:5
- 2dot-wide grid Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
- 4dot-wide grid Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
- Fast Scan 256 Gradation Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
- Slow Scan 256 Gradation Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Test Pattern Print 6-136 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 5 IIT Pattern Overview Webpage Administrator Password
Paper Required to change settings on machine.
Paper Types
Sizes when when using User Name: 11111
No. Pattern Name Tray using MPT MPT Simp/Dup
- Slow Scan 256 Dotted Line Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup Password: x-admin
Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5
- Even Density of the Whole Tray 1:1 A3SEF Plain Simp/Dup
Page Tray 2:2
Tray 3:3
Tray 4:4
MPT:5

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-137 Test Pattern Print, Webpage Administrator Pass-
Center Tray Offsetting E-Mail Icon
This procedure enables offsetting in Center Tray. This procedure restores E-Mail icon in display on machines with this capability.

Procedure Procedure
Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code
is available. is available.
1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number 1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Enter. keypad and select Enter.
2. Select the Tools tab. 2. Select the Tools tab.
3. Select System Settings. 3. Select System Settings.
4. Select Common Service Settings from the Group list. 4. Select Network Settings under the Group list.
5. Select Other Settings under the Features list. 5. Select Port Settings under the Features List.
6. Select Offset Stacking and select Change Setting. 6. Select down arrow and scroll to Send E-mail.
7. Select Offset per Set. 7. Select Send E-mail and select Change Setting, twice.
8. Select Save. 8. Select Enabled and select Save.
9. Select Close. 9. Select Close.
10. Press the Features button. 10. Select Close again.
11. Press the Features button.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Center Tray Offsetting, E-Mail Icon 6-138 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
FAX Output Separation
This procedure provides a method for customer to easily identify FAX output.

Procedure
If colored paper is available, load colored paper in Tray 1 SEF.

NOTE: FAX and FAX reports are printed on SEF by default.


To prevent the machine from feeding Short Edge Paper (Color), when copying Short Edge
Documents (on Platen Glass or DADF) set the Tray 1 Paper Attributes as Custom1 and
Paper Type Priority as Second .

Customer can perform following steps if system admin is accessible with code 11111, or code
is available.
1. Press the Log In / Out Button on the Control Panel and enter 11111 using the number
keypad and select Enter.
2. Select the Tools tab.
3. Select System Settings.
4. Select Common Settings on the Group list.
5. Select Paper Tray Settings on the Features list.
6. Select Paper Type Priority.
7. Select Custom Paper 1.
8. Select Change Setting and select Second.
9. Select Save.
10. Select Close.
11. Select Paper Tray Attributes.
12. Select 1. Tray 1 and select Change Settings.
13. Use custom paper.
14. Select Confirm.
15. Press the Features button.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-139 FAX Output Separation
General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version
FAX Output Separation 6-140 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
GP 1 Intermittent Problem RAP Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving com-
ponents
The purpose of this RAP is to provide guidance for resolving an intermittent problem. This is
Misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components
not an exact procedure, but a set of recommended actions that use the resources of the ser-
vice manual to help locate the cause of an intermittent problem. Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids
Damaged components
Procedure Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a com-
1. Check the service log. Recent service actions may provide information about the prob- ponent
lem. For example, a component that was recently replaced to correct another problem Loose cables or wires
may be the cause of the new intermittent problem. 9. Perform the adjustments for the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated
2. Run the machine in a mode that vigorously exercises the function that is suspected. The with the function that is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Check to ensure that the adjustment
machine may fail more frequently or may fail completely under these conditions. Look for CAN BE MADE and that there is an adequate range of adjustment, and that it can be set
signs of failure or abnormal operation. to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is observed may be an indication of the
An intermittent problem can usually be associated with a RAP, since when it does fail, it cause of the problem. For example, a component can be adjusted to the nominal value,
results in a fault code, a jam code, or some other observable symptom. but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is not normal and may be an indication of
3. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, examine the cause of the problem
all of the components that are referenced in the RAP. Look for: 10. Operate all of the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the func-
tion that is failing with Component Control. Refer to the BSDs. Observe the components
Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner
for any symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
11. Replace any components or consumable that are known to be a frequent cause of the
HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY
problem. When doing this, consider the cost and time required. If the suspected item is
COUNT value
inexpensive, can be installed quickly, and has a high probability of resolving the problem,
Wires chafing against components of the machine, especially against moving com- then it is reasonable to replace it.
ponents
12. Leave an accurate and detailed record of your actions in the service log. Describe what
Misaligned, mis-adjusted, or incorrectly installed components you have observed, what actions you took, and what else needs to be done.
Slow or slipping clutches; slow or binding solenoids
Damaged components
Excessive heat, or symptoms of excessive heat, such as the discoloration of a com-
ponent
Loose cables or wires
4. Using the RAP that is associated with the symptom of the intermittent problem, perform
all of the adjustments for the components or functions that are referenced in the RAP.
Check to ensure that the adjustment can be made and that there is an adequate range of
adjustment, and that it can be set to or near the nominal value. Any abnormality that is
observed may be an indication of the cause of the problem. For example, a component
can be adjusted to the nominal value, but it is at the limit of the adjustment range. This is
not normal and may be an indication of the cause of the problem.
5. Operate all of the components in the appropriate RAP that is associated with the symp-
tom of the intermittent problem with Component Control. Observe the components for any
symptoms of abnormal operation, such as a hesitation, or an unusual sound.
6. Check that the AC and DC power are within specifications.
7. Get technical advice or assistance where appropriate. This will depend upon the situation
and the established local procedures.
8. Examine the components that are not in the RAP, but are associated with the function that
is failing. Refer to the BSDs. Look for:
Contamination, such as a feed roller that has a build up of dirt or toner
Wear, such as gear teeth that are rounded or have excessive backlash
HFSI, even if they are not near or have not exceeded the SPEC LIFE or COPY
COUNT value

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-141 GP 1
GP 2 Fax Diagnostics Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers

Purpose Signal No. Output Description

This procedure describes the process for running fax diagnostic tests found in UI Diagnostic 014 Tonal Signal Output 1300Hz
Mode. 015 Tonal Signal Output 1650Hz
016 Tonal Signal Output 1850Hz
Procedure 017 Tonal Signal Output 2100Hz
To Access Fax Diagnostics: 019 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 1
1. Enter UI Diagnostics. 020 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 2
2. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel 021 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 3
3. On the display, select System Settings, then Common Settings, then Maintenance/ 022 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 4
Diagnostics.
023 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 5
4. Select Sub System.
024 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 6
5. Select Fax Diagnostics.
025 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 7
There are two tests for Fax Diagnostics, the Signals Sending Test and the Relay On/Off Test
026 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 8

Signal Sending Test 027 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 9

This test checks the ability of the Fax system to generate and transmit a specific signal. 028 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone 0
029 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone *
To run this test: 030 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone #
1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Signal Sending Test. 031 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone A
2. Select the line number you wish to test (standard line is 1. Lines 3 and 5 are for optional 032 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone B
additional lines, 0, 2, and 4 are for FX use only). 033 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone C
3. Enter the Signal Number you wish to test and select Send Signals. Refer to Table 1 for 034 DTMF Signal Output Dual Tone D
the list of signal numbers.
035 V.21 (H) Signal Output HDLC Flag
4. An audio tone or tones corresponding to the selected signal should be heard. This verifies
036 V.27ter Signal Output 2400 bps (HDLC Flag)
communication from the UI to the ESS PWB, from the ESS to the FMO PWB, from the
FMO to the FCB PWB, and demonstrates the ability of the system to generate the specific 037 V.27ter Signal Output 4800 bps (HDLC Flag)
signal being tested. 038 V.29 Signal Output 7200 bps (HDLC Flag)
If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. 039 V.29 Signal Output 9600 bps (HDLC Flag)
5. To stop the test, select Cancel Sending. 040 V.17 Signal Output 7200 bps (HDLC Flag)
Relay On/Off Test 041 V.17 Signal Output 9600 bps (HDLC Flag)
This test turns on/off various relays that are used in the NCU. 042 V.17 Signal Output 12000 bps (HDLC Flag)
043 V.17 Signal Output 14400 bps (HDLC Flag)
To run this test: 080 V.8 Signal Output ANSam
1. From the Fax Diagnostics screen, select Relay On/Off Test. 081 V.8 Signal Output CM
2. Select the Line Number and select Relay On. 082 V.8 Signal Output JM
If an error occurs, a Fault Code will be displayed. Listen for the Relay to pick up the Line. 083 V.8 Signal Output INFOc
3. To stop the test, select Relay Off. 084 V.8 Signal Output INFOa
085 V.8 Signal Output PPh+ALT
096 V.34 Signal Output 2400/2400 (HDLC Flag)
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers
097 V.34 Signal Output 4800/2400 (HDLC Flag)
Signal No. Output Description
098 V.34 Signal Output 7200/2400 (HDLC Flag)
011 Tonal Signal Output 462Hz 099 V.34 Signal Output 9600/2400 (HDLC Flag)
012 Tonal Signal Output 1080Hz 100 V.34 Signal Output 12000/2400 (HDLC Flag)
013 Tonal Signal Output 1100Hz 101 V.34 Signal Output 14400/2400 (HDLC Flag)

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


GP 2 6-142 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers Table 1 Fax Diagnostic signal numbers
Signal No. Output Description Signal No. Output Description
102 V.34 Signal Output 16800/2400 (HDLC Flag) 148 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3429 (HDLC Flag)
103 V.34 Signal Output 19200/2400 (HDLC Flag) 149 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3429 (HDLC Flag)
104 V.34 Signal Output 21600/2400 (HDLC Flag) 150 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3429 (HDLC Flag)
106 V.34 Signal Output 4800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 151 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3429 (HDLC Flag)
107 V.34 Signal Output 7200/2743 (HDLC Flag) 152 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3429 (HDLC Flag)
108 V.34 Signal Output 9600/2743 (HDLC Flag) 153 V.34 Signal Output 31200/3429 (HDLC Flag)
109 V.34 Signal Output 12000/2743 (HDLC Flag) 154 V.34 Signal Output 33600/3429 (HDLC Flag)
110 V.34 Signal Output 14400/2743 (HDLC Flag) 160 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 697Hz
111 V.34 Signal Output 16800/2743 (HDLC Flag) 161 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 770Hz
112 V.34 Signal Output 19200/2743 (HDLC Flag) 162 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 852Hz
113 V.34 Signal Output 21600/2743 (HDLC Flag) 163 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 941Hz
114 V.34 Signal Output 24000/2743 (HDLC Flag) 164 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1209Hz
117 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3000 (HDLC Flag) 165 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1336Hz
118 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3000 (HDLC Flag) 166 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1477Hz
119 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3000 (HDLC Flag) 167 DTMF Signal Output Signal Tone 1633Hz
120 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3000 (HDLC Flag)
121 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3000 (HDLC Flag)
122 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3000 (HDLC Flag)
123 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3000 (HDLC Flag)
124 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3000 (HDLC Flag)
125 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3000 (HDLC Flag)
126 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3000 (HDLC Flag)
127 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3000 (HDLC Flag)
129 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3200 (HDLC Flag)
130 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3200 (HDLC Flag)
131 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3200 (HDLC Flag)
132 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3200 (HDLC Flag)
133 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3200 (HDLC Flag)
134 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3200 (HDLC Flag)
135 V.34 Signal Output 19200/3200 (HDLC Flag)
136 V.34 Signal Output 21600/3200 (HDLC Flag)
137 V.34 Signal Output 24000/3200 (HDLC Flag)
138 V.34 Signal Output 26400/3200 (HDLC Flag)
139 V.34 Signal Output 28800/3200 (HDLC Flag)
140 V.34 Signal Output 31200/3200 (HDLC Flag)
142 V.34 Signal Output 4800/3429 (HDLC Flag)
143 V.34 Signal Output 7200/3429 (HDLC Flag)
144 V.34 Signal Output 9600/3429 (HDLC Flag)
145 V.34 Signal Output 12000/3429 (HDLC Flag)
146 V.34 Signal Output 14400/3429 (HDLC Flag)
147 V.34 Signal Output 16800/3429 (HDLC Flag)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-143 GP 2
GP 3 Resetting the Administrator Password
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to allow the CSE to recover the Administrator Password in sit-
uations where the customer has changed the password from the default value, and subse-
quently lost or forgotten the password.

Procedure
1. Enter UI Diagnostic Mode.
2. Press the Log In/Out button on the Control Panel
3. Select System Settings.
4. Select Common Settings.
5. Select Diagnostics.
6. Select NVM Read/Write.
7. Enter location 700-171 and press Confirm/Change. This is the current password. You
can provide this number to the customer, or set the location to the default value (11111)
and allow the customer to enter a new number from Tools mode.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


GP 3 6-144 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
GP 4 Replacing Billing PWBs
Purpose
This procedure is used to maintain serial number and billing data integrity when PWBs with bill-
ing data must be replaced.

Procedure
CAUTION
To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at
once. If any of the following billing data PWBs needs replacing, replace them ONE AT A TIME
according to this procedure:
ESS PWB.
MCU NVM PWB.
Ensure that the correct version of software is installed on the PWBs before and after PWB
replacement. Print the System Settings List (GP 5), and compare the ROM values to the table
in the software installation instructions on the current software upgrade CD.
1. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
2. Select Adjustment/Others.
3. Select Machine ID/Billing Data.
4. Select the PWB that has not been replaced.
5. Enter the Serial Number and push Confirm button twice.

NOTE: If any of the following conditions exist, escalate the call to Field engineering or the
NTS:
The displayed serial numbers match each other but do not match the data plate.
Two or more numbers do not agree with the data plate and the third number.
The displayed numbers are all different.

6. The Set Serial Number button will become active. Click the button. A series of pop-up
windows will open. Follow the instructions on the screen to synchronize the serial num-
bers.
CAUTION
To maintain the integrity of the serial number and billing data never replace all three PWBs at
once. Replacing all three PWBs at once will cause unrecoverable NVM corruption. If a PWB
needs replacing, only replace ONE AT A TIME. If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the orig-
inal PWB and re-enter the serial number (if necessary) before attempting to replace a different
PWB.
7. If any PWB will not synchronize, replace that PWB and re-synchronize.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-145 GP 4
GP 5 Printing Reports 3. Under the Machine Information tab, select Print Reports.
4. Select the type of Report desired.
Description
Job Status
This procedure describes how to print reports.
Job History Report
Procedure Error History Report
Scan Reports
Refer to types of reports below.
Reports
Machine Status Job Template List
Printing the Configuration Report without entering Diagnostics Mode. Address Book
Auditron Reports
NOTE: Other report titles are also listed for your information
Meter Report (Print Jobs)
NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location Copy Reports
700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/ Configuration Report
Write).
Mailbox List
1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel. Mailbox List
2. Select Print Report on the UI. Printer Reports
3. Select Print Mode Settings (report tree is show for your information; mode settings con- Configuration Report
tain settings lists):
PCL Settings List
Job Status/Activity Report
PCL Font List
Job History Report PDF Settings List
Error History Report TIFF/JPEG Settings List
Scan Reports TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List
Reports PostScript Logical Printers List
Job Template List PCL Fonts List
Address Book PCL Macro List
Copy Reports PostScript Fonts List
Configuration Reports Font List
Printer Reports Job Counter Report
Configuration Report Job Counter Report
PCL Settings List CE
PCL Font List Debug Log Report
PDF Settings List HFSI Report
TIFF/JPEG Settings List Jam Report
TIFF/JPEG Logical Printers List Shutdown Report
Postscript Logical Printers List Failure Report
PCL Fonts List 5. Select the requested report and press the Start button. The selected log will be printed.
PCL Macro List
PostScript Fonts List
4. Press the Start button.
Other Reports
The following reports can be printed from the UI Diagnostic Mode:
1. Enter the Diagnostic Mode (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


GP 5 6-146 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
GP 6 Special Boot Modes
Purpose
This procedure describes methods of recovering from certain uncertain faults.

Procedure
Some boot-up failures, as well as some uncertain fault codes, may be caused by software cor-
ruption, or by structural flaws in a command sent to the machine. In these cases, it is some-
times possible to bypass or delete the offending code during the startup process.

CAUTION
There are four special boot modes. Each mode performs a different set of initializations to
bypass a specific set of problems. There is information lost in each procedure, thus, they
should not be used unless specific directions are given. The following list gives these proce-
dures, in the order from least-invasive to most-invasive. If you are instructed to perform a spe-
cific initialization, perform only that procedure. If you are asked to perform the entire series,
perform the steps in the order given, until the problem is resolved.
Log Initialization
This step will delete any print or copy job that is in process, and then perform a reboot.

To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 1, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.

Spool Initialization
This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the job queue, and then perform a reboot.

To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 6, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.

HDD Initialization
This step will delete all pending print or copy jobs in the IOT job queue, initializes the IOT HDD,
and will and then perform a reboot. All customer data on the HDD will be deleted.

To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 4, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.

ESS NVM Initialization


CAUTION
This routine will set all IOT ESS NVM values to default. Do not attempt this procedure unless
there is a usable Machine Settings floppy, an accurate Configuration Report and/or other data
that will enable you to reload the correct NVM values for this machine.
This step will initialize the IOT ESS NVM (SYS-System and SYS-User) and then perform a
reboot.

To execute: Simultaneously press and hold the 3, the Stop, and the Power Save buttons on
the Control Panel while switching on the power. Hold the buttons down until the boot up screen
(5 circles) appears and the second circle starts to blink.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-147 GP 6
GP 7 Country Code Setting
Purpose
To input country code.

Procedure
Customer setting data:

1. Access Diagnostic Routines.


a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select NVM Read Write.
3. Perform NVM Read/Write on Chain Link 790-570.
0: No customer setting (default)
1: Customer setting for other than North America.
2: Customer setting for North America.
4. Close and Exit.
5. Automatically Reboot.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


GP 7 6-148 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
GP 8 Firmware Version 6. Perform following to check Exit.
a. Enter 740-012 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change.
Description
b. Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value.
This procedure describes how to determine firmware version of machine subsystems that are
c. Select Cancel.
administered by Firmware Version designations.
d. Enter 740-013 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change.
Procedure e. Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and
record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version.
Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM, Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM,
and FAX ROM f. Select Cancel as required to exit or proceed to next step.
7. Perform following to check TTM.
NOTE: If paper size errors occur when attempting to print reports, check that NVM location
a. Enter 740-088 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change.
700-397 is set for the appropriate paper size (44 = 8.5 x 11 in.; 5 = A4) (refer to NVM Read/
Write). b. Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value.
c. Select Cancel.
1. Press the Machine Status button on the Control Panel.
d. Enter 740-089 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change.
2. Select Billing Meter/Print Report tab on the display.
e. Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and
3. Select Print Report/List.
record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version.
4. Select Print Mode Settings. f. Select Cancel as required to exit.
5. Select Settings List - Common Items.
6. Press the Start button.

NOTE: Page 1 of the report will list Firmware Version of Controller+PS ROM, IOT ROM,
Finisher B ROM, IIT ROM, ADF ROM, and FAX ROM

Firmware Version of Duplex, Exit, and TTM

NOTE: Obtaining the Firmware Level for the Duplex Module, the Exit Module and the TTM
(Tandem Tray Module) requires reading two NVM locations, adding a decimal point behind the
first read, adding a leading zero if the second read is a single digit, and combining the second
read behind the decimal point to formulate a Firmware Level.

1. Access Diagnostic Routines.


a. Enter UI Diagnostics (UI Diagnostic Mode).
2. Select Maintenance/Diagnostics.
3. Select NVM Read/Write.
4. To check Duplex go to Step 5.
To check Exit go to Step 6.
To check TTM go to Step 7.
5. Perform following to check Duplex.
a. Enter 740-010 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change.
b. Record the Current Value. Place a decimal point after the value.
c. Select Cancel.
d. Enter 740-011 using number keypad and select Confirm/Change.
e. Record the Current Value. If Current Value is a single digit, add a leading zero and
record behind decimal from first read. This is the Duplex Firmware Version.
f. Select Cancel as required to exit or proceed to next step.

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-149 GP 8
GP 9 Key Operator Log In
Description
This procedure describes how to log in as a Key Operator.

Procedure
1. Press the Log In/Out button on the control panel.
2. Enter 11111 using the number keypad.

NOTE: 11111 is default password. The key operator may have changed the password.
If the Authentication feature is enabled, you may be required to enter an Authentication
password. The default Authentication password is xadmin.

NOTE: If the password is changed, and is not available, the current password is stored in
NVM Read/Write [700-171].

3. Select Confirm on the UI.


4. To operate the machine select User Mode on the UI.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


GP 9 6-150 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Space Requirements
Installation space requirements are shown in Figure 1 (WorkCenter 5225/5230 with A Fin-
isher), Figure 2 (WorkCenter 5225/5230 with SB Finisher and HCF).
SB Finisher with
Booklet Maker

HCF

Front

Figure 2 Space Requirement - WorkCenter 5225/5230 with SB Finisher and HCF (j0st61003)

Figure 1 Space Requirement - WorkCenter 5225/5230 with A Finisher (j0st61001)

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-151 Space Requirements
Product Specs.

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Product Specs. 6-152 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Product Codes Table 3 Paper Capacities
Specification Paper Trays 1 - 4 Tray 5 (Bypass)
Table 1 Product Codes WorkCenter 5225/5230
Capacities 24 lb. TTM: 3000 sheets total: 100 sheets
No. Item Product Code (90 gsm) Tray 1: 500 sheets
1 WorkCenter 5225/5230 - Tray 2: 500 sheets
2 WorkCenter 5222 - Tray 3: 800 sheets
3 WorkCenter 5225/5230 DADF 120V - Tray 4: 1200 sheets
4 WorkCenter 5225/5230 DADF 220V - 2TM: 2000 sheets total:
5 2TM - Tray 1: 500 sheets
6 TTM - Tray 2: 500 sheets
7 Label for WorkCenter 5225/5230 - Tray 3: 500 sheets
8 Label for WorkCenter 5222 - Tray 4: 500 sheets
9 A Finisher 120V -
10 A Finisher XC 220V - Copy Speed
11 SB Finisher 120V - B/W (plain paper; simplex; fed from Tray 1)
12 SB Finisher 220V - Letter size LEF: 25/30 ppm
Letter size SEF: 20/22 ppm
Component Weights Legal size 8.5x14 SEF
Simplex: 16/19 ppm
Table 2 Component Weights
Duplex: 10/12 ppm
Component Weight (approx.) A3/11x17 SEF
DC (Platen) 64 kg (132 lb.) Simplex: 14/16 ppm
IIT and Platen 15 kg (33 lb.) Duplex: 9/11 ppm
2 Tray Module 23 kg (51 lb.) FCOT/FPOT
Tandem Tray Module 31 kg (68 lb.) First Copy Output Time (original on platen); 8.5 x 11 (A4); Tray 1;
Exit2 2 kg (4 lb.) 4.3 sec. or less.
Duplex Module 1.8 kg (4 lb.) Voltage Requirements
HCF 29 kg (xx lb.) Single phase (two wires plus ground)
DADF 9 kg (20 lb.) 110 - 127 VAC/60 Hz (99 - 135 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz)
SB Finisher 27 kg (66 lb.) 220 - 240 VAC/50 Hz (198 to 254 VAC, 50/60 +/- 3 Hz)
A Finisher 11.3 kg (xx lb.)

Power Consumption (5 minute average)


Paper Capacities Machine Running: 1.33 kVA - NASG; 1.92 kVA ESG max.

Table 3 Paper Capacities Off Mode 1.5W~2.4W (Reference)

Specification Paper Trays 1 - 4 Tray 5 (Bypass)


Environmental Data and Requirements
Ambient Temperature and Humidity requirement:
Paper Sizes Paper
Minimum: 10 C/50F at 15% humidity
Min: 139.7W x 182L Min: 89W x 98.4L mm (postcard)
Maximum: 32 C/90F at 70% (28 C/82F at 85% humidity) humidity
Max: 297W x 432Lmm Max: 297W x 431.8L mm/12 x 19 in.
Paper Weights Range: 60 - 216 gsm (Tray 2, Range: 60 - 216 gsm
3, 4)
Tray 1: 60 - 105 gsm

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-153 Product Specs.
IIT/DADF Specifications Common Tools
Table 4 DADF Specifications Table 1 Common Tools
Document Size: Platen Max size: 297 x 420 mm, 11 x 17 in. Description Part Number
Max scannable area: 297 x 420 mm
Document Size: DADF 5.5 x 8.5 (A5) LEF to 11 x 17 SEF (A3) Screw Driver (-) 3 x 50 600T 40205
Max: 297 x 432 mm Screw Driver (+) 6 x 100 600T 01989
Min: 139.7 x 210 mm Screw Driver (+) NO.1 499T 00356
Document Weight: DADF Min: 50 gsm/16lb Stubby Driver (+) (-) 600T 40210
Max: 128 gsm/32lb (Duplex mode) Screw Driver (-) 100MM 499T 00355
Document Capacity: DADF 50 sheets 38 gsm to 120 gsm. Spanner and Wrench 5.5 x 5.5 600T 40501
R/E Capability: Variable Percentages: 25% to 400% in 1% increments Spanner and Wrench 7x 7 600T 40502
Preset Percentages:
Hex Key Set 600T 02002
25%
Box Driver 5.5MM 600T 01988
50%
Side Cutting Nipper 600T 40903
64.7% (11 x17 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.)
Round Nose Pliers 600T 40901
78.5% (8.5 x 14 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.)
Digital Multi-meter Set 600T 02020
100%
Interlock Cheater 600T 91616
129.4% (8.5 x 11 in. to 11 x17 in.)
Silver Scale 150MM 600T 41503
220% (3.5 x 5 in. to 8.5 x 11 in.)
CE Tool Case 600T 01901
400%
Magnetic Screw Pick-up Tool 600T 41911
Presets can be changed in Tools mode.
Scriber Tool 600T 41913
Magnetic pickup 600T 41911
Loupe 600T 42008
Flash Light 600T 01824
Brush 600T 41901
Tester Lead Wire (red) 600T 09583
Tester Lead Wire (black) 600T 02030

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Product Specs., Common Tools 6-154 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Product Tools and Test Patterns Log Book Storage
A protected out-of-sight space exists below the IIT, at the right rear corner, above the center
Table 1 Tools and Test Patterns output tray. Fold the log and insert into this space.
Description Part Number
Geometric Test Pattern 082E 08220
HVPS test probe (1/10X) 600T 01653
HVPS test probe adapter 600T 01996
Copy Paper Carrying Case 600T 01999
Copy Paper Zip Lock Bag 600T 02000
Colotech + - 90 gsm - A3 003R 94642
Service and Machine NVM Log 700P 97436
Serial cable 600T 02058
USB cable, 6 ft./2 meter Firmware Upload 600T02231
Network Interface (Crossover) cable 600T 02252
Parallel printer cable 117E 19340
PWS power cord adapter 600T 02018
L Probe 600T 02177
Machine Resident Disk Kit 300K 63850
(Machine Settings Floppy)
A3 (11 x 17) Test Pattern 082E 02000
A3 Test Pattern 082P 521 Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/
82P521
A4 Test Pattern 082E 02010
8.5 x 11 Test Pattern 082E 02020
8.5 x 14 Test Pattern 082P 524 (Standard Test Pattern, 82P524/
82P521)
SIR 542.00 Solid area density Scale 082E 08230
SIR 494.00 Visual Scale 082P 00448

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-155 Product Tools and Test Patterns,
Cleaning Materials Machine Consumables
Table 1 Cleaning Materials Table 1 Cartridge (30,000 sheets/A4 @6% Coverage)
NASG Part ESG Part Name Part Number
Description
Number Number
WW-Metered 106R01304
Cleaning fluid 043P 00048 008R 90034 DMO Sold 106R01305
(8oz., Formula A)
NA/XE Sold 106R01306
Film remover (8 oz.) 043P 00045 008R 90176
Lens/mirror cleaner 043P 00081 008R 90178 Table 2 Staple Refills
Lint-free (white) cleaning cloth 019P 03025 019P 03025
Name Part Number
Lint-free Optics cleaning cloth 499T 90417 499T 90417
SB Finisher Staple Refills 8R12941
Cleaning towels 035P 03191 600S 04372
Booklet Staple Cartridge 8R12897
Drop cloth 035P 01737 035P 01737
A Finisher Staple Refills 8R12941
Cotton Swab 035P 02162 035P 02162
A Finisher Staple Cartridge 8R12964

Table 3 Staple Drum Cartridge


Name Part Number
Standard Capacity 101R00434
High Capacity 101K00435

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Cleaning Materials, Machine Consumables 6-156 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Glossary of Terms Table 1 Glossery Terms
Term Description
Table 1 Glossery Terms
LED Light Emitting Diode
Term Description LEF Long Edge Feed
A3 Paper size 297 millimeters (11.69 inches) x 420 millimeters (16.54 inches). LTR Letter size paper (8.5 x 11 inches)
A4 Paper size 210 millimeters (8.27 inches) x 297 millimeters (11.69 inches). LUT Look Up Table - array of NVM locations that store process control data
AC Alternating Current is type of current available at power source for machine. LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply
ACT Advanced Customer Training: teaches customers to perform some of service that is MF Multi-Function
normally performed by Xerox Service Representative. MN Multinational
A/D Analog to Digital refers to conversion of signal. NIC Network Interface Card
ADJ Adjustment Procedure NA North America
APS Auto Paper Selection NAAO North American Agent Operations
ARZ Argentina NARS North American Reseller Sales
Bit Binary digit, either 1 or 0, representing an electrical state. NVM Non Volatile Memory
CCD Charge Coupled Device (Photoelectric Converter) OEM Original equipment manufacturer
CD 1: Circuit Diagram; 2: Compact Disc OGM On-going Maintenance
Chip Integrated Circuit (IC) PC Personal Computer
CRU Customer Replaceable Unit PL Parts List
CVT Constant Velocity Transport PO Part of (Assembly Name)
DADF Duplexing Automatic Document Feeder PWB Printed Wiring Board
DC Direct Current is type of power for machine components. Machine converts AC PWS Portable Workstation for Service
power from power source to DC power.
PJ Plug Jack (electrical connections)
dC Diagnostics Code.
RAM Random Access Memory
DMM Digital Multimeter is generic name for meter that measures voltage, current, or elec-
RAP Repair Analysis Procedure for diagnosis of machine status codes and abnormal con-
trical resistance. ditions.
DMO Developing Markets Operations R/E Reduction/Enlargement refers to features selection or components that enable
Duplex 2-sided printing or copying reduction or enlargement.
EME Electromagnetic Emissions are emitted from machine during normal operation and REP Repair Procedure for disassembly and reassembly of component on machine
power of these emissions are reduced by machine design features. RIS Raster Input Scanner
ESD Electrostatic Discharge. A transfer of charge between bodies at different electrostatic ROM Read Only Memory
potential.
ROS Raster Output Scanner. Device that transfers digitally processed image, using laser
ESG European Solutions Group - also referred to as XE (Xerox Europe)
light, to photoreceptor.
FS Fast Scan (direction) - Inboard to Outboard
SAD Solid Area Density
GND Ground
SCP Service Call Procedure
HFSI High Frequency Service Item
SEF Short Edge Feed
HVPS High Voltage Power Supply
Self- An automatic process that is used to check Control Logic circuitry. Any fault that is
Hz Hertz (Cycles per second) test detected during self-test is displayed by fault code or by LEDs on PWB.
IIT Image Input Terminal - Scanner/CCD portion of the machine SIMM Single Inline Memory Module used to increase printing capacity
IOT Image Output Terminal - ROS/Xero/paper handling/fusing portion of the machine Simplex Single sided copies
IQ Image Quality FS Fast Scan (direction) - LE-to-TE
KC 1000 copies TE Trail Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term LE
LCD Liquid Crystal Display UM Unscheduled Maintenance
LE Lead Edge of copy or print paper, with reference to definition of term TE UI User Interface

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-157 Glossary of Terms
Table 1 Glossery Terms
Term Description
USB Universal Serial Bus
W/ With - indicates machine condition where specified condition is present
W/O Without - indicates machine condition where specified condition is not present
XBRA Xerox Brazil
XE Xerox Europe - also referred to as ESG (European Solutions Group)
XING Xerox International Group (DMO East)
XLA Xerox Latin America
XMEX Xerox Mexico
XOG Xerox Office Group

General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version


Glossary of Terms 6-158 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Change Tag Introduction IOT/Processor (P) Tags
Important modifications to the copier are identified by a tag number which is recorded on a tag IOT/Processor TAGs are shown below.
matrix. The tag matrix for the IOT (Processor) is molded into the inside of the Front Door.
TAG: P-00X
This section describes all of the tags associated with the copier, as well as multinational appli-
cability, classification codes, and permanent or temporary modification information. CLASS: M
CUT IN DATE: xx/xx/xxx
Classification Codes NAME: Tag 1
A tag number may be required to identify differences between parts that cannot be inter- KIT NUMBER: 701PXXXXX
changed, or differences in diagnostic, repair, installation, or adjustment procedures. NOTE: Announced in Service Bulletin TXXXX-XX-XX. Foreign Interface Option also enabled.

A tag number may also be required to identify the presence of optional hardware, special non-
volatile memory programming, or whether mandatory modifications have been installed. Each
tag number is given a classification code to identify the type of change that the tag has made.
The classification codes and their descriptions are listed in the table below.

Table 1 Code Description


Classification Code Description
M Mandatory tag
N Tag not installed in the field
O Optional tag
R Repair tag

Launch Version February, 2008 General Procedures


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 6-159 Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags
General Procedures February, 2008 Launch Version
Change Tag Introduction, IOT/Processor (P) Tags 6-160 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
7 Wiring Data
7 Plug/Jack Locations-a-finisher
7.1.1 Plug/Jack Locations ............................................................................................... 7-3
7.1.2 Plug/Jack Illustrations ............................................................................................ 7-4

7 S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations


S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations.................................................................................... 7-7

7 HCF Plug/Jack Locations


HCF Plug/Jack Locations ................................................................................................ 7-15

7 Plug/Jack Locations
Plug/Jack Locations ........................................................................................................ 7-17

7 Wirenets
IOT Wirenets ................................................................................................................... 7-43
HCF Wirenets.................................................................................................................. 7-58
A-Finisher Wirenets......................................................................................................... 7-61
SB-Finisher Wirenets ...................................................................................................... 7-64

7 BSDs
Chain 1 Standby Power .................................................................................................. 7-67
Chain 2 User Interface .................................................................................................... 7-71
Chain 3 Machine Run Control ......................................................................................... 7-75
Chain 4 Start Print Power................................................................................................ 7-84
Chain 5 Document Transportation .................................................................................. 7-85
Chain 6 Imaging .............................................................................................................. 7-91
Chain 7 Paper Supply ..................................................................................................... 7-96
Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation......................................................................... 7-111
Chain 9 Xerographics...................................................................................................... 7-120
Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing ..................................................................... 7-124
Chain 12 Finishing .......................................................................................................... 7-131
Chain 16 ESS.................................................................................................................. 7-157
Chain 17 FAX.................................................................................................................. 7-158

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-1
Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version
7-2 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
7.1.1 Plug/Jack Locations Table 1 Plug/Jack List (A-Finisher)

How to use the Plug/Jack Location List Connector Figure Item


Number Number Number Figure Title
The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating
devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the J8737B Figure 3 9 A-Finisher Bottom Location
list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electri- J8738A Figure 3 10 A-Finisher Bottom Location
cal termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the J8738B Figure 3 10 A-Finisher Bottom Location
adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure.
P/J8739 Figure 2 7 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8740 Figure 2 5 A-Finisher PWB Location
NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors.
P/J8741 Figure 2 6 A-Finisher PWB Location
Plug/Jack Location List J8742A Figure 3 7 A-Finisher Bottom Location
J8742B Figure 3 8 A-Finisher Bottom Location
Table 1 Plug/Jack List (A-Finisher) CN3 Figure 3 4 A-Finisher Bottom Location
Connector Figure Item CN4 Figure 3 3 A-Finisher Bottom Location
Number Number Number Figure Title
P/J8700 Figure 2 2 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8701 Figure 2 1 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8702 Figure 2 11 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8703 Figure 2 10 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8704 Figure 2 13 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8705 Figure 2 12 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8706 Figure 2 8 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8707 Figure 2 3 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8708 Figure 2 17 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8709 Figure 2 16 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8710 Figure 2 9 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8711 Figure 2 4 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8721 Figure 3 2 A-Finisher Bottom Location
P/J8722 Figure 3 1 A-Finisher Bottom Location
P/J8723 Figure 3 6 A-Finisher Bottom Location
P/J8724 Figure 1 1 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8725 Figure 3 11 A-Finisher Bottom Location
P/J8726 Figure 1 7 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8727 Figure 1 9 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8728 Figure 1 8 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8729 Figure 1 6 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8730 Figure 1 2 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8731 Figure 1 4 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8732 Figure 1 3 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8733 Figure 2 14 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8734 Figure 2 15 A-Finisher PWB Location
P/J8735 Figure 1 5 A-Finisher Front Location
P/J8736 Figure 3 5 A-Finisher Bottom Location
J8737A Figure 3 9 A-Finisher Bottom Location

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-3 7.1.1
7.1.2 Plug/Jack Illustrations

Figure 2 A-Finisher PWB Location (j0fa71002)

Figure 1 A-Finisher Front Location (j0fa71001)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


7.1.2 7-4 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 A-Finisher Bottom Location (j0fa71003)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-5 7.1.2
Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version
7.1.2 7-6 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations Table 1 Plug/Jack List

How to use the Plug/Jack Location List Connector Figure Item


Number Number Number Figure Title
The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating
devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the J8889 Figure 3 3 SB Finisher Rear
list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electri- J8890 Figure 3 4 SB Finisher Rear
cal termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the J8891 Figure 4 2 SB Finisher Eject
adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure.
P/J8892 Figure 5 1 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
P/J8893 Figure 5 2 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
Table 1 Plug/Jack List
J8894 Figure 6 1 Booklet Maker PWB
Connector Figure Item
P/J8895 Figure 6 3 Booklet Maker PWB
Number Number Number Figure Title
P/J8896 Figure 5 7 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
P/J590 Figure 3 15 SB Finisher Rear
J8897 Figure 5 4 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
P/J591 Figure 3 14 SB Finisher Rear
J8898 Figure 5 5 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
J8860 Figure 1 1 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
J8899 Figure 5 6 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
J8861 Figure 1 4 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
J8900 Figure 5 8 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
P/J8862 Figure 1 2 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
J8901 Figure 5 3 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly
P8863 Figure 1 7 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
P/J8903 Figure 2 2 SB Finisher Front
P8863 Figure 1 5 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
P8903 Figure 4 1 SB Finisher Eject
J8864 Figure 1 8 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
J8904 Figure 2 3 SB Finisher Front
J8865 Figure 1 10 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
P/J8905 Figure 2 4 SB Finisher Front
J8866 Figure 1 6 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
P/J8906 Figure 6 2 Booklet Maker PWB
P/J8867 Figure 1 9 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
J8980 Figure 3 19 SB Finisher Rear
J8868 Figure 4 4 SB Finisher Eject
P/J8981 Figure 3 10 SB Finisher Rear
J8869 Figure 4 3 SB Finisher Eject
J8982 Figure 3 18 SB Finisher Rear
J8870 Figure 3 24 SB Finisher Rear
P/J8983 Figure 3 9 SB Finisher Rear
J8871 Figure 3 23 SB Finisher Rear
J8984 Figure 3 6 SB Finisher Rear
J8872 Figure 3 21 SB Finisher Rear
J8985 Figure 6 4 Booklet Maker PWB
J8873 Figure 3 2 SB Finisher Rear
P8985 Figure 3 17 SB Finisher Rear
J8874 Figure 3 1 SB Finisher Rear
P/J8986 Figure 3 8 SB Finisher Rear
J8875 Figure 3 22 SB Finisher Rear
J8987 Figure 1 3 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport
P/J8876 Figure 4 5 SB Finisher Eject
P8987 Figure 3 16 SB Finisher Rear
P/J8877 Figure 3 20 SB Finisher Rear
P/J8988 Figure 3 11 SB Finisher Rear
P/J8878 Figure 3 7 SB Finisher Rear
J8989 Figure 3 13 SB Finisher Rear
P/J8879 Figure 3 5 SB Finisher Rear
P/J8990 Figure 3 12 SB Finisher Rear
J8880 Figure 4 7 SB Finisher Eject
P/J8991 Figure 6 9 Booklet Maker PWB
J8881 Figure 4 11 SB Finisher Eject
P/J8992 Figure 6 7 Booklet Maker PWB
J8882 Figure 4 6 SB Finisher Eject
P/J8993 Figure 6 6 Booklet Maker PWB
P/J8883 Figure 4 8 SB Finisher Eject
P/J8994 Figure 6 5 Booklet Maker PWB
P/J8884 Figure 4 10 SB Finisher Eject
P/J8995 Figure 6 8 Booklet Maker PWB
J8885 Figure 2 7 SB Finisher Front
J8886 Figure 2 6 SB Finisher Front
J8887 Figure 2 5 SB Finisher Front
P/J8888 Figure 4 9 SB Finisher Eject

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-7 S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations
Plug/Jack Illustrations

Figure 1 SB Finisher Horizontal Transport

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations 7-8 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 SB Finisher Front

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-9 S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 3 SB Finisher Rear

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations 7-10 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 SB Finisher Eject

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-11 S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 5 Booklet Maker Stapler Assembly

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations 7-12 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 6 Booklet Maker PWB

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-13 S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations
Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version
S/B Finisher Plug/Jack Locations 7-14 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
HCF Plug/Jack Locations Plug/Jack Illustrations

How to use the Plug/Jack Location List


The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating
devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the
list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electri-
cal termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the
adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure.

NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors.

Table 1 Plug/Jack List


Connector Figure Item
Number Number Number Figure Title
FS001 Figure 1 4 HCF
FS002 Figure 1 4 HCF
FS003 Figure 1 9 HCF
FS004 Figure 1 9 HCF
PF/JF01 Figure 2 4 HCF
PF/JF02 Figure 2 5 HCF
PF/JF03 Figure 2 6 HCF
PF/JF04 Figure 2 7 HCF
PF/JF05 Figure 2 8 HCF
PF/JF06 Figure 2 9 HCF
PF/JF08 Figure 2 3 HCF
PF/JF51 Figure 2 2 HCF
PF/JF52 Figure 2 1 HCF
PF/JF53 Figure 2 10 HCF
PF/JF54 Figure 1 3 HCF
PF/JF56 Figure 1 10 HCF
PF/JF56A Figure 1 10 HCF
PF/JF56B Figure 1 10 HCF
PF/JF57 Figure 2 11 HCF Figure 1 HCF 1/2
PF/JF58 Figure 1 1 HCF
PF/JF59 Figure 1 2 HCF
PF/JF60 Figure 1 8 HCF
PF/JF61 Figure 1 6 HCF
PF/JF62 Figure 1 7 HCF
PF/JF67 Figure 1 5 HCF

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-15 HCF Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 2 HCF 2/2

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


HCF Plug/Jack Locations 7-16 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Plug/Jack Locations Table 1 Plug/Jack List

How to use the Plug/Jack Location List Connector Figure Item


Number Number Number Figure Title
The Plug/Jack Location List below is provided to locate plugs, jacks, or other terminating
devices. Locate the desired termination device in the first column (Connector Number) of the P/J105 Figure 9 4 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder
list. Refer to the second column (Figure Number) to determine the figure number of the electri- P/J106 Figure 9 7 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder
cal termination device. Refer to the (Item Number) column to determine the item number in the P/J107 Figure 7 9 Duplex Unit, MPT
adjacent Figure Number column. The fourth column supplies the title of the Figure.
P/J108 Figure 7 10 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J109 Figure 13 11 IOT Rear Location
NOTE: Connectors numbered CN and FS are listed after the P and J connectors.
P/J110 Figure 13 12 IOT Rear Location
Table 1 Plug/Jack List P/J111 Figure 5 8 Exit2
Connector Figure Item P/J112 Figure 5 6 Exit2
Number Number Number Figure Title P/J116 Figure 5 2 Exit2
P/J1 Figure 1 8 Control Panel P/J117 Figure 6 1 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly
P/J1 Figure 16 17 LVPS, Main Switch P/J120 Figure 13 4 IOT Rear Location
P/J2 Figure 16 11 LVPS, Main Switch P/J121 Figure 16 18 LVPS, Main Switch
P/J3 Figure 16 14 LVPS, Main Switch P/J123 Figure 7 2 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J4 Figure 16 19 LVPS, Main Switch P/J124 Figure 7 1 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J6 Figure 16 12 LVPS, Main Switch P/J125 Figure 3 1 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor
P/J7 Figure 16 13 LVPS, Main Switch P/J126 Figure 4 1 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J11 Figure 16 16 LVPS, Main Switch P/J127 Figure 3 2 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor
P/J12 Figure 16 15 LVPS, Main Switch P/J130 Figure 4 8 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J50 Figure 15 5 Power Unit P/J131 Figure 6 3 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly
P/J56 Figure 16 4 LVPS, Main Switch P/J132 Figure 6 4 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly
P/J57 Figure 16 1 LVPS, Main Switch P/J140 Figure 4 10 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J68 Figure 16 3 LVPS, Main Switch P/J150 Figure 8 2 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch
P/J69 Figure 16 2 LVPS, Main Switch P/J160 Figure 4 12 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J72 Figure 15 3 Power Unit P/J170 Figure 4 13 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J73 Figure 15 2 Power Unit P/J201 Figure 4 11 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J74 Figure 15 1 Power Unit P/J201 Figure 9 1 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder
P/J75 Figure 15 4 Power Unit P/J202 Figure 9 1 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder
P/J100 Figure 9 2 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J204 Figure 13 9 IOT Rear Location
P/J101 Figure 9 3 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J205 Figure 7 7 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J101A Figure 17 2 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) P/J206 Figure 13 1 IOT Rear Location
P/J101A Figure 19 2 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) P/J207 Figure 5 4 Exit2
P/J101B Figure 17 2 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) P/J208 Figure 5 5 Exit2
P/J101B Figure 19 2 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) P/J209 Figure 5 7 Exit2
P/J102 Figure 9 2 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J210 Figure 5 3 Exit2
P/J102A Figure 17 3 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) P/J212 Figure 7 6 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J102A Figure 19 3 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) P/J214 Figure 13 7 IOT Rear Location
P/J102B Figure 17 3 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) P/J215 Figure 8 1 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch
P/J102B Figure 19 3 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) P/J216 Figure 3 3 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor
P/J103 Figure 9 3 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder P/J219 Figure 3 4 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor
P/J104 Figure 8 3 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch P/J220 Figure 5 1 Exit 2

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-17 Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Table 1 Plug/Jack List
Connector Figure Item Connector Figure Item
Number Number Number Figure Title Number Number Number Figure Title
P/J220A Figure 17 1 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) P/J419 Figure 14 12 MCU PWB
P/J102B Figure 19 1 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) P/J420 Figure 14 24 MCU PWB
P/J220B Figure 17 1 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM) P/J421 Figure 14 23 MCU PWB
P/J102B Figure 19 1 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM) P/J423 Figure 14 5 MCU PWB
P/J300 Figure 10 1 ESS 1 of 2 P/J425 Figure 14 18 MCU PWB
P/J301 Figure 10 2 ESS 1 of 2 P/J429 Figure 14 17 MCU PWB
P/J302 Figure 10 7 ESS 1 of 2 P/J430 Figure 4 4 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J320 Figure 11 4 ESS 2 of 2 P/J431 Figure 4 3 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J330 Figure 11 7 ESS 2 of 2 P/J432 Figure 4 5 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J332 Figure 11 5 ESS 2 of 2 P/J433 Figure 4 7 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J333 Figure 11 6 ESS 2 of 2 P/J434 Figure 4 6 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J340 Figure 10 10 ESS 1 of 2 P/J500 Figure 3 5 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor
P/J341 Figure 10 9 ESS 1 of 2 P/J521 Figure 16 8 LVPS, Main Switch
P/J342 Figure 10 8 ESS 1 of 2 P/J522 Figure 16 7 LVPS, Main Switch
P/J343 Figure 10 3 ESS 1 of 2 P/J523 Figure 16 10 LVPS, Main Switch
P/J351 Figure 10 11 ESS 1 of 2 P/J524 Figure 16 9 LVPS, Main Switch
P/J380 Figure 10 12 ESS 1 of 2 P/J526 Figure 16 5 LVPS, Main Switch
P/J387 Figure 10 4 ESS 1 of 2 P/J527 Figure 16 6 LVPS, Main Switch
P/J388 Figure 11 1 ESS 2 of 2 P/J540 Figure 7 3 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J389 Figure 10 5 ESS 1 of 2 P/J541 Figure 7 4 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J390 Figure 11 2 ESS 2 of 2 P/J541 Figure 18 2 2TM Rear Location
P/J392 Figure 11 3 ESS 2 of 2 P/J541 Figure 20 1 TTM Rear Location
P/J400 Figure 14 20 MCU PWB P/J542 Figure 7 5 Duplex Unit, MPT
P/J401 Figure 14 21 MCU PWB P/J548 Figure 18 1 2TM Rear Location
P/J402 Figure 14 3 MCU PWB P/J548 Figure 20 11 TTM Rear Location
P/J403 Figure 14 6 MCU PWB P/J549 Figure 18 7 2TM Rear Location
P/J404 Figure 14 4 MCU PWB P/J549 Figure 20 10 TTM Rear Location
P/J405 Figure 14 8 MCU PWB P/J552 Figure 18 8 2TM Rear Location
P/J406 Figure 14 2 MCU PWB P/J552 Figure 20 9 TTM Rear Location
P/J407 Figure 14 1 MCU PWB P/J554 Figure 18 3 2TM Rear Location
P/J408 Figure 14 7 MCU PWB P/J554 Figure 20 2 TTM Rear Location
P/J409 Figure 14 10 MCU PWB P600 Figure 6 2 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly
P/J410 Figure 14 9 MCU PWB J600 Figure 13 5 IOT Rear Location
P/J411 Figure 14 11 MCU PWB P/J601 Figure 9 8 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder
P/J412 Figure 14 22 MCU PWB P/J602 Figure 9 6 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder
P/J413 Figure 14 16 MCU PWB P/J605 Figure 13 8 IOT Rear Location
P/J414 Figure 14 14 MCU PWB P606 Figure 5 10 Exit 2
P/J415 Figure 14 13 MCU PWB J606 Figure 13 3 IOT Rear Location
P/J416 Figure 14 19 MCU PWB P/J607 Figure 13 10 IOT Rear Location
P/J417 Figure 14 15 MCU PWB P/J608 Figure 9 5 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-18 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Table 1 Plug/Jack List Table 1 Plug/Jack List
Connector Figure Item Connector Figure Item
Number Number Number Figure Title Number Number Number Figure Title
P/J609 Figure 7 8 Duplex Unit, MPT P/J776 Figure 21 17 DADF 1 of 2
P/J610 Figure 3 6 HVPS, Dispens Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor P/J777 Figure 21 7 DADF 1 of 2
P/J613 Figure 13 2 IOT Rear Location P/J778 Figure 21 6 DADF 1 of 2
P/J620 Figure 4 9 ROS Unit, Exit PWB P/J779 Figure 21 5 DADF 1 of 2
P/J661A Figure 17 8 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J780 Figure 21 12 DADF 1 of 2
P/J661A Figure 20 4 TTM Rear Location P/J781 Figure 21 11 DADF 1 of 2
P/J661B Figure 17 9 Tray3/4 Feeder(2TM) P/J782 Figure 21 10 DADF 1 of 2
P/J661B Figure 19 7 TTM Rear Location P/J785 Figure 22 18 DADF 2 of 2
P/J700 Figure 2 11 IIT P/J786 Figure 22 6 DADF 2 of 2
P/J702 Figure 2 6 IIT P/J787 Figure 21 9 DADF 1 of 2
P/J703 Figure 2 5 IIT P/J788 Figure 21 8 DADF 1 of 2
P/J720 Figure 2 9 IIT P/J791 Figure 21 4 DADF 1 of 2
P/J721 Figure 2 1 IIT P/J820 Figure 17 4 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)
P/J722 Figure 2 13 IIT P/J820 Figure 19 5 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM)
P/J725 Figure 2 2 IIT P/J821 Figure 17 7 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)
P/J727 Figure 2 15 IIT P/J821 Figure 19 6 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM)
P/J728 Figure 2 7 IIT P/J822 Figure 18 5 2TM Rear Location
P/J750 Figure 2 3 IIT P/J822 Figure 20 7 TTM Rear Location
P750 Figure 22 15 DADF 2 of 2 P/J824 Figure 17 5 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)
P/J751 Figure 22 16 DADF 2 of 2 P/J824 Figure 19 4 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM)
P/J752 Figure 22 14 DADF 2 of 2 P/J825 Figure 17 6 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)
P/J753 Figure 22 13 DADF 2 of 2 P/J825 Figure 20 3 TTM Rear Location
P/J754 Figure 22 12 DADF 2 of 2 P/J826 Figure 18 6 2TM Rear Location
P/J755 Figure 22 11 DADF 2 of 2 P/J826 Figure 20 8 TTM Rear Location
P/J756 Figure 22 5 DADF 2 of 2 P/J841 Figure 18 4 2TM Rear Location
P/J757 Figure 22 4 DADF 2 of 2 P/J841 Figure 20 5 TTM Rear Location
P/J758 Figure 22 3 DADF 2 of 2 P/J842 Figure 17 10 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)
P/J759 Figure 22 2 DADF 2 of 2 P/J842 Figure 20 6 TTM Rear Location
P/J760 Figure 22 1 DADF 2 of 2 P/J2011 Figure 4 2 ROS Unit, Exit PWB
P/J761 Figure 22 17 DADF 2 of 2 P/J2901 Figure 10 6 ESS 1 of 2
P/J764 Figure 22 9 DADF 2 of 2 P/J7101 Figure 2 14 IIT
P/J765 Figure 22 10 DADF 2 of 2 P/J7192 Figure 2 4 IIT
P/J766 Figure 21 3 DADF 1 of 2 P/J7193 Figure 2 4 IIT
P/J767 Figure 21 18 DADF 1 of 2 P/J7231 Figure 2 8 IIT
P/J769 Figure 22 8 DADF 2 of 2 P/J7261 Figure 2 10 IIT
P/J770 Figure 22 7 DADF 2 of 2 P/J7262 Figure 2 12 IIT
P/J771 Figure 21 14 DADF 1 of 2 CN1 Figure 1 5 Control Panel
P/J772 Figure 21 15 DADF 1 of 2 CN2 Figure 1 9 Control Panel
P/J774 Figure 21 13 DADF 1 of 2 CN3 Figure 1 4 Control Panel
P/J775 Figure 21 16 DADF 1 of 2 CN4 Figure 1 6 Control Panel

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-19 Plug/Jack Locations
Table 1 Plug/Jack List
Connector Figure Item
Number Number Number Figure Title
CN5 Figure 1 3 Control Panel
CN102 Figure 13 6 IOT Rear Location
CNP352 Figure 12 1 Fax Box Assembly
CNP353 Figure 12 2 Fax Box Assembly
CNP354 Figure 12 3 Fax Box Assembly
CNP356 Figure 12 4 Fax Box Assembly
CNJ352 Figure 12 1 Fax Box Assembly
CNJ356 Figure 12 4 Fax Box Assembly
CNJ359 Figure 12 5 Fax Box Assembly
CNJ360 Figure 12 6 Fax Box Assembly
CON CN3 Figure 1 11 Control Panel
CP CN1 Figure 1 7 Control Panel
F1 Figure 21 2 DADF 1 of 2
F2 Figure 21 1 DADF 1 of 2
FS812 Figure 17 11 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)
FS812 Figure 19 8 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM)
FS813 Figure 17 11 Tray3/4 Feeder (2TM)
FS813 Figure 19 8 Tray3/4 Feeder (TTM)
INV CN1 Figure 1 10 Control Panel
INV CN2 Figure 1 1 Control Panel
LCD CN1 Figure 1 2 Control Panel
SJ1 Figure 5 9 Exit 2

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-20 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Plug/Jack Illustrations

Figure 1 Control Panel (j0st7201)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-21 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 2 IIT (j0st7202)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-22 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 HVPS, Dispense Motor, Fuser Exit Sensor (j0st7203)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-23 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 4 ROS Unit, Exit PWB (j0st7204)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-24 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 Exit 2 (j0st7205)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-25 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 6 No.1 OCT, Fuser Assembly (j0st7206)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-26 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 7 Duplex Unit, MPT (j0st7207)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-27 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 8 Regi. Sensor, Regi. Clutch (j0st7208)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-28 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 9 L/H Lower, Tray1/2 Feeder (j0st7209)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-29 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 10 ESS 1 of 2 (j0st7210a)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-30 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 11 ESS 2 of 2 (j0st7211)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-31 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 12 Fax Box Assembly (j0st7212)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-32 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 13 IOT Rear Location (j0st7213)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-33 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 14 MCU PWB (j0st7227A)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-34 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 15 Power Unit (j0st7215)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-35 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 16 LVPS, Main Switch (j0st7216)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-36 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 17 Tray 3/4 Feeder (2TM) (j0st7217)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-37 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 18 2TM Rear Location (j0st7218)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-38 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 19 Tray 3/4 Feeder (TTM) (j0st7219)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-39 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 20 TTM Rear Location (j0st7220)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-40 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 21 DADF 1 of 2 (j0st7221)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-41 Plug/Jack Locations
Figure 22 DADF 2 of 2 (j0st7222)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Plug/Jack Locations 7-42 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
IOT Wirenets AC Power Wirenets

Figure 1 AC Power Wirenets

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-43 IOT Wirenets
+5VDC Standby Wirenets

Figure 2 +5VDC Standby Wirenets

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT Wirenets 7-44 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
+5VDC Wirenets

Figure 3 +5VDC Wirenet (1 of 4)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-45 IOT Wirenets
Figure 4 +5VDC Wirenet (2 of 4)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT Wirenets 7-46 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 +5VDC Wirenet (3 of 4)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-47 IOT Wirenets
Figure 6 +5VDC Wirenet 4 of 4)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT Wirenets 7-48 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
5V RTN Wirenets

Figure 7 5V RTN Wirenet (1 of 4)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-49 IOT Wirenets
Figure 8 5V RTN Wirenet (2 of 4)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT Wirenets 7-50 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 9 5V RTN Wirenet (3 of 4)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-51 IOT Wirenets
Figure 10 5V RTN Wirenet (4 of 4)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT Wirenets 7-52 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
+24VDC Wirenets

Figure 11 +24 VDC Wirenet (1 of 4)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-53 IOT Wirenets
Figure 12 +24VDC Wirenet (2 of 4)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT Wirenets 7-54 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 13 +24VDC Wirenet (3 of 4)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-55 IOT Wirenets
Figure 14 +24VDC Wirenet (4 of 4)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


IOT Wirenets 7-56 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
24V RTN Wirenets

Figure 15 24V RTN Wirenet

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-57 IOT Wirenets
HCF Wirenets

Figure 1 HCF +24VDC Wirenet

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


HCF Wirenets 7-58 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 HCF +5VDC Wirenet

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-59 HCF Wirenets
Figure 3 HCF DC COM Wirenet

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


HCF Wirenets 7-60 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
A-Finisher Wirenets

Figure 1 A FInisher +24VDC/24V RTN Wirenet

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-61 A-Finisher Wirenets
Figure 2 A FInisher +5VDC Wirenet

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


A-Finisher Wirenets 7-62 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 A Finisher DC COM Wirenet

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-63 A-Finisher Wirenets
SB-Finisher Wirenets

Figure 1 SB FInisher +24VDC Wirenet

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


SB-Finisher Wirenets 7-64 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 SB FInisher +5VDC Wirenet

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-65 SB-Finisher Wirenets
Figure 3 SB FInisher DC COM Wirenet

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


SB-Finisher Wirenets 7-66 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 1 Standby Power

Figure 1 BSD 1.1 Main Power On

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-67 Chain 1 Standby Power
Figure 2 BSD 1.2 DC Power Distribution

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 1 Standby Power 7-68 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 1.3 Power Interlock Switching

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-69 Chain 1 Standby Power
Figure 4 BSD 1.4 Interlock Switching

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 1 Standby Power 7-70 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 2 User Interface

Figure 1 BSD 2.1 Control Panel (Left) (j0st90201)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-71 Chain 2 User Interface
Figure 2 BSD 2.2 Control Panel Switches (Right)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 2 User Interface 7-72 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 2.3 Control Panel (LEDs)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-73 Chain 2 User Interface
Figure 4 BSD 2.4 LCD Control

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 2 User Interface 7-74 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 3 Machine Run Control

Figure 1 BSD 3.1 PWBs Communication (ESS-IOT, ESS-IIT/IPS)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-75 Chain 3 Machine Run Control
Figure 2 BSD 3.2 PWBs Communication (ESS-UI)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 3 Machine Run Control 7-76 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 3.3 PWBs Communication (IOT-Tray Module, IOT-Duplex)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-77 Chain 3 Machine Run Control
Figure 4 BSD 3.4 PWBs Communication (IOT-Exit, IOT-Finisher)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 3 Machine Run Control 7-78 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 BSD 3.5 PWBs Communication (IIT/IPS-DADF)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-79 Chain 3 Machine Run Control
Figure 6 BSD 3.6 Electronic Billing

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 3 Machine Run Control 7-80 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 7 BSD 3.7 Accessory/Foreign Interface

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-81 Chain 3 Machine Run Control
Figure 8 BSD 3.8 MCU-HCF Communications

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 3 Machine Run Control 7-82 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 9 BSD 3.9 PWB Communication (ESS - IIT/IPS)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-83 Chain 3 Machine Run Control
Chain 4 Start Print Power

Figure 1 BSD 4.1 Main Drive Control

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 4 Start Print Power 7-84 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 5 Document Transportation

Figure 1 BSD 5.1 Document Size Sensing

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-85 Chain 5 Document Transportation
Figure 2 BSD 5.2 Document Setting

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 5 Document Transportation 7-86 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 5.3 Document Feed and Transportation (1 of 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-87 Chain 5 Document Transportation
Figure 4 BSD 5.4 Document Feed and Transportation (2 of 2)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 5 Document Transportation 7-88 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 BSD 5.5 Document Feed and Transport Mechanism

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-89 Chain 5 Document Transportation
Figure 6 BSD 5.6 Document Exit Transportation

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 5 Document Transportation 7-90 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 6 Imaging

Figure 1 BSD 6.1 Platen Document Setting

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-91 Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 2 BSD 6.2 Image Input

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 6 Imaging 7-92 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 6.3 Carriage Scan

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-93 Chain 6 Imaging
Figure 4 BSD 6.4 Laser Control and Scanning

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 6 Imaging 7-94 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 BSD 6.5 ROS Motor Control

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-95 Chain 6 Imaging
Chain 7 Paper Supply

Figure 1 BSD 7.1 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensing

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-96 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 BSD 7.2 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensing

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-97 Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 3 BSD 7.3 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (2-Tray Module)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-98 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 BSD 7.4 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (2-Tray Module)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-99 Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 5 BSD 7.5 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensing (Tandem Tray Module)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-100 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 6 BSD 7.6 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensing (Tandem Tray Module)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-101 Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 7 BSD 7.7 Tray 1 Paper Stacking

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-102 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 8 BSD 7.8 Tray 2 Paper Stacking

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-103 Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 9 BSD 7.9 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (2-Tray Module)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-104 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 10 BSD 7.10 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (2-Tray Module)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-105 Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 11 BSD 7.11 Tray 3 Paper Stacking (Tandem Tray Module)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-106 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 12 BSD 7.12 Tray 4 Paper Stacking (Tandem Tray Module)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-107 Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 13 BSD 7.13 Tray 5 (MSI) Paper Stacking

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-108 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 14 BSD7.14 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Stacking

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-109 Chain 7 Paper Supply
Figure 15 BSD 7.15 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Size Sensing

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 7 Paper Supply 7-110 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation

Figure 1 BSD 8.1 Trays 1 ~ 5 Paper Feeding

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-111 Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation
Figure 2 BSD 8.2 Tray 2 Paper Transportation

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation 7-112 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 8.3 2-Tray Module Paper Transportation

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-113 Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation
Figure 4 BSD 8.4 Paper Transport Drive Control (2 -Tray Module)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation 7-114 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 BSD 8.5 Paper Transportation (Tandem Tray Module)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-115 Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation
Figure 6 BSD 8.6 Paper Transport Drive Control (Tandem Tray Module)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation 7-116 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 7 BSD 8.7 Registration

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-117 Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation
Figure 8 BSD 8.8 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Feeding

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation 7-118 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 9 BSD 8.9 HCF (Tray 6) Paper Transportation

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-119 Chain 8 Paper Feed and Transportation
Chain 9 Xerographics

Figure 1 BSD 9.1 CRU Life Control

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 9 Xerographics 7-120 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 BSD 9.2 Charging and Exposure

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-121 Chain 9 Xerographics
Figure 3 BSD 9.3 Development and Toner Dispense Control

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 9 Xerographics 7-122 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 BSD 9.4 Transfer

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-123 Chain 9 Xerographics
Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing

Figure 1 BSD 10.1 Fusing Heat Control

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing 7-124 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 2 BSD 10.2 Fusing

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-125 Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing
Figure 3 BSD 10.3 Exit Transportation

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing 7-126 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 4 BSD 10.4 Exit Transportation Drive

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-127 Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing
Figure 5 BSD 10.5 Duplex

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing 7-128 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 6 BSD 10.6 Offset Drive Control (Exit 1)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-129 Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing
Figure 7 BSD 10.6 Offset Drive Control (Exit 2)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 10 Copy Transportation and Fusing 7-130 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 12 Finishing

Figure 1 BSD 12.1 A-Finisher DC Power and Interlock Switching

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-131 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 2 BSD 12.2 IOT ~A-Finisher PWB Communication

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-132 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 3 BSD 12.3 A-Finisher Transportation

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-133 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 4 BSD 12.4 A-Finisher Tamping and Offset

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-134 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 5 BSD 12.5 A-Finisher Staple Control

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-135 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 6 BSD 12.6 A-Finisher Set Eject (1 of 2)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-136 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 7 BSD 12.7 A-Finisher Set Eject (2 of 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-137 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 8 BSD 12.8 A-Finisher Stacker Tray Control

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-138 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 9 BSD 12.10 S/B Finisher DC Power & Interlock Switching

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-139 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 10 BSD 12.11 S/B Finisher DC Power Distribution

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-140 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 11 BSD 12.12 S/B Finisher Interlock Switching

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-141 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 12 BSD 12.13 S/B Finisher Booklet Interlock Switching

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-142 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 13 BSD 12.14 S/B Finisher Horizontal Transportation

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-143 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 14 BSD 12.15 S/B Finisher Punch

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-144 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 15 BSD 12.16 S/B Finisher Transportation

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-145 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 16 BSD 12.17 S/B Finisher Folding

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-146 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 17 BSD 12.18 S/B Finisher Tamping & Offset (1 of 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-147 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 18 BSD 12.19 S/B Finisher Tamping & Offset (2 of 2)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-148 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 19 BSD 12.20 S/B Finisher Staple Positioning

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-149 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 20 BSD 12.21 S/B Finisher Staple Control

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-150 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 21 BSD 12.22 S/B Finisher Eject Control (1 of 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-151 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 22 BSD 12.23 S/B Finisher Eject Control (2 of 2)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-152 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 23 BSD 12.24 S/B Finisher Stacker Control

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-153 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 24 BSD 12.25 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Positioning

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-154 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Figure 25 BSD 12.26 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Control (1 of 2)

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-155 Chain 12 Finishing
Figure 26 BSD 12.27 S/B Finisher Booklet Staple Control (2 of 2)

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 12 Finishing 7-156 WorkCentre 5225, 5230
Chain 16 ESS

Figure 1 BSD 16.1 ESS

Launch Version February, 2008 Wiring Data


WorkCentre 5225, 5230 7-157 Chain 16 ESS
Chain 17 FAX

Figure 1 BSD 17.1 FAX

Wiring Data February, 2008 Launch Version


Chain 17 FAX 7-158 WorkCentre 5225, 5230

Potrebbero piacerti anche